Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 3, 2014.

Registration No. 333-              


UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933



TRUECAR, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  7379
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  04-3807511
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

120 Broadway, Suite 200
Santa Monica, California 90401
(800) 200-2000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Scott Painter
Chief Executive Officer
120 Broadway, Suite 200
Santa Monica, California 90401
(800) 200-2000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

David J. Segre
Tony Jeffries
Troy Foster
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304
(650) 493-9300

 

Michael Guthrie
Chief Financial Officer
120 Broadway, Suite 200
Santa Monica, California 90401
(800) 200-2000

 

Christopher L. Kaufman
Steven B. Stokdyk
Latham & Watkins LLP
355 South Grand Avenue
Los Angeles, California 90071-1560
(213) 485-1234



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

            If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

            If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

            If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

            If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

            Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý
(do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $125,000,000.00   $16,100.00

 

(1)
Includes offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

             The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion: Dated April 3, 2014

             Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

          This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of TrueCar, Inc.

          TrueCar is offering                    of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholder identified in this prospectus is offering an additional                    shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholder.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $              and $             . We intend to apply to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "TRUE."

          We are an "emerging growth company" under the federal securities laws and are therefore subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

           Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.



           Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



 
Per Share
 
Total
 

Initial public offering price

  $                       $                      

Underwriting discounts(1)

  $                       $                      

Proceeds, before expenses, to TrueCar

  $                       $                      

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder

  $                       $                      

(1)
See "Underwriting" for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.



          To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                  shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                  shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.



          The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                          , 2014.



Goldman, Sachs & Co.   J.P. Morgan

   

Prospectus dated                          , 2014.


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
Page
 

Prospectus Summary

    1  

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

    9  

Risk Factors

    14  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry and Market Data

    35  

Use of Proceeds

    37  

Dividend Policy

    37  

Capitalization

    38  

Dilution

    40  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

    42  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    47  

Business

    81  

Management

    97  

Executive Compensation

    109  

Certain Relationships, Related Party and Other Transactions

    129  

Principal and Selling Stockholders

    135  

Description of Capital Stock

    139  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

    145  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

    148  

Underwriting

    152  

Legal Matters

    157  

Experts

    157  

Where You Can Find More Information

    157  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-1  



           Through and including                  (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.



          Neither we, the selling stockholder, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

          For investors outside the United States:    Neither we, the selling stockholder, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

i


Table of Contents



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

           This summary highlights selected information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read this prospectus in its entirety before investing in our common stock, including the sections titled "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms "TrueCar," the "Company," "we," "us" and "our" in this prospectus to refer to TrueCar, Inc. and, where appropriate, our consolidated subsidiaries.


Overview

          Our mission is to transform the car-buying experience for consumers and the way that dealers attract customers and sell cars. We have established an intelligent, data-driven online platform operating on a common technology infrastructure, powered by proprietary data and analytics. We operate our company-branded platform on our TrueCar.com website. In addition, we customize and operate our platform for affinity group marketing partners, such as USAA and Consumer Reports, financial institutions, and other large enterprises such as Boeing and Verizon. We enable users to obtain market-based pricing data on new and used cars, and to connect with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers.

          We benefit consumers by providing information related to what others have paid for a make and model of car in their area and, where available, estimated prices for that make and model of car, which we refer to as upfront pricing information, from our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. This upfront pricing information generally includes guaranteed savings off MSRP which the consumer may then take to the dealer in the form of a Guaranteed Savings Certificate and apply toward the purchase of the specified make and model of car. We benefit our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers by enabling them to attract these informed, in-market consumers in a cost-effective, accountable manner, which we believe helps them to sell more cars.

          We are currently focused primarily on new car transactions. In the future, we intend to introduce additional products and services designed to improve the car-buying and car-ownership experience. For example, we are developing TrueTrade to provide users with an estimated daily market value for their existing cars and a guaranteed trade-in price. In addition, we are developing TrueLoan and TrueLease to provide users with a more convenient way to finance their cars at TrueCar Certified Dealers. We are also in the process of launching a number of new services for our dealers designed to enable them to make better informed inventory management and pricing decisions and to close transactions more efficiently.

          Our network of over 7,000 TrueCar Certified Dealers consists primarily of new car franchises, representing all major makes of cars, as well as independent dealers. TrueCar Certified Dealers operate in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. We estimate that users of our platform purchasing cars from TrueCar Certified Dealers accounted for approximately 2.0% of all new car sales in the United States in 2013. Since our founding in 2005, TrueCar users have purchased over 1.1 million cars from TrueCar Certified Dealers, including nearly 400,000 during 2013.

          During 2013, we generated revenues of $134.0 million and recorded a net loss of $25.1 million. Of the $134.0 million in revenue, 89% consisted of transaction revenues with the remaining 11% derived primarily from the sale of data and consulting services to the automotive and financial services industries. Transaction revenues primarily consist of fees paid to us by our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers under our pay-for-performance business model where we generally earn a fee only when a TrueCar user purchases a car from them.

 

1


Table of Contents


Industry Overview and Market Opportunity

          The automotive sector is one of the largest segments of the U.S. economy. There were 15.5 million new cars sold in the United States in 2013 for a total retail value of nearly $500 billion, based on information published by the Bureau of Economic Analysis, or BEA, and the National Automobile Dealers Association, or NADA. In 2013, the largest automotive dealer group accounted for only 1.9% of new vehicle sales, and the top ten dealer groups accounted in the aggregate for only 8.2% of new vehicle sales, according to Automotive News.

          Consumers face a number of complex issues when buying a car, including obtaining market pricing information with respect to the car they want to buy and negotiating a transaction. While consumers have a number of available information sources that provide pricing data, these alternatives generally do not have information on what others actually paid for a car. As a result, consumers still lack the market data and upfront pricing information that might shorten the negotiation with the dealer and lead to a successful transaction.

          Automobile dealers operate in a highly competitive market in which access to consumers and informed vehicle pricing are essential to dealer profitability. Overall dealer profitability is closely tied to the volume of new car sales as those sales can lead to higher-margin offerings for the dealer such as trade-ins, financing, maintenance and service, and accessories. In addition, dealers can earn financial incentives and improved vehicle allocation from manufacturers based on their volume of new car sales. Automobile dealers are increasingly shifting from reliance on their physical location and offline media and turning to the Internet to attract consumers and broaden their reach. However, dealers must pay high marketing costs to attract customers and lack empirical data on pricing at the local level. As a result of these challenges, automobile dealers are looking for ways to attract informed, in-market consumers in a cost-effective and accountable manner and effectively price their vehicle inventory to achieve their sales goals.


Our Solution

          We have established an intelligent, data-driven online platform operating on a common technology infrastructure, powered by proprietary data and analytics. We operate our company-branded platform via our TrueCar.com website. In addition, we customize and operate our platform for affinity group marketing partners, such as USAA and Consumer Reports, financial institutions, and other large enterprises such as Boeing and Verizon. We enable users to obtain market-based pricing data on new and used cars, and to connect with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. We believe the combination of transparent market data, upfront pricing information and guaranteed savings off MSRP benefits both consumers and dealers, resulting in more transactions by users of our platform.

Why consumers choose TrueCar

          We believe consumers choose TrueCar.com and our affinity group marketing partner websites to simplify the car-buying process and to achieve confidence in the price they receive for a car. Our platform provides the following benefits:

          Upfront pricing information.     We access a broad array of transaction data to provide consumers with relevant pricing information on every major make and model of new car sold in the U.S. We also generally provide consumers with an Estimated TrueCar Dealer Price based on data provided by TrueCar Certified Dealers in their area.

          Quality of service of our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers.     We strive to provide consumers with a superior car-buying experience through our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. To become

 

2


Table of Contents

a TrueCar Certified Dealer, dealers must agree to adhere to certain conditions, including providing upfront pricing information and guaranteed savings off MSRP, where available.

          Price Confidence.     Our users generally receive up to three Guaranteed Savings Certificates, which provide a guaranteed savings off MSRP on the user's specified make and model of car. Our platform allows the user to compare relevant market data for their specified make and model of car with the guaranteed savings from MSRP identified in these certificates. For the year ended December 31, 2013, TrueCar users paid, on average, approximately $3,000 less than MSRP.

Why dealers use TrueCar

          We believe dealers use TrueCar to attract informed, in-market consumers in a cost-effective and accountable manner, efficiently price their inventory and, ultimately, sell more cars.

          Under our pay-for-performance business model, we generally earn a fee only when a consumer purchases a car, providing dealers with an accountable marketing channel. We typically charge TrueCar Certified Dealers $299 upon the sale of a new car to a TrueCar user. In 2013, the overall industry average advertising expense per new car across all forms of media was $616, according to NADA. By helping dealers better target their acquisition efforts to in-market consumers using our platform, we believe that dealers can improve their close rates, which results in other operating cost efficiencies such as savings on selling expenses and inventory carrying costs.

Why affinity groups partner with TrueCar

          For many of our affinity group marketing partners, offering a car-buying service is a valuable benefit for their members, but it is not a service that they can provide easily themselves. Affinity groups partner with TrueCar to extend our platform to their members under their own brands. We generally provide members of these groups with access to the same benefits of our own TrueCar.com website with the added recognition of their affinity membership, and other benefits such as improved financing terms and manufacturer incentives. These affinity group marketing partners include USAA, Consumer Reports, AAA, American Express and PenFed.

The future of the TrueCar solution

          In the future, we intend to introduce additional products and services to improve the car-buying and car-ownership experience. For example, we are developing TrueTrade to provide users with an estimated daily market value for their existing cars and a guaranteed trade-in price. In addition, we are developing TrueLoan and TrueLease to provide users with a more convenient way to finance their cars at TrueCar Certified Dealers. We are also in the process of launching a number of new services for our dealers designed to enable them to make better informed inventory management and pricing decisions and to close transactions more efficiently.


Our Strengths

          We believe that our platform offers a superior car-buying experience for our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers. Our strengths include:

Accountable business model operating at scale with powerful network effects

          We operate a pay-for-performance business model that allows in-market car buyers to interact with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. In addition, our platform is adaptable on a state-by-state basis in response to the local regulatory environment. As the number of vehicles purchased by our users from our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers continues to grow, we believe the platform will become increasingly attractive to high-quality automobile dealers. In

 

3


Table of Contents

addition, as more in-market consumers utilize our platform, the incremental search, inventory and purchase information generated will increase the utility of our data and analytics platform for all participants.

Nationwide network of TrueCar Certified Dealers representing all major makes sold in the U.S.

          We have built our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers to provide broad nationwide coverage to our users. Our network of over 7,000 TrueCar Certified Dealers consists primarily of new car franchises, representing all major makes of cars, as well as independent dealers. TrueCar Certified Dealers operate in all 50 states and the District of Columbia.

Robust data and proprietary analytics platform

          Our digital platform is powered by data and proprietary analytics. Our data repository contains a wide variety of information, including vehicle-specific information on automotive transactions, vehicle registration records, consumer buying patterns and behavior, demographic information, and macroeconomic data. Our platform also enables our pay-for-performance business model by identifying sales for which a dealer generally pays us a fee only when a TrueCar user purchases a car or based on other performance-based metrics.

Long-term, strategic relationships with affinity groups

          We have built long-term relationships with our affinity group marketing partners for which we operate automobile buying programs. We also offer car-buying programs as an employee benefit directly to corporate customers and, indirectly, through employee benefit plan administrators. We believe that affinity group members represent an attractive audience for our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers because the affinity group or employment relationship creates a deeper level of engagement between the in-market car buyer and the TrueCar Certified Dealer.

Operations guided by insights derived from quantitative data analysis

          We access consumer, dealer and third-party data to power our platform. We believe our quantitative analytical capabilities enable us to derive insights into consumers and dealers that help inform several of our key areas of focus. Our business intelligence organization is also responsible for tracking internal performance metrics, gleaning insights, and helping to improve our operations.

Visionary management team with extensive automotive expertise

          Our Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Scott Painter, is a pioneer in the online automotive industry, having founded CarsDirect, one of the industry's first successful online automotive businesses. A team of experienced senior executives, with management backgrounds at automotive manufacturers and retailers, online automotive marketing firms, state dealer associations, Internet companies and financial institutions, augments his leadership.


Growth Strategy

          We are in the early stages of pursuing our mission to transform car-buying for consumers and dealers. Key elements of our growth strategy are:

Expand the number of visitors to our platform

          We intend to grow TrueCar.com website traffic by building our brand through marketing campaigns that emphasize the value of trust and transparency in the car-buying process and the benefits of transacting with TrueCar Certified Dealers. We intend to grow affinity group marketing

 

4


Table of Contents

partner traffic by promoting creative marketing programs, such as subsidizing interest rates on loans, and providing other incentives from third parties that deliver a tangible economic benefit to transacting members, increasing awareness of the car-buying program among the members of our affinity group marketing partners and adding new affinity group marketing partners that bring additional users to our platform.

Improve the user experience

          We seek to increase the number of transactions between users of our platform and TrueCar Certified Dealers through a variety of methods, including consistently evaluating and improving our products to enhance the user experience, engaging users with relevant content about car pricing, available incentives and other benefits, while also expanding and improving the geographic coverage of our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers.

Expand monetization opportunities

          Over time, we intend to increase monetization opportunities by introducing additional products and services to improve the car-buying and car-ownership experience. For example, we are developing TrueTrade to provide consumers with an estimated daily market value for their existing cars and a guaranteed trade-in price. In addition, we are developing TrueLoan and TrueLease to provide users with a more convenient way to finance their cars at TrueCar Certified Dealers.


Risks Affecting Our Business

          Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

    If car dealers perceive us in a negative light or our relationships with them suffer harm, our ability to grow and our financial performance may be damaged.

    Our recent, rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth and, if we continue to grow rapidly, we may not be able to manage our growth effectively.

    We have operated our business at scale for a limited period of time and we cannot predict whether we will continue to grow. If we are unable to successfully respond to changes in the market, our business could be harmed.

    We have a history of losses and, as such, we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

    The loss of a significant affinity group marketing partner or a significant reduction in the number of cars purchased from our TrueCar Certified Dealers by the members of our affinity group marketing partners would reduce our revenue and harm our operating results.

    Any adverse change in our relationship with United Services Automobile Association, or USAA, could harm our business.

    We are subject to a complex framework of federal and state laws and regulations primarily concerning vehicle sales, advertising and brokering, many of which are unsettled, still developing and contradictory, which have in the past, and could in the future, subject us to claims, challenge our business model or otherwise harm our business.

    We participate in a highly competitive market, and pressure from existing and new companies may adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

5


Table of Contents

    If we suffer a significant interruption in our ability to gain access to third-party data, our business will suffer.

    The success of our business relies heavily on our marketing and branding efforts, especially with respect to TrueCar.com, as well as those efforts of the affinity group marketing partners whose websites we power, and these efforts may not be successful.

    We rely on Internet search engines to drive traffic to our website, and if we fail to appear prominently in the search results, our traffic would decline and our business would be adversely affected.

    We may be unable to maintain or grow relationships with information data providers, which may limit the information that we are able to provide and could impair our ability to attract or retain consumers and TrueCar Certified Dealers.

    The failure to maintain our brand would harm our ability to grow unique visitor traffic and to expand our dealer network.


Corporate Information

          Our principal executive offices are located at 120 Broadway, Suite 200, Santa Monica, California 90401, and our telephone number is (800) 200-2000. Our website is www.TrueCar.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

          We originally incorporated under the name "Zag.com Inc." in Delaware in February 2005. We later changed our name to TrueCar, Inc.

          TrueCar, the TrueCar logo and other trademarks or service marks of TrueCar appearing in this prospectus are the property of TrueCar. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders. We have omitted the ® and ™ designations, as applicable, for the trademarks used in this prospectus.

          We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act) and are therefore subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; the date we qualify as a "large accelerated filer," with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

 

6


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by us

                shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholder

 

             shares

Total common stock offered

 

             shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

              shares

Option to purchase additional shares

 

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional             shares from us.

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary technologies, solutions, products, services, businesses or other assets, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares to be offered by the selling stockholder. See "Use of Proceeds."

Concentration of ownership

 

Upon completion of this offering, the executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders of our company and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately             % of our outstanding capital stock.

Proposed NASDAQ trading symbol

 

"TRUE"

          The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 94,219,016 shares of our common stock (including convertible preferred stock on an as converted basis) outstanding at December 31, 2013, and excludes:

    27,545,464 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at December 31, 2013, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.26 per share;

    4,641,260 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after December 31, 2013, with a weighted average exercise price of $6.16 per share;

                           shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of (i) 7,264,880 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan (the "2005 Stock Plan") at December 31, 2013 (after giving effect to an increase of 11,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2005 Stock Plan after December 31, 2013 and the grant of options to purchase 4,641,260 shares of common stock after December 31, 2013), which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii)                    shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and (iii)                   shares that become available under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plan each

 

7


Table of Contents

      year, as more fully described in "Executive Compensation — Employee Benefits and Stock Plans";

    8,896,142 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding at December 31, 2013, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.63 per share; and

    65,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued after December 31, 2013, with a weighted average exercise price of $8.43 per share.

          Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with the completion of this offering;

    no exercise of outstanding options;

    no exercise of outstanding warrants; and

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of common stock from us in this offering.

 

8


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

          The following tables summarize our historical financial and other data. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read the following summary consolidated financial and other data together with the section titled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

9


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
 
2009
 
2010(1)
 
2011(2)(3)
 
2012
 
2013
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Revenues

  $ 15,831   $ 38,149   $ 76,330   $ 79,889   $ 133,958  

Cost and operating expenses:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below)(4)

    1,360     3,315     7,660     13,559     15,295  

Sales and marketing(4)

    8,866     18,751     41,992     70,327     75,180  

Technology and development(4)

    6,597     7,407     18,457     21,960     23,685  

General and administrative(4)

    5,180     11,480     21,912     34,228     30,857  

Depreciation and amortization

    625     1,086     4,148     11,768     11,569  
                       

Total costs and operating expenses                    

    22,628     42,039     94,169     151,842     156,586  
                       

Loss from operations

    (6,797 )   (3,890 )   (17,839 )   (71,953 )   (22,628 )

Interest income

    94     109     199     229     121  

Interest expense

    (123 )   (73 )   (66 )   (3,359 )   (1,988 )

Other income (expense), net

    (45 )   4     (20 )   (18 )   18  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

    51     (524 )   (1,882 )        
                       

Loss before (provision) benefit for income taxes

    (6,820 )   (4,374 )   (19,608 )   (75,101 )   (24,477 )

(Provision) benefit for income taxes

        (73 )   10,690     606     (579 )
                       

Net loss

  $ (6,820 ) $ (4,447 ) $ (8,918 ) $ (74,495 ) $ (25,056 )
                       
                       

Cumulative dividends on Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock

    (2,511 )   (3,180 )   (2,370 )        

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

    1,099     877              
                       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders of TrueCar, Inc. 

  $ (8,232 ) $ (6,750 ) $ (11,288 ) $ (74,495 ) $ (25,056 )
                       
                       

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

                               

Basic and diluted(5)

  $ (2.29 ) $ (0.95 ) $ (0.33 ) $ (0.89 ) $ (0.29 )
                       
                       

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

                               

Basic and diluted(5)

    3,600     7,071     34,235     83,742     87,810  
                       
                       

Pro forma net loss per share: basic and diluted (unaudited)(5)

                          $ (0.28 )
                               
                               

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)(5)

                            88,280  
                               
                               

Other Financial Information:

                               

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

  $ (5,191 ) $ 1,712   $ (3,538 ) $ (46,523 ) $ 2,140  
                       
                       

(1)
On June 1, 2010, we acquired the remaining non-controlling interest in TrueCar.com, Inc.

(2)
During the preparation of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, we identified adjustments relating to timing of revenue recognition, accrued sales taxes and expenses on related party loans affecting 2010 and prior periods. The aggregate amount of these adjustments would have reduced net loss by $360,000 for 2009 and $420,000 for 2010. We concluded these adjustments were not material to any prior reporting period. We also concluded that recording the cumulative effect of these adjustments of $780,000 during the year ended December 31, 2011 was not material individually or in the aggregate to the 2011 financial statements and accordingly, we recorded these adjustments during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

10


Table of Contents

(3)
In 2011, we completed the acquisitions of Carperks, Honk LLC, and ALG Inc. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements for information regarding the purchase accounting associated with these acquisitions.

(4)
The following table presents stock-based compensation expense included in each respective expense category:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
 
2009
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of revenue

  $   $ 29   $ 47   $ 122   $ 141  

Sales and marketing

    223     272     1,076     1,571     2,561  

Technology and development

    214     41     1,096     1,428     1,762  

General and administrative

    170     1,214     3,989     7,199     4,882  
                       

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 607   $ 1,556   $ 6,208   $ 10,320   $ 9,346  
                       
                       
(5)
See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock, and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

(6)
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income or any other measures derived in accordance with GAAP. For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, see "Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

 
  At December 31, 2013  
 
 
Actual
 
Pro
Forma(1)
 
Pro Forma
As
Adjusted(2)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 43,819   $ 43,819   $    

Working capital (deficit) excluding restricted cash

    36,637     36,637        

Property and equipment, net

    15,238     15,238        

Total assets

    174,750     174,750        

Total indebtedness

    4,764     4,764        

Convertible preferred stock

    29,224          

Total stockholders' equity

    112,180     141,404        

(1)
The pro forma column reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A Preferred Stock into 4,285,715 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

(2)
The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote 1 above and the sale by us of                  shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

          The pro forma as adjusted information presented in the consolidated balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                      per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $                      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting

 

11


Table of Contents

discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $                      million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

          Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss adjusted to exclude interest income, interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, change in the fair value of preferred stock warrant liability, stock-based compensation, non-cash warrant expense, change in fair value of contingent consideration, and transaction costs from acquisitions. We have provided below a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net loss or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. In addition, our Adjusted EBITDA measure may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations as they may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner as we calculate the measure.

          We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus as it is an important measure used by our management and board of directors to assess our operating performance. We believe that using Adjusted EBITDA facilitates operating performance comparisons on a period-to-period basis because this measure excludes variations primarily caused by changes in our capital structure, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, changes in fair values of preferred stock warrant liability and contingent consideration, stock-based compensation expense, and transaction costs from acquisitions. In addition, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, rating agencies and other parties in evaluating companies as a measure of financial performance and debt service capabilities.

          Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute of analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the payment or receipt of interest or the payment of income taxes;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditures or any other contractual commitments;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive impact of shares issued or to be issued in connection with share-based compensation or warrant issuances; and

    other companies, including companies in our own industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

          Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results. In addition, in evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we will incur

 

12


Table of Contents

expenses such as those that are the subject of adjustments in deriving Adjusted EBITDA and you should not infer from our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA that our future results will not be affected by these expenses or any unusual or non-recurring items.

          The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
 
2009
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Loss:

                               

Net loss

  $ (6,820 ) $ (4,447 ) $ (8,918 ) $ (74,495 ) $ (25,056 )

Non-GAAP adjustments:

                               

Interest income

    (94 )   (109 )   (199 )   (229 )   (121 )

Interest expense

    123     73     66     3,359     1,988  

Depreciation and amortization

    625     1,086     4,148     11,768     11,569  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

    (51 )   524     1,882          

Warrant expense

    419     2,956     2,112     1,990     3,740  

Transaction costs from acquisitions

            1,853          

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

                1,370     95  

Stock-based compensation

    607     1,556     6,208     10,320     9,346  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

        73     (10,690 )   (606 )   579  
                       

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (5,191 ) $ 1,712   $ (3,538 ) $ (46,523 ) $ 2,140  
                       
                       

 

13


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

           Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks is realized, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.


Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

If car dealers perceive us in a negative light or our relationships with them suffer harm, our ability to grow and our financial performance may be damaged.

          Our primary source of revenue consists of fees paid by TrueCar Certified Dealers to us in connection with the sales of automobiles to our users. In addition, our value proposition to consumers depends on our ability to provide pricing information on automobiles from a sufficient number of automobile dealers by brand and in a given consumer's geographic area. If our relationships with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers suffer harm in a manner that leads to the departure of these dealers from our network, then our revenue and ability to maintain and grow unique visitor traffic will be adversely affected.

          At the end of 2011 and the beginning of 2012, due to certain regulatory and publicity-related challenges, many dealers cancelled their agreements with us and our franchise dealer count fell from 5,571 at November 30, 2011 to 3,599 at February 28, 2012.

          TrueCar Certified Dealers have no contractual obligation to maintain their relationship with us. Accordingly, these dealers may leave our network at any time or may develop or use other products or services in lieu of ours. Further, while we believe that our service provides a lower cost, accountable customer acquisition channel, dealers may have difficulty rationalizing their marketing spend across TrueCar and other channels, which potentially has the effect of diluting our dealer value proposition. If we are unable to create and maintain a compelling value proposition for dealers to become and remain TrueCar Certified Dealers, our dealer network would not grow and may begin to decline.

          In addition, although the automobile dealership industry is fragmented, a small number of groups have significant influence over the industry. These groups include state and national dealership associations, state regulators, car manufacturers, consumer groups, individual dealers and consolidated dealer groups. To the extent that these groups believe that automobile dealerships should not partner with us, this belief may become quickly and widely shared by automobile dealerships and we may lose a significant number of dealers in our network. A significant number of automobile dealerships are also members of larger dealer groups, and to the extent that a group decides to leave our network, this decision would typically apply to all dealerships within the group.

          We cannot assure you that we will maintain strong relationships with the dealers in our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers or that we will not suffer dealer attrition in the future. We may also have disputes with dealers from time to time, including relating to the collection of fees from them and other matters. We may need to modify our products, change pricing or take other actions to address dealer concerns in the future. If a significant number of these automobile dealerships decided to leave our network or change their financial or business relationship with us, then our business, growth, operating results, financial condition and prospects would suffer. Additionally, if we are unable to add dealers to our network, our growth could be impaired.

14


Table of Contents

Our recent, rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth and, if we continue to grow rapidly, we may not be able to manage our growth effectively.

          Our revenue has grown from $38.1 million in 2010 to $134.0 million in 2013. We expect that, in the future, as our revenue increases, our rate of growth will decline. In addition, we will not be able to grow as fast or at all if we do not accomplish the following:

          We may not successfully accomplish any of these objectives. We plan to continue our investment in future growth. We expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on:

          In addition, our historical rapid growth has placed and may continue to place significant demands on our management and our operational and financial resources. We have also experienced significant growth in the number of users of our platform as well as the amount of data that we analyze. As we continue to grow, we expect to hire additional personnel. Finally, our organizational structure is becoming more complex as we add additional staff, and we will need to improve our operational, financial and management controls as well as our reporting systems and procedures. We will require significant capital expenditures and the allocation of valuable management resources to grow and change in these areas without undermining our corporate culture of rapid innovation, teamwork and attention to the car-buying experience for the consumer and the economics of the dealer.

We have operated our business at scale for a limited period of time and we cannot predict whether we will continue to grow. If we are unable to successfully respond to changes in the market, our business could be harmed.

          Our business has grown rapidly as users and automobile dealers have increasingly used our products and services. However, our business is relatively new and has operated at a substantial scale for only a limited period of time. Given this limited history, it is difficult to predict whether we will be able to maintain or grow our business. We expect that our business will evolve in ways which may be difficult to predict. For example, we anticipate that over time we may reach a point when investments in new user traffic are less productive and the continued growth of our revenue will require more focus on increasing the number of transactions from which we derive revenue. It is also possible that car dealers could broadly determine that they no longer believe in the value of

15


Table of Contents

our services. In the event of these or any other developments, our continued success will depend on our ability to successfully adjust our strategy to meet the changing market dynamics. If we are unable to do so, our business could be harmed and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

We have a history of losses and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

          We have not been profitable since inception, and had an accumulated deficit of $162.6 million at December 31, 2013. From time to time in the past, we have made significant investments in our operations which have not resulted in corresponding revenue growth and, as a result, increased our losses. We expect to make significant future investments to support the further development and expansion of our business and these investments may not result in increased revenue or growth on a timely basis or at all. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. As a result of these increased expenditures, we will have to generate and sustain increased revenue to achieve and maintain profitability.

          We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including slowing demand for our products and services, increasing competition, weakness in the automobile industry generally, as well as other risks described in this prospectus, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays, and other unknown factors. If we incur losses in the future, we may not be able to reduce costs effectively because many of our costs are fixed. In addition, to the extent that we reduce variable costs to respond to losses, this may affect our ability to acquire consumers and dealers and grow our revenues. Accordingly, we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability and we may continue to incur significant losses in the future, and this could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

The loss of a significant affinity group marketing partner or a significant reduction in the number of cars purchased from our TrueCar Certified Dealers by members of our affinity group marketing partners would reduce our revenue and harm our operating results.

          Our financial performance is substantially dependent upon the number of automobiles purchased from TrueCar Certified Dealers by users of TrueCar.com and the car-buying sites we maintain for our affinity group marketing partners. Currently, a majority of the automobiles purchased by our users were matched to the car-buying sites we maintain for our affinity group marketing partners. As a result, our relationships with our affinity group marketing partners are critical to our business and financial performance. However, several aspects of our relationship with affinity groups might change in a manner that harms our business and financial performance, including:

          A significant change to our relationships with affinity group marketing partners may have a negative effect on our business in other ways. For example, the termination by an affinity group marketing partner of our relationship may create the perception that our products and services are

16


Table of Contents

no longer beneficial to the members of affinity groups or a more general negative association with our business. In addition, a termination by an affinity group marketing partner may result in the loss of the data provided to us by them with respect to automobile transactions. This loss of data may decrease the quantity and quality of the information that we provide to consumers and may also reduce our ability to identify transactions for which we can invoice dealers. If our relationships with affinity group marketing partners change our business, revenue, operating results and prospects may be harmed.

Any adverse change in our relationship with United Services Automobile Association, or USAA, could harm our business.

          The single largest source of user traffic from our affinity group marketing partners comes from the site we maintain for USAA and USAA is our largest single stockholder. USAA currently owns 20,700,788 shares, which represents 21.9% of our outstanding shares of common stock prior to this offering. In 2013, 171,795 units, or 43.0% of all units purchased by users from TrueCar Certified Dealers, were matched to users of the car-buying site we maintain for USAA. We define units as the number of automobiles purchased by our users from TrueCar Certified Dealers through TrueCar.com or the car buying sites we maintain for our affinity group marketing partners. As such, USAA has a significant influence on our operating results. We are currently in the process of negotiating an extension of our affinity group marketing agreement with USAA. We cannot assure you that our agreement with USAA will be extended on terms satisfactory to us, or at all. In addition, USAA has broad discretion in how the car-buying site we maintain for USAA is promoted and marketed on its own website. Changes in this promotion and marketing has in the past and may in the future adversely affect the volume of user traffic we receive from USAA. We cannot assure you that changes in our relationship with USAA or its promotion and marketing of our platform will not adversely affect our business and operating results in the future.

We are subject to a complex framework of federal and state laws and regulations primarily concerning vehicle sales, advertising and brokering, many of which are unsettled, still developing and contradictory, which have in the past, and could in the future, subject us to claims, challenge our business model or otherwise harm our business.

          Various aspects of our business are or may be subject, directly or indirectly, to U.S. federal and state laws and regulations. Failure to comply with such laws or regulations may result in the suspension or termination of our ability to do business in affected jurisdictions or the imposition of significant civil and criminal penalties, including fines or the award of significant damages against us and our TrueCar Certified Dealers in class action or other civil litigation.

State Motor Vehicle Sales, Advertising and Brokering Laws

          The advertising and sale of new or used motor vehicles is highly regulated by the states in which we do business. Although we do not sell motor vehicles, state regulatory authorities or third parties could take the position that some of the regulations applicable to dealers or to the manner in which motor vehicles are advertised and sold generally are directly applicable to our business. If our products and services are determined to not comply with relevant regulatory requirements, we or our TrueCar Certified Dealers could be subject to significant civil and criminal penalties, including fines, or the award of significant damages in class action or other civil litigation as well as orders interfering with our ability to continue providing our products and services in certain states. In addition, even absent such a determination, to the extent dealers are uncertain about the applicability of such laws and regulations to our business, we may lose, or have difficulty increasing the number of, TrueCar Certified Dealers in our network, which would affect our future growth.

17


Table of Contents

          Several states in which we do business have laws and regulations that strictly regulate or prohibit the brokering of motor vehicles or the making of so-called "bird-dog" payments by dealers to third parties in connection with the sale of motor vehicles through persons other than licensed salespersons. If our products or services are determined to fall within the scope of such laws or regulations, we may be forced to implement new measures, which could be costly, to reduce our exposure to those obligations, including the discontinuation of certain products or services in affected jurisdictions. Additionally, such a determination could subject us or our TrueCar Certified Dealers to significant civil or criminal penalties, including fines, or the award of significant damages in class action or other civil litigation.

          In addition to generally applicable consumer protection laws, many states in which we do business have laws and regulations that specifically regulate the advertising for sale of new or used motor vehicles. These state advertising laws and regulations are frequently subject to multiple interpretations and are not uniform from state to state, sometimes imposing inconsistent requirements on the advertiser of a new or used motor vehicle. If the content displayed on the websites we operate is determined or alleged to be inaccurate or misleading, under motor vehicle advertising laws, generally applicable consumer protection laws, or otherwise, we could be subject to significant civil and criminal penalties, including fines, or the award of significant damages in class action or other civil litigation. Moreover, such allegations, even if unfounded or decided in our favor, could be extremely costly to defend, could require us to pay significant sums in settlements, and could interfere with our ability to continue providing our products and services in certain states.

          From time to time, certain state authorities and dealer associations have taken the position that aspects of our products and services violate state brokering, bird-dog, or advertising laws. When such allegations have arisen, we have endeavored to resolve the identified concerns on a consensual and expeditious basis, through negotiation and education efforts, without resorting to the judicial process. In certain instances, we have nevertheless been obligated to suspend all or certain aspects of our business operations in a state pending the resolution of such issues, the resolution of which included the payment of fines in 2011 and 2012 in the aggregate amount of approximately $26,000. For example, in the beginning of 2012, following implementation of our first nationwide television advertising campaign, state regulatory inquiries with respect to the compliance of our products and services with state brokering, bird-dog, and advertising laws intensified to a degree not previously experienced by us. Responding to and resolving these inquiries, as well as our efforts to ameliorate the related adverse publicity and loss of TrueCar Certified Dealers from our network, resulted in decreased revenues and increased expenses and, accordingly, increased our losses during much of 2012.

          More recently, in October 2013, we received an Investigative Demand from the Oregon Attorney General (the "Oregon Inquiry") requesting information regarding potential noncompliance with the Oregon Unlawful Trade Practices Act. We are cooperating with the Oregon Department of Justice in an effort to reach consensual resolution of the issues raised by the Oregon Inquiry without making material, unfavorable adjustments to our business practices or user experience in Oregon. We cannot assure you that these efforts will be successful.

          If state regulators or other third parties take the position in the future that our products or services violate applicable brokering, bird-dog, or advertising laws or regulations, responding to such allegations could be costly, could require us to pay significant sums in settlements, could require us to pay civil and criminal penalties, including fines, could interfere with our ability to continue providing our products and services in certain states, or could require us to make adjustments to our products and services or the manner in which we derive revenue from our participating dealers, any or all of which could result in substantial adverse publicity, loss of TrueCar Certified Dealers from our network, decreased revenues, increased expenses, and decreased profitability.

18


Table of Contents

Federal Advertising Regulations

          The Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, has authority to take actions to remedy or prevent advertising practices that it considers to be unfair or deceptive and that affect commerce in the United States. If the FTC takes the position in the future that any aspect of our business constitutes an unfair or deceptive advertising practice, responding to such allegations could require us to pay significant damages, settlements, and civil penalties, or could require us to make adjustments to our products and services, any or all of which could result in substantial adverse publicity, loss of participating dealers, lost revenues, increased expenses, and decreased profitability.

Federal Antitrust Laws

          The antitrust laws prohibit, among other things, any joint conduct among competitors that would lessen competition in the marketplace. Some of the information that we obtain from dealers is competitively sensitive and, if disclosed inappropriately, could potentially be used by dealers to impede competition or otherwise diminish independent pricing activity. A governmental or private civil action alleging the improper exchange of information, or unlawful participation in price maintenance or other unlawful or anticompetitive activity, even if unfounded, could be costly to defend and adversely impact our ability to maintain and grow our dealer network. For example, we have been informed that the FTC's Bureau of Competition is conducting an investigation to determine whether firms in the retail automotive industry may have violated Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act by agreeing to refuse to deal with us. We have received a Civil Investigative Demand dated February 11, 2014 requesting that we produce certain documents and information to the FTC related to the matters under investigation by it. We are cooperating with the FTC in an effort to supply the information required by the request without unduly burdening our resources. We cannot assure you that these efforts will be successful.

          In addition, governmental or private civil actions related to the antitrust laws could result in orders suspending or terminating our ability to do business or otherwise altering or limiting certain of our business practices, including the manner in which we handle or disclose dealer pricing information, or the imposition of significant civil or criminal penalties, including fines or the award of significant damages against us and our TrueCar Certified Dealers in class action or other civil litigation.

Other

          The foregoing description of laws and regulations to which we are or may be subject is not exhaustive, and the regulatory framework governing our operations is subject to continuous change. The enactment of new laws and regulations or the interpretation of existing laws and regulations in an unfavorable way may affect the operation of our business, directly or indirectly, which could result in substantial regulatory compliance costs, civil or criminal penalties, including fines, adverse publicity, loss of participating dealers, lost revenues, increased expenses, and decreased profitability. Further, investigations by government agencies, including the FTC, into allegedly anticompetitive, unfair, deceptive or other business practices by us or our TrueCar Certified Dealers, could cause us to incur additional expenses and, if adversely concluded, could result in substantial civil or criminal penalties and significant legal liability.

We participate in a highly competitive market, and pressure from existing and new companies may adversely affect our business and operating results.

          We face significant competition from companies that provide listings, information, lead generation, and car-buying services designed to reach consumers and enable dealers to reach these consumers.

19


Table of Contents

          Our competitors offer various products and services that compete with us. Some of these competitors include:

          We compete with many of the above-mentioned companies and other companies for a share of car dealers' overall marketing budget for online and offline media marketing spend. To the extent that car dealers view alternative marketing and media strategies to be superior to TrueCar, we may not be able to maintain or grow the number of TrueCar Certified Dealers and our TrueCar Certified Dealers may sell fewer cars to users of our platform, and our business, operating results and financial condition will be harmed.

          We also expect that new competitors will continue to enter the online automotive retail industry with competing products and services, which could have an adverse effect on our revenue, business and financial results.

          Our competitors could significantly impede our ability to expand our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers and to reach consumers. Our competitors may also develop and market new technologies that render our existing or future products and services less competitive, unmarketable or obsolete. In addition, if our competitors develop products or services with similar or superior functionality to our solutions, we may need to decrease the prices for our solutions in order to remain competitive. If we are unable to maintain our current pricing structure due to competitive pressures, our revenue will be reduced and our operating results will be negatively affected.

          Our current and potential competitors may have significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have, and the ability to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, and support of their products and services. Additionally, they may have more extensive automotive industry relationships than we have, longer operating histories and greater name recognition. As a result, these competitors may be better able to respond more quickly with new technologies and to undertake more extensive marketing or promotional campaigns. In addition, to the extent any of our competitors have existing relationships with dealers or automobile manufacturers for marketing or data analytics solutions, those dealers and automobile manufacturers may be unwilling to continue to partner with us. If we are unable to compete with these companies, the demand for our products and services could substantially decline.

          In addition, if one or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. Our competitors may also establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with our current or future third-party data providers, technology partners, or other parties with whom we have relationships, thereby limiting our ability to develop, improve, and promote our solutions. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, and competitive pressures may harm our revenue, business and financial results.

20


Table of Contents

If we suffer a significant interruption in our ability to gain access to third-party data, our business will suffer.

          Our business also relies on our ability to analyze data for the benefit of our users and the TrueCar Certified Dealers in our network. In addition, the effectiveness of our user acquisition efforts depends in part on the availability of data relating to existing and potential users of our platform. If we experience a material disruption in the data provided to us or if third-party data providers terminate their relationship with us, the information that we provide to our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers may be limited, the quality of this information may suffer, and our business, results of operations and financial conditions could be materially and adversely affected.

The success of our business relies heavily on our marketing and branding efforts, especially with respect to TrueCar.com, as well as those efforts of the affinity group marketing partners whose websites we power, and these efforts may not be successful.

          We believe that an important component of our growth will be the growth of our TrueCar.com business. Because TrueCar.com is a consumer brand, we rely heavily on marketing and advertising to increase the visibility of this brand with potential users of our products and services. We currently advertise through television and radio marketing campaigns, traditional print media, sponsorship programs and other means, the goal of which is to increase the strength, recognition and trust in the TrueCar.com brand and drive more unique visitors to our website and mobile applications. We incurred expenses of $75.2 million on sales and marketing in the year ended December 31, 2013.

          Our business model relies on our ability to scale rapidly and to decrease incremental user acquisition costs as we grow. Some of our methods of advertising, including our television marketing campaign, are not currently profitable on a standalone basis because they have not yet resulted in the acquisition of sufficient users visiting our website and mobile applications such that we may recover such costs by attaining corresponding revenue growth. If we are unable to recover our marketing costs through increases in user traffic and in the number of transactions by users of our platform, or if we discontinue our broad marketing campaigns, it could have a material adverse effect on our growth, results of operations and financial condition.

          In addition, the number of transactions generated by the members of our affinity group marketing partners depends in part on the emphasis that these affinity group marketing partners place on marketing the purchase of cars within their platforms. For example, USAA is a large diversified financial services group of companies serving the United States military community with hundreds of highly competitive product and service offerings. At any given time, USAA's car-buying service may or may not be a priority relative to its other offerings. Consequently, changes in how USAA promotes and markets the car buying site we maintain for them can and has, from time to time in the past, affected the volume of purchases generated by USAA members. For example, in the past USAA adjusted the location and prominence of the links to our platform on their web pages, adversely affecting the volume of traffic. Should USAA or one or more of our other affinity group marketing partners decide to de-emphasize the marketing of our platform, or if their marketing efforts are otherwise unsuccessful, our revenue, business and financial results will be harmed.

We rely on Internet search engines to drive traffic to our website, and if we fail to appear prominently in the search results, our traffic would decline and our business would be adversely affected.

          We depend in part on Internet search engines such as Google, Bing, and Yahoo! to drive traffic to our website. For example, when a user types an automobile into an Internet search engine, we rely on a high organic search ranking of our webpages in these search results to refer the user

21


Table of Contents

to our website. However, our ability to maintain high, non-paid search result rankings is not within our control. Our competitors' Internet search engine optimization efforts may result in their websites receiving a higher search result page ranking than ours, or Internet search engines could revise their methodologies in a way that would adversely affect our search result rankings. If Internet search engines modify their search algorithms in ways that are detrimental to us, or if our competitors' efforts are more successful than ours, overall growth in our user base could slow or our user base could decline. Internet search engine providers could provide automobile dealer and pricing information directly in search results, align with our competitors or choose to develop competing services. Our website has experienced fluctuations in search result rankings in the past, and we anticipate similar fluctuations in the future. Any reduction in the number of users directed to our website through Internet search engines could harm our business and operating results.

We may be unable to maintain or grow relationships with information data providers, which may limit the information that we are able to provide and could impair our ability to attract or retain consumers and TrueCar Certified Dealers.

          We receive automobile purchase data from many third-party data providers, including our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers, dealer management system providers, data aggregators and integrators, survey companies, purveyors of registration data and our affinity group marketing partners. In the states in which we employ a pay-per-sale billing model, we use this data to match purchases with users that obtained a Guaranteed Savings Certificate from a TrueCar Certified Dealer so that we may collect a transaction fee from those dealers. We also analyze this data and provide insights to our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers, driving traffic to our platform and strengthening our relationships with the automobile dealers in our network.

          From time to time, we experience interruptions in the data feeds that we receive from third-party data providers, particularly dealer management system providers, in a manner that affects our ability to invoice the dealers in our network. These interruptions may occur for a number of reasons, including changes to the software of a dealer management system provider. In the states in which we employ a pay-per-sale billing model, an interruption in the data that we receive undermines our ability to match automobile purchases with users that obtained a Guaranteed Savings Certificate from a TrueCar Certified Dealer, thereby delaying our submission of an invoice to an automobile dealer in our network for a given transaction. In the case of an interruption in our data feeds, our billing structure may transition to a subscription model for automobile dealers in our network until the interruption ceases. Our subscription billing model typically results in decreased revenues during the interruption and, when an interruption ceases, we are not always able to retroactively match a transaction and collect a fee. In addition, our likelihood of collection of the fee owed to us for a given transaction decreases during the period in which we are unable to submit an invoice to automobile dealers and, in any case, our recognition of transaction revenues where there has been an interruption in the data provided to us by dealer management systems will be delayed.

The failure to maintain our brand would harm our ability to grow unique visitor traffic and to expand our dealer network.

          Maintaining and enhancing the TrueCar brand will depend largely on the success of our efforts to maintain the trust of our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers and to deliver value to each of our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers. If our existing or potential users perceive that we are not focused primarily on providing them with a better car-buying experience, our reputation and the strength of our brand will be adversely affected.

          Complaints or negative publicity about our business practices, our marketing and advertising campaigns, our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, the integrity of the data that we

22


Table of Contents

provide to users, data privacy and security issues, and other aspects of our business, irrespective of their validity, could diminish users' and dealers' confidence in and the use of our products and services and adversely affect our brand. These concerns could also diminish the trust of existing and potential affinity group marketing partners. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or enhance our brand, and failure to do so would harm our business growth prospects and operating results.

If we are unable to provide a compelling car-buying experience to our users, the number of transactions between our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers will decline and our revenue and results of operations will suffer harm.

          We cannot assure you that we are able to provide a compelling car-buying experience to our users, and our failure to do so will mean that the number of transactions between our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers will decline and we will be unable to effectively monetize our user traffic. We believe that our ability to provide a compelling car-buying experience is subject to a number of factors, including:

The growth of our business relies significantly on our ability to increase the number of TrueCar Certified Dealers such that we are able to increase the number of transactions between our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers. Failure to do so would limit our growth.

          Our ability to grow the number of TrueCar Certified Dealers, both on an overall basis and by brand in important geographies, is an important factor in growing our business. As described elsewhere in this "Risk Factors" section, we are a new participant in the automobile retail industry, our business has sometimes been viewed in a negative light by car dealerships, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or grow the number of car dealers in our network.

          In addition, our ability to increase the number of TrueCar Certified Dealers in an optimized manner depends on strong relationships with other constituents, including car manufacturers and state dealership associations. From time to time, car manufacturers have communicated concerns about our business to the dealers in our network. For example, some car manufacturers maintain guidelines that prohibit dealers from advertising a car at a price that is below an established floor. If a TrueCar Certified Dealer within our network submits a price to us that falls below pricing guidelines established by the applicable manufacturer, the manufacturer may discourage that dealer from remaining in the network and may discourage other dealers within its brand from joining the network. For example, in late 2011, Honda publicly announced that it would not provide advertising allowances to dealers that remained in our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. While we subsequently addressed Honda's concerns and they ceased withholding advertising allowances from our TrueCar Certified Dealers, discord with specific car manufacturers impedes our ability to grow our dealer network. In addition, state dealership associations maintain significant influence over the dealerships in their state as lobbying groups and as thought leaders. To the extent that these associations view us in a negative light, our reputation with car dealers in the corresponding state may be negatively affected. If our relationships with car manufacturers or state dealership

23


Table of Contents

associations suffer, our ability to maintain and grow the number of car dealers in our network will be harmed.

          We cannot assure you that we will expand our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers in a manner that provides a sufficient number of dealers by brand and geography for our unique visitors and failure to do so would harm our growth.

Our ability to grow our complementary product offerings may be limited, which could negatively impact our growth rate, revenues and financial performance.

          As we introduce or expand additional offerings for our platform, such as automobile trade-ins, financing, leasing, maintenance and insurance, we may incur losses or otherwise fail to enter these markets successfully. Our expansion into these markets will place us in competitive and regulatory environments with which we are unfamiliar and involves various risks, including the need to invest significant resources and the possibility that returns on such investments will not be achieved for several years, if at all. In attempting to establish our new product offerings, such as TrueTrade, TrueLoan and TrueLease, we expect to incur significant expenses and face various other challenges, such as expanding our sales force and management personnel to cover these markets and complying with complicated regulations that apply to these markets. In addition, we may not successfully demonstrate the value of these ancillary products to consumers, and failure to do so would compromise our ability to successfully expand into these additional revenue streams.

          Moreover, our affinity group marketing partners already offer products in many of these adjacent markets. For example, USAA, our largest stockholder and most significant affinity group marketing partner, offers financing and insurance products for its members. For those affinity group marketing partners that offer products in adjacent markets that we seek to enter, our ability to offer products in these markets to their members will be limited. If we are unable to successfully expand our third party ancillary product offerings, our growth rate, revenue and operating performance may be harmed.

If our mobile products do not adequately address the shift to mobile technology by our users, the number of transactions between our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers may not grow as quickly and our operating results could be harmed and our growth could be negatively affected.

          Our future success depends in part on the continued growth in the use of our mobile products by our users and the number of transactions with TrueCar Certified Dealers that are completed by those users. In the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 25% of unique visitors to our TrueCar.com website and the car buying sites we maintain for our affinity group marketing partners were attributable to mobile devices. The shift to mobile technology by our users may harm our business in the following ways:

24


Table of Contents

          If use of our mobile products does not continue to grow, our business and operating results could be harmed.

Our business is subject to risks related to the larger automotive ecosystem, including consumer demand, global supply chain challenges and other macroeconomic issues.

          Decreases in consumer demand could adversely affect the market for automobile purchases and, as a result, reduce the number of consumers using our platform. Consumer purchases of new and used automobiles generally decline during recessionary periods and other periods in which disposable income is adversely affected. For example, the number of new vehicle sales in the United States decreased from approximately 16.1 million in 2007 to approximately 10.4 million in 2009, according to BEA. Purchases of new and used automobiles are typically discretionary for consumers and have been, and may continue to be, affected by negative trends in the economy, including the cost of energy and gasoline, the availability and cost of credit, reductions in business and consumer confidence, stock market volatility and increased unemployment. A reduction in the number of automobiles purchased by consumers could adversely affect automobile dealers and car manufacturers and lead to a reduction in other spending by these constituents, including targeted incentive programs. In addition, our business may be negatively affected by challenges to the larger automotive ecosystem, including global supply chain challenges, such as those resulting from the Japanese tsunami in 2011 and other macroeconomic issues. The foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Seasonality may cause fluctuations in our unique visitors, revenue and operating results.

          Our revenue trends are a reflection of consumers' car buying patterns. Across the automotive industry, consumers tend to purchase a higher volume of cars in the second and third quarters of each year, due in part to the introduction of new vehicle models from manufacturers. In the past, these seasonal trends have not been pronounced due the overall growth of our business, but we expect that in the future our revenues may be affected by these seasonal trends. Our business will also be impacted by cyclical trends affecting the overall economy, specifically the retail automobile industry, as well as by actual or threatened severe weather events.

We may require additional capital to pursue our business objectives and respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances. If capital is not available to us, our business, operating results and financial condition may be harmed.

          Since our founding, we have raised substantial equity and debt financing to support the growth of our business. Because we intend to continue to make investments to support the growth of our business, we may require additional capital to pursue our business objectives and respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances, including to increase our marketing expenditures to improve our brand awareness, develop new products or services or further improve existing products and services, enhance our operating infrastructure and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. However, additional funds may not be available when we need them, on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, our current revolving credit facility contains restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, and any debt financing that we secure in the future could involve further restrictive covenants which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities. Volatility in the credit markets may also have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain debt financing.

          If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue

25


Table of Contents

could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects could be adversely affected.

We collect, process, store, share, disclose and use personal information and other data, and our actual or perceived failure to protect such information and data could damage our reputation and brand and harm our business and operating results.

          We collect, process, store, share, disclose and use personal information and other data provided by consumers and dealers. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to effect secure transmission of such information. We may need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches. Any failure or perceived failure to maintain the security of personal and other data that is provided to us by consumers and dealers could harm our reputation and brand and expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability, any of which could harm our business and operating results.

          In addition, from time to time, concerns have been expressed about whether our products, services, or processes compromise the privacy of our users. Concerns about our practices with regard to the collection, use or disclosure of personal information or other privacy related matters, even if unfounded, could harm our business and operating results.

          There are numerous federal, state and local laws around the world regarding privacy and the collection, processing, storing, sharing, disclosing, using and protecting of personal information and other data, the scope of which are changing, subject to differing interpretations, and which may be costly to comply with and may be inconsistent between countries and jurisdictions or conflict with other rules. We generally comply with industry standards and are subject to the terms of our privacy policies and privacy-related obligations to third parties. We strive to comply with all applicable laws, policies, legal obligations and industry codes of conduct relating to privacy and data protection, to the extent possible. However, it is possible that these obligations may be interpreted and applied in new ways or in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices or that new regulations could be enacted. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies, our privacy-related obligations to consumers or other third parties, or our privacy-related legal obligations, or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release or transfer of sensitive information, which may include personally identifiable information or other user data, may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others and could cause consumers and automobile dealers to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Additionally, if vendors, developers or other third parties that we work with violate applicable laws or our policies, such violations may also put consumer or dealer information at risk and could in turn harm our reputation, business and operating results.

A significant disruption in service on our website or of our mobile applications could damage our reputation and result in a loss of consumers, which could harm our business, brand, operating results, and financial condition.

          Our brand, reputation and ability to attract consumers, affinity groups and advertisers depend on the reliable performance of our technology infrastructure and content delivery. We may experience significant interruptions with our systems in the future. Interruptions in these systems, whether due to system failures, computer viruses, or physical or electronic break-ins, could affect the security or availability of our products on our website and mobile application, and prevent or

26


Table of Contents

inhibit the ability of consumers to access our products. Problems with the reliability or security of our systems could harm our reputation, result in a loss of consumers, dealers and affinity group marketing partners, and result in additional costs.

          Substantially all of the communications, network, and computer hardware used to operate our website and mobile applications is located at co-location facilities in Los Angeles and Chicago. Although we have two locations, our systems are not fully redundant. In addition, we do not own or control the operation of these facilities. Our systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks, acts of war, electronic and physical break-ins, computer viruses, earthquakes, and similar events. The occurrence of any of these events could result in damage to our systems and hardware or could cause them to fail.

          Problems faced by our third-party web hosting providers could adversely affect the experience of our consumers. Our third-party web hosting providers could close their facilities without adequate notice. Any financial difficulties, up to and including bankruptcy, faced by our third-party web hosting providers or any of the service providers with whom they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. If our third-party web hosting providers are unable to keep up with our growing capacity needs, our business could be harmed.

          Any errors, defects, disruptions, or other performance or reliability problems with our network operations could cause interruptions in access to our products as well as delays and additional expense in arranging new facilities and services and could harm our reputation, business, operating results, and financial condition.

Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could harm our business and operating results.

          Our business depends on our intellectual property, the protection of which is crucial to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, trade secret and copyright law and contractual restrictions to protect our intellectual property. In addition, we attempt to protect our intellectual property, technology, and confidential information by requiring our employees and consultants to enter into confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements and third parties to enter into nondisclosure agreements. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property, or technology and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property, or technology. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our website features, software, and functionality or obtain and use information that we consider proprietary.

          Competitors may adopt service names similar to ours, thereby harming our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to user confusion. For example, we have filed a claim for trademark infringement and related matters against Sonic Automotive, Inc. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of the term "TrueCar."

          We currently hold the "TrueCar.com" Internet domain name and various other related domain names. The regulation of domain names in the United States is subject to change. Regulatory bodies could establish additional top-level domains, appoint additional domain name registrars, or modify the requirements for holding domain names. As a result, we may not be able to acquire or maintain all domain names that use the name TrueCar.

27


Table of Contents

We may in the future be subject to intellectual property disputes, which are costly to defend and could harm our business and operating results.

          We may from time to time face allegations that we have infringed the trademarks, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties, including from our competitors or non-practicing entities.

          Patent and other intellectual property litigation may be protracted and expensive, and the results are difficult to predict and may require us to stop offering some features, purchase licenses or modify our products and features while we develop non-infringing substitutes or may result in significant settlement costs.

          In addition, we use open source software in our products and will use open source software in the future. From time to time, we may face claims against companies that incorporate open source software into their products, claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the source code, the open source software or derivative works that were developed using such software, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could also result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our platform or services, any of which would have a negative effect on our business and operating results.

          Even if these matters do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, these matters, and the time and resources necessary to litigate or resolve them, could harm our business, our operating results and our reputation.

We depend on key personnel to operate our business, and if we are unable to retain, attract and integrate qualified personnel, our ability to develop and successfully grow our business could be harmed.

          We believe our success has depended, and continues to depend, on the efforts and talents of our executives and employees, including Scott Painter, our Founder and Chief Executive Officer. Our future success depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract and retain them. In addition, the loss of any of our senior management or key employees could materially adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan and strategy, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements on a timely basis, or at all. Our executive officers and other employees are at-will employees, which means they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. We cannot ensure that we will be able to retain the services of any members of our senior management or other key employees. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

Complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies will increase our costs and the demands on management and could harm our operating results.

          As a public company we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company and these expenses will increase after we cease to be an "emerging growth company." In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ impose various requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some

28


Table of Contents

activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as executive officers.

          In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. In particular, beginning with the year ending December 31, 2015, we will need to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm potentially to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404. As an "emerging growth company" we may elect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. However, we may no longer avail ourselves of this exemption when we cease to be an "emerging growth company" and, when our independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404 will correspondingly increase. Our compliance with applicable provisions of Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues as we implement additional corporate governance practices and comply with reporting requirements. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 applicable to us in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

          Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer if deficiencies are found, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our stock. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these changes effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting, or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on internal control from our independent registered public accounting firm.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management's attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

          Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to grow our business in response to the demands of consumers, dealers and other constituents within the automotive industry as well as competitive pressures. In some circumstances, we may determine to do so through the acquisition of complementary businesses and technologies rather than through internal development, such as our acquisition of ALG in 2011. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates can be difficult, time-consuming, and costly, and we may not be able to successfully complete identified acquisitions. The risks we face in connection with acquisitions include:

29


Table of Contents

          Our failure to address these risks or other problems encountered in connection with our past or future acquisitions and investments could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions or investments, cause us to incur unanticipated liabilities, and harm our business generally. Future acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses, or the write-off of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition. Also, the anticipated benefits of any acquisitions may not materialize.

If our intangible assets and goodwill become impaired we may be required to record a significant non-cash charge to earnings which would materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

          We had goodwill and intangible assets of $85.1 million at December 31, 2013. Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, we review our goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be fully recoverable. We review our intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. While we have not recognized any impairment charges since our inception, we may recognize impairment charges in future periods in connection with our acquisitions or from other businesses we may seek to acquire in the future. The carrying value of our goodwill and intangible assets may not be recoverable due to factors such as a decline in our stock price and market capitalization, reduced estimates of future revenues or cash flows or slower growth rates in our industry. Estimates of future revenues and cash flows are based on a long-term financial outlook of our operations. Actual performance in the near-term or long-term could be materially different from these forecasts, which could impact future estimates and the recorded value of the intangibles. For example, a significant, sustained decline in our stock price and market capitalization may result in impairment of our intangible assets, including goodwill, and a significant charge to earnings in our consolidated financial statements during the period in which an impairment is determined to exist. In the event we had to reduce the carrying value of our goodwill or intangible assets, any such impairment charge could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

30


Table of Contents

If our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes is limited, we may not receive the benefit of those assets.

          We had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $122.7 million and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $106.3 million at December 31, 2013. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards expire beginning in the years ending December 31, 2026 and 2014, respectively. At December 31, 2013, we had federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $0.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The federal credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2028. The state credit carryforwards can be carried forward indefinitely.

          The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses and other tax attributes in the event of an "ownership change" of a corporation. Accordingly, our ability to use pre-change net operating loss and research tax credits may be limited as prescribed under Internal Revenue Code, or IRC, Sections 382 and 383. Therefore, if we earn net taxable income in the future, our ability to reduce our Federal income tax liability may be subject to limitation. Events which may cause limitation in the amount of the net operating losses and credits that we utilize in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period. As a result of historical equity issuances, we have determined that the annual utilization of our net operating losses and credits and tax credits may be limited pursuant to IRC Sections 382 and 383. Future changes in our stock ownership, including this offering or future offerings, as well as other changes that may be outside our control could potentially result in further limitations on our ability to utilize our net operating loss and credit carryforwards.


Risks Related to this Offering and Our Common Stock

Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors, and their affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

          Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors, and holders of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately         % of our outstanding shares of common stock. Some of these persons or entities may have interests that are different from yours. For example, these stockholders may support proposals and actions with which you may disagree or which are not in your interests. These stockholders will be able to exercise a significant level of control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our certificate of incorporation, and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions difficult or impossible without the support of these stockholders, which in turn could reduce the price of our common stock.

The price of our common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

          The trading price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially and may be higher or lower than the initial public offering price. The trading price of our common stock following this offering will depend on a number of factors, including those described in this "Risk Factors" section, many of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock since you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include the following:

31


Table of Contents

          The effect of such factors on the trading market for our stock may be enhanced by the lack of a large and established trading market for our stock. In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market prices of a particular company's securities, securities class action litigations have often been instituted against these companies. Litigation of this type, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management's attention and resources.

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock by existing stockholders could depress the market price of our common stock.

          The market price for our common stock could decline as a result of the sale of substantial amounts of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, a large number of shares of our common stock becoming available for sale or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares. Based on shares outstanding at December 31, 2013, upon completion of this offering we will have

32


Table of Contents

outstanding approximately                           shares of common stock, approximately                           of which are subject to the 180-day contractual lock-up more fully described in "Underwriting." Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may permit our officers, directors, employees and current stockholders to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. After this offering, holders of an aggregate of             shares of our common stock at December 31, 2013, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. Substantially all of these shares are subject to the 180-day contractual lock-up referred to above.

          In addition, the shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under our equity incentive plans and the shares reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans will become eligible for sale in the public market in the future, subject to certain legal and contractual limitations. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a more detailed description of sales that may occur in the future.

          If a substantial number of shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, before or after the expiration of the 180-day contractual lock-up period, the trading price of our common stock could decline substantially.

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.

          Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws, and Delaware law contain or will contain provisions which could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our corporate governance documents include or will include provisions:

          These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

          As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation law, which prevents some stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock.

          Any provision of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

33


Table of Contents

We may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

          The net proceeds from the sale of our shares of common stock by us in this offering may be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have any agreements or commitments for any acquisitions at this time. Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be invested with a view towards long-term benefits for our stockholders and this may not increase our operating results or market value. Until the net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce significant income or that may lose value.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

          The anticipated initial public offering price of our common stock of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of $             in the net tangible book value per share from the price you paid. In addition, following this offering, purchasers who bought shares from us in the offering will have contributed         % of the total consideration paid to us by our stockholders to purchase shares of common stock in exchange for acquiring approximately         % of our total outstanding shares at December 31, 2013 after giving effect to this offering. The exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants will result in further dilution.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

          The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.

          We do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our credit facility currently prohibit us from paying cash dividends on our capital stock. Consequently, investors may need to rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

34


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

          This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as "anticipates," "believes," "could," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "may," "might," "likely," "plans," "potential," "predicts," "projects," "seeks," "should," "target," "will," "would" or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

35


Table of Contents

          We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

          You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, operating results and growth prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section titled "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. Further, our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

          The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements.

          This prospectus also contains estimates and other statistical data, including those relating to our industry and the market in which we operate, that we have obtained or derived from industry publications and reports, including reports from Automotive News, Borrell Associates, J.D. Power and Associates, NADA, R.L. Polk & Co., and other publicly available information. These industry publications and reports generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates, as there is no assurance that any of them will be reached. Based on our industry experience, we believe that the publications and reports are reliable and that the conclusions contained in the publications and reports are reasonable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors." These and other factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the industry publications and reports.

36


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

          We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of                      shares of our common stock in this offering will be $              million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds would be $              million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.

          Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $              per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by $              million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

          The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, improve brand awareness, create a public market for our common stock and facilitate our future access to the public capital markets. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary technologies, solutions, products, services, businesses or other assets, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. The amount and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the cash used in or generated by our operations, the pace of our expansion plans, and our investments and acquisitions.

          We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses of the net proceeds from this offering. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term and intermediate-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities and obligations, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We cannot predict whether the invested proceeds will yield a favorable return.


DIVIDEND POLICY

          We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions, any restrictions on paying dividends, including our current restriction under our credit facility, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

37


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization at of December 31, 2013 on:

          The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  At December 31, 2013  
 
 
Actual
 
Pro Forma
 
Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 43,819   $ 43,819   $            
               
               

Total indebtedness

  $ 4,764   $ 4,764   $            

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 4,500,000 shares authorized, 4,285,715 shares issued and outstanding; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    29,224            

Stockholders' equity:

                   

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized, 89,933,301 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 150,000,000 shares authorized, 94,219,016 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and                     shares authorized,                   shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    9     9        

Additional paid-in capital

    275,800     305,024        

Notes receivable from related party

    (1,069 )   (1,069 )      

Accumulated deficit

    (162,560 )   (162,560 )      
               

Total stockholders' equity

    112,180     141,404           
               

Total capitalization

  $ 146,168   $ 146,168   $            
               
               

(1)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                       per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth

38


Table of Contents

    on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $                       million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $                       million, assuming an initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

    The number of shares of our common stock set forth in the table above excludes:

    27,545,464 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at December 31, 2013, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.26 per share;

    4,641,260 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after December 31, 2013, with a weighted average exercise price of $6.16 per share;

                           shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of (i) 7,264,880 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan (the "2005 Stock Plan") at December 31, 2013 (after giving effect to an increase of 11,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2005 Stock Plan after December 31, 2013 and the grant of options to purchase 4,641,260 shares of common stock after December 31, 2013), which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii)                            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and (iii)                            shares that become available under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plan each year, as more fully described in "Executive Compensation — Employee Benefits and Stock Plans";

    8,896,142 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding at December 31, 2013, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.63 per share; and

    65,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued after December 31, 2013, with a weighted average exercise price of $8.43 per share.

39


Table of Contents


DILUTION

          If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

          Our historical net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book value at December 31, 2013 was $56.3 million, or $0.63 per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of common stock outstanding, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A Preferred Stock into 4,285,715 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

          After giving effect to the sale by us of                           shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma net tangible book value at December 31, 2013 would have been approximately $              million, or $              per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $              per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $              per share to investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price.

          The following table illustrates this dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $              

Pro forma net tangible book value per share at December 31, 2013

  $ 0.60        

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

             
             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

        $    
             

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

        $            
             
             

          Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by $             , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $             , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options to purchase common stock are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

          If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering would be $              per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $              per share.

40


Table of Contents

          The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis at December 31, 2013, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price of $              per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 
  Shares
Purchased
  Total
Consideration
  Average
Price
 
 
 
Number
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Per Share
 

Existing stockholders

                       % $                         % $            

New investors

                                              
                       

Total

                       % $                         % $            
                       
                       

          Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $              per share would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options to purchase common stock are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

          The sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholder in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to                    , or approximately    % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to                    , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

          If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full, our existing stockholders would own         % and our new investors would own          % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

          The foregoing discussion and tables exclude:

41


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

          We have derived the following selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2009 and 2010 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read the following selected consolidated financial and other data together with the section titled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

42


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
 
2009
 
2010(1)
 
2011(2)(3)
 
2012
 
2013
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                               

Revenues

  $ 15,831   $ 38,149   $ 76,330   $ 79,889   $ 133,958  

Cost and operating expenses:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below)(4)

    1,360     3,315     7,660     13,559     15,295  

Sales and marketing(4)

    8,866     18,751     41,992     70,327     75,180  

Technology and development(4)

    6,597     7,407     18,457     21,960     23,685  

General and administrative(4)

    5,180     11,480     21,912     34,228     30,857  

Depreciation and amortization

    625     1,086     4,148     11,768     11,569  
                       

Total costs and operating expenses

    22,628     42,039     94,169     151,842     156,586  
                       

Loss from operations

    (6,797 )   (3,890 )   (17,839 )   (71,953 )   (22,628 )

Interest income

    94     109     199     229     121  

Interest expense

    (123 )   (73 )   (66 )   (3,359 )   (1,988 )

Other income (expense)

    (45 )   4     (20 )   (18 )   18  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

    51     (524 )   (1,882 )        
                       

Loss before (provision) benefit for income taxes

    (6,820 )   (4,374 )   (19,608 )   (75,101 )   (24,477 )

(Provision) benefit for income taxes

   
   
(73

)
 
10,690
   
606
   
(579

)
                       

Net loss

  $ (6,820 ) $ (4,447 ) $ (8,918 ) $ (74,495 ) $ (25,056 )
                       
                       

Cumulative dividends on Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock

    (2,511 )   (3,180 )   (2,370 )        

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

    1,099     877              
                       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders of TrueCar, Inc. 

  $ (8,232 ) $ (6,750 ) $ (11,288 ) $ (74,495 ) $ (25,056 )
                       
                       

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders of TrueCar, Inc.:

                               

Basic and diluted(5)

  $ (2.29 ) $ (0.95 ) $ (0.33 ) $ (0.89 ) $ (0.29 )
                       
                       

Weighted average shares of common shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

                               

Basic and diluted(5)

    3,600     7,071     34,235     83,742     87,810  
                       
                       

Pro forma net loss per share:

                               

Basic and diluted (unaudited)(5)

                          $ (0.28 )
                               
                               

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding

                               

Basic and diluted (unaudited)(5)

                            88,280  
                               
                               

Other Financial Information:

                               

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

  $ (5,191 ) $ 1,712   $ (3,538 ) $ (46,523 ) $ 2,140  
                       
                       

(1)
On June 1, 2010, we acquired the remaining non-controlling interest in TrueCar.com, Inc.

(2)
During the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, we identified adjustments relating to timing of revenue recognition, accrued sales taxes and expenses on related party loans affecting 2010 and prior periods. The aggregate amount of these adjustments would have reduced net loss by $360,000 for 2009 and $420,000 for 2010. We concluded these adjustments were not material individually or in the aggregate to any prior reporting period. We also concluded that

43


Table of Contents

    recording the cumulative effect of these adjustments of $780,000 during the year ended December 31, 2011 was not material to the 2011 financial statements and accordingly, we recorded these adjustments during the year ended December 31, 2011.

(3)
In 2011, we completed the acquisitions of Carperks, Honk, and ALG. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements for information regarding the purchase accounting associated with these acquisitions.

(4)
The following table presents stock-based compensation expense included in each respective expense category:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
 
2009
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of revenue

  $   $ 29   $ 47   $ 122   $ 141  

Sales and marketing

    223     272     1,076     1,571     2,561  

Technology and development

    214     41     1,096     1,428     1,762  

General and administrative

    170     1,214     3,989     7,199     4,882  
                       

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 607   $ 1,556   $ 6,208   $ 10,320   $ 9,346  
                       
                       
(5)
See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock, and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

(6)
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income or any other measures derived in accordance with GAAP. For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, see "Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

 
  At December 31,  
 
 
2009
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

                               

Cash and cash equivalents and short term investments

  $ 6,155   $ 15,791   $ 42,881   $ 22,062   $ 43,819  

Working capital (deficit), excluding restricted cash

    8,178     14,930     39,118     (9,290 )   36,637  

Property and equipment, net

    1,475     3,354     13,720     12,842     15,238  

Total assets

    17,659     28,338     180,165     145,244     174,750  

Total indebtedness

    1,500             23,696     4,764  

Convertible preferred stock

    48,659     59,575             29,224  

Contingently redeemable common stock(1)

                1,000      

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (36,570 )   (38,444 )   158,769     98,196     112,180  

(1)
See Note 9 of our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information about contingently redeemable common stock.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

          Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net

44


Table of Contents

loss adjusted to exclude interest income, interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, change in the fair value of preferred stock warrant liability, stock-based compensation, non-cash warrant expense, change in the fair value of contingent consideration, and transaction costs from acquisitions. We have provided below a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net loss or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. In addition, our Adjusted EBITDA measure may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations as they may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner as we calculate the measure.

          We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus as it is an important measure used by our management and board of directors to assess our operating performance. We believe that using Adjusted EBITDA facilitates operating performance comparisons on a period-to-period basis because this measure excludes variations primarily caused by changes in our capital structure, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, changes in fair values of preferred stock warrant liability and contingent consideration, transaction costs from acquisitions, and stock-based compensation expense. In addition, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, rating agencies and other parties in evaluating companies as a measure of financial performance and debt service capabilities.

          Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute of analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the payment or receipt of interest or the payment of income taxes;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditures or any other contractual commitments;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive impact of shares issued or to be issued in connection with share-based compensation or warrant issuances; and

    other companies, including companies in our own industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

          Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results. In addition, in evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses such as those that are the subject of adjustments in deriving Adjusted EBITDA and you should not infer from our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA that our future results will not be affected by these expenses or any unusual or non-recurring items.

45


Table of Contents

          The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
 
2009
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Loss:

                               

Net loss

 
$

(6,820

)

$

(4,447

)

$

(8,918

)

$

(74,495

)

$

(25,056

)

Non-GAAP adjustments:

                               

Interest income

    (94 )   (109 )   (199 )   (229 )   (121 )

Interest expense

    123     73     66     3,359     1,988  

Depreciation and amortization

    625     1,086     4,148     11,768     11,569  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

    (51 )   524     1,882          

Warrant expense

    419     2,956     2,112     1,990     3,740  

Transaction costs from acquisitions

            1,853          

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

                1,370     95  

Stock-based compensation

    607     1,556     6,208     10,320     9,346  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

        73     (10,690 )   (606 )   579  
                       

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (5,191 ) $ 1,712   $ (3,538 ) $ (46,523 ) $ 2,140  
                       
                       

46


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

           The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Overview

          Our mission is to transform the car-buying experience for consumers and the way that dealers attract customers and sell cars. We have established an intelligent, data-driven online platform operating on a common technology infrastructure, powered by proprietary data and analytics. We operate our company-branded platform via our TrueCar.com website. In addition, we customize and operate our platform for affinity group marketing partners, such as USAA and Consumer Reports, financial institutions, and large enterprises such as Boeing and Verizon. We enable users to obtain market-based pricing data on new and used cars, and to connect with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers.

          We benefit consumers by providing information related to what others have paid for a make and model of car in their area and, where available, estimated prices for that make and model of car, which we refer to as upfront pricing information, from our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. This upfront pricing information generally includes guaranteed savings off MSRP which the consumer may then take to the dealer in the form of a Guaranteed Savings Certificate and apply toward the purchase of the specified make and model of car. We benefit our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers by enabling them to attract these informed, in-market consumers in a cost-effective, accountable manner, which we believe helps them to sell more cars.

          During the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated revenues of $134.0 million and recorded a net loss of $25.1 million. Of the $134.0 million in revenues, 89% consisted of transaction revenues with the remaining 11% derived primarily from the sale of data and consulting services to the automotive and financial services industries. Transaction revenues primarily consist of fees paid to us by our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers under our pay-for-performance business model where we generally earn a fee only when a TrueCar user purchases a car from them.

          From inception in February 2005 through 2010, we developed our car-buying platform under our then corporate name Zag.com Inc. In 2006, we launched a car-buying program for affinity group marketing partners; our affinity group marketing partners have subsequently grown to include USAA (2007), Consumer Reports (2010) and Pentagon Federal Credit Union (2010). We also devoted substantial resources during this period to the build-out of our national dealer network and the cultivation of additional affinity group relationships.

          Late in 2008, we began to invest in a direct-to-consumer channel under the branded website TrueCar.com. We launched TrueCar.com with the continuing goal of establishing the premier destination for consumers seeking vehicle pricing information and historical context about what others paid for the same car in their local areas. Subsequently, we integrated the users of TrueCar.com into our car-buying platform, allowing them to connect to the same national dealer network that had been built for our affinity group marketing partners. During the period from 2010 to the present, we have devoted significant resources to building awareness of the TrueCar brand through consumer marketing, including television, radio, digital and other media.

47


Table of Contents

          During 2011, we substantially increased our sales and marketing expenditures in order to accelerate the growth of our user base and transaction revenue derived from TrueCar.com. We also invested significantly in technology and development activities to improve the consumer experience on our platform. As part of these efforts to grow our business, in the fourth quarter of 2011 we launched a $7.8 million national television advertising campaign promoting TrueCar.com. As a result, our transaction revenue on TrueCar.com grew dramatically in the fourth quarter of 2011 as compared to the prior quarters of 2011. Despite this revenue growth, the significant investments in advertising and technology resulted in higher net losses in the fourth quarter of 2011 as compared to prior periods.

          In October 2011, we acquired ALG, which provides data analytics and consulting services to the automotive and financial services industries related to residual value forecasting.

          In October 2011, we entered into an Automotive Website Program Partnership Agreement with Yahoo! Inc. or Yahoo!. Under the agreement, we agreed to host Yahoo!'s Auto Buying Program and pay a minimum of $50.0 million annually beginning January 1, 2012 for a period of three years in exchange for a guarantee by Yahoo! of the delivery of specified quantities of unique visitors and users to the Auto Buying Program. In the course of hosting Yahoo!'s Auto Buying Program, we found that the unique visitors from Yahoo! that used our platform were less likely to purchase a car from one of our TrueCar Certified Dealers than users from other marketing channels. We therefore referred many of these users to other car buying websites, in separately negotiated transactions, and we generated lead referral fees from these separate transactions. As this business model was not considered strategic to our long-term growth plans, we modified our agreement with Yahoo! in June 2012, significantly reducing our obligations under the agreement, and also reducing the number of unique visitors provided by Yahoo! to our platform. The modification eliminated the annual minimum guarantee of $50.0 million and provided that we pay Yahoo! a marketing fee based on future vehicle sales generated through the automotive site. The Yahoo! agreement and modification are described more fully in Note 8 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

          Our television advertising campaign increased awareness of our products and services among consumers, dealers, dealer trade associations and automotive retail consultants. This publicity led to increased focus on the effects of our business model on dealers and our regulatory compliance, resulting in inquiries from state regulators concerning our business practices. Consequently, some dealers became concerned about the potential effect of such regulatory inquiries on their own businesses. Other industry sources publicly expressed concern that our services would reduce profits for all automobile dealers. As a result, many dealers cancelled their agreements with us, reducing our franchise dealer count from 5,571 at November 30, 2011 to 3,599 at February 28, 2012. The significant reduction in the number of TrueCar Certified Dealers resulted in decreases in our revenues and, together with the cost structure we had built to support our anticipated growth, increased net losses during the first half of 2012.

          In response to these dealer and regulatory concerns, we invested heavily in regulatory compliance activities and proactively entered into discussions with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers and other industry participants. We moved to subscription-based billing arrangements in a number of states. In certain states, we redesigned our products and services and changed our advertising approach to address these concerns. We also hired a former dealer trade association executive and established a dealer council to help manage our dealer relations efforts and increase our presence in the industry. By the second quarter of 2012, we began to add more TrueCar Certified Dealers to our network each quarter, with our TrueCar Certified Dealer count rising to 5,306 at December 31, 2012.

48


Table of Contents

          In light of the decline in franchise dealer count and the decline in associated revenues, we suspended television advertising and instituted a plan in early 2012 to reduce non-essential and non-productive operating expenses. By the third quarter of 2012, we had made significant progress in reducing expenses in each of our major operating expense categories. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2012, with a growing network of TrueCar Certified Dealers, we resumed our investments in both television advertising campaigns and digital acquisition channels designed to grow our business. As a result, we achieved sequential revenue growth in each quarter from the second quarter of 2012 through the fourth quarter of 2013 and achieved positive Adjusted EBITDA for 2013. We believe that these continued investments in advertising improve our ability to grow our business and revenues over time, although in any given period increases in revenue resulting from these investments may trail the increase in our expenses and therefore our losses may increase in any quarter.

          We intend to grow TrueCar.com traffic by building our brand through marketing campaigns that emphasize the value of trust and transparency in the car-buying process and the benefits of transacting with TrueCar Certified Dealers. We will seek to increase the number of transactions on our platform by enhancing the user experience while expanding and improving the geographic coverage of our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. Over time, we intend to increase monetization opportunities by introducing additional products and services to improve the car-buying and car-ownership experience.

Presentation of Financial Statements

          Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of our wholly owned subsidiaries in accordance with ASC 810 — Consolidation. Business acquisitions are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Our purchase accounting resulted in all assets and liabilities of acquired businesses being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

          We report our financial results as one operating segment, with two distinct service offerings: transactions, and data and other. Our operating results are regularly reviewed by our chief operating decision maker on a consolidated basis, principally to make decisions about how we allocate our resources and to measure our consolidated operating performance. Our chief operating decision maker regularly reviews revenue for each of our transaction and data and other offerings in order to gain more depth and understanding of the factors driving our business.

Key Metrics

          We regularly review a number of key metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make operating and strategic decisions.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Average Monthly Unique Visitors

    1,322,815     1,659,435     2,780,849  

Units

    239,470     222,683     399,919  

Monetization

  $ 297   $ 291   $ 297  

Franchise Dealer Count

    4,916     5,306     6,651  

49


Table of Contents

Average Monthly Unique Visitors

          We define a monthly unique visitor as an individual who has visited our website, our landing page on our affinity group marketing partner sites, or our mobile applications within a calendar month. We identify unique visitors through cookies for browser-based visits on either a desktop computer or mobile device and through device IDs for mobile application visits. In addition, if a TrueCar.com user logs-in, we supplement their identification with their log-in credentials to attempt to avoid double counting on TrueCar.com across devices, browsers and mobile applications. If an individual accesses our service using different devices or different browsers on the same device within a given month, the first access through each such device or browser is counted as a separate monthly unique visitor, except where adjusted based upon TrueCar.com log-in information. We calculate average monthly unique visitors as the sum of the monthly unique visitors in a given period, divided by the number of months in that period. We view our average monthly unique visitors as a key indicator of the growth in our business and audience reach, the strength of our brand, and the visibility of car buying services to the member base of our affinity group marketing partners.

          The number of average monthly unique visitors increased 67.6% to approximately 2.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 from approximately 1.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. We attribute the growth in our average monthly unique visitors principally to increased television and digital marketing advertising campaigns that have led to increased brand awareness, as well as increased traffic from our affinity group marketing partners.

Units

          We define units as the number of automobiles purchased by our users from TrueCar Certified Dealers through TrueCar.com or the car buying sites we maintain for our affinity group marketing partners. A unit is counted following such time as we have matched the sale to a TrueCar user with one of TrueCar Certified Dealers. On occassion, we issue to our TrueCar Certified Dealers credits or sales adjustments with respect to units sold. However, our determination of units, is not adjusted for these credits as not all credits we provide to our Certified Dealers are aligned with individual units sold. We view units as a key indicator of the growth of our business, the effectiveness of our product and the size and geographic coverage of our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers.

          The number of units increased 79.6% to 399,919 in the year ended December 31, 2013 from 222,683 in the year ended December 31, 2012. We attribute this growth in units to the effectiveness of our increased marketing activities, product enhancements, the growing number and geographic coverage of TrueCar Certified Dealers in our network, and the overall growth in new car sales in the automotive industry.

Monetization

          We define monetization as the average transaction revenue per unit, which we calculate by dividing all of our transaction revenue in a given period by the number of units in that period. In the periods discussed, our monetization has been relatively constant. We expect our monetization to be affected in the future by the unit mix between new and used cars, with used cars providing higher monetization, and by the introduction of new products and services.

Franchise Dealer Count

          We define franchise dealer count as the number of franchise dealers in the network of TrueCar Certified Dealers at the end of a given period. This number is calculated by counting the number of brands of new cars sold by dealers in the TrueCar Certified Dealer network at their locations, and includes both single-location proprietorships as well as large consolidated dealer groups. We view

50


Table of Contents

our ability to increase our franchise dealer count as an indicator of our market penetration and the likelihood of converting users of our platform into unit sales. Our TrueCar Certified Dealer network includes non-franchised dealers that primarily sell used cars and are not included in franchise dealer count. Our franchise dealer count increased to 6,651 at December 31, 2013 from 5,306 at December 31, 2012. We attribute this growth in our franchise dealer count to the continued effectiveness of our dealer sales team, increased brand awareness, and product enhancements.

Components of Operating Results

Revenues

          Our revenues are comprised of transaction revenues, and data and other revenue.

          Transaction Revenue.     Revenue consists of fees paid by dealers participating in our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. Dealers pay us these fees either on a per vehicle basis for sales to our users or in the form of a subscription arrangement. Certain subscription fee arrangements provide that the dealer pay a subscription fee based on a specified number of vehicle sales or consumer introductions expected to be generated from our TrueCar.com site or our affinity group marketing partner sites over the subscription period. The subscription fee is generally subject to adjustment for any shortfall of sales or introductions generated, adjusted monthly.

          In addition, we enter into arrangements with automobile manufacturers to promote the sale of their vehicles through the offering of additional consumer incentives to members of our affinity group marketing partners. These manufacturers pay us a per-vehicle fee for promotion of the incentive and we recognize the per-vehicle incentive fee when the vehicle sale has occurred between the member of our affinity group marketing partner and the dealer.

          Data and Other Revenue.     We derive this type of revenue primarily from providing data and consulting services to the automotive and financial services industries that is typically related to determining the residual value of an automobile at given points in time in the future. These residual values are used to underwrite automotive loans and leases to determine payments by consumers. In addition, financial institutions use this information to measure exposure and risk across loan, lease and fleet portfolios. Our customers generally pay us for these services as information is delivered to them.

          For a description of our revenue accounting policies, see " Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates " below.

Costs and Operating Expenses

          Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization).     Cost of revenue includes expenses related to the fulfillment of our services, consisting primarily of data costs and licensing fees paid to third party service providers and expenses related to operating our website and mobile applications, including those associated with our data centers, hosting fees, data processing costs required to deliver introductions to our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers, employee costs related to dealer operations, sales matching, and employee and consulting costs related to delivering data and consulting services to our customers. Cost of revenue excludes depreciation and amortization of software development costs and other hosting and data infrastructure equipment used to operate our platforms, which are included in the depreciation and amortization line item on our statement of comprehensive loss.

          Sales and Marketing.     Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of: television advertising; affinity group partner marketing fees; loan subvention costs where we pay certain affinity group marketing partners a portion of consumers' borrowing costs for car loan products

51


Table of Contents

offered by these affinity group marketing partners; marketing sponsorship programs; and digital customer acquisition. In addition, sales and marketing expenses include employee related expenses including salaries, bonuses, benefits and stock-based compensation expenses for sales, customer support, marketing and public relations employees, third-party contractor fees, and allocated overhead. Sales and marketing expenses also include costs related to common stock warrants issued to our affinity group marketing partner, USAA, as part of our commercial arrangements with it. See "Certain Relationships, Related Party And Other Transactions — Strategic Partnerships — United Services Automobile Association" for a description of such arrangements. Marketing and advertising costs promote our services and are expensed as incurred, except for media production costs which are expensed the first time the advertisement is aired.

          Technology and Development.     Technology and development expenses consist primarily of employee related expenses including salaries, bonuses, benefits and stock-based compensation expenses, third-party contractor fees, and allocated overhead primarily associated with development of our platform, as well as our product development, product management, research and analytics and internal IT functions.

          General and Administrative.     General and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee related expenses including salaries, bonuses, benefits and stock-based compensation expenses for executive, finance, accounting, legal, human resources, and business intelligence personnel. General and administrative expenses also include legal, accounting, and other third-party professional service fees, bad debt, and allocated overhead.

          Depreciation and Amortization.     Depreciation consists primarily of depreciation expense recorded on property and equipment. Amortization expense consists primarily of amortization recorded on intangible assets, capitalized software development costs and leasehold improvements.

          Interest Income.     Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents and short-term investment balances.

          Interest Expense.     Interest expense consists of interest on our outstanding short-term debt obligations, and for the period from May 2012 to May 2013, accretion of debt discount resulting from a beneficial conversion feature on our convertible debt, which converted to equity in May 2013. In addition, beginning in August 2013, interest expense includes interest on our credit facility and the amortization of the discount on our line of credit. See Notes 6 and 7 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information about our debt obligations.

          Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant Liability.     Change in the fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability includes charges from the re-measurement of our warrant liability to fair value at each period end. While these warrants were initially to purchase preferred stock, they were converted into warrants to purchase common stock in August 2011 in connection with the conversion of all our then outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock. Following that conversion, the liability associated with the preferred stock warrants was reclassified as additional paid-in capital and, as such, we have not incurred, and do not expect in the future to incur, additional charges associated with the change in fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability.

          Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes.     We are subject to federal and state income taxes in the United States. We provided a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 as it is more likely than not that some or all of our deferred tax assets will not be realized. As a result of the valuation allowance, our income tax benefit (or

52


Table of Contents

expense) is significantly less than the federal statutory rate of 34%. Our benefit for income taxes in 2011 reflected a partial release of the valuation allowance as a result of deferred tax liabilities recognized from the acquisition of ALG being an available source of income to realize a portion of our deferred tax assets. Our benefit from income taxes in 2012 reflected a tax benefit associated with a beneficial conversion feature on our convertible notes which was partially offset by tax expense related to the amortization of tax deductible goodwill. Our provision for income taxes in 2013 reflected a tax expense associated with the amortization of tax deductible goodwill that is not an available source of income to realize deferred tax assets.

          We have accumulated federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $122.7 million and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $106.3 million at December 31, 2013.

          See Note 11 of our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information about our provision for income taxes.

Results of Operations

          The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Revenues

  $ 76,330   $ 79,889   $ 133,958  

Costs and operating expenses:

                   

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below)

    7,660     13,559     15,295  

Sales and marketing

    41,992     70,327     75,180  

Technology and development

    18,457     21,960     23,685  

General and administrative

    21,912     34,228     30,857  

Depreciation and amortization

    4,148     11,768     11,569  
               

Total costs and operating expenses              

    94,169     151,842     156,586  
               

Loss from operations

    (17,839 )   (71,953 )   (22,628 )

Interest income

    199     229     121  

Interest expense

    (66 )   (3,359 )   (1,988 )

Other income (expense), net

    (20 )   (18 )   18  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

    (1,882 )        
               

Loss before benefit (provision) for income taxes

    (19,608 )   (75,101 )   (24,477 )

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

    10,690     606     (579 )
               

Net loss

  $ (8,918 ) $ (74,495 ) $ (25,056 )
               
               

53


Table of Contents

          The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of revenues for each of the periods indicated.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Revenues

    100 %   100 %   100 %

Costs and operating expenses:

                   

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below)

    10     17     11  

Sales and marketing

    55     88     56  

Technology and development

    24     27     18  

General and administrative

    29     43     23  

Depreciation and amortization

    5     15     9  
               

Loss from operations

    (23 )   (90 )   (17 )
               

Interest income

    *     *     *  

Interest expense

    *     (4 )   (1 )

Other income (expense), net

    *     *     *  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warranty liability

    (2 )   *     *  
               

Loss before benefit (provision) for income taxes

    (26 )   (94 )   (18 )

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

    14     1     *  
               

Net loss

    (12 )%   (93 )%   (19 )%
               
               

*
Less than 0.5% of revenues

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

    Revenues

 
   
   
  Change  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
 
2012
 
2013
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Transaction revenue

  $ 64,703   $ 118,713   $ 54,010     83.5 %

Data and other revenue

    15,186     15,245     59     0.4 %
                     

Revenues

  $ 79,889   $ 133,958   $ 54,069     67.7 %
                     
                     

          The increase in our revenues for 2013 as compared to 2012 reflected the substantial increase in our transaction revenue. Transaction revenue and data and other revenue comprised 88.6% and 11.4%, respectively, of revenues for 2013 as compared to 81.0% and 19.0%, respectively, for 2012. The increase in transaction revenue for 2013 primarily reflected the 79.6% increase in units due to the level of marketing spend and the increase in the number of Certified TrueCar Dealers, product enhancements, and the overall growth in sales of the automotive industry. Our average monthly unique visitors grew 67.6% from 1,659,435 during 2012 to 2,780,849 during 2013, reflecting our increased advertising expenses which improved brand awareness and the visibility of our car buying services to the member base of our affinity group marketing partners. Our franchise dealer count grew 25.3% from 5,306 at December 31, 2012 to 6,651 at December 31, 2013, reflecting the ongoing adoption of our service among dealers. Our monetization was relatively stable between these periods as our pricing and the mix between new and used car units was relatively consistent.

54


Table of Contents

Data and other revenue was consistent for 2013 as compared to 2012 and reflected a $2.1 million decrease in lead referral fees arising from the modification of our marketing arrangement with Yahoo! in June 2012 pursuant to which we had generated revenue by referring Yahoo! traffic to other commercial websites. This decrease was more than offset by a $2.2 million increase in revenue due to improved pricing of our renewal data and consulting service contracts.

Costs and Operating Expenses

    Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
 
2012
 
2013
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

  $ 13,559   $ 15,295   $ 1,736     12.8 %
                   
                   

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) as a percentage of revenues

    17.0 %   11.4 %            

          The increase in cost of revenue for 2013 as compared to 2012 primarily reflected a $1.0 million increase in data costs and licensing fees to support the growth of our business, and a $0.5 million increase in employee related costs primarily due to increases in headcount. The decline in cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues in 2013 from 2012 reflected operating leverage due to the increased proportion of transaction revenues in 2013. Although we expect our cost of revenue to increase in dollar amount as we add additional data sources, we believe that the nature of our cost structure will enable us to continue to realize operating leverage in our business over time.

    Sales and Marketing Expenses

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
 
2012
 
2013
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Sales and marketing expenses

  $ 70,327   $ 75,180   $ 4,853     6.9 %
                   
                   

Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues

    88.0 %   56.1 %            

          The increase in sales and marketing expenses for 2013 as compared to 2012 reflected a $14.4 million increase in advertising and promotional activities primarily due to increased television and online marketing spend to grow the TrueCar.com brand, a $10.1 million increase in affinity partner marketing fees as a result of the increased level of unit sales and increased promotional activities, such as loan subvention, where we pay certain affinity group marketing partners a portion of customers' borrowing costs for car loan products offered by these affinity group marketing partners to incentivize their customers to purchase a vehicle from a TrueCar Certified Dealer, a $2.8 million increase in employee related expenses primarily due to increased bonus expenses tied to our improved financial results and headcount increases and an increase in stock-based compensation due to additional stock-based awards, and an increase of $0.9 million in warrant expense associated with our media and marketing services agreement with a direct marketing firm. These increases in sales and expenses were partially offset by a decrease of $20.0 million of spend associated with our marketing arrangement with Yahoo! that was modified in June 2012, and a $3.4 million reduction in our corporate sponsorship expense as a result of terminating certain sponsorship agreements that we deemed were ineffective. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in dollar amount due to increased television and radio advertising, digital customer acquisition costs, affinity group marketing partner fees and marketing programs as we grow our business.

55


Table of Contents

    Technology and Development Expenses

 
  Year Ended
December,
  Change  
 
 
2012
 
2013
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Technology and development expenses

  $ 21,960   $ 23,685   $ 1,725     7.9 %
                   
                   

Technology and development expenses as a percentage of revenues

    27.5 %   17.7 %            
                       
                       

Capitalized software costs

  $ 5,219   $ 6,692   $ 1,473     28.2 %

          The increase in technology and development expenses for 2013 as compared to 2012 reflected an increase of $2.5 million in employee related costs primarily due to increases in bonus expense arising from our improved financial results and to a lesser extent stock-based compensation associated with additional stock-based awards, and a $0.8 million increase in software licensing expenses to support the growth of our business and platform. These increases were partially offset by a $1.5 million increase in the amount of capitalized internally developed software costs which reduced technology and development expenses during the period. We expect our technology and development expenses to increase in dollar amount as we continue to increase our engineering headcount to expand the functionality of our platform and provide new product offerings. We also expect technology and development expenses to continue to be affected by variations in the amount of capitalized internally developed software.

    General and Administrative Expenses

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
 
2012
 
2013
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

General and administrative expenses

  $ 34,228   $ 30,857   $ (3,371 )   (9.8 )%
                   
                   

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues

    42.8 %   23.0 %            

          The decrease in general and administrative expenses for 2013 as compared to 2012 reflected a decrease of $2.3 million in stock-based compensation expense primarily due to the absence of a $4.5 million stock-based compensation charge in March 2012 as a result of the modification of an equity award held by a former executive as part of his severance arrangement, partially offset by increased stock-based compensation expense associated with new awards issued in 2013. The decrease in general and administrative expenses for 2013 also reflected lower legal fees and other expenses associated with our regulatory compliance activities in 2012 of $2.1 million and a $1.3 million decrease in expenses associated with changes in fair value of the contingent consideration for our Carperks acquisition as a result of the modification of the agreement in December 2012. These decreases were partially offset by a $1.3 million increase in employee related expenses, primarily due to increased bonus expenses arising from our improved financial results and increases in headcount to support the growth of our business, and a $0.6 million legal settlement associated with a settlement entered into with a marketing sponsorship partner in November 2013. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in dollar amount as we increase the headcount in our financial, accounting, and legal organizations and add resources to support both the anticipated growth of our business and our public company reporting

56


Table of Contents

requirements. In addition, we expect to pay and recognize in full bonuses to certain executives totaling $2.9 million in the quarter in which our initial public offering occurs.

    Depreciation and Amortization Expenses

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
 
2012
 
2013
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Depreciation and amortization expenses

  $ 11,768   $ 11,569   $ (199 )   (1.7 )%
                   
                   

          Depreciation and amortization expenses for 2013 were consistent with 2012. Depreciation and amortization expenses reflected a $0.9 million decrease in write-offs of capitalized internally developed software in 2013 compared to 2012, that was largely offset by an increase of $0.7 million in amortization of internally developed software in 2013 driven by a full year of depreciation for assets capitalized in 2012 and increased software capitalization during 2013. The 2012 write-offs of internally developed software were due to software that provided functionality that was no longer used on our platform due to changes in our business. We expect our depreciation and amortization expenses to continue to be affected by the amount of our investment in capitalized internally developed software costs, property and equipment and the timing of placing projects in service.

    Interest Expense

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
 
2012
 
2013
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Interest expense

  $ 3,359   $ 1,988   $ (1,371 )   (40.8 )%
                   
                   

          The decrease in interest expense for 2013 as compared to 2012 primarily reflected a decrease in the accretion of debt discount resulting from a beneficial conversion feature on our convertible debt, which converted to equity in May 2013, and a decrease in the average outstanding balance of our short-term borrowings.

    Benefit from (Provision for) Income Taxes

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
 
2012
 
2013
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

  $ 606   $ (579 ) $ (1,185 )   (195.5 )%
                   
                   

          Our provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2013 reflected tax expense due to amortization of tax deductible goodwill that is not an available source of income to realize our deferred tax assets. Our benefit from income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflected a tax benefit associated with a beneficial conversion feature on our convertible notes of $1.1 million which was partially offset by tax expense related to the amortization of tax deductible goodwill of $0.5 million.

57


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

    Revenues

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Transaction revenue

  $ 71,222   $ 64,703   $ (6,519 )   (9.2 )%

Data and other revenue

    5,108     15,186     10,078     197.3 %
                     

Revenues

  $ 76,330   $ 79,889   $ 3,559     4.7 %
                     
                     

          The increase in our revenues for 2012 as compared to 2011 reflected a decrease in our transaction revenue that was more than offset by a substantial increase in our data and other revenue. Transaction revenue and data and other revenue comprised 81.0% and 19.0% of revenues in 2012 as compared to 93.3% and 6.7% of revenues in 2011. The decrease in transaction revenue in 2012 primarily reflected the 7.0% decrease in units, from 239,470 in 2011 to 222,683 in 2012, due primarily to dealer attrition that occurred in the first quarter of 2012. Our franchise dealer count fell from 4,916 at December 31, 2011 to 3,734 at March 31, 2012, and recovered in the second quarter to 4,322 at June 30, 2012 and to 5,306 at December 31, 2012. Our monetization was relatively stable between these years as our mix between new and used units was relatively consistent. The increase in data and other revenue in 2012 reflected the full year of combined operations with ALG following our acquisition of ALG in October 2011; the incremental ALG revenue was $8.4 million. There was also a $2.2 million increase in lead referral fees primarily due to revenues in the first half of 2012 arising from the marketing arrangement with Yahoo! that was modified in June 2012.

    Cost of Revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

  $ 7,660   $ 13,559   $ 5,899     77.0 %
                   
                   

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) as a percentage of revenues

    10.0 %   17.0 %            

          The increase in cost of revenues for 2012 from 2011 was primarily the result of a $3.2 million increase in employee related expenses due to a full year of combined operations with ALG and headcount increases in our existing business, a $1.0 million increase in data licensing costs and $0.6 million increase hosting costs related to operating our website and mobile applications, and, to a lesser extent, increases in sales matching costs. The increase in cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues in 2012 as compared to 2011 primarily reflected an increase in employee related expenses and the decrease in transaction revenue, as well as a full year of combined operations with ALG.

58


Table of Contents

    Sales and Marketing Expenses

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Sales and marketing expenses

  $ 41,992   $ 70,327   $ 28,335     67.5 %
                   
                   

Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues

    55.0 %   88.0 %            

          The increase in sales and marketing expenses for 2012 from 2011 reflected $20.0 million of spend associated with our marketing arrangement with Yahoo! which was entered into in January 2012 and significantly modified in June 2012, an increase of $9.7 million in corporate sponsorship expenses related to agreements we entered into in 2012 and a $3.1 million increase in consulting and professional fees primarily as a result of entering into an external consulting agreement with our creative agency for a variety of marketing services. The increase in sales and marketing expenses in 2012 also reflected a $3.4 million increase in employee related expenses as a result of a full year of combined operations with ALG and headcount increases in our existing business, a $0.6 million increase in partner marketing fees as a result of increased promotional activities for our affinity group marketing partners as well as a $0.5 million increase in facilities expenses associated with our increased headcount in sales and marketing functions. These increases were partially offset by an $8.9 million decrease in television and online marketing spend due to changes in our marketing strategies in early 2012 arising from our response to regulatory and publicity matters occurring in early 2012.

    Technology and Development Expenses

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Technology and development expenses

  $ 18,457   $ 21,960   $ 3,503     19.0 %
                   
                   

Technology and development expenses as a percentage of revenues

    24.2 %   27.5 %            
                       
                       

Capitalized software costs

  $ 6,372   $ 5,219   $ (1,153 )   (18.1 )%

          The increase in technology and development expenses for 2012 from 2011 primarily reflected a $3.9 million increase in headcount and related benefits due to a full year of combined operations with ALG and headcount increases in our existing operations, a decrease in expenses due to a reduction of $1.2 million in the amount of internally developed software costs that were capitalized, and, to a lesser extent, other increases in expense due to a full year of combined operations with ALG. These increases were offset in part by a $2.2 million decrease in consulting and professional fees due to a combination of our cost cutting initiatives and bringing certain of these functions in-house.

59


Table of Contents

    General and Administrative Expenses

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

General and administrative expenses

  $ 21,912   $ 34,228   $ 12,316     56.2 %
                   
                   

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues

    28.7 %   42.8 %            

          The increase in general and administrative expenses for 2012 from 2011 reflected $5.8 million in increased legal fees and other expenses primarily associated with our regulatory compliance activities, and increases in stock-based compensation expense of $3.2 million primarily due to a $4.5 million stock-based compensation charge in March 2012 as a result of the modification of an equity award held by a former executive as part of his severance arrangements. General and administrative expenses also increased from 2011 to 2012 due to increases of $3.2 million in employee and related expenses arising from the inclusion of a full year of combined operations with ALG as well as headcount increases in our existing business, a $1.3 million increase in the fair value of contingent consideration associated with our acquisition of Carperks in 2011, a $0.6 million increase due to increases in sales taxes driven by increased sales in states where sales tax is applicable, and a $0.5 million increase in bad debt expense associated with the dealer attrition we experienced in the first half of 2012. These increases were offset, in part by, a $1.9 million decrease in transaction costs associated with our acquisition of ALG in 2011.

    Depreciation and Amortization Expenses

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Depreciation and amortization expenses

  $ 4,148   $ 11,768   $ 7,620     183.7 %
                   
                   

          The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses for 2012 from 2011 reflected an increase of $3.2 million in amortization of intangible assets primarily due to intangible assets acquired as part of the ALG acquisition in October 2011, an increase of $2.9 million associated with the amortization of capitalized internally developed software costs and depreciation on property, plant and equipment in 2012 as compared to 2011, and a $1.5 million write-off of internally developed software in 2012 as the functionality was no longer used on our platform due to changes in our business, which changes included the termination of two of our marketing arrangements.

    Interest Expense

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Interest expense

  $ 66   $ 3,359   $ 3,293     4,989.4 %
                   
                   

          The increase in interest expense for 2012 from 2011 reflected interest expense and accretion of the beneficial conversion feature recorded on our convertible notes issued in May 2012.

60


Table of Contents

    Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

  $ (1,882 ) $   $ 1,882     100.0 %
                   
                   

          Upon conversion of the preferred stock to common stock in August 2011, the preferred stock warrants were automatically converted into warrants to purchase our common stock. Upon this conversion, the preferred stock warrants were reclassified as equity and were no longer remeasured to fair value.

    Benefit (provision) for Income Taxes

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

  $ 10,690   $ 606   $ (10,084 )   (94.3 )%
                   
                   

          Our income tax benefit in 2012 reflected a tax benefit associated with a beneficial conversion feature on our convertible notes issued in May 2012 of $1.1 million which was partially offset by tax expense related to amortization of tax deductible goodwill of $0.5 million that is not an available source of income to realize our deferred tax assets. Our benefit from income taxes in 2011 reflected a partial release of our valuation allowance as a result of deferred tax liabilities recognized from the acquisition of ALG.

Quarterly Key Metrics and Results of Operations

          The following tables set forth selected key metrics and unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of comprehensive loss data for each of the quarters indicated. The consolidated financial statements for each of these quarters have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the consolidated results of operations for these periods. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included

61


Table of Contents

elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
 
Mar. 31,
2012
 
Jun. 30,
2012
 
Sept. 30,
2012
 
Dec. 31,
2012
 
Mar. 31,
2013
 
Jun. 30,
2013
 
Sept. 30,
2013
 
Dec. 31,
2013
 

Average Monthly Unique Visitors

    1,904,524     1,464,772     1,541,287     1,727,159     2,184,657     2,441,493     3,201,475     3,295,772  

Units

    59,455     48,413     54,228     60,587     72,871     96,614     116,503     113,931  

Monetization

    $278     $277     $311     $296     $295     $284     $288     $318  

Franchise Dealer Count (Ending)

    3,734     4,322     4,735     5,306     5,881     6,176     6,327     6,651  

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
 
Mar. 31,
2012
 
Jun. 30,
2012
 
Sept. 30,
2012
 
Dec. 31,
2012
 
Mar. 31,
2013
 
Jun. 30,
2013
 
Sept. 30,
2013
 
Dec. 31,
2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues

  $ 20,504   $ 17,605   $ 20,437   $ 21,343   $ 25,043   $ 31,223   $ 37,547   $ 40,145  

Costs and operating expenses:

                                                 

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below)

    3,258     3,241     3,482     3,578     3,762     3,673     3,652     4,208  

Sales and marketing

    27,205     16,607     11,290     15,225     13,783     15,626     21,878     23,893  

Technology and development

    5,869     5,432     5,263     5,396     5,804     5,618     5,512     6,751  

General and administrative

    13,359     7,629     6,210     7,030     6,313     6,629     7,716     10,199  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,709     2,856     2,795     3,408     3,066     2,868     3,241     2,394  
                                   

Total costs and expenses

    52,400     35,765     29,040     34,637     32,728     34,414     41,999     47,445  
                                   

Loss from operations

    (31,896 )   (18,160 )   (8,603 )   (13,294 )   (7,685 )   (3,191 )   (4,452 )   (7,300 )

Interest income

   
121
   
38
   
34
   
36
   
32
   
29
   
30
   
30
 

Interest expense

    (73 )   (746 )   (1,270 )   (1,270 )   (1,241 )   (510 )   (58 )   (179 )

Other income(expense)

    (35 )       11     6     8     6     5     (1 )
                                   

Loss before (provision) benefit for income taxes

    (31,883 )   (18,868 )   (9,828 )   (14,522 )   (8,886 )   (3,666 )   (4,475 )   (7,450 )

(Provision) benefit for income taxes

    (138 )   961     (137 )   (80 )   (137 )   (136 )   (136 )   (170 )
                                   

Net loss

  $ (32,021 ) $ (17,907 ) $ (9,965 ) $ (14,602 ) $ (9,023 ) $ (3,802 ) $ (4,611 ) $ (7,620 )
                                   
                                   

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  $ (21,522 ) $ (15,500 ) $ (4,239 ) $ (5,262 ) $ (2,632 ) $ 2,630   $ 2,411   $ (269 )
                                   
                                   

(1)
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income or any other measures derived in accordance with GAAP. For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, see "Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

62


Table of Contents

          The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of revenues for each of the periods indicated.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
 
Mar. 31,
2012
 
Jun. 30,
2012
 
Sept. 30,
2012
 
Dec. 31,
2012
 
Mar. 31,
2013
 
Jun. 30,
2013
 
Sept. 30,
2013
 
Dec. 31,
2013
 

Revenues

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100.0 %

Costs and operating expenses:

                                                 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below)

    15.9     18.4     17.0     16.8     15.0     11.8     9.7     10.5  

Sales and marketing

    132.7     94.3     55.2     71.3     55.0     50.0     58.3     59.5  

Technology and development

    28.6     30.9     25.8     25.3     23.2     18.0     14.7     16.8  

General and administrative

    65.2     43.3     30.4     32.9     25.2     21.2     20.6     25.4  

Depreciation and amortization

    13.2     16.2     13.7     16.0     12.2     9.2     8.6     6.0  
                                   

Loss from operations

    (155.6 )   (103.2 )   (42.1 )   (62.3 )   (30.7 )   (10.2 )   (11.9 )   (18.2 )

Interest income

    0.6     *     *     *     *     *     *     *  

Interest expense

    *     (4.2 )   (6.2 )   (6.0 )   (5.0 )   (1.6 )   *     *  

Other income/(expenses)

   
*
   
*
   
*
   
*
   
*
   
*
   
*
   
*
 
                                   

Loss before (provision) benefit for income taxes

    (155.5 )   (107.2 )   (48.1 )   (68.0 )   (35.5 )   (11.7 )   (11.9 )   (18.6 )

(Provision) benefit for income taxes

    (0.7 )   5.5     (0.7 )   *     (0.5 )   *     *     *  
                                   

Net loss

    (156.2 )%   (101.7 )%   (48.8 )%   (68.4 )%   (36.0 )%   (12.2 )%   (12.3 )%   (19.0 )%
                                   
                                   

*
Percentage of revenues is less than 0.5%

          Our revenues in the first half of 2012 were significantly affected by dealer attrition described above under "Overview," with our franchise dealer count falling from 4,916 at December 31, 2011 to 3,734 at March 31, 2012. By the second quarter of 2012, we again began to add more TrueCar Certified Dealers to our network, with our franchise dealer count rising to 5,306 and 6,651 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. We believe that the changes we made to our business and regulatory compliance practices since that time have significantly enhanced the growth and growth prospects of our business.

          Our revenue trends are a reflection of consumers' car buying patterns. Across the automotive industry, consumers tend to purchase a higher volume of cars in the second and third quarters of

63


Table of Contents

each year, due in part to the introduction of new vehicle models from manufacturers. In the past, these seasonal trends have not been pronounced due the overall growth of our business, but we expect that in the future our revenues may be affected by these seasonal trends. Our business will also be impacted by cyclical trends affecting the overall economy, specifically the retail automobile industry, as well as by actual or threatened severe weather events.

          The relatively high level of sales and marketing expenses in the first half of 2012 reflected charges totaling $20.0 million associated with the modification of a marketing arrangement with Yahoo! in June 2012 and an additional $5.0 million in advertising sponsorships in the period designed to increase awareness of our brand. The increase in sales and marketing expenses in the fourth quarter of 2012 from the third quarter of 2012 primarily reflected $1.5 million of expense incurred in connection with the launch of a new television advertising campaign. The increase in sales and marketing expenses in the third quarter of 2013 from the second quarter of 2013 primarily reflected $4.1 million of increased spending on television and online advertising. These increased levels of spend on television and online advertising continued into the fourth quarter of 2013 which also included an additional $1.2 million of spend on loan subvention costs we pay to affinity marketing partners to incentivize their members to purchase vehicles from TrueCar Certified Dealers. The remaining increase in sales and marketing expenses in the fourth quarter of 2013 from the third quarter of 2013 is primarily due to employee related expenses of $0.6 million associated with increased headcount and higher bonuses arising from our improved financial results.

          The relatively high level of general and administrative expenses in the first quarter of 2012 primarily reflected a $4.5 million stock-based compensation charge as a result of the modification of the exercise period and vesting terms for an equity award held by a former executive as part of his severance arrangements and $3.0 million of legal fees and other expenses associated with our regulatory compliance activities. The increase in general and administrative expenses in the fourth quarter of 2013 from the third quarter of 2013 is primarily due to increased stock-based compensation expense associated with new grants issued in the fourth quarter of 2013 and a $0.6 million increase in legal settlement costs associated with a settlement agreement entered into with a marketing sponsorship partner in November 2013.

          The increase in technology and development expenses in the fourth quarter of 2013 from the third quarter of 2013 is primarily due to higher bonus expenses arising from our improved financial results, increase in headcount and an increase in stock-based compensation expense due to additional stock-based awards granted in the fourth quarter of 2013.

64


Table of Contents

          The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods presented:

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
 
Mar. 31,
2012
 
Jun. 30,
2012
 
Sept. 30,
2012
 
Dec. 31,
2012
 
Mar. 31,
2013
 
Jun. 30,
2013
 
Sept. 30,
2013
 
Dec. 31,
2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Loss

                                                 

Net loss

  $ (32,021 ) $ (17,907 ) $ (9,965 ) $ (14,602 ) $ (9,023 ) $ (3,802 ) $ (4,611 ) $ (7,620 )

Non-GAAP Adjustments:

                                                 

Interest income

    (121 )   (38 )   (34 )   (36 )   (32 )   (29 )   (30 )   (30 )

Interest expense

    73     746     1,270     1,270     1,241     510     58     179  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,709     2,856     2,795     3,408     3,066     2,868     3,241     2,394  

Stock-based compensation

    5,655     1,340     1,558     1,767     1,573     2,043     1,968     3,762  

Warrant expense

    2,045     (1,536 )       1,481     382     880     1,626     852  

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

                1,370     24     24     23     24  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    138     (961 )   137     80     137     136     136     170  
                                   

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  $ (21,522 ) $ (15,500 ) $ (4,239 ) $ (5,262 ) $ (2,632 ) $ 2,630   $ 2,411   $ (269 )
                                   
                                   

(1)
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income or any other measures derived in accordance with GAAP. For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, see "Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          At December 31, 2013, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $43.8 million and $6.9 million of unused borrowing capacity under our $12.0 million revolving credit facility. Since inception, our operations have been financed primarily by net proceeds from the sales of shares of our capital stock and proceeds from the issuance of indebtedness. At December 31, 2013, we had $5.0 million principal amount of outstanding debt under our revolving line of credit.

          We have incurred cumulative losses of $162.6 million from our operations through December 31, 2013, and expect to incur additional losses in the future. We believe that our existing sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. However, our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, and the timing and extent of our spending to support our technology and development efforts. To the extent that existing cash and cash equivalents, and cash from operations are insufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to

65


Table of Contents

raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all.

Credit Facility

          On June 13, 2013, we entered into an amended and restated loan and security agreement with a financial institution (the "Second Amended Credit Facility"). The Second Amended Credit Facility provides for advances under a formula-based revolving line of credit which matures on June 13, 2014. The revolving line of credit provides advances equal to 80% of eligible accounts receivable and is subject to sub-limits, as defined, for letters of credit, foreign exchange, and cash management services provided by the financial institution. The maximum amount available under the line of credit is $12.0 million, $6.9 million of which was available under the Credit Facility at December 31, 2013.

          The revolving line bears interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus an applicable margin based on our liquidity, which is defined as unrestricted cash plus amounts available under the Amended Credit Facility. If our liquidity is (i) less than $10 million, the applicable margin is 1.75%, (ii) if our liquidity is equal to or greater than $10 million but less than $20 million, the applicable margin is 0.5% and (iii) if our liquidity is greater than or equal to $20 million, the applicable margin is 0.0%. The line of credit agreement requires us to make monthly interest payments on the outstanding principal. All unpaid principal is due at maturity.

          The Second Amended Credit Facility requires us to maintain an adjusted quick ratio of at least 1.50:1.00 on the last day of each month. We were in compliance with the financial covenants at December 31, 2013.

          At December 31, 2013, $5.0 million in principal amount was outstanding under the Second Amended Credit Facility. We expect to either negotiate the extension of the Second Amended Credit Facility prior to its maturity in June 2014 or enter into an alternative credit facility.

Cash Flows

          The following table summarizes our cash flows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Cash Flow Data:

                   

Net cash used in operating activities

 
$

(11,473

)

$

(32,718

)

$

(3,911

)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (37,197 )   20,374     (5,483 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    44,734     22,551     31,151  
               

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (3,936 ) $ 10,207   $ 21,757  
               
               

    Operating Activities

          Our net loss and cash flows used in operating activities are significantly influenced by our investments in headcount and infrastructure to support our growth, and marketing, advertising and sponsorship expenses. Our net loss has been significantly greater than our use of cash for operating activities due to the inclusion of non-cash expenses and charges.

66


Table of Contents

          Cash used in operating activities in 2013 was $3.9 million, primarily as a result of our net loss of $25.1 million and a $6.7 million use of cash as a result of changes in operating assets and liabilities, which was largely offset by $27.9 million of non-cash operating expenses. Specifically, we recognized non-cash charges aggregating of $11.6 million for depreciation and amortization of intangible assets, capitalized software development costs and property and equipment, including $0.7 million due to the write-off of capitalized software development costs reflected as loss on disposal of fixed assets, $9.3 million for stock-based compensation, and a $3.7 million non-cash charge associated with the vesting of warrants issued to a third party direct marketing firm and an affinity group marketing partner. We also incurred an aggregate of $1.9 million in non-cash charges associated with accruing interest related to interest on our convertible notes payable prior to their conversion into shares of our common stock, the accretion of the beneficial conversion feature on the convertible notes payable and the accretion of debt discount on our line of credit, and a $0.6 million increase in deferred income taxes reflecting the amortization of tax deductible goodwill that is not an available source of income to realize deferred tax assets. During the period, we used $6.7 million in cash as a result of changes in operating assets and liabilities. This $6.7 million reflected a $8.2 million increase in accounts receivable as a result of our increased revenues, a $2.0 million increase in prepaid expenses primarily associated with our increased media advertising spend, a decrease of $2.1 million in accrued expenses primarily associated with the modification of the marketing arrangement with Yahoo! in 2012, partially offset by a $4.0 million increase in accrued employee expenses due to an increase in accrued bonuses driven by our improved financial results, and a $2.3 million increase in accounts payable associated with the growth in our business.

          Cash used in operating activities in 2012 was $32.7 million, primarily as a result of our net loss of $74.5 million, which was partially offset by $29.1 million of non-cash operating expenses and $12.7 million of net cash flows provided through changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Specifically, we recognized non-cash charges of $10.3 million for stock-based compensation, including a $4.5 million stock-based compensation charge in March 2012 as a result of the modification of an equity award held by a former executive as part of his severance arrangements and $11.8 million for depreciation and amortization of intangible assets, capitalized software development costs and property and equipment, including $1.5 million related to losses on the write-off of capitalized software development costs. We also had a non-cash charge of $3.3 million due to interest expense on the convertible notes payable and accretion of the beneficial conversion feature on the convertible notes payable, a $2.0 million non-cash charge associated with the vesting of warrants issued to an affinity group marketing partner and a marketing partner, $1.4 million related to the increase in the fair value of our contingent consideration liability associated with our acquisition of Carperks, and $0.7 million of bad debt expense associated with the dealer attrition we experienced in the first half of 2012 offset in part by a $0.6 million deferred tax benefit primarily associated with the conversion feature in our convertible note issued in May 2012. During the period, we recognized changes in operating assets and liabilities which provided $12.7 million of cash from operating activities. Of this $12.7 million, $10.0 million was associated with the release of a deposit with Yahoo! upon the modification of our marketing arrangement. Changes in our operating assets and liabilities were also affected by a $4.1 million increase in accrued expenses primarily due to increases in accrued marketing expenses associated with our increased television and online marketing spend, a $2.5 million decrease in accounts receivable reflecting the dealer attrition we experienced in the first half of 2012, which was partially offset by a $3.5 million decrease in accounts payable due to our cost cutting initiatives.

          Cash used in operating activities in 2011 was $11.5 million, primarily as a result of our net loss of $8.9 million and $6.0 million of cash used in changes in certain of our operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by an aggregate of $3.5 million in non-cash operating expenses. Specifically, we recognized non-cash charges of $6.2 million for stock-based compensation, $4.1 million for depreciation and amortization of intangible assets, capitalized software development

67


Table of Contents

costs and property and equipment, $2.1 million associated with the vesting of warrants issued to an affinity group marketing partner and a marketing partner, and $1.9 million related to the increase in fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability. These non-cash operating expenses were partially offset by a $10.7 million non-cash income tax benefit as a result of our partial release of our valuation allowance related to our deferred tax assets in connection with the acquisition of ALG and $0.6 million of premiums incurred for investments. During the period, we also used $6.0 million in cash as a result of changes in operating assets and liabilities. Of this $6.0 million, $10.2 million reflected a deposit in connection with the establishment of a marketing arrangement with Yahoo!, an $8.2 million increase in accounts receivable reflecting our substantially increased revenue in 2011 as compared to 2010, and an increase in prepaid expenses of $0.7 million primarily associated with our media advertising, which were partially offset by an increase of $7.9 million in accounts payable, an increase of $2.7 million in accrued employee expenses, and an increase of $2.6 million in accrued expenses, all associated with the growth in our business, increases in headcount and the acquisition of ALG.

    Investing Activities

          Our investing activities consist primarily of capital expenditures for capitalized software development costs and property and equipment, purchase of marketable securities, the acquisition of other business entities and assets, and changes in restricted cash requirements associated with our marketing arrangement with Yahoo! which was modified in 2012.

          Cash used in investing activities of $5.5 million in 2013 primarily resulted from the investment in capitalized software development and property and equipment of $8.4 million which was partially offset by the release of $2.5 million in restricted cash under our modified marketing arrangement with Yahoo!, and $0.4 million of payments on notes receivable from related parties.

          Cash provided by investing activities of $20.4 million in 2012 resulted from the sale of short-term marketable securities of $31.1 million, which was partially offset by $6.2 million for the investment in capitalized software development and purchase of property and equipment, and an increase in restricted cash requirements of $4.5 million in connection with the modification of a marketing arrangement with Yahoo! in June 2012.

          Cash used in investing activities of $37.2 million in 2011 primarily related to the purchase of short-term marketable securities of $31.5 million and investment in capitalized software development and purchase of property and equipment of $12.8 million. These cash investments were partially offset by $6.1 million in cash acquired in connection with our acquisition of ALG and $1.0 million in proceeds from the sale of short-term investments.

    Financing Activities

          Cash provided by financing activities of $31.2 million in 2013 reflects net proceeds of $29.9 million from the issuance of 4,285,715 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in a private placement, and $5.0 million from a draw down under our Credit Facility. These increases were partially offset by a $2.0 million repurchase of vested option awards pursuant to a settlement agreement entered into with a former executive, a $1.0 million repurchase of outstanding common stock pursuant to an employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, $0.6 million for payments of costs related to this offering, and $0.4 million of payments of contingent consideration related to the Carperks acquisition. The remaining contingent consideration related to the Carperks acquisition of $1.9 million was paid in 2013. Of this total, $0.4 million was part of the estimated purchase price and has been classified as a financing cash out flow. The additional $1.5 million has been classified as an operating cash outflow (See Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements).

68


Table of Contents

          Cash provided by financing activities of $22.6 million in 2012 reflects net proceeds of $23.1 million from the issuance of convertible notes in May 2012, and $1.0 million of cash proceeds associated with the issuance of shares of our common stock upon exercise of common stock warrants and common stock options, which was partially offset by cash used in the repurchase of shares of our common stock in the amount of $1.6 million under the terms of employment agreements with certain of our current and former executives.

          Cash provided by financing activities of $44.7 million in 2011 reflects net proceeds of $54.1 million from the issuance of shares of our common stock beginning in August 2011, proceeds from the sale of common stock of $3.0 million, proceeds from the issuance of notes payable of $2.0 million, and proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $0.5 million, which was partially offset by cash used for the repurchase of shares of our common stock in the amount of $14.9 million pursuant to certain commitments from existing investors to resell shares to us.

Contractual Obligations and Known Future Cash Requirements

Contractual Obligations

          Set forth below is information concerning our known contractual obligations at December 31, 2013 that are fixed and determinable.

 
 
Total
 
Less Than
1 Year
 
1 - 3 Years
 
3 - 5 Years
 
More Than
5 Years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Credit facility(1)

  $ 5,132   $ 5,132   $   $   $  

Sponsorship marketing agreements(2)

    1,600     800     800          

Operating Leases(3)

    14,456     2,435     4,899     4,002     3,120  
                       

Total

  $ 21,188   $ 8,367   $ 5,699   $ 4,002   $ 3,120  
                       
                       

(1)
Credit facility includes principal amount and expected interest due under our Credit Facility as described in Note 7 of our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
Future commitments associated with our marketing sponsorship agreements.

(3)
Operating leases include total future minimum rent payments under non-cancelable operating lease agreements as described in Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

          Not included in the table above are cash bonus payments totaling $2.9 million due to certain of our executives upon the event of an IPO pursuant to their employment agreements. See "Executive Compensation — Executive Employment Arrangements" for more information about these arrangements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

          We do not engage in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, as part of our ongoing business. Accordingly, our operating results, financial condition and cash flows are not subject to off-balance sheet risks.

69


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

          Market risk represents the risk of loss that may affect our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. We are exposed to market risks related to changes in interest rates.

Interest Rate Risk

          We had cash and cash equivalents of $43.8 million at December 31, 2013, which consists entirely of bank deposits. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. To date, fluctuations in interest income have not been significant. We also had total outstanding debt of $5.0 million at December 31, 2013 which is all due within 12 months. Amounts outstanding under our Credit Facility carry variable interest rates ranging from the prime rate to the prime rate plus 1.75%. At December 31, 2013, the applicable prime rate was 3.25%.

          We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. Although our Credit Facility has a variable interest rate, a hypothetical 10% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our financial statements.

          We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value as a result of changes in interest rates.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

          Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions on an ongoing basis and that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

          We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with revenue recognition, sales allowances and allowances for doubtful accounts, the fair value of assets and liabilities assumed in business combinations, the recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets, valuation allowances with respect to deferred tax assets, useful lives associated with property and equipment and intangible assets, the expensing and capitalization of product development costs, contingencies and the valuation and assumptions underlying stock-based compensation and other equity instruments have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates. For further information on all of our significant accounting policies, see Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Revenue Recognition

          We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria have been met:

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.

    Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered.

    The fees are fixed or determinable.

70


Table of Contents

    Collectability is reasonably assured. We assess collectability based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and analysis, as well as the customer's payment history.

          Deferred revenue is recognized on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets when payments are received in advance of us meeting all of the revenue recognition criteria described above.

          Revenue is recognized net of estimated sales allowances. We establish sales allowances at the time of revenue recognition based on our history of adjustments and credits provided to our TrueCar Certified Dealers. Sales allowances relate primarily to credits issued where a dealer claims that an introduction was previously identified by the dealer from a source other than us. While the dealer is contractually obligated to pay the invoice, we may issue a credit against the invoice to maintain overall dealer relations. In assessing the adequacy of the sales allowance, we evaluate our history of adjustments and credits made through the date of the issuance of the financial statements. While estimated sales adjustments and credits and ultimate losses may vary from actual results, and could be material to the financial statements, actual sales allowances have been materially consistent with our estimates.

Transaction Revenue

          We recognize revenue for fee arrangements based on a per vehicle basis when the vehicle sale has occurred between the automotive buying website program user and dealer. Under the contractual terms and conditions with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers, the dealer is required to pay us upon the sale of a vehicle to a user that has been provided to the dealer by us. Revenue recognition is not contingent on verification or acceptance of the transaction by the dealer.

          Upon a user deciding to proceed with the user's vehicle purchase through us, the user provides his or her name, address, e-mail, and phone number during the process of obtaining a Guaranteed Savings Certificate, which gives us the identity and source of a TrueCar lead provided to a specific dealer prior to an actual sale occurring. After a sale occurs, we receive real-time information regarding the sale, including the identity of the purchaser, via the dealer management system used by the dealer that made the sale. To the extent that a sale is not matched via comparison of user information we have to sale information provided by the dealer management system, we also establish matches via one or more of the over 20 different data feeds provided to the Company by third party data aggregators, loan and insurance files provided by our affinity group marketing partners and other publicly available sources. This process often results in overlapping sales matches between a dealer management system and multiple data feeds, resulting in a high degree of certainty with respect to our ability to identify user leads that we provide to the dealers. This data is also used to invoice dealers shortly after the completion of the sales transactions. As a result of the various data sources available to us, it is therefore unusual for us to have difficulty in reconciling leads provided to our network of dealers to actual vehicle sales under our Auto Buying Program.

          Subscription fee arrangements with certain dealers in our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers provide for the payment by the dealer of a subscription fee based on a specific number of vehicle sales or consumer introductions, or leads, expected to be generated from the automotive buying website program over the subscription period. Subscription fee arrangements are short-term in nature with terms ranging from one to three months and are cancellable by the dealer or us at any time. The subscription fee is subject to adjustment for any shortfall of sales or introductions generated. For these arrangements, we recognize revenue based on the lesser of (i) the actual number of sales generated or leads delivered through the automotive buying website program during the subscription period multiplied by the contracted cost per sale/lead or (ii) the straight-line

71


Table of Contents

of the subscription fee over the period over which the services are delivered. For subscription arrangements where the fees are not subject to adjustment based on leads or vehicle sales, we recognize the fees as revenue over the subscription period on a straight line basis which corresponds to the period that we are providing the dealer access to the automotive buying website program.

          In addition, some automobile manufacturers promote the sale of their vehicles through the offering of additional consumer incentives to members of our affinity group marketing partners. These manufacturers pay a per-vehicle fee to us for promotion of the incentive and we recognize as revenue the per-vehicle incentive fee at the time the sale of the vehicle has occurred between the Automotive Website Program user and the dealer.

Data and Other Revenue

          We also derive revenue from providing data and consulting services to the automotive and financial services industries. Additional revenue sources include lead referral fees, advertising fees earned from display advertisements on the TrueCar.com website, and data licensing fees earned for licensing certain proprietary data to third parties. We generally recognize revenue upon delivery of such services.

          Sales of data and consulting services may include multiple deliverables including sale of lease residual data, guidebooks and consulting services. We therefore recognize revenues for these arrangements in accordance with ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition — Multiple-Element Arrangements ("ASC 605-25"). ASC 605-25 was updated by Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements — a Consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force ("ASU 2009-13").

          For multiple deliverable revenue arrangements, we first assess whether each deliverable has value to the customer on a standalone basis and performance is considered probable and substantially in our control. Data and consulting services are sold both on a standalone basis and as part of multiple deliverable arrangements. Accordingly, the services have standalone value to the customer. Based on that standalone value of the deliverables, we allocate our revenues among the separate deliverables in the arrangement using the relative selling price method hierarchy established in ASU 2009-13. This hierarchy requires the selling price of each deliverable in a multiple deliverable revenue arrangement to be based on, in descending order: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, (ii) third-party evidence of selling price, or TPE, or (iii) management's best estimated selling price, or BESP.

          We have not established VSOE or TPE for our data and consulting services because the deliverables are not sold separately within a sufficiently narrow price range or third party pricing for comparable services is not available; therefore, we apply judgment to determine BESP. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the service were sold on a stand-alone basis. The determination of BESP requires us to make significant estimates and judgments and we consider numerous factors in this determination, including the nature of the deliverables, market conditions and our competitive landscape, internal costs, and our pricing and discounting practices associated with actual transactions. We update our estimates of BESP on a periodic basis as events and as circumstances may require.

          Revenue from the sale of lease residual value data and guidebooks is recognized in the period that the data or report is delivered. Revenue in connection with consulting services is recognized in the period the report is completed and delivered to the customer.

72


Table of Contents

Allowances for Doubtful Accounts

          We determine our allowance for doubtful accounts based on our historical write-off experience and when specific circumstances make it likely that recovery will not occur. We review the allowance for doubtful accounts periodically and assesses the aging of account balances, with an emphasis on those that are past due over ninety days. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when we determine that it is probable the receivable will not be recovered.

Business Combinations

          The results of businesses acquired in a business combination are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Purchase accounting results in assets and liabilities of an acquired business being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Any excess consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill.

          We perform valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for an acquisition and allocate the purchase price to the respective net tangible and intangible assets. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates including the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenues and cash flows and discount rates. We engage the assistance of valuation specialists in arriving at fair value measurements in connection with fair values of assets and liabilities assumed in a business combination.

          Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred, and are included in general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of comprehensive loss.

Goodwill

          Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price paid over the fair value of the net tangible assets acquired in our business combinations. Goodwill is not amortized and is tested for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Events or changes in circumstances which could trigger an impairment review include a significant adverse change in business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.

          We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then additional impairment testing is not required. However, if we conclude otherwise, then we are required to perform the first of a two-step impairment test. Alternatively, we may elect to proceed directly to the first of a two-step impairment test and bypass the qualitative assessment.

          The first step involves comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective book value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value exceeds book value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no additional steps are necessary. If, however, the fair value of the reporting unit is less than book value, then the carrying amount of the goodwill is compared with its implied fair value. The estimate of implied fair value of goodwill may require valuations of

73


Table of Contents

certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. We test for goodwill impairment annually at December 31. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, there were no impairment charges recorded on our goodwill. We performed a qualitative goodwill assessment at December 31, 2013 and concluded there was no impairment based on a number of factors considered, including the improvement in key operating metrics over the prior year, valuation analysis performed in the determination of the fair value of our common stock in connection with the granting of stock-based compensation awards during 2013, our valuation as implied by the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock in November 2013, overall improvement in the strength of the automotive industry and general economy, and continued execution against our overall strategic objectives. The fair value of reporting units which include goodwill exceeded their carrying value by a significant margin during each reporting period.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

          We assess the impairment of long-lived assets, consisting primarily of property and equipment and intangible assets resulting from business combinations, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured first by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, an impairment loss equal to the excess of the asset's carrying value over its fair value is recorded. When measuring the recoverability of these assets, we make assumptions regarding our estimated future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If our estimates or related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to impair these assets. We have not recognized any impairment of long-lived assets to date.

Software and Website Development Costs

          Costs incurred in the preliminary project and post-implementation stages of development and maintenance of our platform are expensed as incurred. Certain costs incurred in the application development stage of a new product or projects to provide significant additional functionality to existing products are capitalized if certain criteria are met. Maintenance and enhancement costs are typically expensed as incurred. Such costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which was estimated to be three years. Amortization expense is included in depreciation and amortization in the statements of comprehensive loss.

Stock-Based Compensation

          We recognize stock-based compensation expense for stock-based compensation awards granted to our employees, consultants and other service providers that can be settled in shares of our common stock. For a further description of our benefit plans and compensatory arrangements with our named executive officers, see the section titled "Executive Compensation — Benefit Plans."

          Compensation expense for stock-based compensation awards granted is based on the grant date fair value estimate for each award as determined by our board of directors or the compensation committee of our board of directors. We recognize these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally four years. As stock-based compensation expense recognized is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, such expense is reduced for estimated forfeitures. Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was $6.2 million, $10.3 million and $9.3 million, respectively.

74


Table of Contents

          At December 31, 2013 there was approximately $25.9 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock-based compensation awards that we expect to be recognized over a weighted average vesting period of 2.96 years.

          We estimate the fair value of stock-based compensation awards at the date of grant applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which was developed for use in estimating the value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are freely transferable. The fair values generated by the model may not be indicative of the actual fair values of our awards as it does not consider other factors important to those share-based payment awards, such as continued employment, periodic vesting requirements and limited transferability. The fair value of awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was calculated using the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Risk-free interest rate

    2.04 %   0.96 %   1.41 %

Expected term (years)

    6.01     6.00     6.06  

Expected volatility

    48 %   60 %   61 %

Dividend yield

             

          The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock, which are key inputs in the determination of the fair value of stock-based awards. These assumptions include:

    Risk-free interest rate.   The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the expected term of the options;

    Expected term.   The expected term represents the period that the stock-based compensation awards are expected to be outstanding. We estimate the expected term of the options based historical data on our employee exercises and post-vesting employment termination behavior taking into account the contractual life of the options;

    Expected volatility.   The expected volatility is derived from the historical stock volatilities of several comparable publicly listed peers over a period approximately equal to the expected term of the options. We use this method because we have limited information on the volatility of our common stock since we have no trading history. When making the selections of our comparable industry peers to be used in the volatility calculation, we considered the size, operational and economic similarities to our principal business operations; and

    Dividend yield.   The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero as we have never paid dividends and have no current plans to pay any dividends on our common stock.

          In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based upon an analysis of our actual forfeitures. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover, and other factors. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements. If a revised forfeiture

75


Table of Contents

rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements.

          We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms, and forfeiture rates utilized for our stock-based compensation calculations on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to the estimates of our expected volatility, expected term, and forfeiture rate assumptions, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

          We are also required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing the fair value calculations under the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards was determined on each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management. Our board of directors is comprised of employee and non-employee directors with significant experience investing in and operating companies in the automobile, insurance and technology industries. As such, we believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair market value of our common stock on each respective grant date. Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock including:

    valuations performed by unrelated third party specialists;

    actual operating and financial performance;

    present value of forecasted future cash flows;

    more recently, the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company given prevailing market conditions and the nature and history of our business;

    illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company such as ours;

    experience of our management team;

    market multiples of comparable companies in our industry;

    our stage of development;

    industry information such as market size and growth and our competitive position in the market;

    sales and purchases of our preferred stock and common stock; and

    macroeconomic conditions.

          The independent valuations performed by unrelated third-party specialists were just one factor used by our board of directors to assist with the valuation of the common stock and our management and board of directors have assumed full responsibility for the estimates. Our board of directors generally utilized the fair values of the common stock derived in the third-party valuations in determining the exercise price for options granted.

          In valuing our common stock, our board of directors considered two valuation approaches to determine the equity value of our business for valuations prior to August 2013, an income approach and a market approach. In valuing our common stock at August 31, 2013 and subsequently, a probability weighted expected return model, or PWERM, was utilized. Each of these valuation approaches is described more fully below.

          The income approach estimates the fair value of a company based on the present value of our forecast cash flows and our residual value beyond the forecast period. These future values are discounted to their present values to reflect the risks inherent in our achieving these estimated cash flows. The discount rates used in our valuation were based primarily on benchmark venture capital studies of discount rates for other companies in our stage of development, considered along with industry based weighted average cost of capital rates. Other significant inputs of the income approach (in addition to our estimated future cash flows themselves) include but are not limited to assumed working capital requirements, the long-term growth rate assumed in the residual value and normalized long-term operating margin.

76


Table of Contents

          The market approach estimates the fair value of a company by applying market multiples of comparable publicly traded companies in the same industry or similar lines of business. More specifically, we selected our comparable publicly traded companies by analyzing various factors, including, but not limited to, industry similarity, financial risk, company size, geographic diversification, profitability, the availability of adequate financial data, and whether or not they had an actively traded stock price. We deemed multiples of revenue to be the most relevant in our industry as we are still in a relatively high growth phase, and thus have not reached normalized profitability or generated positive historical profit thus making the application of profit based multiples not possible or less reliable.

          The PWERM approach estimates the fair value of a company based upon an analysis of future values for the enterprise assuming various possible outcomes. The estimated fair value of our common stock value is based on the probability weighted present value of expected future returns considering likely future scenarios available to the enterprise. Applying a PWERM approach results in a fair value of our common stock on a fully marketable basis. A marketability discount based upon empirical evidence from sources incorporating studies of companies similar to ours is then applied, yielding a fair value of common stock on a non-marketable basis.

          The following table summarizes information for all stock awards since July 1, 2012:

Grant Date
 
Number of Shares
Underlying Award
 
Exercise
Price Per
Share
 
Common
Stock Fair
Value Per
Share at
Grant Date
 

August 31, 2012

    1,638,000   $ 5.33   $ 5.33  

November 28, 2012

    273,500   $ 5.33   $ 5.33  

February 22, 2013

    1,815,484   $ 5.28   $ 5.28  

May 2, 2013

    1,023,245   $ 5.28   $ 5.28  

June 6, 2013

    463,385   $ 5.28   $ 5.28  

June 26, 2013

    271,315   $ 5.28   $ 5.28  

October 16, 2013

    950,250   $ 5.92   $ 5.92  

October 22, 2013

    2,700,310   $ 5.92   $ 5.92  

November 21, 2013

    566,172   $ 5.93   $ 5.93  

January 28, 2014

    168,634   $ 5.93   $ 5.93  

February 7, 2014

    2,087,241   $ 6.17   $ 6.17  

February 28, 2014

    2,385,385   $ 6.17   $ 6.17  

          No single event caused the valuation of our common stock to increase through December 2013. Instead, a combination of the following factors led to the changes in the fair value of the underlying common stock as determined by our board of directors. The increase was primarily attributable to business developments during this intervening period. Specifically, the number of approved sales, monthly unique visitors, TrueCar Certified Dealers in our network, affinity group marketing partners, and revenue were increasing during this period and we achieved positive Adjusted EBITDA for each of the second and third quarters of 2013. In addition to the increase as a result of business developments, the increase was a result of our progress towards an initial public offering, including discussions with prospective underwriters and an organizational meeting in October 2013. In addition, the global economies as well as the stock markets, including the market for initial public offerings, improved through the second half of 2013. We also took into consideration the sale of Series A Preferred Stock and common stock warrants to new investors in November 2013 at a price per share of $7.00.

77


Table of Contents

          To assist our board of directors with the determinations of the exercise price for our stock options and the fair value of the common stock underlying the options, we obtained third-party valuations of our common stock at June 30, 2012, December 31, 2012, August 31, 2013, November 15, 2013 and January 31, 2014. An analysis of our valuations and determinations of the exercise price and the fair value of the underlying common stock for our stock-based awards granted on or between the respective valuation dates are discussed further below.

          August and November 2012 Grants.     We obtained an independent third-party valuation of our common stock at June 30, 2012. This valuation applied both an income approach and a market approach and weighted each of these valuation approaches at 50% of the overall valuation. The income approach utilized a five-year cash flow forecast as the primary method for determining our enterprise value and applied a discount rate of 55.0%. This discount rate was based upon benchmark venture capital studies of required rates of return for investment in companies at similar stages of development as well as an analysis of weighted average costs of capital of comparable companies using a capital asset pricing model. The market approach was developed by applying revenue market multiples of comparable companies to our forecast revenue for each of 2012 with a 25% weighting, 2013 with a 50% weighting, and 2014 with a 25% weighting.

          After a consideration of this valuation, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $5.33 per share at each of August 31, 2012 and November 28, 2012 and granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.33 per share at each of these dates. In connection with each such determination, our board of directors determined that there were no material changes in our business since June 30, 2012, or in the assumptions upon which the valuation was based, that affected the fair value of our common stock.

          February, May and June 2013 Grants.     We obtained an independent third-party valuation of our common stock at December 31, 2012. This valuation applied both an income approach and a market approach and weighted each of these valuation approaches at 50% of the overall valuation. The income approach utilized a five-year cash flow forecasted as the primary method for determining our enterprise value and applied a discount rate of 35.0%. The discount rate was reduced from the prior valuation to reflect the adjusted risk associated with our revised lower cash flow forecast, which considered the full year loss incurred during 2012 and a revision of our outlook for future periods. The market approach was developed by applying revenue market multiples of comparable companies to our forecast revenue for each of 2013 with a 25% weighting, 2014 with a 50% weighting, and 2015 with a 25% weighting.

          After a consideration of this valuation, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $5.28 per share at each of February 22, 2013, May 2, 2013 and June 6, 2013 and granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.28 per share at each of these dates. In connection with each such determination, our board of directors determined that there were no material changes in our business since December 31, 2012, or in the assumptions upon which the valuation was based, that affected the fair value of our common stock.

          October 2013 Grants.     We obtained an independent third-party valuation of our common stock at August 31, 2013. Given our continued growth and improving operational metrics, the probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM, was utilized as the most appropriate method for valuing our common stock at that time. In applying the PWERM, a 40% probability was placed on the likelihood of an initial public offering within year 1, a 15% probability was placed on the likelihood of an initial public offering in year 2, a 10% probability was placed on the likelihood of a sale, a 5% probability was placed on the likelihood of a dissolution, and a 30% probability was placed on the likelihood of our continuing as a private company. The fair value was then discounted for lack of marketability by 20%. The increase in the value from the December 31, 2012 valuation principally reflected our business outlook for the balance of 2013 and for 2014. In addition, the

78


Table of Contents

increase was a result of our progress towards an initial public offering, including discussions with prospective underwriters and an organizational meeting in October 2013.

          After a consideration of this valuation, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $5.92 per share at October 16, 2013 and granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.92 per share at this date. In connection with such determination, our board of directors determined that there were no material changes in our business since August 31, 2013, or in the assumptions upon which the valuation was based, that affected the fair value of our common stock.

          November 2013 and January 2014 Grants.     We obtained an independent third-party valuation of our common stock at November 15, 2013. Given our continued growth and improving operational metrics, the PWERM was utilized as the most appropriate method for valuing our common stock at that time. In applying the PWERM, a 50% probability was placed on the likelihood of an initial public offering within year 1, a 15% probability was placed on the likelihood of an initial public offering in year 2, a 5% probability was placed on the likelihood of a sale, a 2.5% probability was placed on the likelihood of a dissolution, and a 27.5% probability was placed on the likelihood of our continuing as a private company. The fair value was then discounted for lack of marketability by 20%. The small increase in the value from the prior valuation was primarily due to a 10% increase of the likelihood of an initial public offering in year 1, driven by continued progress towards an initial public offering based on activities with our underwriters. This increase in value was primarily offset by expected dilution of our common stock due to our sale of an aggregate of 4,285,715 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in a private placement at a price of $7.00 per share on November 22, 2013. The Series A Preferred Stock price of $7.00 per share received from new investors was also utilized as an objective data point in assessing the reasonableness of the fair value of our common stock in November 2013, including consideration of preferred stock preferences not available to holders of our common stock and common stock warrant coverage received by purchasers of the Series A Preferred Stock. See Note 9 of the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information related to the private placement.

          After a consideration of this valuation, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $5.93 per share at November 21, 2013 and January 28, 2014 and granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.93 per share. In connection with such determination, our board of directors considered our continued operational performance, the increased likelihood of an initial public offering and the change in our capital structure.

          February 2014 Grants.     We obtained an independent third-party valuation of our common stock at January 31, 2014. Given our continued growth and improving operational metrics, the PWERM was utilized as the most appropriate method for valuing our common stock at that time. In applying the PWERM, a 60% probability was placed on the likelihood of an initial public offering within year 1, a 15% probability was placed on the likelihood of an initial public offering in year 2, a 5% probability was placed on the likelihood of a sale, a 2.5% probability was placed on the likelihood of a dissolution, and a 17.5% probability was placed on the likelihood of our continuing as a private company. The fair value was then discounted for lack of marketability by 17.5%. The increase in the value from the prior valuation principally reflected our business outlook for 2014 and our progress towards an initial public offering.

          After a consideration of this valuation, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $6.17 per share at February 7, 2014 and February 28, 2014 and granted stock options with an exercise price of $6.17 per share on these dates. In connection with such determination, our board of directors considered our continued operational performance, the increased likelihood of an initial public offering and the change in our capital structure.

79


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

          We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the year that includes the enactment date. We determine deferred tax assets including net operating losses and liabilities, based on temporary differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established to reduce net deferred tax assets to amounts that are more likely than not to be realized. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. We have a full valuation allowance, and have concluded, based on the weight of all available evidence, that it is more likely than not that our net deferred tax assets will not be realized, primarily due to our historical net operating losses.

          We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Step one, recognition, requires us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. If a tax position is not considered "more likely than not" to be sustained, no benefits of the position are recognized. If we determine that a position is "more likely than not" to be sustained, then we proceed to step two, measurement, which is based on the largest amount of benefit which is more likely than not to be realized on effective settlement. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, including assessing the risks associated with tax audits, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. If actual results differ from our estimates, our net operating loss and credit carryforwards could be materially impacted.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, we meet the definition of an "emerging growth company." We have irrevocably elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act. As a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.

          In July 2013, the FASB issued an accounting standards update clarifying that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except in certain circumstances. The standards update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.

80


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

          Our mission is to transform the car-buying experience for consumers and the way that dealers attract customers and sell cars. We have established an intelligent, data-driven online platform operating on a common technology infrastructure, powered by proprietary data and analytics. We operate our company-branded platform on our TrueCar.com website. In addition, we customize and operate our platform for affinity group marketing partners, such as USAA and Consumer Reports, financial institutions, and other large enterprises such as Boeing and Verizon. We enable users to obtain market-based pricing data on new and used cars, and to connect with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers.

          We benefit consumers by providing information related to what others have paid for a make and model of car in their area and, where available, estimated prices for that make and model of car, which we refer to as upfront pricing information, from our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. This upfront pricing information generally includes guaranteed savings off MSRP which the consumer may then take to the dealer in the form of a Guaranteed Savings Certificate and apply toward the purchase of the specified make and model of car. We benefit our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers by enabling them to attract these informed, in-market consumers in a cost-effective, accountable manner, which we believe helps them to sell more cars.

          We are currently focused primarily on new car transactions. In the future, we intend to introduce additional products and services designed to improve the car-buying and car-ownership experience. For example, we are developing TrueTrade to provide users with an estimated daily market value for their existing cars and a guaranteed trade-in price. In addition, we are developing TrueLoan and TrueLease to provide users with a more convenient way to finance their cars at TrueCar Certified Dealers. We are also in the process of launching a number of new services for our dealers designed to enable them to make better informed inventory management and pricing decisions and to close transactions more efficiently.

          Our network of over 7,000 TrueCar Certified Dealers consists primarily of new car franchises, representing all major makes of cars, as well as independent dealers. TrueCar Certified Dealers operate in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. We estimate that users of our platform purchasing cars from TrueCar Certified Dealers accounted for approximately 2.0% of all new car sales in the United States in 2013. Since our founding in 2005, TrueCar users have purchased over 1.1 million cars from TrueCar Certified Dealers, including nearly 400,000 during 2013.

          During 2013, we generated revenues of $134.0 million and recorded a net loss of $25.1 million. Of the $134.0 million in revenue, 89% consisted of transaction revenues with the remaining 11% derived primarily from the sale of data and consulting services to the automotive and financial services industries. Transaction revenues primarily consist of fees paid to us by our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers under our pay-for-performance business model where we generally earn a fee only when a TrueCar user purchases a car from them.


Industry Overview and Market Opportunity

Large, fragmented and competitive automobile retail market

          The automotive sector is one of the largest segments of the U.S. economy. There were 15.5 million new cars sold in the United States in 2013 for a total retail value of nearly $500 billion, based on information published by BEA and NADA. According to Automotive News, at January 1, 2014, there were over 31,000 franchised new car dealerships in the United States, which is defined to be a dealer that has an agreement with a specific car manufacturer to sell that brand's new and certified pre-owned cars. The number of franchise dealers is calculated by counting the number of

81


Table of Contents

new car brands sold by dealers at their locations. In 2013, the largest automotive dealer group accounted for only 1.9% of new vehicle sales, and the top ten dealer groups accounted in the aggregate for only 8.2% of new vehicle sales, according to Automotive News.

Large and evolving automotive marketing spend

          According to Borrell Associates, total new vehicle related advertising spend in print, broadcast, radio, Internet and other channels was expected to total $26.3 billion in 2013. This forecast consisted of $11.0 billion from automotive manufacturers, $8.2 billion from dealers, $5.8 billion from cooperative advertising between automotive manufacturers and dealers and $1.3 billion from dealer associations.

          The Internet has become an increasingly influential medium in the consumer's research and shopping process for automobiles. According to a study by R.L. Polk & Co., or Polk, new and used car buyers cited the Internet as the initial source of information in their buying process greater than 15 times more frequently than any other media source. Manufacturers and dealers are responding to this shift in consumer behavior by reallocating marketing budgets from traditional media sources to the Internet. According to NADA, the average percentage of a dealer's marketing budget devoted to Internet advertising exceeded 25% in 2012, a five-fold increase from the reported percentage in 2002.

          Online car research has been an evolution of offline brochures, reviews and other sales information moved to Internet delivery. Online car shopping has consisted mostly of listings that resemble the print classifieds. Automotive content and listings sites publish automotive content and reviews and also aggregate new and used car inventory listings from dealers and private sellers. Car sellers subscribe in order to list their new and used car inventory and the sites also generate revenue through lead generation. Under this model, the sites aggregate traffic and monetize that traffic both by selling ads to advertisers that want to reach an automotive-focused audience and by providing the names and contact information of visitors of those sites to dealers. These sites generally present information about automobiles available for sale and MSRP but lack comprehensive market pricing data and do not provide upfront pricing information and guaranteed savings off MSRP from dealers. Moreover, they typically do not tie their economics to the successful completion of transactions, which makes it difficult to measure the success of these marketing efforts.

Challenges for the consumer

          Consumers consistently describe their purchase of a car to be a frustrating and stressful experience. These consumers face a number of complex issues when buying a car, including obtaining market pricing information with respect to the car they want to buy and negotiating a transaction. Historically, buyers had to engage in a prolonged negotiating process in order to obtain pricing information, often consisting of multiple trips to a dealer or dealers. Today, while consumers have a number of available information sources that provide pricing data, these alternatives generally do not have information on what others actually paid for a car. As a result, consumers still lack the market data and upfront pricing information that might shorten the negotiation with the dealer and lead to a successful transaction.

Challenges for the dealer

          Automobile dealers operate in a highly competitive market in which access to customers and informed vehicle pricing are essential to dealer profitability. According to NADA, from 2003 to 2013 the average gross margin for automobile dealers on new car sales decreased from 5.5% to 3.8%. Overall dealer profitability is closely tied to the volume of new car sales as those sales can lead to

82


Table of Contents

higher-margin offerings for the dealer such as trade-ins, financing, maintenance and service, and accessories. In addition, dealers can earn financial incentives and improved vehicle allocation from manufacturers based on their volume of new car sales.

          Automobile dealers are increasingly shifting from reliance on their physical location and offline media and turning to the Internet to attract customers and broaden their reach. According to J.D. Power and Associates, nearly 80% of new car buyers use the Internet to research their vehicle purchase, and this shift means that automobile dealers must adapt their marketing for these customers. The overall industry average advertising expense per new car across all forms of media was $616 in 2013, according to NADA. In addition to high marketing costs, lack of empirical data on pricing at the local level may cause dealers to lose transactions by overpricing compared to the market or to lose margin in other cases by underpricing. As a result of these challenges, automobile dealers are looking for ways to attract informed, in-market consumers in a cost-effective and accountable manner and effectively price their vehicle inventory to achieve their sales goals.


Our Solution

          We are enhancing the car-buying experience for consumers and improving the way that dealers attract customers and sell cars. We have established an intelligent, data-driven online platform operating on a common technology infrastructure, powered by proprietary data and analytics. We operate our company-branded platform via our TrueCar.com website. In addition, we customize and operate our platform for affinity group marketing partners, such as USAA and Consumer Reports, financial institutions, and other large enterprises such as Boeing and Verizon. We enable users to obtain market-based pricing data on new and used cars, and to connect with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. We believe the combination of transparent market data, upfront pricing information and guaranteed savings off MSRP benefits both consumers and dealers, resulting in more transactions by users of our platform.

Why consumers choose TrueCar

          We believe consumers choose TrueCar.com and our affinity group marketing partner websites to simplify the car-buying process and to achieve confidence in the price they receive for a car. We present relevant market data to consumers, including information about pricing for specific makes and models of cars in their area. We provide access to our platform and its data at no cost to the consumer. By providing transparent market pricing information and access to our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers, we seek to eliminate the hassles of the car-buying experience. Since our founding, TrueCar users have purchased over 1.1 million cars from TrueCar Certified Dealers.

          We believe that consumers choose TrueCar primarily for the following reasons:

          Upfront pricing information.     We access a broad array of transaction data to provide customers with relevant pricing information on every major make and model of new car sold in the U.S. In most instances, we then present the consumer with the TrueCar Curve, a graphical distribution of what others paid for the same make and model of car. Within this distribution, we include the factory invoice for the car, the MSRP, and the average price paid for that car in the consumer's local market. We also generally provide the consumer with an Estimated TrueCar Dealer Price based on data provided by TrueCar Certified Dealers in their area. We believe the Estimated TrueCar Dealer Price provides the consumer with the ability to determine the amount they are likely to pay for a specific make and model of car in their local area, all before deciding to be contacted by a dealer.

          Quality of service of our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers.     We strive to provide consumers with a superior car-buying experience through our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. To become a TrueCar Certified Dealer, dealers must agree to adhere to certain conditions, including providing

83


Table of Contents

upfront pricing information and guaranteed savings off MSRP, where available. Further, we provide ongoing training and hold dealers accountable to specific customer service standards. Our network of over 7,000 TrueCar Certified Dealers consists primarily of new car franchises, representing all major makes of cars, as well as independent dealers. TrueCar Certified Dealers operate in all 50 states and the District of Columbia.

          Price confidence.     Our users generally receive up to three Guaranteed Savings Certificates, which provide a guaranteed savings off MSRP on the user's specified make and model of car. Our platform allows the user to compare relevant market data for their specified make and model of car with the guaranteed savings from MSRP identified in these certificates. Our user experience allows consumers to communicate directly with specific TrueCar Certified Dealers based on algorithms that weigh several factors, including proximity of the dealer to the consumer, vehicle selection, price and consumer experience scores. Our platform allows consumers to compare these certificates with the relevant market data for a specific make and model of car.

          We believe that the combination of upfront pricing information and guaranteed savings off MSRP simplifies the transaction process and leads to a better car-buying experience for consumers who use TrueCar, typically resulting in significant savings. For the year ended December 31, 2013, TrueCar users paid, on average, approximately $3,000 less than MSRP.

Why dealers use TrueCar

          We believe dealers use TrueCar to attract informed, in-market consumers in a cost-effective and accountable manner, efficiently price their inventory and sell more cars.

          We provide automobile dealers the opportunity to offer upfront pricing information and Guaranteed Savings Certificates to a large and targeted audience of in-market consumers. We believe that transparent pricing information also significantly increases the trust between dealers and car buyers, which helps dealers increase volume and reduce customer acquisition costs. We also provide market data and analysis to dealers, helping them make more informed inventory management and pricing decisions.

          Under our pay-for-performance business model, we generally earn a fee only when a consumer purchases a car, providing dealers with an accountable marketing channel. We typically charge TrueCar Certified Dealers $299 upon the sale of a new car to a TrueCar user. In 2013, the overall industry average advertising expense per new car across all forms of media was $616, according to NADA. By helping dealers better target their acquisition efforts to in-market consumers using our platform, we believe that dealers can improve their close rates, which results in other operating cost efficiencies such as savings on selling expenses and inventory carrying costs. We also believe that those dealers may then capture additional higher-margin maintenance and service, financing and other revenue streams while increasing the probability of earning volume-based incentives offered by manufacturers.

Why affinity groups partner with TrueCar

          For many of our affinity group marketing partners, offering a car-buying service is a valuable benefit for their members, but it is not a service that they can easily provide themselves. Building and operating a car-buying service is complex, costly and requires specialized technology expertise and regulatory compliance infrastructure. In addition, efficiently operating this service requires participation by a significant number of dealerships.

          These affinity group marketing partners typically offer products and services that are a component of buying and owning a car, such as automotive financing and insurance. Our program has particular value to these partners as the purchase of a car by one of their members is

84


Table of Contents

frequently accompanied by additional consideration of the partner's core products and services. For example, many USAA members who purchase a car from a TrueCar Certified Dealer finance and insure that car with USAA.

          As a result, these affinity group marketing partners conduct rigorous selection processes to provide this service to their members. We typically enter into multi-year exclusive agreements with affinity group partners, which includes payment of marketing fees, and offer our platform through their websites to their members.

          Affinity groups partner with TrueCar to extend our platform to their members under their own brands. We generally provide members of these groups with access to the same benefits of our TrueCar.com website with the added recognition of their affinity membership, and other benefits such as improved financing terms and manufacturer incentives. Affinity partners also solicit feedback from their members on an ongoing basis and we use this feedback to improve our services.

          We also offer car-buying programs as an employee benefit directly to corporate customers, such as Boeing and Verizon, and, indirectly, through employee benefit program administrators, to customers such as Disney and Walmart.

Why automobile manufacturers use TrueCar

          Automobile manufacturers, such as Mercedes-Benz, Chrysler, BMW and General Motors, use TrueCar to offer targeted incentives to consumers. This allows manufacturers to focus their customer acquisition efforts through a direct and accountable marketing channel. These incentives provide additional savings for consumers when they purchase the brand of vehicle offering the targeted incentive from any dealer. The ability to offer these incentives enables manufacturers to reach consumers that might otherwise purchase a car from a competing manufacturer. Generally, these manufacturers pay a per-vehicle fee to us for this service.

Our value to the broader automotive market

          We believe the broader automotive market benefits from the availability of transparent data. For example, we forecast data on residual values of cars and provide this information on a subscription and consultative basis. Leasing companies and manufacturers use this data to set lease rates. We believe that our platform will enable us to offer additional products and services in the future that will benefit additional participants in this market, including insurance companies and lenders.

The future of the TrueCar solution

          In the future, we intend to introduce additional products and services to improve the car-buying and car-ownership experience. For example, we are developing TrueTrade to provide users with an estimated daily market value for their existing cars and a guaranteed trade-in price. In addition, we are developing TrueLoan and TrueLease to provide users with a more convenient way to finance their cars at TrueCar Certified Dealers. We are also in the process of launching a number of new products and services for our dealers designed to enable them to make better informed inventory management and pricing decisions and to close transactions more efficiently.

85


Table of Contents


Our Strengths

          We believe that our platform offers a superior car-buying experience for our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers. Our strengths include:

Accountable business model operating at scale with powerful network effects

          We operate a pay-for-performance business model that allows in-market car buyers to interact with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. In the year ended December 31, 2013, consumers using our platform purchased nearly 400,000 vehicles from our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. In addition, our platform is adaptable on a state-by-state basis in response to the local regulatory environment. As the number of vehicles purchased by our users from our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers continues to grow, we believe the platform will become increasingly attractive to high-quality automobile dealers. The addition of strategically selected, reputable dealers in turn allows us to improve coverage by brand and market and enhance our offering for the consumer. Similarly, as more in-market consumers utilize our platform, the incremental search, inventory and purchase information generated will increase the utility of our data and analytics platform for all participants.

Nationwide network of TrueCar Certified Dealers representing all major makes sold in the U.S.

          We have built our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers to provide broad nationwide coverage to our users. Our network of over 7,000 TrueCar Certified Dealers consists primarily of new car franchises representing all major makes of cars, as well as independent dealers. TrueCar Certified Dealers operate in all 50 states as well as the District of Columbia. At December 31, 2013, our network included dealers representing 23 of the top 25 national dealer groups. According to BEA, during the year ended December 31, 2013, 15.5 million new cars were sold in the United States. We estimate that 2.0% of these new car transactions were completed between our users and TrueCar Certified Dealers.

          To be a TrueCar Certified Dealer, dealers must agree to adhere to certain standards, including providing upfront pricing information and honoring the Guaranteed Savings Certificate, where available. Further, we hold dealers accountable to specific customer service standards. We also provide ongoing training to our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers designed to increase close rates and ensure a superior car-buying experience.

Robust data and proprietary analytics platform

          Our digital platform is powered by data and proprietary analytics. We synthesize historic and real-time data from a multitude of automated feeds from a wide variety of public and private sources. These sources include dealers, data aggregators, manufacturers, insurance companies, banks and auction houses, as well as our own data on consumer behavior obtained from TrueCar managed websites. This data repository contains a wide variety of information, including vehicle-specific information on automotive transactions, vehicle registration records, consumer buying patterns and behavior, demographic information, and macroeconomic data.

          Our team of statisticians and data scientists has developed complex and proprietary algorithms to transform this data into useable information that power our platform and scale as traffic increases. We present this data through our web and mobile user interfaces in an engaging and easy to understand way for consumers and dealers.

86


Table of Contents

          Our platform also enables our pay-for-performance business model by identifying sales for which a dealer generally pays us a fee only when a TrueCar user purchases a car or based on other performance-based metrics, such as a specific number of vehicle sales or consumer introductions expected to be generated over a subscription period. Our platform allows us to identify whether a sale has occurred between a dealer and a TrueCar user by analyzing information provided to us by a variety of data sources, including our affinity group marketing partners, third-party data aggregators, dealers, and loan and insurance files.

Long-term, strategic relationships with affinity groups

          We have built long-term relationships with our affinity group marketing partners, including USAA, Consumer Reports, AAA, American Express and PenFed, for which we operate automobile buying programs. We also offer car-buying programs as an employee benefit directly to corporate customers, such as Boeing and Verizon, and, indirectly, through employee benefit program administrators, to customers such as Disney and Walmart. These relationships are generally exclusive to us and are featured prominently on the affinity group partner websites. We enhance affinity group members' car-buying experience by providing additional benefits to them, such as facilitating the distribution and promotion of targeted incentives from automobile manufacturers and special loan and financing offers. We believe that affinity group members represent an attractive audience for our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers because the affinity group or employment relationship creates a deeper level of engagement between the in-market car buyer and the TrueCar Certified Dealer.

Operations guided by insights derived from quantitative data analysis

          We access consumer, dealer and third-party data to power our platform. We view quantitative data analysis as core to our culture, operations and decision-making. We believe our quantitative analytical capabilities enable us to derive insights into consumers and dealers that help inform several of our key areas of focus. These areas include sales matching, dealer network expansion and product roadmap prioritization. Sales matching, or linking the sale of a vehicle to a TrueCar user, is the key to identifying cars bought by TrueCar users at a TrueCar Certified Dealer. We seek to selectively expand our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers to optimize coverage based on analysis of historical consumer search and shopping behavior. New products, such as our targeted incentives program, are a direct result of utilizing the insights gained from our interaction with consumers and dealers. In general, our business intelligence organization is responsible for tracking internal performance metrics, gleaning insights, and helping to improve our operations.

Visionary management team with extensive automotive expertise

          Our Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Scott Painter, is a pioneer in the online automotive industry, having founded CarsDirect, one of the industry's first successful online automotive businesses. A team of experienced senior executives, with management backgrounds at automotive manufacturers and retailers, online automotive marketing firms, state dealer associations, Internet companies and financial institutions, augments his leadership.

87


Table of Contents


Growth Strategy

          We are in the early stages of pursuing our mission to transform car-buying for consumers and dealers. Key elements of our growth strategy are:

Expand the number of visitors to our platform

          In December 2013, we had approximately 3.7 million unique visitors to our platform. Consumers visit our platform via two major channels: our TrueCar.com website and our network of affinity group marketing partners whose online car-buying programs we manage. We intend to grow TrueCar.com website traffic by building our brand through marketing campaigns that emphasize the value of trust and transparency in the car-buying process and the benefits of transacting with TrueCar Certified Dealers. We will continue to leverage a variety of media to reach potential consumers including television and radio. We will also utilize digital acquisition strategies and social media to build our brand and drive traffic growth. We intend to grow affinity group marketing partner traffic by promoting creative marketing programs, such as subsidizing interest rates on loans, and providing other incentives from third parties that deliver a tangible economic benefit to transacting members, increasing awareness of the car-buying program among the members of our affinity group partners and adding new affinity group marketing partners that bring additional users to our platform.

Improve the user experience

          We seek to increase the number of transactions between users of our platform and TrueCar Certified Dealers through a variety of methods, including, consistently evaluating and improving our products to enhance the user experience, engaging users with relevant content about car pricing, available incentives and other benefits, while also expanding and improving the geographic coverage of our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. In addition, we continuously seek to enhance our Dealer Certification and Training programs focused on delivering a superior consumer experience. As we continue to improve the user experience on our platform, we believe that our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers will be able to increase the likelihood of a sale to these consumers.

Expand monetization opportunities

          Over time, we intend to increase monetization opportunities by introducing additional products and services to improve the car-buying and car-ownership experience. For example, we are developing TrueTrade to provide consumers with an estimated daily market value for their existing cars and a guaranteed trade-in price. In addition, we are developing TrueLoan and TrueLease to provide users with a more convenient way to finance their cars at TrueCar Certified Dealers.


Products and Services

Consumer

          We believe consumers choose TrueCar.com and our affinity group marketing partner websites to simplify the car-buying process and to achieve confidence in the pricing information they receive for a car. We present relevant market data to consumers, including information about pricing for specific makes and models of cars in their area. We provide access to our platform and its robust data at no cost to the consumer. Consumers interface with us via our TrueCar.com and affinity group marketing partner websites.

88


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

          The following are key elements of our consumer experience:

          Market pricing data.     Through our websites and mobile applications, a consumer selects a vehicle, adds desired options and inputs a ZIP code. In most instances, we then present the consumer with the TrueCar Curve, a graphical distribution of what others paid for the same make and model of car. Within this distribution, we include MSRP, factory invoice, and average price paid for that make and model of car in the consumer's local market. We generally provide consumers with our Estimated TrueCar Dealer Price, which is based on current pricing information provided by

89


Table of Contents

our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers in the consumer's geographic area. This information enables the consumer to evaluate a potential price in the context of broader market data.

GRAPHIC

          Dealer interface.     If the consumer elects to move forward, she registers with TrueCar. Upon registration, the consumer is generally presented with up to three estimated prices and available guaranteed savings off MSRP from the TrueCar Certified Dealers that are displayed to the consumer, based on algorithms that weigh several factors, including proximity of the dealer to the consumer, vehicle selection, price and consumer experience scores. In addition to the estimated prices and available guaranteed savings, the consumer is provided with information about the dealers, such as distance to each dealership, any additional services offered at each dealer, and in most instances, an estimated monthly payment based on each estimated TrueCar Dealer price. At this stage, the dealers are still anonymous to the consumer and no information has been shared with the dealer about the consumer.

GRAPHIC

90


Table of Contents

          Price certificate.     In most instances, after reviewing the estimated pricing and available guaranteed savings off MSRP provided by dealers, the consumer may elect to receive a Guaranteed Savings Certificate from each of the selected dealers by providing contact information to such dealers. This certificate entitles the consumer to the stated amount of guaranteed savings off MSRP for the consumer's selected make and model. While the certificate presents estimated pricing information for the consumer's configured vehicle, the certificate entitles the consumer to receive a guaranteed minimum savings amount off MSRP on any vehicle of that particular make and model that the dealer has available for sale. Consumers typically present this certificate to the dealer when consummating the purchase.

GRAPHIC

Dealer

          Our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers interfaces with our platform primarily through our Dealer Portal. The Dealer Portal enables them to assess the competitiveness of their vehicle pricing relative to their market, enter vehicle pricing, manage users, create custom detailed offers based on vehicles in stock, update their dealership profile, access online training, review invoices and assess their margin on cars they sell. Our TrueCar Certified Dealers generally must provide us access to their transaction and inventory data located in the software used to run their dealerships, commonly

91


Table of Contents

known as their Dealer Management System, or DMS. Our platform updates dealer records on a daily basis, ensuring this information stays current.

GRAPHIC

          Pricing tools.     The Pricing Manager provides dealers with a single interface to assess the competiveness of their vehicle pricing relative to their market and set pricing on all makes and models they offer for sale. The Sales Analyzer helps dealers better understand how their pricing for recently sold vehicles compares to the market, whether or not the customer transaction was with one of our users.

          Closing tools.     The Offer Tool helps dealers create custom detailed offers based on vehicles in stock. The Dealership Profile enables dealers to identify their selling benefits to customers, including salesperson names and pictures, dealership makes, hours of operation and website and social media links.

          Training tools.     The TrueCar Dealer Training System combines videos and interactive tests to help dealers better understand and more effectively use our various products.

Manufacturers

          We enable manufacturers to target consumers based on membership in an affinity group, demographic data and other criteria. By integrating this process into our platform, manufacturers provide consumers the ability to generate a unique coupon that can be redeemed and validated at any dealership across the country in connection with the purchase of a new car. By tracking these incentives in their own reporting systems, manufacturers can account directly for this method of reaching consumers. These manufacturers pay a per-vehicle fee to us for this service.

Used car listings

          For consumers looking to purchase a used car, we provide an aggregated listing of used vehicles in their local marketplace. These listings are consolidated from variety of sources, including our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers. In addition to displaying stated information made available by the seller about the pricing and condition of car, we provide consumers with information related to what other cars of the same make, model, year and stated condition are valued in the market. At our website, the user can contact the seller, identifying herself as a TrueCar user, to initiate communications that may ultimately result in a completed transaction.

92


Table of Contents

Automotive Lease Guide

          We forecast data on residual values of cars and provide this information on a subscription and consultative basis via Automotive Lease Guide, or ALG, our wholly-owned subsidiary. Automotive manufacturers, lenders, lessors, dealers and software providers use information from ALG to determine the residual value of an automobile at given points in time in the future. These residual values are used to underwrite automotive loans and leases to determine payments by consumers. In addition, financial institutions use this information to measure exposure and risk across loan, lease and fleet portfolios.

Insurance

          We offer insurers FastTrack, a toolset that allows claims representatives to refer consumers who have experienced a total loss event, when the insurer estimates the repair cost to exceed the replacement value of the vehicle, to our car-buying program. We first introduced this service in 2008.


Sales and Marketing

Consumer marketing

          We reach consumers through our TrueCar.com website and websites we maintain for our affinity group marketing partners. Our marketing is focused on building the TrueCar brand. The key tenets of our brand are providing transparent market price information and a hassle-free car-buying experience at a TrueCar Certified Dealer. We divide our marketing spend between traditional media sources, such as television and radio, and digital media. Our consumer brand awareness efforts are aided by the fact that we are quoted in various media outlets from time to time as a recognized industry authority on automotive retail and online data forecasting.

          We also support initiatives for our affinity group marketing partners, including USAA, Consumer Reports, AAA, American Express and PenFed. These initiatives are designed to promote awareness of the organizations' car-buying programs among their memberships through a variety of media, including email, direct mail, website development, print, online advertising, Internet search engine marketing, Internet search engine optimization and social networking.

Dealer engagement and industry relations

          Our dealer sales force is responsible for managing our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers, optimizing our TrueCar Certified Dealer coverage across brands and geographies and for providing onboarding and dealer support. Our sales force helps dealers grow their businesses by regularly providing data-driven insights on inventory management and pricing.

          Our ability to understand the needs of, actively listen to, and collaborate with our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers is crucial to our success. Many of our dealer sales force employees have worked at dealerships and our dealer sales team has on average over 15 years of automotive retail experience. In response to feedback from our dealer network, in 2012 we formed an advisory panel of influential dealers to regularly meet with our senior management team to provide updates and opinions on how to improve our role in the car selling experience for dealers. In addition, we have a dedicated industry relations team, whose employees have worked at dealerships, automobile manufacturers and state dealer associations.

93


Table of Contents


Competition

          The automotive retail industry is highly competitive and fragmented. Consumers use a variety of online and offline sources to research vehicle information, obtain vehicle pricing information and identify dealers. In addition, dealers use a variety of marketing channels to promote themselves to consumers.

Competition for consumer awareness

          We compete to attract consumers directly to our TrueCar.com website and mobile applications primarily on the basis of the quality of the consumer experience; the breadth, depth and accuracy of information; brand awareness and reputation.

          Our principal competitors for consumer awareness include:

    Internet search engines and online automotive sites such as Google, AutoTrader.com, eBay Motors, Edmunds.com, KBB.com, Autobytel.com and Cars.com;

    online sites operated by automobile manufacturers, such as General Motors and Ford;

    membership-based car-buying services, such as the Costco Auto Program, enabling members to purchase cars from affiliated dealers at preferential terms; and

    offline automotive classified listings, such as trade periodicals and local newspapers.

Competition for car dealer marketing spend

          We compete for a share of car dealers' overall marketing expenditures within online and offline media marketing channels. We compete primarily on the basis of the transaction-readiness of our users; the efficiency of customer acquisition as compared to alternative methods; the accountability and measurability of our service; product features, analytics and tools; and dealer support; and the size of our prospective car buyer audience. Other businesses also derive a majority of their revenue by offering consumer marketing services to dealers. These companies include listings, information, lead generation and car-buying services, and compete with us for dealer marketing spend.

          Our principal competitors for car dealer marketing spend include:

    online automotive information sites such as Edmunds.com and KBB.com selling impression-based display advertising, and classified listing sites such as AutoTrader.com selling inventory-based subscription billing;

    online lead generation sites such as Autobytel.com selling pay-per-lead advertising;

    Internet search engines such as Google selling cost-per-click advertising; and

    offline media, including newspaper, outdoor advertising, radio, television and direct mail.


Technology

          We have designed our technology infrastructure, website and products to provide consumers, dealers and other parties with the information they need to effect a successful car purchase. We deliver this information through a reliable, secure, scalable and locally-adaptable web-based information and communications platform. This platform is accessed by consumers through our TrueCar.com and affinity group marketing partner websites and by dealers through our software tools available on our Dealer Portal. Supporting each of these user interfaces are advanced systems for processing and analyzing automotive data, including features such as vehicle configurators and predictive consumer behavior modeling, as well as our proprietary matching algorithm to compare our transaction-based data sources with our record of online users for processing and billing. We

94


Table of Contents

use a combination of open source and licensed software running on optimized hardware, which allows for cost-effective, flexible development.

          Our data is housed in two scalable, geographically redundant data center co-location facilities in Los Angeles and Chicago. We have adopted a centralized approach to quality assurance and testing for our platform and all products aimed at enhancing consumer and dealer experiences while seeking to optimize availability, scalability, security and performance.


Intellectual Property

          We protect our intellectual property through a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, domain names, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions.

          At December 31, 2013, we had nine U.S. issued patents, 31 pending U.S. patent applications and 28 pending foreign patent applications. The issued and allowed patents begin expiring in September 2029 through October 2031. We intend to pursue additional patent protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial to our competitive position.

          We have a number of registered and unregistered trademarks. We registered "TrueCar," the TrueCar logo, various TRUE marks and other marks as trademarks in the U.S. and several other jurisdictions. We also have filed trademark applications for ALG and others in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, and will pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe it would be beneficial to our competitive position.

          In addition to the protection provided by our intellectual property rights, we enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors, and business partners. Our employees and contractors are also subject to invention assignment agreements. We further control the use of our proprietary technology and intellectual property through provisions in both our general and product-specific terms of use on our website.


Employees

          At December 31, 2013, we had 342 full-time employees at locations in Santa Monica, Santa Barbara, Austin and San Francisco. We also engage a number of temporary employees and consultants to support our operations. None of our employees are either represented by a labor union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.


Regulatory Matters

          Various aspects of our business are or may be subject to U.S. federal and state regulation. In particular, the advertising and sale of new or used motor vehicles is highly regulated by the states in which we do business. Although we do not sell motor vehicles, the dealers from which we derive a significant portion of our revenues do sell motor vehicles. Moreover, state regulatory authorities or other third parties could take and, on some occasions, have taken the position that some of the regulations applicable to dealers or to the manner in which motor vehicles are advertised and sold generally are directly applicable to our business model. For example, we received an Investigative Demand, dated October 30, 2013, from the Oregon Attorney General (the "Oregon Inquiry") requesting information regarding potential noncompliance with the Oregon Unlawful Trade Practices Act. We are cooperating with the Oregon Department of Justice in an effort to reach consensual resolution of the issues raised by the Oregon Inquiry without making material, unfavorable adjustments to our business practices or user experience in Oregon.

95


Table of Contents

          In order to operate in this highly regulated environment, we have developed our products and services with a view toward appropriately managing the risk that our regulatory compliance or the regulatory compliance of the dealers in our dealer network could be challenged. If and to the extent that our products and services fail to satisfy relevant regulatory requirements, our business or our TrueCar Certified Dealers could be subject to significant civil and criminal penalties, including fines, or the award of significant damages in class action or other civil litigation, as well as orders interfering with our ability to continue providing our products and services in certain states.

          Given the regulatory environment in which we and our participating dealers operate, in designing our products and services, we have focused considerable attention on two areas of state regulation: state advertising regulations and state brokering or "bird-dogging" regulations. With respect to advertising, we believe that most of the content displayed on the websites we operate does not constitute advertising for the sale of new motor vehicles. Nevertheless, we endeavor to design the content such that it would comply insofar as practicable with state advertising regulations if and to the extent that the content is considered to be new vehicle sales advertising. With respect to state brokering or "bird-dogging" regulations, we have designed our products and services in manner that aims to avoid the applicability of those regulations.

          Our efforts to design products and services in a manner that appropriately manages the regulatory compliance risk for our business and our participating dealers are complicated by the fact that the related automotive sales and marketing laws vary from state to state, and even within a given state, are frequently susceptible to multiple interpretations. These laws were generally developed decades before the emergence of the Internet, are subject to significant revision or modification, and the manner in which they should be applied to our business model is frequently open to question. As a practical matter, state automobile dealer associations often have considerable influence over the construction of these laws by the relevant state regulatory authorities. Accordingly, in addition to our dialogues with relevant state agencies, we interface on a regular basis with representatives from automobile dealer associations in order to take their views into account as we continually update our products and services. The specific manner in which we have designed our products and services in an effort to manage state regulatory compliance concerns for us and our network of TrueCar Certified Dealers is the result of extensive analysis, which has required the investment of substantial resources that we believe represents a valuable asset of our business. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to successfully comply with current or future regulations to which our business may be subject.


Legal Proceedings

          From time to time we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we currently believe that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

96


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

          The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors at March 31, 2014:

Name
 
Age
 
Position
Executive Officers          
Scott Painter     45   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
Michael Guthrie     48   Chief Financial Officer
Bernard Brenner     46   Executive Vice President, Business Development
Lawrence Dominique     51   Executive Vice President, Industry Solutions
Lucas Donat     52   Chief Marketing Officer
Michael Dunn     55   Chief Technology Officer
Stewart Easterby     46   Executive Vice President, Operations
James Nguyen     44   Executive Vice President, Corporate and Partner Development and Secretary
Thomas Taira     43   Executive Vice President, Product
Non-Employee Directors          
Abhishek Agrawal     35   Director
Todd Bradley     55   Director
Robert Buce     65   Director
Steven Dietz     50   Director
Thomas Gibson     71   Director
John Krafcik     52   Director
Victor Pascucci III     43   Director
Ion Yadigaroglu     44   Director

Executive Officers

           Scott Painter co-founded our company and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors since February 2005, as well as our President from April 2005 to August 2010 and Secretary from April 2005 to July 2010. Since March 2008, Mr. Painter has served as President of TrueCar.com, Inc., which was acquired by us in June 2010. Mr. Painter's other current ventures include PriceLock Inc., a provider of online energy solutions for energy buyers and sellers, which he co-founded in October 2006, and BrightHouse, Inc., a business incubator, which he co-founded in October 2007, and on which he currently serves as a member of its board of directors. Prior to joining us, Mr. Painter served as founder and chairman of Build-To-Order, Inc., an automotive company focused on modularized outsourced manufacturing of vehicles; co-founder and chairman of Direct Ventures, Inc., an Internet-driven direct sales company for high-value commodity items; founder and chairman of Advertise.com, Inc., an online advertising network and marketing company; founder and Chief Executive Officer of CarsDirect.com, Inc., an online automotive research portal and car buying service; served as an early advisor to automotive businesses, including Tesla Motors, Inc., a designer and manufacturer of electric vehicles; and founded numerous other companies, including SharesPost, Inc., an online private capital marketplace, and AUTOAccess, an electronic database of used cars for sale. Mr. Painter studied Political Science and Systems Engineering at the United States Military Academy at West Point and Economics at the University of California, Berkeley (UC Berkeley). Mr. Painter left UC Berkeley prior to graduation to sell his first auto-related start-up, AUTOAccess.

          We believe Mr. Painter is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his substantial operational and business strategy expertise gained from serving as our Chief

97


Table of Contents

Executive Officer and an executive officer and advisor to numerous auto-related start-ups. As one of our founders and longest serving member of our board of directors, we also value his deep understanding of our business as it has evolved over time.

           Michael Guthrie has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Guthrie was Senior Vice President, Business Development at SharesPost, Inc., an online private capital marketplace, from January 2011 to October 2011. From February 2009 to January 2011, Mr. Guthrie served as a principal at Saful Consulting, where he advised public and private technology companies on strategic matters. From January 2007 to January 2009 Mr. Guthrie was managing director at Symphony Technology Group, LLC, a private equity firm and from October 2000 to December 2006 Mr. Guthrie was a principal in private equity firms TPG Ventures and Garnett & Helfrich Capital. Earlier in his career, Mr. Guthrie was an investment banker at Credit Suisse First Boston focused on financing and advising technology companies. Mr. Guthrie is also a Senior Advisor to Rubicon Technology Partners, a technology-focused private equity firm. Mr. Guthrie holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

           Bernard Brenner co-founded our company and has served as our Executive Vice President, Business Development since August, 2005. Mr. Brenner also served as Executive Vice President of TrueCar.com, Inc., which was acquired by us in June 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Brenner served as Vice President of Business Development at Carfax, Inc., a provider of vehicle history information, where he was responsible for the company's strategic partnerships with automobile manufacturers, dealer systems and online marketing partners. Earlier in his career, Mr. Brenner was Chief Executive Officer at PromiseMark, Inc., an Internet security and privacy company, which was acquired by the credit reporting agency Experian Consumer Direct. He also founded 1-800-CAR-SEARCH, a used vehicle search company for buyers and sellers, where he oversaw marketing and product development. Mr. Brenner holds an A.S. in Computer Science from the State University of New York at Farmingdale and a B.S. in Business Management from the State University of New York at Stony Brook.

           Lawrence Dominique has served as our Executive Vice President, Industry Solutions since October 2011. Mr. Dominique also serves as President of ALG, a source for automotive residual values, analytical data products, and business consulting services, and one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, since October 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Dominique served as Vice President of Product Planning at Nissan North America, Inc., a vehicle manufacturer, where he oversaw product competitiveness from development through the product's lifecycle, from April 1989 to September 2011. Mr. Dominique holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Lawrence Technology University.

           Lucas Donat has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since October 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Donat was a founding partner at Tiny Rebellion (formally dw+h), a change agent advertising agency based in Santa Monica, which he founded in June 1990. At Tiny Rebellion, Mr. Donat presided over the launch and branding of such internet companies as eHarmony, LegalZoom, Hotwire, and most recently, TrueCar. Mr. Donat continues to serve as Chief Executive Officer of Tiny Rebellion in a part-time capacity. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Donat will devote no less than 80% of his working time to our business and affairs. Mr. Donat studied at Ithaca College School of Communications, but left prior to graduation after receiving a grant to make his first film.

           Michael Dunn has served as our Chief Technology Officer since May 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Dunn was an independent technology consultant and served as Chief Technology Officer at Hearst Interactive Media, the venture capital arm of Hearst Corporation, a diversified media and information company, from July 2003 to August 2012. Mr. Dunn currently serves on the board of directors of Ballston Spa National Bank, a community bank in New York State, and on the advisory

98


Table of Contents

boards of RAMP, a software-as-a-service platform, and Arkami, Inc., a password management device company. Mr. Dunn attended Ohio State University, where he studied Computer Engineering.

           Stewart Easterby has served as our Executive Vice President, Operations since June 2012 and was our Executive Vice President, Dealer Development from August 2008 to May 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Easterby was Vice President, Advertising Sales Operations at Yahoo! Inc., an Internet technology company, from October 2003 to April 2008. Mr. Easterby is a former U.S. Navy SEAL and holds a B.S. in Economics with a concentration in Finance from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, a B.A.S. with a concentration in Systems Engineering from the School of Engineering and Applied Science at the University of Pennsylvania, and an M.B.A. from the Anderson School of Management at the University of California, Los Angeles.

           James Nguyen co-founded our company and has served as our Executive Vice President, Corporate and Partner Development since January 2012 and as our Secretary since November 2010. Mr. Nguyen was our Chief Financial Officer from September 2008 to January 2012. From March 2008 to June 2010, Mr. Nguyen served as Chief Financial Officer of TrueCar.com, Inc., which was acquired by us in June 2010. Mr. Nguyen's automotive background includes multi-functional roles at Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc., the U.S. sales, marketing, and distribution subsidiary of Toyota Motor Corporation, and with venture-backed start-ups Model E Corporation, an Internet build-to-order vehicle and subscription service company, and Build-to-Order, Inc., an automotive company focused on modularized outsourced manufacturing of vehicles. Mr. Nguyen serves on the board of directors for WebCars, an online automotive company in China, and is on the advisory board of Tagnos, Inc., an enterprise software company providing analytics and wireless patient tracking solutions to hospitals. Mr. Nguyen is a Certified Public Accountant in the state of California. Mr. Nguyen holds a B.A. in Economics and Accounting from Claremont McKenna College and an M.B.A. from the Anderson School of Management at the University of California, Los Angeles.

           Thomas Taira co-founded our company and has served as our Executive Vice President, Product since November 2010. Mr. Taira served as President and Secretary of TrueCar.com, Inc., which was acquired by us in June 2010, from February 2008 to March 2009. Prior to rejoining us in November 2010, Mr. Taira served as Chief Executive Officer at Honk LLC, an automotive social media website, which he co-founded in March 2009 and was acquired by us in April 2011. Mr. Taira also served as our Chief Strategy Officer from March 2005 to February 2008. He has also served as Client Partner and Strategy Director at Proxicom, Inc., a technology development firm, where he led product strategy and partner management for its automotive manufacturer clients, Director of Strategy at Build-to-Order, Inc., a next-generation automotive company focused on modularized outsourced manufacturing of vehicles, and eBusiness Strategy Manager at Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc., the U.S. sales, marketing, and distribution subsidiary of Toyota Motor Corporation. Mr. Taira holds a B.A. in Social Sciences from the University of California, Irvine and an M.B.A. from Georgetown University.

Board of Directors

           Abhishek Agrawal has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2013. Since April 2013, Mr. Agrawal has served as Managing Director at Vulcan Capital, an investment management firm, and head of its Palo Alto office. Mr. Agrawal directs Vulcan Capital's growth investments in the Internet and technology sectors globally. Prior to joining Vulcan Capital, from June 2006 to April 2013, Mr. Agrawal was with General Atlantic LLC, a global growth equity firm, where he served as a Principal, driving investments in the Internet and technology space. Prior to General Atlantic LLC, Mr. Agrawal was with Lazard Technology Partners, or Lazard, an Internet and technology focused venture capital firm, and previously served in Lazard's investment banking group. Mr. Agrawal serves on the board of directors of Zuora, Inc., an enterprise software company that designs and sells software-as-a-service applications for companies with a subscription business

99


Table of Contents

model, and was previously on the boards of directors of Bazaarvoice, Inc., a software-as-a-service company providing social commerce solutions, and Network Solutions, LLC, a technology company providing web services to small and medium-sized businesses. Mr. Agrawal holds a B.S. in Economics with a concentration in Finance from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School, where he graduated with highest distinction and was a Baker Scholar.

          We believe Mr. Agrawal is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his substantial corporate finance, business strategy and corporate development expertise gained from his significant experience in the venture capital and private equity industries, analyzing, investing in, serving on the boards of, and providing guidance to various technology companies. We also value his perspective as a representative of one of our largest stockholders.

           Todd Bradley has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2013. Since June 2005, Mr. Bradley has served as an executive vice president of Hewlett-Packard Company, a public information technology corporation, most recently as Executive Vice President, Strategic Growth Initiatives, responsible for enhancing Hewlett-Packard's business in China and extending Hewlett-Packard's partner relationships. Mr. Bradley also currently serves on the board of the Newseum. Mr. Bradley holds a B.S. in Business Administration from Towson State University.

          We believe Mr. Bradley is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his track record of identifying and fostering strategic partnerships in the technology sector and his substantial corporate governance, corporate development, business strategy and financial expertise gained as an executive in the technology and finance industries and from holding various executive positions at a publicly traded technology company.

           Robert Buce has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2005. Mr. Buce served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from September 2005 to September 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Buce founded and served as Chief Financial Officer and a senior member of the management team of Build-To-Order, Inc., an automotive company focused on modularized outsourced manufacturing of vehicles. Prior to Build-To-Order, Mr. Buce held a variety of senior management positions, including Managing Partner, at KPMG LLP, an accounting and advisory firm, and Managing Director at BearingPoint, Inc., a related consulting firm. Mr. Buce also served on the board of directors of KPMG LLP from March 1991 to November 1995. Since July 2000 Mr. Buce has served as Chairman of PalisadesHoldings, a sole proprietorship providing independent advisory assistance to a variety of technology services and consumer products and services commercial enterprises. Mr. Buce served on the board of Intersection Technologies, Inc., parent company of F&I Express, a provider of software and services to the automotive industry. Mr. Buce is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive) in the State of California and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the California Society of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Buce holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Lehigh University and an M.B.A. from the Anderson School of Management at the University of California, Los Angeles.

          We believe Mr. Buce is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his historical expertise gained from serving as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and his substantial corporate governance, operational and financial expertise gained as Managing Partner at KPMG LLP, Managing Director at BearingPoint and from his experience serving on the boards of directors and boards of advisors of several private companies. As one of our longest serving members of our board of directors, we also value his deep understanding of our business as it has evolved over time.

           Steven Dietz has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2006. Mr. Dietz has been a Partner at Upfront Ventures, a venture capital firm, since its founding in 1996.

100


Table of Contents

During his career, Mr. Dietz has overseen numerous investments in the automotive industry. Mr. Dietz holds a B.S. in Finance from the University of Colorado.

          We believe Mr. Dietz is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his substantial corporate finance, business strategy and corporate development expertise gained from his significant experience in the venture capital industry, analyzing, investing in and serving on the boards of directors of various private technology companies. We also value his perspective as a representative of one of our largest stockholders.

           Thomas Gibson has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2012. Mr. Gibson was with Asbury Automotive Group, Inc., an automotive retailer, which he founded, from November 1994 to December 2007, during which time he served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer from November 1994 to November 1999 and as Interim Chief Executive Officer from October 2001 to December 2001. Mr. Gibson serves on the boards of directors of Dealer Tire, LLC, a tire, maintenance and light-repair product distributor that partners with automobile manufacturers, since September 2003, Alliance Inspection Management, LLC, a new and pre-owned vehicle inspection partnership, since October 2006, and Leader Auto Resources LAR Inc., a car dealer buying group, since March 2011. He also served on the board of directors of Dealertrack Technologies, Inc., a provider of software solutions and services for the automotive industry, from June 2005 to February 2008. From February 2008 to February 2010, Mr. Gibson served on the board of directors of Guilford Mills, Inc., a manufacturer of performance textiles for automotive and specialty markets, and from February 2008 to July 2009, Mr. Gibson served on the board of directors of Chrysler LLC, an automobile manufacturer. From October 1999 to November 2008, Mr. Gibson served on the board of directors of Ikon Office Solutions, Inc., a provider of document management systems and services. Mr. Gibson has over 30 years of experience in the automotive industry, previously holding senior sales, marketing and management positions with Ford Motor Company and Chrysler LLC before becoming President and Chief Operating Officer of Subaru of America, Inc. from September 1981 to April 1993. Mr. Gibson holds a B.A. in Economics from DePauw University and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.

          We believe Mr. Gibson is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his substantial corporate governance, business strategy and financial expertise gained from holding various executive positions in the automotive industry, serving on the boards of directors for several public and private companies, and working on several committees focused on strategy, finance, investment, compensation and auditing.

           John Krafcik has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2014. Mr. Krafcik was with Hyundai Motor America, a South Korean multinational automaker, from March 2004 to December 2013, during which time he served as President and Chief Executive Officer from November 2008 to December 2013. Mr. Krafcik was responsible for the strategic direction and management of the company's operations in the United States. Prior to joining Hyundai Motor America, Mr. Krafcik was at Ford Motor Company, where he held various product development leadership positions. Mr. Krafcik holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Stanford University and an M.S. in Management from Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

          We believe Mr. Krafcik is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his substantial corporate development, business strategy and automotive expertise gained as an executive in the automotive industry.

           Victor Pascucci III has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2012. Since June 2006, Mr. Pascucci has served in various executive roles at USAA, a Fortune 150 diversified financial services group, most recently as Managing Director, Corporate Development since January 2011 and Transformation Executive, Assistant Vice President from November 2009 to January 2011.

101


Table of Contents

Mr. Pascucci also served as Enterprise Operations Counsel, Assistant Vice President at USAA from June 2006 to January 2010. Prior to USAA, Mr. Pascucci served as general counsel or outside counsel for numerous technology based businesses. Mr. Pascucci holds a B.A. in Communications from Bowling Green State University and a J.D. from the University of Toledo College of Law.

          We believe Mr. Pascucci is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his substantial business strategy and corporate development and governance expertise gained as an executive and counselor at several companies in the technology and finance industries and from serving on the boards of directors of various private technology companies. We also value his perspective as a representative of our largest stockholder.

           Ion Yadigaroglu has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Since July 2004, Mr. Yadigaroglu has served as a Managing Principal at Capricorn Investment Group LLC, an investment firm. Mr. Yadigaroglu holds a Masters in Physics from Eidgenössische Technische Hochschule Zürich in Switzerland and a Ph.D. in Astrophysics from Stanford University.

          We believe Mr. Yadigaroglu is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his substantial corporate finance, business strategy and corporate development expertise gained from his holding various executive positions and from his significant experience in the capital industry, analyzing, investing in and serving on the boards of directors of various private technology companies. We also value his perspective as a representative of one of our largest stockholders.

          There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.


Board Composition

          Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our board of directors currently consists of nine directors,                  of whom will qualify as "independent" under the NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards.

          In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, immediately after the completion of this offering our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

          The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Directors may not be removed by our stockholders without cause.

102


Table of Contents

          Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.


Director Independence

          Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors determined that Messrs.                   do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is "independent" as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the listing requirements and rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled "Certain Relationships, Related Party and Other Transactions."


Lead Independent Director

          Our board of directors has appointed                  to serve as our lead independent director. As lead independent director, Mr.                   will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between our Chairman and the independent directors and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.


Board Committees

          Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors is described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

          Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs.                   . Mr.                   serves as our audit committee chairperson. Messrs.                   meet the requirements for independence of audit committee members under current NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements of the current NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards. In addition, our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs.                           is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The responsibilities of our audit committee include, among other things:

103


Table of Contents

          Our audit committee operates under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee

          Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs.              . Mr.                   serves as our compensation committee chairperson. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of the compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the "Code"). The purpose of our compensation committee is to oversee our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs and to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors relating to compensation of our executive officers. The responsibilities of our compensation committee include, among other things:

          Our compensation committee operates under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

104


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

          Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Messrs.                   . Mr.                   serves as our nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson. The composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. The responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee include, among other things:

          Our nominating and corporate governance committee operates under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us


Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

          No member of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serve, or have served during the last completed year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.


Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

          We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be available on our website at www.TrueCar.com. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

105


Table of Contents


Director Compensation

Director Compensation Table

          The following table sets forth information concerning compensation paid or accrued for services rendered to us by our directors during the year ended December 31, 2013. The table excludes Mr. Painter, who is a named executive officer and did not receive any compensation from us in his role as a director during the year ended December 31, 2013. Mr. Painter's compensation is discussed in the section titled "Executive Compensation."

Name
 
Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
 
Option
Awards(1)
 
All Other
Compensation
 
Total
 

Abhishek Agrawal(2)

                 

Todd Bradley(3)

  $ 7,667 (4) $ 28,192       $ 35,859  

Robert Buce

  $ 52,000 (5) $ 84,580       $ 136,580  

Steven Dietz

  $ 61,000 (6)         $ 61,000  

Thomas Gibson

  $ 25,000 (7) $ 84,580       $ 109,580  

John Krafcik(8)

                 

Victor Pascucci III(9)

                 

Ion Yadigaroglu

  $ 45,000 (10)         $ 45,000  

(1)
The amounts in the "Option Awards" column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of options computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in Note 2 to our financial statements included at the end of this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions.

(2)
Mr. Agrawal joined our board of directors in November 2013.

(3)
Mr. Bradley joined our board of directors in September 2013.

(4)
Mr. Bradley elected to receive 1,293 shares of our common stock in lieu of cash director fees.

(5)
Mr. Buce elected to receive $47,000 of the $52,000 in the form of 7,926 shares of our common stock in lieu of cash director fees.

(6)
Mr. Dietz elected to receive 10,287 shares of our common stock in lieu of cash director fees.

(7)
Mr. Gibson elected to receive 4,216 shares of our common stock in lieu of cash director fees.

(8)
Mr. Krafcik joined our board of directors in February 2014.

(9)
Mr. Pascucci declined compensation for his board and committee participation. It is not expected that he will receive any compensation for his services as a board or committee member.

(10)
Mr. Yadigaroglu elected to receive 7,589 shares of our common stock in lieu of cash director fees.

106


Table of Contents

          The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our directors at the year ended December 31, 2013. The table excludes Mr. Painter, whose equity awards are discussed in the section titled "Executive Compensation."

Name
 
Option
Grant Date
 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
 
Option
Exercise
Price Per
Share
 
Option
Expiration
Date
 

Todd Bradley(1)

    11/21/2013 (2)   9,360       $ 5.93     11/21/2023  

Robert Buce

    7/11/2005 (2)   22,500         0.18     7/11/2015  

    8/24/2005 (2)   100,000         0.18     8/24/2015  

    8/24/2005 (2)   66,666         0.18     8/24/2015  

    3/20/2006 (2)   209         0.24     3/20/2016  

    11/30/2006 (2)   8,250         1.80     11/30/2016  

    11/30/2006 (2)   3,394         1.80     11/30/2016  

    11/30/2006 (2)   100,000         0.24     11/30/2016  

    3/1/2007 (2)   21,154         0.24     3/01/2017  

    8/20/2007 (2)   62,500         0.33     8/20/2017  

    8/20/2007 (2)   50,000         0.33     8/20/2017  

    2/17/2011 (3)   62,500     17,500     1.89     2/17/2021  

    11/21/2013 (2)   28,081         5.93     11/21/2023  

Thomas Gibson

    8/31/2012 (4)   14,375     625     5.33     8/31/2022  

    11/28/2012 (5)   3,438     11,562     5.33     11/28/2022  

    11/21/2013 (2)   28,081         5.93     11/21/2023  

(1)
Mr. Bradley joined our board of directors in September 2013.

(2)
The option is fully vested and immediately exercisable.

(3)
One-fourth of the shares subject to the option vested on February 17, 2011 and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service.

(4)
One twenty-fourth of the shares subject to the option vest monthly, subject to continued service.

(5)
One forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest monthly, subject to continued service.

Director Compensation Policies

          2013 Board Compensation Plan.     In November 2013, our board of directors, upon the recommendation of our compensation committee, approved a policy for the compensation of our directors, which we refer to as our 2013 Board Compensation Plan. Under the 2013 Board Compensation Plan, each non-employee and non-investor affiliated director was eligible to receive an annual option grant (Annual Grant) to purchase the number of shares equal to $100,000 divided by the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our board of directors and such grant will be fully vested.

107


Table of Contents

          Additionally, under the 2013 Board Compensation Plan, each non-CEO director was eligible to receive an annual fee of $20,000 for serving on our board of directors (Annual Fee). In addition to the Annual Fee, the lead director was entitled to an annual fee of $25,000. The chairperson and members of our then-standing committees of our board of directors were entitled to the following annual fees:

Board Committee
 
Chairperson
Fee
 
Member Fee
Per Meeting
 

Audit Committee

  $ 20,000   $ 1,000  

All Other Committees

  $ 10,000   $ 1,000  

          In lieu of cash fees, directors were able to elect to receive shares of our common stock.

          We expect that our board of directors will approve a new director compensation policy that will be applicable to all of our non-employee directors effective upon the completion of this offering.

          Victor Pascucci has declined compensation for his board and committee participation. It is not expected that he will receive any compensation for his services as a board or committee member.

108


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

          Our named executive officers for 2013, which consist of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers, are:


Summary Compensation Table

          The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Name and Principal Position
 
Salary
 
Option
Awards(1)
 
Bonus
 
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(2)
 
All Other
Compensation
 
Total
 

Scott Painter
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

  $ 313,186   $ 5,201,179   $ 231,918 (3) $ 756,594   $ 32,917 (4) $ 6,535,794  

Michael Guthrie
Chief Financial Officer

 
$

240,000
 
$

1,909,512
 
$

 
$

470,000
 
$

154,312

(5)

$

2,773,824
 

Michael Dunn
Chief Technology Officer

 
$

160,000
 
$

1,181,572
 
$

 
$

175,000
 
$

48,372

(6)

$

1,564,944
 

(1)
The amounts in the "Option Awards" column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of options computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in Note 2 to our financial statements included at the end of this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions.

(2)
The amounts in the "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation" column represent payments earned under the 2013 Incentive Plan as discussed under the section titled "Executive Compensation — TrueCar Incentive Bonus Plans." All such amounts were paid in May 2013 and February 2014.

(3)
This amount represents a discretionary one time non-recurring bonus award paid to Mr. Painter outside of our typical bonus cycle in recognition of expenses incurred in 2013 in furtherance of his duties to us. The full amount of the bonus was paid in February 2014.

(4)
Amount reflects the aggregate incremental cost of perquisites and other personal benefits, including, among other things, the costs related to personal travel costs and life insurance premiums.

(5)
Amount reflects 401(k) company matching contributions of $7,650 and the aggregate incremental cost of perquisites and other personal benefits, including, among other things, the costs related to a corporate apartment in Santa Monica, California utilized by Mr. Guthrie, and transportation costs in connection with Mr. Guthrie commuting to our principal executive offices in Santa Monica, California.

(6)
Amount reflects 401(k) company matching contributions of $2,800, mortgage assistance of $41,414, and the aggregate incremental cost of perquisites and other personal benefits.


Executive Employment Arrangements

          We have entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Painter, Guthrie and Dunn. These agreements provide for at-will employment and generally include the named executive officer's base salary, an indication of eligibility for an annual performance-based bonus opportunity, equity awards and certain severance and change of control benefits. These employment arrangements are described below.

109


Table of Contents

Scott Painter

          For 2013, Mr. Painter, our Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, had an annual base salary of $313,186 and an annual performance-based bonus opportunity targeted at 100% of his base salary.

Equity Grants

          We entered into an amended and restated employment agreement on December 20, 2012 with Mr. Painter (the "Painter Employment Agreement"). Pursuant to the terms of the Painter Employment Agreement, Mr. Painter was eligible to receive certain stock options, including an annual grant (until the earlier of our IPO (as such term is defined in the Painter Employment Agreement and summarized below) or change of control (as such term is defined in the Painter Employment Agreement and summarized below)) covering a number of shares in an amount not to exceed 1% of our then-fully diluted shares outstanding, with the exact number calculated in accordance with the terms of the Painter Employment Agreement. The Painter Employment Agreement also provides that all of his current and future stock options will permit exercise via a net exercise feature and will be early exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right to repurchase any unvested shares upon termination of employment. Beginning with the earlier of an IPO or a change of control, no additional option grants or other equity awards to Mr. Painter will be required under the Painter Employment Agreement, and any additional stock options or other equity grants to Mr. Painter will be made in the sole discretion of our board of directors (or its authorized delegate).

          On February 22, 2013 and May 2, 2013, we granted Mr. Painter options to purchase 588,495 shares and 196,165 shares, respectively, of our common stock each at an exercise price per share of $5.28. Each of these options were granted pursuant to our 2005 Stock Plan and vest over a four-year period as follows: one forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest on the one month anniversary of the grant date and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter.

          On October 22, 2013 we granted Mr. Painter an option to purchase 841,945 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $5.92 pursuant to our 2005 Stock Plan. The option is subject to time-based vesting with an additional performance-based requirement, as follows: shares become eligible for time-based vesting upon our achievement of goals relating to annual revenue or annual Adjusted EBITDA targets, and if such targets were achieved by December 31, 2013, then one forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest on the one month anniversary of January 1, 2014 and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter. Such targets were achieved by December 31, 2013.

Potential Payments upon Termination, Change of Control or Certain Other Events

          Pursuant to the terms of the Painter Employment Agreement, if we terminate Mr. Painter's employment with us involuntarily other than for cause, or we constructively terminate (as such term is defined in the Painter Employment Agreement and summarized below) Mr. Painter's employment, and in either case, Mr. Painter signs and does not revoke a release of claims against us, then Mr. Painter will be entitled to receive: (i) continuing severance pay at a rate equal to his base salary rate for a period of 12 months from the date of termination (the "Painter Severance Period"); and (ii) reimbursement for the payments Mr. Painter makes for coverage under COBRA for up to the length of the Painter Severance Period (less any amount Mr. Painter would have contributed had he remained employed). Additionally, Mr. Painter will remain eligible to earn his annual bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, with such bonus amount calculated based on actual performance results during the performance period, pro-rated as applicable based on Mr. Painter's termination date. If, on or before December 31, 2013, we terminate Mr. Painter's employment

110


Table of Contents

involuntarily other than for cause or his employment is constructively terminated, 100% of the then-unvested and outstanding shares subject to an option grant covering 500,000 shares of our common stock granted on July 15, 2010 will vest (see "Executive Compensation — Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End" for additional terms associated with this option grant).

          If we undergo a change of control, pursuant to the terms of the Painter Employment Agreement, 100% of his then-unvested and outstanding stock options will fully vest if: (i) we terminate Mr. Painter's employment involuntarily other than for cause or his employment is constructively terminated, or (ii) Mr. Painter remains employed with us (or any successor) for nine months following the change of control. Stock options granted to Mr. Painter prior to June 1, 2010, will vest (subject to Mr. Painter remaining a service provider with us) as to: (i) 10% of the unvested shares subject to the options upon the our change of control or IPO; (ii) 5% upon our achievement of a monthly sales target in any given month prior to December 31, 2010; and (iii) 5% upon our achievement of a revenue target.

Definitions

          As used in this section, "cause" means: (i) Mr. Painter's breach of the Painter Employment Agreement, or any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between him and us (or any affiliate of ours); (ii) Mr. Painter causing us to enter into any single agreement that obligates us to invest or spend $3 million or more of our funds without first obtaining approval from our board of directors for such action; (iii) Mr. Painter being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any felony; or (iv) Mr. Painter's willful and knowing violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to our business which willful and knowing violation was or is likely to have a detrimental effect on our business that is not immaterial.

          As used in this section, "change of control" means: (i) the acquisition of us by another entity, by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, unless our stockholders hold, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity; or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

          As used in this section, "constructively terminates" means Mr. Painter's termination of employment as a result of the occurrence, without Mr. Painter's consent, of any of the following: (i) a material reduction in Mr. Painter's base salary, excluding the substitution of substantially equivalent compensation and benefits that is applicable to all of our senior management; (ii) Mr. Painter's removal from his position, duties or responsibilities as outlined in the Painter Employment Agreement, in each case which results in a material diminution of Mr. Painter's authority, duties or responsibilities; or (iii) Mr. Painter's relocation to a location more than 50 miles from our Los Angeles, California office location; provided, however, that in the event Mr. Painter believes that grounds exist for him to constructively terminate, then he agrees to provide our board of directors with written notice specifying the purported grounds for such belief and we will have 30 days after receipt of such written notice to cure such purported grounds (unless such purported grounds by their nature cannot be cured, in which case notice and an opportunity to cure shall not be required).

          As used in this section, IPO means our first bona fide, firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, covering the offer and sale of our common stock.

Michael Guthrie

          For 2013, Mr. Guthrie, our Chief Financial Officer, had an annual base salary of $240,000 and an annual performance-based bonus opportunity targeted at 100% of his base salary.

111


Table of Contents

Equity Grants

          We entered into an employment agreement on October 25, 2013 with Mr. Guthrie (the "Guthrie Employment Agreement"). Pursuant to the Guthrie Employment Agreement, Mr. Guthrie is eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock or other equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements we may have in effect from time to time. The Guthrie Employment Agreement provides that all of his current and future stock options will permit exercise via a net exercise feature and will be early exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right to repurchase any unvested shares upon termination of employment.

          On February 22, 2013 we granted Mr. Guthrie options to purchase 100,000 shares and 17,642 shares of our common stock each at an exercise price per share of $5.28 pursuant to our 2005 Stock Plan. The option for 100,000 shares vests over a four year period as follows: one forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest on the one month anniversary of the grant date and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us. The option for 17,642 shares is subject to a performance-based vesting requirement as follows: one hundred percent of the shares subject to the option vest upon our achievement of goals relating to sales targets on a rolling thirty day basis. These sales targets were achieved and the option is fully vested.

          On May 2, 2013 we granted Mr. Guthrie an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $5.28 pursuant to our 2005 Stock Plan. The option vests over a four year period as follows: one forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest on the one month anniversary of the grant date and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.

          On June 26, 2013 we granted Mr. Guthrie an option to purchase 271,315 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $5.28 pursuant to our 2005 Stock Plan. The option vests over a four year period as follows: one fourth of the shares subject to the option vest on the one year anniversary of the grant date and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.

          On October 22, 2013 we granted Mr. Guthrie an option to purchase 175,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $5.92 pursuant to our 2005 Stock Plan. The option is subject to time-based vesting with an additional performance-based requirement, as follows: shares become eligible for time-based vesting upon our achievement of goals relating to annual revenue or annual Adjusted EBITDA targets, and, if such targets were achieved by December 31, 2013, then one forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest on the one month anniversary of January 1, 2014 and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter. Such targets were achieved by December 31, 2013.

Potential Payments upon Termination, Change of Control or Certain Other Events

          Pursuant to the Guthrie Employment Agreement, if Mr. Guthrie remains an employee through the first to occur of a change of control (as such term is defined in the Guthrie Employment Agreement and summarized below) or the effective date of an initial public offering (the first such event to occur, a "Liquidity Event"), and the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the Liquidity Event, as determined by our board of directors in good faith, is above $7.67, then Mr. Guthrie will be entitled to receive a one-time "Liquidity Bonus" which will be paid to Mr. Guthrie within 30 days following the Liquidity Event. The Liquidity Bonus will be the sum of (i) $1,066,500, plus (ii) a gross-up payment in an amount necessary to pay the applicable taxes incurred by Mr. Guthrie with respect to the Liquidity Bonus.

112


Table of Contents

          Under the Guthrie Employment Agreement, if we terminate Mr. Guthrie's employment with us for a reason other than cause (as such term is defined in the Guthrie Employment Agreement and summarized below), Mr. Guthrie's employment with us terminates due to his death or disability (as such term is defined in the Guthrie Employment Agreement and summarized below), or Mr. Guthrie resigns from his employment for good reason (as such term is defined in the Guthrie Employment Agreement and summarized below), and in each case, such termination occurs prior to a change of control, then, subject to Mr. Guthrie signing a release of claims agreement with us and his continued compliance with a confidential information agreement entered into with us, he will receive: (i) continuing payments of his base salary for a period of time commencing immediately after his separation of service through the date that is six months following the separation date, plus an additional two months for every fully completed year of service with us (measured from his original start date with us or any predecessor to us) (the "Guthrie Severance Period"); (ii) the immediate vesting of each of his then outstanding equity awards as to the number of shares that otherwise would have vested had he remained our employee through the 12-month anniversary of the termination date; and (iii) reimbursement for the payments he makes for medical, vision and dental under COBRA up to the full Guthrie Severance Period (the "COBRA Coverage").

          If we terminate Mr. Guthrie's employment with us for a reason other than cause, Mr. Guthrie's employment with us terminates due to his death or disability, or Mr. Guthrie resigns from his employment for good reason, and in each case, such termination occurs during the period beginning upon the closing of a change of control and ending on the 12-month anniversary of the closing of the change of control (the "Change of Control Period"), then, subject to Mr. Guthrie signing a release of claims agreement with us and his continued compliance with a confidential information agreement entered into with us, he will receive: (i) continuing payments of his base salary during the Guthrie Severance Period; (ii) the immediate vesting as to 100% of his then outstanding equity awards; and (iii) the COBRA Coverage.

          If we terminate Mr. Guthrie's employment with us for a reason other than cause, Mr. Guthrie's employment with us terminates due to his death or disability, or Mr. Guthrie resigns from his employment for good reason, and in each case, such termination occurs after the expiration of the Change of Control Period, then, subject to Mr. Guthrie signing a release of claims agreement with us and his continued compliance with a confidential information agreement entered into with us, he will receive: (i) continuing payments of his base salary during the Guthrie Severance Period; and (ii) the COBRA Coverage.

          In the event of a change of control that occurs while Mr. Guthrie remains our employee, if Mr. Guthrie remains employed with us (or any successor) as of immediately following the end of the Change of Control Period, then 100% of any equity awards held by Mr. Guthrie as of the closing of the change of control will vest and become fully exercisable.

Definitions

          As used in this section, "cause" means: (i) Mr. Guthrie's failure to perform his assigned duties or responsibilities as an employee (other than a failure resulting from his disability) after written notice thereof from us describing his failure to perform such duties or responsibilities; (ii) Mr. Guthrie engaging in any act of dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation with respect to us; (iii) Mr. Guthrie's violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to our business or our affiliates; (iv) Mr. Guthrie's breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement; or (v) Mr. Guthrie being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any crime.

          As used in this section, "change of control" means: (i) a change in our ownership which occurs on the date that any person, or persons acting as a group, acquires ownership of our stock

113


Table of Contents

that, together with the stock held by such person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of our stock; (ii) a change in the effective control of us which occurs on the date that a majority of the members of our board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of our board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election; or (iii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of our assets which occurs on the date that any person, or persons acting as a group, acquires assets from us that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of our assets immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.

          As used in this section, "disability" means Mr. Guthrie (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not more than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering our employees.

          As used in this section, "good reason" means Mr. Guthrie's resignation within 30 days following the expiration of a cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Mr. Guthrie's consent: (i) a material reduction in Mr. Guthrie's base salary, excluding the substitution of substantially equivalent compensation and benefits, that is applicable to all of our senior management; (ii) a material reduction of Mr. Guthrie's authority, duties or responsibilities, unless Mr. Guthrie is provided with a comparable position; provided, however, that a reduction in authority, duties, or responsibilities solely by virtue of us being acquired and made part of a larger entity whether as a subsidiary, business unit or otherwise (as, for example, when our Chief Executive Officer remains as such following an acquisition where we become a wholly owned subsidiary of an acquirer, but is not made the Chief Executive Officer of the acquiring corporation) will not constitute "good reason"; or (iii) a material change in the geographic location of Mr. Guthrie's primary work facility or location; provided, that a relocation of 50 miles or less from Mr. Guthrie's then present location or to Mr. Guthrie's home as his primary work location will not be considered a material change in geographic location. In order for an event to qualify as good reason, Mr. Guthrie must not terminate employment with us without first providing us with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for "good reason" within 90 days of the initial existence of the grounds for "good reason" and a reasonable cure period of not less than 30 days following the date of such notice, and such grounds must not have been cured during such time.

Michael Dunn

          For 2013, Mr. Dunn, our Chief Technology Officer, had an annual base salary of $240,000 and an annual performance-based bonus opportunity targeted at 100% of his base salary. Fifty percent of the total annual bonus will be a considered a "base bonus" calculated based upon our achievement of base performance objectives with the remaining 50% of the total annual bonus considered a "stretch bonus" payable upon our achievement of certain stretch goals.

Equity Grants

          We entered into an employment agreement on April 10, 2013 with Mr. Dunn (the "Dunn Employment Agreement"). Pursuant to the Dunn Employment Agreement, Mr. Dunn is eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock or other equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements we may have in effect from time to time. The Dunn Employment Agreement provides that all of his future stock options will permit exercise via a net exercise feature and will be early

114


Table of Contents

exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right to repurchase any unvested shares upon termination of employment.

          On May 2, 2013 we granted Mr. Dunn an option to purchase 350,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $5.28 pursuant to our 2005 Stock Plan. The option vests over a four year period as follows: one forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest monthly on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date, subject to continued service to us.

          On October 22, 2013 we granted Mr. Dunn an option to purchase 35,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $5.92 pursuant to our 2005 Stock Plan. The option is subject to time-based vesting with an additional performance-based requirement, as follows: shares become eligible for time-based vesting upon our achievement of goals relating to annual revenue or annual Adjusted EBITDA targets, and, if such targets were achieved by December 31, 2013, then one forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest on the one month anniversary of January 1, 2014 and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter. Such targets were achieved by December 31, 2013.

Potential Payments upon Termination, Change of Control or Certain Other Events

          Under the Dunn Employment Agreement, if we terminate Mr. Dunn's employment with us for a reason other than cause (as such term is defined in the Dunn Employment Agreement and summarized below), Mr. Dunn's employment with us terminates due to his death or disability (as such term is defined in the Dunn Employment Agreement and summarized below), or Mr. Dunn resigns from his employment for good reason (as such term is defined in the Dunn Employment Agreement and summarized below), and in each case, such termination occurs prior to a change of control, then, subject to Mr. Dunn signing a release of claims agreement with us and his continued compliance with a confidential information agreement entered into with us, he will receive: (i) continuing payments of his base salary for a period of time commencing immediately after his separation of service through the date that is six months following the separation date, plus an additional two months for every fully completed year of service with us (measured from his original start date with us or any predecessor to us) (the "Dunn Severance Period"); and (ii) the immediate vesting of each of his then outstanding equity awards as to the number of shares that otherwise would have vested had he remained our employee through the 12-month anniversary of the termination date.

          If we terminate Mr. Dunn's employment with us for a reason other than cause, Mr. Dunn's employment with us terminates due to his death or disability, or Mr. Dunn resigns from his employment for good reason, and in each case, such termination occurs during the Change of Control Period (as defined above), then, subject to Mr. Dunn signing a release of claims agreement with us and his continued compliance with a confidential information agreement entered into with us, he will receive: (i) continuing payments of his base salary during the Dunn Severance Period; and (ii) the immediate vesting as to 100% of his then outstanding equity awards.

          If we terminate Mr. Dunn's employment with us for a reason other than cause, Mr. Dunn's employment with us terminates due to his death or disability, or Mr. Dunn resigns from his employment for good reason, and in each case, such termination occurs after the expiration of the Change of Control Period, then, subject to Mr. Dunn signing a release of claims agreement with us and his continued compliance with a confidential information agreement entered into with us, he will receive continuing payments of his base salary during the Dunn Severance Period.

115


Table of Contents

          In the event of a change of control that occurs while Mr. Dunn remains our employee, if Mr. Dunn remains employed with us (or any successor) as of immediately following the end of the Change of Control Period, then 100% of any equity awards held by Mr. Dunn as of the closing of the change of control will vest and become fully exercisable.

Definitions

          As used in this section, "cause" has the same meaning for such term as is set forth in the Guthrie Employment Agreement except as it relates to Mr. Dunn.

          As used in this section, "change of control" has the same meaning for such term as is set forth in the Guthrie Employment Agreement.

          As used in this section, "disability" has the same meaning for such term as is set forth in the Guthrie Employment Agreement except as it relates to Mr. Dunn.

          As used in this section, "good reason" has the same meaning for such term as is set forth in the Guthrie Employment Agreement except as it relates to Mr. Dunn.


TrueCar Incentive Bonus Plans

2013 Incentive Plan

          All of our named executive officers participated in our 2013 Incentive Plan. The 2013 Incentive Plan provided for cash bonus payments and stock option grants to eligible employees based upon both company and individual performance. The funding of the cash portion of the bonus pool was generally based on corporate performance and evaluation of individual performance was an element of allocating such bonus in most cases.

          The overall structure of our 2013 Incentive Plan was designed and approved by the Compensation Committee of the board of directors. The Compensation Committee then recommended the 2013 Incentive Plan to our board of directors for adoption.

          The 2013 Incentive Plan contemplates (i) a portion of the cash bonuses being paid, semiannually, contingent upon achievement of certain revenue and Adjusted EBITDA targets and (ii) the remainder of the cash bonuses being subject to the board's discretion. The 2013 Incentive Plan contemplates specific, pre-set goals established by the board for the first half of the year (H1) as well as the full year (H2). The 2013 Incentive Plan provides that annual incentive grants would be made on the basis of our performance for the full year. Finally, the 2013 Incentive Plan includes a stretch bonus for year-end performance where the employees would be eligible to receive an additional cash bonus and option grants to reward extraordinary company performance. The categories for the stretch bonus pool, including revenues, Adjusted EBITDA and the discretionary component, are consistent with those established as measurement criteria for the base pool.

    H1 2013 Incentive Plan

          Funding of the cash portion of the 2013 Incentive Plan, tied to revenue and Adjusted EBITDA goals, is designed to mirror our achievement of the measures. To fund the cash portion of the 2013 Incentive Plan pool for the first half of the year (H1) tied to revenue and Adjusted EBITDA targets, we were required to achieve approximately 80% of our base revenue target in addition to a minimum Adjusted EBITDA target. Upon achievement of such milestones, the H1 pool would be funded at 45% of the target cash amount of the 2013 Incentive Plan pool for H1 attributable to achievement of financial metrics. Funding of the H1 pool was scheduled to reach 75% if we achieved approximately 90% of our base revenue target in addition to a more aggressive Adjusted EBITDA threshold. The H1 pool was scheduled to be funded at 100% if we achieved 100% of our

116


Table of Contents

base revenue plan in addition to a higher Adjusted EBITDA target. The funding of the H1 pool for cash bonuses at these levels was scheduled to be $800,000, $1,330,000 and $1,770,000, respectively. Funding of the discretionary component was not tied to any specific financial or other metrics and was left exclusively to the board to determine whether and how much of the discretionary component would be funded. The amount determined to be funded in the discretionary portion of the H1 pool was $440,000.

    H2 2013 Incentive Plan

          Structurally, the H2 portion of our 2013 Incentive Plan was similar to H1, with more aggressive, full-year targets. As with our H1 goals, we were required to achieve approximately 80% of our base revenue target in addition to a minimum Adjusted EBITDA target for the year. Upon achievement of such milestone, the 2013 Incentive Plan would require the funding of 45% of the cash 2013 Incentive Plan pool for H2. Funding of the H2 pool was scheduled to reach 75% if we achieved approximately 90% of our base revenue target in addition to a higher Adjusted EBITDA threshold. The H2 pool was scheduled to be funded at 100% if we achieved 100% of our base revenue plan in addition to a higher Adjusted EBITDA target. The funding of the H2 pool for cash bonuses at these levels was scheduled to be $1,200,000, $1,990,000 and $2,660,000, respectively. Funding of the discretionary component was not tied to any specific financial or other metrics and was left exclusively to the Board to determine whether and how much of the discretionary component would be funded. The amount established to be funded in the discretionary portion of the H2 cash pool was $660,000. The equity component of the 2013 Incentive Plan involved the potential grant of options to purchase up to approximately 1,971,000 shares of our common stock in connection with achievement of the top tier of goals contemplated by the base 2013 Incentive Plan.

    2013 Stretch Bonus

          In addition to the base incentives, the 2013 Incentive Plan contemplated certain additional bonus pool funding and grants associated with extraordinary corporate performance. The stretch bonus criteria were consistent with the structure of the base criteria, with more weighting given to Board discretion over revenue and Adjusted EBITDA target achievement.

    Determination of Bonus Payments and Incentive Grants for 2013

          Our board of directors and Compensation Committee analyzed our performance for 2013 and determined that we achieved our stretch goals for revenue and Adjusted EBITDA in 2013. In addition, the Compensation Committee and the board of directors determined that it would be appropriate to recognize the success of our management team and employees by authorizing the full amount of the of the full year stretch bonus for 2013, including granting options to purchase 3,900,000 shares and stretch bonuses totaling approximately $6,500,000.

          The annual payments earned by our named executive officers and their annual target bonuses under the 2013 Incentive Plan were as follows:

Named Executive Officer
 
Annual Target
Cash Award
Opportunity
 
Actual Cash
Award
Amount
 

Scott Painter

  $ 313,186   $ 756,594  

Michael Guthrie

    240,000     470,000  

Michael Dunn

    240,000     175,000  

117


Table of Contents


Named Executive Officer
 
Annual Target
Equity Award
Opportunity
 
Actual Equity
Award
Amount
 

Scott Painter

    1,314,638     1,510,833  

Michael Guthrie

    N/A *   315,000  

Michael Dunn

    N/A *   50,000  

*
No equity target for executive was established in 2013.

2014 Incentive Plan

          Our Compensation Committee and Board of Directors have each approved a 2014 Incentive Plan on similar terms to the 2013 Incentive Plan. All of our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 2014 Incentive Plan. The 2014 Incentive Plan provides for bonus payments and equity grants to eligible employees determined based primarily upon our achievement of annual financial performance objectives.

          The 2014 Incentive Plan contemplates (i) a portion of the cash bonuses being paid, semiannually, contingent upon achievement of certain revenue targets and Adjusted EBITDA targets (ii) a portion of the cash bonuses being paid based exclusively on individual performance and (iii) the remainder of the cash bonuses being subject to the Board's discretion. The 2014 Incentive Plan contemplates specific, pre-set goals established by the Board for H1 and full year (H2) of 2014. The 2014 Incentive Plan provides that annual incentive grants will be made on the basis of our performance for the full year. Unlike our 2013 Incentive Plan, the 2014 Incentive Plan includes a minimum reserve of $1,500,000 for bonuses based exclusively on individual performance. We must achieve more than 80% of our revenue target along with a minimum Adjusted EBITDA threshold in order for the cash pool to be funded. Funding of the cash pool in H1 is scheduled to reach 60% if we achieve approximately 90% of our base revenue target in addition to an Adjusted EBITDA target. If we achieve 100% of the base revenue plan and a more aggressive Adjusted EBITDA target, then the H1 pool will be funded at 100% of the potential cash pool. The funding of the plan at these levels would be $900,000 and $1,500,000, respectively, for H1 and $1,300,000 and $2,200,000, respectively, for the full year (H2). The discretionary portion of the cash bonus is $880,000 and $1,320,000 for H1 and the full year (H2), respectively. In keeping with the structure of cash 2013 Incentive Plan, the 2014 Incentive Plan includes the potential for achievement of stretch goals which would result in funding of additional cash bonus as well as additional equity grants to reward extraordinary company performance. It is anticipated that the Board will evaluate H1 performance in the third quarter of 2014 and full year performance in the first quarter of 2015.

Named Executive Officer
 
Annual Target
Cash Award
Opportunity
 

Scott Painter

  $ 450,000  

Michael Guthrie

    300,000  

Michael Dunn

    240,000  

118


Table of Contents


Named Executive Officer
 
Annual Target
Equity Award
Opportunity
 

Scott Painter

    1,000,000  

Michael Guthrie

    N/A *

Michael Dunn

    N/A *

*
No equity target established for executive.


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

          The following table presents certain information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers at December 31, 2013.

 
  Option Awards  
 
   
  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options
   
   
 
 
 
Vesting
Commencement
Date
 
Option
Exercise
Price
 
Option
Expiration
Date
 
Name
 
Exercisable
 
Unexercisable
 

Scott Painter

    1/1/2014 (1)   841,945 (2)(3)     $ 5.92     10/22/2023  

    5/2/2013 (1)   196,165 (2)(3)     $ 5.28     5/2/2023  

    2/22/2013 (1)   588,495 (2)(3)     $ 5.28     2/22/2023  

    2/14/2012 (1)   845,857 (2)(3)     $ 7.67     2/14/2022  

    2/15/2012 (1)   539,944 (2)(3)     $ 2.37     6/14/2021  

    2/17/2011 (1)   800,600 (2)(3)     $ 1.89     2/17/2021  

    10/2/2010 (4)   500,000 (3)     $ 1.41     7/15/2020  

    6/1/2010 (1)   1,000,000 (2)(3)     $ 1.41     7/15/2020  

    11/19/2009 (4)   600,000 (3)     $ 0.55     11/19/2019  

    1/22/2009 (4)   1,008,836 (3)     $ 0.55     4/26/2019  

    8/21/2007 (4)   1,166,666 (3)     $ 0.33     8/20/2017  

    8/1/2007 (4)   666,666 (3)     $ 1.02     5/01/2017  

    5/1/2007 (4)   650,716 (3)     $ 0.24     5/01/2017  

Michael Guthrie

    1/1/2014 (1)   175,000 (2)(3)     $ 5.92     10/22/2023  

    6/26/2013 (7)   271,315 (2)(3)     $ 5.28     6/26/2023  

    5/2/2013 (1)   50,000 (2)(3)     $ 5.28     5/2/2023  

    7/31/2013 (4)   17,642 (3)     $ 5.28     2/22/2023  

    2/22/2013 (1)   100,000 (2)(3)     $ 5.28     2/22/2023  

    1/3/2012 (5)   50,000 (2)(3)     $ 7.67     2/14/2022  

    1/3/2012 (4)   100,000 (2)(3)     $ 7.67     2/14/2022  

    1/3/2012 (6)   450,000 (2)(3)     $ 7.67     2/14/2022  

Michael Dunn

    1/1/2014 (1)   35,000 (2)(3)     $ 5.92     10/22/2023  

    7/30/2013 (1)   350,000 (2)(3)     $ 5.28     5/2/2023  

(1)
One forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest on the one month anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and one forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.

(2)
The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Early-exercised options are subject to repurchase by us at the original exercise price, which right lapses pursuant to the option's vesting schedule.

(3)
The option is subject to a net exercise provision.

119


Table of Contents

(4)
The option is fully vested and immediately exercisable.

(5)
One hundred percent of the shares subject to the option will vest upon our achievement of goals relating to annual revenue or annual Adjusted EBITDA targets measured on a rolling six month basis, provided that such achievement occurs by December 31, 2014.

(6)
One-sixteenth of the shares subject to the option vest on the three-month anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and one forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.

(7)
One-fourth of the shares subject to the option vest on the one year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and one forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.


Employee Benefits and Stock Plans

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

          Our board of directors has adopted, and prior to the effectiveness of this offering, we expect our stockholders to approve, our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2014 Plan will be effective one business day prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part but is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2014 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations' employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations' employees and consultants.

          Authorized Shares.     The shares to be reserved for issuance under our 2014 Plan will include (i) shares that, at the registration date, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the 2005 Stock Plan, plus (ii) shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2005 Stock Plan or 2008 Stock Plan that, after the registration date, expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2005 Stock or 2008 Stock Plan that after the completion of this offering are forfeited to or repurchased by us (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to (i) of this sentence is                  shares and provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to (ii) of this sentence is                  shares), of which no awards are issued and outstanding. In addition, shares may become available under the 2014 Plan under the following two paragraphs.

          The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015, equal to the least of:

                           shares;

                          % of the outstanding shares of common stock on the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

    such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

          If an award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, or, with respect to restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units or performance shares, is forfeited or repurchased due to failure to vest, the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) will become available for future grant or sale under our 2014 Plan.

120


Table of Contents

With respect to stock appreciation rights, the net shares issued will cease to be available under the 2014 Plan and all remaining shares will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2014 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under our 2014 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of shares available for issuance under our 2014 Plan.

          Plan Administration.     Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors, will administer the 2014 Plan. We anticipate that the compensation committee of our board of directors will administer our 2014 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the committee will consist of two or more "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under the 2014 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator will have the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of the 2014 Plan and awards granted thereunder, to create, amend and revoke rules relating to the 2014 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator will also have the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type, which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type or cash.

          Stock Options.     Stock options may be granted under the 2014 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2014 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The 2014 Plan permits options to be granted with lower exercise prices only in connection with certain transactions. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised after the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

          Stock Appreciation Rights.     Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding 10 years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her stock appreciation right agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised after the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights

121


Table of Contents

become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

          Restricted Stock.     Restricted stock may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us; provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

          Restricted Stock Units.     Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator will determine the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria, which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

          Performance Units and Performance Shares.     Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance unit or performance share. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

          Outside Directors.     Our 2014 Plan will provide that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards, except for incentive stock options, under the 2014 Plan. Our 2014 Plan provides that in any given fiscal year, a non-employee director may not receive under the 2014 Plan (i) cash-settled awards having a grant date fair value greater than $750,000, increased to $1,500,000 in connection with her or her initial service; and (ii) stock-settled awards having a grant date fair value greater than $750,000, increased to $1,500,000 in connection with his or her initial service, in each case, as grant fair value is determined under generally accepted accounting principles.

          Non-Transferability of Awards.     Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2014 Plan generally will not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

122


Table of Contents

          Certain Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2014 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2014 Plan and the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in the 2014 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable, and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

          Merger or Change in Control.     Our 2014 Plan will provide that in the event of a "merger" or "change in control," as defined under the 2014 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at         % of target levels, and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at         % of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

          Amendment, Termination.     The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2014 Plan will automatically terminate in 2024, unless we terminate it sooner.

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan

          Our board of directors and our stockholders adopted our 2005 Stock Plan in April 2005. Our 2005 Stock Plan was most recently amended in February 2014.

          Authorized Shares.     Our 2005 Stock Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering, and, accordingly, no further shares will be available for issuance under this plan. Our 2005 Stock Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. At December 31, 2013, options to purchase 26,955,772 shares of our common stock remained outstanding under the 2005 Stock Plan.

          Plan Administration.     Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our board of directors has the authority to administer our 2005 Stock Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2005 Stock Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the number of shares subject to each award, the exercise price (if any), the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2005 Stock Plan. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2005 Stock Plan, to institute an exchange program under which (i) outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type or cash, or (ii) the exercise price of an outstanding award is reduced, to prescribe rules and regulations pertaining to the 2005 Stock Plan, including establishing sub-plans for the purposes of satisfying applicable foreign laws, and to construe and interpret the 2005 Stock Plan and awards granted thereunder.

          Stock Options.     Stock options may be granted under the 2005 Stock Plan. The exercise price per share of incentive stock options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of

123


Table of Contents

our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price per share of nonstatutory stock options must equal at least 85% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant (or 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant if the individual receiving the option owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) at the time of grant). The term of an option may not exceed ten years. An incentive stock option held by an employee who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) at the time of grant, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The 2005 Stock Plan permits options to be granted with lower exercise prices only in connection with certain transactions. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, check, promissory note, other shares, consideration received under a cashless exercise program, or such other consideration or method of payment to the extent permitted by applicable law. Except for options granted to officers, directors and consultants, options will become exercisable at a rate of no less than 20% per year over 5 years from the date of the option grant. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, within thirty days of termination or such longer period of time as stated in his or her option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for six months or such longer period of time as stated in his or her option agreement. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

          Stock Purchase Rights.     Stock purchase rights may be granted under the 2005 Stock Plan. Stock purchase rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the 2005 Stock Plan or cash awards made outside of the 2005 Stock Plan. After the administrator determines that it will offer stock purchase rights under the 2005 Stock Plan, it will advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of shares that such person will be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept the offer. The offer will be accepted by execution of a restricted stock purchase agreement in a form determined by the administrator. The per share purchase price for stock purchase rights will be such price, if any, as is determined by the administrator. Unless the administrator determines otherwise, the restricted stock purchase agreement will grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable within 90 days of the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser's service with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). The repurchase option will lapse at such rate as the administrator may determine, provided that except with respect to shares purchased by officers, directors and consultants, the repurchase option will in no case lapse at a rate of less than 20% per year over 5 years from the date of purchase. The restricted stock purchase agreement will contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the terms of the 2005 Stock Plan as may be determined by the administrator in its sole discretion.

          Transferability of Awards.     Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2005 Stock Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

          Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2005 Stock Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2005 Stock Plan or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as

124


Table of Contents

practicable, and all unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

          Merger or Change of Control.     Our 2005 Stock Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined therein, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, and unless determined otherwise by the administrator, will be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation in a merger or change in control refuses to assume or substitute for the award, then the participant will fully vest in and have to right to exercise the award that is not assumed or substituted as to all of the award (including shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable). If an award is not assumed or substituted for in connection with a merger or change in control, the administrator will notify the participant in writing or electronically that the award will be fully exercisable for a period of time as determined by the administrator in its sole discretion and the award will terminate upon expiration of such period for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

          Amendment; Termination.     Our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2005 Stock Plan at any time, provided that such amendment, alteration, suspension or termination does not impair the rights of any participant without the participant's written consent. As noted above, upon the completion of this offering, the 2005 Stock Plan will be terminated and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

2008 Stock Plan

          In connection with the Company's reorganization in June 2010, our board of directors approved the assumption of the 2008 Stock Plan and all equity awards issued thereunder on May 14, 2010. Our 2008 Stock Plan was most recently amended in October 2013. No additional awards may be granted under the 2008 Stock Plan.

          Authorized Shares.     As noted above, no additional awards may be granted under the 2008 Stock Plan. Our 2008 Stock Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. At December 31, 2013, options to purchase 589,692 shares of our common stock remained outstanding under the 2008 Stock Plan.

          Plan Administration.     Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our board of directors has the authority to administer our 2008 Stock Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2008 Stock Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the number of shares subject to each award, the exercise price (if any), the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2008 Stock Plan. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2008 Stock Plan, to institute an exchange program under which (i) outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type or cash, or (ii) the exercise price of an outstanding award is reduced, to prescribe rules and regulations pertaining to the 2008 Stock Plan, including establishing sub-plans for the purposes of satisfying applicable foreign laws, and to construe and interpret the 2008 Stock Plan and awards granted thereunder.

          Stock Options.     Stock options may be granted under the 2008 Stock Plan. The exercise price per share of incentive stock options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price per share of nonstatutory stock options must equal at least 85% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of

125


Table of Contents

grant (or 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant if the individual receiving the option owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) at the time of grant). The term of an option may not exceed ten years. An incentive stock option held by an employee who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) at the time of grant, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The 2008 Stock Plan permits options to be granted with lower exercise prices only in connection with certain transactions. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, check, promissory note, other shares, consideration received under a cashless exercise program, or such other consideration or method of payment to the extent permitted by applicable law. Except for options granted to officers, directors and consultants, options will become exercisable at a rate of no less than 20% per year over 5 years from the date of the option grant. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, within thirty days of termination or such longer period of time as stated in his or her option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for six months or such longer period of time as stated in his or her option agreement. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

          Stock Purchase Rights.     Stock purchase rights may be granted under the 2008 Stock Plan. Stock purchase rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the 2008 Stock Plan or cash awards made outside of the 2008 Stock Plan. After the administrator determines that it will offer stock purchase rights under the 2008 Stock Plan, it will advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of shares that such person will be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept the offer. The offer will be accepted by execution of a restricted stock purchase agreement in a form determined by the administrator. The per share purchase price for stock purchase rights will be such price, if any, as is determined by the administrator. Unless the administrator determines otherwise, the restricted stock purchase agreement will grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable within 90 days of the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser's service with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). The repurchase option will lapse at such rate as the administrator may determine, provided that except with respect to shares purchased by officers, directors and consultants, the repurchase option will in no case lapse at a rate of less than 20% per year over 5 years from the date of purchase. The restricted stock purchase agreement will contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the terms of the 2008 Stock Plan as may be determined by the administrator in its sole discretion.

          Transferability of Awards.     Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2008 Stock Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

          Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2008 Stock Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2008 Stock Plan or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable, and all unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

126


Table of Contents

          Merger or Change of Control.     Our 2008 Stock Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined therein, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, and unless determined otherwise by the administrator, will be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation in a merger or change in control refuses to assume or substitute for the award, then the participant will fully vest in and have to right to exercise the award that is not assumed or substituted as to all of the award (including shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable). If an award is not assumed or substituted for in connection with a merger or change in control, the administrator will notify the participant in writing or electronically that the award will be fully exercisable for a period of time as determined by the administrator in its sole discretion and the award will terminate upon expiration of such period for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

          Amendment; Termination.     Our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2008 Stock Plan at any time, provided that such amendment, alteration, suspension or termination does not impair the rights of any participant without the participant's written consent. As noted above, no further awards may be granted under the 2008 Stock Plan. All outstanding awards continue to be governed by their existing terms.

401(k) Plan

          We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. All participants' interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. In 2012, we made matching contributions into the 401(k) plan of 100% of the first 3% of compensation contributed by the participant. Our matching contributions are fully vested after 4 years with 25% vesting annually. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant's individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants' directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.


Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

          If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director's duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director's responsibilities under any other laws,

127


Table of Contents

such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

          In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each member of our board of directors, which will be amended prior to the completion of this offering. In addition, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our officers before the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers and some employees for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these charter and bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

          The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Moreover, a stockholder's investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

128


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED PARTY AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS

          In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements and indemnification arrangements discussed above in the sections titled "Management" and "Executive Compensation" and the registration rights described in the section titled "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights," the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2011 and each currently proposed transaction in which:


Strategic Relationships

USAA

          A member of our board of directors, Victor Pascucci III, is the current Managing Director, Corporate Development at USAA, our largest stockholder and most significant affinity group marketing partner. At March 31, 2014, USAA beneficially owned 26.2% of our common stock. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders." We have entered into a series of commercial service and maintenance arrangements (collectively, the "Service and Maintenance Agreement") with USAA. Pursuant to these arrangements, we provide USAA with certain web based services, including an Internet accessible platform for automobile shopping, purchasing, insuring, financing and personal vehicle sales as such program is developed, changed and delivered for USAA members (the "USAA Auto Program"), and associated enablement, implementation, maintenance, project management and customization services. From time to time, we have provided marketing services to promote USAA membership, certain dealer incentive programs and loan subvention programs and have subsidized loan rate discount programs for USAA members who meet certain conditions. USAA markets the USAA Auto Program, related programs and our technology to its members and prospects, works with us to determine what USAA marketing and publicity is needed to further expand and grow the USAA Auto Program and promotes to its members certain dealer incentive programs. Under the Service and Maintenance Agreement, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, 117,396 or 49.0%, 108,863 or 48.9%, and 171,795 or 43.0% of all units purchased by users of TrueCar Certified Dealers were matched to users of the car-buying site we maintain for USAA. We believe that the Service and Maintenance Agreement is on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

          In connection with the transactions described in the Service and Maintenance Agreement, we have issued to USAA warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. In January 2012, we issued to USAA a warrant to purchase up to 1,564,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $5.30 per share. The shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants are subject to certain performance-based vesting conditions. The vesting conditions are based on the number of cars sold by TrueCar Certified Dealers to our users originating from the USAA Auto Program. The warrant includes a multiplier provision whereby the vesting accelerates faster based on achievement of higher sales milestones within a given month.

Dealertrack

          In October 2011, in exchange for 15,566,037 shares of our common stock and a warrant to purchase up to 6,347,125 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.30 per share, we acquired ALG from Dealertrack, and Mark O'Neil, President and Chief Executive Officer of

129


Table of Contents

Dealertrack, joined our board of directors. Mr. O'Neil resigned from our board of directors in June 2012. In September 2012, Dealertrack exercised the warrant pursuant to a net exercise provision, which resulted in the sale and issuance of 35,724 shares of our common stock to Dealertrack. In connection with the acquisition of ALG, we have entered into a series of commercial arrangements with Dealertrack.

          Pursuant to a transition services agreement, Dealertrack provided to us and our affiliates, and we provided to Dealertrack, certain services to facilitate the orderly operations of ALG. At December 31, 2011, all transition services had been completed and we made no payments to Dealertrack and its affiliates during 2011 and 2012.

          Pursuant to a joint marketing agreement, Dealertrack provided us and ALG with account management and joint marketing services to original equipment manufacturers. We paid Dealertrack approximately $0.4 million and $0.3 million during 2012 and 2013, respectively, as consideration for their services. At December 31, 2013, all work related to this agreement had been completed.

          Pursuant to certain data and product agreements, Dealertrack continues to receive residual values data and certain products and services from ALG, as a reseller of ALG products and provides us and ALG with certain licensed data, products and services. We have received no revenue under these agreements and have paid Dealertrack, and its affiliates, approximately $1.9 million during both 2012 and 2013.

AutoNation, Inc.

          Michael Maroone is the President and Chief Operating Officer of AutoNation, Inc., or AutoNation, and, from July 2011 to May 2012, Mr. Maroone served on our board of directors. We have entered into a series of arrangements with AutoNation for the sharing of data, access to our automotive information and communication platform and data analytics services. We have received payments of approximately $2.0 million, $3.0 million and $4.3 million during 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, from AutoNation, relating to AutoNation's and its dealership affiliates' use of such services.


Private Placements

Common Stock Issuance

          In August and September 2011, we sold and issued 10,660,374 shares of our common stock at a price of $5.30 per share for an aggregate price of approximately $56,499,996.

Preferred Stock Issuance

          In November 2013, we sold and issued 4,285,715 Series A Preferred Stock ("Series A") to Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC ("Vulcan"), at a price of $7.00 per share, for an aggregate price of $30.0 million. In addition, we issued to Vulcan a warrant to purchase one million common stock shares at an exercise price of $10.00 per share.

130


Table of Contents

          Purchasers of our common stock include venture capital funds and other companies that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of common stock by these investors:

Name of Stockholder
 
TrueCar Director
 
Number of
Common
Shares
 
Total
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Capricorn Investment Group

  Ion Yadigaroglu     2,094,806   $ 11,102,485  

USAA

  Tom Ferries(1)     1,827,866     9,687,690  

Entities affiliated with Upfront Ventures

  Steven Dietz     1,320,755     7,000,002  

(1)
Mr. Ferries resigned as a member of our board of directors in May 2012.

          In August 2011, in connection with the issuance and sale of our common stock as described above, each share of our outstanding preferred stock was automatically converted into one share of our common stock. Recipients of our common stock pursuant to such conversion include venture capital funds and other companies that held 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors as well as certain of our executive officers and other directors. The following table summarizes the issuance of our common stock to these recipients:

Name
 
TrueCar
Director
 
TrueCar
Officer
 
Number of
TrueCar
Common Shares
Issued
Upon Conversion
 

Entities affiliated with Anthem Ventures

  Brian Mesic(1)   No     7,656,231 (2)

Entities affiliated with Capricorn Investment Group

  Ion Yadigaroglu   No     9,779,981  

USAA

  Tom Ferries(3)   No     13,670,279  

Entities affiliated with Upfront Ventures

  Steven Dietz   No     10,223,212  

Scott Painter

  Yes   Yes     636,943  

James Nguyen

  No   Yes     3,413  

(1)
Mr. Mesic resigned as a member of our board of directors in October 2011.

(2)
Includes 14,902 shares received by Mr. Mesic.

(3)
Mr. Ferries resigned as a member of our board of directors in May 2012.

Bridge Financing and Common Stock Issuance

          In May 2012, we entered into a Note Purchase Agreement with certain of our existing stockholders pursuant to which we issued subordinated secured convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $23,132,878. The subordinated secured convertible promissory notes were secured by substantially all of our personal property, including intellectual property, and accrued interest at the rate of 10% per annum. Purchasers of the subordinated secured convertible promissory notes include venture capital funds and other companies that hold 5% or more of our

131


Table of Contents

capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of the subordinated secured convertible promissory notes by these purchasers:

Name of Stockholder
 
TrueCar Director
 
Principal
Amount of
Notes
 

Entities affiliated with Capricorn Investment Group

  Ion Yadigaroglu   $ 6,089,601  

Entities affiliated with Upfront Ventures

  Steven Dietz     1,000,000  

USAA Property Holdings, Inc. 

  Victor Pascucci     10,642,182  

          In May 2013, all outstanding principal and interest accrued on the subordinated secured convertible promissory notes converted into 5,334,618 shares of common stock at a conversion price of $4.77 per share. Entitles that received common stock upon conversion of these notes include venture capital funds and other companies that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and were represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes the conversion of each purchaser's subordinated secured convertible promissory notes into shares of common stock:

Name of Stockholder
 
TrueCar
Director
 
Aggregate
Unpaid
Principal and
Accrued
Interest
under the
Note
 
Aggregate
Number of
Common
Shares
Received
upon
Conversion
 

Entities affiliated with Capricorn Investment Group

  Ion Yadigaroglu   $ 6,698,544     1,404,307  

Entities affiliated with Upfront Ventures

  Steven Dietz     1,099,995     230,607  

USAA Property Holdings, Inc. 

  Victor Pascucci     11,686,600     2,450,021  


Transactions with our Executive Officers

          From time to time, we have made loans to Scott Painter, our Founder, Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman of our board of directors. Principal and accrued interest under these loans was approximately $3,444,965, $3,522,067 and $3,600,809 at December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. All amounts owed to us under such loans have been repaid in full.

          Pursuant to the Painter Employment Agreement, Mr. Painter had the right to sell up to $1,000,000 of his vested common stock to us at the fair market value per share as determined by our board of directors, its compensation committee, or their delegate; provided that Mr. Painter could sell only those shares of common stock that Mr. Painter owned, and which had been vested, for at least six months prior to the date of sale. If Mr. Painter exercised such right within the allotted time period, then we would grant Mr. Painter a stock option to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to the number of shares Mr. Painter sold to us, provided Mr. Painter remained our Chief Executive Officer as of such date. These rights were also contingent upon our achievement of goals relating to certain cash or Adjusted EBITDA targets within the allotted time period. Mr. Painter exercised these rights in December 2013, and we repurchased 168,634 shares of our common stock from Mr. Painter for $5.93 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $999,999.62, and granted to Mr. Painter a stock option to purchase 168,634 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.93 per share. See also "— Repurchases of Our Securities."

          In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Painter Employment Agreement, Mr. Painter has the pro rata right to maintain his percentage of equity ownership on a fully diluted, as converted basis,

132


Table of Contents

which right will end on the earlier to occur of an initial public offering or a change of control (as such terms are defined in the Painter Employment Agreement and summarized under "Executive Compensation — Executive Employment Arrangements — Scott Painter").

          In October 2011, we made a loan to Lawrence Dominique, our Executive Vice President, Industry Solutions. Principal and accrued interest under such loan was approximately $150,386, $152,186 and $150,386 at December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. All amounts owed to us under such loan have been repaid in full.


Acquisition of Honk LLC

          Thomas Taira, our co-founder and Executive Vice President, Product, co-founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of Honk LLC (Honk), which we acquired in April 2011, at which time Mr. Taira rejoined our executive team. Our acquisition of Honk's business was effected through an asset purchase agreement, providing for the purchase and sale of substantially all of the assets of Honk in exchange for our issuance to Honk of 595,972 shares of our common stock, 870,441 shares of our restricted common stock, a warrant to purchase 8,586 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, and our assumption of certain liabilities. Of the restricted shares issued, 470,441 were subject to a two-year monthly vesting period, and 400,000 were subject to a four-year monthly vesting period. We also entered into an offer letter with Mr. Taira in connection with his agreement to join us effective upon the closing of the acquisition.


Repurchases of Our Securities

          In April 2011, we repurchased 820,290 shares of our common stock from Scott Painter, our Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, for $1.41 per share or an aggregate purchase price of $1,156,609.

          In November 2011, we made the following repurchases of our common stock: 300,000 shares from Chris Porch, our former Chief Operating Officer; 40,000 shares from Robert Buce, a member of our board; 100,000 shares from Stewart Easterby, our Executive Vice President of Operations; and 83,928 shares from Thomas Taira, our Executive Vice President of Product. The aggregate purchase price for each transaction was $1,590,000, $212,000, $530,000 and $444,818, respectively.

          In December 2011, we repurchased 1,677,641 shares of our common stock from Anthem Ventures Annex Fund, LP, a venture capital fund that holds 5% or more of our capital stock and is represented on our board, for $5.30 per share or an aggregate purchase price of $8,891,497.

          In October 2012, we repurchased 165,416 shares of common stock from Mr. Painter for $3.00 per share or an aggregate purchase price of $496,248.

          In December 2012, we repurchased 195,121 shares of our common stock from Mr. Painter for $5.33 per share or an aggregate purchase price of $1,039,995.

          In December 2013, we repurchased 168,634 shares of our common stock from Mr. Painter for $5.93 per share or an aggregate purchase price of $1,000,000.


Investors' Rights Agreement

          In November 2013, in connection with our Series A Preferred Stock financing, we entered into an amended and restated investors' rights agreement with Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC and certain holders of our common stock, including entities affiliated with Anthem Ventures, United Services Automobile Association, Capricorn Investment Group and Upfront Ventures, which each hold 5% or more of our capital stock and of which certain of our directors are affiliated. Such

133


Table of Contents

agreement provides, among other things, for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares, including the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights."


Stockholders Agreements

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

          We are a party to an amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, which imposes restrictions on the transfer of our capital stock. Upon the closing of this offering, the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate and the restrictions on the transfer of our capital stock set forth in this agreement will no longer apply.

Voting Agreement

          We are party to a voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, have agreed to vote their shares on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors or the voting of capital stock of the company.


Other Transactions

          Steven Hansen served as our President and Chief Operating Officer for a period ending in May 2012. In connection with Mr. Hansen's departure, we entered into a separation agreement and release of claims with Mr. Hansen (the "Separation Agreement"). Pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement, Mr. Hansen received severance benefits in the form of salary continuation through March 28, 2013 (the "Hansen Severance Period") based on an annual base salary rate of $250,000. Additionally, we accelerated the vesting of Mr. Hansen's options by an aggregate of 1,089,707 shares, extended the cancellation period of his vested options through July 21, 2013 and Mr. Hansen was permitted to exercise any of his vested options through a net exercise. We also agreed to reimburse Mr. Hansen for payments he made for COBRA coverage for up to the length of the Hansen Severance Period and he received a pro-rated semi-annual bonus and year-end bonus, totaling $30,055. Finally, Mr. Hansen received certain items of furniture that were in the apartment previously provided for his use in lieu of reimbursement for business expenses.

          In June 2013, we entered into a related agreement and release pursuant to which we paid Mr. Hansen a lump sum of $2 million, less applicable withholdings, and cancelled all of his vested stock options in settlement of certain claims and allegations made against us in connection with his proposed transfer of his shares.


Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

          Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving "related party transactions," which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter will provide that the audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions.

134


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

          The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock at March 31, 2014, as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold by us in this offering, by:

          We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. In computing the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of our common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

          We have based percentage ownership of our common stock prior to this offering on 94,415,815 shares of our common stock (including convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding at March 31, 2014. Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering assumes our sale of                                        shares of common stock in this offering.

          Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed on the table below is c/o TrueCar, Inc., 120 Broadway, Suite 200, Santa Monica, California 90401.

135


Table of Contents

          Unless otherwise noted below, the selling stockholder has not had any position, office or other material relationship with us or any of our predecessors or affiliates within the past three years.

 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering
  Shares
Being
Offered
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
 
Shares
 
Percentage
 
Shares
 
Shares
 
Percentage
 

5% Stockholders:

                               

Entities affiliated with United Services Automobile Association(1)

    26,187,011     26.21                    

Entities affiliated with Capricorn Investment Group(2)

    15,124,268     16.02                    

Entities affiliated with Upfront Ventures(3)

    14,378,006     15.23                    

Scott Painter(4)

    12,454,662     11.71                    

Entities affiliated with Anthem Ventures(5)

    8,790,311     9.31                    

Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC(6)

    8,666,163     9.08                    

Peppy Capital Partners — 2.5, LP(7)

    6,246,098     6.62                    

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                               

Scott Painter(4)

    12,454,662     11.71                    

Michael Guthrie(8)

    1,311,457     1.37                    

Michael Dunn(9)

    400,000     *                    

Abhishek Agrawal(10)

    7,082     *                    

Todd Bradley(11)

    21,414     *                    

Robert Buce(12)

    667,542     *                    

Steven Dietz(13)

    14,427,215     15.28                    

Lucas Donat(14)

    355,000     *                    

Thomas Gibson(15)

    59,275     *                    

John Krafcik

                           

Victor Pascucci III

                           

Ion Yadigaroglu(16)

    15,131,350     16.03                    

All executive officers and directors as a group (17 persons)(17)

    52,313,038     45.14                    

(*)
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)
Consists of (i) 18,250,767 shares held of record by United Services Automobile Association ("USAA"), (ii) 4,427,705 shares pursuant to outstanding warrants held of record by USAA that are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014, (iii) 1,058,518 shares, subject to certain performance-based vesting conditions, pursuant to outstanding warrants held of record by USAA that are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014 and (iv) 2,450,021 shares held of record by USAA Property Holdings, Inc. ("UPHI"). UPHI is a wholly owned subsidiary of USAA and the members of UPHI's board of directors are also officers of USAA. Martha Leiper, acting in her capacity as USAA's Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer, has voting and dispositive power over the shares directly held by USAA and UPHI. Victor Pascucci, one of our directors, is an employee of USAA and has no voting or dispositive power over the shares

136


Table of Contents

    held by USAA. The address for these entities is 9800 Fredericksburg Road, San Antonio, Texas 78288.

(2)
Consists of (i) 11,958,500 shares held of record by Pacific Sequoia Holdings LLC, ("PSHL") (ii) 1,275,676 shares held of record by The Skoll Foundation ("Foundation"), (iii) 1,088,131 held of record by The Skoll Fund ("Fund"), (iv) 385,594 shares held of record by Capricorn S.A. SICAV — SIF Global Non-Marketable Strategies Sub-Fund ("Capricorn SA"), (v) 311,739 shares held of record by Capricorn AIP — Private Investment Fund I, L.P. ("Capricorn AIP"), (vi) 48,977 shares held of record by HIT Splitter, L.P. ("HSLP"), (vii) 43,560 shares held of record by Carthage, L.P. ("Carthage") and (viii) 12,091 shares held of record by Capricorn Investment Group LLC ("Capricorn Group"). Capricorn Group serves as the investment manager for the Foundation, the Fund, Capricorn SA, Capricorn AIP, HSLP, Carthage and Capricorn Group, provides investment advice under an investment advisory services agreement for PHSL and may be deemed to have shared voting and investment control over shares held by Capricorn Group. Capricorn Group also serves as the investment manager for the Foundation, the Fund, Capricorn SA, Capricorn AIP, HSLP, Carthage, Capricorn Group and PSHL. Capricorn Group is the general partner of HSLP and Carthage and has sole voting and investment control over the shares held by PSHL, Capricorn SA and Capricorn AIP. Capricorn Group is a registered investment advisor with the Securities and Exchange Commission with its ownership information publically available on Form ADV. Each of the partners may be deemed to share voting and investment control with respect to the shares held by PSHL, Foundation, Fund, Capricorn SA, Capricorn AIP, HSLP and Carthage. The address of these entities is c/o Capricorn Investment Group LLC, 250 University Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94301.

(3)
Consists of (i) 7,708,211 shares held of record by Upfront II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (ii) 2,918,065 shares held of record by Upfront III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (iii) 2,251,890 shares held of record by Upfront GP II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (iv) 838,873 shares held of record by Upfront II Investors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (v) 309,305 shares held of record by Upfront GP III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (vi) 209,096 shares held of record by Upfront II Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (vii) 94,728 shares held of record by Upfront III Investors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and (viii) 47,838 shares held of record by Upfront III Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership. GRP Management Services, Inc. is the sole general partner of Upfront II, L.P., Upfront II Partners, LP, Upfront GPII, L.P., and Upfront II Investors , L.P.. Upfront Ventures Management, Inc. is the sole general partner of Upfront III, L.P., Upfront GP III, L.P., Upfront III Partners, L.P. and Upfront III Investors, L.P.. The investment committee members of both GRP Management Services, Inc. and Upfront Ventures Management, Inc. are Steven Dietz, Yves B. Sisteron, Greg Bettinelli, Hamet Watt and Mark Suster. These investment committee members, including Mr. Dietz who is a member of our board of directors, jointly exercise voting and dispositive control over the shares directly held by each fund. The address for each of these entities is c/o Upfront Ventures, 2121 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1630, Los Angeles, California 90067.

(4)
Consists of (i) 460,940 shares held of record by Mr. Painter, (ii) 4,721 shares held of record by Mr. Painter as Custodian for Indy Painter Under the California Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, (iii) 4,721 shares held of record by Mr. Painter as Custodian for Luke Painter Under the California Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, (iv) 4,721 shares held of record by Mr. Painter as Custodian for Noah Painter Under the California Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, (v) 4,721 shares held of record by Mr. Painter as Custodian for Zoe Painter under the California Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, and (vi) 11,974,838 shares exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014, of which 7,469,233 shares will be fully vested at May 30, 2014.

137


Table of Contents

(5)
Consists of (i) 5,155,530 shares held of record by Anthem Ventures Fund, L.P. ("AVF"), (ii) 3,081,194 held of record by Anthem Ventures Annex Fund, LP ("AVAF"), (iii) 338,045 shares held of record by TC Profits, L.P. ("TC"), and (iv) 215,542 shares held of record by Anthem/MIC strategic Partners, L.P., collectively, with AVF and AVAF, referred to as Anthem Venture Partners. Anthem Venture Investors LLC is the sole general partner of AVF and Anthem Annex Investors LLC is the sole general partner of AVAF. Public Venture Investors LLC is the sole and general partner of TC. The investment committee of Anthem Venture Partners consists of Bill Woodward, Brian Mesic and Claudia L. Llanos. The investment committee members share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by each fund. The address for each of these entities is c/o Anthem Venture Partners, 225 Arizona Avenue, Suite 200, Santa Monica, California 90402.

(6)
Consists of (i) 7,666,163 shares held of record by Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC ("Vulcan") and (ii) 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to an outstanding warrant held of record by Vulcan that are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014. Cougar Investment Holdings LLC is the managing member of Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC. Paul Allen is the sole stockholder of Cougar Investment Holdings LLC and, as such, possesses sole voting and investment power. The address for each of these entities is c/o Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC, 505 Fifth Avenue S., Suite 900, Seattle, Washington 98104.

(7)
Consists of 6,246,098 shares held of record by Peppy Capital Partners — 2.5, LP ("PCP"). SEABEC Inc. ("SEABEC"), the general partner of PCP, may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held of record by PCP. Tony Davis, as President of SEABEC, may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by PCP. Steven Dietz, one of our directors, is a limited partner of PCP and has no voting or dispositive power over the shares held by PCP. The address for PCP is c/o SEABEC Inc., 15880 Seabec Circle, Pacific Palisades, California 90272.

(8)
Consists of 1,311,457 shares exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014, of which 393,319 shares will be fully vested at May 30, 2014.

(9)
Consists of 400,000 shares exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014, of which 76,772 shares will be fully vested at May 30, 2014.

(10)
Consists of 7,082 shares exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014, all of which will be fully vested at May 30, 2014.

(11)
Consists of (i) 1,293 shares held of record by Mr. Bradley and (ii) 20,121 shares exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014, all of which will be fully vested at May 30, 2014.

(12)
Consists of (i) 128,956 shares held of record by Mr. Buce and (ii) 538,586 shares exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014, all of which will be fully vested at May 30, 2014.

(13)
Consists of (i) the shares listed in footnote (3) above, which are held by entities affiliated with Upfront Ventures, (ii) 25,671 shares held of record by Mr. Dietz, (iii) 16,456 shares held of record by The Dietz Family Trust for which Mr. Dietz serves as trustee, and (iv) 7,082 shares exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014, all of which will be fully vested at May 30, 2014. Mr. Dietz has sole voting and investment control over the shares held by The Dietz Family Trust.

(14)
Consists of 355,000 shares exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014, of which 102,396 will be fully vested at May 30, 2014.

(15)
Consists of (i) 7,780 shares held of record by Mr. Gibson and (ii) 51,495 shares exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014, all of which will be fully vested at May 30, 2014.

(16)
Consists of (i) the shares listed in footnote (2) above, which are held by entities affiliated with Capricorn Investment Group LLC and (ii) 7,082 shares exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014, all of which will be fully vested at May 30, 2014.

(17)
Consists of 30,833,976 shares beneficially owned by our current directors and officers and (ii) 21,479,062 shares exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014, of which 13,606,322 shares will be fully vested as of May 30, 2014.

138


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

          The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the completion of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws in connection with the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. For a complete description of our capital stock, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and investor rights agreement, that are or will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                      shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and                  shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

          Assuming the issuance and automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 4,285,715 shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, at December 31, 2013, there were 94,219,016 shares of our common stock outstanding, held by approximately 290 stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.


Common Stock

Dividend Rights

          Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. We have never declared or paid cash dividends on any of our capital stock and currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after this offering or in the foreseeable future.

Voting Rights

          Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors that is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only the directors in one class will be subject to election by a plurality of the votes cast at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the directors in the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

          In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

139


Table of Contents

Rights and Preferences

          Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable

          All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares of our common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.


Preferred Stock

          Immediately after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to                      shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock by us could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our company or other corporate action. Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.


Stock Options

          At December 31, 2013, there were 26,955,772 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options pursuant to our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.33 per share. In addition, at December 31, 2013, there were 589,692 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options pursuant to our 2008 Stock Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $0.26 per share.


Warrants

          At December 31, 2013, there were 8,896,142 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.63 per share.


Exclusive Jurisdiction

          Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees or agents to the us or the our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or (v) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case, subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other

140


Table of Contents

companies' certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.


Registration Rights

          After the completion of this offering, certain holders of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. These registration rights are contained in our Seventh Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, or IRA, dated at November 22, 2013. We and certain holders of our common stock and Series A Preferred Stock are parties to the IRA. The registration rights set forth in the IRA will expire three years following the completion of this offering, or, with respect to any particular stockholder, when such stockholder is able to sell all of its shares pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. In connection with this offering, each stockholder that has registration rights agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. See the section titled "Underwriters" for more information regarding such restrictions.

Demand Registration Rights

          After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 89,864,387 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights so long as the request covers at least that number of shares with an anticipated offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $7.5 million. 180 days after the completion of this offering, the holders of at least 25% of these shares then outstanding can request that we register the offer and sale of all or any portion of their shares. We are not required to effect more than two demand registrations. If we determine that it would be detrimental to us to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning with 60 days prior to our good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending 180 days following the effectiveness of, a registration statement relating to the public offering of our common stock.

Piggyback Registration Rights

          After the completion of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of our common stock under the Securities Act, in connection with the public offering of such common stock the holders of up to approximately 89,864,387 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain "piggyback" registration rights allowing these holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (1) a demand registration or S-3 registration, (2) a registration relating to a company stock plan, (3) a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, (4) a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction pursuant to Rule 145 of the Securities Act, and (5) a registration on any form that does not permit secondary sales, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

141


Table of Contents

Form S-3 Registration Rights

          After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to approximately 89,864,387 shares of our common stock may make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on a registration statement on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the request covers at least that number of shares with an anticipated offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $1.0 million. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3; however, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected two such registrations within the 12 month period preceding the date of the request. Additionally, if we determine that it would be detrimental to us to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days.


Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

          The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

          We are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes mergers, asset sales or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. An "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years of the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an "interested stockholder," did own, 15% or more of the corporation's outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our management team, including the following:

142


Table of Contents

143


Table of Contents


Transfer Agent and Registrar

          Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                  . The transfer agent and registrar's address is                  . Our shares of common stock will be issued in uncertificated form only, subject to limited circumstances.


Market Listing

          We intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on the The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "TRUE."

144


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

          Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding at December 31, 2013, we will have a total of                  shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of common stock sold in this offering by us and by the selling stockholder, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of common stock from us in this offering, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

          The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, holders of all or substantially all of our equity securities have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of December 31, 2013, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:


Lock-Up Agreements

          We, the selling shareholder, our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, have agreed or will agree that, subject to certain exceptions and under certain conditions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

145


Table of Contents


Rule 144

          In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

          In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, and upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

provided, in each case, that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.


Rule 701

          Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.


Registration Rights

          Pursuant to an investor rights agreement, the holders of up to 89,864,387 shares of our common stock (including shares issuable upon the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering), or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. See the section titled "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights" for a description of these registration rights. If the offer and sale of these shares is registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

146


Table of Contents


Equity Incentive Plans

          Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2005 Stock Plan, 2008 Stock Plan and 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The registration statement on Form S-8 will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by such registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. See "Executive Compensation — Employee Benefits and Stock Plans" for additional information.

147


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

          The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-U.S. holders (as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed or subject to differing interpretations, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

          This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor's particular circumstances, including the impact of the tax on net investment income imposed by Section 1411 of the Code, or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

          In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

          You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

148


Table of Contents


Non-U.S. Holder Defined

          For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you are any holder other than:


Distributions

          As described in the section entitled "Dividend Policy," we do not anticipate making any distributions on our common stock following the completion of this offering. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as capital gain as described below under "— Gain on Disposition of Common Stock."

          Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder's behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

          Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, such dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are includible in your gross income in the taxable year received, and are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

149


Table of Contents


Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

          You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

          We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, your common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

          If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though you are not considered a resident of the United States, provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.


Federal Estate Tax

          Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of their death will generally be includable in the decedent's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.


Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

          Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence or establishment.

          Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and

150


Table of Contents

information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

          Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner


Common Stock Held by or through Foreign Entities

          Code Sections 1471-1474 and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock, paid to a "foreign financial institution" (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners), unless such institution otherwise qualifies for an exemption under these rules. A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% also generally applies to dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any "substantial United States owners" (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, unless such entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption under these rules. The withholding obligations under these rules with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until July 1, 2014 and with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in our common stock.

          The preceding discussion of U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

151


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

          We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
 
Number of
Shares
 

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

       

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

       
       

Total

       

          The underwriters will be committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below, unless and until this option is exercised.

          The underwriters will have an option to buy up to an additional                  shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise this option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

          The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholder. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase                          additional shares.


Paid by the Company

 
 
No Exercise
 
Full Exercise
 

Per Share

             

Total

             


Paid by the Selling Stockholder

 
 
No Exercise
 
Full Exercise
 

Per Share

             

Total

             

          Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

          We and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, including the selling stockholder, have agreed or will agree with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the

152


Table of Contents

representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

          Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company's historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company's management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

          We intend to apply to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "TRUE."

          In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A "covered short position" is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters' option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. "Naked" short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

          The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

          Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company's stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market.

          The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is

153


Table of Contents

implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

          For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

          Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

          The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the

154


Table of Contents

possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

          This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (SFA), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

          Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

          The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

          The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered.

          We and the selling stockholder estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $              million, which includes an amount not to exceed $             that we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred by them in connection with this offering.

          We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

155


Table of Contents

          The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

          In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

156


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. At the date of this prospectus, attorneys with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation beneficially own an aggregate of approximately 73,275 shares of our common stock. Alston & Bird LLP, Atlanta, Georgia, acts as regulatory counsel to us and will pass upon certain legal matters for us. At the date of this prospectus, attorneys with Alston & Bird LLP beneficially own an aggregate of approximately 110,825 shares of our common stock. The underwriters are being represented by Latham & Watkins LLP in connection with this offering.


EXPERTS

          The consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 included in this prospectus, have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

          We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

          As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC's public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.TrueCar.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

157


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
 
Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-8

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

          To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of TrueCar, Inc.:

          In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of TrueCar, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California
April 3, 2014

F-2


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except par value and share data)

 
  December 31,  
Pro Forma
December 31,
2013
 
 
 
2012
 
2013
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                   

Current assets

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 22,062   $ 43,819   $ 43,819  

Restricted cash — current

    2,500     2,000     2,000  

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $1,621 and $2,184 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively (includes related party receivables of $619 and $431 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively)

    10,760     18,803     18,803  

Notes receivable from related parties — current

    469     178     178  

Prepaid expenses

    1,602     3,550     3,550  

Other current assets (includes related party receivables of $253 and $363 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively)

    662     1,226     1,226  
               

Total current assets

    38,055     69,576     69,576  

Restricted cash

    2,000          

Property and equipment, net

    12,842     15,238     15,238  

Goodwill

    53,270     53,270     53,270  

Intangible assets, net

    36,227     31,834     31,834  

Notes receivable from related parties

    2,632     2,682     2,682  

Other assets

    218     2,150     2,150  
               

Total assets

  $ 145,244   $ 174,750   $ 174,750  
               
               

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

                   

Current liabilities

                   

Accounts payable (includes related party payables of $622 and $1,161 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively)

  $ 5,706   $ 9,173   $ 9,173  

Accrued employee expenses

    6,156     10,129     10,129  

Convertible notes payable

    23,696          

Revolving line of credit

        4,764     4,764  

Other accrued expenses

    9,287     6,873     6,873  
               

Total current liabilities

    44,845     30,939     30,939  

Deferred tax liabilities

    684     1,791     1,791  

Other liabilities

    519     616     616  
               

Total liabilities

    46,048     33,346     33,346  
               

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

                   

Series A convertible preferred stock — $0.0001 par value; 4,500,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2013; 4,285,715 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

        29,224      

Contingently redeemable common stock, 189,394 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012

    1,000          

Stockholders' Equity

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Common stock — $0.0001 par value; 147,000,000 and 150,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively; 84,311,369 and 89,933,301 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively; 94,219,016 shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    8     9     9  

Additional paid-in capital

    237,019     275,800     305,024  

Notes receivable from related parties

    (1,327 )   (1,069 )   (1,069 )

Accumulated deficit

    (137,504 )   (162,560 )   (162,560 )
               

Total stockholders' equity

    98,196     112,180     141,404  
               

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 145,244   $ 174,750   $ 174,750  
               
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands except per share data)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Revenues (includes related party revenues of $1,314, $1,431 and $— for 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively)

  $ 76,330   $ 79,889   $ 133,958  

Costs and operating expenses:

                   

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below; includes related party expenses of $1,152, $2,289 and $2,738 for 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively)

    7,660     13,559     15,295  

Sales and marketing (includes related party expenses of $2,734, $3,981 and $9,111 for 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively)

    41,992     70,327     75,180  

Technology and development

    18,457     21,960     23,685  

General and administrative

    21,912     34,228     30,857  

Depreciation and amortization

    4,148     11,768     11,569  
               

Total costs and operating expenses          

    94,169     151,842     156,586  
               

Loss from operations

    (17,839 )   (71,953 )   (22,628 )

Interest income

    199     229     121  

Interest expense

    (66 )   (3,359 )   (1,988 )

Other expense

    (20 )   (18 )   18  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

    (1,882 )        
               

Loss before benefit (provision) for income taxes

    (19,608 )   (75,101 )   (24,477 )

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

    10,690     606     (579 )
               

Net loss

  $ (8,918 ) $ (74,495 ) $ (25,056 )
               
               

Cumulative dividends on Series B, Series C, and Series D Preferred Stock

    (2,370 )        
               

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (11,288 ) $ (74,495 ) $ (25,056 )
               
               

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

                   

Basic and diluted

  $ (0.33 ) $ (0.89 ) $ (0.29 )
               
               

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    34,235     83,742     87,810  
               
               

Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited):

                   

Basic and diluted

              $ (0.28 )
                   
                   

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

                88,280  
                   
                   

Other comprehensive loss :

                   

Unrealized (loss) gain on marketable securities

    (35 )   35      
               

Comprehensive loss

  $ (8,953 ) $ (74,460 ) $ (25,056 )
               
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands except share data)

 
  Common Stock    
 
Notes Receivable
from Related
Parties
   
   
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 
Stockholders'
Equity
(Deficit)
 
 
   
 
Accumulated
Deficit
 
Treasury
Stock
 
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
APIC
 

Balance at January 1, 2011

    11,225,458   $ 1   $ 18,799   $ (1,310 ) $ (54,091 ) $ (1,843 ) $   $ (38,444 )
                                   

Net loss

                      (8,918 )           (8,918 )

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

                              (35 )   (35 )

Stock-based compensation

              5,437                     5,437  

Issuance of warrants in connection with marketing agreements

              2,112                     2,112  

Issuance of restricted stock

    888,585         1,037                     1,037  

Exercise of options to purchase common stock

    2,026,897         717     (189 )               528  

Imputed interest on notes receivable

              314                     314  

Repurchase of common stock

    (3,461,799 )       (15,156 )   275         (1,157 )       (16,038 )

Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs

    11,139,186     1     55,543             3,000         58,544  

Interest income on notes receivable

                  (34 )               (34 )

Issuance of common stock for business acquisitions

    16,187,009     2     90,077                     90,079  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock for common stock

    45,098,325     4     59,571                     59,575  

Conversion of convertible note payable and interest for common stock

    388,648         2,060                     2,060  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock warrants for common stock warrants

              2,552                     2,552  
                                   

Balance at December 31, 2011

    83,492,309   $ 8   $ 223,063   $ (1,258 ) $ (63,009 ) $   $ (35 ) $ 158,769  
                                   
                                   

Net loss

                      (74,495 )           (74,495 )

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

                              35     35  

Stock-based compensation

              9,658                     9,658  

Issuance of warrants in connection with marketing agreements

              1,990                     1,990  

Issuance of restricted stock

    26,280         876                     876  

Exercise of options to purchase common stock

    602,242         370     (57 )               313  

Imputed interest on notes receivable

              126                     126  

Repurchase of common stock

    (397,912 )       (1,648 )                   (1,648 )

Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs

    211,335         1,329     15                 1,344  

Interest income on notes receivable

                  (27 )               (27 )

Beneficial conversion feature related to convertible notes payable, net of tax

              1,618                     1,618  

Issuance of contingently redeemable common stock

    (189,394 )       (1,000 )                   (1,000 )

Exercise of warrants

    566,509         637                     637  
                                   

Balance at December 31, 2012

    84,311,369   $ 8   $ 237,019   $ (1,327 ) $ (137,504 ) $   $   $ 98,196  
                                   
                                   

Net loss

                      (25,056 )           (25,056 )

Stock-based compensation

              9,463                     9,463  

Issuance of warrants in connection with marketing agreements

              3,740                     3,740  

Issuance of restricted stock

    31,311         423                     423  

Exercise of options to purchase common stock

    148,603         171     58                 229  

Repurchase of vested common stock awards

              (2,000 )                   (2,000 )

Imputed interest on notes receivable

              127                     127  

Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs

    86,640         326                     326  

Interest income on notes receivable

                  (28 )               (28 )

Repayment of notes receivable

                  228                 228  

Adjustment of contingently redeemable common stock

    20,760                              

Issuance of warrants in connection with Series A convertible preferred stock

              677                     677  

Issuance of warrants in connection with revolving line of credit

              408                     408  

Conversion of convertible note payable to common stock

    5,334,618     1     25,446                     25,447  
                                   

Balance at December 31, 2013

    89,933,301   $ 9   $ 275,800   $ (1,069 ) $ (162,560 ) $   $   $ 112,180  
                                   
                                   

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                   

Net loss

  $ (8,918 ) $ (74,495 ) $ (25,056 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    4,027     10,275     10,835  

Deferred income taxes

    (10,690 )   (606 )   579  

Bad debt expense and other reserves

    137     668     280  

Stock-based compensation

    6,208     10,320     9,346  

Legal expense settled in stock

        307      

Legal settlement paid in stock

            326  

Increase in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

    1,882          

Increase in fair value of contingent consideration liability

        1,370     95  

Common stock warrant expense

    2,112     1,990     3,740  

Purchased investment premium, net of sales and amortization

    (586 )        

Imputed interest on notes receivable

    314     126     127  

Interest income on notes receivable

    (110 )   (107 )   (107 )

Interest expense on note payable

    60     1,508     805  

Accretion of beneficial conversion feature on convertible notes payable and discount on revolving line of credit

        1,770     1,117  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

    121     1,493     734  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:

                   

Accounts receivable

    (8,169 )   2,506     (8,196 )

Prepaid expenses

    (663 )   (104 )   (1,955 )

Other current assets

    (238 )   163     (29 )

Other assets

    (10,223 )   10,082     (281 )

Accounts payable

    7,946     (3,538 )   2,322  

Accrued employee expenses

    2,674     (376 )   3,973  

Other accrued expenses

    2,590     4,140     (2,144 )

Other liabilities

    53     (210 )   (422 )
               

Net cash used in operating activities

    (11,473 )   (32,718 )   (3,911 )
               

Cash flows from investing activities

                   

Change in restricted cash

    51     (4,500 )   2,500  

Purchases of investments

    (31,451 )        

Sales of short term investments

    976     31,061      

Cash acquired in business acquisition, net of cash paid

    6,138          

Purchase of property and equipment

    (12,721 )   (6,200 )   (8,404 )

Purchase of intangible assets

    (50 )        

Notes receivable from related parties

    (150 )        

Repayment of notes receivable from related parties

    10     13     421  
               

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (37,197 )   20,374     (5,483 )
               

F-6


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

(in thousands)

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Cash flows from financing activities

                   

Proceeds from revolving line of credit

            5,000  

Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrants, net of issuance costs

            29,901  

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs

    54,138     116      

Issuance of convertible note payable

    2,000     23,133      

Proceeds from the sale of treasury stock

    3,000          

Payments of initial public offering costs

            (551 )

Payment of contingent consideration

            (428 )

Repayment of capital lease obligations

    (51 )        

Repurchase of common stock

    (14,881 )   (1,648 )   (1,000 )

Repurchase of vested common stock option awards

            (2,000 )

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

    528     313     229  

Exercise of warrants

        637      
               

Net cash provided by financing activities

    44,734     22,551     31,151  
               

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (3,936 )   10,207     21,757  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    15,791     11,855     22,062  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 11,855   $ 22,062   $ 43,819  
               
               

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

                   

Cash paid during the year for:

                   

Interest

  $ 6   $   $ 64  

Income taxes

    54          

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash activities

                   

Issuance of note receivable for purchase of common stock

    174          

Issuance of common stock to acquire the net assets of Honk, LLC

    1,432          

Issuance of common stock to acquire the net assets of CarPerks LLC

    133          

Issuance of common stock and warrant to acquire ALG, Inc. 

    88,514          

Issuance of common stock in settlement of liability

    250     850      

Issuance of common stock in lieu of cash bonus

        626      

Conversion of convertible note payable and accrued interest to common stock

    2,060         25,446  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock for common stock

    59,575          

Conversion of convertible preferred stock warrants for common stock warrants

    2,552          

Contingently redeemable common stock

        (1,000 )    

Beneficial conversion feature related to convertible notes payable, net of tax

        1,618      

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

            1,143  

Tenant incentive for purchase of leasehold improvements

            519  

Stock-based compensation capitalized for software development

    266     214     540  

Capitalized assets included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

            109  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Nature of Business

          TrueCar, Inc. ("TrueCar") is an Internet-based information, technology, and communication services company. Hereinafter, TrueCar, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries TrueCar.com, Inc. and ALG, Inc. are collectively referred to as "TrueCar" or the "Company"; TrueCar.com, Inc. is referred to as "TrueCar.com" and ALG, Inc. is referred to as "ALG".

          TrueCar has established an intelligent, data-driven online platform operating on a common technology infrastructure, powered by proprietary data and analytics. TrueCar operates its platform on the TrueCar.com website. In addition, TrueCar customizes and operates its platform for affinity group marketing partners ("Affinity Group Marketing Partners"). An affinity group is comprised of a network of members or employees that provide discounts to its members. The TrueCar.com website and the car-buying websites TrueCar operates for its Affinity Group Marketing Partners (the "Auto Buying Programs") allow users to obtain market-based pricing data on new and used cars, and to connect with TrueCar's network of Certified Dealers.

          On October 1, 2011, TrueCar acquired ALG from Dealertrack Holdings Inc. ("Dealertrack"). ALG is a provider of data and consulting services to the automotive industry, specializing in automotive residual value forecasting; consulting services for manufacturers, financial institutions and fleet companies; lease and loan portfolio risk analysis and securitization valuations; data analysis products; and custom modeling tools for residual values and remarketing. During 2011, TrueCar also acquired the assets of Honk LLC ("Honk") and Carperks (Note 3).

          TrueCar was incorporated in the state of Delaware on February 25, 2005, and began business operations in April 2005. Its principal corporate offices are located in Santa Monica, California.

    Capital Resources and Liquidity

          Since inception, the Company's operations have been financed primarily by net proceeds from the sales of shares of its common and preferred stock and from the issuance of indebtedness. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, the Company incurred a net loss of $8.9 million, $74.5 million and $25.1 million, respectively. The Company also had an accumulated deficit at December 31, 2012 and 2013 of $137.5 million and $162.6 million, respectively. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $22.1 million and $43.8 million, respectively.

          Future working capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the Company's rate of revenue and billings growth and the level of expenditures in all areas of the Company. In June 2013, the Company amended its credit facility to increase available liquidity and in November 2013 the Company raised approximately $30 million from an outside investor through the sale of preferred stock and common stock warrants (Note 9).

          The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Company will continue as a going concern and that it will recover assets and satisfy liabilities in the normal course of business. Management believes that the Company's cash position at December 31, 2013, expected cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund operations for at least the next 12 months.

F-8


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    Basis of Presentation

          The Company's accounting and financial reporting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

          During the preparation of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company identified adjustments relating to timing of revenue recognition, accrued sales taxes and expenses on related party loans affecting 2010 and prior periods. The aggregate amount of these adjustments would have reduced net loss by $360,000 and $420,000 for 2009 and 2010, respectively. The Company concluded these adjustments were not material to any prior reporting period. The Company also concluded that recording the cumulative effect of these adjustments of $780,000 during the year ended December 31, 2011 was not material to the 2011 financial statements and accordingly, the Company recorded these adjustments during the year ended December 31, 2011.

    Unaudited Pro Forma Information

          The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data at December 31, 2013 reflects the assumed automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company's convertible preferred stock into 4,285,715 shares of common stock. Each share of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock at its then effective conversion rate immediately upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering.

          The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculations for the year ended December 31, 2013 reflect the assumed conversion of the Company's convertible preferred stock into common stock upon an initial public offering at November 22, 2013, which is the date of issuance.

    Principles of Consolidation

          The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TrueCar and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Business acquisitions are included in the Company's consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. The Company's purchase accounting resulted in all assets and liabilities of acquired businesses being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

    Use of Estimates

          The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Assets and liabilities which are subject to judgment and use of estimates include sales allowances and allowances for doubtful accounts, the fair value of assets and liabilities assumed in business combinations, the recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets, valuation allowances with respect to deferred tax assets, useful lives associated with property and

F-9


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

equipment and intangible assets, contingencies, and the valuation and assumptions underlying stock-based compensation and other equity instruments. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates compared to historical experience and trends, which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities. In addition, the Company regularly engages valuation specialists to assist with management's determination of the valuation of common stock and fair values of assets and liabilities assumed in business combinations.

    Segments

          The Company has one operating segment. The Company's Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM"), the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, manages the Company's operations based on consolidated financial information for purposes of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources.

          The CODM reviews separate revenue information for its Transactions and Data and Other offerings. All other financial information is reviewed by the CODM on a consolidated basis. All of the Company's principal operations, decision-making functions and assets are located in the United States.

    Fair Value Measurements

          Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

          Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ("ASC 820"), describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:

    Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities or funds.

    Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 includes U.S. Treasury, U.S. Government and agency debt securities, and certain corporate obligations.

    Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

    Fair Value Methods

          Fair value is based on quoted market prices, if available. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based on internally developed models that primarily use as inputs market-based or independently sourced market parameters.

          For financial instruments measured at fair value, the following section describes the valuation methodologies, key inputs and significant assumptions.

F-10


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Cash Equivalents

          Cash equivalents, consisting primarily of money market instruments and debt securities represent highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at purchase. Generally, market prices are used to determine the fair value of money market instruments and debt securities.

    Marketable Securities

          The marketable securities portfolio consists of debt securities. The Company uses quoted prices of identical securities traded in active and inactive markets.

    Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

          The convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the convertible preferred stock warrants contained a puttable feature triggered by a deemed liquidation resulting from a change of control. Accordingly, warrants to purchase shares of the Company's convertible preferred stock were classified as a liability, recorded at fair value, and were re-measured to fair value at the end of each period.

          On August 30, 2011, in connection with the conversion of all the Company's then outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock to common stock, all the warrants to purchase shares of the Company's preferred stock were converted to warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock on a one-for-one basis. Upon conversion, the warrants were reclassified as equity and are no longer re-measured to fair value under generally accepted accounting principles. The fair value of the preferred stock warrants at the date of conversion was reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

          The Company determined the fair value of its convertible preferred stock warrants with the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions at August 30, 2011, the date the warrants to purchase shares of the Company's preferred stock were converted to warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock:

 
 
2011

Risk-free interest rate

  0.01% - 0.30%

Expected term (years)

  0.3 - 2.7

Expected volatility

  45.00%

Dividend yield

 

    Contingent Consideration Liability

          The Company recorded a contingent consideration liability upon the acquisition of Carperks in 2011 (Note 3). Contingent consideration is measured at fair value and is based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The valuation of contingent consideration uses assumptions the Company believes would be made by a market participant. The Company assesses these estimates on an on-going basis as additional data impacting the assumptions is obtained. Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration related to updated assumptions and estimates are recognized within the consolidated

F-11


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

statements of comprehensive loss. The Company determined the fair value of the contingent consideration using the probability adjusted discounted cash flow method. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of contingent consideration are the probabilities of achieving sales milestones, the period in which these milestones are expected to be achieved, and discount rates. At December 31, 2012, it was determined to be probable that the Company would achieve the sales milestones as included in the Carperks purchase agreement. This resulted in the recognition of an obligation of $1.8 million at December 31, 2012. The change in the fair value of contingent consideration liability during the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily related to a significant increase in the probability of achieving the sales milestone as a result of the Company amending the original agreement to expand the time permitted to achieve the milestone.

          Significant increases or decreases in the probabilities of achieving the milestones would result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement, respectively. Significant increases or decreases in the period in which milestones will be achieved would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement, respectively. The Company paid Carperks approximately $1.9 million through December 31, 2013 as the sales milestones were achieved during 2013.

          The following table summarizes the Company's financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2012 and 2013 by level within the fair value hierarchy. Financial assets and financial liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement (in thousands):

 
  At December 31, 2012   At December 31, 2013  
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total Fair
Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total Fair
Value
 

Cash equivalents

  $ 6,807   $   $   $ 6,807   $ 7,726   $   $   $ 7,726  
                                   

Total Assets

  $ 6,807   $   $   $ 6,807   $ 7,726   $   $   $ 7,726  
                                   

Contingent consideration

  $   $   $ 1,798   $ 1,798   $   $   $   $  
                                   

Total Liabilities

  $   $   $ 1,798   $ 1,798   $   $   $   $  
                                   

          The following table summarizes the changes in Level 3 financial instruments.

 
 
Warrants
 
Contingent
Consideration
 

Fair value, at December 31, 2010

  $ 670   $  

Contingent consideration from acquisitions

        428  

Changes in fair value

    1,882      

Conversion of preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants

    (2,552 )    
           

Fair value, at December 31, 2011

  $   $ 428  

Changes in fair value

        1,370  
           

Fair value, at December 31, 2012

  $   $ 1,798  

Changes in fair value

        95  

Payments on contingent consideration

        (1,893 )
           

Fair value, at December 31, 2013

  $   $  
           
           

F-12


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

          The carrying amounts of cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, prepaid and other current assets, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these items. The fair value of the Company's revolving line of credit approximates carrying value based on the Company's current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

          Certain assets, including goodwill and intangible assets are also subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis if they are deemed to be impaired as a result of an impairment review. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, no impairments were recorded on those assets required to be measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

Concentrations of Credit and Business Risk

          Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and notes receivable from related parties (Note 13).

          The Company, at times, maintains cash balances at financial institutions in excess of amounts insured by United States government agencies or payable by the United States government directly. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions.

          Each reporting period, the Company reevaluates each customer's ability to satisfy credit obligations and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the evaluations. No single customer comprised more than 10% of the Company's total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013. No single customer comprised more than 10% of the Company's accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2012 and 2013.

          The Company's single largest source of unique visitors to its Auto Buying Programs comes from its affinity group marketing partner relationship with United Services Automobile Association ("USAA"), a related party (Note 13). Changes in the Company's relationship with USAA and its promotion and marketing of the Company's Auto Buying Programs may have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

          The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity at the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, cash and cash equivalents were comprised of cash held in money market funds and checking accounts.

Restricted Cash

          Restricted cash at December 31, 2012 and 2013 represents cash on deposit with a financial institution which served as collateral under an Automotive Website Program Partnership Agreement with Yahoo! (Note 8).The restriction on the cash will lapse in conjunction with the expiration of the credit agreement on September 29, 2014.

F-13


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Investments in Marketable Securities

          Investments in marketable securities are classified as available for sale and are recorded at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses if any, net of taxes, reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until realized or until a determination is made that other-than-temporary decline in market value or impairment has occurred.

          When the Company does not intend to sell a debt security, and it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it recognizes the credit component of other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security into earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive (loss). The credit loss component recognized in earnings is identified as the amount of principal cash flows not expected to be received over the remaining term of the security as determined based on cash flow projections. The Company did not have any debt securities with other-than-temporary impairments at December 31, 2011. The Company did not hold any debt securities at December 31, 2012 and 2013.

          In determining whether other-than-temporary impairment exists for equity securities, management considers: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

          The cost of marketable securities sold is based upon the specific identification method and any realized gains or losses on the sale of investments are reflected as a component of other income or expense. There were no significant realized and unrealized gains or losses on marketable securities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

          In addition, the Company classifies marketable securities as current or non-current based upon whether such assets are reasonably expected to be realized in cash or sold or consumed during the normal operating cycle.

Accounts Receivable, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, and Sales Allowances

          The Company extends credit in the normal course of business to its customers and performs credit evaluations on a case-by-case basis. The Company does not obtain collateral or other security related to its accounts receivable.

          Accounts receivable are recorded based on the amount due from the customer and do not bear interest. The Company reduces accounts receivable by a sales allowance and an allowance for doubtful accounts.

          The Company establishes sales allowances at the time of revenue recognition based on its history of adjustments and credits provided to its network of dealers. Sales allowances relate primarily to credits issued where a dealer claims that an introduction was previously identified by the dealer from a source other than the Company. While contractually obligated to pay the invoice, the Company may issue a credit against the invoice to maintain overall dealer relations. In assessing the adequacy of the sales allowance, the Company evaluates its history of adjustments and credits made through the date of the issuance of the financial statements. Estimated sales adjustments and credits and ultimate losses may vary from actual results which could be material to

F-14


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

the financial statements, however, to date, actual sales allowances have been materially consistent with the Company's estimates.

          The Company determines its allowance for doubtful accounts based on its historical write-off experience and when specific circumstances make it likely that recovery will not occur. The Company reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts each reporting period and assesses the aging of account balances, with an emphasis on those that are past due over ninety days. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when the Company determines that it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. The Company does not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

          The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts and sales allowances (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Allowances, at beginning of period

  $ 433   $ 2,369   $ 1,621  

Charged as a reduction of revenue

    6,304     6,898     6,985  

Charged to bad debt expense in general and administrative expenses

    137     668     153  

Write-offs, net of recoveries

    (4,505 )   (8,314 )   (6,575 )
               

Allowances, at end of period

  $ 2,369   $ 1,621   $ 2,184  
               
               

Property and Equipment, net

          Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years, or for leasehold improvements, over the term of the lease if shorter. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the Company's results of operations.

          The Company leases equipment under capital lease agreements. The assets and liabilities under capital lease are recorded at the lesser of the present value of aggregate future minimum lease payments, including estimated bargain purchase options, or the fair value of the asset under lease. Assets under capital lease are depreciated using the straight-line method over the life of the lease.

Software and Website Development Costs

          The Company accounts for the costs of computer software obtained or developed for internal use in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other . Computer software development costs and website development costs are expensed as incurred, except for internal use software or website development costs that qualify for capitalization as described below, and include compensation and related expenses, costs of computer hardware and software, and costs

F-15


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

incurred in developing features and functionality. These capitalized costs are included in property and equipment on the consolidated balance sheets.

          The Company expenses costs incurred in the preliminary project and post implementation stages of software development and capitalizes costs incurred in the application development stage and costs associated with significant enhancements to existing internal use software applications.

          Software development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of three years commencing when the software development project is ready for its intended use.

          Costs incurred related to less significant modifications and enhancements as well as maintenance are expensed as incurred.

          At December 31, 2012 and 2013, internal use capitalized software development costs were $11.2 million and $16.2 million, respectively, before accumulated amortization of $3.5 million and $6.4 million, respectively. During 2013, the Company wrote off capitalized software development costs that were no longer in use of $1.6 million and accumulated amortization of $0.9 million, which resulted in an acceleration of amortization of $0.7 million.

          Amortization expense with respect to capitalized software development costs at December 31, 2013 for each of the three years through December 31, 2016 is estimated as follows (in thousands):

Years ended December 31,
   
 

2014

    4,626  

2015

    3,521  

2016

    1,690  
       

Total amortization expense

  $ 9,837  
       
       

Intangible Assets Acquired in Business Combinations

          The Company performs valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed on each acquisition accounted for as a business combination, and allocates the purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on its best estimate of fair value. Acquired intangible assets include: trade names, customer relationships, and developed technology. The Company determines the appropriate useful life of intangible assets by performing an analysis of cash flows based on historical experience of the acquired businesses. Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives based on the pattern in which the economic benefits associated with the asset are expected to be consumed, which to date has approximated the straight-line method of amortization. The estimated useful lives for trade names, customer relationships, and technology are generally, one to fifteen years, five to ten years, and three to ten years, respectively.

Long-Lived Assets

          The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets with finite useful lives for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may

F-16


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

not be recoverable. Such triggering events or changes in circumstances may include: a significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset, a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset is being used, significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, the impact of competition or other factors that could affect the value of a long-lived asset, a significant adverse deterioration in the amount of revenue or cash flows expected to be generated from an asset group, an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or development of a long-lived asset, current or future operating or cash flow losses that demonstrate continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset, or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. The Company performs impairment testing at the asset group level that represents the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable and the expected undiscounted future cash flows attributable to the asset group are less than the carrying amount of the asset group, an impairment loss equal to the excess of the asset's carrying value over its fair value is recorded. Fair value is determined based upon estimated discounted future cash flows. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, there were no impairment charges recorded on the Company's long-lived assets.

Goodwill

          Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination.

          Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired.

          Events or changes in circumstances which could trigger an impairment review include a significant adverse change in business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of the Company's use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the Company's overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.

          The Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then additional impairment testing is not required. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, it is required to perform the first of a two-step impairment test. Alternatively, the Company may elect to proceed directly to the first of a two-step impairment test and bypass the qualitative assessment.

          The first step involves comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective book value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value exceeds book value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no additional steps are necessary. If, however, the fair value of the reporting unit is less than book value, then the carrying amount of the goodwill is compared with its implied fair value. The estimate of implied fair value of goodwill may require valuations of

F-17


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. The Company tests for goodwill impairment annually at December 31. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, there were no impairment charges recorded on the Company's goodwill. The fair value of reporting units exceeded their carrying values by a significant margin during each reporting period.

Revenue Recognition

          The Company recognizes revenue, net of sales allowances, when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the fees are fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. Deferred revenue is recognized on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets when payments are received in advance of the Company meeting all of the revenue recognition criteria described above. The Company recorded deferred revenue (included in other accrued expenses) of $0.4 million at December 31, 2012 and 2013.

Transaction Revenues

Auto Buying Program Revenues

          Revenues consist of fees paid by dealers participating in the Company's dealer network with which the Company has an agreement. Dealers pay the Company fees either on a per vehicle basis for sales to Auto Buying Program users or in the form of a subscription arrangement.

          The Company recognizes revenue for fee arrangements based on a per vehicle basis when the vehicle sale has occurred between the Auto Buying Program user and the dealer. Under the contractual terms and conditions of arrangements with its network of participating certified dealers, the dealer is required to pay the Company upon the sale of a vehicle to an Auto Buying Program user that has been provided to the dealer by the Company. Recognition of revenue from the sale is not contingent upon verification or acceptance of the transaction by the dealer.

          The Company receives information regarding vehicle sales from a variety of data sources, including third party car sales aggregators, car dealer networks, and other publicly available sources (collectively "sales data") and uses this sales data to identify whether a sale has occurred between an Auto Buying Program user and a dealer, as well as a means to invoice the dealer shortly after the completion of the sales transaction. Actual vehicle sales data is reported on a daily basis shortly following the date of sale.

          Certain subscription fee arrangements provide that the dealer pay a subscription fee based on a specified number of vehicle sales or consumer introductions expected to be generated from the Auto Buying Program over the subscription period. Subscription fee arrangements are short-term in nature with terms ranging from one to three months and are cancellable by the dealer or the Company at any time. The subscription fee is subject to adjustment for any shortfall of sales or introductions generated. For these arrangements, the Company recognizes revenue based on the lesser of (i) the actual number of sales generated or introductions delivered through the Auto Buying Program during the subscription period multiplied by the contracted price per sale/lead or (ii) the straight-line of the subscription fee over the period over which the services are delivered. For

F-18


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

subscription arrangements where the fees are not subject to adjustment based on leads or vehicle sales, the Company recognizes the fees as revenue over the subscription period on a straight line basis which corresponds to the period that the Company is providing the dealer access to the Auto Buying Program.

OEM Incentives

          The Company enters into arrangements with automobile manufacturers ("OEM") to promote the sale of their vehicles through the offering of additional consumer incentives to members of the Company's affinity group marketing partners. These manufacturers pay a per-vehicle fee to the Company for promotion of the incentive and the Company recognizes as revenue the per-vehicle incentive fee at the time the sale of the vehicle has occurred between the Auto Buying Program user and the dealer.

Data and Other Revenues

Data and Other Services

          Revenues are generated from the sale of lease residual value data for new and used leased automobiles, guidebooks, and consulting services. Sales are principally made to vehicle manufacturers, vehicle financing companies, investment banks, automobile dealers, and insurance companies. Data and consulting services customers typically prepay for lease residual value data and guidebooks annually in the form of a subscription in advance.

          Data and consulting services sales arrangements may include multiple deliverables including sale of lease residual data, from guidebooks and from consulting services. For multiple deliverable revenue arrangements, the Company first assesses whether each deliverable has value to the customer on a standalone basis and performance is considered probable and substantially in its control. Data and consulting services can be sold both on a standalone basis and as part of multiple deliverable arrangements. The deliverables constitute separate units of accounting because the deliverables have standalone value to the customer and as such, the total arrangement consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting using the relative selling price hierarchy. This hierarchy requires the selling price of each deliverable in a multiple deliverable revenue arrangement to be based on, in descending order: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, (ii) third-party evidence of selling price, or TPE, or (iii) management's best estimated selling price, or BESP.

          The Company cannot establish VSOE or TPE because the deliverables are not sold separately within a sufficiently narrow price range or third party pricing for comparable services is not available; therefore, it applies judgment to determine BESP. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the service were sold on a stand-alone basis. The determination of BESP requires the Company to make significant estimates and judgments and the Company considers numerous factors in this determination, including the nature of the deliverables, market conditions and the competitive landscape, internal costs, and its pricing and discounting practices. The Company updates its estimates of BESP on a periodic basis as events and as circumstances may require.

F-19


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

          Revenue allocated to each element from the sale of lease residual value data, guidebooks, and consulting services is recognized when the basic recognition criteria are met for each element. Sales attributed to residual value data and guidebooks are recognized when the data or guidebooks are delivered and consulting services are recognized when the project is completed.

Lead Referral Fees

          Lead referral fee revenues consist of fees earned through an online process that refers consumers to out-of-network auto dealers and financing companies for new and used vehicles and auto loans when the Company is unable to identify a dealer with a vehicle in the Company's dealer network for which a prospective car buyer is searching. Fees are recognized at the time the lead referral is transmitted to, and accepted by, the lead buying entities and are not contingent on the sale of a vehicle. The Company is not a party to the arrangement with, and is not the primary obligor with, the lead buyer's dealer and accordingly, revenue is recognized for the net fee received for the lead from the lead buyer.

Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

          Cost of revenue includes expenses related to the fulfillment of the Company's services, consisting primarily of data costs and licensing fees paid to third party service providers and expenses related to operating the Company's website and mobile applications, including those associated with its data centers, hosting fees, data processing costs required to deliver introductions to its network of TrueCar Certified Dealers, employee costs related to dealer operations, sales matching, and employee and consulting costs related to delivering data and consulting services to the Company's customers. Cost of revenue excludes depreciation and amortization of software development costs and other hosting and data infrastructure equipment used to operate the Company's platforms, which are included in the depreciation and amortization line item on its statement of comprehensive loss.

Sales and Marketing

          Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of radio and television advertising and digital customer acquisition costs, loan subvention costs where the Company pays certain affinity group marketing partners a portion of a consumers' borrowing costs for car loan products offered by these affinity group marketing partners, marketing fees earned by affinity group marketing partners for sales of vehicles from consumer traffic originated from Auto Buying Program websites maintained and operated by the Company for affinity group marketing partners and headcount related expenses for its sales and marketing staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and commissions costs of marketing and promotional events, public relations costs, corporate communications, and allocated overhead. In addition, the Company also includes compensation expense in sales and marketing recorded in connection with the fair value of warrants issued to an affinity group partner and a direct marketing firm (Note 9).

F-20


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

          The Company classifies fees paid to affinity group marketing partners as sales and marketing expense as the affinity group marketing programs are marketing channels the Company uses to increase consumer awareness and to acquire traffic for, and drive users to, its auto buying platforms. The Company's affinity group marketing partners do not provide any part of the service that would result in a vehicle sale for a dealer.

          Marketing and advertising costs to promote the Company's services are expensed as incurred. Media production costs are expensed the first time the advertisement is aired. Marketing and advertising expenses were $15.0 million, $36.5 million and $27.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Included in the $36.5 million of marketing and advertising expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 is $20.0 million for a guaranteed minimum number of unique visitors under an agreement with Yahoo! (Note 8). Prepaid expenses include prepaid media costs of $0.5 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Technology and Development

          Technology and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our technology and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, the cost of certain third-party service providers, and allocated overhead. Technology and development expenses are expensed as incurred.

General and Administrative

          General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for administrative, legal, finance and human resource staffs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation; professional fees; insurance premiums; other corporate expenses; and allocated overhead.

Stock-Based Compensation

          On April 18, 2005, TrueCar's Board of Directors adopted the 2005 Stock Plan (the "2005 Plan"). On September 11, 2008, TrueCar.com's Board of Directors adopted the 2008 Stock Plan (the "2008 Plan"). At December 31, 2013, a total of 33,654,312 and 1,009,900 shares of common stock have been authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2005 Plan and 2008 Plan, respectively, in the form of incentive or nonqualified stock options and stock purchase rights. The Board of Directors of TrueCar, with the advice of and input from the Compensation Committee, determines the terms and conditions of each grant under both plans. Employees, officers, directors, and consultants are eligible to receive stock options and restricted stock awards under the plans.

          The exercise price of nonqualified options may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options may not be less than the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to individuals that own greater than 10% of the voting stock may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. The purchase price of stock purchase rights may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. The purchase price of stock purchase rights granted to

F-21


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

individuals that own greater than 10% of the voting stock may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant.

          Options granted under these plans become exercisable at a rate of no less than 20% per year over five years from the grant date, except for options granted to officers, directors, and consultants in which exercise periods are determined based upon such conditions as determined by the Board of Directors and set forth in the option agreement. The term of each option is based upon such conditions as determined by the option agreement; however, the term can be no more than ten years from the date of the grant.

          In the case of an incentive stock option granted to an optionee who, at the time the option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary, the term of the option is five years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the option agreement.

          To date, the Company's stock-based compensation has consisted of stock options and restricted stock awards granted to employees and non-employees.

          The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock option and restricted stock grants in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation . This standard requires the Company to record stock-based compensation expense equal to the fair value of awards granted to employees. The Company determined the fair value of awards granted to employees using the Black-Scholes option pricing model that included the following weighted average assumptions under the plans:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Risk-free interest rate

    2.04 %   0.96 %   1.41 %

Expected term (years)

    6.01     6.00     6.06  

Expected volatility

    48 %   60 %   61 %

Dividend yield

             

          The risk-free interest rate assumption for options granted is based upon observed interest rates on the United States government securities appropriate for the expected term of the Company's employee stock options.

          The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term of options granted is calculated based upon actual historical exercise and post-vesting cancellations, adjusted for expected future exercise behavior.

          The Company determined the expected volatility assumption for options granted using the frequency of daily historical prices of comparable public company's common stock for a period equal to the expected term of the options. The Company will continue to monitor peer companies and other relevant factors used to measure expected volatility for future stock option grants.

          The dividend yield assumption for options granted is based on the Company's history and expectation of dividend payouts. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on

F-22


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

its common stock, and the Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

          As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company's consolidated statements of comprehensive loss is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, the amount has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on the Company's historical experience and future expectations.

          Stock-based compensation for employee awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite period, except for performance-based awards which are recognized using the graded vesting model.

          Compensation expense for non-employee stock-based awards is recognized in accordance with ASC 505, Equity — Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees . Under this standard, stock option awards issued to non-employees are accounted for at fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Management believes that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. The Company records compensation expense based on the then-current fair values of the stock options at each financial reporting date. Compensation recorded during the service period is adjusted in subsequent periods for changes in the stock options' fair value until the earlier of the date at which the non-employee's performance is complete or a performance commitment is reached, which is generally when the stock option vests.

          For purposes of financial accounting for stock-based compensation, the Company has determined the fair values of its options based in part on the work of third-party valuation specialists. The determination of stock-based compensation is inherently uncertain and subjective and involves the application of valuation models and assumptions requiring the use of judgment. If the Company had made different assumptions, its stock-based compensation expense and its net loss could have been significantly different.

Income Taxes

          The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the tax rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

          The Company determines whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the tax amount recognized in the financial statements is reduced by the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, in its income tax provision in the accompanying statements of comprehensive loss.

F-23


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Earnings Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

          The Company applies the two-class method for calculating basic earnings per share. Under the two-class method, net income (loss) is reduced by cumulative preferred stock dividends and the residual amount is allocated between common stock and other participating securities based on their participation rights. Participating securities comprised of preferred and restricted common stock, which participate in dividends, if declared, by the Company. As the Company has reported a net loss for all periods, and the participating securities were not contractually obligated to share in the losses of the Company, accordingly, no losses were allocated to the participating securities.

          Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, net of unvested restricted stock subject to repurchase by the Company, if any, during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, adjusted for the effects of potentially dilutive common stock, which are comprised of stock options and stock warrants, using the treasury-stock method, and convertible preferred stock and notes payable, using the if-converted method. Because the Company reported losses attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented, all potentially dilutive common stock are antidilutive for those periods.

          The following table presents the number of anti-dilutive shares excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders at December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Options to purchase common stock

    22,865     23,129     27,545  

Common stock warrants

    13,046     7,732     8,896  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

            4,286  

Unvested restricted stock awards

    704     183     83  

Contingently redeemable shares

        189      

Convertible promissory notes

        5,166      
               

Total shares excluded from net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

    36,615     36,399     40,810  
               
               

F-24


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

          The following table presents the computation of the Company's unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock:

 
  December 31, 2013  
 
  (in thousands,
except per share data)
(unaudited)

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders and net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ 25,056  
       
       

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    87,810  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock

    470  
       

Weighted-average common shares outstanding for pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

    88,280  
       

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders basic and diluted

  $ (0.28 )
       
       

Comprehensive Loss

          Comprehensive loss encompasses all changes in equity other than those arising from transactions with stockholders, and consists of net loss and unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act ("JOBS Act"), the Company meets the definition of an emerging growth company. The Company has irrevocably elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act.

          In July 2013, the FASB issued an accounting standards update clarifying that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except in certain circumstances. The standards update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have any impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

3. Business Combinations

          The Company accounts for acquisitions of businesses in accordance with ASC 805 — Business Combinations using the acquisition method of accounting where the cost is allocated to the underlying net tangible and intangible assets acquired based on their respective fair values. The

F-25


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Business Combinations (Continued)

excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Acquisitions are included in the Company's consolidated financial statements at the acquisition date. Goodwill of $53.3 million represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill of $13.3 million attributed to the ALG and Honk acquisitions is deductible for income tax purposes.

          Determining the fair value of certain acquired assets and liabilities is subjective in nature and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including but not limited to, the selection of appropriate valuation methodology, projected revenue, expense and cash flows and discount rates.

          The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase consideration and the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed for business acquisitions made by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 
 
ALG, Inc.
 
Honk LLC
 
Carperks
 
Total
 

Assets acquired

                         

Cash

  $ 7,638               $ 7,638  

Accounts receivable

    1,526                 1,526  

Other assets

    276                 276  

Property and equipment

    230     19           249  

Acquired technology

    29,600     1,000           30,600  

Customer relationships

    5,000           1,300     6,300  

Tradenames

    4,900           70     4,970  

Goodwill

    51,206     712     691     52,609  
                   

Total assets acquired

    100,376     1,731     2,061     104,168  
                   

Liabilities assumed

    1,043     299           1,342  

Deferred tax liabilities

    10,819                 10,819  
                   

Net assets acquired

  $ 88,514   $ 1,432   $ 2,061   $ 92,007  
                   
                   

Consideration paid

                         

Common stock issued

  $ 82,500     1,412     133   $ 84,045  

Warrants issued

    6,014     20           6,034  

Contingent consideration

                428     428  

Cash paid

                1,500     1,500  
                   

Total consideration

  $ 88,514   $ 1,432   $ 2,061   $ 92,007  
                   
                   

          The weighted average useful life of all identified acquired intangible assets is 10.2 years. The weighted average useful life for acquired technologies, customer relationships, and tradenames are 9.8 years, 9.0 years, and 14.8 years, respectively.

          On April 29, 2011, the Company acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities of Honk in exchange for 1,466,413 shares of the Company's common stock, 870,441 shares of which are subject to certain restrictions and vesting requirements based on future employee service conditions (the "Restricted Shares"). Under the arrangement, 470,441 and 400,000 of the Restricted Shares will vest over two years and four years, respectively. The restricted shares issued are

F-26


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Business Combinations (Continued)

subject to post-acquisition employment, and accordingly, the Company has accounted for them as post-acquisition compensation expense over the respective vesting periods. The remaining 595,972 shares of common stock have been recorded as purchase consideration for the acquisition and were valued based on the Company's stock price on the acquisition date. In addition, the Company issued a warrant for the purchase of an additional 8,586 shares of the Company's common stock at $0.01 per share. Honk provides consumers access to trusted consumer vehicle reviews and opinions. The Company acquired Honk to complement the existing facets of its business.

          On September 1, 2011, the Company acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities of American Transportation Marketing Group, LTD (operating as Carperks) in exchange for 25,000 shares of the Company's common stock, a cash payment of up to $1.5 million based on migration of Carperks' partners to the TrueCar platform, and contingent cash consideration of up to $1.9 million based on future sales. The Company acquired Carperks to gain access to its customer base which included a vast network of corporate leasing partners and organizations throughout the US. The 25,000 shares of common stock were valued based on the Company's stock price on the acquisition date. The cash payment is based on the migration of Carperks' customers to the TrueCar platform and was paid during 2011. At the date of the acquisition, the Company assessed the probabilities of Carperks meeting future sales and recorded contingent consideration of $0.4 million. From the acquisition date through December, 31, 2011, there were no significant changes to the value of the contingent consideration. On December 28, 2012, the Company and Carperks amended the sales thresholds to earn the contingent consideration and extended the earnout period through December 31, 2013. The Company then reassessed the probability of Carperks meeting future sales thresholds under the amended agreement and considered it probable the sales milestones would be achieved. As a result, during the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company recorded an increase in the fair value of the contingent consideration of $1.4 million. The change in fair value of the contingent consideration was recorded under general and administrative expense in the statement of comprehensive loss.

          On October 1, 2011, the Company acquired all the equity interests of ALG, a wholly owned subsidiary of Dealertrack, through a merger agreement. The transaction was structured as a tax-free reorganization and Dealertrack received 15,566,037 shares of TrueCar's common stock and warrants to purchase 6,347,125 shares of TrueCar's common stock at an exercise of $5.30 per share, as consideration. The shares of common stock were valued based on the Company's stock price on the acquisition date. The warrants were valued at the acquisition date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: contractual term of one year, expected volatility of 45%, risk-free rate of 0.19% and zero dividend-yield. ALG provides consulting and data services relating to automobile residual values to automotive manufacturers, financial institutions, and fleet services. The acquisition provided TrueCar with an opportunity to expand the Company's automotive industry footprint through ALG's longstanding industry relationships.

          As a result of the acquisitions, the Company recorded $0.7 million, $0.7 million, and $51.2 million of goodwill at each of the acquisition dates, respectively, for the acquisitions of Honk, Carperks, and ALG, respectively. Goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisitions is primarily attributable to the synergies expected to benefit the Company's existing Auto Buying Programs.

          For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company incurred transaction costs of $1.9 million in connection with the above acquisitions which were expensed as incurred and

F-27


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Business Combinations (Continued)

included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying statement of comprehensive loss.

          Revenues and net loss attributable to the acquisitions for the period from the acquisition dates to December 31, 2011 were $2.4 million and $1.4 million, respectively. Revenues and net losses attributable solely to ALG from acquisition date to December 31, 2011 were $2.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

          No acquisitions were consummated during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

          The following table reflects the unaudited pro forma consolidated revenues and net loss for the year ended December 31, 2011 as if the acquisitions of ALG, Honk and Carperks had taken place on January 1, 2010, after giving effect to certain adjustments including the amortization of acquired intangible assets and the associated tax effect and the elimination of the Company's and the acquiree's non-recurring acquisition-related expenses (in thousands):

 
 
2011
 

Revenues

  $ 84,754  

Net loss

  $ 14,666  

          Revenues and net losses attributed to ALG for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $9.9 million and $7.9 million.

          The unaudited pro forma information presented does not purport to be indicative of the results that would have been achieved had the acquisitions been consummated at January 1, 2010 nor of the results which may occur in the future. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable.

4. Property and Equipment, net

          Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2012 and 2013 (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2012
 
2013
 

Computer equipment and internally developed software

  $ 16,840   $ 22,517  

Furniture and fixtures

    1,357     1,654  

Leasehold improvements

    2,306     2,921  

Vehicles

    45      
           

    20,548     27,092  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

    (7,706 )   (11,854 )
           

Total property and equipment, net

  $ 12,842   $ 15,238  
           
           

F-28


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Property and Equipment, net (Continued)

          Total depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment was $2.7 million, $5.6 million and $6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

          Amortization of internal use capitalized software development costs was $1.4 million, $2.8 million and $3.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

5. Intangible Assets

          Intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2012 and 2013 (in thousands):

 
  At December 31, 2012  
 
 
Gross Carrying
Value
 
Accumulated
amortization
 
Net Carrying
Value
 
Weighted
average useful
life in years
 

Acquired technology and domain name

  $ 30,713   $ (4,306 ) $ 26,407     9.75  

Customer relationships

    6,300     (972 )   5,328     8.97  

Tradenames

    4,970     (478 )   4,492     14.80  
                   

Total

  $ 41,983   $ (5,756 ) $ 36,227     10.23  
                   
                   

 

 
  At December 31, 2013  
 
 
Gross Carrying
Value
 
Accumulated
amortization
 
Net Carrying
Value
 
Weighted
average useful
life in years
 

Acquired technology and domain name

  $ 30,725   $ (7,624 ) $ 23,101     9.75  

Customer relationships

    6,300     (1,732 )   4,568     8.97  

Tradenames

    4,970     (805 )   4,165     14.80  
                   

Total

  $ 41,995   $ (10,161 ) $ 31,834     10.23  
                   
                   

          Amortization expense by asset type for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 is shown below (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Acquired technology and domain name

  $ 963   $ 3,343   $ 3,318  

Customer relationships

    212     760     760  

Tradenames

    105     373     327  
               

Total amortization

  $ 1,280   $ 4,476   $ 4,405  
               
               

F-29


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Intangible Assets (Continued)

          Amortization expense with respect to intangible assets at December 31, 2013 for each of the five years through December 31, 2018 and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):

Years ended December 31,
   
 

2014

    4,183  

2015

    4,061  

2016

    3,968  

2017

    3,789  

2018

    3,788  

Thereafter

    12,045  
       

Total amortization expense

  $ 31,834  
       
       

6. Debt Financing

          On May 8, 2012, the Company received cash proceeds of $23.1 million by issuing subordinated secured convertible promissory notes to investors. The convertible promissory notes bore interest at 10% per annum and were due on May 7, 2013. Principal and interest under the notes was due at maturity, unless earlier converted into shares of the Company's common stock. The notes were included as current liabilities under "Convertible Notes Payable" in the December 31, 2012 balance sheet.

          Principal and accrued interest under the promissory notes was automatically convertible into shares of the Company's common stock issued and sold at the Company's next financing yielding gross proceeds of at least $25.0 million (the "Qualified Financing"). The conversion price upon automatic conversion was equivalent to the lower of 85% of the price per share paid by the purchasers in the Qualified Financing or $8.05 per share. Principal and accrued interest under the promissory notes was convertible at the option of the holders if a change in control or an initial public offering occurred prior to the maturity date of the note. The conversion price per share was equivalent to the greater of 85% of the price per share as reflected in the change in control or initial public offering, or $5.30 per share.

          Principal and accrued interest under the promissory notes was convertible at the option of the holders if a Qualified Financing, change in control or initial public offering did not occur prior to maturity, at a price per share of $4.77.

          As the convertible promissory notes allowed the holders to convert the notes at a price less than the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock on the date of issuance, the notes contained a beneficial conversion feature ("BCF"). The BCF was valued on the issuance date of the notes as the difference between the fair value of the Company's common stock and the conversion price of $4.77 per share multiplied by the number of shares that the notes were convertible into. The Company recorded the BCF of $2.7 million as a discount on the notes and an adjustment to additional paid-in capital. The discount was amortized as additional interest expense over the period of the notes using the effective interest method.

F-30


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Debt Financing (Continued)

          For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded interest expense of $1.5 million and amortization of debt discount of $1.8 million, which increased the face of the amount of the notes.

          For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded interest expense of $0.8 million and amortization of debt discount of $0.9 million.

          On May 8, 2013, the holders of the secured convertible promissory notes converted all the principal and interest on the notes to 5,334,618 shares of common stock at a conversion price of $4.77 per share.

7. Credit Facility

          In 2009, the Company entered into a Credit Facility with a financial institution that provided advances under (i) a formula-based line of credit, (ii) a non-formula-based line of credit, and (iii) equipment term loans. On June 13, 2012, the Company entered into an amended and restated loan and security agreement with the same financial institution (the "Amended Credit Facility"). The Amended Credit Facility provided for advances under a formula-based revolving line of credit. The revolving line of credit provided advances equal to 80% of eligible accounts receivable and was subject to sub-limits, as defined, for letters of credit, foreign exchange, and cash management services provided by the financial institution. The maximum amount available under the line of credit was $8.0 million at December 31, 2012. The Company did not draw on the line of credit in 2012.

          At December 31, 2012, no amounts were outstanding under the Amended Credit Facility.

          On June 13, 2013, the Company entered into a second amended and restated loan and security agreement with the same institution ("Second Amended Credit Facility"). The Second Amended Credit Facility provides for advances under a formula-based revolving line of credit. The revolving line of credit provides advances equal to 80% of eligible accounts receivable and is subject to sub-limits, as defined, for letters of credit, foreign exchange, and cash management services provided by the financial institution. In addition, the Company entered into a warrant agreement that allows the financial institution to purchase 40,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $5.28 per share if the Company draws on the credit facility at any time after the issuance date. If at any time, the advances to the Company in aggregate principal amount are greater than $4.0 million the number of shares increases to 100,000. On August 29, 2013, the Company drew down $5.0 million on the credit facility, triggering warrants to purchase up to 100,000 shares of TrueCar's common stock at an exercise of $5.28 per share to be issued to the financial institution. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded a debt discount of $0.4 million related to the warrants issued.

F-31


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Credit Facility (Continued)

          The carrying value of the Company's debt, before discount, approximates fair value. At December 31, 2013, the carrying amount of the Company's outstanding debt is summarized as follows (in thousands):

 
 
December 31,
2013
 

Revolving line of credit

  $ 5,000  

Debt discount, net of accumulated accretion

    (236 )
       

Total carrying value

  $ 4,764  
       
       

          The maximum amount available under the line of credit is $12.0 million, of which $6.9 million was available at December 31, 2013.

          The revolving line bears interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus an applicable margin based on the Company's liquidity defined as unrestricted cash plus amounts available under the credit facility. If the Company's liquidity is i) less than $10 million, the applicable margin is 1.75%, ii) if the Company's liquidity is equal to or greater than $10 million but less than $20 million, the applicable margin is 0.5%, iii) if the Company's liquidity is greater than or equal to $20 million, the applicable margin is 0.0%. The line of credit agreement requires the Company to make monthly interest payments on the outstanding principal. All unpaid principal is due at maturity, which is June 13, 2014.

          The Second Amended Credit Facility requires the Company to maintain an adjusted quick ratio of at least 1.5 to 1 on the last day of each month. At December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants. The Company is also obligated to pay administrative and commitment fees. The Second Amended Credit Facility restricts the Company's ability to pay dividends. In the event the Company is in default of the Second Amended Credit Facility or other indebtedness with other third parties, or have judgments or liens that may have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, the financial institution reserves the right to accelerate the maturity of all outstanding debt associated with the Second Amended Credit Facility.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

          At December 31, 2013, the Company had various non-cancellable operating leases related to the Company's equipment and office facilities which expire through 2017.

F-32


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

          At December 31, 2013, future minimum payments for obligations under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

Years ended December 31,
   
 

2014

    2,435  

2015

    2,395  

2016

    2,504  

2017

    2,000  

2018

    2,002  

Thereafter

    3,120  
       

Total minimum lease payments

  $ 14,456  
       
       

          The Company recorded rent expense of $1.6 million, $2.4 million and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

          In connection with one of the Company's office facilities leases, the Company was required to obtain an irrevocable standby letter of credit, in the amount of $0.5 million for the benefit of its landlord. This letter of credit was posted by the financial institution which provides the Credit Facility (Note 7). The letter of credit expires on May 15, 2016.

Automotive Website Program Partnership Agreement

          On October 19, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with Yahoo! Inc. or Yahoo!. Under the agreement, the Company agreed to host Yahoo!'s Auto Buying Program and pay a minimum of $50.0 million annually beginning January 1, 2012 for a period of three years, in exchange for a guarantee by Yahoo! of the delivery of specified quantities of unique visitors and users to the Auto Buying Program. On October 19, 2011, the Company paid a deposit of $10.0 million to Yahoo! and on January 17, 2012 provided a stand-by letter of credit of $15.0 million that guaranteed the Company's performance under the agreement.

          On June 29, 2012, the Company and Yahoo! modified the Automotive Website Program Partnership Agreement, significantly reducing the Company's obligations under the agreement. The modification eliminated the annual minimum guarantee of $50.0 million and provided that the Company pay Yahoo! a marketing fee based on future vehicle sales generated through the automotive site. The Company agreed to pay Yahoo! $20.0 million for the visitors and users it provided through the date of the terminated agreement via the use of the $10.0 million deposit originally held by Yahoo!, with the remaining balance payable in installments over a period of nine months, and was paid in full in February of 2013.

          In addition, the June 29, 2012 modification provided for an immediate reduction of the stand-by letter of credit required under the agreement from $15.0 million to $10.0 million and a further reduction each month of $1.1 million, to reduce the stand-by letter of credit to $2.0 million as the Company made installment payments on the $20.0 million settlement amount. The Company was required to maintain restricted cash equal to the amount of the stand-by letter of credit. At December 31, 2012 the stand-by letter of credit outstanding totaled $4.5 million. The stand-by letter of credit was reduced to $2.0 million in April 2013 and will be reduced to zero on September 29, 2014.

F-33


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

Legal Proceedings

          From time to time, the Company may become subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings, nor is the Company aware of any pending or threatened litigation that would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition should such litigation be resolved unfavorably.

Employment Contracts

          The Company has entered into employment contracts with certain executives of the Company. Employment under these contracts is at-will employment. However, under the provisions of the contracts, the Company would incur severance obligations up to twelve months of the executive's annual base salary for certain events such as involuntary terminations. In addition, certain executives earn liquidity bonuses totaling $2.9 million upon a change in control of the Company, or upon an initial public offering if certain liquidity criteria are met. The Company will record an expense related to these bonuses upon the consummation of a change in control or an initial public offering.

Indemnifications

          In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, lessors, investors, directors, officers, employees and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of the Company's breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the Company, or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third-parties. These indemnifications may survive termination of the underlying agreement and the maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions may not be subject to maximum loss provisions. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is indeterminable. To date, there has not been a material claim paid by the Company, nor has the Company been sued in connection with these indemnification arrangements. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company has not accrued a liability for these guarantees, because the likelihood of incurring a payment obligation, if any, in connection with these guarantees is not probable or reasonably estimable.

Marketing Sponsorships

          The Company has entered into marketing sponsorship agreements with professional sporting affiliations. At December 31, 2013, the sponsorship agreements require future commitments of $0.8 million payable in 2014 and $0.8 million payable in 2015.

9. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity

          At December 31, 2012, the Company was authorized to issue 147,000,000 shares of common stock and no shares of convertible preferred stock. In November 2013, the Company increased the number of authorized shares of common stock to 150.0 million shares. Additionally, the Company authorized the issuance of 4.5 million shares of preferred stock, designated as Series A Preferred Stock ("Series A").

F-34


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

          In August 2011 and September 2011, the Company raised gross proceeds of $54.4 million through the issuance of 10,271,726 shares of common stock. Simultaneously with the consummation of the initial closing of the common stock financing in August 2011, all of the Company's issued and outstanding convertible preferred stock was converted into shares of common stock on a one for one basis. Upon conversion, the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock of $59.6 million was reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in-capital. The liquidation preference provisions of the preferred stock were considered contingent redemption provisions as there were certain events, including a change in control, that were not solely within the control of the Company. As a result, prior to conversion in August 2011, the preferred stock was reflected in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheet. Holders of certain series of preferred stock were entitled to receive cumulative dividends when and if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends were declared through August 30, 2011. Cumulative dividends on the preferred stock immediately prior to the conversion were $9.5 million, of which $2.4 million related to 2011. The dividends relating to 2011 were recorded as an increase to net loss attributable to common stock for the computation of 2011 earnings per share. No dividends were paid on the preferred stock.

          In November 2013, the Company sold an aggregate of 4,285,715 shares of Series A and warrants to purchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $10.00 per share to Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC ("Vulcan"), in a private placement at a price of $7.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $30.0 million. The Series A may be converted at any time after issuance, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the applicable issue price by the applicable conversion price of each share as defined in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation. The conversion rate for the Series A is initially one for one, subject to anti-dilution and other customary adjustments.

          Each share of the Series A will automatically convert into common stock, at the then applicable conversion rate, upon (i) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company's common stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, or (ii) upon the receipt by the Company of a written request for such conversion from the holders of the majority of the Preferred Stock then outstanding, or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such request.

          Series A holders are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends when and if declared by the Board of Directors at an annual rate of $0.56 per share. No dividends were declared in 2013.

          In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, including a change in control or sale of substantially all assets of the Company, (collectively "a Liquidation") the holders of the Series A are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series A held by them equal to the sum of (i) the liquidation preference specified for such share of Series A, and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series A. After payment to the Series A, remaining assets, if any, will be distributed pro rata among the common stockholders. If upon a Liquidation, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution of the holders of the Series A are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed with equal

F-35


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series A in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive. Holders of Series A have no preemptive, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the preferred stock. The liquidation preference provisions of preferred stock are considered contingent redemption provisions and as a result, the Series A is reflected in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013.

          Each holder of outstanding shares of Series A is entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Series A are convertible. Holders of Series A vote together with the holders of common stock as a single class. Authorized shares may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of common stock then outstanding) by vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Company.

          As long as any shares of Series A are outstanding, the Company will not, without first obtaining approval of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding Series A amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation if such act adversely affects the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series A holders.

Stock Repurchases

          During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company repurchased a total of 3,461,799 shares of common stock at an average price of $4.38 per share for an aggregate amount of $15.2 million. Of the 3,461,799 shares repurchased, 2,641,509, representing $14.0 million of the cost, were retired and recorded as a reduction of common stock and additional paid-in-capital. The remaining shares were sold to existing investors at the same price which the Company paid to repurchase the shares.

          During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company repurchased a total of 397,912 shares of common stock at an average price of $4.14 per share for an aggregate amount of $1.7 million in cash. Of the 397,912 shares of common stock repurchased, 165,416 shares were repurchased from the Company's CEO in September 2012; 37,375 shares of common stock were repurchased from a former employee in accordance with a severance agreement in October 2012 and 195,121 shares of common stock were repurchased in connection with an executed employment agreement with its CEO. Pursuant to an employment agreement, the Company's CEO was also provided the right to sell $1.0 million shares of common stock that were vested for at least six months to the Company during December 2012 at the fair value per share at the time of the sale. On December 28, 2012, the Company repurchased 195,121 shares at a price of $5.33 in connection with this agreement. All repurchased shares were retired and have been recorded as a reduction of common stock and additional paid-in capital.

          During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company repurchased a total of 168,634 shares of common stock at a price of $5.93 per share for an aggregate amount of $1.0 million in cash. All shares were repurchased from the Company's CEO in December 2013 in connection with his executed employment agreement. Pursuant to the employment agreement, the Company's CEO was provided the right to sell $1.0 million shares of common stock that were vested for at least six months to the Company during December 2013 at the fair value per share at the time of sale upon certain performance conditions being met (See "Other Equity Awards" above within "Note 9"). The

F-36


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

repurchased shares were retired and have been recorded as a reduction of common stock and additional paid-in capital.

Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock and Common Stock

          From 2005 to 2008, the Company issued warrants to purchase various classes of preferred stock totaling 618,334 shares. These warrants were immediately exercisable, in whole or in part at exercise prices of $1.02 and $1.20 per share. The expiration date of the warrants ranged from April 2012 to September 2014. In 2011, the Company's issued and outstanding convertible preferred stock was converted into shares of common stock. Simultaneously, the holders of convertible preferred stock warrants automatically converted their warrants into warrants to purchase shares of common stock. Accordingly, the Company recorded an adjustment to reclassify the then fair value of $2.6 million of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital. During the year ended December 31, 2012, warrants to purchase 530,785 shares were exercised at an exercise price of $1.20 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2013, warrants to purchase 31,640 shares were exercised at an exercise price of $1.02 per share. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, warrants to purchase 87,549 shares and 48,333 shares, respectively, of common stock at an exercise price of $1.02 per share were outstanding.

    Warrants Issued to USAA

          On March 12, 2009, June 25, 2010, and on January 1, 2012, the Company entered into agreements with USAA, an affinity partner and significant stockholder of the Company, which agreements provided for the issuance of warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock if minimum performance milestones, based on the level of vehicle sales, were achieved. The warrants issued to USAA were in exchange for marketing services performed by USAA under the Company's affinity group marketing program. The purpose of the marketing services performed by USAA is to create awareness and to acquire traffic for, and drive users to, the Company's auto buying platforms. For that reason warrants issued to USAA are recorded as sales and marketing expenses in the Company's consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. On November 24, 2009, the minimum performance milestones were reached and a fully vested warrant was issued by the Company which allows for the purchase of up to 1,442,223 shares of common stock at $0.55 per share. These warrants were outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013.

          On June 25, 2010, an additional warrant to purchase up to 2,480,000 shares of the Company's common stock at $1.41 per share was issued to USAA. The warrant became exercisable based on the achievement of performance milestones based on the level of vehicle sales. During 2011, the performance milestones were fully achieved and the affinity partner received a warrant to purchase the full 2,480,000 shares of common stock. The warrant was fully vested at December 31, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized expense of $0.4 million related to this warrant. The warrant will expire at the earlier of (i) eight (8) years from issuance, (ii) ninety (90) days after the expiration of the affinity agreement, or (iii) immediately prior to the close of an initial public offering of the Company's common stock. In 2011, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrant based on the following assumptions using the Black-Scholes option pricing model: expected life of 7.1 to 7.4 years, risk-free interest rate 2.39% to 2.95% and volatility of 50%. These warrants were outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013.

F-37


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

          On January 1, 2012, the Company issued another warrant to USAA which allows USAA to purchase up to 1,564,000 shares of the Company's common stock at $5.30 per share if minimum performance milestones are reached. The warrant becomes exercisable based on the achievement of the performance milestones. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, a portion of their performance milestone was achieved and the Company recognized expense of $0.3 million and $1.1 million related to warrants to purchase 46,801 and 623,023 shares of common stock that have been earned and are vested, respectively. The warrant will expire at the earlier of (i) eight (8) years from issuance, (ii) ninety (90) days after the expiration of the affinity-agreement with USAA, or (iii) immediately prior to the close of an initial public offering of the Company's common stock. In 2012, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants based on the following assumptions using the Black-Scholes option pricing model: expected life 7.0 to 8.0 years, risk free rate of 1.02% to 1.77% and volatility of 50.0% to 58.6%. In 2013, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants based on the following assumptions using the Black-Scholes option pricing model: expected life 2.0 to 2.9 years, risk free rate of 0.29% to 0.52% and volatility of 47.4% to 52.8%.

    Warrants Issued to Third Party Marketing Firm

          On February 25, 2011, the Company entered into a media and marketing services agreement with a direct marketing firm. Under the arrangement, the marketing firm will provide media purchasing, production, advertising, and marketing services in connection with the advertising and marketing of the Company's services. In addition to cash consideration, the Company agreed to issue a warrant to the marketing firm to purchase up to 2,150,000 shares of the Company's common stock at a price of $4.01 per share. Under the warrant agreement, one share of common stock becomes exercisable for each $18.60 of media placement costs the Company incurs. All shares under the warrant agreement will become exercisable in accordance with the vesting schedule or termination by either party pursuant to the agreement in the event of a default, as defined. The warrant expires eight years from the issuance date. The Company does not have a guaranteed purchase commitment under the terms of the agreement. Effective September 1, 2012, the warrant agreement was amended ("First Amendment") to allow the direct marketing firm, for the period September 1, 2012 through April 30, 2013, to vest in warrants at the greater of i) one share of common stock for each $18.60 that the Company expends or becomes obligated to expend at the end of each month through any media provider on media placement costs, or ii) 67,200 shares per month if the Company has not expended or become obligated to expend $1 million on media placement costs per month. Effective April 30, 2013, the warrant agreement was amended ("Second Amendment") to allow the direct marketing firm, for the period May 1, 2013 through July 31, 2013, to vest in a manner consistent with the First Amendment. Effective July 1, 2013, the warrant agreement was amended ("Third Amendment") to allow the direct marketing firm, for the period July 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013, to vest in warrants at the greater of i) one share of common stock for each $18.60 that the Company expends or becomes obligated to expend at the end of each month through any media provider on media placement costs, or ii) 26,889 shares per month on July 31, 2013 and 53,763 shares per month thereafter if the Company has not expended or become obligated to expend $1 million on media placement costs per month. In December 2013, the warrant agreement was amended ("Fourth Amendment") to extend the effective term under the Third Amendment for an additional six months through June 30, 2014. All other terms under the Third Amendment remain in full force and effect during this extended six month period.

F-38


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

          In 2011, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants based on the following assumptions using the Black-Scholes option pricing model: expected life of 7.17 to 7.67 years, risk free rate 1.38% to 2.65% and volatility of 56.5%. In 2012, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants based on the following assumptions using the Black-Scholes option pricing model: expected life of 5.8 to 7.1 years, risk free rate of 0.62% to 1.39% and volatility of 58.6% to 59.5%. In 2013, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants based on the following assumptions using the Black-Scholes option pricing model: expected life of 5.2 to 6.5 years, risk free rate of 0.63% to 1.81% and volatility of 51.5% to 59.5%. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, the Company recognized expense of $1.7 million related to 416,530 warrants earned, $1.6 million related to 311,566 warrants earned and $2.5 million related to 906,403 warrants earned, respectively. The expense has been reflected as sales and marketing expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

    Warrants Issued in Connection with Business Acquisitions

          On April 29, 2011, in connection with the acquisition of Honk (Note 3), The Company issued a warrant for the purchase of 8,586 shares of the Company's common stock at $0.01 per share. These fully vested warrants expire on April 29, 2021 or upon a qualified liquidity event and were outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013.

          On October 1, 2011, in connection with the acquisition of ALG (Note 3), the Company issued warrants to purchase 6,347,125 shares of common stock at an exercise of $5.30 per share. The warrants were valued at the acquisition date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: contractual term of one year, expected volatility of 45%, risk-free rate of 0.19% and zero dividend-yield. Common stock warrants in the amount of 6,347,125 at an exercise price of $5.30 per share were net exercised at December 31, 2012 for the total shares issued of 35,725.

    Warrants Issued to Yahoo!

          On April 12, 2012, the Company issued a warrant to Yahoo! in accordance with the Automotive Website Program Partnership agreement, to purchase up to 12,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock, with shares vesting in 1,000,000 share increments on a quarterly basis over the period beginning January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2014. The exercise price of the warrants was $7.67 per share for warrant shares that vested during 2012, and would be at a price equal to the Company's common stock per share fair value at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 for 2013 and 2014, respectively. On June 29, 2012, the Automotive Website Program Partnership Agreement was modified and the unvested warrants to purchase an aggregate of 11,000,000 shares of common stock were cancelled. At the date of amendment 1,000,000 of the warrants had vested. In 2012, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants based on the following assumptions using the Black-Scholes option pricing model: expected life of 0.2 to 2.9 years, risk free rate of 0.06% to 0.50% and volatility of 50.9%. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recognized expense of $0.1 million related to the 1,000,000 warrants earned. These warrants expired unexercised during 2012.

F-39


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

    Warrants Issued to Financial Institution

          On June 13, 2012, in connection with the execution of the amended credit facility (Note 7), the Company entered into a warrant agreement with financial institution to purchase 40,000 shares of the Company's common stock, at an exercise price of $7.67 per share if the Company draws on the credit facility at any time after the issuance date. If at any time, the advances to the Company in aggregate principal amount are greater than $4.0 million, the number of shares increases to 100,000. The warrants are immediately vested upon drawing on the line and expire on the earlier of June 13, 2022, or an acquisition of the Company consisting solely of cash and or marketable securities. The warrant is automatically net exercised on the expiration date, if the fair market value per share of the Company's common stock at expiration date is greater than the warrant exercise price. On June 13, 2013 the Company entered into a second amendment and restated loan and security agreement which reduced the exercise price of the warrants to $5.28. On August 29, 2013, the Company drew down $5.0 million on the credit facility, triggering the issuance of warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of TrueCar's common stock at an exercise of $5.28 per share. In 2013, the Company recorded the relative fair value of the warrants based on the following assumptions using the Black-Scholes option pricing model: life of 10 years, risk free rate of 2.78% and volatility of 64.8%. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded the fair value of the warrants to additional paid-in capital, offset by a debt discount, reducing the carrying value of the line of credit. The debt discount is amortized over the life of the loan as interest expense using the effective interest method.

    Warrants Issued to Vulcan

          In November 2013, in the Vulcan private placement, the Company issued to Vulcan a warrant to purchase 1,000,000 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $10.00 per share. The warrant is immediately exercisable and expires in November 2015. The Company allocated the $30.0 million aggregate proceeds from the issuance of Series A and the warrant based on their relative fair values. Approximately $0.7 million and $29.2 million were allocated to the warrant and Series A, respectively, net of issuance costs. The warrant is classified in equity and the fair value of the warrant was recorded as additional paid-in capital at December 31, 2013. The Company recorded the relative fair value of the warrant based on the following assumptions using the Black-Scholes option pricing model: expected life of 2 years, risk free rate of 0.31% and volatility of 49.4%.

Convertible Promissory Note

          On February 25, 2011, the Company received cash proceeds of $2.0 million by issuing a convertible promissory note to a direct marketing firm. The convertible promissory note bore interest at 6% per annum and was due and payable upon demand by the holder at any time after August 25, 2011. All principal and accrued interest under the convertible note was automatically convertible into shares of the Company's preferred stock issued and sold at the close of the Company's next equity financing. The number of shares of preferred stock to be issued was equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the entire principal and accrued interest amount due under the convertible note by the lowest price per share paid for the next round of preferred stock. At August 25, 2011, the Company had not consummated an equity financing as defined in the convertible promissory note; however, on August 30, 2011, the Company raised capital through the

F-40


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

issuance of common stock. The holder of the note agreed to exchange $2.1 million of principal and accrued interest due under the convertible note for 388,648 shares of the Company's common stock.

Other Equity Awards

          In December 2012, pursuant to an amendment to the Company's CEO's employment agreement, the CEO was provided with the right to sell $1.0 million of common stock to the Company during December 2012 and December 2013, respectively, at the then fair value of the Company's common stock. In the event of the repurchases of common stock by the Company, the CEO was also entitled to receive options to purchase the equivalent number of shares of common stock at the then fair value of common stock. The CEO exercised his right to have the Company repurchase 195,121 and 168,634 shares of common stock in December 2012 and 2013, respectively, and the Company subsequently issued the CEO options to purchase the equivalent number of shares of common stock at the fair value of common stock on the respective grant dates. The options associated with the December 2013 repurchase were contingently issuable based upon the achievement of certain performance conditions related to specified cash balances or adjusted earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization during the allotted time period and continued service of the CEO. As the performance conditions were probable and the performance conditions were achieved during the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized $0.2 million of compensation expense related to these awards. At December 31, 2013, the Company expects to record additional estimated stock-based compensation expense of $1.1 million over a weighted-average period of 3.4 years related to both of the option awards. The shares of common stock related to the December 2013 right to sell $1.0 million of common stock to the Company were classified within the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2012 as the shares were contingently redeemable at the option of the CEO.

Reserve for Unissued Shares of Common Stock

          The Company is required to reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of common stock such number of shares sufficient for the exercise of all outstanding warrants, plus shares granted and available for grant under the Company's stock option plan.

          The amount of such shares of the Company's common stock reserved for these purposes at December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 
 
Number of Shares
 

Common stock issued

    89,933,301  

Outstanding stock options

    27,545,464  

Outstanding common stock warrants

    8,896,142  

Outstanding Series A preferred stock

    4,285,715  

Additional shares available for grant under the 2005 Plan

    906,140  
       

Total

    131,566,762  
       
       

F-41


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

Exchange of shares for services

          The Company entered into a common stock purchase agreement with a third party vendor that provided legal services to the Company. The common stock purchase agreement allowed the Company to enter into a Conversion Option Agreement ("Conversion Option"), which allowed the Company to pay 20% of its bill rendered for legal service in shares of common stock of the Company at a price of $7.67 for $0.9 million of the lesser of (i) $7.67 per share, or (ii) the value, as of the 15 th  of each month during the term of the engagement, implied by the most recent equity financing consummated during the term of the engagement. On various dates throughout 2012, the Company exercised its Conversion Option and exchanged 110,825 shares of common stock of the Company at a price of $7.67 for $0.9 million of legal services rendered for the period ended December 31, 2012. The fair value of the shares exchanged during the year ended December 31, 2012 ranged from $5.28 to $6.50 resulting in a gain of $0.2 million on the transaction related to the issuance of these shares.

    Shares issued for legal settlement

          In November 2013, the Company entered into a fully executed settlement agreement with one of its marketing sponsorship partners. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, the Company paid $0.3 million in cash and issued 55,000 shares of common stock to the marketing sponsorship partner in November 2013 and recorded a total expense of $0.6 million.

10. Stock-based Awards

Stock Options

          A summary of the Company's stock option activity under the 2005 and 2008 plans for the year ended December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 
 
Number of
Options
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contract Life
(in years)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    23,128,555   $ 2.34     7.35  
                   
                   

Granted

    7,790,161   $ 5.63        

Exercised

    (148,603 ) $ 1.16        

Canceled/forfeited

    (3,224,649 ) $ 2.45        
                   

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    27,545,464   $ 3.26     7.17  
                   
                   

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013

   
25,422,185
 
$

3.10
   
7.05
 

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

    16,284,422   $ 1.88     5.97  

          At December 31, 2013, total remaining stock-based compensation expense for unvested awards is $25.9 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.96 years.

F-42


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Stock-based Awards (Continued)

          The weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of options granted for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was $1.59, $3.22 and $3.20, respectively. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $5.2 million, $9.4 million, and $8.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and 2013, respectively.

          The total intrinsic value of options exercised in 2011, 2012 and 2013 was $8.6 million, $2.9 million and $0.6 million, respectively. This intrinsic value represents the difference between the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price of each option. Based on the fair market value of the Company's common stock at December 31, 2013, the total intrinsic value of all outstanding options was $76.9 million. The total intrinsic value of exercisable options at December 31, 2013 was $67.4 million. The total intrinsic value of options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013 was $74.7 million.

          There was no excess tax benefits realized for the tax deductions from stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

          During 2011 and 2012, the Company granted certain executives stock options to purchase 525,000 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $4.10 per share, and 250,000 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $7.67 per share, respectively. Awards granted in 2011 and 2012 contain performance conditions based on achieving certain revenue and earnings targets. During 2013, the Company granted stock options to purchase 2,648,954 shares of common stock, of which 1,760,439 stock options were granted to certain executives. The weighted average exercise price was $5.90. Of the awards granted in 2013, 123,494 stock options granted are based on achieving certain revenue and earnings targets and 2,525,460 shares contain a two-step vesting condition of which the first step is based on achieving certain revenue and earnings targets, which upon being met, options begin vesting over 48 months beginning on January 1, 2014. The grant date fair values of these awards for 2011, 2012 and 2013 were $1.0 million, $0.8 million and $8.8 million, respectively, as determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company recognizes compensation cost for stock options with performance conditions using a graded vesting model, based on the probability of the performance condition being met, net of estimated pre-vesting forfeitures. At December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, the Company determined that it was probable that the performance conditions of certain awards would be met, and accordingly, compensation cost totaling $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $1.8 million was recognized for these awards during 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

          In July 2011, the Board of Directors authorized the modification of stock options issued to an executive, which extended the exercise period related to fully vested stock options. As a result of the modification, additional stock compensation of $2.1 million was recognized in 2011.

          In March 2012, the Board of Directors authorized the modification of stock options which accelerated vesting of stock options to purchase 1,089,707 shares of common stock and extended the exercise period for all vested shares, including stock options to purchase 947,002 shares of common stock previously granted to a former executive. As a result of the modification, additional stock compensation expense of $4.5 million was recognized in 2012.

F-43


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Stock-based Awards (Continued)

          The following table summarizes the Company's options granted during the year ended December 31, 2013:

Date
 
Number of
Shares
 
Exercise
Price per
Share
 
Fair Value per
Share of
Common Stock
Grant on Date
 
Intrinsic
Value per
Share
 

February 2013

    1,815,484   $ 5.28   $ 5.28      

May 2013

    1,023,245   $ 5.28   $ 5.28      

June 2013

    734,700   $ 5.28   $ 5.28      

October 2013

    3,650,560   $ 5.92   $ 5.92      

November 2013

    566,172   $ 5.93   $ 5.93      

    Restricted Stock

          Activity in connection with the restricted stock is as follows for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Non-vested — December 31, 2012

    183,333   $ 2.37  
             
             

Granted

    31,311   $ 5.93  

Vested

    (131,311 ) $ 3.22  
             

Non-vested — December 31, 2013

    83,333   $ 2.37  
             
             

          For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, the Company recorded $1.0 million, $0.9 million, and $0.4 million, respectively, in compensation expense in connection with the vesting of shares of restricted stock. At December 31, 2013, total remaining stock-based compensation expense amounted to $0.2 million, which is expected to be recognized through November 2014.

F-44


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Stock-based Awards (Continued)

    Stock-based Compensation Cost

          The Company recorded stock-based compensation cost relating to stock options and restricted stock awards in the following categories on the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Cost of revenue

  $ 47   $ 122   $ 141  

Sales and marketing

    1,076     1,571     2,561  

Technology and development

    1,096     1,428     1,762  

General and administrative

    3,989     7,199     4,882  
               

Total stock-based compensation expense

    6,208     10,320     9,346  

Amount capitalized to internal software use

    266     214     540  
               

Total stock-based compensation cost

  $ 6,474   $ 10,534   $ 9,886  
               
               

11. Income Taxes

          The components of the Company's income tax (benefit) provision are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Current:

                   

Federal

  $   $   $  

State

    2     3     7  
               

Total current provision

    2     3     7  
               

Deferred:

                   

Federal

    (8,264 )   (318 )   504  

State

    (2,428 )   (291 )   68  
               

Total deferred (benefit) provision

    (10,692 )   (609 )   572  
               

Total income tax (benefit) provision

  $ (10,690 ) $ (606 ) $ 579  
               
               

          As described below, the Company has established a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets as the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company's income tax provision in 2013 of $0.6 million reflected the amortization of tax deductible goodwill that is not an available source of income to realize deferred tax assets. The Company's income tax benefit in 2012 of $0.6 million reflected a tax benefit of $1.1 million associated with a beneficial conversion feature on its convertible notes payable issued in May 2012 (Note 6), which was partially offset by tax expense related to the amortization of tax deductible goodwill that is not an available source of income to realize deferred tax assets. The benefit from income taxes in 2011 of $10.7 million primarily reflected a partial

F-45


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

release of the valuation allowance as a result of deferred tax liabilities recognized from the acquisition of ALG. The acquired deferred tax liabilities were an available source of realization for the Company's deferred tax assets at the date of the acquisition, resulting in a corresponding release of the valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2011.

          The reconciliation between the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 34% to income before income taxes and the income tax (benefit) provision is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Income tax benefit at the statutory rate

  $ (6,679 ) $ (25,534 ) $ (8,322 )

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

    (116 )   (5,742 )   218  

Nondeductible expenses

    142     144     346  

Change in valuation allowance

    (6,878 )   30,064     6,446  

Expiration of capital loss carryforward

    2,034          

Research and development tax credits

    (398 )        

Stock-based compensation

    1,571     646     2,037  

Other

    (366 )   (184 )   (146 )
               

Total income tax (benefit) provision

  $ (10,690 ) $ (606 ) $ 579  
               
               

          The components of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows (in thousands):

 
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2013
 

Deferred income tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 47,511   $ 49,921  

Stock-based compensation

    6,243     8,262  

Accrued expenses

    1,929     2,852  

Research and development tax credits

    610     610  

Other

    157     172  
           

Gross deferred tax assets

    56,450     61,817  
           

Valuation allowance

    (41,412 )   (47,858 )
           

Net deferred tax assets

    15,038     13,959  
           

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

State taxes

    (3,405 )   (3,296 )

Property, equipment and software

    (2,676 )   (3,353 )

Intangible assets and goodwill

    (9,297 )   (8,566 )

Other

    (344 )    
           

Gross deferred tax liabilities

    (15,722 )   (15,215 )
           

Total net deferred tax liabilities

  $ (684 ) $ (1,256 )
           
           

          The net deferred tax liability at December 31, 2012 and 2013 relates to amortization of tax deductible goodwill that is not an available source of income to realize deferred tax assets. Accordingly, the net deferred tax liability does not reduce the need for a valuation allowance related to the Company's net deferred tax assets.

F-46


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

          At December 31, 2013, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $122.7 million and $106.3 million, respectively. The Company's federal and state net operating loss carryforwards expire beginning in the years ending December 31, 2026 and 2014, respectively. At December 31, 2013, the Company had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The federal tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2028. The state tax credit carryforward can be carried forward indefinitely.

          The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses and other tax attributes in the event of an "ownership change" of a corporation. Accordingly, a company's ability to use pre-change net operating loss and research tax credits may be limited as prescribed under IRC Sections 382 and 383. Events which may cause limitation in the amount of the net operating losses and credits that the Company utilizes in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period. As a result of historical equity issuances, the Company has determined that annual limitations on the utilization of its net operating losses and credits do exist pursuant to IRC Sections 382 and 383, however, such limitations are not expected to impact the Company's ability to utilize these deferred tax assets.

          Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred over the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence such as its projections for future growth. On the basis of this evaluation, at December 31, 2013, a valuation allowance of $47.9 million has been recorded since it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

          The change in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013 is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Valuation allowance, at beginning of year

  $ 18,226   $ 11,348   $ 41,412  

Increase in valuation allowance

    3,941     30,064     6,446  

Release of valuation allowance

    (10,819 )        
               

Valuation Allowances, at end of year

  $ 11,348   $ 41,412   $ 47,858  
               

          As a result of certain realization requirements of ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation , the table of deferred tax assets and liabilities shown above does not include certain deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, that arose directly from (or the use of which was postponed by) tax deductions related to stock-based compensation that are greater than the compensation recognized for financial reporting purposes. Additional paid-in capital will be increased by $1.7 million if and when such deferred tax assets are ultimately realized. The Company uses the with-and-without approach when determining when excess tax benefits have been realized.

F-47


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

          The following is a reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Unrecognized tax benefit beginning of year

  $   $   $ (4 )

Gross increases — tax positions in prior year

        610      

Gross decreases — tax positions in current year

        (614 )    
               

Unrecognized tax benefit end of year

  $   $ (4 ) $ (4 )
               
               

          The unrecognized tax benefits are recorded as an adjustment to the deferred tax assets. Since there is a full valuation allowance recorded against the deferred tax assets, any subsequent reductions of the valuation allowance and recognition of the associated tax benefit would affect the effective tax rate.

          The Company's policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, in the income tax provision. At December 31, 2013, the Company had no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions. The Company does not anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months.

          The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various states. Due to the presence of net operating loss carryforwards, all of the income tax years remain open for examination by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") and various state taxing authorities. The Company was notified that it is under audit by the IRS for the tax years ending December 31, 2011 and 2012. The Company is not currently under audit from any other state taxing authorities.

12. Employee Benefit Plan

          The Company has a 401(k) Savings Retirement Plan that covers substantially all full-time employees who meet the plan's eligibility requirements and provides for an employee elective contribution. The Company made matching contributions to the plan of $0.5 million, $0.9 million and $0.9 million, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

13. Related Party Transactions

    Transactions with Stockholders

          As part of the acquisition of ALG, the Company entered into various data licensing and transition services agreements with Dealertrack, a significant stockholder of the Company. Costs under these agreements for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $0.8 million and $0.1 million, for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $1.7 million and $0.6 million and for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $2.0 million and $0.3 million are included in cost of revenue, and sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss, respectively. Accounts payable to Dealertrack totaled $0.2 million at December 31, 2012. No amounts were due to Dealertrack at December 31, 2013.

F-48


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

    Notes Receivable from Related Parties

          From 2007 to 2011, the Company issued notes to executives of the Company totaling $4.1 million of which $2.9 million were exchanged for cash and $1.2 million were in consideration for the purchase of common stock. The notes bear interest at rates between 1.2% and 6.0%. Principal and interest payments are due at maturity. The loans have maturity dates ranging from 2011 to 2016, and were repaid in full by February 2014, except for $0.3 million which has been reserved for by the Company.

          In September 2010, the Company issued a note to a former employee of the Company for $0.2 million in connection with the exercise of options to purchase common stock. The note bore interest at 0.5% and there were no principal and interest payments due until maturity in August 2013, and was paid in full.

          In October 2012, an executive resigned from the Company and became a consultant. At his separation date, the former executive had two notes outstanding with original principal balances of $0.1 million and $0.1 million, due November 2013 and August 2014, respectively. As part of this separation, the notes were amended such that the principal and accrued interest were due and payable upon the earlier of November 2013 or 45 days following the termination as a service provider to the Company. At December 31, 2012, the aggregate principal and interest outstanding was $0.2 million. The principal and interest on the notes were paid in full on December 27, 2013.

          Loans issued for the purchase of the Company's capital stock have been classified in stockholders' equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Loans issued for cash have been classified as notes receivable from related parties on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

          All of the notes receivable from the Company's executives described above are full recourse notes against their personal assets. In addition, the notes receivable contain provisions for accelerated repayment upon certain events such as termination of employment, the filing of a registration statement with the SEC for an initial public offering, or the acquisition of the Company.

    Vendor Purchases

          An employee of the Company is an officer of one of the Company's vendors. Purchases from that vendor, which are included in cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, totaled $0.4 million, $0.6 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

    Advances to an Officer

          The Company pays business and personal expenses, which may be charged to a corporate card or paid directly to third parties, of the Company's CEO and the CEO reimburses the Company for personal expenses paid by the Company. During 2011, 2012 and 2013, the Company paid personal expenses of $0.1 million, $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, amounts receivable from this executive were $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, and were included in other current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The advances made to the CEO were paid in full in February 2014.

F-49


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

    Stock Repurchase Arrangement with Officer

          The Company executed an employment agreement with a stock repurchase provision with its CEO. In December 2012 and 2013, the Company repurchased 195,121 shares of common stock at a price of $5.33 and 168,634 shares of common stock at a price of $5.93 per share, respectively, which were the fair value of the shares on the respective dates of repurchase (Note 9).

    Transactions with USAA

          A member of the Company's board of directors is the current Managing Director, Corporate Development at USAA, the largest stockholder and most significant affinity marketing partner of the Company. The Company has entered into arrangements with USAA to operate their Auto Buying Program. The Company has amounts due from USAA at December 31, 2012 and 2013 of $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively. In addition, the Company has amounts due to USAA at December 31, 2012 and 2013 of $0.5 million and $1.2 million, respectively. The Company recorded sales and marketing expense of $2.6 million, $3.4 million and $8.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, related to service arrangements entered into with USAA, including non-cash expense associated with warrants to purchase shares of common stock (Note 9).

    Transactions with AutoNation

          The President and Chief Operating Officer of AutoNation, Inc., or AutoNation served as a member of the Company's board of directors from July 2011 to May 2012. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, auto buying program revenues from AutoNation and its dealership affiliates' were $1.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

14. Revenue Information

          The CODM reviews separate revenue information for its Transaction and Data and Other service offerings. All other financial information is reviewed by the CODM on a consolidated basis. The following table presents our revenue categories during the periods presented (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 

Transaction revenue

  $ 71,222   $ 64,703   $ 118,713  

Data and other revenue

    5,108     15,186     15,245  
               

Total revenues

  $ 76,330   $ 79,889   $ 133,958  
               
               

15. Subsequent Events

          The Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 3, 2014, the date of issuance of the consolidated financial statements.

          In the first quarter of 2014, the Board of Directors granted stock options to purchase 4,641,260 shares of the Company's common stock to employees and consultants at a weighted average

F-50


Table of Contents


TrueCar, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

15. Subsequent Events (Continued)

exercise price of $6.16 per share. The stock options vest over periods ranging from one to four years. The estimated total stock-based compensation associated with these stock options of $15.8 million is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.8 years.

          In January 2014, the Company acquired the domain name, True.com for $350,000 in cash.

          In February 2014, the Company acquired the ticker symbol, TRUE, in exchange for cash of $750,000 and warrants to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.93 per share, with an estimated fair value of $53,000.

          In February 2014, the Board of Directors approved an increase of 11,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan.

          On February 13, 2014, the Company's CEO repaid the Company for the entire outstanding balance of notes receivable and other advances outstanding at December 31, 2013 of $4.0 million.

F-51


Table of Contents


             Shares

TrueCar, Inc.

Common Stock



LOGO



Goldman, Sachs & Co.   J.P. Morgan



           Through and including                           (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.



   


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

          The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the Registrant, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon the completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

SEC registration fee

  $ 16,100  

FINRA filing fee

    19,250  

Exchange listing fee

         *

Printing and engraving expenses

         *

Legal fees and expenses

         *

Accounting fees and expenses

         *

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

         *

Miscellaneous

         *
       

Total

  $              *
       
       

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

          On completion of this offering, the Registrant's amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that eliminate, to the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the personal liability of the Registrant's directors and executive officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors or officers. The Registrant's amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that the Registrant must indemnify its directors and executive officers and may indemnify its employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

          Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provide that a corporation may indemnify any person made a party to an action by reason of the fact that he or she was a director, executive officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of a corporation against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of an action by or in right of the corporation, no indemnification may generally be made in respect of any claim as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.

          The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and intends to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.

          The Registrant has purchased and intends to maintain insurance on behalf of each and any person who is or was a director or officer of the Registrant against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.

II-1


Table of Contents

          The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its executive officers and directors, and by the Registrant of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

          See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

          During the last three years, the Registrant sold the following unregistered securities:

    2005 Stock Plan Related Issuances

    From January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013, the Registrant granted to its directors, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 19,301,668 shares of common stock under the Registrant's 2005 Stock Plan (the "2005 Plan") at exercise prices ranging from $1.89 to $7.67 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of approximately $95.5 million.

    From January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013, the Registrant sold and issued to its directors, employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 2,715,638 shares of its common stock pursuant to option exercises under the 2005 Plan at prices ranging from $0.18 to $7.67 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1.7 million.

    From January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013, the Registrant sold and issued to its directors, employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate amount of 1,027,819 shares of restricted common stock under the 2005 Plan at prices ranging from $2.37 to $7.67 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $2.9 million.

    2008 Stock Plan Related Issuances

    From January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013, the Registrant sold and issued to its employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 154,520 shares of its common stock pursuant to option exercises under the 2008 Plan at an exercise price of $0.26 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $40,000.

    Preferred Stock Issuances

    In November 2013, the Registrant sold to one accredited investor 4,285,715 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price per share of $7.00 for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $30.0 million.

    Conversion of All Outstanding Shares of Preferred Stock to Shares of Common Stock

    In August 2011, the Registrant reclassified all of the outstanding interests and shares of its Series A-1, Series A-2, Series A-3, Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock held by its investors by converting such interests into an aggregate of 45,098,325 shares of its common stock on a one-for-one basis. The Registrant received no proceeds as a result of this transaction.

    Common Stock Issuances

    In April 2011, the Registrant sold to one accredited investor 2,127,658 shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $1.41 for gross proceeds of approximately $3.0 million.

II-2


Table of Contents

    In April 2011, the Registrant issued 595,972 shares of its common stock to one accredited investor in connection with its acquisition of a company.

    In September 2011, the Registrant sold to twenty one accredited investors an aggregate of 10,271,726 shares of its common stock at a purchase price per share of $5.30 for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $54.4 million.

    In September 2011, the Registrant issued 25,000 shares of its common stock to one accredited investor in connection with its acquisition of substantially all the assets of a company.

    In October 2011, the Registrant issued 15,556,037 shares of its common stock to one accredited investor in connection with its acquisition of a company.

    In November 2011, the Registrant sold to one accredited investor 47,170 shares of its common stock at a purchase price per share of $5.30 for gross proceeds of approximately $250,000.

    In April 2012, the Registrant sold to one accredited investor 18,867 shares of its common stock at a purchase price per share of $5.30 for gross proceeds of approximately $100,000.

    In November 2012, the Registrant sold to one accredited investor 70,407 shares of its common stock at a purchase price per share of $7.67 for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $540,000.

    In December 2012, the Registrant sold to one accredited investor an aggregate of 40,418 shares of its common stock at a purchase price per share of $7.67 for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $310,000.

    From January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013, the Registrant issued to three accredited investors an aggregate of 598,149 shares of its common stock pursuant to warrant exercises at prices ranging from $1.02 to $5.30 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $859,000.

    In November 2013, the Registrant issued to one of its former marketing sponsorship partners 55,000 shares of its common stock pursuant to a fully executed settlement agreement.

    Warrants

    From January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013, the Registrant issued to nine accredited investors warrants to purchase an aggregate of 23,295,477 shares of its common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.01 to $10.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $153.8 million.

    Sales of Convertible Promissory Notes

    In February 2011, the Registrant issued a convertible promissory note to one accredited investor in the principal amount of $2 million with an interest rate of 6% per annum.

    In May 2012, the Registrant issued subordinated secured convertible promissory notes to sixteen accredited investors in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $23.1 million, each with an interest rate of 10% per annum.

II-3


Table of Contents

    Conversion of Convertible Promissory Notes

    In September 2011, the Registrant issued to one accredited investor 388,648 shares of its common stock pursuant to the conversion of approximately $2.1 million in principal and accrued interest on a convertible promissory note.

    In May 2013, the Registrant issued to sixteen accredited investors an aggregate of 5,334,618 shares of its common stock pursuant to the conversion of approximately $25.4 million in principal and accrued interest on certain subordinated secured convertible promissory notes.

          None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the Registrant believes that each such transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the Registrant's board of directors, or Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. Each recipient of the securities in these transactions represented his or her intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in each such transaction. In each case, the recipient represented that such recipient had received adequate information regarding the Registrant or had adequate access, through his or her relationship with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)    Exhibits:

          See Exhibit Index immediately following the Signature Page.

(b)    Financial Statement Schedules.

          All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

          The Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-4


Table of Contents

          The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

              (1)     For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from a form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement at the time it was declared effective.

              (2)     For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Santa Monica, State of California, on April 3, 2014.

    TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ SCOTT PAINTER

Scott Painter
Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

          KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Scott Painter and Michael Guthrie, jointly and severally, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this registration statement on Form S-1 and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below:

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ SCOTT PAINTER

Scott Painter
  Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   April 3, 2014

/s/ MICHAEL GUTHRIE

Michael Guthrie

 

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 

April 3, 2014

/s/ JOHN PIERANTONI

John Pierantoni

 

Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

April 3, 2014

/s/ ABHISHEK AGRAWAL

Abhishek Agrawal

 

Director

 

April 3, 2014

/s/ TODD BRADLEY

Todd Bradley

 

Director

 

April 3, 2014

/s/ ROBERT BUCE

Robert Buce

 

Director

 

April 3, 2014

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ STEVEN DIETZ

Steven Dietz
  Director   April 3, 2014

/s/ THOMAS GIBSON

Thomas Gibson

 

Director

 

April 3, 2014

/s/ JOHN KRAFCIK

John Krafcik

 

Director

 

April 3, 2014

/s/ VICTOR PASCUCCI

Victor Pascucci

 

Director

 

April 3, 2014

/s/ ION YADIGAROGLU

Ion Yadigaroglu

 

Director

 

April 3, 2014

II-7


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
 
Exhibit Title
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.
        
  3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
        
  3.2 * Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
        
  3.3   Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
        
  3.4 * Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
        
  4.1   Seventh Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated November 22, 2013, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
        
  4.2 * Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
        
  4.3   Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated February 25, 2011, by and between the Registrant and GR Match, LLC.
        
  4.4   Warrant to Purchase Shares, dated September 24, 2007, by and between the Registrant and Greenridge Capital LLC, as amended by the Warrant Transfer Agreement dated October 29, 2010 by and between Greenridge Capital LLC and Jonathan Heine.
        
  4.5   Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated April 29, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Honk LLC.
        
  4.6   Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated June 13, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended by the First Amendment to Warrant to Purchase Stock dated June 13, 2013 by and between the Registrant and SVB Financial Group.
        
  4.7   Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated November 24, 2009, by and between the Registrant and United Services Automobile Association.
        
  4.8   Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated June 25, 2010, by and between the Registrant and United Services Automobile Association.
        
  4.9   Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated January 1, 2012, by and between the Registrant and United Services Automobile Association.
        
  4.10   Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated November 22, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC.
        
  4.11 * Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated August 22, 2013, by and between the Registrant and The Cawston Group, Inc.
        
  4.12   Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated March 12, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Centrue Financial Corporation.
        
  4.13   Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated February 11, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Venture Lending & Leasing VI, LLC.
        
  4.14   Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated February 11, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Venture Lending & Leasing VII, LLC.
        
  5.1 * Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
        
  10.1 # Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
 
Exhibit Title
        
  10.2 # 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, and forms of agreements thereunder.
        
  10.3 # 2008 Stock Plan, as amended, and forms of agreements thereunder.
        
  10.4 *# 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
        
  10.5 # Employment Agreement, dated December 20, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Scott Painter, as amended.
        
  10.6 # Employment Agreement, dated October 25, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Michael Guthrie.
        
  10.7 # Employment Agreement, dated May 1, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Bernard Brenner.
        
  10.8 # Offer Letter, dated September 28, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Lawrence Dominique.
        
  10.9 # Employment Agreement, dated April 10, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Michael Dunn.
        
  10.10 # Employment Agreement, dated September 15, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Stewart Easterby.
        
  10.11 # Employment Agreement, dated September 15, 2008, by and between the Registrant and James Nguyen, as amended.
        
  10.12 # Offer Letter, dated November 1, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Thomas Taira.
        
  10.13 # Employment Agreement, dated January 17, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Lucas Donat.
        
  10.14   Clock Tower Building Office Lease, dated May 10, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Clock Tower, LLC, as amended by the Amendment to Lease Re Additional Space and Term Extension dated November 20, 2010 and the Second Amendment to Lease, dated September 19, 2013, by and between the Registrant and SaMo Clock Tower, LLC (successor in interest to Clock Tower, LLC).
        
  10.15   Office Lease, dated October 15, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Douglas Emmett 1995, LLC.
        
  10.16   1540 Second Street Office Lease, dated September 30, 2013, by and between the Registrant and RBE 1540 Second Street LLC.
        
  10.17   Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 15, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended by the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated November 12, 2010, the First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated December 31, 2010, the Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated November 11, 2011, the Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated February 9, 2012, the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated June 13, 2012, the First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 11, 2012 and the Second Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated June 13, 2013.
 
   

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
 
Exhibit Title
  10.18 * Zag Services & Maintenance Agreement, dated February 13, 2007, by and between the Registrant and United Services Automobile Association, as amended by Amendment #1 dated September 22, 2008, Amendment #2 dated May 12, 2009, Amendment #3 dated July 1, 2009, Amendment #4 dated June 25, 2010, Amendment #5 dated October 26, 2010, Amended and Restated Amendment #6 dated February 10, 2011, Amendment #7 dated June 1, 2011, Amendment #8 dated November 16, 2011, Amendment #9 dated March 13, 2012, Amendment #10 dated April 19, 2012, Amendment #11 dated May 17, 2012, Amendment #12 dated May 17, 2012, Amendment #13 dated August 15, 2012, Amendment #14 dated October 16, 2012, Amended and Restated Amendment #15 dated November 12, 2012, Amendment #16 dated December 12, 2012, Amendment #17 dated May 17, 2012, Amendment #18 dated January 17, 2013, Amendment #19 dated March 20, 2013, Amendment #20 dated April 2, 2013, Amendment #21 dated June 11, 2013, Amendment #22 dated July 22, 2013, Amendment #23 dated September 10, 2013, Amendment #24 dated August 30, 2013 and Amendment #25 dated August 30, 2013, and as amended by Project Addendum dated August 29, 2008, Project Addendum dated March 17, 2011 and Project Addendum dated May 31, 2011.
        
  21.1   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
        
  23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
        
  23.2 * Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
        
  24.1   Power of Attorney (attached to the signature page of this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

*
To be filed by amendment.

#
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.



Exhibit 3.1

 

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

TrueCar, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), certifies that:

 

A.            The name of the Corporation is TrueCar, Inc.  The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name “Zag.com Inc.”  The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 25, 2005.  The Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 19, 2005.  The Corporation’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 25, 2005 and amended by the filing of a Certificate of Amendment on October 14, 2005.  The Corporation’s Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 1, 2005 and amended by the filing of a Certificate of Amendment on December 27, 2006.  The Corporation’s Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 21, 2007. The Corporation’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 20, 2009.  The Corporation’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 24, 2010 and amended by the filing of a Certificate of Amendment on November 23, 2010.

 

B.            This Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation.

 

C.            The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TrueCar, Inc. has caused this Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Scott Painter, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on August 29, 2011.

 

 

 

/s/ Scott Painter

 

Scott Painter

 

Chief Executive Officer

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the Corporation is TrueCar, Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

 

ARTICLE III

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801.  The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Immediately upon filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each previously authorized and outstanding share of Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into one (1) share of fully-paid, non-assessable Common Stock.

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue one class of shares to be designated Common Stock. The total number of shares of Common Stock the Corporation has authority to issue is One Hundred Twenty Five Million (125,000,000) with a par value of $0.0001 per share.  Any shares of Common Stock repurchased by the Corporation after the date hereof shall be retired and shall resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, in accordance with the provisions of Section 243 of the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE V

 

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless a stockholder demands election by written ballot at the meeting and before voting begins or unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

2



 

ARTICLE VII

 

Unless otherwise set forth herein, the number of directors which constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be designated in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

 

The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

 

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

3



 

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim accruing or arising or that, but for this Article, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

4



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE

 

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

TRUECAR, INC.

a Delaware corporation

 

TrueCar, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:

 

FIRST:           The name of the Corporation is TrueCar, Inc.  The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name “Zag.com Inc.”  The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 25, 2005.  The Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 19, 2005.  The Corporation’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 25, 2005 and amended by the filing of a Certificate of Amendment on October 14, 2005.  The Corporation’s Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 1, 2005 and amended by the filing of a Certificate of Amendment on December 27, 2006.  The Corporation’s Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 21, 2007. The Corporation’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 20, 2009 and amended by the filing of a Certificate of Amendment on January 22, 2009.  The Corporation’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 24, 2010 and amended by the filing of a Certificate of Amendment on November 23, 2010. The Corporation’s Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 29, 2011.

 

SECOND:      That the Board of Directors of this Corporation, acting in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, adopted resolutions setting forth the proposed amendment of the Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this Corporation to solicit the written consent of the stockholders of this Corporation upon the consideration thereof.

 

THIRD:          That thereafter, pursuant to a resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors, the written consent of the stockholders of this Corporation was duly called for in accordance with Section 228(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and the holders of the requisite number of shares as required by statute consented to the adoption of said amendment.

 

FOURTH:     That the second paragraph of Article IV of the Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“The Corporation is authorized to issue one class of shares to be designated Common Stock. The total number of shares of Common Stock the Corporation has authority to issue is One Hundred Forty-Seven Million (147,000,000) with a par value of $0.0001 per share.  Any shares of Common Stock repurchased by the Corporation after the date hereof shall be retired and shall

 

1



 

resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, in accordance with the provisions of Section 243 of the DGCL.”

 

(Signature page follows)

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Amendment of the Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on March 27, 2012.

 

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

 

Scott Painter

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Certificate of Amendment]

 




Exhibit 3.3

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

ZAG.COM INC.

 

ARTICLE I

 

Stockholders

 

SECTION 1.         Annual Meeting .  The annual meeting of the stockholders of Zag.com Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may be properly brought before the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.         Special Meetings .  Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, a special meeting of the stockholders of the corporation may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.  Any special meeting of the stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors or the officer calling the meeting may designate.  At a special meeting of the stockholders, no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting unless all of the stockholders are present in person or by proxy, in which case any and all business may be transacted at the meeting even though the meeting is held without notice.

 

SECTION 3.         Notice of Meetings .  Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law, a written notice of each meeting of the stockholders shall be given not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting at such stockholder’s

 



 

address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.  The notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

SECTION 4.         Quorum .  At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of the stockholders for all purposes, unless the representation of a larger number of shares shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, in which case the representation of the number of shares so required shall constitute a quorum; provided that at any meeting of the stockholders at which the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote separately as a class, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of such class, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for purposes of such class vote unless the representation of a larger number of shares of such class shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, or by these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 5.         Adjourned Meetings .  Whether or not a quorum shall be present in person or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting may adjourn from time to time; provided , however , that if the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation are entitled to vote separately as a class upon any matter at such meeting, any adjournment of the meeting in respect of action by such class upon such matter shall be determined by the holders of a majority of the shares of such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting.  When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice

 

2



 

need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting the stockholders, or the holder of any class of stock entitled to vote separately as a class, as the case may be, may transact any business which might have been transacted by them at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 6.         Organization .  The Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence, the President or the Chairman of the Board, or in the absence of the President or the Chairman of the Board, a Vice President, shall call all meetings of the stockholders to order, and shall act as chairman of such meetings.  In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chairman of the Board and all Vice Presidents, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting shall elect a chairman.

 

The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the stockholders; but in the absence of the Secretary, the chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting.  It shall be the duty of the Secretary to prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the

 

3



 

place where the meeting is to be held, for the 10 days next preceding the meeting, to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, and shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and subject to the inspection of any stockholder who may be present.

 

SECTION 7.         Voting .  Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, or by law, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of the capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of such stockholder upon the books of the Corporation.  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  When directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote upon any matter before a meeting of stockholders shall be by ballot.  Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote in the election and, whenever any corporate action other than the election of Directors is to be taken, it shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon.

 

Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of Directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes.

 

4



 

SECTION 8.         Inspectors .  When required by law or directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder entitled to vote, but not otherwise, the polls shall be opened and closed, the proxies and ballots shall be received and taken in charge, and all questions touching the qualification of votes, the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided at any meeting of the stockholders by one or more Inspectors who may be appointed by the Board of Directors before the meeting, or if not so appointed, shall be appointed by the presiding officer at the meeting.  If any person so appointed fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment in like manner.

 

SECTION 9.         Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.  Prompt notice of the taking of any such corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Board of Directors

 

SECTION 1.         Number and Term of Office .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, none of whom need be stockholders of the Corporation.  The number of Directors constituting the

 

5



 

Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution passed by a majority of the Board of Directors.  The Directors shall, except as hereinafter otherwise provided for filling vacancies, be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, and shall hold office until their respective successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

SECTION 2.         Removal, Vacancies and Additional Directors .  The stockholders may, at any special meeting the notice of which shall state that it is called for that purpose, remove, with or without cause, any Director and fill the vacancy; provided that whenever any Director shall have been elected by the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation voting separately a class under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, such Director may be removed and the vacancy filled only by the holders of that class of stock voting separately as a class.  Vacancies caused by any such removal and not filled by the stockholders at the meeting at which such removal shall have been made, or any vacancy caused by the death or resignation of any Director or for any other reason, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any Director so elected to fill any such vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

 

When one or more Directors shall resign effective at a future date, a majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office as herein provided in connection with the filling of other vacancies.

 

6



 

SECTION 3.         Place of Meeting .  The Board of Directors may hold its meetings in such place or places in the State of Delaware or outside the State of Delaware as the Board from time to time shall determine.

 

SECTION 4.         Regular Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board of Directors from time to time by resolution shall determine.  No notice shall be required for any regular meeting of the Board of Directors; but a copy of every resolution fixing or changing the time or place of regular meetings shall be mailed or electronically mailed to every Director at least five days before the fits meeting held in pursuance thereof.

 

SECTION 5.         Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by direction of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or by any two of the Directors then in office.

 

Notice of the day, hour and place of holding of each special meeting shall be given by mailing the same at least two days before the meeting or by causing the same to be transmitted by electronic mail, facsimile, telegram or telephone at least one day before the meeting to each Director.  Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business other than an amendment of these By-Laws may be acted upon if the notice of the meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By- Laws may be acted upon if the notice of the meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws is one of the purposes of the meeting.  At any meeting at which every Director shall be present, even though without any notice, any business may be transacted, including the amendment of these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 6.         Quorum .  Subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article II, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors in office (but in no case less than

 

7



 

one-third of the total number of Directors) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the vote of the majority of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.  If at any meeting of the Board there is less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

 

SECTION 7.         Organization .  The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.  In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside, and in his or her absence, a chairman shall be elected from the Directors present.  The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the Directors; but in the absence of the Secretary, the chairman of a meeting may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting.

 

SECTION 8.         Committees .  The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation.  The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence of disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and the affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers, as appropriate; but no such committee shall have

 

8



 

the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending these By-Laws; and unless such resolution, these By-Laws, or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

 

SECTION 9.         Conference Telephone Meetings .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 10.       Consent of Directors of Committee in Lieu of Meeting .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Officers

 

SECTION 1.         Officers .  The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents and a Secretary, and such

 

9



 

additional officers, if any, as shall be elected by the Board of Directors pursuant to the provisions of Section 6 of this Article III.  The Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents and the Secretary shall be elected by the Board of Directors at the first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders.  The failure to hold such election shall not of itself terminate the term of office of any officer.  All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.  Officers may, but need not, be Directors.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

All officers, agents and employees shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors.  The removal of an officer without cause shall be without prejudice to his or her contract rights, if any.  The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.  All agents and employees other than officers elected by the Board of Directors shall also be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the officers appointing them.

 

Any vacancy caused by the death, resignation, removal or otherwise of any officer, may be filled by the Board of Directors, and any officer so elected shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

In addition to the powers and duties of the officers of the Corporation as set forth in these By-Laws, the officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.         Powers and Duties of Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall have general charge and control of all its business and affairs and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office.

 

10


 

The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all .meetings of the Board of Directors in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3.                             Powers and Duties of the President .  The President shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of President.  The President may preside at all meetings of the stockholders in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws, the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.                             Powers and Duties of the Vice Presidents .  Each Vice President shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Vice President and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to such Vice President by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or President.

 

SECTION 5.                             Powers and Duties of the Secretary .  The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and the minutes of all meetings of the stockholders in books provided for that purpose; the Secretary shall attend to the giving or serving of all notices of the Corporation; the Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to such documents and other papers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall authorize and direct; the Secretary shall have charge of the stock certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to the examination

 

11



 

of any Director, upon application, at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and the Secretary shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as he or she may be assigned from time to time by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

SECTION 6.                             Additional Officers .  The Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers (who may but need not be Directors), including a Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers as the Board may deem advisable and such officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to them by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution delegate to any Assistant Secretary or Assistant Secretaries any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Secretary.

 

SECTION 7.                             Voting Upon Stocks .  Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote, or in the name of the Corporation to execute proxies to vote, at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise, in person or by proxy, any and all rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock.  The Board of Directors may from time to time, by resolution, confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

12



 

SECTION 8.                             Compensation of Officers .  The officers of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive such compensation for their services as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

SECTION 1.                             Nature of Indemnity .  The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to become a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a Director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, and may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; except that in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure

 

13



 

a judgment in its favor (a) such indemnification shall be limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in the defense or settlement of such action or suit, and (b) no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or other such court shall deem proper.

 

The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

SECTION 2.                             Successful Defense .  To the extent that a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1 of this Article IV or in defense of any claim, issue or matter herein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

SECTION 3.                             Determination that Indemnification is Proper .  Any indemnification of a Director or officer of the Corporation under Section 1 of this Article IV (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation unless a determination is

 

14



 

made that indemnification of the Director or officer is not proper in the circumstances because such person has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1.  Any indemnification of an employee or agent of the Corporation under Section 1 (unless ordered by a court) may be made by the Corporation upon a determination that indemnification of the employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such employer or agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1.  Any such determination shall be made (a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (c) by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 4.                             Advance Payment of Expenses .  Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines in a specific case, expenses incurred by a Director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IV.  Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.  The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation’s legal counsel to represent such Director, officer, employee or agent in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.

 

SECTION 5.                             Survival; Preservation of Other Rights .  The foregoing indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and

 

15



 

each Director, officer, employee and agent who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law are in effect and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action, suit or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or part upon any such state of facts.  Such a contract right may not be modified retroactively without the consent of such Director, officer, employee or agent.

 

The indemnification provided by this Article IV shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by- law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in the indemnified’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefits of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.  The corporation may enter into an agreement with any of its Directors, officers, employees or agents providing for indemnification and advancement of expenses, including attorneys’ fees, that may change, enhance, qualify or limit any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses created by this Article IV.

 

SECTION 6.                             Severability .  If this Article IV or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Director or officer and may indemnify each employee or agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable

 

16



 

portion of this Article IV that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

SECTION 7.                             Subrogation .   In the event of payment of indemnification to a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to any right of recovery such person may have and such person, as a condition of receiving indemnification from the Corporation, shall execute all documents and do all things that the Corporation may deem necessary or desirable to perfect such right of recovery, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to enforce any such recovery.

 

SECTION 8.                             No Duplication of Payments .  The Corporation shall not be liable under this Article IV to make any payments in connection with any claim made against a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV to the extent such person has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, by-law or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Stock-Seal-Fiscal Year

 

SECTION 1.                             Certificates for Shares of Stock .  The certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.  All certificates shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and shall not be valid unless so signed.

 

In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been

 

17



 

delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

 

All certificates for shares of stock shall be consecutively numbered as the same are issued.  The name of the person owning the shares represented thereby with the number of such shares and the date of issue thereof shall be entered on the books of the corporation.

 

Except as hereinafter provided, all certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be canceled, and no new certificates shall be issued until former certificates for the same number of shares have been surrendered and canceled.

 

SECTION 2.                             Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates .  Whenever a person owning a certificate for shares of stock of the Corporation alleges that it has been lost, stolen or destroyed, such person shall file in the office of the Corporation an affidavit setting forth, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, the time, place and circumstances of the loss, theft or destruction, and, if required by the Board of Directors, a bond of indemnity or other indemnification sufficient in the opinion of the Board of Directors to indemnify the Corporation and its agents against any claim that may be made against it or them on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of a new certificate in replacement therefore.  Thereupon the Corporation may cause to be issued to such person a new certificate in replacement for the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.  Upon the stub of every new certificate so issued shall be noted the fact of aril issue and the number, date and the name of the registered owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate in lieu of which the new certificate is issued.

 

18



 

SECTION 3.                             Transfer of Shares .  Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof, in person or by the holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for the number of shares of stock to be transferred, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article V.

 

SECTION 4.                             Regulations .  The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5.                             Record Date .  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, as the case may be, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be (a) more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, (b) in the case of Corporate action to be taken by consent in writing without a meeting, prior to, or more than 10 days after, the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, or (c) more than 60 days prior to any other action.

 

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next proceeding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in

 

19



 

writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating hereto.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 6.                             Dividends .  Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have the power to declare and pay dividends upon shares of stock of the Corporation, but only out of funds available for the payment of dividends as provided by law.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, any dividends declared upon the stock of the Corporation shall be payable on such date or dates as the Board of Directors shall determine.  If the date fixed for the payment of any dividend shall in any year fall upon a legal holiday, then the dividend payable on such date shall be paid on the next day not a legal holiday.

 

SECTION 7.                             Corporate Seal .  The Corporation may provide a seal, containing the name of the Corporation and which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.  The corporate seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced.

 

SECTION 8.                             Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such fiscal year as the Board of Directors from time to time by resolution shall determine.

 

20



 

ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

SECTION 1.                             Checks, Notes, Etc .  All checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes or other obligations or orders for the payment of money shall be signed, and, if so required by the Board of Directors, countersigned by such officers of the Corporation and/or other persons as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate.

 

Checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptance, notes, obligations and orders for the payment of money made payable to the Corporation may be endorsed for deposit to the credit of the Corporation with a duly authorized depository by the Treasurer and/or such other officers or persons as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

 

SECTION 2.                             Loans .  No loans and no renewals of any loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation except as authorized by the Board of Directors.  When authorized to do so, any officer or agent of the Corporation may affect loans and advances for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution or from any firm, corporation or individual, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds or other evidence of indebtedness of the Corporation.  When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may pledge, hypothecate or transfer, as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, and any and all stock, securities and other personal property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end may endorse, assign and deliver the same.  Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

21



 

SECTION 3.                             Contracts .  Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law or as otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, President or any Vice President shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, all agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and the seal of the Corporation, if appropriate, shall be affixed thereto by any of such officers or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  The Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, President or any Vice President designated by the Board of Directors may authorize any other officer, employee or agent to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and, if appropriate, to affix the seal of the Corporation thereto.  The grant of such authority by the Board or any such officer may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 4.                             Waivers of Notice .  Whenever any notice is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws to any person or persons, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

SECTION 5.                             Offices Outside of Delaware .  Except as otherwise required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation may have an office or offices and keep its books, documents and papers outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

22



 

ARTICLE VII

 

Amendments

 

These By-Laws and any amendment thereof may be altered, amended or repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted, by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the members of the Board, provided in the case of any special meeting at which all of the members of the Board are not present, that the notice of such meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws was one of the purposes of the meeting; but these By-Laws and any amendment thereof may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the holders of a majority of the total outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at any annual meeting or at any special meeting, provided , in the case of any special meeting, that notice of such proposed alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is included in the notice of the meeting.

 

23




Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 

November 22, 2013

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 1 Definitions

 

1

 

 

 

 

1.1

Certain Definitions

 

1

 

 

 

Section 2 Registration Rights

 

5

 

 

 

 

2.1

Requested Registration

 

5

 

2.2

Company Registration

 

8

 

2.3

Registration on Form S-3

 

9

 

2.4

Expenses of Registration

 

10

 

2.5

Registration Procedures

 

10

 

2.6

Indemnification

 

11

 

2.7

Information by Holder

 

13

 

2.8

Restrictions on Transfer

 

14

 

2.9

Rule 144 Reporting

 

15

 

2.10

Market Stand-Off Agreement

 

16

 

2.11

Delay of Registration

 

16

 

2.12

Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights

 

16

 

2.13

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

 

16

 

2.14

Termination of Registration Rights

 

16

 

 

 

Section 3 Covenants of the Company

 

17

 

 

 

 

3.1

Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights

 

17

 

3.2

Inspection/Confidentiality

 

17

 

3.3

True Books and Records

 

18

 

3.4

Directors’ Liability and Indemnification

 

18

 

3.5

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement

 

18

 

3.6

Board Approval

 

18

 

3.7

Eligible Voting Shares Stockholder Approval

 

19

 

3.8

Series A Preferred Stockholder Approval

 

20

 

3.9

Additional Market Stand-Off Agreements

 

20

 

3.10

Equity Grants

 

20

 

3.11

Termination of Covenants

 

20

 

 

 

Section 4 Right of First Refusal

 

20

 

 

 

 

4.1

Right of First Refusal to Qualified Holders

 

20

 

4.2

Termination of Right of First Refusal

 

22

 

 

 

Section 5 Miscellaneous

 

22

 

 

 

 

5.1

Amendment

 

22

 

5.2

Notices

 

23

 

5.3

Governing Law

 

24

 

5.4

Successors and Assigns

 

24

 

5.5

Entire Agreement

 

24

 

5.6

Amendment of Prior Agreement

 

24

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.7

Delays or Omissions

 

24

 

5.8

Severability

 

25

 

5.9

Titles and Subtitles

 

25

 

5.10

Counterparts

 

25

 

5.11

Telecopy Execution and Delivery

 

25

 

5.12

Further Assurances

 

25

 

5.13

Termination Upon Change of Control

 

25

 

5.14

Conflict

 

25

 

5.15

Attorneys’ Fees

 

25

 

5.16

Aggregation

 

26

 

5.17

Limitation of Liability

 

26

 

ii



 

TRUECAR , INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of November 22, 2013, by and among TrueCar, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A hereto (each an “ Investor ,” and collectively, the “ Investors ”).  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 1 .

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Certain of the Investors (the “ Prior Investors ”) are parties to that certain Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the Prior Investors, dated as of June 22, 2012, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ Prior Agreement ”).

 

B.            The Investors and the Company desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement to grant certain rights to additional and existing Investors, as set forth herein.

 

C.            The Investors and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement shall supersede in its entirety the Prior Agreement and govern with respect to the rights set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE: In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1
Definitions

 

1.1          Certain Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

(a)           “ Alston & Bird Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock issued to Alston & Bird LLP, or its affiliates, in satisfaction for professional services rendered to the Company pursuant to that certain engagement letter dated April 24, 2012.

 

(b)           “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

 

(c)           “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(d)           “ Conversion Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock already issued upon conversion of previously outstanding shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock as well as shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Purchase Agreement Shares.

 

(e)           “ Eligible Voting Shares ” shall mean the Conversion Shares together with (i) the Purchase Agreement Shares; (ii) the Prior Purchase Agreement Shares, (iii) the Merger Agreement Shares, (iv) the Merger Agreement Warrant Shares, (v) the USAA Warrant Shares, (vi) the WME Shares, (vii) the Note Conversion Shares, (viii) the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to separate secondary purchase

 



 

agreements between existing investors selling shares and purchasers (the “ Secondary Purchasers ”) who either are or subsequently become parties to this Agreement and (ix) the Vulcan Warrant Shares.

 

(f)            “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

(g)           “ GR Match Warrant Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of that certain Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock dated February 25, 2011 issued to GR Match, LLC.

 

(h)           “ Holder ” shall mean any Investor who holds Registrable Securities and any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section  2.12 of this Agreement.  For purposes of Section  2.2 of this Agreement only, Scott Painter shall also be deemed a Holder.

 

(i)            “ Honk LLC Warrant Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of that certain Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock dated April 29, 2011 issued to Honk LLC.

 

(j)            “ Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  2.6(c)  hereto.

 

(k)           “ Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  2.6(c)  hereto.

 

(l)            “ Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

 

(m)          “ Initiating Holders ” shall mean (i) any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold not less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities or (ii) the Specified Holder pursuant to Section  2.1(a)(2) .

 

(n)           “ Investors ” shall mean the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A hereto.

 

(o)           “ Liquidation Event ” shall mean a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, and shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (a) (1) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company or wholly owned subsidiary of the Company is party other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions (excluding, in all cases, sales of equity securities primarily for capital raising purposes); and (2) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred (excluding transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof); and (b) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other conveyance of all or substantially all of

 

2



 

the assets of the Company or a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company by means of any transaction or series of related transactions involving the Company or a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (other than transfers of assets between the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries).

 

(p)           “ Loan and Security Agreement ” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement entered into after the date hereof by and among Silicon Valley Bank and Borrower parties thereto.

 

(q)           “ Merger Agreement ” shall mean the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 19, 2011, among the Specified Holder, ALG, Inc., the Company, and DDS Acquisition Sub, Inc.

 

(r)            “ Merger Agreement Shares ” shall mean the Common Stock issued pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

 

(s)            “ Merger Agreement Warrant Shares ” shall mean the Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of that certain Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

 

(t)            “ McCombs Warrant Shares ” shall mean the Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of a warrant to purchase up to 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock issuable to McCombs Enterprises, or its affiliates.

 

(u)           “ New Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  4.1(a)  hereto.

 

(v)           “ Note Conversion Shares ” shall mean shares of the Company’s equity securities issued upon conversion of those certain Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

(w)          “ Note Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2012, by and among the Company and the persons and entities listed on the schedule of investors thereto.

 

(x)           “ Other Selling Stockholders ” shall mean persons other than Holders who, by virtue of agreements with the Company, are entitled to include their Other Shares in certain registrations hereunder.

 

(y)           “ Other Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock, other than Registrable Securities (as defined below).

 

(z)           “ Person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, trust, proprietorship, joint venture, business organization or government, political subdivision, agency or instrumentality.

 

(aa)         “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company.

 

(bb)         “ Prior Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of August 30, 2011, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, by and among the Company and the persons and entities listed on the schedule of investors attached thereto.

 

3



 

(cc)         “ Prior Purchase Agreement Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Prior Purchase Agreement.

 

(dd)         “ Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of November 22, 2013, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, by and among the Company and the persons and entities listed on the schedule of investors attached thereto.

 

(ee)         “ Purchase Agreement Shares ” shall mean the shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

(ff)          “ Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) Eligible Voting Shares, (ii) the GR Match Warrant Shares, (iii) the Honk LLC Warrant Shares, (iv) the McCombs Warrant Shares, (v) the Alston & Bird Shares, (vi) the SVB Warrant Shares and (vii) any Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) above; provided , however , that for purposes of Section  2.1 , the SVB Warrant Shares shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the holders thereof shall not be deemed Holders; provided , further , that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) (vi) or (vii) above which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.  For purposes of Section  2.2 , shares of Common Stock held by Scott Painter shall also be deemed Registrable Securities.

 

(gg)         The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

 

(hh)         “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Holders (other than the fees and disbursements of one aforementioned special counsel to the Holders) and the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.

 

(ii)           “ Restated Certificate ” shall mean the Company’s Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time.

 

(jj)           “ Restricted Securities ” shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section  2.8(c)  hereof.

 

(kk)         “ Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

4



 

(ll)           “ Rule 145 ” shall mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

(mm)      “ Rule 415 ” shall mean Rule 415 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

(nn)         “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

(oo)         “ Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder.

 

(pp)         “ Specified Holder ” shall mean DealerTrack Data Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(qq)         “ SVB Warrant Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Warrant issuable to Silicon Valley Bank in connection with the Loan and Security Agreement.

 

(rr)           “ USAA Warrant Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock issued to United Services Automobile Association in connection with the transactions described in that certain Zag Services & Maintenance Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2007, by and among the Company and United Services Automobile Association, as amended, modified or supplemented, from time to time.

 

(ss)          “ Vulcan Warrant Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Warrant issued to Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC in connection with the Purchase Agreement.

 

(tt)           “ WME Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 13, 2012 by and between the Company and WME Investments, LLC.

 

Section 2
Registration Rights

 

2.1          Requested Registration .

 

(a)           Request for Registration .  (1) Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section  2.1 , if the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written request signed by such Initiating Holders that the Company effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Initiating Holders), the Company will:

 

(i)    promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

 

5



 

(ii)   as soon as practicable, file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and to permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.

 

(2) It is understood and agreed that the Specified Holder shall be separately entitled to make one such written request that the Company effect a registration pursuant to Section  2.1(a)(1)  with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities held by the Specified Holder or its Affiliates (as defined in the Merger Agreement), and upon such written request, the Company shall take the steps described in Sections 2.1(a)(1)(i)  and 2.1(a)(1)(ii)  above.

 

(3) It is further understood and agreed that the Company shall, upon receiving the notice specified in Section  2.1(a) , shall promptly submit to all other Holders a notice of opportunity to become an Initiating Holder, specifying that a request has come in from Initiating Holders and allowing two business days for such other holders to confirm to the Company in writing that they wish to be considered an Initiating Holder for purposes of the requested registration.  Other Holders whose notice is received by the Company within the allotted period of two business days shall be also considered Initiating Holders for purposes of the requested registration.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that this Section  2.1(a)(3) shall not apply to any registration requested by the Specified Holder pursuant to Section  2.1(a)(2) (regardless of any reference to “ Section  2.1(a)(1) ” contained in Section  2.1(a)(2) ).

 

(b)           Limitations on Requested Registration.   The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section  2.1 :

 

(i)    Prior to the earlier of (A) the five (5) year anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the Initial Public Offering;

 

(ii)   If the Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration statement, (i) propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) if the anticipated offering would not exceed an aggregate offering price to the public, net of underwriters’ discounts and expenses, of $7,500,000 or (ii) may freely trade all of their Registrable Securities in any three-month period pursuant to Rule 144 anytime following the first anniversary of the Company’s Initial Public Offering;

 

(iii)  In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

(iv)  After the Company has initiated two such registrations pursuant to this Section  2.1 (or, with respect to the Specified Holder, one such registration) (counting for these purposes only registrations which have been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold); or

 

6



 

(v)   During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration pertaining to the Initial Public Offering; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

(c)           Deferral .  If (i) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), the filing of a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities would be detrimental to the Company and the Board concludes, as a result, that it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement, then (in addition to the limitations set forth in Section  2.1(b)(v)  above) the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, and, provided further , that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than once in any twelve-month period.

 

(d)           Other Shares .  The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section  2.1(e) , include Other Shares, and may include securities of the Company being sold for the account of the Company.

 

(e)           Underwriting .  The right of any Holder to include all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section  2.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in an underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein.  If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section  2.1 of securities being sold for its own account, or if other persons shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section  2.1 , the Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to include such securities in the underwriting and such offer shall be conditioned upon the participation of the Company or such other persons in such underwriting and the inclusion of the Company’s and such person’s other securities of the Company and their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section  2 (including Section  2.10 ).  The Company shall (together with all Holders and other persons proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority-in-interest of the Initiating Holders, which underwriters are reasonably acceptable to the Company.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section  2.1 , if the underwriters advise the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of Registrable Securities and Other Shares that may be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, among all Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion; provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included by the Initiating Holders in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting; (ii) second, among all Other Selling Stockholders requesting to include Other Shares in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Other Shares held by such Other Selling Stockholders; and (iii) third, to the Company, which the Company may allocate, at its discretion, for its own account, or for the account of other holders or employees of the Company.

 

7


 

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the Initiating Holders.  The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from registration.  Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration.  If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to this Section  2.1(e) , then the Company shall then offer to all Holders and Other Selling Stockholders who have retained rights to include securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities or Other Shares in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders and other Selling Stockholders requesting additional inclusion, as set forth above.

 

2.2                                Company Registration .

 

(a)                                  Company Registration .  If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than a registration pursuant to Section  2.1 or 2.3 , a registration relating to the Initial Public Offering, a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales, the Company will:

 

(i)              promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders; and

 

(ii)           use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section  2.2(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all of such Registrable Securities as are specified in a written request or requests made by any Holder or Holders received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.  Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

(b)                                  Underwriting .  If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, other than with respect to a registration relating to the Initial Public Offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section  2.2(a)(i) .  In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section  2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the Other Selling Stockholders with registration rights to participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section  2.2 , if the underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriters may (subject to the limitations set forth below) limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in, the registration and underwriting.  The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting registration, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated, as follows: (i) first, to the Company for securities being sold for its own account, (ii) second, to the Holders (other than Scott Painter) requesting to include Registrable

 

8



 

Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion and (iii) third, to Mr. Painter to the extent that he requests to include Registrable Securities and Other Selling Stockholders (including any officers, directors or employees of the Company) requesting to include Other Shares in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders and Other Shares held by such Other Selling Stockholders, assuming conversion.  In any registration pursuant to this Section  2.2 (other than the Company’s initial public offering), holders of Registrable Securities requesting registration shall not be allocated less than 25% of the total offering if the limitations pursuant to this subsection are imposed.

 

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall also be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter.  The Registrable Securities or other securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration.  Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, registration pursuant to this Section  2.2 shall not be deemed to be a demand registration as described in Section  2.1 of this Agreement.  Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no limit to the number of times Holders may request registration of Registrable Securities under this Section  2.2 .

 

(c)                                   Right to Terminate Registration .  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section  2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.  The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section  2.4 hereof.

 

2.3                                Registration on Form S-3 .

 

(a)                                  Request for Form S-3 Registrations .  After its Initial Public Offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms.  After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, in addition to the rights contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section  2 and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section  2.3 , if the Company shall receive from a Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request that the Company effect any registration on Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement with respect to all or part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Holder or Holders), the Company will take all such action with respect to such Registrable Securities as required by Section  2.1(a)(i) and (ii) .

 

(b)                                  Limitations on Form S-3 Registration .  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section  2.3 :

 

(i)              In the circumstances described in either Sections 2.1(b)(i) , 2.1(b)(iii) or 2.1(b)(v) ;

 

(ii)           If the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form S-3 at an aggregate price to the public of less than $l,000,000; or

 

9



 

(iii)        If, in a given twelve-month period, the Company has effected two (2) such registrations in such period (counting for these purposes only registrations which have been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold).

 

(c)                                   Deferral .  The provisions of Section  2.1(c) shall apply to any registration pursuant to this Section  2.3 .

 

(d)                                  Underwriting .  If the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting registration under this Section  2.3 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, the provisions of Section  2.1(e) shall apply to such registration.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, registrations effected pursuant to this Section  2.3 shall not be counted as requests for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section  2.1 .  For the avoidance of doubt, registration pursuant to this Section  2.3 shall not be deemed to be a demand registration as described in Section  2.1 of this Agreement.

 

2.4                                Expenses of Registration .  All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with  registrations pursuant to Sections 2.1 , 2.2 and 2.3 hereof shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered or because a sufficient number of Holders shall have withdrawn so that the minimum offering conditions set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.3 are no longer satisfied (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata among each other based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered); provided , further , that the Company will bear the Registration Expenses of one registration so withdrawn.  All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by the holders of securities included in such registration pro rata among each other on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities so registered.

 

2.5                                Registration Procedures .  In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section  2 , the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof.  At its expense, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

(a)                                  Keep such registration effective for a period ending on the earlier of the date which is ninety (90) days from the effective date of the registration statement or such time as the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto.

 

(b)                                  Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above;

 

(c)                                   Furnish such number of prospectuses, including any preliminary prospectuses,  and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request;

 

(d)                                  Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdiction as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided , that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a

 

10



 

condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

 

(e)                                   Promptly notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing;

 

(f)                                    Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

 

(g)                                   Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(h)                                  In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section  2.1 hereof, enter into an underwriting agreement in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Common Stock, provided such underwriting agreement contains reasonable and customary provisions, and provided further , that each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement; and

 

(i)                                      furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, addressed to the underwriters, dated as of such date, of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and (ii) a “comfort” letter, addressed to the underwriters, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering.

 

2.6                                Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of its officers, directors, members and partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification, or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section  2 , and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages, and liabilities (or actions, proceedings, or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular, or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification, or

 

11



 

compliance, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification, or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, members, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter, and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, any of such Holder’s officers, directors, partners, legal counsel or accountants, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any person who controls any such underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein; and provided , further that, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section  2.6(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

(b)                                  To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification, or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers, directors, and partners, and each person controlling such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such Holders, directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided , however , that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section  2.6 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

(c)                                   Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section  2.6 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; provided , however , that an Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and

 

12



 

expenses thereof to be paid by the Indemnifying Party, if representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding; and provided further , that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section  2.6 , to the extent such failure is not prejudicial.  No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.  Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

 

(d)                                  If the indemnification provided for in this Section  2.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (ii) no person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control; provided , however , that the failure of the underwriting agreement to address a provision addressed in this Agreement shall not be such a conflict.

 

(f)                                    The obligations of the Company and the Holders under this Section  2.6 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section  2 , and otherwise.

 

2.7                                Information by Holder .  Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Section  2 .

 

13



 

2.8                                Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(a)                                  The holder of each certificate representing Registrable Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section  2.8 .  Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until:

 

(x)                                  There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

 

(y)                                  (i)                                      the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section  2.8 and Section  2.10 , except for transfers permitted under Section  2.8(b) , and

 

(ii)                                   Such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, and, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at its expense, with (A) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act or (B) a “no action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section  2.8(a) , no such registration statement shall be necessary for (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Restricted Securities by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Holder, if the Holder is a corporation, association, or limited liability company, (y) any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or to the estate of any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or (z) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder; provided , in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

 

(c)                                   Each certificate representing Registrable Securities may (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR

 

14



 

OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section  2.8 .

 

(d)                                  The first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section  2.8(c) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to the Restricted Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of Restricted Securities if (i) those securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of those securities may be made without registration or qualification.

 

2.9                                Rule 144 Reporting .  With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

(a)                                  Make and keep public information regarding the Company available as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

 

(b)                                  File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

 

(c)                                   So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities

 

15



 

Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

 

2.10                         Market Stand-Off Agreement .  Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering filed under the Securities Act, provided that the Major Investors (as defined in Section  3 below) and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities (including employees, directors and officers) are bound by and have entered into similar agreements.  The obligations described in this Section  2.10 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section  2.8(c) hereof with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day period.  Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section  2.10 .

 

2.11                         Delay of Registration .  No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section  2 .

 

2.12                         Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights .  The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section  2 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder only to a transferee or assignee of not less than 500,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like); provided that (i) such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with the terms of Section  2.8 hereof, the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, if applicable, and applicable securities laws, (ii) the Company is given written notice prior to said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned and (iii) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section  2.10 .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares transferred from a Holder to its affiliate(s), shareholder(s), member(s) or limited or general partner(s) shall not be subject to the 500,000 share minimum threshold described above.

 

2.13                         Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of a majority in interest of the Holders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are pari passu with or senior to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

 

2.14                         Termination of Registration Rights .  The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section  2.1 , 2.2 or 2.3 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) such date, on or after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering on which all shares of Registrable Securities

 

16



 

held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90)-day period, and (ii) three (3) years after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

 

Section 3
Covenants of the Company

 

The Company hereby covenants and agrees, as follows:

 

3.1                                Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights .

 

(a)                                  Basic Financial Information .  The Company will furnish the following reports to each investor who both: (i) either (x) holds at least 10% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company or (y) is Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC (“ Vulcan ”) and (ii) is a party to this Agreement (each, a “ Major Investor ,” and together, the “ Major Investors ”), so long as the Major Investor continues to hold at least 50% of the Eligible Voting Shares held by such Major Investor on the date hereof ( provided , that, in addition to and not in limitation of the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Specified Holder shall be considered a Major Investor for all purposes of this Agreement so long as the Specified Holder and its Affiliates (as defined in the Merger Agreement) continues to hold at least 50% of the Common Stock (or any securities issued in place of the Common Stock pursuant to any merger or consolidation, dividend, spin-off, recapitalization or other extraordinary transaction) acquired by the Specified Holder and its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement, the Merger Agreement and any warrants or other similar agreement providing for stock purchase rights in connection with the Merger Agreement and its related ancillary agreements:

 

(i)              As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company (the “ Financial Statements ”).

 

(ii)           As soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of the first, second, and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments.

 

(iii)        As soon as practicable before the end of each fiscal year, and in any event no less than thirty (30) days before the end of each fiscal year, an annual operating budget for the next fiscal year and an annual operating plan for the next fiscal year, each of which shall have been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

3.2                                Inspection/Confidentiality .  The Major Investors will be provided reasonable access to the books and records of the Company upon reasonable notice.  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Major Investor by reason of this Agreement shall have access to any trade secrets or

 

17



 

classified information of the Company.  The Company shall not be required to comply with any information rights of Section  3 in respect of any Major Investor whom (i) the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of a competitor ( provided , that in no event shall the Specified Holder be considered or determined to be a competitor of the Company or its subsidiaries by virtue of the operation of the Specified Holder’s business substantially as currently conducted), and (ii) does not or did not participate in the transactions contemplated by the Prior Purchase Agreement.  Each Major Investor acknowledges that the information received by it pursuant to this Agreement may be confidential and for its use only, and it will not use such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose (other than as specifically required by law) or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys), except in connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement, unless the Company has made such information available to the public generally.

 

3.3                                True Books and Records .  The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

 

3.4                                Directors’ Liability and Indemnification .  The Restated Certificate and Bylaws shall provide (a) for elimination of the liability of director to the maximum extent permitted by law and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law.  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain directors’ and officers’ indemnification insurance with such terms and policy limits as the Board may determine with respect to service with the Company.

 

3.5                                Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement .  The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement substantially in a form approved by the Company’s counsel or Board of Directors.

 

3.6                                Board Approval .  The Company shall not take or agree to take any of the following actions without the consent, approval or ratification of the Board:

 

(a)                                  organize a new subsidiary;

 

(b)                                  enter into a joint venture or affiliate agreement;

 

(c)                                   other than in the ordinary course of business, enter into any technology licensing agreement;

 

(d)                                  loan money to or guaranty the obligation of any third party (including officers and affiliates);

 

(e)                                   engage in any related party transaction in an amount in excess of $90,000;

 

(f)                                    approve the annual budget;

 

(g)                                   issue shares on a primary basis in any public offering; or

 

18


 

(h)           incur indebtedness for borrowed money (including letters of credit) in excess of $300,000 or grant liens on its corporate assets.

 

3.7          Eligible Voting Shares Stockholder Approval .  At any time prior to a Qualified Public Offering, as long as at least 18,000,000 total Eligible Voting Shares shall remain outstanding, the Company shall not (whether by amendment, merger, recapitalization or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of at least 61.3%) of the then-outstanding Eligible Voting Shares, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis:

 

(a)           amend, alter, change or repeal any provision of the Restated Certificate or bylaws, as amended from time to time, of the Company (including pursuant to a merger) if such action would alter the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of or restrictions on the Eligible Voting Shares;

 

(b)           increase or decrease the authorized shares of the Common Stock;

 

(c)           (x) authorize or create (by reclassification, merger or otherwise) any new class or series of equity security having any senior rights, preferences or privileges with respect to dividends, or payments upon liquidation, (y) declare or pay any dividends or make any other distribution to its stockholders whether or not in respect of any shares of its capital stock or (z) approve or implement any stock option, restricted stock or other equity award plan for the benefit of management, directors or officers;

 

(d)           increase or decrease the size of the board of directors;

 

(e)           enter into any transaction or series of related transactions that constitute a Liquidation Event;

 

(f)            create or intentionally acquire material ownership or operating control, directly or indirectly, of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity that is not a Subsidiary;

 

(g)           make any loans or advances to any person, other than advances to employees or consultants for travel or other business expenses or in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)           guarantee any indebtedness, except for trade accounts arising in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,500,000 (cumulatively with amounts provided for in Section  3.7(i) , below);

 

(i)            incur, create, assume, become liable in any manner with respect to (other than by means of a guarantee) or permit to exist, any indebtedness that is in excess of $250,000 and that has not at such time previously been included in a budget approved by the Board, except for trade accounts arising in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed (cumulatively with amounts provided for in Section  3.7(h) , above) $5,000,000;

 

(j)            consummate any acquisition of another entity, substantially all of the stock of another entity, or substantially all of the assets of another entity, by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation);

 

(k)           enter into a new line of business, which line is reasonably likely to constitute more than 20% of the Company’s revenue in any of the following three (3) years; or

 

19



 

(l)            exit from any current line of business which line has constituted more than 20% of the Company’s revenue in any of the previous three (3) years.

 

(m)          cause any wholly- or majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, to do any of the foregoing actions or events contemplated by Section  3.7(a)  through 3.7(k)  (where solely for the purposes of this Section  3.7(m) , “Company” in the aforementioned subsections shall be deemed to be such wholly- or majority-owned subsidiary of the Company), or permit any such wholly- or majority-owned subsidiary of the Company to take any such action, where the Company (as distinct from the wholly- or majority-owned subsidiary) is entitled by law or by contract to approve such action by the wholly- or majority-owned subsidiary.

 

3.8          Series A Preferred Stockholder Approval .  At any time prior to a Qualified Public Offering, as long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall remain outstanding, the Company shall not (whether by amendment, merger, recapitalization or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, issue equity securities having rights, preferences or privileges with respect to dividends, or payments upon liquidation, senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, whether in a single transaction or series of related transactions, in which existing stockholders of the Company purchase more than 70% of such equity securities to be sold in such transaction or transactions.

 

3.9          Additional Market Stand-Off Agreements .  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities (on a fully diluted basis) to enter into market stand-off agreements on terms substantially the same as those set forth in Section  2.10 hereof.

 

3.10        Equity Grants .  After the date of this Agreement, the Company shall continue to make grants of equity from the TrueCar, Inc. 2005 Stock Plan or the TrueCar.com, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan (the “ Existing Equity Incentive Plans ”).  In addition, the Company intends to approve one or more equity incentive plans in connection with an Initial Public Offering (the “ IPO Equity Incentive Plans ”) with authorized shares thereunder not to exceed 12,000,000 shares plus increases to apply in connection with standard “evergreen” provisions.  The Company hereby agrees to subtract from 12,000,000 shares the number of authorized shares under the IPO Equity Incentive Plans by the number of stock options granted after the date hereof under the Existing Equity Incentive Plans.

 

3.11        Termination of Covenants .  The covenants set forth in this Section  3 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect after the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock of the Company at a per share price which implies a valuation of the Company of not less than $750,000,000 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like) with total proceeds received of not less than $45,000,000 (before deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses) (a “ Qualified Public Offering ”).

 

Section 4
Right of First Refusal

 

4.1          Right of First Refusal to Qualified Holders .  The Company hereby grants to each holder of at least 500,000 shares of Eligible Voting Stock (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits and the like) (a “ Qualified Holder ”) the right of first refusal to purchase some or all of its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section  4.1(a) ) which

 

20



 

the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement on the same price and subject to the same terms and conditions as those proposed by the Company.  A Qualified Holder’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first refusal, is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Qualified Holder immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of any outstanding Preferred Stock and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants, directly or indirectly, into Common Stock held by said Qualified Holder) to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of any outstanding Preferred Stock and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants, directly or indirectly, held by all of the Qualified Holders).  Each Qualified Holder shall have a right of over-allotment such that if any Qualified Holder fails to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities, the other Qualified Holders may purchase the non-purchasing portion on a pro rata basis.

 

(a)           “ New Securities ” shall mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, convertible securities, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital stock; provided that the term “ New Securities ” does not include:

 

(i)            shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to officers, directors and employees of, or consultants to, the Company pursuant to stock grants, option plans, purchase plans or other employee stock incentive programs or arrangements approved by the Board, or upon exercise of options or warrants granted to such parties pursuant to any such plan or arrangement;

 

(iii)          shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock of the Company;

 

(iv)          shares of Common Stock issued in a registered public offering under the Securities Act approved by seventy-five percent (75%) of the members of the Board, unless such offering is a Qualified Public Offering;

 

(v)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided , however , such issuances are approved by seventy-five percent (75%) of the members of the Board or have been approved pursuant to Section  3.7 hereof; provided further , that in all circumstances not more than five percent (5%) of the Company’s capital stock is issued in the aggregate in such transaction or transactions;

 

(vi)          shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a commercial leasing or debt financing transaction, provided that such issuances are for other than primarily equity financing purposes and provided further , that such issuances are approved by seventy-five percent (75%) of the members of the Board;

 

(vii)         shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with technology license, development, OEM agreements, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships, provided that such issuances are for other than primarily equity financing purposes and provided further , that such issuances are approved by seventy-five percent (75%) of the members of the Board;

 

21



 

(viii)        shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to suppliers or third-party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions, provided that such issuances are for other than primarily equity financing purposes and provided further , that such issuances are approved by seventy-five percent (75%) of the members of the Board;

 

(ix)          shares of Common Stock issued in connection with any settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or litigation approved by seventy-five percent (75%) of the members of the Board;

 

(x)           shares which are excluded pursuant to the affirmative vote of at least fifty-four percent (54%) of the outstanding Eligible Voting Shares;

 

(xi)          shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with options or convertible securities outstanding on the date hereof;

 

(xii)         shares of Preferred Stock issued and sold pursuant to the Purchase Agreement; and

 

(xiii)        any right, option or warrant to acquire any security convertible into the securities excluded from the definition of New Securities pursuant to subsections (i) through (xii) above.

 

(b)           In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Qualified Holder written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same.  Each Qualified Holder shall have twenty (20) days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase such Qualified Holder’s pro rata share of such New Securities and to indicate whether such Qualified Holder desires to exercise its over-allotment option for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company, in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule 1 , and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.

 

(c)           In the event the Qualified Holders fail to exercise fully the right of first refusal and over-allotment rights, if any, within said twenty (20) day period (the “ Election Period ”), the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement) to sell that portion of the New Securities with respect to which the Qualified Holders’ right of first refusal option set forth in this Section  4.1 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to the Qualified Holders delivered pursuant to Section  4.1(b) .  In the event the Company has not sold within such ninety (90) day period following the Election Period, or such ninety (90) day period following the date of said agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Qualified Holders in the manner provided in this Section  4.1 .

 

4.2          Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The covenants set forth in this Section  4 shall not apply to and shall terminate upon a Qualified Public Offering by the Company.

 

Section 5
Miscellaneous

 

5.1          Amendment .  Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this

 

22



 

Agreement and signed by the Company, the Holders holding at least 61.3% of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144 but including Registrable Securities held by the Mr. Painter if Section  2.2 shall be amended), and each Holder holding at least 10% of the Eligible Voting Shares; provided , further , that (i) if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that treats any Holder different from other Holders, the consent of such Holder shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination to be effective as against such Holder, (ii) any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination of the rights of the Specified Holder in or to this Agreement, that either (x) materially and adversely affects the Specified Holder or (y) affect rights specifically in favor of the Specified Holder in Sections 1.1(f)(ii), 1.1(f)(iii), 1.1(l)(ii), 1.1(o), 1.1(dd), 1.1(ee), 2.1(a)(2), 2.1(b)(iv), 3.1(a)(ii), 3.2 and this clause (ii) of this provision, shall require the prior written consent of the Specified Holder for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination to be effective as against the Specified Holder and (iii) any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination of Section 3.8 herein shall require the prior written consent of Vulcan for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination to be effective as against Vulcan and provided further , however , that (i) Investors purchasing shares pursuant to the Purchase Agreement in a closing after the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); (ii) Secondary Purchasers who purchase shares of Common Stock from existing stockholders following the date hereof or (iii) holders who acquire Alston & Bird Shares, GR Match Warrant Shares, Honk LLC Warrant Shares, Merger Agreement Warrant Shares, McCombs Warrant Shares, Note Conversion Shares, SVB Warrant Shares, USAA Warrant Shares and Vulcan Warrant Shares, to the extent such holders are not already parties to this Agreement, may become parties to this Agreement without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval of any other Investor.  Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all such securities of Holder.  Each Holder acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of at least 61.3% the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144) will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Holder under this Agreement.

 

5.2          Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger addressed:

 

(a)           if to Vulcan, one copy should be sent to Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC, 505 Fifth Avenue S., Suite 900, Seattle, Washington 98104, Attention Abhishek Agrawal and Rich Sohn; Facsimile: (206) 342-3000; E-mail: Agrawal@vulcan.com and richs@vulcan.com; with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to David C. Clarke, Perkins Coie LLP, 1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4900, Seattle, Washington 98101-3099; Facsimile (206) 359-9612; E-mail: dclarke@perkinscoie.com;

 

(b)           if to an Investor other than Vulcan, at such Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof;

 

(c)           if to any Holder, at such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, or, until any such holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address of the last holder of such shares for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

 

(d)           if to the Company, one copy should be sent to 120 Broadway,  Suite 200, Santa Monica, California 90401, facsimile number: 800.584.5004, Attn: Chief Executive Officer, or at such other

 

23



 

address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors, with a copy to Troy Foster, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid or, if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the electronic mail address set forth on the Schedule of Investors.

 

5.3          Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to conflict of laws provisions.

 

5.4          Successors and Assigns .  Subject to the provisions of Section  2.12 hereof with respect to the requirements for the transfer of registration rights, this Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any Investor without the prior written consent of the Company; provided , that a Holder may assign its rights, duties and obligations hereunder to an affiliate of such Holder, without the prior written consent of the Company.  Any attempt by an Investor without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void.  Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

 

5.5          Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, and the exhibits hereto, constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof.  No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.

 

5.6          Amendment of Prior Agreement .  The Prior Agreement is hereby amended and superseded in its entirety and restated herein.  Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the parties required for an amendment pursuant to Section  5.1 of the Prior Agreement.  Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety by the provisions hereof and shall have no further force or effect.

 

5.7          Delays or Omissions .  Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.  All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

24



 

5.8          Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision.  The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

5.9          Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.  All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

 

5.10        Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

5.11        Telecopy Execution and Delivery .  A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen.  Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes.  At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

 

5.12        Further Assurances .  Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

 

5.13        Termination Upon Change of Control .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement (excluding any then-existing obligations) shall terminate upon (a) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions; or (b) a sale, lease or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

5.14        Conflict .  In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s Restated Certificate or its Bylaws, the terms of the Company’s Restated Certificate or its Bylaws, as the case may be, will control.

 

5.15        Attorneys’ Fees .  In the event that any suit or action is instituted to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement,

 

25



 

including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

 

5.16        Aggregation .  All shares of the Company’s capital stock held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons of a Holder (including but not limited to: (i) a constituent partner or a retired partner of a Holder that is a partnership; (ii) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation, association, or limited liability company; (iii) an immediate family member living in the same household, a descendant, or a trust therefor, in the case of a Holder who is an individual; or (iv) a member of a Holder that is a limited liability company) shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement which are triggered by ownership of a threshold number of shares of the Company’s capital stock.

 

5.17        Limitation of Liability .  The parties acknowledge that this Agreement is an obligation of the parties hereto, including USAA and Vulcan, and agrees that no personal liability shall extend to any officer, director, member, agent or employee of the parties hereto.

 

26



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

 

Scott Painter

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Seventh A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

VULCAN CAPITAL GROWTH EQUITY LLC

 

 

 

By: Cougar Investment Holdings LLC

 

Its: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan Drake

 

Name:

 Susan Drake

 

Its:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Seventh A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

PACIFIC SEQUOIA HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ion Yadigaroglu

 

Name:

Ion Yadigaroglu

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James G. B. DeMartini, III

 

Name:

James G. B. DeMartini, III

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE SKOLL FOUNDATION

 

By: Capricorn Investment Group LLC, its

 

 

Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ion Yadigaroglu

 

Name:

Ion Yadigaroglu

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Orum

 

Name:

William Orum

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE SKOLL FUND

 

By: Capricorn Investment Group LLC, its

 

 

Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ion Yadigaroglu

 

Name:

Ion Yadigaroglu

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Orum

 

Name:

William Orum

 

Title:

Partner

 

[Signature Page to Seventh A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

CAPRICORN AIP — PRIVATE INVESTMENT

FUND I, L.P.

 

By: Capricorn Investment Group LLC, its

 

 

Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ion Yadigaroglu

 

Name:

Ion Yadigaroglu

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Orum

 

Name:

William Orum

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CAPRICORN S.A. SICAV — SIF — GLOBAL NON-MARKETABLE STRATEGIES SUB-

FUND

 

By: Capricorn Investment Group LLC, its

 

 

Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ion Yadigaroglu

 

Name:

Ion Yadigaroglu

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Orum

 

Name:

William Orum

 

Title:

Partner

 

[Signature Page to Seventh A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 


 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

CARTHAGE, L.P.

 

By: Capricorn Investment Group LLC, its

 

 

Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ion Yadigaroglu

 

 

Name:

Ion Yadigaroglu

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Orum

 

Name:

William Orum

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HIT SPLITTER, L.P.

 

By: Capricorn Investment Group LLC, its

 

 

Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ion Yadigaroglu

 

Name:

Ion Yadigaroglu

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Orum

 

Name:

William Orum

 

Title:

Partner

 

[Signature Page to Seventh A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

UPFRONT II, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Name:

Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UPFRONT II PARTNERS, L.P

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Name:

Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UPFRONT II, INVESTORS L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Name:

Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UPFRONT III, L.P

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Name:

Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UPFRONT III INVESTORS, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Name:

Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Seventh A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

UPFRONT III PARTNERS, L.P

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Name:

Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

UPFRONT GP II, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Name:

Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

UPFRONT GP III, L.P

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Name:

Steven Dietz

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Seventh A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

UNITED SERVICES AUTOMOBILE ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shon J. Manasco

 

Name:

Shon J. Manasco

 

Title:     Executive Vice President and Chief Administration Officer

 

 

 

 

USAA PROPERTY HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shon J. Manasco

 

Name:

Shon J. Manasco

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Seventh A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

DEALERTRACK DATA SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric Jacobs

 

Name:

Eric Jacobs

 

Title:

EVP, CFO/CAO

 

[Signature Page to Seventh A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

CBT HOLDINGS, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kashif Sheikh

 

 

 

 

Name:

Kashif Sheikh

 

 

 

 

Title:

President and COO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CBT II HOLDINGS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kashif Sheikh

 

 

 

 

Name:

Kashif Sheikh

 

 

 

 

Title:

President and COO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGH HOLDINGS, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kashif Sheikh

 

 

 

 

Name:

Kashif Sheikh

 

 

 

 

Title:

President and COO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGHT HOLDINGS, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kashif Sheikh

 

 

 

 

Name:

Kashif Sheikh

 

 

 

 

Title:

President and COO

 

[Signature Page to Seventh A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

SCOTT PAINTER

 

 

 

/s/ Scott Painter

 

( Signature)

 

[Signature Page to Seventh A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

JAMES NGUYEN

 

 

 

/s/ James Nguyen

 

( Signature)

 

[Signature Page to Seventh A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT  A

 

INVESTORS

 

Pacific Sequoia Holdings LLC

The Skoll Foundation

The Skoll Fund

Capricorn S.A. SICAV — SIF — Global Non-Marketable Strategies Sub-Fund

Capricorn AIP — Private Investment Fund I, L.P.

Carthage, L.P.

HIT Splitter, L.P.

Upfront II, L.P.

Upfront II Investors, L.P.

Upfront II Partners, L.P.

Upfront III, L.P.

Upfront III Investors, L.P.

Upfront III Partners, L.P.

Upfront GP II, L.P.

Upfront GP III, L.P.

United Services Automobile Association

USAA Property Holdings, Inc.

Keating Capital, Inc. (a Maryland corporation)

GSV Capital Corp.

Passport Capital

GR Match LLC

International Investment House

CBT Holdings, LLC

CBT II Holdings, LLC

AGH Holdings, LLC

AGHT Holdings, LLC

Anthem Ventures Annex Fund, LP

Anthem Ventures Fund, L.P.

Arcturus Capital Venture Fund, L.P.

Scott Painter

Callaway Cars, Inc.

Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003, Elon Musk Trustee

Austin Beutner

Lee Maen

The Michael and Alona Horowitz Trust created April 20, 1998

EBX III, L.P.

Greg Brogger

Simon Rakoff

Anthony Li Shen

Tenenbaum Family Trust dated 10/23/2000

Gray Family II LLC

WS Investment Company, LLC (2005A)

WS Investment Company, LLC (2005D)

 

A-1



 

Joseph Messeh

Bradley Boeckmann

HF Boeckmann, III

Michael Lee Malamut

Serafin Guzman

The Guzman Family Trust

Rob Holmes

RBC Dain Rauscher Custodian FBO: Oliver L. Holmes Roth IRA

Brighthouse, Inc.

Todd Jerry

Brian Mesic

Kelly Perdew

Catherine Lutz

Lishan Chu

Jack J. Miller

William R. Woodward

Lee Weinberg

William Eager

Gregory Bonfiglio

Bernard Brenner

James Adler

Patricia Tuomi

Mark Berger

Tim Blanchard

Theresa Wismer

Martin Korman

Issac Vaughn

James Hankes

Moujan Kazerani

James Nguyen

Star Marcus

Tom Hankes

Jonathan Hankes

Peter Blacksberg

DealerTrack Data Services, Inc.

WME Investments, LLC

Alston & Bird LLP

Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC

 

A-2




Exhibit 4.3

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

TRUECAR, INC.

 

Dated as of February 25, 2011

Void after the date specified in Section 8

 

No.

 

Warrant to Purchase

 

 

up to 2,150,000 Shares of

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

(subject to adjustment)

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, GR Match, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from TrueCar, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”), in the amounts, at such times and at the Exercise Price (as defined below) set forth in Section 1, subject to adjustment as provided below.  The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein.  This Warrant is issued pursuant to Section 3.1 of that certain Media and Marketing Services Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, by and between the Holder and the Company, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Media Services Agreement ”).

 

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

 

1.                                       Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period .

 

(a)                                  Number of Shares .  Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant and Section 2(a) below, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to Two Million One Hundred Fifty Thousand (2,150,000) Shares (subject to adjustment as provided herein) on or prior to the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8.

 

(b)                                  Exercise Price .  The exercise at which this Warrant may be exercised shall be Four and 01/100 Dollars ($ 4.01 per Share), as may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 6 hereof (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 



 

(c)                                   Exercise Period .  This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, during the term commencing on the issue date hereof and ending prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8 and shall be void thereafter; provided, however, that any Shares which remain unvested as of the Termination Date (as defined in the Media Services Agreement) and do not automatically vest upon such Termination Date in accordance with Section 3.2 of the Media Services Agreement shall be void thereafter.

 

2.                                       Vesting and Exercise of the Warrant .

 

(a)                                  Exercisability .  This Warrant is not immediately exercisable, and will only become exercisable (“ Vested ”) in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth on Appendix “A” attached hereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, all unvested Shares shall become Vested in full in the event (i) GRM terminates the Media Services Agreement pursuant to Sections 4.2(i) or (ii) thereof, or (ii) Company terminates the Media Services Agreement pursuant to Section 4.2(iii) thereof after the filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 (or other equivalent form) in connection with a firm commitment underwritten public offering by TrueCar of its Shares (a “ TrueCar IPO ”) or following the closing of a TrueCar IPO (it being agreed that any termination of the Media Services Agreement by TrueCar pursuant to Section.4.2(iii)  thereof within six (6) months prior to the filing of such registration statement shall be deemed to be a termination under this clause (ii)).

 

(b)                                  Exercise .  The purchase rights represented by this Warrant, to the extent Vested, may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part (such number being subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6), in accordance with Section 1, by:

 

(i)                        the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

 

(ii)                     subject to Section 2(c), the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Net Issue Exercise .  In lieu of exercising this Warrant for cash pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

 

X       =

Y (A – B)

 

 

A

 

 

Where:

 

2



 

X                      =                  The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder

 

Y                      =                  The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)

 

A                      =                  The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)

 

B                      =                  The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

 

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided, however, that where there exists a public market for the Shares at the time of such exercise, the fair market value of one Share shall be the average closing price of the Shares quoted in the Over-The-Counter Market Summary or the last reported sale price of the Shares or the closing price quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or on any exchange on which the Shares are listed, whichever is applicable, as published by Bloomberg LP for the five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value.

 

(d)                                  Stock Certificates .  The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date.  As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of shares issuable upon such exercise.  In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

 

(e)                                   No Fractional Shares or Scrip .  No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant.  In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

 

(f)                                    Conditional Exercise .  The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 by so indicating in the notice of exercise.

 

(g)                                   Reservation of Stock .  The Company agrees, during the term of this Warrant, to take all reasonable action to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of common stock for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant such number of shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of common stock shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use all commercially reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued shares of its common stock to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.  The Company further covenants that all Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of rights represented by this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price, all as set forth herein, will be duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges in

 

3



 

respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously therewith).  The Company agrees that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price.

 

3.                                       Replacement of the Warrant .  Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

4.                                       Transfer of the Warrant .

 

(a)                                  Warrant Register .  The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders.  Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.  Any notice or written communication required or permitted to be given to the Holder may be delivered or given by mail to such Holder as shown on the Warrant Register and at the address shown on the Warrant Register.

 

(b)                                  Warrant Agent .  The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities (the “ Warrant Agent ”).  Thereafter, any such registration, issuance, exchange or replacement, as the case may be, shall be made at the office of the Warrant Agent.

 

(c)                                   Transferability of the Warrant.  Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and limitations on assignments and transfers, including, without limitation, compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5, title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

 

(d)                                  Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer .  On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register.  This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

 

(e)                                   Minimum Transfer .  This Warrant may not be transferred in part unless such transfer is to a transferee who, pursuant to such transfer, receives the right to purchase at least three hundred fifty thousand (350,000) Shares hereunder (as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 6).

 

4



 

(f)                                    Taxes .  In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

5.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws .  By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

 

(a)                                  Restrictions on Transfers .  This Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part only in compliance with this Section 5, and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such compliance shall be void. Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares (the “ Securities ”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.  The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

 

(i)                        there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

 

(ii)                     (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

 

(b)                                  Permitted Transfers .  Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by any Holder to an entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Holder; provided , in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.  For purposes of this Section 5(b), the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or to cause the direction of the management and policies of an entity, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

(c)                                   Investment Representation Statement .  Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially

 

5



 

in the form of Exhibit A-1 , that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(d)                                  Securities Law Legend .  The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

(e)                                   Market Stand-off Legend .  The Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

(f)                                    Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions .  The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

 

(g)                                   Removal of Legend .  The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

 

6.                                       Adjustments .  Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

 

6



 

(a)                                  Merger or Reorganization .  If at any time while this Warrant is outstanding there shall be any (i) reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Reorganization ”) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein) in which shares of the Company’s stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, or (ii) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets to any other corporation or other entity (an “ Asset Sale ”) then, as a part of such Reorganization or Asset Sale, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation or other entity resulting from such Reorganization or Asset Sale, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization or Asset Sale if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization or Asset Sale.  The foregoing provision of this Section 6(a) shall similarly apply to successive Reorganizations or Asset Sales and to the stock or securities of any other corporation or other entity that are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant.  If the per-share consideration payable to the Holder for shares in connection with any such transaction is in a form other than cash or marketable securities, then the value of such consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.  In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation (or, in the case of an Asset Sale, the Company’s Board of Directors)) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

(b)                                  Reclassification of Shares If the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a “ Reclassification ”), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

 

(c)                                   Subdivisions and Combinations In the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

(d)                                  Notice of Adjustments Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each.  The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the

 

7



 

Exercise Price at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

7.                                       Notification of Certain Events .  Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

 

(a)                                  the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities;

 

(b)                                  a Liquidation Event (as defined in Section 3(d) of Article IV of the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation);

 

(c)                                   the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

 

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date or termination date, as applicable, of any such other event specified in clauses (b) or (c), as applicable.  The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Holder of this Warrant.

 

8.                                       Expiration of the Warrant .  This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of 5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on the date that is eight (8) years after the date this Warrant is first issued.

 

9.                                       No Rights as a Stockholder .  Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

 

10.                                Market Stand-off .  The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments

 

8



 

thereto), provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least three percent (3%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements.  The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period.  The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provision of this section.

 

11.                                Representations and Warranties of the Holder .  By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)                                  No Registration .  The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

(b)                                  Investment Intent .  The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof.  The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

(c)                                   Investment Experience .  The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

(d)                                  Speculative Nature of Investment .  The Holder understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks, The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

(e)                                   Access to Data .  The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction.  The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities.  The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description.  The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

(f)                                    Accredited Investor .  The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

9



 

(g)                                   Residency .  The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

(h)                                  Restrictions on Resales .  The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable.  The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied.  The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities.  The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(i)                                      No Public Market .  The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

(j)                                     Brokers and Finders .  The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

(k)                                  Legal Counsel .  The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel.  The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

(l)                                      Tax Advisors .  The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.  With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral.  The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

12.                                Registration Rights .  The registration rights of the Holder of this Warrant with respect to the Shares shall be the same as granted in the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, as amended, and in existence as of the date hereof (the “ Investors’ Rights Agreement ”), with

 

10


 

respect to the “Registrable Securities” (as defined in the Investors’ Rights Agreement).  Upon exercise, in whole or in part, of this Warrant, such Holder shall become a signatory to the Investors’ Rights Agreement (as may be further amended) or, in the event such agreement is no longer in existence, a substantially similar agreement conferring, in all material respects, the same rights and obligations.

 

13.                               Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                 Amendments Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the Holder.  Any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this Section 13(a) shall be binding upon the Holder, each future holder of such Common Warrant and the Company.

 

(b)                                 Waivers No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

 

(c)                                  Notices All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail if to the Holder) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(i)                       if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

 

(ii)                    if to the Company, to the attention of the President of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto (Facsimile: (310) 496-0948), or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy to Troy Foster, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304 (Facsimile: (650) 493-9311).

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered, or (ii) if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address.  In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

 

(d)                                 Governing Law .  This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(e)                                  Jurisdiction and Venue .  Each of the Holder and the Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any court within Los Angeles County, State of California, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Warrant or the matters contemplated herein, and

 

11



 

agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons.

 

(f)                                   Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant.  All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

 

(g)                                  Severability .  If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision.  The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(h)                                 Waiver of July Trial EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT. If the waiver of jury trial set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Warrant shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq . before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County.  This paragraph shall not restrict the Holder or the Company from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(i)                                     California Corporate Securities Law .  THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE.  THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

(j)                                    Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday.

 

(k)                                 Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

 

(l)                                     Entire Agreement .  Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

12



 

( signature page follows )

 

13



 

The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bernard Brennar

 

 

 

 

Name:

Bernard Brennar

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Strategy Officer

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

225 Santa Monica Blvd, 12 th  Floor

 

Santa Monica, California 90401

 

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,

 

 

 

GR MATCH, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bennet van de Bunt

 

 

 

 

Name:

Bennet van de Bunt

 

 

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

3340 Ocean Park Boulevard, Suite 3000

 

Santa Monica, CA 90405

 

Attn: General Counsel

 

Fax number: (310) 581-3443

 

 

 

Email address: sblackman@guthy-renker.com

 

 



 

APPENDIX A

 

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Media Services Agreement.

 

For every Eighteen and 60/100 Dollars ($18.60) of Media Placement Costs expended by Holder (or any of Holder’s Affiliates or Holder’s permitted successors or assigns as provided under the Media Services Agreement) on behalf of Company and pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Media Services Agreement, this Warrant will become Vested as to one single Share, up to the total number of Shares exercisable under this Warrant; provided, however, the foregoing vesting schedule is subject to acceleration pursuant to Sections 3.2 and 4.4 of the Media Services Agreement and Section 2(a) of this Warrant.

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:                                                                          TrueCar, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

 

Attention:                                         President

 

(1)                                  Exercise .  The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

 

Number of shares:

 

 

 

Type of security:

 

 

(2)                                  Method of Exercise .  The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

o                                     A cash payment and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

o                                     The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(c) of the attached warrant.

 

(3)                                  Conditional Exercise .  Is this a conditional exercise pursuant to Section 2(f):

 

o                                     Yes                                                     o                                     No

 

If “Yes,” indicate the applicable condition:

 

 

(4)                                  Stock Certificate .  Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

o                                     The undersigned

 

o                                     Other—Name:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)                                  Unexercised Portion of the Warrant .  Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

 

o                                     The undersigned

 

o                                     Other—Name:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o                                     Not applicable

 



 

(6)                                  Investment Intent .  The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11 of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

(7)                                  Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement .  The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(8)                                  Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice.  Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned.  This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

 

 

 

( Print name of the warrant holder )

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

( Date )

 

 

 

 

 

( Fax number )

 

 

 

 

 

( Email address )

 

2



 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

INVESTOR:                                                                             GR MATCH, LLC

 

COMPANY:                                                                             TRUECAR, INC.

 

SECURITIES:                                                                  THE WARRANT ISSUED ON FEBRUARY 25, 2011 (THE “ WARRANT ”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF

 

DATE:

 

 

 

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

 

1.                                       No Registration .  The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

2.                                       Investment Intent .  The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof.  The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

3.                                       Investment Experience .  The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

4.                                       Speculative Nature of Investment .  The Investor understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks.  The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

5.                                       Access to Data .  The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction.  The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities.  The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description.  The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business

 



 

plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

6.                                       Accredited Investor .  The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

7.                                       Residency .  The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

8.                                       Restrictions on Resales .  The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable.  The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied.  The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities.  The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

9.                                       No Public Market .  The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

10.                                Brokers and Finders .  The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

11.                                Legal Counsel .  The investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel.  The investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

12.                                Tax Advisors .  The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.  With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements

 

2



 

or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral.  The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

13.                                Market Stand-off .  The Investor agrees that the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least three percent (3%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements.  The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period.  The Investor agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the relevant underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

 

( signature page follows )

 

3



 

The investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of the investor )

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

( Street address )

 

 

 

 

 

( City, state and ZIP )

 

4



 

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

 

 

COMPANY:

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

WARRANT:

THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED ON FEBRUARY 25, 2011 (THE “ WARRANT ”)

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

 

(9)                                  Assignment .  The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

Name of Assignee:

 

 

 

Address of Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares Assigned:

 

 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint                                     as attorney to make such transfer on the books of TrueCar, Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(10)                           Obligations of Assignee .  Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (the “ Securities ”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(11)                           Investment Intent .  Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

 

(12)                           Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement .  Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 



 

 

Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR

ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of Assignor )

 

( Print name of Assignee )

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature of Assignor )

 

( Signature of Assignee )

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2




Exhibit 4.4

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

Void after

 

September 25, 2014

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES

 

This Warrant is issued to Greenridge Capital LLC by Zag.com Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the terms of that certain Settlement and Release Agreement (“Release”) dated as of September 25, 2007.

 

1.             Purchase of Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the holder of this Warrant is entitled, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or at such other place as the Company shall notify the holder hereof in writing), to purchase from the Company up to Forty-Eight Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-Three (48,333) fully paid and nonassessable Shares.

 

2.             Definitions .

 

(a)           Exercise Price . The exercise price for the Shares shall be $1.02 per share.

 

(b)           Exercise Period . This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, during the term commencing on the date hereof and ending on the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 13 hereof.

 

(c)           The Shares . The term “ Shares ” shall mean shares of the Company’s new Series B Preferred Stock.

 

3.             Method of Exercise . While this Warrant remains outstanding and exercisable in accordance with Section 2 above, the holder may exercise, in whole or in part, the purchase rights evidenced hereby in either of the methods described below.

 

(a)           In a cash exercise:

 



 

(i)    the surrender of the Warrant (or an affidavit of lost warrant certificate), together with a notice of exercise to the Secretary of the Company at its principal offices; and

 

(ii)   the payment to the Company of an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased.

 

(b)           In lieu of exercising this Warrant for cash, the holder of the Warrant may elect to receive shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such election (a “ Net Exercise ”).  The Company shall issue to such Holder a number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

X=           Y * (A - B) / A

 

Where

 

X =          The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder.

 

Y =          The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the number of the Shares being exercised (at the date of such calculation).

 

A =          The fair market value of one (1) Share (at the date of such calculation).

 

B =          The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculations).

 

For purposes of this Section, the fair market value of a Share shall mean the average of the closing bid and asked prices of Shares quoted in the over-the-counter market in which the Shares are traded or the closing price quoted on any exchange on which the Shares are listed, whichever is applicable, as published in the Western Edition of The Wall Street Journal for the ten (10) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value (or such shorter period of time during which such stock was traded over-the-counter or on such exchange).  If the Shares are not traded on the over-the-counter market or on an exchange, the fair market value shall be the price per Share that the Company could obtain from a willing buyer for Shares sold by the Company from authorized but unissued Shares, as such price shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

4.             Certificates for Shares .  Upon the exercise of the purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant and the execution by the Holder of the applicable investment documents with respect to stockholder rights and obligations, one or more certificates for the number of Shares so purchased shall be issued to the holder of the Warrant as soon as practicable thereafter, and in any event within thirty (30) days of the delivery of the subscription notice.  In case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant or warrants (dated the date hereof) of like tenor shall be issued as soon as practicable thereafter, and in any event within thirty (30) days of the delivery of the subscription notice and the payment in full of the applicable exercise price as described in Section 3 above, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of Shares equal to the number of such Shares called for on the face of this Warrant minus the number of Shares purchased by the holder upon all

 

2



 

exercises made in accordance with Section 3 above; provided however, that partial exercises shall be subject to a minimum exercise condition equal to the lesser of 5,000 Shares (as adjusted for stock splits and similar transactions) or all of the shares subject to Warrant.

 

5.             Issuance of Shares . The Company covenants that the Shares, when issued pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens, and charges with respect to the issuance thereof, except (1) as required under applicable law or (2) as the holder of this Warrant may otherwise agree to in writing with the Company.

 

6.             Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares . The number of and kind of securities purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

 

(a)           Subdivisions, Combinations and Other Issuances . If the Company shall at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant subdivide the Shares, by split-up or otherwise, or combine its Shares, or issue additional shares of its Shares as a dividend, the number of Shares issuable on the exercise of this Warrant shall forthwith be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately decreased in the case of a combination.  Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the purchase price payable per share, but the aggregate purchase price payable for the total number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant (as adjusted) shall remain the same.  Any adjustment under this Section 6(a) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective, or as of the record date of such dividend, or in the event that no record date is fixed, upon the making of such dividend.

 

(b)           Reclassification, Reorganization and Consolidation . In case of any  reclassification, capital reorganization, or change in the capital stock of the Company (other than as a result of a subdivision, combination, or stock dividend provided for in Section 6(a) above), then the Company shall make appropriate provision so that the holder of this Warrant shall have the right at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable in connection with such reclassification, reorganization, or change by a holder of the same number of Shares as were purchasable by the holder of this Warrant immediately prior to such reclassification, reorganization, or change.  In any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the holder of this Warrant so that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable with respect to any shares of stock or other securities and property deliverable upon exercise hereof, and appropriate adjustments shall be made to the purchase price per share payable hereunder, provided the aggregate purchase price shall remain the same.

 

(c)           Notice of Adjustment .  When any adjustment is required to be made in the number or kind of shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrant, or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall promptly notify the holder of such event and of the number of Shares or other securities or property thereafter purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

3



 

7.             No Fractional Shares or Scrip .  No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor on the basis of the Exercise Price then in effect.

 

8.             Representations and Covenants of the Company .

 

(a)           The Company represents that all corporate actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the sale and issuance of this Warrant have been taken.

 

(b)           In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend which is the same as cash dividends paid in previous quarters or a stock dividend) or other distribution, the Company shall mail to the holder, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such record date, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution.

 

(c)           The Company further covenants and agrees that the Company will at all times during the Exercise Period have authorized and reserved, free from preemptive rights, a sufficient number of Shares to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant.  If at any time during the Exercise Period the number of authorized but unissued Shares shall not be sufficient to permit exercise of this Warrant, the Company will use reasonable best efforts to take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of shares to such number as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

(d)           Except and to the extent waived or consented to by the holder, or as otherwise permitted under the terms hereof, the Company will not avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in the taking of all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the exercise rights of the holder against substantial impairment.

 

9.             Representations by the Holder .  The Holder represents to the Company as follows:

 

(a)           This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise thereof are being acquired for its own account, for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”).  Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall, if so requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale.

 

(b)           The Holder understands that the Warrant and the Shares have not been registered under the Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof, and that they must be held by the Holder indefinitely, and that the Holder must therefore bear the economic risk of such investment indefinitely, unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Act or is

 

4



 

exempted from such registration.  The Holder further understands that the Warrant and the Shares have not been qualified under the California Securities Law of 1968 (the “ California Law ”) by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the qualification requirements of the California Law pursuant to Section 25102(f) thereof, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent expressed above.

 

(c)           The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of this Warrant and the Shares purchasable pursuant to the terms of this Warrant and of protecting its interests in connection therewith.

 

(d)           The Holder is able to bear the economic risk of the purchase of the Shares pursuant to the terms of this Warrant and a complete loss of its investment therein.

 

(e)           The Holder is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

10.          Restrictive Legend .

 

The Shares (Unless registered under the Act) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  COPIES OF THE AGREEMENT COVERING THE PURCHASE OF THESE SHARES AND RESTRICTING THEIR TRANSFER MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE COMPANY.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS PURSUANT TO AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY, WHICH AGREEMENT WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST TO THE COMPANY.

 

11.          Warrants Transferable .  Subject to compliance with the terms and conditions of this Section 11 and that certain Right of First Refusal Agreement by and between the Company and certain of its investors, if applicable, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, without charge to the holder hereof (except for transfer taxes), upon surrender of this Warrant properly endorsed or accompanied by written instructions of transfer, provided that any transferee shall first agree in writing to be bound by all the terms hereof to the same extent as if a

 

5



 

signatory hereto.  With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Warrant or any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant prior to registration of such Warrant or Shares, the holder hereof agrees to give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of such holder’s counsel, or other evidence, if requested by the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other disposition may be effected without registration or qualification (under the Act as then in effect or any federal or state securities law then in effect) of this Warrant or the Shares and indicating whether or not under the Act certificates for this Warrant or the Shares to be sold or otherwise disposed of require any restrictive legend as to applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with such law.  Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion or other evidence, if so requested, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify such holder that such holder may sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or such Shares, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company.  If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 11 that the opinion of counsel for the holder or other evidence is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify the holder promptly with details thereof after such determination has been made.  Each certificate representing this Warrant or the Shares transferred in accordance with this Section 11 shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with such laws, unless in the aforesaid opinion of counsel for the holder, such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with such laws.  The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions.

 

12.          Rights of Stockholders .  No holder of this Warrant shall be entitled, as a Warrant holder, to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of the Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification  of stock, change of par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

 

13.          Expiration of Warrant; Notice of Certain Events Terminating This Warrant.

 

(a)           This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable upon the earliest to occur of:

 

(i)        5:00 p.m., California local time, on September 25, 2014; or

 

(b)           Any Change of Control.  “Change of Control” for purposes of this Section 13 shall mean (1) any consolidation or merger involving the Company pursuant to which the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such consolidation or merger own, immediately after such consolidation or merger, less than 50% of the voting securities of the surviving entity, (ii) any transaction or series of related transactions in which 50% or more of the Company’s voting power is transferred to persons other than the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such transaction

 

6



 

or series of transactions (excluding sales of equity securities primarily for capital raising purposes), or (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

(c)           The Company shall provide at least ten (10) Business Days prior written notice of any event set forth in Section 13(a)(i) and (ii).

 

14.          Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given upon receipt or, if earlier, (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid or (d) one business day after the business day of facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed (i) if to the Holder, at the Holder’s address at 14 Greenridge Drive, Chappaqua, New York 10514, and (ii) if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: President), with a copy to Troy Foster, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304 or at such other address as a party may designate by ten days advance written notice to the other party pursuant to the provisions above.

 

15.          “Market Stand-Off” Agreement .  Holder hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by the Company and an underwriter of common stock or other securities of the Company, following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act, it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and such underwriter, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by it at any time during such period except common stock included in such registration; provided, however, that:

 

(a)           all then-current officers and directors of the Company enter into similar agreements;

 

(b)           the Company obtains from persons who hold five percent (5%) or greater of the Company’s outstanding capital stock, a lock-up agreement similar to that set forth in this Section 15; and

 

(c)           such market stand-off time period shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days for the Company’s initial public offering, and ninety (90) days for any subsequent public offerings.

 

Holder agrees to provide to the other underwriters of any public offering such further agreements as such underwriter may reasonably request in connection with this market stand-off agreement, provided that the terms of such agreements are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 15.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

 

7



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations described in this Section 15 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms which may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to an SEC Rule 145 transaction.

 

16.          Governing Law .  This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware or of any other state.

 

17.          Survival of Rights and Obligations .  Unless otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company, of the holder of this Warrant and of the holder of the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant, shall survive the exercise of this Warrant.

 

18.          Severability .  If any provision of this Warrant is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Warrant and the balance of the Warrant shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

19.          Amendments and Waivers; Resolutions of Dispute .  The resolution of any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Warrant and the provision of notice shall be conducted pursuant to the terms of the Release.  Any term of this Warrant may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.  No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition or provision of this Warrant, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.  Any waiver or amendment effected in accordance with this Section 19 shall be binding upon each holder of a Warrant at the time outstanding, each future holder of all such Warrants, and the Company.

 

Issued this 24 th  day of September 2007.

 

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

/s/ Scott Painter

 

Scott Painter

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

8



 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:                            ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

Attention: President

 

1.                                       The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                            Shares of                          for an Exercise Price of                          pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant.

 

2.                                       Method of Exercise (Please initial the applicable blank):

 

o The undersigned elects to exercise the attached Warrant by means of a cash payment, and tenders herewith payment in full for the purchase price of the shares being purchased, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

o The undersigned elects to exercise the attached Warrant by means of the net exercise provisions of Section 3(b) of the Warrant.

 

Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

3.             The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the aforesaid Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale, in connection with the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 9 of the attached Warrant (including Section 9 (e) thereof) are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

(Title)

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF TRANSFER

(To be signed only upon transfer of Warrant)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                                                                              the right represented by the attached Warrant to purchase                                  shares of                                            of ZAG.COM INC. to which the attached Warrant relates, and appoints                      Attorney to transfer such right on                    the books of              , with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature must conform in all respects to name of Holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed in the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

WARRANT TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

THIS WARRANT TRANSFER AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of October 29 th , 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Greenridge Capital LLC (the “ Transferor ”) and Jonathan Heine (the “ Transferee ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Transferor has informed Zag.com Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), that the Transferor wishes to transfer record ownership of a stock purchase warrant (the “ Warrant ”) to purchase up to 48,333 shares of the Company’s Series 13 Preferred Stock (the “ Securities ”) to Transferee.

 

NOW TIIEREPORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.             Assignment by Transferor . The Transferor hereby assigns and transfers to the Transferee the Warrant.

 

2.             Investment Representations . Transferee represents to the Transferor and to the Company the following:

 

(a)           Transferee is acquiring these Securities for its own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

(b)           In consideration of the Company permitting the transfer of the Securities, the Transferee hereby agrees to be bound by and comply with all of the provisions and obligations applicable to the Transferor contained in the Warrant, including but not limited to Section 15 of the Warrant concerning the Lock Up Agreement, and to execute any further documentation necessary to carry out the intent hereof.

 

(c)           The Transferee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition, and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.

 

(d)           Transferee understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and that the contemplated transfer of the Securities is being effected in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of his investment intent as expressed herein.  In this connection, Transferee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Transferee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold the Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future.

 

(e)           Transferee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available.  Moreover, Transferee understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities.  In addition, Transferee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is nut required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 




Exhibit 4.5

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

TRUECAR, INC.

 

Dated as of April 29, 2011

Void after the date specified in Section 8

 

No. CW - 6

Warrant to Purchase

 

8,586 Shares of

 

Common Stock

 

(subject to adjustment)

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, Honk LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from TrueCar, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”), in the amounts, at such times and at the price per share set forth in Section 1.  The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

 

1.             Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period .

 

(a)           Number of Shares .  Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to 8,586 Shares.

 

(b)           Exercise Price .  The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $0.01 (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 

(c)           Exercise Period . This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, any time following the date hereof and prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.

 

1



 

2.             Exercise of the Warrant .

 

(a)           Exercise .  The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part (such number being subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6), in accordance with Section 1, by:

 

(i)    the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

 

(ii)   the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company.

 

(b)           Net Issue Exercise .  In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

X       =      

Y (A - B)

 

A

 

 

Where:

 

X

=

The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder

 

 

 

Y

=

The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)

 

 

 

A

=

The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)

 

 

 

B

=

The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

 

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided, however , that:

 

(i)    where a public market exists for the Company’s common stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the common stock or the closing price quoted on the national securities exchange on which the common stock is listed as published in the Wall Street Journal, as applicable, for the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable; and

 

2



 

(ii)   if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

(c)               Stock Certificates .  The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date.   As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of shares issuable upon such exercise.  In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

 

(d)               No Fractional Shares or Scrip .  No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant.  In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

 

(e)               Conditional Exercise .  The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 by so indicating in the notice of exercise.

 

(f)                Reservation of Stock .  The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to take all reasonable action to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of common stock for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant such number of shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of common stock shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued shares of its common stock to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

(g)               Agreement to Terms .  The Holder may exercise this Warrant only after execution of the Notice of Exercise.

 

3.             Replacement of the Warrant .  Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

4.             Transfer of the Warrant .

 

(a)               Warrant Register .  The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders.  Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the

 

3



 

absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

 

(b)               Warrant Agent .  The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

 

(c)               Transferability of the Warrant .  Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and limitations on assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5, title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

 

(d)               Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer .  On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register.  This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

 

(e)               Taxes .  In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

5.             Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws .  By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

 

(a)               Restrictions on Transfers .  Except for the permitted transfers set forth in Section 5(b), this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void.  Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares (the “ Securities ”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.  Except for the permitted transfers set forth in Section 5(b), the Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

 

(i)         there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

 

4



 

(ii)        (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 , that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

 

(b)               Permitted Transfers .  Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by any Holder to a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation; provided , in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition; or (iii) a transfer of this Warrant to Pivotal Labs, Inc., a California corporation.

 

(c)               Investment Representation Statement .  Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 , that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(d)               Securities Law Legend .  The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

(e)               Market Stand-off Legend .  The Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

5



 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

(f)            Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions .  The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

 

(g)           Removal of Legend .  The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

 

6.             Adjustments .  Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

 

(a)               Merger or Reorganization .  If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Reorganization ”) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8) in which shares of the Company’s stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization.  In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

(b)               Reclassification of Shares .  If the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a “ Reclassification ”), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

 

(c)               Subdivisions and Combinations . In the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant

 

6



 

immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

(d)               Notice of Adjustments .  Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each.  The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

7.             Notification of Certain Events .  Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

 

(a)               the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities;

 

(b)               a Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation);

 

(c)               the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

 

(d)               any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b);

 

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date or termination date, as applicable, of any such other event specified in clause (b) or (d), as applicable.  The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Holder of this Warrant.

 

8.                                       Expiration of the Warrant .  This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earliest of:

 

(a)               5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on the date that is ten (10) years after the date of this Warrant; or

 

7



 

(b)               Immediately prior to the closing of a Liquidation Event or a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act covering the offering and sale of the Company’s common stock.

 

9.             No Rights as a Stockholder .  Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

 

10.          Market Stand-off .  The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(0(4) or NYSE Rule 472(0(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least three percent (3%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements.  The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-I or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period.  The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provision of this section.

 

11.          Representations and Warranties of the Holder .  By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)               No Registration .  The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

(b)               Investment Intent .  The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof.  The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

8



 

(c)               Investment Experience .  The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

(d)               Speculative Nature of Investment . The Holder understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks.  The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

(e)               Access to Data .  The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction.  The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities.  The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description.  The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

(f)                [-Intentionally Omitted-]

 

(g)               Residency .  The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page to the Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement.

 

(h)               Restrictions on Resales .  The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable.  The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied.  The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities.  The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

9



 

(i)            No Public Market .  The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

(j)            Brokers and Finders .  The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

(k)           Legal Counsel .  The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel.  The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

(l)            Tax Advisors .  The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.  With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral.  The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

12.          Registration Rights .  The registration rights of the Holder of this Warrant with respect to the Shares shall be the same as granted in the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, as amended, and in existence as of the date hereof (the “ Investors’ Rights Agreement ”), with respect to the “Registrable Securities” (as defined in the Investors’ Rights Agreement).  Upon exercise, in whole or in part, of this Warrant, such Holder shall become a signatory to the Investors’ Rights Agreement (as may be further amended) or, in the event such agreement is no longer in existence, a substantially similar agreement conferring, in all material respects, the same rights and obligations.

 

13.          Miscellaneous .

 

(a)           Amendments .  Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the Holder.  Any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this Section 13(a) shall be binding upon the Holder, each future holder of such Warrant and the Company.

 

(b)           Waivers .  No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

 

(c)           Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to the Holder) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(i)        if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

 

10


 

(ii)                       if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy to Troy Foster, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered, or (ii) if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address.  In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

 

(d)                    Governing Law .  This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(e)                     Jurisdiction and Venue .  Each of the Holder and the Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any court within the City of Santa Monica, California, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Warrant or the matters contemplated herein, and agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons.

 

(f)                      Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant.  All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

 

(g)                     Severability .  If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision.  The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(h)                    Waiver of Jury Trial EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT .  If the waiver of jury trial set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Warrant shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County.  This paragraph shall not restrict the Holder or the Company from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising prejudgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(i)                        California Corporate Securities Law .  THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER

 

11



 

OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE.  THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

(j)                                     Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays .  If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday.

 

(k)                                  Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

 

(l)                                      Entire Agreement .  Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

(signature page follows)

 

12



 

The Company signs this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

 

TRUECAR, INC .

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

 

 

 

Name:

Scott Painter

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

225 Santa Monica Blvd., 12th Floor

 

Santa Monica, California 90401

 

(Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of TrueCar, Inc.)

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCIS E

 

TO:

TrueCar, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

 

 

 

 

Attention:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

(1)

Exercise . The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

 

 

 

 

Number of shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type of security:

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Method of Exercise . The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

 

 

 

 

         o

A cash payment, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

 

 

 

 

         o

The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

 

 

 

 

(3)

Conditional Exercise . Is this a conditional exercise pursuant to Section 2(e):

 

 

 

 

 

         o

Yes

o          No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If “Yes,” indicate the applicable condition:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

Stock Certificate . Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

 

 

 

         o

The undersigned

 

 

 

 

 

 

         o

Other—Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

             Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

Unexercised Portion of the Warrant . Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

 

 

 

 

         o

The undersigned

 

 

 

 

 

 

         o

Other—Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         o

Not applicable

 

 

 

A-1



 

(6)                                  Investment Intent .  The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11 of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

(7)                                  Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement .  The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(8)                                  Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice .  Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned.  This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

 

 

 

( Print name of the warrant holder )

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

( Date )

 

 

 

 

 

( Fax number )

 

 

 

 

 

( Email address)

 

( Signature page to the Notice of Exercise )

 

A-2



 

EXHIBIT A-I

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

INVESTOR:                                                     HONK LLC

 

COMPANY:                                                     TRUECAR, INC.

 

SECURITIES:                                          THE WARRANT ISSUED ON APRIL 29, 2011 (THE “ WARRANT ”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF

 

DATE:                                                                                   APRIL 29, 2011

 

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

 

1.                                       No Registration .  The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

2.                                       Investment Intent .  The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof.  The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

3.                                       Investment Experience .  The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

4.                                       Speculative Nature of Investment .  The Investor understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks.  The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

5.                                       Access to Data .  The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction.  The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities.  The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description.  The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business

 

A-1-1



 

plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

6.                                       [-Intentionally Omitted-]

 

7.                                       Residency . The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

8.                                       Restrictions on Resales .  The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable.  The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied.  The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities.  The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

9.                                       No Public Market .  The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

10.                                Brokers and Finders .  The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

11.                                Legal Counsel .  The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel.  The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

12.                                Tax Advisors .  The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.  With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral.  The Investor understands that it (and

 

A-1-2



 

not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

13.                                Market Stand-off .  The Investor agrees that the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least three percent (3%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements.  The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-I or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period.  The Investor agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the relevant underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

 

( signature page follows )

 

A-1-3



 

The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTOR

 

 

 

HONK LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Taira

 

 

 

 

Name:

Thomas Taira

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2914 PIEDMONT AVE

 

 

( Street address )

 

 

 

 

 

BERKELEY CA 94705

 

 

( City, state and ZIP )

 

(Signature Page to Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement)

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:                                                     HONK LLC

 

COMPANY:                                                     TRUECAR, INC.

 

WARRANT:                                                    THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED ONAPRIL 29, 2011 (THE “ WARRANT ”)

 

DATE:

 

 

 

(1)                                  Assignment .  The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

Name of Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

Address of Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares Assigned:

 

 

 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint                                as attorney to make such transfer on the books of TrueCar, Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(2)                                  Obligations of Assignee .  Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (the “ Securities ”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(3)                                  Investment Intent .  Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

 

(4)                                  Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement .  Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

B-1



 

Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR

 

ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of Assignor )

 

( Print name of Assignee )

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature of Assignor )

 

( Signature of Assignee )

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B-2




Exhibit 4.6

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company : TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.)

 

Number of Shares : See Section 1.7

 

Type/Series of Stock : Common Stock

 

Warrant Price :  $7.67 per share, provided , however , if the Company does not consummate a Qualified Financing on or prior to May 8, 2013, the Warrant Price shall be automatically decreased to $5.30 per share. For purposes of this Warrant, a “ Qualified Financing ” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its equity securities for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $25,000,000 (including all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such equity securities, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such equity securities, but excluding the subordinated secured convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2012 (as amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time), by and among the Company and the persons and entitles listed on the schedule of investors attached thereto), with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

Issue Date :  June 13, 2012

 

Expiration Date :  June 13, 2022 See also Section 5.1(b).

 

Credit Facility :                      This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank, the Company and the other Borrowers party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ”).

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Type of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

 

SECTION 1.     EXERCISE.

 

1.1              Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise as set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2              Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with

 

1



 

the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y(A-B)/A

 

where:

 

X =                  the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

 

Y =                  the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

 

A =                  the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

 

B =                  the Warrant Price.

 

1.3              Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price as specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.4              Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.5              Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

1.6              Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

 

(a)                Acquisition.  For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization,

 

2



 

own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

 

(b)                      Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition.  In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

 

(c)                       The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

 

(d)                      Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

(e)                       As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) Holder would be able to publicly re-sell, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

 

1.7              Number of Shares . If at any time on or after the Issue Date, Silicon Valley Bank has made an Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) to the Company pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Number of Shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable shall be 40,000. If at any time on or after the Issue Date, Silicon Valley Bank has made an Advance or Advances (as defined in the Loan Agreement) in an aggregate principal amount greater than $4,000,000 to the Company pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Number of Shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable shall be 100,000.

 

3



 

Any adjustments to this Warrant pursuant to this Section 1.7 shall be in addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 2, below.

 

SECTION 2.     ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

 

2.1              Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.2              Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

 

2.3              No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

 

2.4              Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer or other duly authorized officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

 

SECTION 3.     REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

3.1              Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

(a)                      All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and

 

4



 

unissued capital stock such number of shares of common stock as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

 

(b)                                  The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2              Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

 

(a)                      declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

 

(b)                      effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

 

(c)                       effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

 

(d)                      effect an initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its comment stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”);

 

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

 

(1)                      at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) above;

 

(2)                      in the case of the matters referred to in (b) and (c) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

 

(3)                      with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

 

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements. Holder agrees that any information provided to Holder by the Company pursuant to this Warrant may be confidential and Holder agrees that with respect to any such confidential information received by Holder pursuant to this Warrant that Holder will be bound by the confidentiality provisions of Section 12.11 of the Loan Agreement, which provision is incorporated herein by this reference. For the avoidance of any doubt, Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that no future amendment and/or termination of such Section 12.11 contained in the Loan Agreement (including the termination of the Loan Agreement itself) shall in any way affect the foregoing obligation contained in the previous sentence as such obligation exists as of the date hereof.

 

3.3              Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . Concurrently with a Qualified Financing or prior to an IPO, subject to receipt of the requisite investor consent, the Company shall amend the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of

 

5



 

August 30, 2011, as amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time (the “ Rights Agreement ”), to provide Holder with “piggyback” and “S-3” registration rights thereunder.

 

SECTION 4.     REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .

 

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

4.1              Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

4.2              Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

4.3              Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

4.4              Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

4.5              The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

4.6                                No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

4.7              Market Stand-Off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Stand-Off provisions set forth in Section 2.10 of the Rights Agreement, or similar agreement.

 

6



 

SECTION 5.     MISCELLANEOUS.

 

5.1              Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration .

 

(a)                      Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

 

(b)                      Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

 

5.2              Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED JUNE 13, 2012 MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

5.3              Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

7



 

5.4              Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant, including but not limited to the Market Stand-Off Agreement set forth in Section 4.7 hereof. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

 

5.5              Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first (1st) Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

 

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.)

225 Santa Monica Blvd, 6th Floor

Santa Monica, CA, 90401

Attn: EVP, Corporate Development

Fax: 800.584.5004

Email: jim@truecar.com

 

5.6              Waiver .  This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by

 

8



 

an instrument in writing signed by the Company and Holder (or in the event that all or a part of this Warrant is transferred to one or more additional Holders, a majority-in-interest of such Holders).

 

5.7              Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all reasonable costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

5.8              Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

 

5.9              Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

5.10       Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

 

5.11       Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

 

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”

 

 

 

TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.)

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

 

 

 

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

 

 

 

Title:

EVP, Corporate Development

 

 

 

“HOLDER”

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jack Garza

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jack Garza

 

 

 

 

Title:

Relationship Manager

 

 

10


 

APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.                                       The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase                  shares of the Common Stock of TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.) (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

o                                     check in the amount of $                   payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

o                                     Wire transfer of $                  in immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

o                                     Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

o                                     Other [Describe]                                                                                

 

2.                                       Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

3.                                       By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Company Capitalization Table

 

See attached

 

[TO COME]

 




Exhibit 4.7

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

ZAG.COM INC.

 

Dated as of November 24, 2009

Void after the date specified in Section 8

 

No. 1

Warrant to Purchase

 

up to 1,442,223 Shares of

 

Common Stock

 

(subject to adjustment)

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, United Services Automobile Association, or its registered assigns (the Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from Zag.com Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ”), shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the Shares ”), in the amounts, at such times and at the price per share set forth in Section 1. The term Warrant as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in. substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein. This Warrant is issued in connection with the transactions described in the Zag Services & Maintenance Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2007, by and among the Company and the Holder, as amended (the Agreement ”).

 

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

 

1.           Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period.

 

(a)           Number of Shares . Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to the number of Shares that equals the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the Aggregate Revenue Amount (as defined below) by (y) $1.465 prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of  his Warrant as provided in Section 8.

 

(b)           Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $0.55 (the Exercise Price ”).

 



 

(c)           Exercise Period . This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.

 

(d)           Other Defined Terms . The Aggregate Revenue Amount shall equal the aggregate amount of Sales Revenue (as defined below) for each calendar month that has been completed prior to the date that this Warrant is exercised in accordance with Section 2. Sales Revenue shall mean the product of (x) the number of Sales (as defined below) within each applicable Sales Bracket multiplied by (y) the applicable Revenue Multiplier, each as set forth in the table below:

 

Sales Bracket

 

Revenue Multiplier

 

 

 

0 to 1,500

 

$0.00 per Sale

 

 

 

1,501 to 2,500

 

$50.00 per Sale

 

 

 

2,501 to 5,000

 

$75.00 per Sale

 

 

 

5,000 and greater

 

$100.00 per Sale

 

Each Revenue Multiplier shall apply only to those Sales falling within the applicable Sales Bracket. For the avoidance of doubt, no Revenue Multiplier shall apply to those Sales falling within a lower Sales Bracket, regardless of whether the aggregate number of Sales in any calendar month exceeds the number of Sales constituting such lower Sales Bracket. Sales shall mean all sales pursuant to the Agreement that are not contested by the dealer or invalidated.

 

2.           Exercise of the Warrant.

 

(a)            Exercise . The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the Election of the Holder, in whole or in part (such number being subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6), in accordance with Section 1, by:

 

(i)           the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

 

(ii)          the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company.

 

(b)           Net Issue Exercise . In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

2



 

 

X

=

Y (A - B)

 

 

A

 

 

Where:

 

X

=

The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder

 

 

 

Y

=

The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)

 

 

 

A

=

The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)

 

 

 

B

=

The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

 

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided, however, that: if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

(c)           Stock Certificates . The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

 

(d)           No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

 

(e)           Conditional Exercise . The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 by so indicating in the notice of exercise.

 

(f)             Reservation of Stock . The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to take all reasonable action to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of common stock for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant such number of shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of common stock shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued shares of its common stock to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

3



 

3.             Replacement of the Warrant . Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

4.             Transfer of the Warrant.

 

(a)             Warrant Register . The Company shall maintain a register (the Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

 

(b)             Warrant Agent . The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

 

(c)             Transferability of the Warrant . Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ”) and limitations on assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5, title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the Assignment Form ”)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

 

(d)             Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer . On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

 

(e)             Minimum Transfer . This Warrant may not be transferred in part unless such transfer is to a transferee who, pursuant to such transfer, receives the right to purchase at least five hundred thousand (500,000) Shares hereunder (as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 6).

 

(f)             Taxes . In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

4



 

5.             Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws.

By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

 

(a)         Restrictions on Transfers . Subject to Section 5(b), this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void. Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares (the Securities ”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

 

(i)           there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

 

(ii)          (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

 

(b)         Permitted Transfers . Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by any Holder to a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation; provided, in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

 

(c)           Investment Representation Statement . Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(d)         Securities Law Legend . The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

 

5



 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

(e)            Market Stand-off Legend. The Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

(f)             Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions. The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

 

(g)            Removal of Legend. The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

 

6.             Adjustments. Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

 

(a)           Merger or Reorganization. If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “Reorganization”) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8) in which shares of the Company’s stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor

 

6



 

corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

(b)           Reclassification of Shares. If the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a “Reclassification”), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

 

(c)           Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

(d)           Notice of Adjustments. Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

7.             Notification of Certain Events. Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

 

(a)           the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities;

 

(b)           a Liquidation Event (as defined in Section 3(d) of Article IV of the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation);

 

(c)          the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

 

7



 

(d)         any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(b) or 8(c);

 

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date or termination date, as applicable, of any such other event specified in clause (b) or (d), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Holder of this Warrant.

 

8.             Expiration of the Warrant. This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earliest of:

 

(a)           5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on the date that is eight (8) years after the date of this Warrant;

 

(b)           90 days after the expiration of the Agreement; or

 

(c)           Immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act covering the offering and sale of the Company’s common stock.

 

9.             No Rights as a Stockholder. Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

 

10.          Market Stand-off. The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least three percent (3%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute

 

8



 

a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provision of this section.

 

11.          Representations and Warranties of the Holder. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)           No Registration . The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

(b)           Investment Intent . The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

(c)           Investment Experience . The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

(d)           Speculative Nature of Investment . The Holder understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

(e)           Access to Data . The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

(f)            Accredited Investor . The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(g)           Residency . The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

(h)           Restrictions on Resales . The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the

 

9



 

Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(i)           No Public Market . The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities. .

 

(j)          Brokers and Finders . The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

(k)         Legal Counsel . The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

(l)             Tax Advisors . The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

12.           Registration Rights . The registration rights of the Holder of this Warrant with respect to the Shares shall be the same as granted in the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, as amended, and in existence as of the date hereof (the Investors’ Rights Agreement ”), with respect to the “Registrable Securities” (as defined in the Investors’ Rights Agreement). Upon exercise, in whole or in part, of this Warrant, such Holder shall become a signatory to the Investors’ Rights Agreement (as may be further amended) or, in the event such agreement is no longer in existence, a substantially similar agreement conferring, in all material respects, the same rights and obligations.

 

10


 

13.                           Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                             Amendments. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the Holder. Any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this Section 13(a) shall be binding upon the Holder, each future holder of such Common Warrant and the Company.

 

(b)                             Waivers. No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

 

(c)                              Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail if to the Holder) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(i)                            if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

 

(ii)                         if to the Company, to the attention of the President of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy to Troy Foster, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered, or (ii) if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

 

(d)                             Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(e)                              Jurisdiction and Venue. Each of the Holder and the Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any court within Santa Clara County, State of California, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Warrant or the matters contemplated herein, and agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons.

 

(f)                               Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

 

11



 

(g)                              Severability. If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(h)                             Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT. If the waiver of jury trial set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Warrant shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict the Holder or the Company from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(i)                            California Corporate Securities Law. THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

(j)                                Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday.

 

(k)                             Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant. Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

 

(1)                        Entire Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

(signature page follows)

 

12



 

The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

 

 

 

Name:

Scott Painter

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

525 Broadway Street, Suite 300

 

Santa Monica, California 90401

 

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,

 

UNITED STATES AUTOMOBILE ASSOCIATION

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Ferries

 

 

 

 

Name:

Tom Ferries

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

Address:

 

9800 Fredericksburg Road

San Antonio, Texas 78288

 

Fax number: (877) 491-9923

 

Email address:

 

(Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of Zag.com Inc.)

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:                                                                     Zag.com Inc. (the Company ”)

 

Attention:                                    President

 

(1)                                  Exercise. The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

 

Number of shares:

 

 

 

 

Type of security:

 

 

 

(2)                                  Method of Exercise. The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

o           A cash payment, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

o           The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

 

(3)                             Conditional Exercise. Is this a conditional exercise pursuant to Section 2(e):

 

o Yes                 o No

 

 

If “Yes,” indicate the applicable condition:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)                                  Stock Certificate. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

o           The undersigned

 

 

 

 

o           Other—Name:

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)                Unexercised Portion of the Warrant. Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the

attached warrant in the name of:

 

o           The undersigned

 

 

 

 

o           Other—Name:

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

o           Not applicable

 

A-1



 

(6)                                  Investment Intent. The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11 of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

(7)                                  Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(8)                                  Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice. Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned. This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

 

 

 

(Print name of the warrant holder)

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

(Name and title of signatory, if applicable)

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 

 

(Fax Number)

 

 

 

(Email address)

 

(Signature page to the Notice of Exercise)

 

A-2


 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

COMPANY:

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

SECURITIES:

 

THE WARRANT ISSUED ON November 24, 2009 (THE WARRANT’ ) AND

 

 

THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF

 

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

 

1.             No Registration. The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ) , by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

2.             Investment Intent. The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

3.             Investment Experience. The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

4.             Speculative Nature of Investment. The Investor understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

5.             Access to Data. The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business

 

A-1-1



 

plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

6.           Accredited Investor. The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

7.           Residency. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

8.           Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things; the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

9.           No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

10.         Brokers and Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

11.         Legal Counsel. The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

12.         Tax Advisors. The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements

 

A-1-2



 

or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

13.          Market Stand-off. The Investor agrees that the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer,

make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least three percent (3%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Investor agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the relevant underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

 

(signature page follows)

 

A-1-3



 

The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR

 

 

 

 

 

(Print name of the investor)

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Name and title of signatory, if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

(Street address)

 

 

 

 

 

(Fax Number)

 

 

 

 

 

(City, state and ZIP)

 

A-1-4



 

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

 

 

 

 

COMPANY:

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

WARRANT:

 

THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED ON

 

 

November 24, 2009 (THE “WARRANT”)

 

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

 

(1)                                  Assignment . The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“Assignor”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“Assignee”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

Name of Assignee:

 

 

Address of Assignee:

 

 

Number of Shares Assigned:

 

 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                   as attorney to make such transfer on the books of Zag.com Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(2)                                  Obligations of Assignee. Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (the “Securities”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(3)                                  Investment Intent. Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

 

(4)                                  Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

B-1



 

Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR

ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print name of Assignor)

 

(Print name of Assignee)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Assignor)

 

(Signature of Assignee)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print name of signatory, if applicable)

 

(Print name of signatory, if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print title of signatory, if applicable)

 

(Print title of signatory, if applicable)

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B-2




Exhibit 4.8

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT ), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

ZAG.COM INC.

 

Dated as of June 25, 2010

Void after the date specified in Section 8

 

No.

Warrant to Purchase

 

up to 2,480,000 Shares of

 

Common Stock

 

(subject to adjustment)

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, United Services Automobile Association, or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from Zag.com Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”), in the amounts, at such times and at the price per share set forth in Section 1. The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein. This Warrant is issued in connection with the transactions described in the Zag Services & Maintenance Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2007, by and among the Company and the Holder, as amended (the “ Agreement ”).

 

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

 

1.                                       Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period .

 

(a)                                  Number of Shares . Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to the number of Shares that equals the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the Aggregate Revenue Amount (as defined below) by (y) $2.04 prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8.

 

(b)                                  Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share shall be determined as shares become exercisable pursuant to Section 1(a) above and shall be equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock, immediately after giving effect to the issue and sale of Series D Preferred Stock on or about June 25, 2010, as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors, which shall include the

 



 

Series C Designee (as defined in the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement), if any (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 

(c)                                   Exercise Period . This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.

 

(d)                                  Other Defined Terms . The “ Aggregate Revenue Amount ” shall equal the aggregate amount of Sales Revenue (as defined below) for each calendar month that has been completed prior to the date that this Warrant is exercised in accordance with Section 2. “ Sales Revenue ” shall mean the product of (x) the number of Sales (as defined below) within each applicable Sales Bracket multiplied by (y) the applicable Revenue Multiplier, each as set forth in the table below:

 

Sales Bracket

 

Revenue Multiplier

 

 

 

0 to 1,500

 

$0.00 per Sale

 

 

 

1,501 to 2,500

 

$50.00 per Sale

 

 

 

2,501 to 5,000

 

$75.00 per Sale

 

 

 

5,001 and greater

 

$100.00 per Sale

 

The Aggregate Revenue Amount shall be calculated by measuring the incremental sales above any sales which would result in the ability of the Holder to purchase 1,442,223 shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to that certain Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of Zag.com Inc. dated as of November 24, 2009.

 

Each Revenue Multiplier shall apply only to those Sales falling within the applicable Sales Bracket. For the avoidance of doubt, no Revenue Multiplier shall apply to those Sales falling within a lower Sales Bracket, regardless of whether the aggregate number of Sales in any calendar month exceeds the number of Sales constituting such lower Sales Bracket. “ Sales ” shall mean all sales pursuant to the Agreement that are not contested by the dealer or invalidated.

 

2.                                       Exercise of the Warrant .

 

(a)                                  Exercise . The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part (such number being subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6), in accordance with Section 1, by:

 

(i)                            the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

 

(ii)                         the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company.

 

(b)                Net Issue Exercise . In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below),

 



 

the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this -Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

X                                                                            =        Y (A – B)   

A

 

Where:

 

X

 

=

 

The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder

 

 

 

 

 

Y

 

=

 

The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

=

 

The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)

 

 

 

 

 

B

 

=

 

The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

 

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided, however, that: if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

(c)                                   Stock Certificates . The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

 

(d)                                  No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

 

(e)                                   Conditional Exercise . The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 by so indicating in the notice of exercise.

 

(f)                                    Reservation of Stock . The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to take all reasonable action to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of common stock for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant such number of shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at

 



 

any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of common stock shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued shares of its common stock to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

3.                                       Replacement of the Warrant . Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

4.                                       Transfer of the Warrant .

 

(a)                                  Warrant Register . The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

 

(b)                                  Warrant Agent . The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

 

(c)                                   Transferability of the Warrant . Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and limitations on assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5, title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

 

(d)                                  Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer . On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

 

(e)                                   Minimum Transfer . This Warrant may not be transferred in part unless such transfer is to a transferee who, pursuant to such transfer, receives the right to purchase at least five hundred thousand (500,000) Shares hereunder (as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 6).

 

(f)                                    Taxes . In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than

 



 

that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

5.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws .   By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

 

(a)                                  Restrictions on Transfers . Subject to Section 5(b), this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void. Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares (the “ Securities ”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

 

(i)                            there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

 

(ii)                         (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 , that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

 

(b)                                  Permitted Transfers . Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by any Holder to a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation; provided , in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

 

(c)                                   Investment Representation Statement . Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 , that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 



 

(d)                                  Securities Law Legend . The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

(e)                                   Market Stand-off Legend . The Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

(f)                                    Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions . The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

 

(g)                                   Removal of Legend . The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

 

6.                                       Adjustments . Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

 

(a)                                  Merger or Reorganization . If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Reorganization ”) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8) in which shares of the Company’s stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the

 



 

Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

(b)                                  Reclassification of Shares . If the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a “ Reclassification ”), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

 

(c)                                   Subdivisions and Combinations . In the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

(d)                                  Notice of Adjustments . Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

7.                                       Notification of Certain Events . Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

 

(a)                                  the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities;

 

(b)                                  a Liquidation Event (as defined in Section 3(d) of Article IV of the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation);

 



 

(c)                                   the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

 

(d)                                  any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(b) or 8(c);

 

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date or termination date, as applicable, of any such other event specified in clause (b) or (d), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Holder of this Warrant.

 

8.                                       Expiration of the Warrant . This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earliest of:

 

(a)                                  5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on the date that is eight (8) years after the date of this Warrant;

 

(b)                                  90 days after the expiration of the Agreement; or

 

(c)                                   Immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act covering the offering and sale of the Company’s common stock.

 

9.                                       No Rights as a Stockholder . Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

 

10.                                Market Stand-off . The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least three percent (3%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing

 



 

restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provision of this section.

 

11.                                Representations and Warranties of the Holder . By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)                                  No Registration . The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

(b)                                  Investment Intent . The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

(c)                                   Investment Experience . The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

(d)                                  Speculative Nature of Investment . The Holder understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

(e)                                   Access to Data . The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

(f)                                    Accredited Investor . The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(g)                                   Residency . The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

(h)                                  Restrictions on Resales . The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the

 



 

Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(i)                                      No Public Market . The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

(j)                                     Brokers and Finders . The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

(k)                                  Legal Counsel . The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

(l)                                      Tax Advisors . The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

12.                                Registration Rights .  The registration rights of the Holder of this Warrant with respect to the Shares shall be the same as granted in the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, as amended, and in existence as of the date hereof (the “ Investors’ Rights Agreement ”), with respect to the “Registrable Securities” (as defined in the Investors’ Rights Agreement). Upon exercise, in whole or in part, of this Warrant, such Holder shall become a signatory to the Investors’ Rights Agreement (as may be further amended) or, in the event such agreement is no longer in existence, a substantially similar agreement conferring, in all material respects, the same rights and obligations.

 

13.                                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Amendments . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument

 


 

referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the Holder. Any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this Section 13(a) shall be binding upon the Holder, each future holder of such Common Warrant and the Company.

 

(b)                                  Waivers . No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

 

(c)                                   Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail if to the Holder) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(i)                            if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

 

(ii)                         if to the Company, to the attention of the President of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy to Troy Foster, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered, or (ii) if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

 

(d)                                  Governing Law . This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(e)                                   Jurisdiction and Venue . Each of the Holder and the Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any court within Santa Clara County, State of California, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Warrant or the matters contemplated herein, and agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons.

 

(f)                                    Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

 

(g)                                   Severability . If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible,

 



 

the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(h)                                  Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT. If the waiver of jury trial set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Warrant shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict the Holder or the Company from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(i)                                      California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

(j)                                     Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday.

 

(k)                                  Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant . Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

 

(l)                                      Entire Agreement . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

(signature page follows)

 



 

The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant a s of the date stated on the first page.

 

 

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Moujan Kazerani

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Moujan Kazerani

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

525 Broadway Street, Suite 300

 

 

Santa Monica, California 90401

 

 

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,

 

 

 

 

 

UNITED STATES AUTOMOBILE ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ron D. Giacomo

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Ron D. Giacomo

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

9800 Fredericksburg Road

 

 

San Antonio, Texas 78288

 

 

 

 

 

Fax number: (877) 491-9923

 

 

 

 

 

Email address: [TBD]

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:                                                                          Zag.com Inc. (the “ Company ”)

 

Attention:                                         President

 

(1)                                  Exercise . The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

 

 

Number of shares:

 

 

 

Type of security:

 

 

(2)                                  Method of Exercise . The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

o                                     A cash payment, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

o                                     The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

 

(3)                                  Conditional Exercise . Is this a conditional exercise pursuant to Section 2(e):

 

o                                     Yes                             o                                     No

 

If “Yes,” indicate the applicable condition:

 

 

 

(4)                                  Stock Certificate . Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

o                                     The undersigned

 

 

 

o                                     Other—Name:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)                                  Unexercised Portion of the Warrant . Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

 

o                                     The undersigned

 

 

 

o                                     Other—Name:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o                                     Not applicable

 

 

 



 

(6)                                  Investment Intent . The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11 of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

(7)                                  Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement . The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(8)                                  Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice . Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned. This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

 

 

 

 

(Print name of the warrant holder)

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Name and title of signatory, if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 

 

 

 

(Fax number)

 

 

 

 

 

(Email address)

 


 

EXHIBIT A- 1

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY:

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

SECURITIES:

THE WARRANT ISSUED ON JUNE 25, 2010 (THE. “ WARRANT ”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

 

1.                                       No Registration . The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

2.                                       Investment Intent . The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

3.                                       Investment Experience . The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

4.                                       Speculative Nature of Investment . The Investor understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

5.                                       Access to Data . The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business

 



 

plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

6.                                       Accredited Investor . The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

7.                                       Residency . The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

8.                                       Restrictions on Resales . The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

9.                                       No Public Market . The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

10.                                Brokers and Finders . The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

11.                                Legal Counsel . The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

12.                                Tax Advisors .  The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and

 



 

not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

13.                                Market Stand-off . The Investor agrees that the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (ISO) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least three percent (3%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Investor agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the relevant underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

 

(signature page follows)

 



 

The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print name of the investor )

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Name and title of signatory, if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

( Street address)

 

 

 

 

 

(City, state and ZIP)

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY:

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

WARRANT:

THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED ON JUNE 25, 2010 (THE “ WARRANT ”)

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

(9)                                  Assignment . The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

Name of Assignee:

 

 

 

Address of Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares Assigned:

 

 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint                                          as attorney to make such transfer on the books of Zag.com Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(10)                           Obligations of Assignee . Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (the “ Securities ”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(11)                           Investment Intent . Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

 

(12)                           Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement .  Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

B-1



 

Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

 

ASSIGNOR

 

ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print name of Assignor)

 

(Print name of Assignor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Assignor)

 

(Signature of Assignor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable)

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable)

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B-2




Exhibit 4.9

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

TRUECAR, INC.

 

Effective as of January 1, 2012

Void after the date specified in Section 8

 

No.

Warrant to Purchase

 

up to 1,564,000 Shares of

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

(subject to adjustment)

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, United Services Automobile Association, or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from TrueCar, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ), shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Shares ), in the amounts, at such times and at the price per share set forth in Section 1. The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein. This Warrant is issued in connection with the transactions described in that certain Services & Maintenance Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2007, by and among the Company and the Holder, as amended (the “ Agreement ).

 

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

 

1.                                       Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period.

 

(a)                                  Number of Shares . Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant and prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to the number of Shares that equals the sum of (1) 30,000 plus (ii) a number that equals the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the Aggregate Revenue Amount (as defined below) by (y) $5.30.

 

(b)                                  Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share shall be $5.30 (the “ Exercise Price ).

 

(c)                                   Exercise Period . This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.

 



 

(d)                                  Other Defined Terms . The “ Aggregate Revenue Amount ” shall equal the aggregate amount of Sales Revenue (as defined below) for each calendar month that has been completed prior to the date that this Warrant is exercised in accordance with Section 2. “ Sales Revenue ” shall mean the product of (x) the number of Sales (as defined below) within each applicable Sales Bracket multiplied by (y) the applicable Revenue Multiplier, each as set forth in the table below:

 

Sales Bracket

 

Revenue Multiplier

 

 

 

0 to 10,000

 

$0.00 per Sale

 

 

 

10,001 to 12,500

 

$50.00 per Sale

 

 

 

12,501 to 15,000

 

$75.00 per Sale

 

 

 

15,001 and greater

 

$100.00 per Sale

 

The Aggregate Revenue Amount shall be calculated by measuring vehicle sales on or after January 1, 2012.

 

Each Revenue Multiplier shall apply only to those Sales falling within the applicable Sales Bracket. For the avoidance of doubt, no Revenue Multiplier shall apply to those Sales falling within a lower Sales Bracket, regardless of whether the aggregate number of Sales in any calendar month exceeds the number of Sales constituting such lower Sales Bracket. “ Sales ” shall mean all sales pursuant to the Agreement that are not contested by the dealer or invalidated.

 

2.                                       Exercise of the Warrant.

 

(a)                                  Exercise . The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part (such number being subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6), in accordance with Section 1, by:

 

(i)                                      the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

 

(ii)                                   the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Net Issue Exercise . In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 



 

 

X

=

Y (A – B)

 

 

 

 

A

 

 

Where:

 

X                     =             The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder

 

Y                     =           The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)

 

A                     =             The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)

 

B                     =             The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

 

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided however , that: if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

(c)                                   Stock Certificates . The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

 

(d)                                  No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

 

(e)                                   Conditional Exercise . The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 by so indicating in the notice of exercise,

 

(f)                                    Reservation of Stock . The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to take all reasonable action to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of common stock for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant such number of shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of common stock shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued shares of its common stock to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

3.                                       Replacement of the Warrant . Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or

 



 

destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or. in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

4.                                       Transfer of the Warrant.

 

(a)                                  Warrant Register . The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

 

(b)                                  Warrant Agent . The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

 

(c)                                   Transferability of the Warrant . Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act’ ) and limitations on assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5, title to this Warrant may he transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

 

(d)                                  Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer . On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

 

(e)                                   Minimum Transfer . This Warrant may not be transferred in part unless such transfer is to a transferee who, pursuant to such transfer, receives the right to purchase at least five hundred thousand (500,000) Shares hereunder (as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 6).

 

(f)                                    Taxes . In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 



 

5.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

 

(a)                                  Restrictions on Transfers Subject to Section 5(b), this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void.  Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares (the “ Securities ) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.  The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

 

(i)                                      there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

 

(ii)                                   (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

 

(b)                                  Permitted Transfers . Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by any Holder to a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation; provided, in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

 

(c)                                   Investment Representation Statetnent . Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(d)                                  Securities Law Legend . The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

 



 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER. THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

(e)                                   Market Stand-off Legend . The Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

(f)                                    Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions . The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

 

(g)                                   Removal of Legend . The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

 

6.                                       Adjustments . Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

 

(a)                                  Merger or Reorganization . If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Reorganization ) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8) in which shares of the Company’s stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind, and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and

 



 

interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

(b)                                  Reclassification of Shares. If the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a “ Reclassification ), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

 

(c)                                   Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

(d)                                  Notice of Adjustments. Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

7.                                       Notification of Certain Events . Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

 

(a)                                  the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities;

 

(b)                                  a Liquidation Event (as defined in Section 1(n) of the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “ Investors’ Rights Agreement ));

 

(c)                                   the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

 



 

(d)                                  any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(b) or 8(c);

 

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date or termination date, as applicable, of any such other event specified in clause (b) or (d), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Holder of this Warrant.

 

8.                                            Expiration of the Warrant, This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earliest of:

 

(a)                                  5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on the date that is eight (8) years after the date of this Warrant;

 

(b)                                  90 days after the expiration of the Agreement; or

 

(c)                                   Immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act covering the offering and sale of the Company’s common stock.

 

9.                                            No Rights as a Stockholder. Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall
have become deliverable as provided herein.

 

10.                                     Market Stand-off. The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least three percent (3%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute

 



 

a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provision of this section.

 

11.                                Representations and Warranties of the Holder. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)                                  No Registration. The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

(b)                                  Investment Intent. The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

(c)                                   Investment Experience. The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

(d)                                  Speculative Nature of Investment . The Holder understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

(e)                                   Access to Data. The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company. which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

(f)                                    Accredited Investor . The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange. Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(g)                                   Residency . The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

(h)                                  Restrictions on Resales . The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the

 



 

security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(i)                                      No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

(j)                                     Brokers and Finders . The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

(k)                                  Legal Counsel . The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

(l)                                      Tax Advisors . The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its ‘own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

12.                                     Registration Rights. The registration rights of the Holder of this Warrant with respect to the Shares shall be the same as granted in the Investors’ Rights Agreement, as amended, and in existence as of the date hereof, with respect to the “Registrable Securities” (as defined in the Investors’ Rights Agreement). Upon exercise, in whole or in part, of this Warrant, such Holder shall become a signatory to the Investors’ Rights Agreement (as may be further amended) or, in the event such agreement is no longer in existence, a substantially similar agreement conferring, in all material respects, the same rights and obligations.

 

13.                                     Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                  Amendments. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the Holder. Any amendment, waiver, discharge or

 


 

termination effected in accordance with this Section 13(a) shall be binding upon the Holder, each future holder of such Common Warrant and the Company.

 

(b)                                  Waivers . No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

 

(c)                                   Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail if to the Holder) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(i)                             if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

 

(ii)                          if to the Company, to the attention of the President of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy to Troy Foster, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304,

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered, or (ii) if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

 

(d)                                  Governing Law . This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with .the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(e)                                   Jurisdiction and Venue . Each of the Holder and the Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any court within Santa Clara County, State of California, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Warrant or the matters contemplated herein, and agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons.

 

(f)                                    Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

 

(g)                                   Severability . if any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible,

 



 

the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(h)                                  Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT. If the waiver of jury trial set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Warrant shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict the Holder or the Company from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(i)                                      California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

(j)                                     Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday.

 

(k)                                  Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant . Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

 

(l)                                      Entire Agreement . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

(signature page follows)

 



 

The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

 

 

Name:

Scott Painter

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

225 Santa Monica Blvd. 12th Floor,

 

Santa Monica, California 90401,

 

Facsimile number: 800.584.5004

 

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,

 

 

 

 

 

UNITED STATES AUTOMOBILE ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Pascucci

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Victor Pascucci

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

AVP

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

9800 Fredericksburg Road
San Antonio, Texas 78288

 

 

 

 

 

Fax number: (877) 491-9923

 

 

 

 

 

Email address: victor.pascucci@usaa.com

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:

TrueCar, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

 

 

 

 

Attention:

President

 

 

 

 

(1)

Exercise . The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

 

 

 

 

        Number of shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        Type of security:

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Method of Exercise . The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

 

 

 

 

         o

A cash payment, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

 

 

 

 

         o

The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

 

 

 

 

(3)

Conditional Exercise . Is this a conditional exercise pursuant to Section 2(e):

 

 

 

 

 

         o

Yes

o          No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

if “Yes,” indicate the applicable condition:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

Stock Certificate . Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

 

 

 

         o

The undersigned

 

 

 

 

 

 

         o

Other—Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

             Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

Unexercised Portion of the Warrant . Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

 

 

 

 

         o

The undersigned

 

 

 

 

 

 

         o

Other—Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

             Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         o

Not applicable

 

 

 



 

(6)                                  Investment Intent . The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11 of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

(7)                                  Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement . The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith. an investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(8)                                  Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice . Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned. This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

 

 

 

(Print name of the warrant holder)

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Name and title of signatory, if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 

 

 

 

(Fax number)

 

 

 

 

 

(Email address)

 



 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

COMPANY:

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

SECURITIES:

 

THE WARRANT ISSUED EFFECTIVE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2012 (THE “ WARRANT’) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF

 

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

 

1.                                            No Registration. The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

2.                                            Investment Intent. The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

3.                                            Investment Experience. The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

4.                                            Speculative Nature of Investment. The Investor understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

5.                                            Access to Data. The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business

 



 

plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

6.                                                 Accredited Investor. The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange. Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

7.                                                 Residency. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

8.                                                 Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

9.                                                 No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

10.                                          Brokers and Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

11.                                          Legal Counsel. The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

12.                                          Tax Advisors. The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral.. The Investor understands that it (and

 



 

not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

13.                                Market Stand-off. The Investor agrees that the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least three percent (3%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this Section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Investor agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the relevant underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

 

(signature page follows)

 



 

The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR

 

 

 

 

 

(Print name of the investor)

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Name and title, of signatory, if-applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

(Street address)

 

 

 

 

 

(City, state and ZIP)

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

 

 

 

 

COMPANY:

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

WARRANT:

 

THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED EFFECTIVE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2012 (THE “ WARRANT ”)

 

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

 

(9)                                  Assignment. The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

Name of Assignee:

 

 

 

Address of Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares Assigned:

 

 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                  as attorney to make such transfer on the books of TrueCar, Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(10)                           Obligations of Assignee. Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (the “ Securities ) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(11)                           Investment Intent. Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

 

(12)                           Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

B-1



 

Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR

 

ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print name of Assignor)

 

(Print name of Assignee)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Assignor)

 

(Signature of Assignee)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print name of signatory, if applicable)

 

(Print name of signatoty, if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print title of signatoty, if applicable)

 

(Print title of signatory, if applicable)

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B-2


 



Exhibit 4.10

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE” ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

OF

TRUECAR, INC.

 

Dated as of November 22, 2013

Void after the date specified in Section 8

 

 

Warrant to Purchase
1,000,000 Shares of
Common Stock

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC, or its registered transferees or assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from TrueCar, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”) in the amounts, at such times and at the price per Share set forth in Section 1. The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein. This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated on or about the date hereof by and between Holder and the Company. The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

 

1.                                       Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period.

 

(a)                                  Number of Shares. Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to 1,000,000 Shares, as may be adjusted pursuant hereto prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8.

 

(b)                                  Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $10.00, subject to adjustment pursuant hereto (the “ Exercise Price ”)

 

(c)                                   Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.

 



 

2.                                       Exercise of the Warrant.

 

(a)                                  Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part in accordance with Section 1, by:

 

(i)                                      the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

 

(ii)                                   the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Cashless Exercise.   As an alternative to exercise of this Warrant by payment in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds (or by certified or official bank check or wire transfer), as provided above in Section 2(a), the Holder may exercise its right to purchase some or all of the Shares pursuant to this Warrant on a net basis without the exchange of any funds (a “Cashless Exercise” ), such that, upon the exercise hereof, the Holder hereof receives that number of Shares subscribed to pursuant to this Warrant less that number of shares of Common Stock, valued at Market Price at the time of exercise, equal to the aggregate Exercise Price that would otherwise have been paid by the Holder of this Warrant for such Shares.  (For example: a holder exercises the right to purchase 1,000 shares.  At that time the Market Price is $20.00 and the exercise price is $10.00.  The aggregate Exercise Price for 1,000 shares would be $10,000.00.  Therefore $10,000.00 ÷ $20.00 = 500.  The holder would receive 500 shares (1,000 — 500) under a Cashless Exercise).  For purposes of the above calculation, the “Market Price” shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that (i) where there is a public market for the Shares, the “Market Price” shall be the average of the closing prices of the Shares quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, the New York Stock Exchange or on any other exchange on which the Shares are listed, over the five (5) trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the day the Warrant is being exercised and (ii) if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the Market Price shall be the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

(c)                                   Stock Certificates. The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, but no later than thirty (30) days thereafter, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of Shares issuable upon such exercise and such other cash, securities or property to which such person is entitled upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, within a reasonable time, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.  Each stock certificate so delivered shall be in such denominations of Common Stock as may be requested by the Holder hereof and shall be registered in the name designated by such Holder.

 

(d)                                  No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

 

2



 

(e)                                   Conditional Exercise. The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 by so indicating in the notice of exercise.

 

(f)                                    Shares to be Fully Paid; Reservation of Stock.   The Company represents and warrants that all Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all preemptive rights of any shareholder of the Company.  The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable securities laws or regulations, or of any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which the Shares may be listed; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to effect a registration under Federal or State securities laws with respect to such exercise.  The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of common stock, for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant, such number of Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Shares shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued Shares to a number of Shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

3.                                       Replacement of the Warrant. Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

4.                                       Transfer of the Warrant.

 

(a)                                  Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

 

(b)                                  Warrant Agent. The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

 

(c)                                   Transferability of the Warrant. Subject to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), applicable state securities laws and the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5 hereof, title to this Warrant may be transferred without charge (except as provided herein) by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

 

3



 

(d)                                  Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer. On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act, applicable state securities laws and the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5 hereof, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

 

(e)                                   Taxes. In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

5.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

 

(a)                                  Restrictions on Transfers. Subject to Section5(b), this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void.  Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares (the “ Securities ”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

 

(i)                                      there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

 

(ii)                                   (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission to the effect that the transfer of such Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

 

(b)                                  Permitted Transfers. Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by any

 

4



 

Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation, (y) any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners or members, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners or members, or (z) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder; provided , in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

 

(c)                                   Investment Representation Statement. Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(d)                                  Securities Law Legend. The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

(e)                                   Market Stand-off Legend. The Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

(f)                                    Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions. The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

 

(g)                                   Removal of Legend. The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares and the stock transfer instructions

 

5



 

and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

 

6.                                       Adjustments. Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as set forth in this Section 6.

 

(a)                                  Merger, Consolidation, Sale or Reorganization. If at any time there shall be a recapitalization or reorganization of the capital stock of the Company, or any consolidation or merger of the Company with another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets or other transaction shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities, or other assets or property (a “ Reorganization ”) (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8), then, as part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

(b)                                  Dividends in Common Stock, Other Stock, Property, Reclassification.   If at any time or from time to time the Holders of Shares (or any shares of stock or other securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall have received or become entitled to receive, without payment therefor, (i) Shares or any shares of stock or other securities which are at any time directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, or any rights or options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any of the foregoing by way of dividend or other distribution, (ii) any cash paid or payable otherwise than as a cash dividend, or (iii) Shares or additional stock or other securities or property (including cash) by way of spinoff, split-up, reclassification, combination of shares or similar corporate rearrangement, (other than shares of Shares issued as a stock split or adjustments in respect of which shall be covered by the terms of Section 6(d) below), then, and in each such case, the Holder hereof shall, upon the exercise of this Warrant, be entitled to receive, in addition to the number of Shares receivable thereupon, and without payment of any additional consideration therefor, the amount of stock and other securities and property which such Holder would hold on the date of such exercise had he been the holder of record of such Shares as of the date on which holders of Shares received or became entitled to receive such shares or all other additional stock and other securities and property.

 

(c)                                   Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant

 

6



 

immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

(d)                                  Notice of Adjustments. Immediately upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

7.                                       Notification of Certain Events. Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

 

(a)                                  the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities;

 

(b)                                  the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

 

(c)                                   any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(b);

 

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date of any such other event specified in clause (b) or (c), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Holder of this Warrant.

 

8.                                       Expiration of the Warrant. This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earlier of:

 

(a)                                  5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on November 22, 2015; or

 

(b)                                  (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes and any transaction effected primarily for purposes of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction or series of transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent), or (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the

 

7



 

assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

9.                                       No Rights as a Stockholder; Limitation of Liability. Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.  No provisions hereof, in the absence of affirmative action by the Holder to purchase Shares, and no mere enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder hereof, shall give rise to any liability of such Holder for the Exercise Price or as a shareholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by its creditors.

 

10.                                Market Stand-off. The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement of the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto. The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

 

11.                                Further Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company.

 

(a)                                  Charter and Bylaws .   The Company has made available to Holder true, complete and correct copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, as amended, through the date hereof.

 

(b)                                  Due Authority .   The execution and delivery by the Company of this Warrant and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, including the issuance to Holder of the right to acquire the Shares, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and the Warrant is not inconsistent with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(c)                                   Consents and Approvals .   No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, federal or other governmental authority or agency is

 

8



 

required with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of its obligations under this Warrant, except for any filing required by applicable federal and state securities laws, which filing will be effective by the time required thereby.

 

(d)                                  Issued Securities.   All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(e)                                   Exempt Transaction .   Subject to the accuracy of the Holders representations in Section 11 hereof, the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of this Warrant will constitute a transaction exempt from (i) the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in reliance upon Section 4(2) thereof, and (ii) the qualification requirements of the applicable state securities laws.

 

(f)                                    Compliance with Rule 144 .   At the written request of the Holder, who proposes to sell Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrant in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company shall furnish to the Holder, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such request, a written statement confirming the Company’s compliance with the filing requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission as set forth in such Rule, as such Rule may be amended from time to time.

 

12.                                Representations and Warranties of the Holder. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)                                  No Registration. The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

(b)                                  Investment Intent. The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

(c)                                   Investment Experience. The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

(d)                                  Speculative Nature of Investment. The Holder understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

(e)                                   Access to Data. The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business

 

9



 

plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

(f)                                    Accredited Investor. The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(g)                                   Residency. The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

(h)                                  Restrictions on Resales. The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(i)                                      No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

(j)                                     Brokers and Finders. The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

(k)                                  Legal Counsel. The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

(l)                                      Tax Advisors. The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands

 

10


 

that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

13.                                Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                  Amendments. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the Holder.

 

(b)                                  Waivers. No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

 

(c)                                   Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(i)                                      if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address] to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

 

(ii)                                   if to the Company, to the attention of the President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Troy Foster, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto CA, 94304.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

 

(d)                                  Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware, or of any other state.

 

(e)                                   Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

 

(f)                                    Severability. If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its

 

11



 

entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(g)                                   Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT.

 

(h)                                  California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

(i)                                      Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

 

(j)                                     Entire Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

( signature page follows )

 

12



 

The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Scott Painter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

TrueCar, Inc.

 

120 Broadway, Suite 200

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

 

 

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,

 

 

 

VULCAN CAPITAL GROWTH EQUITY LLC

 

By Cougar Investment Holdings LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan Drake

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Susan Drake

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC

 

505 Fifth Avenue S., Suite 900

 

Seattle, Washington 98104

 

Attention: Abhishek Agrawal and Rich Sohn

 

 

( Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Shares Common Stock of TrueCar, Inc. )

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:                                                                          TrueCar, Inc. (the “Company”)

 

Attention:                                         President

 

(1)                                  Exercise. The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

 

Number of shares:

 

 

 

Type of security:

 

 

(2)                                  Method of Exercise. The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

o                                     A cash payment and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

o                                     Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

 

(3)                                  Stock Certificate. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

 

o                                     The undersigned

 

 

 

o                                     Other—Name:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)                                 Unexercised Portion of the Warrant. Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

 

o                                     The undersigned

 

 

 

o                                     Other—Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o                                     Not applicable

 

 

(5)                                  Investment Intent. The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11(a) of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

A-1



 

(6)                                  Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(7)                                  Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice. Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned. This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of the warrant holder )

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

( Date )

 

 

 

 

 

( Fax number )

 

 

 

 

 

( Email address )]

 

( Signature page to the Notice of Exercise )

 

A-2


 

EXHIBIT A-l

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

COMPANY:

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

SECURITIES:

THE WARRANT ISSUED ON NOVEMBER 22, 2013 (THE “ WARRANT ”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

 

1.                                       No Registration. The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

2.                                       Investment Intent. The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

3.                                       Investment Experience. The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

4.                                       Speculative Nature of Investment. The Investor understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

5.                                       Access to Data. The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the

 

A-1-1



 

Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

6.                                       Accredited Investor. The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

7.                                       Residency. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

8.                                       Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

9.                                       No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

10.                                Brokers and Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

11.                                Legal Counsel. The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

12.                                Tax Advisors. The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements

 

A-1-2



 

or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

13.                                Market Stand-off. The Investor agrees that the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Investor agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the relevant underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

 

( signature page follows )

 

A-1-3



 

The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of the investor )

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

( Street address )

 

 

 

 

 

( City, state and ZIP )

 

A-1-4



 

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

 

 

COMPANY:

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

WARRANT:

THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED ON NOVEMBER 22, 2013 (THE “ WARRANT ”)

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

(1)                                  Assignment. The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

Name of Assignee:

 

 

 

Address of Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares Assigned:

 

 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint                                              as attorney to make such transfer on the books of TrueCar, Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(2)                                  Obligations of Assignee. Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (the “ Securities ”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(3)                                  Investment Intent. Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11(a) of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

 

(4)                                  Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

1



 

Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR

 

ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of Assignor )

 

( Print name of Assignee )

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature of Assignor )

 

( Signature of Assignee )

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2




Exhibit 4.12

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”) , OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
of
TRUECAR, INC.

 

Dated as of March 12, 2014

Void after the date specified in Section 8

 

Warrant to Purchase
25,000 Shares of
Common Stock

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, Centrue Financial Corporation, or its registered transferees or assigns (the “ Holder ”) , is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from TrueCar, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) , shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $ 0.0001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”) , in the amounts, at such times and at the price per Share set forth in Section 1. The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein. This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Stock Ticker Symbol Sale Agreement dated February 10, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Holder and the Company. The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

 

1.             Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period.

 

(a)           Number of Shares . Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to 25,000 Shares, as may be adjusted pursuant hereto prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8.

 

(b)           Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $5.93, subject to adjustment pursuant hereto (the “ Exercise Price ”) .

 

(c)           Exercise Period . This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.

 

1



2.           Exercise of the Warrant .

 

(a)          Exercise . The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part in accordance with Section 1, by:

 

(i)            the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”) , duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

 

(ii)           the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company.

 

(b)           Cashless Exercise . As an alternative to exercise of this Warrant by payment in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds (or by certified or official bank check or wire transfer), as provided above in Section 2(a), the Holder may exercise its right to purchase some or all of the Shares pursuant to this Warrant on a net basis without the exchange of any funds (a “ Cashless Exercise ”) , such that, upon the exercise hereof, the Holder hereof receives that number of Shares subscribed to pursuant to this Warrant less that number of shares of Common Stock, valued at Market Price at the time of exercise, equal to the aggregate Exercise Price that would otherwise have been paid by the Holder of this Warrant for such Shares. (For example: a holder exercises the right to purchase 1,000 shares. At that time the Market Price is $20.00 and the exercise price is $10.00. The aggregate Exercise Price for 1,000 shares would be $10,000.00. Therefore $10,000.00 ÷ $20.00 = 500. The holder would receive 500 shares (1,000 — 500) under a Cashless Exercise). For purposes of the above calculation, the “Market Price” shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that (i) where there is a public market for the Shares, the “Market Price” shall be the average of the closing prices of the Shares quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, the New York Stock Exchange or on any other exchange on which the Shares are listed, over the five (5) trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the day the Warrant is being exercised and (ii) if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the Market Price shall be the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

(c)            Stock Certificates . The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, but no later than thirty (30) days thereafter, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of Shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, within a reasonable time, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

 

(d)           No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

 

2



 

(e)           Conditional Exercise . The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 by so indicating in the notice of exercise.

 

(f)            Shares to be Fully Paid; Reservation of Stock . The Company represents and warrants that all Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all preemptive rights of any stockholder of the Company. The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable securities laws or regulations, or of any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which the Shares may be listed; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to effect a registration under Federal or State securities laws with respect to such exercise. The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to take all reasonable action to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of common stock, for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant, such number of shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of common stock shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued shares of its common stock to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

3.             Replacement of the Warrant. Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

4.             Transfer of the Warrant.

 

(a)           Warrant Register . The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

 

(b)           Warrant Agent . The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

 

(c)           Transferability of the Warrant . Subject to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) , applicable state securities laws and limitations on assignments and transfers, including, without limitation, compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5 hereof, title to this Warrant may be transferred without charge (except as provided herein) by endorsement by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

 

3



 

(d)           Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer . On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act, applicable state securities laws and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

 

(e)           Taxes . In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

5.         Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws . By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

 

(a)           Restrictions on Transfers . Subject to Section 5(b), this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void. Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares(the “ Securities ”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

 

(i)       there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

 

(ii)      (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission to the effect that the transfer of such Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

 

4



 

(b)           Permitted Transfers . Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation, (y) any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners or members, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners or members, or (z) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder; provided, in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

 

(c)           Investment Representation Statement . Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(d)           Securities Law Legend . The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

(e)           Market Stand-off Legend . The Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

(f)            Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions . The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

 

5



 

(g)           Removal of Legend. The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

 

6.              Adjustments . Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

 

(a)           Merger, Consolidation, Sale or Reorganization. If at any time there shall be a recapitalization or reorganization of the capital stock of the Company, or any consolidation or merger of the Company with another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets or other transaction shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities, or other assets or property (a “ Reorganization ”) (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8), then, as part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

(b)           Dividends in Common Stock, Other Stock, Property, Reclassification. If at any time or from time to time the Holders of Shares (or any shares of stock or other securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall have received or become entitled to receive, without payment therefor, (i) Shares or any shares of stock or other securities which are at any time directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, or any rights or options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any of the foregoing by way of dividend or other distribution, (ii) any cash paid or payable otherwise than as a cash dividend, or (iii) Shares or additional stock or other securities or property (including cash) by way of spinoff, split-up, reclassification, combination of shares or similar corporate rearrangement, (other than shares of Shares issued as a stock split or adjustments in respect of which shall be covered by the terms of Section 6(c) below), then, and in each such case, the Holder hereof shall, upon the exercise of this Warrant, be entitled to receive, in addition to the number of Shares receivable thereupon, and without payment of any additional consideration therefor, the amount of stock and other securities and property which such Holder would hold on the date of such exercise had he been the holder of record of such Shares as of the date on which holders of Shares received or became entitled to receive such shares or all other additional stock and other securities and property.

 

(c)           Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of

 

6


 

shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

(d)                                  Notice of Adjustments. Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each.  The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

7.                                       Notification of Certain Events. Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

 

(a)                                  the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6; (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities;

 

(b)                                  the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

 

(c)                                   any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(b);

 

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date of any such other event specified in clause (b), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Holder of this Warrant.

 

8.                                       Expiration of the Warrant. This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earlier of:

 

(a)                                  5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on the date that is three years from the Effective Date; or

 

(b)                                  (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes and any transaction effected primarily for purposes of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction or series of transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately

 

7



 

following such acquisition, its parent), or (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

9.                                       No Rights as a Stockholder. Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

 

10.                                Market Stand-off. The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement of the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-I or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

 

11.                                Representations and Warranties of the Holder. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)                                  No Registration. The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

(b)                                  Investment Intent. The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

(c)                                   Investment Experience. The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such

 

8



 

knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

(d)                                  Speculative Nature of Investment . The Holder understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

(e)                                   Access to Data . The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

(f)                                    Accredited Investor . The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(g)                                   Residency . The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

(h)                                  Restrictions on Resales . The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions,  which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144  even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration · under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(i)                                      No Public Market . The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

9



 

(j)                                     Brokers and Finders . The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

(k)                                  Legal Counsel . The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

(l)                                      Tax Advisors . The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

12.                           Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                  Amendments . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the Holder.

 

(b)                                  Waivers . No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

 

(c)                                   Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(i)                       if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

 

(ii)                    if to the Company, to the attention of the President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Troy Foster, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto CA, 94304.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day. In the event of any conflict between the

 

10



 

Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

 

(d)                                  Governing Law . This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California,  without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(e)                                   Jurisdiction and Venue . Each of the Holder and the Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any court within Los Angeles County, State of California, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Warrant or the matters contemplated herein, and agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons.

 

(f)                                    Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

 

(g)                                   Severability . If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(h)                                  Waiver of July Trial . EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT. If the waiver of jury trial set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Warrant shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Los Angeles County. This paragraph shall not restrict the Holder or the Company from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(i)                                      California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

(j)                                     Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant . Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

 

11



 

(k)                                  Entire Agreement . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

( signature page follows )

 

12


 

The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Michael Guthrie

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Michael Guthrie

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

TrueCar, Inc,

 

120 Broadway, Suite 200

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,

 

CENTRUE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

 

By:

/s/ Kurt Stevenson

 

 

 

Name: Kurt Stevenson

 

 

 

 

 

Title: President & CEO

 

 

 

 

 

Fax number: (815) 431-0685

 

 

 

Email address: kurt.stevenson@centrue.com

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Centrue Financial Corporation

 

122 West Madison Street

 

Ottawa, IL 61350

 

Attention: Daniel R. Kadolph

 

 

13



 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:                    TrueCar, Inc. (the “Company”)

 

Attention:         President

 

(1)                                  Exercise. The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

 

Number of shares: _____________________________________

 

Type of security: ______________________________________

 

(2)                                  Method of Exercise . The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

o                                A cash payment and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

o                                Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

 

(3)          Stock Certificate . Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

o                                The undersigned

 

o                                Other—Name: _____________________________________

 

Address: _____________________________________

 

(4)                                  Unexercised Portion of the Warrant. Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

 

o                                The undersigned

 

o                                Other—Name: _____________________________________

 

Address: _____________________________________

 

o                                Not applicable

 

(5)                                  Investment Intent. The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11 of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

A-1



 

(6)                                  Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement . The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(7)                                  Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice . Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned. This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

 

 

 

( Print name of the warrant holder )

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

( Date )

 

 

 

 

 

( Fax number )

 

 

 

 

 

( Email address )

 

( Signature page to the Notice of Exercise )

 

A-2



 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPANY:

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

SECURITIES:

 

THE WARRANT ISSUED ON MARCH 12, 2014 (THE “ WARRANT ”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF

 

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

 

 

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

 

1.             No Registration. The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) , by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon,  among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

2.             Investment Intent. The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

3.             Investment Experience. The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

4.             Speculative Nature of Investment. The Investor understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

5.             Access to Data . The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

A-1-1



 

6.           Accredited Investor . The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

7.           Residency . The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation,  such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

8.           Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions,  which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144  even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

9.           No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

10.         Brokers and Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

11.         Legal Counsel. The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

12.         Tax Advisors. The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

A-1-2



 

13.          Market Stand-off . The Investor agrees that the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Investor agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the relevant underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

 

( signature page follows )

 

A-1-3


 

The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of the warrant holder )

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

( Date )

 

 

 

 

 

( Fax number )

 

 

 

 

 

( Email address )

 

A-1-4



 

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPANY:

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

WARRANT:

 

THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED ON MARCH 12, 2014 (THE “ WARRANT ”)

 

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

 

(1)                                  Assignment . The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

Name of Assignee:

 

 

 

Address of Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares Assigned:

 

 

 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint ______________ as attorney to make such transfer on the books of TrueCar, Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(2)                                  Obligations of Assignee . Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (the “ Securities ”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(3)                                  Investment Intent. Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

 

(4)                                  Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

1



 

Assignor and Assignee arc signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR

 

ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of Assignor )

 

( Print name of Assignee )

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature of Assignor )

 

( Signature of Assignee )

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2



 

EXHIBIT C

 

Centrue Wire Instructions

 

Payment via Wire:

 

Bank Name:

 

 

 

ABA:

 

 

 

Account:

 

 

 

Account Name:

 

 

1




Exhibit 4.13

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

OF

TRUECAR, INC.

 

Dated as of February 11, 2014

Void after the date specified in Section 8

 

Warrant to Purchase

20,000 Shares of

Common Stock

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, Venture Lending & Leasing VI, LLC, or its registered transferees or assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from TrueCar, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”) in the amounts, at such times and at the price per Share set forth in Section 1. The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein. This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Secured Party Bill of Sale dated on or about the date hereof by and among the Holder’s s affiliates, Venture Lending & Leasing VI, Inc. and Venture Lending & Leasing VII, Inc., and the Company. The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which the Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

 

1.                                       Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period.

 

(a)                                  Number of Shares. Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to 20,000 Shares, as may be adjusted pursuant hereto prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8.

 

(b)                                  Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $10.00, subject to adjustment pursuant hereto (the “ Exercise Price ”)

 

(c)                                   Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.

 



 

2.                                       Exercise of the Warrant.

 

(a)                                  Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part in accordance with Section 1, by:

 

(i)              the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

 

(ii)           the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Cashless Exercise.   As an alternative to exercise of this Warrant by payment in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds (or by certified or official bank check or wire transfer), as provided above in Section 2(a), the Holder may exercise its right to purchase some or all of the Shares pursuant to this Warrant on a net basis without the exchange of any funds (a “Cashless Exercise” ), such that, upon the exercise hereof, the Holder hereof receives that number of Shares subscribed to pursuant to this Warrant less that number of shares of Common Stock, valued at Market Price at the time of exercise, equal to the aggregate Exercise Price that would otherwise have been paid by the Holder of this Warrant for such Shares.   (For example: a holder exercises the right to purchase 1,000 shares.  At that time the Market Price is $20.00 and the exercise price is $10.00.  The aggregate Exercise Price for 1,000 shares would be $10,000.00.  Therefore $10,000.00 ÷ $20.00 = 500.  The holder would receive 500 shares (1,000 — 500) under a Cashless Exercise).  For purposes of the above calculation, the “Market Price” shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that (i) where there is a public market for the Shares, the “Market Price” shall be the average of the closing prices of the Shares quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, the New York Stock Exchange or on any other exchange on which the Shares are listed, over the five (5) trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the day the Warrant is being exercised and (ii) if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the Market Price shall be the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

(c)                                   Stock Certificates. The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, but no later than thirty (30) days thereafter, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of Shares issuable upon such exercise and such other cash, securities or property to which such person is entitled upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, within a reasonable time, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.  Each stock certificate so delivered shall be in such denominations of Common Stock as may be requested by the Holder hereof and shall be registered in the name designated by such Holder.

 

(d)                                  No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

 

2



 

(e)                                   Conditional Exercise. The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 by so indicating in the notice of exercise.

 

(f)                                    Shares to be Fully Paid; Reservation of Stock.   The Company represents and warrants that all Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all preemptive rights of any shareholder of the Company.  The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable securities laws or regulations, or of any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which the Shares may be listed; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to effect a registration under Federal or State securities laws with respect to such exercise.  The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of common stock, for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant, such number of Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Shares shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued Shares to a number of Shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

3.                                       Replacement of the Warrant. Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

4.                                       Transfer of the Warrant.

 

(a)                                  Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

 

(b)                                  Warrant Agent. The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

 

(c)                                   Transferability of the Warrant. Subject to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), applicable state securities laws and the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5 hereof, title to this Warrant may be transferred without charge (except as provided herein) by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

 

3



 

(d)                                  Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer. On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act, applicable state securities laws and the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5 hereof, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

 

(e)                                   Taxes. In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

5.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

 

(a)                                  Restrictions on Transfers. Subject to Section 5(b), this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void.  Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares (the “ Securities ”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

 

(i)                                      there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

 

(ii)                                   (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission to the effect that the transfer of such Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

 

(b)                                  Permitted Transfers. Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by any

 

4



 

Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation, (y) any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners or members, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners or members, or (z) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder; provided , in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

 

(c)                                   Investment Representation Statement. Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(d)                                  Securities Law Legend. The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

(e)                                   Market Stand-off Legend. The Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

(f)                                    Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions. The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

 

(g)                                   Removal of Legend. The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares and the stock transfer instructions

 

5



 

and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

 

6.                                       Adjustments. Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as set forth in this Section 6.

 

(a)                                  Merger, Consolidation, Sale or Reorganization. If at any time there shall be a recapitalization or reorganization of the capital stock of the Company, or any consolidation or merger of the Company with another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets or other transaction shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities, or other assets or property (a “ Reorganization ”) (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8), then, as part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

(b)                                  Dividends in Common Stock, Other Stock, Property, Reclassification.   If at any time or from time to time the Holders of Shares (or any shares of stock or other securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall have received or become entitled to receive, without payment therefor, (i) Shares or any shares of stock or other securities which are at any time directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, or any rights or options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any of the foregoing by way of dividend or other distribution, (ii) any cash paid or payable otherwise than as a cash dividend, or (iii) Shares or additional stock or other securities or property (including cash) by way of spinoff, split-up, reclassification, combination of shares or similar corporate rearrangement, (other than shares of Shares issued as a stock split or adjustments in respect of which shall be covered by the terms of Section 6(d) below), then, and in each such case, the Holder hereof shall, upon the exercise of this Warrant, be entitled to receive, in addition to the number of Shares receivable thereupon, and without payment of any additional consideration therefor, the amount of stock and other securities and property which such Holder would hold on the date of such exercise had he been the holder of record of such Shares as of the date on which holders of Shares received or became entitled to receive such shares or all other additional stock and other securities and property.

 

(c)                                   Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant

 

6



 

immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

(d)                                  Notice of Adjustments. Immediately upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

7.                                       Notification of Certain Events. Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

 

(a)                                  the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities;

 

(b)                                  the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

 

(c)                                   any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(b);

 

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date of any such other event specified in clause (b) or (c), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Holder of this Warrant.

 

8.                                       Expiration of the Warrant. This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earlier of:

 

(a)                                  5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on February 10, 2016; or

 

(b)                                  (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes and any transaction effected primarily for purposes of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction or series of transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent), or (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the

 

7



 

assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

9.                                       No Rights as a Stockholder; Limitation of Liability. Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.  No provisions hereof, in the absence of affirmative action by the Holder to purchase Shares, and no mere enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder hereof, shall give rise to any liability of such Holder for the Exercise Price or as a shareholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by its creditors.

 

10.                                Market Stand-off. The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement of the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto. The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

 

11.                                Further Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company.

 

(a)                                  Charter and Bylaws .   The Company has made available to Holder true, complete and correct copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, as amended, through the date hereof.

 

(b)                                  Due Authority .   The execution and delivery by the Company of this Warrant and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, including the issuance to Holder of the right to acquire the Shares, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and the Warrant is not inconsistent with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(c)                                   Consents and Approvals .   No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, federal or other governmental authority or agency is

 

8



 

required with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of its obligations under this Warrant, except for any filing required by applicable federal and state securities laws, which filing will be effective by the time required thereby.

 

(d)                                  Issued Securities.   All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(e)                                   Exempt Transaction .   Subject to the accuracy of the Holders representations in Section 11 hereof, the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of this Warrant will constitute a transaction exempt from (i) the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in reliance upon Section 4(2) thereof, and (ii) the qualification requirements of the applicable state securities laws.

 

(f)                                    Compliance with Rule 144 .   At the written request of the Holder, who proposes to sell Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrant in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company shall furnish to the Holder, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such request, a written statement confirming the Company’s compliance with the filing requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission as set forth in such Rule, as such Rule may be amended from time to time.

 

12.                                Representations and Warranties of the Holder. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)                                  No Registration. The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

(b)                                  Investment Intent. The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

(c)                                   Investment Experience. The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

(d)                                  Speculative Nature of Investment. The Holder understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

(e)                                   Access to Data. The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business

 

9



 

plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

(f)                                    Accredited Investor. The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(g)                                   Residency. The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

(h)                                  Restrictions on Resales. The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(i)                                      No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

(j)                                     Brokers and Finders. The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

(k)                                  Legal Counsel. The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

(l)                                      Tax Advisors. The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands

 

10


 

that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

13.           Miscellaneous.

 

(a)            Amendments. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the Holder.

 

(b)            Waivers. No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

 

(c)            Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(i)     if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

 

(ii)    if to the Company, to the attention of the President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Troy Foster, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto CA, 94304.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

 

(d)            Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware, or of any other state.

 

(e)            Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

 

(f)             Severability. If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its

 

11



 

entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(g)            Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT.

 

(h)            California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

(i)             Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

 

(j)             Information. The Company agrees to provide the Holder at any time and from time to time with such information as the Holder may reasonably request for purposes of the Holder’s compliance with regulatory, accounting and reporting requirements applicable to the Holder ( e.g. , Fair Value Accounting Standard 157), including any 409A valuation reports.  In handling the Company’s information provided pursuant to this Section 13(j), the Holder shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own confidential or proprietary information, which in any case shall be at least a reasonable standard of care, but disclosure of information may be made: (i) to the Holder’s subsidiaries or affiliates in connection with their business with the Company (subject to the same confidentiality obligation set forth above); (ii) to prospective permitted transferees of any portion of this Warrant in accordance with its terms (subject to the same confidentiality obligation set forth above); and (iii) to the limited extent required by law, regulation, subpoena; provided, however that in no event shall the Holder disclose the Company’s information provided pursuant to this Section 13(j) to a person that is a direct or indirect competitor of the Company, as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion.

 

(k)            Entire Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

( signature page follows )

 

12



 

The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jim Nguyen

 

Name:

Jim Nguyen

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

TrueCar, Inc,

 

120 Broadway, Suite 200

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,

 

VENTURE LENDING & LEASING VI, LLC

 

By: Westech Investment Advisors LLC

Its: Managing Member

 

 

By:

/s/ Maurice Werdegar

 

 

Name: Maurice Werdegar

 

Title: Vice President and COO

 

Address:

 

104 La Mesa Drive, Suite 102

Portola Valley, Ca 94028

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Ph: 650-234-4300

Fax: 650-234-4343

 

( Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Shares Common Stock of TrueCar, Inc. )

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:                         TrueCar, Inc. (the “Company”)

 

Attention:              President

 

(1)                                  Exercise. The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

 

Number of shares: ______________________________________

 

Type of security: _______________________________________

 

(2)                                  Method of Exercise. The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

o                                     A cash payment and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

o                                     Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

 

(3)                                  Stock Certificate. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

o                                     The undersigned

 

o                                     Other—Name: ________________________________________

 

Address: ______________________________________

 

                ______________________________________

 

(4)                                  Unexercised Portion of the Warrant. Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

 

o                                     The undersigned

 

o                                     Other—Name: ________________________________________

 

Address: ______________________________________

 

                ______________________________________

 

o                                     Not applicable

 

(5)                                  Investment Intent. The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11(a) of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

A-1



 

(6)                                  Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(7)                                  Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice. Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned. This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of the warrant holder )

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

( Date )

 

 

 

 

 

( Fax number )

 

 

 

 

 

( Email address )

 

( Signature page to the Notice of Exercise )

 

A-2


 

EXHIBIT A-l

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY:

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

SECURITIES:

THE WARRANT ISSUED ON FEBRUARY 11, 2014 (THE “ WARRANT ”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

 

1.              No Registration. The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

2.              Investment Intent. The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

3.              Investment Experience. The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

4.              Speculative Nature of Investment. The Investor understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

5.              Access to Data. The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the

 

A-1-1



 

Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

6.              Accredited Investor. The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

7.              Residency. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

8.              Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

9.              No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

10.           Brokers and Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

11.           Legal Counsel. The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

12.           Tax Advisors. The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements

 

A-1-2



 

or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

13.           Market Stand-off. The Investor agrees that the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Investor agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the relevant underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

 

( signature page follows )

 

A-1-3



 

The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of the investor )

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

( Street address )

 

 

 

 

 

( City, state and ZIP )

 

A-1-4



 

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY:

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

WARRANT:

THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED ON FEBRUARY 11, 2014 (THE “ WARRANT ”)

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

(1)            Assignment. The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

Name of Assignee:

 

 

Address of Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares Assigned:

 

 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint                                              as attorney to make such transfer on the books of TrueCar, Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(2)            Obligations of Assignee. Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (the “ Securities ”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(3)            Investment Intent. Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11(a) of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

 

(4)            Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

1



 

Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR

 

ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of Assignor )

 

( Print name of Assignee )

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature of Assignor )

 

( Signature of Assignee )

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2




Exhibit 4.14

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

OF

TRUECAR, INC.

 

Dated as of February 11, 2014

Void after the date specified in Section 8

 

Warrant to Purchase

20,000 Shares of

Common Stock

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, Venture Lending & Leasing VII, LLC, or its registered transferees or assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from TrueCar, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”) in the amounts, at such times and at the price per Share set forth in Section 1. The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein. This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Secured Party Bill of Sale dated on or about the date hereof by and among the Holder’s s affiliates, Venture Lending & Leasing VI, Inc. and Venture Lending & Leasing VII, Inc., and the Company. The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which the Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

 

1.              Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period.

 

(a)            Number of Shares. Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to 20,000 Shares, as may be adjusted pursuant hereto prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8.

 

(b)            Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $10.00, subject to adjustment pursuant hereto (the “ Exercise Price ”)

 

(c)            Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.

 



 

2.              Exercise of the Warrant.

 

(a)            Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part in accordance with Section 1, by:

 

(i)     the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

 

(ii)    the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company.

 

(b)            Cashless Exercise.   As an alternative to exercise of this Warrant by payment in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds (or by certified or official bank check or wire transfer), as provided above in Section 2(a), the Holder may exercise its right to purchase some or all of the Shares pursuant to this Warrant on a net basis without the exchange of any funds (a “Cashless Exercise” ), such that, upon the exercise hereof, the Holder hereof receives that number of Shares subscribed to pursuant to this Warrant less that number of shares of Common Stock, valued at Market Price at the time of exercise, equal to the aggregate Exercise Price that would otherwise have been paid by the Holder of this Warrant for such Shares. (For example: a holder exercises the right to purchase 1,000 shares.  At that time the Market Price is $20.00 and the exercise price is $10.00.  The aggregate Exercise Price for 1,000 shares would be $10,000.00.  Therefore $10,000.00 ÷ $20.00 = 500.  The holder would receive 500 shares (1,000 — 500) under a Cashless Exercise).  For purposes of the above calculation, the “Market Price” shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that (i) where there is a public market for the Shares, the “Market Price” shall be the average of the closing prices of the Shares quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, the New York Stock Exchange or on any other exchange on which the Shares are listed, over the five (5) trading day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the day the Warrant is being exercised and (ii) if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the Market Price shall be the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

(c)            Stock Certificates. The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, but no later than thirty (30) days thereafter, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of Shares issuable upon such exercise and such other cash, securities or property to which such person is entitled upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, within a reasonable time, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.  Each stock certificate so delivered shall be in such denominations of Common Stock as may be requested by the Holder hereof and shall be registered in the name designated by such Holder.

 

(d)            No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

 

2



 

(e)            Conditional Exercise. The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 by so indicating in the notice of exercise.

 

(f)             Shares to be Fully Paid; Reservation of Stock. The Company represents and warrants that all Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all preemptive rights of any shareholder of the Company.  The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable securities laws or regulations, or of any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which the Shares may be listed; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to effect a registration under Federal or State securities laws with respect to such exercise.  The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of common stock, for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant, such number of Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Shares shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued Shares to a number of Shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

3.              Replacement of the Warrant. Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

4.              Transfer of the Warrant.

 

(a)            Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

 

(b)            Warrant Agent. The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

 

(c)            Transferability of the Warrant. Subject to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), applicable state securities laws and the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5 hereof, title to this Warrant may be transferred without charge (except as provided herein) by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

 

3



 

(d)            Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer. On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act, applicable state securities laws and the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5 hereof, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

 

(e)            Taxes. In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

5.              Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

 

(a)           Restrictions on Transfers. Subject to Section 5(b), this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void.  Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares (the “ Securities ”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

 

(i)            there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

 

(ii)           (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission to the effect that the transfer of such Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

 

(b)           Permitted Transfers. Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by any

 

4



 

Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation, (y) any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners or members, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners or members, or (z) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder; provided , in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

 

(c)            Investment Representation Statement. Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(d)            Securities Law Legend. The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

(e)            Market Stand-off Legend. The Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

(f)             Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions. The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

 

(g)            Removal of Legend. The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares and the stock transfer instructions

 

5



 

and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

 

6.              Adjustments. Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as set forth in this Section 6.

 

(a)            Merger, Consolidation, Sale or Reorganization. If at any time there shall be a recapitalization or reorganization of the capital stock of the Company, or any consolidation or merger of the Company with another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets or other transaction shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities, or other assets or property (a “ Reorganization ”) (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8), then, as part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

(b)            Dividends in Common Stock, Other Stock, Property, Reclassification.   If at any time or from time to time the Holders of Shares (or any shares of stock or other securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall have received or become entitled to receive, without payment therefor, (i) Shares or any shares of stock or other securities which are at any time directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, or any rights or options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any of the foregoing by way of dividend or other distribution, (ii) any cash paid or payable otherwise than as a cash dividend, or (iii) Shares or additional stock or other securities or property (including cash) by way of spinoff, split-up, reclassification, combination of shares or similar corporate rearrangement, (other than shares of Shares issued as a stock split or adjustments in respect of which shall be covered by the terms of Section 6(d) below), then, and in each such case, the Holder hereof shall, upon the exercise of this Warrant, be entitled to receive, in addition to the number of Shares receivable thereupon, and without payment of any additional consideration therefor, the amount of stock and other securities and property which such Holder would hold on the date of such exercise had he been the holder of record of such Shares as of the date on which holders of Shares received or became entitled to receive such shares or all other additional stock and other securities and property.

 

(c)            Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant

 

6



 

immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

(d)            Notice of Adjustments. Immediately upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

7.              Notification of Certain Events. Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

 

(a)            the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities;

 

(b)            the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

 

(c)            any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(b);

 

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date of any such other event specified in clause (b) or (c), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Holder of this Warrant.

 

8.              Expiration of the Warrant. This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earlier of:

 

(a)            5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on February 10, 2016; or

 

(b)            (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes and any transaction effected primarily for purposes of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction or series of transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent), or (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the

 

7



 

assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

9.              No Rights as a Stockholder; Limitation of Liability. Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.  No provisions hereof, in the absence of affirmative action by the Holder to purchase Shares, and no mere enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder hereof, shall give rise to any liability of such Holder for the Exercise Price or as a shareholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by its creditors.

 

10.           Market Stand-off. The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement of the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto. The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

 

11.           Further Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company.

 

(a)            Charter and Bylaws .   The Company has made available to Holder true, complete and correct copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, as amended, through the date hereof.

 

(b)            Due Authority .   The execution and delivery by the Company of this Warrant and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, including the issuance to Holder of the right to acquire the Shares, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and the Warrant is not inconsistent with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(c)            Consents and Approvals .   No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, federal or other governmental authority or agency is

 

8



 

required with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of its obligations under this Warrant, except for any filing required by applicable federal and state securities laws, which filing will be effective by the time required thereby.

 

(d)            Issued Securities.   All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(e)            Exempt Transaction .   Subject to the accuracy of the Holders representations in Section 11 hereof, the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of this Warrant will constitute a transaction exempt from (i) the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in reliance upon Section 4(2) thereof, and (ii) the qualification requirements of the applicable state securities laws.

 

(f)             Compliance with Rule 144 .   At the written request of the Holder, who proposes to sell Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrant in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company shall furnish to the Holder, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such request, a written statement confirming the Company’s compliance with the filing requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission as set forth in such Rule, as such Rule may be amended from time to time.

 

12.           Representations and Warranties of the Holder. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)            No Registration. The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

(b)            Investment Intent. The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

(c)            Investment Experience. The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

(d)            Speculative Nature of Investment. The Holder understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

(e)            Access to Data. The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business

 

9



 

plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

(f)             Accredited Investor. The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(g)            Residency. The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

(h)            Restrictions on Resales. The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(i)             No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

(j)             Brokers and Finders. The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

(k)            Legal Counsel. The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

(l)             Tax Advisors. The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands

 

10


 

that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

13.          Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Amendments. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the Holder.

 

(b)           Waivers. No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

 

(c)           Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(i)    if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

 

(ii)   if to the Company, to the attention of the President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Troy Foster, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto CA, 94304.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

 

(d)           Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware, or of any other state.

 

(e)           Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

 

(f)            Severability. If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its

 

11



 

entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(g)           Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT.

 

(h)           California Corporate Securities Law. THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

(i)            Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

 

(j)            Information. The Company agrees to provide the Holder at any time and from time to time with such information as the Holder may reasonably request for purposes of the Holder’s compliance with regulatory, accounting and reporting requirements applicable to the Holder ( e.g. , Fair Value Accounting Standard 157), including any 409A valuation reports.  In handling the Company’s information provided pursuant to this Section 13(j), the Holder shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own confidential or proprietary information, which in any case shall be at least a reasonable standard of care, but disclosure of information may be made: (i) to the Holder’s subsidiaries or affiliates in connection with their business with the Company (subject to the same confidentiality obligation set forth above); (ii) to prospective permitted transferees of any portion of this Warrant in accordance with its terms (subject to the same confidentiality obligation set forth above); and (iii) to the limited extent required by law, regulation, subpoena; provided, however that in no event shall the Holder disclose the Company’s information provided pursuant to this Section 13(j) to a person that is a direct or indirect competitor of the Company, as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion.

 

(k)           Entire Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

( signature page follows )

 

12



 

The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jim Nguyen

 

Name:

Jim Nguyen

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

TrueCar, Inc.

 

120 Broadway, Suite 200

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,

 

VENTURE LENDING & LEASING VII, LLC

 

By: Westech Investment Advisors LLC

Its: Managing Member

 

By:

/s/ Maurice Werdegar

 

 

Name: Maurice Werdegar

 

Title: Vice President and COO

 

Address:

 

104 La Mesa Drive,  Suite 102

Portola Valley, Ca 94028

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Ph: 650-234-4300

Fax: 650-234-4343

 

( Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Shares Common Stock of TrueCar, Inc. )

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:

TrueCar, Inc. (the “Company”)

 

 

Attention:

President

 

(1)                                  Exercise. The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

 

 

Number of shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type of security:

 

 

 

(2)                                  Method of Exercise. The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

 

o

A cash payment and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

 

 

 

o

Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

 

(3)                                  Stock Certificate. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

 

o

The undersigned

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

Other—Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)                                  Unexercised Portion of the Warrant. Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

 

 

o

The undersigned

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

Other—Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

Not applicable

 

 

(5)                                  Investment Intent. The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11(a) of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

A-1



 

(6)                                  Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(7)                                  Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice. Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned. This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of the warrant holder )

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

( Date )

 

 

 

 

 

( Fax number )

 

 

 

 

 

( Email address )]

 

( Signature page to the Notice of Exercise )

 

A-2


 

EXHIBIT A-l

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

COMPANY:

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

SECURITIES:

THE WARRANT ISSUED ON FEBRUARY 11, 2014 (THE “ WARRANT ”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

 

1.             No Registration. The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

2.             Investment Intent. The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

3.             Investment Experience. The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

4.             Speculative Nature of Investment. The Investor understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

5.             Access to Data. The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the

 

A-1-1



 

Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

6.             Accredited Investor. The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

7.             Residency. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

8.             Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

9.             No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

10.          Brokers and Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

11.          Legal Counsel. The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

12.          Tax Advisors. The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements

 

A-1-2



 

or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

13.          Market Stand-off. The Investor agrees that the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Investor agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the relevant underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

 

 ( signature page follows )

 

A-1-3



 

The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of the investor )

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

( Street address )

 

 

 

 

 

( City, state and ZIP )

 

A-1-4



 

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY:

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

WARRANT:

THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED ON FEBRUARY 11, 2014 (THE “ WARRANT ”)

 

DATE:

 

 

 

(1)                                  Assignment. The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

 

Name of Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

Address of Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares Assigned:

 

 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint                                              as attorney to make such transfer on the books of TrueCar, Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(2)                                  Obligations of Assignee. Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (the “ Securities ”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(3)                                  Investment Intent. Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11(a) of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

 

(4)                                  Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

1



 

Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR

ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of Assignor )

( Print name of Assignee )

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature of Assignor )

( Signature of Assignee )

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

 

 

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable )

( Print title of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

Address:

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2




Exhibit 10.1

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of [Insert Date] by and between TrueCar, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [Insert Name] (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

 

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Certificate ”) requires indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Certificate and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee recognize the continued difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for the Company’s directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries, the significant and continual increases in the cost of such insurance and the general trend of insurance companies to reduce the scope of coverage of such insurance;

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and scope of coverage of liability insurance provide increasing challenges for the Company;

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and available insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and the Indemnitee and certain other directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries of the Company may not be willing to continue to serve in such capacities without additional protection;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is

 



 

detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Certificate and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Services to the Company .  Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company.  Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position.  This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.  The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company.

 

2.                                       Definitions .

 

As used in this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership or joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association, organization, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

(c)                                   Entity ” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, foundation, association, organization, employee benefit plan or other legal entity.

 

(d)                                  Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a

 

2



 

Proceeding.  Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.  Expenses, however , shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(e)                                   Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(f)                                    The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any action on his part while acting as director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided , however , that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

3.                                       Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.  Indemnitee shall not

 

3



 

enter into any settlement in connection with a Proceeding without ten (10) days prior notice to the Company.

 

4.                                       Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “ Delaware Court ”) or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court or such other court shall deem proper.

 

5.                                       Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against (a) all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

6.                                       Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

7.                                       Additional Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law if Indemnitee is a party to or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.

 

4



 

(b)                                  For purposes of Section 7(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by law” shall include, but not be limited to:

 

(i)                            to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL or such provision thereof; and

 

(ii)                         to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

 

8.                                       Exclusions .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

 

(a)                                  for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision;

 

(b)                                  for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

 

(c)                                   for which payment is prohibited by applicable law.

 

9.                                       Advances of Expenses .  The Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding.  Advances shall be unsecured and interest free.  Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.  Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed.  The Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent permitted by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.  This Section 9 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for

 

5



 

which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 8.  The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

 

10.                                Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

 

(a)                                  To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor.

 

(b)                                  The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

 

11.                                Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

(b)                                  The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee .  The Company may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Indemnitee a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel.  If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, and the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, the Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 11(a) hereof.  Upon the due commencement of any judicial

 

6



 

proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

12.                                Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

 

(a)                                  In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Independent Counsel making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by the Independent Counsel of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company or of Independent Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company or by Independent Counsel that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indenmitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(b)                                  The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or the Board or counsel selected by any committee of the Board or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or the Board or any committee of the Board.  The provisions of this Section 12(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

7



 

13.                                Remedies of Indemnitee .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 13(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 11(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 7 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses.  Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.  Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 13(a); provided , however , that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 5 of this Agreement.  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

(b)                                  In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.  In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action.

 

8



 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

 

14.                                Non-exclusivity, Survival of Rights; Insurance Subrogation .

 

(a)                                  The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate, the Company’s Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.  To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

(b)                                  To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(c)                                   In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

(e)                                   The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or

 

9



 

agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

 

15.                                Duration of Agreement .  This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement relating thereto.  This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his heirs, executors and administrators.  The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

16.                                Primacy of Indemnification The parties hereby acknowledge that Indemnitee may be serving on the Board at the direction of another Entity, including, but not limited to, as a designee of one or more investors or funds or affiliates thereof that has invested in the Company and that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, expense advancement and/or insurance from an Entity other than the Company. The parties further acknowledge that, where two or more indemnitors have agreed to indemnify the same person for the same activity and the same risk, some courts have held that all of the indemnitors are equally liable for any indemnifiable amounts, and thus any indemnitor that pays more than its share of such amounts may seek contribution from the remaining indemnitors. With this Section 16, the parties to this Agreement intend to establish a hierarchy of indemnification obligations as between the Company and the Entity. To that end, the parties hereby agree that (i) with respect to Indemnitee’s service as a director, officer, employee, agent and/or fiduciary of the Company, the Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall be the primary source of indemnification and advancement, while the Entity’s indemnification and advancement obligations shall be secondary to those of the Company under this Agreement, (ii) the Company shall be required to make all expense advances and the Company shall be liable for all of Indemnitee’s expenses to the extent required by this Agreement and the charter documents, without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Entity, (iii) the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases any and all claims against the Entity for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in connection with the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, (iv) no advancement or payment of any kind by the Entity on behalf of the Indemnitee shall affect the foregoing, and (v) to the extent that the Entity advances or pays any amounts that the Company is obligated to advance or indemnify under this Agreement, the Entity, as an express third-party beneficiary of this Agreement, shall have a right of contribution and/or subrogation against the Company for any such amounts. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing terms are material conditions to the Indemnitee’s decision to enter into this Agreement.

 

10


 

17.                                Indemnification of the Entity .  If Indemnitee’s Entity is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Claim and such Entity’s involvement in the Claim is directly or indirectly related to (x) Indemnitee’s service to the Company as a director and/or officer of the Company or (y) the Entity’s status or potential status as a controlling person (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) of Indemnitee, then the Entity shall be entitled to all of the indemnification rights and remedies under this Agreement to the same extent as Indemnitee.

 

18.                                Severability .  If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

19.                                Enforcement .

 

(a)                                  The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of the Company, the Bylaws of the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

20.                                Modification and Waiver .  No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

21.                                Noticed Indemnitee .  Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder.  The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

11



 

22.                                Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

(a)                                  If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

(b)                                  If to the Company to:

 

TrueCar, Inc.
225 Santa Monica Blvd, 12th Floor
Santa Monica, CA 90401

Attention: Scott Painter, CEO

 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

23.                                Contribution .  To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

24.                                Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction .  This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.  Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that

 

12



 

any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

25.                                Identical Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

(a)                                  Miscellaneous .  The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Scott Painter, CEO

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to the Indemnification Agreement]

 

14



 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                          , 2013 by and between TrueCar, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [insert name] (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

 

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Certificate ”) requires indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Certificate and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee recognize the continued difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for the Company’s directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries, the significant and continual increases in the cost of such insurance and the general trend of insurance companies to reduce the scope of coverage of such insurance;

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and scope of coverage of liability insurance provide increasing challenges for the Company;

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and available insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and the Indemnitee and certain other directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries of the Company may not be willing to continue to serve in such capacities without additional protection;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is

 



 

detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Certificate and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Services to the Company .  Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director of the Company.  Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position.  This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.  The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director of the Company.

 

2.                                       Definitions .

 

As used in this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership or joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association, organization, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

(c)                                   Entity ” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, foundation, association, organization, employee benefit plan or other legal entity.

 

(d)                                  Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding.  Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating

 

2



 

to any cost bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.  Expenses, however , shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(e)                                   Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(f)                                    The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any action on his part while acting as director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided , however , that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

3.                                       Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.  Indemnitee shall not enter into any settlement in connection with a Proceeding without ten (10) days prior notice to the Company.

 

4.                                       Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is

 

3



 

threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “ Delaware Court ”) or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court or such other court shall deem proper.

 

5.                                       Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against (a) all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

6.                                       Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

7.                                       Additional Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law if Indemnitee is a party to or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of Section 7(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by law” shall include, but not be limited to:

 

4


 

(i)                            to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL or such provision thereof; and

 

(ii)                         to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

 

8.                                       Exclusions .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

 

(a)                                  for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision;

 

(b)                                  for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

 

(c)                                   for which payment is prohibited by applicable law.

 

9.                                       Advances of Expenses .  The Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding.  Advances shall be unsecured and interest free.  Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.  Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed.  The Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent permitted by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.  This Section 9 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 8.  The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

 

5



 

10.                                Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

 

(a)                                  To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor.

 

(b)                                  The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

 

11.                                Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

(b)                                  The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee .  The Company may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Indemnitee a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel.  If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, and the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, the Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 11(a) hereof.  Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

6



 

12.                                Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

 

(a)                                  In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Independent Counsel making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by the Independent Counsel of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company or of Independent Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company or by Independent Counsel that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indenmitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(b)                                  The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or the Board or counsel selected by any committee of the Board or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or the Board or any committee of the Board.  The provisions of this Section 12(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

13.                                Remedies of Indemnitee .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 13(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 11(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 7 of this

 

7



 

Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses.  Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.  Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 13(a); provided , however , that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 5 of this Agreement.  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

(b)                                  In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.  In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

 

14.                                Non-exclusivity, Survival of Rights; Insurance Subrogation .

 

(a)                                  The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate, the Company’s Bylaws, any

 

8



 

agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.  To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

(b)                                  To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(c)                                   In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

(e)                                   The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

 

15.                                Duration of Agreement .  This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 13 of

 

9



 

this Agreement relating thereto.  This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his heirs, executors and administrators.  The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

16.                                Primacy of Indemnification The parties hereby acknowledge that Indemnitee may be serving on the Board at the direction of another Entity, including, but not limited to, as a designee of one or more investors or funds or affiliates thereof that has invested in the Company and that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, expense advancement and/or insurance from an Entity other than the Company. The parties further acknowledge that, where two or more indemnitors have agreed to indemnify the same person for the same activity and the same risk, some courts have held that all of the indemnitors are equally liable for any indemnifiable amounts, and thus any indemnitor that pays more than its share of such amounts may seek contribution from the remaining indemnitors. With this Section 16, the parties to this Agreement intend to establish a hierarchy of indemnification obligations as between the Company and the Entity. To that end, the parties hereby agree that (i) with respect to Indemnitee’s service as a director, officer, employee, agent and/or fiduciary of the Company, the Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall be the primary source of indemnification and advancement, while the Entity’s indemnification and advancement obligations shall be secondary to those of the Company under this Agreement, (ii) the Company shall be required to make all expense advances and the Company shall be liable for all of Indemnitee’s expenses to the extent required by this Agreement and the charter documents, without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Entity, (iii) the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases any and all claims against the Entity for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in connection with the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, (iv) no advancement or payment of any kind by the Entity on behalf of the Indemnitee shall affect the foregoing, and (v) to the extent that the Entity advances or pays any amounts that the Company is obligated to advance or indemnify under this Agreement, the Entity, as an express third-party beneficiary of this Agreement, shall have a right of contribution and/or subrogation against the Company for any such amounts. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing terms are material conditions to the Indemnitee’s decision to enter into this Agreement.

 

17.                                Indemnification of the Entity .  If Indemnitee’s Entity is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Claim and such Entity’s involvement in the Claim is directly or indirectly related to (x) Indemnitee’s service to the Company as a director and/or officer of the Company or (y) the Entity’s status or potential status as a controlling person (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) of Indemnitee, then the Entity shall be entitled to all of the indemnification rights and remedies under this Agreement to the same extent as Indemnitee.

 

18.                                Severability .  If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or

 

10



 

unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

19.                                Enforcement .

 

(a)                                  The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director of the Company.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of the Company, the Bylaws of the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

20.                                Modification and Waiver .  No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

21.                                Noticed Indemnitee .  Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder.  The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

22.                                Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

(a)                                  If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

(b)                                  If to the Company to:

 

11



 

TrueCar, Inc.

225 Santa Monica Blvd, 12th Floor
Santa Monica, CA 90401

Attention: Scott Painter, CEO

 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

23.                                Contribution .  To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

24.                                Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction .  This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.  Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

25.                                Identical Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

(a)                                  Miscellaneous .  The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Scott Painter, CEO

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to the Indemnification Agreement]

 

13




Exhibit 10.2

 

TRUECAR.COM, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2005 STOCK PLAN

 

1.             Purposes of the Plan .  The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business.  Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant.  Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

 

2.             Definitions .  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)           “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(b)           “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity compensation plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan.

 

(c)           “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(d)           “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)            Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, except that any change in the beneficial ownership of the securities of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board, shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control; or

 

(ii)           The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

 

(iii)          The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

 

(e)           “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

 



 

(f)            “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(g)           “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(h)           “ Company ” means TRUECAR, INC., a Delaware corporation.

 

(i)            “ Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

 

(j)            “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(k)           “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

(l)            “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

(m)          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(n)           “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (a) outstanding Options or Stock Purchase Rights are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Options or Stock Purchase Rights of the same type (which may have lower exercise prices and different terms), Options or Stock Purchase Rights of a different type, and/or cash, and/or (b) the exercise price of an outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right is reduced.  The terms and conditions of any Exchange Program will be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

(o)           “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)            If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii)           If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination; or

 

(iii)          In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

2



 

(p)           “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(q)           “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(r)            “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(s)            “ Option Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant.  The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(t)            “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.

 

(u)           “ Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

 

(v)           “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(w)          “ Plan ” means this 2005 Stock Plan.

 

(x)           “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right or Shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to an Option.

 

(y)           “ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Optionee evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to Shares purchased under a Stock Purchase Right.  The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the notice of grant.

 

(z)           “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(aa)         “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

(bb)         “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 below.

 

(cc)         “ Stock Purchase Right ” means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.

 

(dd)         “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

3.             Stock Subject to the Plan .  Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Options or Stock Purchase Rights and

 

3



 

sold under the Plan is 44,654,312 Shares.  The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).  However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if unvested Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased or otherwise reacquired by the Company, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

4.             Administration of the Plan .

 

(a)           Administrator .  The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(b)           Powers of the Administrator .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

 

(i)            to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii)           to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)          to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

 

(iv)          to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

(v)           to determine the terms and conditions of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder.  Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

 

(vi)          to institute an Exchange Program;

 

(vii)         to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

 

(viii)        to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount

 

4



 

required to be withheld.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.  All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

 

(ix)          to modify or amend each Option or Stock Purchase Right (subject to Section 15(c) of the Plan.

 

(x)           to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right previously granted by the Administrator.

 

(xi)          to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(c)           Effect of Administrator’s Decision .  All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

 

5.             Eligibility .  Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Service Providers.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

6.             Limitations .

 

(a)           Incentive Stock Option Limit .  Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

 

(b)           At-Will Employment .  Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

 

7.             Term of Plan .  Subject to stockholder approval in accordance with Section 19, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board.  Unless sooner terminated under Section 15, it shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (i) the effective date of the Plan, or (ii) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

 

8.             Term of Option .  The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is

 

5



 

granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

9.             Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

 

(a)           Exercise Price .  The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

 

(i)            In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

(A)          granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(B)          granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(ii)           In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

(A)          granted to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(B)          granted to any other Service Provider, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(iii)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above in accordance with and pursuant to a transaction described in Section 424 of the Code.

 

(b)           Forms of Consideration .  The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant).  Such consideration  may consist of, without limitation, (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares, provided Shares acquired directly from the Company (x) have been owned by the Optionee, and not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, (6) such other consideration or method of payment to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

 

6



 

10.          Exercise of Option .

 

(a)           Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder .  Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement.  An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.  Except in the case of Options granted to officers, Directors and Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less than twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are granted.

 

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, together with any applicable withholding taxes.  Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan.  Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse.  Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(b)           Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider .  If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).  Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(c)           Disability of Optionee .  If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).  Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

7



 

(d)           Death of Optionee .  If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following Optionee’s death, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Optionee’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator.  If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Optionee, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution.  If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan.  If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(e)           Leaves of Absence .

 

(i)            Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder to officers and Directors shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.

 

(ii)           A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (A) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (B) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.

 

(iii)          For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.  If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 91st day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

11.          Stock Purchase Rights .

 

(a)           Rights to Purchase .  Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan.  After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer.  The terms of the offer shall comply in all respects with Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.  The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

 

(b)           Purchase Price .  The per share purchase price for Stock Purchase Rights shall be such price, if any, as is determined by the Administrator.

 

(c)           Repurchase Option .  Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable within 90 days of the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s service with the Company for any reason (including death or disability).  Unless the Administrator provides

 

8



 

otherwise, the purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company.  The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine.  Except with respect to Shares purchased by officers, Directors and Consultants, the repurchase option shall in no case lapse at a rate of less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date of purchase.

 

(d)           Other Provisions .  The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

(e)           Rights as a Stockholder .  Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a stockholder and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

12.          Limited Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights .  Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.  If the Administrator in its sole discretion makes an Option or Stock Purchase Right transferable, such Option or Stock Purchase Right may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) to family members (within the meaning of Rule 701 of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

13.          Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

 

(a)           Adjustments .  In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of stock covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that in addition, the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

 

(b)           Dissolution or Liquidation .  In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction.  To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option or Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

9



 

(c)           Merger or Change in Control .  In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or a Change in Control, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right (and, if applicable, Shares of Restricted Stock acquired pursuant thereto) shall be treated as the Administrator determines, and unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, shall be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation.  In the event that the successor corporation in a merger or Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or Stock Purchase Right (or, if applicable, Shares of Restricted Stock acquired pursuant thereto), then the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option or Stock Purchase Right (and, if applicable, the Shares of Restricted Stock acquired pursuant thereto) that is not assumed or substituted as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable.  If an Option or Stock Purchase Right (or, if applicable, Shares of Restricted Stock acquired pursuant thereto) is not assumed or substituted for in connection with a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully exercisable for a period of time as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, any Shares of Restricted Stock acquired pursuant to an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully vested, and the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon expiration of such period for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.  For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of common stock in the merger or Change in Control.

 

14.          Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights .  The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator.  Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

15.          Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

 

(a)           Amendment and Termination .  The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)           Stockholder Approval .  The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

10



 

(c)           Effect of Amendment or Termination .  No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.  Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

16.          Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

 

(a)           Legal Compliance .  Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right unless the exercise of such Option or Stock Purchase Right and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b)           Investment Representations .  As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option or Stock Purchase Right to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

17.          Inability to Obtain Authority .  The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

18.          Reservation of Shares .  The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

19.          Stockholder Approval .  The Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted.  Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

 

20.          Information to Optionees .  The Company shall provide to each Optionee and to each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, not less frequently than annually during the period such Optionee has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and, in the case of an individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares, copies of annual financial statements.  The Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

 

11


 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

2005 STOCK PLAN

 

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2005 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”).

 

I.                                         NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

The undersigned Participant has been granted a right to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase Price per Share:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Purchase Price:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

 

Subject to any accelerated vesting provisions in the Plan, twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to this Agreement shall be released from the Company’s Repurchase Option on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to this Agreement shall be released each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.

 

Any of the Shares which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option are referred to herein as “Unreleased Shares.”  The Shares which have been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option shall be delivered to Participant at Participant’s request (see Section 11(d) of this Agreement).

 



 

YOU MUST EXERCISE THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OR IT WILL TERMINATE AND YOU WILL HAVE NO FURTHER RIGHT TO PURCHASE THE SHARES.

 

II.                                    AGREEMENT

 

1.                                       Sale of Stock . The Administrator of the Company hereby agrees to sell to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), and Participant hereby agrees to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock, at the Purchase Price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock (the “Purchase Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.  Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

2.                                       Payment of Purchase Price .  Participant herewith delivers to the Company the aggregate Purchase Price for the Shares by cash or check, together with any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the purchase of the Shares.

 

3.                                       Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Restricted Stock Award is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Restricted Stock Award, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

4.                                       Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

 

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of

 

2



 

the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Restricted Stock Award or shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award shall be bound by this Section 4.

 

5.                                       Non-Transferability of Restricted Stock .  This Restricted Stock Award may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.  The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

 

6.                                       Tax Consequences .  Participant has reviewed with Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents.  Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Participant understands that Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), taxes as ordinary income the difference between the purchase price for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse.  In this context, “restriction” includes the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option.  Participant understands that Participant may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the IRS within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase.  The form for making this election is attached as Exhibit B-3 hereto.

 

THE PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS THE PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF THE PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON THE PARTICIPANT’S BEHALF.

 

7.                                       Tax Withholding . Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the Company shall withhold the minimum amount required to be withheld for the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld (the “Withholding Taxes”) with respect to Shares released from the Company’s Repurchase Option by, in the Administrator’s discretion: (i) withholding otherwise deliverable Shares upon release from the Company’s Repurchase Option having a Fair Market Value equal the amount of such Withholding Taxes, (ii) withholding the amount of such Withholding Taxes from Participant’s paycheck(s), (iii) requiring Participant to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Withholding Taxes, or (iv) a combination of the foregoing.  The Company shall not retain fractional Shares to

 

3



 

satisfy any portion of the Withholding Taxes.  Accordingly, if any withholding is done through the withholding of Shares, Participant shall pay to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares.  Should the Company be unable to procure such cash amounts from Participant, Participant agrees and acknowledges that Participant is giving the Company permission to withhold from Participant’s paycheck(s) an amount equal to the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares.  Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of purchase.

 

8.                                       No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE RELEASE OF SHARES FROM THE REPURCHASE OPTION OF THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR PURCHASING SHARES HEREUNDER.  PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

9.                                       Repurchase Option .

 

(a)                                  In the event Participant’s continuous status as a Service Provider terminates for any or no reason (including death or Disability), the Company shall, upon the date of such termination (as reasonably fixed and determined by the Company), have an irrevocable, exclusive option for a period of ninety (90) days from such date to repurchase up to that number of Shares which constitute the Unreleased Shares (as defined in Part I of this Agreement) at the Purchase Price per share (the “Repurchase Price”) (the “Repurchase Option”).

 

(b)                                  The Repurchase Option shall be exercised by the Company by delivering written notice to Participant or Participant’s executor (with a copy to the Escrow Holder (as defined in Section 11)) AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to Participant or Participant’s executor a check in the amount of the aggregate Repurchase Price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of Participant’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate Repurchase Price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate Repurchase Price.  Upon delivery of such notice and the payment of the aggregate Repurchase Price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unreleased Shares being repurchased and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unreleased Shares being repurchased by the Company.

 

4



 

(c)                                   Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unreleased Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option to purchase all or a part of the Unreleased Shares.  If the Fair Market Value of the Unreleased Shares to be repurchased on the date of such designation or assignment (the “Repurchase FMV”) exceeds the aggregate Repurchase Price of the Unreleased Shares, then each such designee or assignee shall pay the Company cash equal to the difference between the Repurchase FMV and the aggregate Repurchase Price of Unreleased Shares to be purchased.

 

(d)                                  If the Company or its assignee does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

 

10.                                Restriction on Transfer .  Except for the escrow described in Section 11 or transfer of the Shares to the Company or its assignees contemplated by this Agreement, none of the Shares or any beneficial interest therein shall be transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way until the release of such Shares from the Company’s Repurchase Option in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement shall, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, to the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate.  Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

 

11.                                Escrow of Shares .

 

(a)                                  To ensure the availability for delivery of Participant’s Unreleased Shares upon exercise of the Repurchase Option by the Company, Participant will, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”) the share certificates representing the Unreleased Shares, together with the Assignment Separate from Certificate (the “Stock Assignment”) duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 .  The Unreleased Shares and Stock Assignment shall be held by the Escrow Holder, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Participant attached as Exhibit B-2 hereto, until such time as the Company’s Repurchase Option expires.

 

(b)                                  The Escrow Holder shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Unreleased Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

 

(c)                                   If the Company or any assignee exercises its Repurchase Option hereunder, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such option exercise from the proposed transferee, shall take all steps necessary to accomplish such transfer.  Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be

 

5



 

necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such Unreleased Shares to the Company upon such termination.

 

(d)                                  When the Repurchase Option has been exercised or expires unexercised or a portion of the Shares has been released from such Repurchase Option, upon Participant’s request the Escrow Holder shall promptly cause a new certificate to be issued for such released Shares and shall deliver such certificate to the Company or Participant, as the case may be.

 

(e)                                   Subject to the terms hereof, Participant shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

 

(f)                                    In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, share combination, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock, the Shares shall be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant shall in his or her capacity as owner of Unreleased Shares that have been awarded to him or her be entitled to new or additional or different shares of stock, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities shall thereupon be considered to be “Unreleased Shares” and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unreleased Shares pursuant to this Agreement.  If Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any Unreleased Shares, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants shall be considered to be Unreleased Shares and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unreleased Shares pursuant to this Agreement.  The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.

 

12.                                Company’s Right of First Refusal .  Subject to Section 10, before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 12 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

 

(a)                                  Notice of Proposed Transfer .  The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(b)                                  Exercise of Right of First Refusal .  At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder,

 

6



 

elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

 

(c)                                   Purchase Price .  The purchase price (“Right of First Refusal Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 12 shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

 

(d)                                  Payment .  Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(e)                                   Holder’s Right to Transfer .  If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 12, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 12 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

(f)                                    Exception for Certain Family Transfers .  Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 12.  “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister.  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 12 and Section 9, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 12.

 

(g)                                   Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

13.                                Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                  Legends .  Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any

 

7



 

certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, AND A REPURCHASE OPTION HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND REPURCHASE OPTION ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

 

(b)                                  Stop-Transfer Notices .  Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company  transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)                                   Refusal to Transfer .  The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

14.                                Notices .  Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or Participant pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

 

8



 

Any notice to the Escrow Holder shall be sent to the Company’s address with a copy to the other party not sending the notice.

 

15.                                No Waiver .  Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.  The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

 

16.                                Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.  The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

17.                                Interpretation .  Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

18.                                Additional Documents .  Participant agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

 

19.                                Governing Law; Severability .  This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.  In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

20.                                Entire Agreement . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Agreement (including the exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

9



 

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof.  Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement.  Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement.  Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

10


 

EXHIBIT A

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)                                  Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

(b)                                  Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)                                   Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Award to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.  In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities

 

11



 

exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Restricted Stock Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)                                  Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

12



 

EXHIBIT B-1

 

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                                            , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Zag.com Inc.                            shares of the Common Stock of Zag.com Inc. standing in my name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.             herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                      to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between Zag.com Inc. and the undersigned dated                              ,            (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:                                        

Signature:

 

 

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line.  The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Participant.

 

13



 

EXHIBIT B-2

 

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

 

                          

 

Corporate Secretary

Zag.com Inc.

525 Broadway, Third Floor

Santa Monica, CA  90401

 

Dear                                    :

 

As Escrow Agent for both Zag.com Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Participant”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

 

1.                                       In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Participant and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company.  Participant and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

 

2.                                       At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

 

3.                                       Participant irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement.  Participant does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Participant’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Participant shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

 

4.                                       Upon written request of the Participant, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the

 



 

Company’s repurchase option.  Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Participant’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

 

5.                                       If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Participant, you shall deliver all of the same to Participant and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

 

6.                                       Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

 

7.                                       You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.  You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Participant while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

 

8.                                       You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court.  In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

 

9.                                       You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

 

10.                                You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

 

11.                                You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

 

12.                                Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party.  In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

 

13.                                If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

2



 

14.                                It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

 

15.                                Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

 

16.                                By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

 

17.                                This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

18.                                These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ESCROW AGENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

3



 

EXHIBIT B-3

 

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

 

1.                                       The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME:

 

 

SPOUSE:

 

 

 

 

 

ADDRESS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NO.:                                           

 

TAXABLE YEAR:

 

 

 

 

 

2.                                       The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:                       shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Zag.com Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3.                                       The date on which the property was transferred is:                                        ,              .

 

4.                                       The property is subject to the following restrictions:

 

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company.  These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5.                                       The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is:  $                                    .

 

6.                                       The amount (if any) paid for such property is:  $                                    .

 

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property.  The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

 

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

 

Dated:                                              ,        

 

 

Taxpayer

 

 

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

 

 

Dated:                                              ,        

 

 

Spouse of Taxpayer

 


 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

2005 STOCK PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2005 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I.                                         NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Name (the “Optionee”):

 

Address:

 

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

 

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price :

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

o Incentive Stock Option

 

 

 

 

 

o Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

 

 

Term/Expiration Date:

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

 

The Shares subject to the Option shall vest at the rate of [INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE, SUCH AS one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), beginning on the first monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month),] subject to Optionee continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.

 



 

Termination Period :

 

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Optionee’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 10 of the Plan.

 

II.                                    AGREEMENT

 

1.                                       Grant of Option .  The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.  Subject to Section 15(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.  Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).  Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan.  In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Optionee (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

 

2.                                       Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  Right to Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

 

2



 

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

3.                                       Optionee’s Representations .  In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

4.                                       Lock-Up Period .  Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

 

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.  The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period.  Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

 

5.                                       Method of Payment .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

(a)                                  cash;

 

3



 

(b)                                  check;

 

(c)                                   consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

 

(d)                                  surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

 

6.                                       Restrictions on Exercise .  This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

 

7.                                       Non-Transferability of Option .  This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee.  The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

8.                                       Term of Option .  This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

 

9.                                       Tax Obligations .

 

(a)                                  Tax Withholding .  Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise.  Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

(b)                                  Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares .  If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition.  Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee.

 

(c)                                   Code Section 409A.   Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.”  An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Optionee prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges.

 

4



 

The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Optionee.  Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination.  Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Optionee shall be solely responsible for Optionee’s costs related to such a determination.

 

10.                                Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

 

11.                                No Guarantee of Continued Service .  OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof.  Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option.  Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option.  Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

OPTIONEE

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

5



 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

6


 

EXHIBIT A

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

2005 STOCK PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

ZAG.COM, INC.

525 Broadway St.

Suite 300

Santa Monica, California 90401

 

Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

1.                                       Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,                                  ,          , the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                                   shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Zag.com Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2005 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                              ,            (the “Option Agreement”).

 

2.                                       Delivery of Payment .  Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

 

3.                                       Representations of Optionee .  Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

4.                                       Rights as Stockholder .  Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Shares shall be issued to Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

5.                                       Company’s Right of First Refusal .  Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

 

(a)                                  Notice of Proposed Transfer .  The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee

 



 

(“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(b)                                  Exercise of Right of First Refusal .  At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

 

(c)                                   Purchase Price .  The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

(d)                                  Payment .  Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(e)                                   Holder’s Right to Transfer .  If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

(f)                                    Exception for Certain Family Transfers .  Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5.  “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister.  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

 

(g)                                   Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to

 

2



 

the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

6.                                       Tax Consultation .  Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

7.                                       Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                  Legends .  Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

 

(b)                                  Stop-Transfer Notices .  Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

3



 

(c)                                   Refusal to Transfer .  The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice, or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

8.                                       Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

9.                                       Interpretation .  Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

10.                                Governing Law; Severability .  This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of California.  In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

 

11.                                Entire Agreement .  The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

OPTIONEE

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4



 

 

 

 

 

 

Date Received

 

5



 

EXHIBIT B

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)                                  Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

(b)                                  Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein.  In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future.  Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)                                   Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Optionee, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.  In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of

 



 

Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one (1) year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two (2) years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)                                  Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.  Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

2


 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

2005 STOCK PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2005 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I.              NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Name (the “Optionee”):

 

Address:

 

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$

 

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price :

$

 

 

 

 

Type of Option:

o             Incentive Stock Option

 

 

 

o             Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

 

Term/Expiration Date:

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

 

The Shares subject to the Option shall vest at the rate of [INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE, SUCH AS one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), beginning on the first monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month),] subject to Optionee continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.

 



 

Termination Period :

 

This Option shall be exercisable for [three (3)] OR [four (4)] months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Optionee’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 10 of the Plan.

 

II.             AGREEMENT

 

1.              Grant of Option .  The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.  Subject to Section 15(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.  Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).  Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan.  In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Optionee (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

 

2.              Exercise of Option .

 

(a)            Right to Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

(b)            Method of Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

 

2



 

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

3.              Optionee’s Representations .  In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

4.              Lock-Up Period .  Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

 

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.  The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period.  Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

 

5.              Method of Payment .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

(a)            cash;

 

3



 

(b)            check;

 

(c)            consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan;

 

(d)            [net exercise, pursuant to which the Company shall retain that number of Shares with a Fair Market Value on the exercise date that is equal to the balance of the purchase price (rounded up to the nearest whole share); ]

 

(e)            [tender of a promissory note pursuant to the terms and in the form determined by the Company, together with the execution and delivery by Optionee of a security agreement pursuant to the terms and in the form determined by the Company;] or

 

(f)             surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

 

6.              Restrictions on Exercise .  This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

 

7.              Non-Transferability of Option .  This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee.  The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

8.              Term of Option .  This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

 

9.              Tax Obligations .

 

(a)            Tax Withholding .  Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise.  Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

(b)            Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares .  If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition.  Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee.

 

4



 

(c)            Code Section 409A.   Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.”  An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Optionee prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges.  The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Optionee.  Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination.  Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Optionee shall be solely responsible for Optionee’s costs related to such a determination.

 

10.           Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

 

11.           No Guarantee of Continued Service .  OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

5



 

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof.  Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option.  Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option.  Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

OPTIONEE

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

6


 

EXHIBIT A

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

2005 STOCK PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

ZAG.COM, INC.
525 Broadway St.
Suite 300

Santa Monica, California 90401

 

Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

1.              Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,                                  ,          , the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                                   shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Zag.com Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2005 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                              ,            (the “Option Agreement”).

 

2.              Delivery of Payment .  Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

 

3.              Representations of Optionee .  Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

4.              Rights as Stockholder .  Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Shares shall be issued to Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

5.              Company’s Right of First Refusal .  Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

 

(a)            Notice of Proposed Transfer .  The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee

 



 

(“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(b)            Exercise of Right of First Refusal .  At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

 

(c)            Purchase Price .  The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

(d)            Payment .  Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(e)            Holder’s Right to Transfer .  If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

(f)             Exception for Certain Family Transfers .  Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5.  “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister.  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

 

(g)            Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to

 

2



 

the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

6.              Tax Consultation .  Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

7.              Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)            Legends .  Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

 

(b)            Stop-Transfer Notices .  Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

3



 

(c)            Refusal to Transfer .  The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice, or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

8.              Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

9.              Interpretation .  Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

10.           Governing Law; Severability .  This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of California.  In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

 

11.           Entire Agreement .  The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

OPTIONEE

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4



 

 

 

 

Date Received

 

5



 

EXHIBIT B

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)            Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

(b)            Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein.  In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future.  Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)            Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Optionee, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.  In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of

 



 

Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)            Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.  Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

2




Exhibit 10.3

 

TRUECAR INC.

 

2008 STOCK PLAN

 

1.                                       Purposes of the Plan .  The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business.  Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant.  Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

 

2.                                       Definitions .  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(b)                                  Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity compensation plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                      Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, except that any change in the beneficial ownership of the securities of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board, shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control; or

 

(ii)                                   The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

 

(iii)                                The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

 

(e)                                   Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

 



 

(f)                                    Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(g)                                   Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(h)                                  Company ” means TRUECAR INC., a Delaware corporation.

 

(i)                                      Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

 

(j)                                     Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(k)                                  Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

(l)                                      Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

(m)                              Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(n)                                  Exchange Program ” means a program under which (a) outstanding Options or Stock Purchase Rights are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Options or Stock Purchase Rights of the same type (which may have lower exercise prices and different terms), Options or Stock Purchase Rights of a different type, and/or cash, and/or (b) the exercise price of an outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right is reduced.  The terms and conditions of any Exchange Program will be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

(o)                                  Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)                                      If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii)                                   If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination; or

 

(iii)                                In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

2



 

(p)                                  Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(q)                                  Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(r)                                     Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(s)                                    Option Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant.  The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(t)                                     Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.

 

(u)                                  Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

 

(v)                                  Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(w)                                Plan ” means this 2008 Stock Plan.

 

(x)                                  Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right or Shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to an Option.

 

(y)                                  Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Optionee evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to Shares purchased under a Stock Purchase Right.  The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the notice of grant.

 

(z)                                   Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(aa)                           Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

(bb)                           Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 below.

 

(cc)                             Stock Purchase Right ” means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.

 

(dd)                           Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

3.                                       Stock Subject to the Plan .  Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Options or Stock Purchase Rights and

 

3



 

sold under the Plan is 1,009,900 Shares.  The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).  However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if unvested Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased or otherwise reacquired by the Company, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

4.                                       Administration of the Plan .

 

(a)                                  Administrator .  The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(b)                                  Powers of the Administrator .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

 

(i)                                      to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii)                                   to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)                                to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

 

(iv)                               to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

(v)                                  to determine the terms and conditions of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder.  Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

 

(vi)                               to institute an Exchange Program;

 

(vii)                            to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

 

(viii)                         to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount

 

4



 

required to be withheld.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.  All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

 

(ix)                               to modify or amend each Option or Stock Purchase Right (subject to Section 15(c) of the Plan.

 

(x)                                  to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right previously granted by the Administrator.

 

(xi)                               to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Administrator’s Decision .  All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

 

5.                                       Eligibility .  Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Service Providers.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

6.                                       Limitations .

 

(a)                                  Incentive Stock Option Limit .  Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

 

(b)                                  At-Will Employment .  Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

 

7.                                       Term of Plan .  Subject to stockholder approval in accordance with Section 19, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board.  Unless sooner terminated under Section 15, it shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (i) the effective date of the Plan, or (ii) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

 

8.                                       Term of Option .  The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is

 

5



 

granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

9.                                       Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

 

(a)                                  Exercise Price .  The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

 

(i)                                      In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

(A)                                granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(B)                                granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(ii)                                   In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

(A)                                granted to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(B)                                granted to any other Service Provider, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(iii)                                Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above in accordance with and pursuant to a transaction described in Section 424 of the Code.

 

(b)                                  Forms of Consideration .  The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant).  Such consideration  may consist of, without limitation, (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares, provided Shares acquired directly from the Company (x) have been owned by the Optionee, and not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, (6) such other consideration or method of payment to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

 

6



 

10.                                Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder .  Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement.  An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.  Except in the case of Options granted to officers, Directors and Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less than twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are granted.

 

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, together with any applicable withholding taxes.  Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan.  Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse.  Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(b)                                  Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider .  If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).  Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Disability of Optionee .  If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).  Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

7



 

(d)                                  Death of Optionee .  If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following Optionee’s death, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Optionee’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator.  If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Optionee, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution.  If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan.  If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(e)                                   Leaves of Absence .

 

(i)                                      Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder to officers and Directors shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.

 

(ii)                                   A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (A) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (B) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.

 

(iii)                                For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.  If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 91st day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

11.                                Stock Purchase Rights .

 

(a)                                  Rights to Purchase .  Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan.  After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer.  The terms of the offer shall comply in all respects with Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.  The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                  Purchase Price .  The per share purchase price for Stock Purchase Rights shall be such price, if any, as is determined by the Administrator.

 

(c)                                   Repurchase Option .  Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable within 90 days of the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s service with the Company for any reason (including death or disability).  Unless the Administrator provides

 

8



 

otherwise, the purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company.  The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine.  Except with respect to Shares purchased by officers, Directors and Consultants, the repurchase option shall in no case lapse at a rate of less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date of purchase.

 

(d)                                  Other Provisions .  The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

(e)                                   Rights as a Stockholder .  Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a stockholder and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

12.                                Limited Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights .  Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.  If the Administrator in its sole discretion makes an Option or Stock Purchase Right transferable, such Option or Stock Purchase Right may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) to family members (within the meaning of Rule 701 of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

13.                                Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

 

(a)                                  Adjustments .  In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, may (in its sole discretion) adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right; provided, however, that the Administrator shall make such adjustments to the extent required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

 

(b)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation .  In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction.  To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option or Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

9



 

(c)                                   Merger or Change in Control .  In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or a Change in Control, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right (and, if applicable, Shares of Restricted Stock acquired pursuant thereto) shall be treated as the Administrator determines, and unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, shall be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation.  In the event that the successor corporation in a merger or Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or Stock Purchase Right (or, if applicable, Shares of Restricted Stock acquired pursuant thereto), then the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option or Stock Purchase Right (and, if applicable, the Shares of Restricted Stock acquired pursuant thereto) that is not assumed or substituted as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable.  If an Option or Stock Purchase Right (or, if applicable, Shares of Restricted Stock acquired pursuant thereto) is not assumed or substituted for in connection with a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully exercisable for a period of time as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, any Shares of Restricted Stock acquired pursuant to an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully vested, and the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon expiration of such period for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.  For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of common stock in the merger or Change in Control.

 

14.                                Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights .  The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator.  Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

15.                                Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

 

(a)                                  Amendment and Termination .  The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Stockholder Approval .  The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

10



 

(c)                                   Effect of Amendment or Termination .  No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.  Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

16.                                Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

 

(a)                                  Legal Compliance .  Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right unless the exercise of such Option or Stock Purchase Right and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b)                                  Investment Representations .  As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option or Stock Purchase Right to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

17.                                Inability to Obtain Authority .  The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

18.                                Reservation of Shares .  The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

19.                                Stockholder Approval .  The Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted.  Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

 

20.                                Information to Optionees .  The Company shall provide to each Optionee and to each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, not less frequently than annually during the period such Optionee has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and, in the case of an individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares, copies of annual financial statements.  The Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

 

11


 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

2008 STOCK PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2008 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I.                                         NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Name (the “Optionee”):

 

Address:

 

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$

 

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price :

 

$

 

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

o             Incentive Stock Option

 

 

 

 

 

o             Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

 

 

Term/Expiration Date:

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

 

The Shares subject to the Option shall vest at the rate of [INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE, SUCH AS one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) per month on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), beginning on the first monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month),] subject to Optionee continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.

 



 

Termination Period :

 

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Optionee’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 10 of the Plan.

 

II.                                    AGREEMENT

 

1.                                       Grant of Option .  The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.  Subject to Section 15(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.  Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).  Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan.  In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Optionee (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

 

2.                                       Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  Right to Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

 

2



 

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

3.                                       Optionee’s Representations .  In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

4.                                       Lock-Up Period .  Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

 

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.  The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period.  Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

 

5.                                       Method of Payment .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

(a)                                  cash;

 

3



 

(b)                                  check;

 

(c)                                   consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

 

(d)                                  surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

 

6.                                       Restrictions on Exercise .  This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

 

7.                                       Non-Transferability of Option .  This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee.  The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

8.                                       Term of Option .  This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

 

9.                                       Tax Obligations .

 

(a)                                  Tax Withholding .  Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise.  Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

(b)                                  Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares .  If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition.  Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee.

 

(c)                                   Code Section 409A.   Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.”  An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Optionee prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges.

 

4



 

The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Optionee.  Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination.  Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Optionee shall be solely responsible for Optionee’s costs related to such a determination.

 

10.                                Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

 

11.                                No Guarantee of Continued Service .  OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof.  Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option.  Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option.  Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

OPTIONEE

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

5



 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

6



 

EXHIBIT A

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

2008 STOCK PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

TRUECAR, INC.
525 Broadway St.
Suite 300

Santa Monica, California 90401

 

Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

1.                                       Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,                                  ,          , the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                                   shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of TrueCar, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2008 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                              ,            (the “Option Agreement”).

 

2.                                       Delivery of Payment .  Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

 

3.                                       Representations of Optionee .  Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

4.                                       Rights as Stockholder .  Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Shares shall be issued to Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

5.                                       Company’s Right of First Refusal .  Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

 

(a)                                  Notice of Proposed Transfer .  The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee

 



 

(“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(b)                                  Exercise of Right of First Refusal .  At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

 

(c)                                   Purchase Price .  The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

(d)                                  Payment .  Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(e)                                   Holder’s Right to Transfer .  If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

(f)                                    Exception for Certain Family Transfers .  Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5.  “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister.  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

 

(g)                                   Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to

 

2



 

the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

6.                                       Tax Consultation .  Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

7.                                       Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                  Legends .  Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

 

(b)                                  Stop-Transfer Notices .  Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

3



 

(c)                                   Refusal to Transfer .  The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice, or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

8.                                       Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

9.                                       Interpretation .  Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

10.                                Governing Law; Severability .  This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of California.  In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

 

11.                                Entire Agreement .  The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

OPTIONEE

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4



 

 

 

 

 

 

Date Received

 

5



 

EXHIBIT B

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE

 

:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

 

:

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

SECURITY

 

:

 

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

 

 

AMOUNT

 

:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DATE

 

:

 

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)                                  Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

(b)                                  Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein.  In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future.  Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)                                   Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Optionee, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.  In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of

 



 

Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one (1) year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two (2) years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)                                  Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.  Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

2




Exhibit 10.5

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED SCOTT PAINTER EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Scott Painter Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into effective as of 12/20/12 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between TrueCar, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Scott Painter (the “ Executive ”), and replaces and supersedes in its entirety the Amended and Restated Scott Painter Employment Agreement entered into between the Company (formerly called “Zag.com. Inc.) and Executive as of June 1, 2010 (the “ Original Agreement ”).

 

1 .                                       Duties and Scope of Employment .

 

(a)                    Positions, Duties, and Responsibilities . As of the Effective Date, Executive will serve as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of the Company (with Executive’s membership on the Board subject to any required stockholder approval). Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as shall reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). For the avoidance of doubt: (i) the duties and responsibilities reasonably assigned to Executive by the Board shall at all times include the right to make all decisions concerning the hiring and termination of all management personnel, all of which shall report directly or indirectly to Executive; and (ii) nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to restrict the authority of the Board to invite another employee of the Company to serve as a member of the Board. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Employment Term.”

 

(b)                    Severance . If (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company involuntarily other than for “Cause” (as defined herein), or (ii) the Company Constructively Terminates Executive’s employment (as defined herein), and in the case of both (i) and (ii) above, Executive signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims agreement (the “ Release ”) with the Company (and such Release becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (“ Release Deadline )) , then Executive shall be entitled to receive, subject to Section 1(c) herein, continuing payments of severance pay (less applicable withholding taxes) at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of such termination (the “ Severance Period ”), to be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies.

 

(c)                     Timing of Payments/Section 409A .

 

(i)                                 If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance payments or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will such severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable. Provided the Release becomes effective no later than the Release Deadline, any severance payments and benefits otherwise payable between the date of Executive’s termination of employment and the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable will be paid in a lump sum on the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 1(c).

 

1



 

(ii)                              Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Payments (as defined below) or other severance benefits that otherwise are exempt from Section 409A (as defined below) pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) shall become payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be amended from time to time (collectively, “ Section 409A ”).

 

(iii)                           Any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Payments (as defined below) will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section 1(c)(iv) below. Except as required by Section 1(c)(iv) below, any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive in a lump sum on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement. Further, with respect to any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would not be considered Payments, notwithstanding any contrary provisions of this Agreement, in the event that Executive’s separation from service occurs at a time during the calendar year where it would be possible for the Release to become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive’s separation from service occurs, such severance payments or benefits will be paid on the later of: (i) the Release Deadline, (ii) such time as required by the payment schedule applicable to each severance benefit, or (iii) such time as required by Section 1(c)(iv).

 

(iv)                          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A on the date of Executive’s termination (other than a termination due to death), and the severance payable to Executive, if any, under this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together the “ Payments ”), all Payments that are otherwise payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service shall be delayed until the earlier of: (i) the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the date of the separation from service, or (ii) the date of Executive’s death (such date, the “ Delayed Initial Payment Date ”), and the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall (A) pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the Payments that Executive would otherwise have received on or before the Delayed Initial Payment Date, without any adjustment on account of such delay, if the Payments had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 1(c), and (B) pay the balance of the Payments in accordance with any applicable payment schedules set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his termination, then any Payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

 

2



 

(v)                             Any amounts paid under this Agreement that satisfy the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Payments for purposes of this Agreement. Any severance payment that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit shall not constitute Payments for purposes of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Section 409A Limit ” will mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during his taxable year preceding his taxable year of his separation from service as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s separation from service occurs.

 

(vi)                          Each payment and benefit under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

(vii)                       The foregoing provisions and all benefits and payments under this Agreement are intended to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance or other payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to so comply or be so exempt. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

(d)                    Obligations. During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other competitive employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may devote business time and attention to:

 

(i)                                 Service as a member of the board of directors, employee, advisor or consultant of any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company;

 

(ii)                              Service as a member of the board of directors or consultant of BrightHouse, Inc., SharesPost, and any other entity which the Board may approve from time to time; and

 

(iii)                           Services as an employee or consultant of any other entity which the Board may approve from time to time.

 

(e)                     Executive may also devote business time and attention to a single non-compensated advisory position, provided that any such positions are disclosed to the Board. All other advisory positions other than those disclosed in this Agreement must be disclosed to and approved by the Board prior to Executive’s acceptance of any such position. In addition to the positions disclosed in Section 1(d)(ii) above, Executive’s compensated advisory positions with the

 

3



 

following entities shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be deemed disclosed to and approved by the Board: the Founder’s Institute, Tesla, and PriceLock. Executive shall not, in the aggregate, devote a substantial portion of his time each calendar month to the companies for which he provides advisory services pursuant to this Section 1(e).

 

(f)                                    Board Seat . Executive shall be entitled to a seat on the Board (“ Board Seat ”) as specified in Section 2(g) of the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2010, as may be subsequently amended (the “Voting Agreement”), by and among the Company and the Investors (as such term is defined in the Voting Agreement), which is incorporated herein by reference (with Executive’s membership on the Board subject to any required stockholder approval). If Executive is no longer serving as Chief Executive Officer of the Company but continues to serve as Chairman of the Board and is asked to act as Executive Chairman and/or devote time to the Chairman of the Board position outside the normal Board role, Executive will receive such reasonable compensation for such services as is determined by the Board at such time.

 

2.                                       At-Will Employment . The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in an way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company.

 

3.                                       Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for his services a base salary at the annualized rate of $313,185.52 (the “ Base Salary ”). The Base Salary will be paid twice monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding.

 

4.                                       2012 & 2013 Liquidity Events .

 

(a)                                  No later than December 28, 2012, Executive shall have the right to sell up to $1,040,000.00 worth of Executive’s vested Company common stock to the Company at the fair market value per share as determined by the Board or the Board’s Compensation Committee (or other authorized committee or delegate of the Board); provided that Executive may only sell those shares of Company common stock that Executive has owned, and which have been vested, for at least six months prior to the date of sale to the Company (the “ 2012 Liquidity Event ”).

 

(b)                                  Subject to Subsections (e) and (h) of this Section 4, on December 1, 2013, and for a period of thirty (30) days thereafter, Executive shall have the right to sell up to an additional $1,000,000.00 worth of Executive’s vested Company common stock to the Company at the fair market value per share as determined by the Board or the Board’s Compensation Committee (or other authorized committee or delegate of the Board); provided that Executive may only sell those shares of Company common stock that Executive has owned, and which have been vested, for at least six months prior to the date of sale to the Company (the “ 2013 Liquidity Event ”).

 

(c)                                   If Executive exercises his rights under the 2012 Liquidity Event, then no later than the next meeting of the Board or the Board’s Compensation Committee at which stock options are granted that occurs on or following the effective date of the related stock sale transaction (such

 

4



 

date of grant, the “ 2012 Option Grant Date ”), the Board or the Board’s Compensation Committee (or other authorized committee or delegate of the Board) will grant Executive a stock option (the “ 2012 Option ”) to purchase the number of shares of Company common stock equal to the number of shares Executive sells pursuant to the 2012 Liquidity Event; provided, however, that in order to receive the 2012 Option, Executive must be a service provider to the Company as of the 2012 Option Grant Date. Subject to the accelerated vesting provisions set forth herein, the 2012 Option will vest as to 1/48th of the shares monthly (with the first scheduled vest date the one-month anniversary of the 2012 Option Grant Date), which vesting shall occur on the same day of the month as the 2012 Option Grant Date, subject to Executive continuing to provide services to the Company through each applicable vesting date.

 

(d)                                  Subject to Subsection (e) of this Section 4, if Executive exercises his rights under the 2013 Liquidity Event, then no later than the next meeting of the Board or the Board’s Compensation Committee at which stock options are granted that occurs on or following the effective date of the related stock sale transaction (such date of grant, the “ 2013 Option Grant Date ”), the Board or the Board’s Compensation Committee (or other authorized committee or delegate of the Board) will grant Executive a stock option (the “ 2013 Option ”) to purchase an additional number of shares of Company common stock equal to the number of shares Executive sells pursuant to the 2013 Liquidity Event; provided, however, that in order for Executive to receive the 2013 Option Executive must be employed as Chief Executive Officer of the Company as of the 2013 Option Grant Date. Subject to the accelerated vesting provisions set forth herein, the 2013 Option will vest as to 1/48th of the shares monthly (with the first scheduled vest date the one-month anniversary of the 2013 Option Grant Date), which vesting shall occur on the same day of the month as the 2013 Option Grant Date, subject to Executive continuing to provide services to the Company through each applicable vesting date.

 

(e)                                   Executive’s rights to both the 2013 Liquidity Event and the 2013 Option shall be contingent upon the Company’s satisfaction of at least one (but only one) of the following conditions precedent: (i) the Company has at least $20,000,000 of cash on hand on November 30, 2013; or (ii) the Company has a positive cumulative EBITDA for the trailing three-month reporting period immediately preceding Executive’s desired date of exercise of the 2013 Liquidity Event (the “ Liquidity Measurement Quarter ) ; or (iii) if the Company has a negative cumulative EBITDA for the Liquidity Measurement Quarter, the Company has cash on hand at least equal to six times the absolute value of the negative cumulative EBITDA for the Liquidity Measurement Quarter.

 

(f)                                    The 2012 Option and the 2013 Option will be subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan (the “ Option Plan ”) and a stock option agreement by and between Executive and the Company.

 

(g)                                   All stock options to be granted to Executive will have an exercise price per share equal to at least one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of a share of Company common stock on the date of the applicable stock option’s grant, as determined by the Board or the Board’s Compensation Committee (or other authorized committee or delegate of the Board), unless a higher exercise price is required under the terms of the Option Plan. Further, to the extent a stock option is intended to be an incentive stock option for U.S. federal tax purpose, the exercise price per share of such stock option will be one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the fair market value of a share of Company common stock on the date of the applicable stock option’s grant, as determined

 

5



 

by the Board or the Board’s Compensation Committee (or other authorized committee or delegate of the Board), and shall have a maximum term of no more than five (5) years from the date of grant, if such terms are required to maintain eligibility for incentive stock option status for all or a portion of such stock option.

 

(h)                                  Executive shall be entitled to exercise his rights pursuant to the 2012 Liquidity Event and the 2013 Liquidity Event without regard to Executive’s employment status with the Company at the time of such exercise, provided that: (i) Executive’s employment by the Company has not been terminated for Cause or terminated voluntarily by Executive; and (ii) Executive has not procured employment by or obtained a material ownership interest in a direct competitor of the Company. Regardless of whether Executive has exercised his rights pursuant to the 2012 Liquidity Event, in order to receive the 2012 Option, Executive must be a service provider to the Company (including as an employee, member of the Board, or otherwise) as of the 2012 Option Grant Date. Regardless of whether Executive has exercised his rights pursuant to the 2013 Liquidity Event, Executive must be employed as Chief Executive Officer of the Company as of the 2013 Option Grant Date.

 

5.                                       Bonus; Annual Equity Grants.

 

(a)                                  Beginning with calendar year 2013, Executive shall be eligible for a total annual performance-based bonus opportunity targeted at one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s Base Salary (the “ Bonus ”). The Bonus shall have two components, the “ Semi-Annual Base Bonus Payments ” and the “ Year-End Stretch Bonus Payments ” as described herein, each component of which shall be independently determined without regard to whether Executive has qualified for the other component of the Bonus in the calendar year. Each Semi-Annual Base Bonus Payment and each Year-End Stretch Bonus Payment may only be earned if Executive meets the applicable performance-based requirements as described below and, except as provided by Section 5(d), remains the Chief Executive Officer of the Company through the end of the applicable performance period.

 

(i)                                 Semi-Annual Base Bonus Payments . Fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s total Bonus opportunity for a year shall be based on the Company’s achievement of performance levels against the Board approved incentive plan (the “ Board Plan ”) for the applicable year, as determined in accordance with the Semi-Annual Base Bonus Structure (as such term is defined below). Such portion of the Bonus (the “ Semi-Annual Base Bonus Payments ”) shall be paid to Executive, less applicable tax withholdings, in two installments, payable in August of the applicable year and in February of the immediately following year. The measurement of achievement against the Board Plan for an applicable year will be measured as of the last day of June for the first installment with performance annualized and for the twelve month period ending December 31 st  for the second installment.

 

(ii)                              Year-End Stretch Bonus Payments . Fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s total Bonus opportunity for a year shall be based on the Company’s achievement of performance levels at or in excess of the Board Plan for the applicable year, as determined in accordance with the Year-End Stretch Bonus Structure (as such term is defined below) (such portions of the Bonus, the “ Year-End Stretch Bonus Payments ”).  Any such Year-End Stretch Bonus Payments earned shall be paid to Executive, less applicable tax withholdings, in February of the immediately following year (for example, a Year-End Stretch Bonus Payment earned based on 2013 performance will be paid in February 2014).

 

6



 

(iii)                           Semi-Annual Base Bonus Structure . A bonus structure for each year’s Semi-Annual Base Bonus Payments (the “ Semi-Annual Base Bonus Structure ”) shall be implemented each year after 2012 until the earlier of the closing of the Company’s first bona fide, firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of the Company’s common stock (an “ IPO ”) or Change of Control.  Each year’s Semi-Annual Base Bonus Structure shall be determined by the Board (or its authorized committee or delegate) based on the Board Plan and Revenue and/or other applicable metrics determined by the Board (or its authorized committee or delegate) for the applicable period(s), with the Board (or its authorized committee or delegate) to annually set the Board Plan and Revenue and/or other applicable metrics for each applicable period (e.g., half-year or annual) for each inflection point and correlating cash bonus for each applicable period in its discretion.  Each year’s Semi-Annual Base Bonus Structure will have at least 4 inflection points, with the highest level of achievement at which a Semi-Annual Base Bonus Payment is payable resulting in a target bonus of fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s then-current Base Salary for achievement at one hundred percent (100%) level of the applicable year’s Board Plan (with the level of achievement required to be determined by the Board or its authorized committee or delegate) with interpolation of the Bonus amount if Revenue falls between any of the specified ranges.  For purposes of clarity, beginning with the earlier of the closing of the IPO or Change of Control, the Semi-Annual Base Bonus Structure need not be substantially similar to the structure set forth above, the Executive’s total bonus opportunity for the Semi-Annual Base Bonus Payment (as a percentage of Base Salary) shall remain no less favorable.

 

(iv)                          Year-End Stretch Bonus Structures for Future Years. A bonus structure for each year’s Year-End Stretch Bonus (the “ Year-End Stretch Bonus Structure ”) determined by the Board shall be implemented each year after 2012 until the earlier of the closing of the Company’s IPO or Change of Control. Each year’s Year-End Stretch Bonus Structure shall be determined by the Board (or its authorized committee or delegate) based on the Board Plan and Revenue and/or other applicable metrics determined by the Board (or its authorized committee or delegate) for the applicable year, with the Board (or its authorized committee or delegate) to annually set the Board Plan, the annual Revenue and annual EBITDA and/or other applicable metrics for each inflection point and correlating cash bonus each year in its discretion. Each Year-End Stretch Bonus Structure will have at least 5 inflection points, with the highest level of achievement at which a Bonus is payable resulting in a target bonus of fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s then-current Base Salary for achievement in excess of the applicable year’s Board Plan with interpolation of the Bonus amount if Revenue and EBITDA fall between any of the specified ranges (50% of such bonus to be paid based on Revenue and 50% based on EBITDA) (with the level of excess achievement required to be determined by the Board or its authorized committee or delegate). For purposes of clarity, beginning with the earlier of the closing of the IPO or Change of Control, the Year-End Stretch Bonus Structure need not be substantially similar to the structure set forth above, but Executive’s total bonus opportunity for the Year-End Stretch Bonus (as a percentage of Base Salary) shall remain no less favorable.

 

7



 

(b)                                  In all cases, to the extent earned, Bonus amounts will be paid by the Company, less applicable withholdings, no later than March 15 of the year following the year in which it was earned.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company involuntarily other than for Cause, or (ii) the Company Constructively Terminates Executive’s employment (as defined herein), then Executive shall remain eligible to earn the Bonuses (i.e., both Semi-Annual Base Bonus Payments and Year-End Stretch Bonus Payments) as set forth above for the year in which his termination of employment occurs. Executive shall be eligible to earn the Bonuses based on actual performance results during the applicable Bonus performance period, pro-rated as applicable based on Executive’s termination date. Any such Bonuses shall be paid to Executive, less applicable withholdings, if and when similarly structured bonuses (or components thereof) are payable to other senior employees (but subject to the timing requirements set forth in Section 5(c) above).

 

(d)                                  The Board shall provide Executive with a performance review (the “ Performance Review ”) each January until the earlier of an IPO or Change of Control. The Board shall evaluate Executive’s performance during the prior year based on the applicable year’s Board Plan. In connection with the Performance Review, the Board (or its authorized committee or delegate) shall set the following year’s Semi-Annual Base Bonus Structure and Year-End Stretch Bonus Structure in accordance with Section 5(b) above, approve any increases to Executive’s Base Salary and Bonus, approve Executive’s Bonus for the prior year and grant Executive a stock option to purchase Company common stock provided Executive remains the Chief Executive Officer of the Company through the date of grant. Each such option shall be scheduled to vest in approximately equal monthly installments over four (4) years from the date of grant, provided Executive remains the Chief Executive Officer of the Company through each relevant vesting rate and subject to the applicable acceleration of vesting provisions contained in Section 6 of this Agreement. If Executive ceases to remain the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, any then-unvested portion of each such option shall immediately terminate. Each such stock option shall cover a number of shares of Company common stock in an amount not to exceed one percent (1%) of the Company’s then-fully diluted shares outstanding, with the exact number based on the performance against the Board Plan for the applicable year (the “ Option Grant Structure ”) as determined by the Board and in accordance with the following:

 

(i)                                 Each year until the earlier of the closing of an IPO or Change of Control, an Option Grant Structure shall be implemented that bases the stock option amount on certain specified ranges of Revenue and EBITDA, and such that the Company’s achievement at the one hundred percent (100%) level of the Board Plan for the applicable year shall result in a grant to Executive of a stock option to purchase the number of shares of Company common stock equal to 0.5% of the Company’s then-fully diluted shares outstanding and Company underperformance or over-performance results in a grant to Executive based on a similarly scaled structure with at least 7 inflection points, ranging from a grant of an option to purchase 0.0% to a maximum of 1.0% of the Company’s then-fully diluted shares outstanding, with performance at the one hundred percent (100%) level of Board Plan at the number 3 inflection point with interpolation of the stock option amount if Revenue and EBITDA fall between any of the specified ranges (50% of such stock option grant to be paid based on Revenue and 50% based on EBITDA). The Board (or its authorized committee or delegate) shall set the annual Revenue and annual EBITDA metrics for each inflection

 

8


 

point and correlating amount of shares to be covered by the option each year in its discretion. Beginning with the earlier of the closing of an IPO or Change of Control, no additional option grants or other equity awards to Executive will be required under this Agreement, and any additional stock options or other equity grants to Executive will be made in the sole discretion of the Board (or its authorized committee or delegate).

 

(ii)                             Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or as determined otherwise by the Board (or authorized committee or delegate of the Board), each stock option granted pursuant to this Section 5(e) shall be, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, an “incentive stock option” (as defined in Section 422 of the Code), granted under, and subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of, a Company equity plan then in effect and a stock option agreement thereunder to be entered into by and between Executive and the Company (together, the equity plan and the option agreements are the “ Performance Option Agreements ”), each of which is incorporated herein by reference. The exercise price per share of each such option shall be at least one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of a share of Company common stock on the date of the option’s grant and with a maximum term of ten (10) years, unless a higher exercise price is required under the terms of the equity plan under which the applicable option is granted; provided, however, that if the option is intended to be an incentive stock option, the exercise price per share will be one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the fair market value of a share of Company common stock on the date of the option’s grant and have a maximum term of five (5) years, if such terms are required to maintain eligibility for incentive stock option status for all or a portion of such option.

 

6.              Effect of Termination upon Stock Options; Additional Acceleration Provisions .

 

(a)                                 Following a Change of Control, any of the following events will result in the vesting and exercisability of one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s then unvested and outstanding stock options:

 

(i)                                If, upon a Change of Control or within nine (9) months following a Change of Control, the Company terminates Executive’s employment involuntarily other than for Cause or Executive’s employment is Constructively Terminated.

 

(ii)                                  If Executive remains employed with the Company (or any successor of the Company or subsidiary thereof) for nine (9) months following a Change of Control. For purposes of clarification, if Executive voluntarily terminates his employment not as a result of being Constructively Terminated during the first nine (9) months following a Change of Control, then all unvested options shall lapse.

 

(b)                                 Vesting and exercisability of Executive’s then unvested and outstanding stock options solely with respect to options granted prior to June 1, 2010 shall accelerate as follows (subject to Executive’s remaining a Service Provider (as such phrase is defined in the Option Plan)) and provided that in no event may more than one hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject to an option become vested and exercisable:

 

(i)                                     ten percent (10%) acceleration upon the Company’s Change of Control or IPO.

 

9



 

(ii)                                  five percent (5%) upon the Company reaching 10,000 monthly sales volume in any given month prior to December 31, 2010.

 

(iii)                               five percent (5%) upon the Company’s revenue on a per car sold basis reaching $500.

 

If, on or before December 31, 2013, the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company involuntarily other than for Cause or Executive’s employment is Constructively Terminated, one hundred percent (100%) of the then-unvested and outstanding shares subject to the Springing Option (as set forth and defined in Section 11(b) of the Original Agreement, which Section 11(b) of the Original Agreement is incorporated herein by reference excerpt as modified herein) shall immediately become vested and exercisable.

 

7.                                      Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to the senior executives of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company’s group medical, dental, vision, disability, life insurance, and flexible-spending account plans.  The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.  Additionally, if (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company involuntarily other than for Cause, or (ii) the Company Constructively Terminates Executive’s employment (as defined herein), and in the case of (i) and (ii) above, Executive signs and does not revoke the Release (and such Release becomes effective by the Release Deadline), then the Company shall reimburse Executive for the payments #Executive makes for coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) during the Severance Period, (less any amount Executive would have contributed had he remained employed), or until Executive has secured other employment that provides group health insurance coverage, whichever occurs first, provided Executive timely elects and pays for COBRA coverage.  COBRA reimbursements shall be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policies, provided that Executive submits documentation to the Company substantiating his payment for COBRA coverage.

 

7.                                      Unutilized Section . This Section 7 has been intentionally left blank for convenience in maintenance of internal cross-references.

 

8.                                      Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid time off during the Employment Term as is applicable to senior executives of the Company in accordance with the Company’s policy which may be revised from time to time, with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto.

 

9.                                      Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expenses reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.  Additionally, the Company shall provide Executive with One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per month during the Employment Term as a car allowance, to be used solely for Executive’s car-related expenses.  Executive’s must remain an employee through the actual payment date to receive the applicable month’s car allowance.

 

10



 

10.                               Right to Maintain . Executive shall have the pro rata right to maintain his percentage of equity ownership on a fully diluted, as converted basis.  This means that to the extent New Securities (as defined below) are purchased by any individual, partner or investor (except stock option grants pursuant to Board-approved stock option agreements or stock issuances in connection with an acquisition) (an “ Investor Purchase ”), Executive shall have the ability to purchase sufficient New Securities in order to maintain his percentage equity ownership in the Company as calculated immediately prior to such issuance of New Securities. To determine this calculation, all securities (including options or warrants to purchase securities), vested or unvested, held by the Executive and/or Jennifer Painter as of the Effective Date should be the numerator and all of the securities in the Company to include granted options, warrants, and all classes of preferred stock on the denominator.  Each issuance of securities should include a corresponding calculation to determine the amount of securities that must be offered to Executive.  Such purchase must be closed and funded within no later than one hundred and twenty (120) days following the first closing of such financing; provided, however, that such ninety (90) day period will be shortened as necessary such that in no event will right to fund extend beyond the 15 th  day of the 3 rd  month following the end of the calendar year in which the financing occurs.  In connection with the Company’s Series D financing, Executive shall exercise his right to maintain under this Section 10 only with respect to up to 178,451 shares of New Securities issued thereunder.  With the exception of Executive’s right to delay actual payment and limits on the timing of purchase as described in this paragraph, Executive’s purchase shall be on the same terms and conditions, including without limitation, the same price, as the parties whose purchase triggered Executive’s right to maintain.  The right to maintain his percentage of equity ownership on a fully diluted, as converted basis provided by this Section 10 shall end on the earlier to occur of an IPO or a Change of Control.

 

11.                               Corporate Opportunity . Executive agrees to continue observing his duty of good faith and fair dealing, fiduciary duties, and all other applicable duties and obligations to the Company, by offering all corporate opportunities (including, but not limited to, new business ventures) related either directly or tangentially to the business of the Company to the Board.  In response to each corporate opportunity offered by Executive to the Board, the Board shall respond with one of the following determinations: (a) the Company will pursue the corporate opportunity, in which case Executive shall be precluded from individually pursuing such opportunity; (b) the Company does not desire to pursue the corporate opportunity but deems such opportunity to be competitive with the Company’s business, in which case Executive shall be precluded from pursuing said opportunity; or (c) the Company does not desire to pursue the corporate opportunity but does not deem such opportunity to be competitive with the Company’s business, in which case, Executive may pursue such opportunity.  In the case of (c) in the foregoing sentence the Board shall expressly refuse any such opportunities offered by Executive in writing or as memorialized on the Board’s meeting minutes.  Nothing in this Section 11 shall otherwise alter Executive’s fiduciary duties, duty of good faith and fair dealing, or any other contractual, statutory, or other duties and obligations to the Company or alter Executive’s obligations under Section 1(d) of this Agreement.

 

12.                               2010 Option & Springing Option Unchanged Except as Expressly Provided Herein, Net Exercise of Options; Early Exercisability of Options .

 

(a)                                 Except as expressly provided herein, nothing in this Agreement shall impact the validity or terms of the 2010 Option and Springing Option set forth and defined in Sections 11(a) and 11(b) of the Original Agreement (which Sections 11(a) and 11(b) of the Original Agreement are incorporated herein by reference), and nothing in this Agreement shall impact the validity or terms of the Option Plan.

 

11



 

(b)                                 The following clauses and sentences of Section 11 of the Original Agreement are hereby stricken from the Original Agreement and shall be of no force or effect whatsoever:

 

(i)                      the last sentence of Section 11(a) of the Original Agreement, which begins with the words “Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary” and ends with the words “of a share of Company common stock”;

 

(ii)                   the proviso clause contained in the fifth full sentence of Section 11(b) of the Original Agreement which states: “provided Executive remains the Chief Executive Officer of the Company through the date of the Vesting Event,”; and

 

(ii)                   the sixth and seventh full sentences of Section 11(b) of the Original Agreement, which language begins with the words “If Executive voluntarily terminates his employment” and ends with the words “since the date of the Springing Option’s grant.”

 

(c)                                  All of Executive’s current and future stock option agreements shall permit exercise of Executive’s vested stock options by means of a “net exercise.”

 

(d)                                 All of Executive’s future stock options that are granted prior to a Change of Control or IPO shall permit early exercise of Executive’s unvested stock options. As soon as practicable following the date of this Agreement, each of Executive’s outstanding stock option agreements shall be amended to permit early exercise. Each early exercisable option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of an early exercise stock option agreement (or amendment to currently outstanding option agreement, as applicable) and related attachments that shall be approved by the Board (or authorized committee or delegate of the Board), and shall include the Company’s right to repurchase, at the lower of (x) the original exercise price or (y) the then-current fair market value, any of the shares purchased by Executive under such stock options which do not vest as a result of the achievement of the performance goals or other vesting terms set forth under the applicable stock option agreements.

 

13.                               Definitions .

 

(a)                                 Cause ” shall mean: (i) Executive’s breach of this Agreement, or any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between Executive and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company); (iii) Executive’s causing the Company to enter into any single agreement that obligates the Company to invest or spend $3,000,000 or more of Company funds without first obtaining Board approval for such action; (iii) Executive being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any felony; or (iv) Executive’s willful and knowing violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company which willful and knowing violation was or is likely to have a detrimental effect on the Company’s business that is not immaterial to the Company.

 

12



 

(b)                                 Change of Control ” shall mean either: the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation or stock transfer, but excluding any such transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company), unless the Company’s stockholders of record immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions hold, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity (provided that the sale by the Company of its securities for the purposes of raising additional funds shall not constitute a Change of Control hereunder); or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

(c)                                  Constructively Terminates ” shall mean Executive’s termination of employment with the Company as a result of the occurrence, without Executive’s consent, of any of the following: (i) a material reduction in the Executive’s base salary, excluding the substitution of substantially equivalent compensation and benefits that is applicable to all Company senior management; or (ii) Executive’s removal from his positions, duties, or responsibilities as outlined in Section 1(a), in each case which results in a material diminution of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; or (iii) Executive’s relocation to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s Los Angeles, California office location; provided, however, that in the event Executive believes that grounds exist for Executive to Constructively Terminate, then Executive agrees to provide the Board with written notice of at least thirty (30) days specifying the purported grounds for such belief and the Company shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of such written notice to cure such purported grounds (unless such purported grounds by their nature cannot be cured, in which case notice and an opportunity to cure shall not be required). If Executive Constructively Terminates, his employment shall be considered “ Constructively Terminated .”

 

(d)                                 EBITDA ” shall mean, for the applicable period, the Company’s earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or by such other methodology and/or with such adjustments as the Board shall determine.

 

(e)                                  New Securities ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of June 25, 2010, as such agreement may be amended from time to time, provided that any exclusions to the definition as provided therein would only be effective to the extent that no current stockholder participated in the applicable issuance.

 

(f)                                   Revenue ” shall mean, for the applicable period, the Company’s net revenues generated from third parties, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or by such other methodology and/or with such adjustments as the Board shall determine.

 

14.                               Confidential Information. Executive reaffirms and agrees to observe and abide by the terms of the Company’s standard At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement (the “ Confidential Information Agreement ”) that he entered upon commencing employment with the Company.

 

15.                               Assignment. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company

 

13



 

under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 

16.                               Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (b) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (c) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

 

If to the Company:

 

TrueCar, Inc.

525 Broadway Avenue

Suite 300

Santa Monica, California 90401

Attn : Corporate Secretary

 

If to Executive:

 

at the last residential address known by the Company.

 

17.                               Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

18.                               Arbitration .

 

(a)                                 General . In consideration of Executive’s service to the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s service to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive’s service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1283.05 (the “ Rules ”) and pursuant to California law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the

 

14



 

California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

 

(b)                                 Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitration proceedings will allow for discovery according to the rules set forth in the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes or California Code of Civil Procedure. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall issue a written decision on the merits. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. Executive understands the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive shall pay the first $200.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiates. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules shall take precedence.

 

(c)                                  Remedy . Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

 

(d)                                 Administrative Relief . Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

 

(e)                                  Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand it, including that Executive is waiving Executive’s right to a jury trial. Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

 

19.                               Integration . This Agreement, together with the Option Plan, Performance Option Agreements, 2010 Option Agreement, Springing Option Agreement, Voting Agreement and the Confidential Information Agreement and the documents incorporated into this Agreement by reference represent the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject

 

15



 

matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral, including without limitation, the Original Agreement (except with respect to the portions of the Original Agreement to the extent referred to in, and incorporated by reference under, Sections 5, 6, and 12 of this Agreement). With respect to stock options granted on or after the date hereof, the acceleration of vesting provisions, continuation of vesting based on Service Provider status or continuation of service as Chief Executive Officer, the Repurchase Right and ability to exercise stock options through a “net exercise” provision, each as provided herein, will apply to such awards to the extent provided in this Agreement except to the extent otherwise explicitly provided in the applicable equity award agreement with a reference to this Agreement. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

 

20.                               Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

21.                               Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions.

 

22.                               Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 

23.                               Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

Signature Page Follows

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

 

 

 

 

Title:

EVP/Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Scott Painter

 

Scott Painter

 

 

Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Scott Painter Employment Agreement

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October 25, 2013, (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between TrueCar, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and Mike Guthrie (“ Executive ” and, together with the Company, the “ Parties ”).  For purposes of this Agreement, Company shall be defined to include any predecessors to TrueCar, Inc., including, but not limited to, Zag.com Inc.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to continue to retain the services of Executive and Executive wishes to remain employed by the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recital and the respective undertakings of the Company and Executive set forth below, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Duties and Obligations .

 

(a)                                  Duties and Scope of Employment .  As of the Effective Date, Executive will continue to serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company reporting directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”).  Executive will have the authority generally allowed to persons discharging the duties of such position.  Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the CEO.  The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term .”

 

(b)                                  Obligations .  During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company.  For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the CEO or the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).

 

2.                                       At-Will Employment .  Subject to the terms hereof, Executive’s employment with the Company remains “at-will” employment and may be terminated by the Company at any time with or without cause or with or without notice.  However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending upon the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment.

 

3.                                       Compensation .

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual base salary of $240,000 as compensation for his services (the “ Base Salary ”).  The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be

 



 

subject to the usual, required withholding.  Executive’s Base Salary will be subject to review and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

 

(b)                                  Annual Bonus .  Executive will be eligible to receive an annual performance-based bonus of up to $240,000 (the “ Annual Bonus ”) upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”), or the Board’s or Compensation Committee’s delegate, in its sole discretion.  The amount of Annual Bonuses to be paid to Executive, if any, will be: (i) determined in the sole discretion of the Board, the Compensation Committee or their delegate; (ii) paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding; and (iii) subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the payment date.

 

(c)                                   Equity .  Executive will be eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock or other equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time.  The Board or the Compensation Committee will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any such equity awards and the terms of any such award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.  All of Executive’s current and future stock option agreements will permit or, subject to approval by the Board or the authorized committee or delegate of the Board, will be amended pursuant to this Agreement to permit, as applicable, exercise of Executive’s stock options by means of a “net exercise”. All of Executive’s current and future stock options that are granted prior to a Change in Control or the closing of the Company’s first bona fide, firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of the Company’s common stock, shall permit early exercise of Executive’s unvested stock options.  As of the Effective Date and to the extent Executive’s Equity Awards do not already so provide, this Agreement acts as an amendment to each of Executive’s Equity Awards that are outstanding as of the Effective Date.  To the extent not amended by this Agreement, the terms and conditions of such Equity Awards remain in full force and effect.  To the extent not already provided, Executive’s outstanding stock option agreements shall be amended to permit net exercise and early exercise, as applicable.  Each early exercisable option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of an early exercise stock option agreement (or amendment to and/or restatement of currently outstanding option agreement, as applicable) and related attachments that shall be approved by the Board (or authorized committee or delegate of the Board).

 

(d)                                  Liquidity Bonus .  If (i) Executive remains an employee through the first to occur of a Change in Control or the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities (the first such event to occur, a “ Liquidity Event ”), and (ii) the fair market value of a share of Company common stock on the date of the Liquidity Event, as determined by the Board in good faith, is above $7.67, then Executive will be entitled to a one-time “Liquidity Bonus” (as defined below), which shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following the Liquidity Event. In no event may Executive designate the taxable year of payment.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Liquidity Bonus ” means the sum of (i) $1,066,500, plus (ii) a gross-up payment in an amount, determined by the Company, necessary to pay federal and state income and employment taxes incurred by Executive with respect to the Liquidity Bonus (with such gross-up to be calculated by the Company

 

2



 

based on the withholding rates the Company has in effect for Executive at the time the Liquidity Bonus is earned by Executive).

 

4.                                       Employee Benefits .  During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in executive benefit plans and programs of the Company, if any, on the same terms and conditions as other similarly-situated employees to the extent that Executive’s position, tenure, salary, age, health and other qualifications make Executive eligible to participate in such plans or programs, subject to the rules and regulations applicable thereto.  The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

 

5.                                       Vacation .  Executive will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, which may change from time to time, with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by the Parties hereto.

 

6.                                       Expenses .  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

7.                                       Severance Benefits .

 

(a)                                  Termination without Cause, Termination due to Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason Prior to a Change in Control .  If (x) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company for a reason other than Cause, (y) Executive’s employment with the Company terminates due to Executive’s death or Disability, or (z) Executive resigns from employment with the Company for Good Reason, and in each case, such termination occurs prior to a Change in Control, then subject to Section 9 of this Agreement, Executive will receive as severance from the Company: (i) continuing payments of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect on the date of Executive’s termination, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures during the Severance Period; and (ii) the immediate vesting of each of Executive’s then-outstanding Equity Awards as to the number of shares subject to each such Equity Award that otherwise would have vested had he remained an employee of the Company through the twelve (12)-month anniversary of the date of Executive’s termination of employment.  With respect to Equity Awards granted on or after the Effective Date, the same vesting acceleration provisions provided in the prior sentence will apply to such Equity Awards except to the extent provided in the applicable equity award agreement by explicit reference to this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Termination Without Cause, Termination due to Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason During the Change in Control Period .  If (x) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company for a reason other than Cause, (y) Executive’s employment with the Company terminates due to Executive’s death or Disability, or (z) Executive resigns from employment with the Company for Good Reason, and in each case, such termination occurs during the Change in Control Period, then subject to Section 9 of this Agreement, Executive will receive as severance from the Company: (i) continuing payments of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect on the date of Executive’s termination, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures during the Severance Period; and (ii) the immediate vesting as to 100% of each of Executive’s then outstanding Equity Awards.  With respect to Equity Awards granted on or after the

 

3



 

Effective Date, the same vesting acceleration provisions provided in the prior sentence will apply to such Equity Awards except to the extent provided in the applicable equity award agreement by explicit reference to this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Termination Without Cause, Termination due to Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason After the Change in Control Period .  If (x) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company for a reason other than Cause, (y) Executive’s employment with the Company terminates due to Executive’s death or Disability, or (z) Executive resigns from employment with the Company for Good Reason, and in each case, such termination occurs after the expiration of the Change in Control Period, then subject to Section 9 of this Agreement, Executive will receive as severance from the Company continuing payments of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect on the date of Executive’s termination, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures during the Severance Period.

 

(d)                                  Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause .  If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates (i) voluntarily by Executive (other than for Good Reason) or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then-existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

 

(e)                                   Exclusive Remedy .  In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment as set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 7 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of and supersede any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company otherwise may be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract or in equity, or under this Agreement (other than the payment of accrued but unpaid wages, as required by law, and any unreimbursed reimbursable expenses).  Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon a termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Change in Control Benefits .  In the event of a Change in Control that occurs while Executive remains an employee of the Company, if Executive remains employed with the Company (or any successor of the Company or subsidiary thereof) as of immediately following the end of the Change in Control Period, then 100% of any Equity Awards held by Executive as of the Closing shall vest and become fully exercisable (to the extent applicable) at such time.  With respect to Equity Awards granted on or after the Effective Date, but granted prior to the Closing, the same vesting acceleration provisions provided in the prior sentence will apply to such Equity Awards except to the extent provided in the applicable equity award agreement by explicit reference to this Agreement.

 

9.                                       Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate .

 

(a)                                  Separation Agreement and Release of Claims .  The payment of any severance set forth in Section 7(a), Section 7(b) and Section 7(c) above is contingent upon Executive signing and not revoking a release of claims agreement with the Company (which may include an agreement not to disparage the Company, non-solicit provisions and other standard terms and conditions) in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”) upon or following Executive’s separation from service and such Release becoming effective no later than sixty (60) days following Executive’s separation from service (such deadline, the “ Release Deadline ”).  If the Release does

 

4



 

not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance under this Agreement.  In no event will severance payments be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective.  Any severance payments under this Agreement will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section 9(b)(ii).  Except as required by Section 9(b)(ii), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments will be made as provided in this Agreement.  In no event will Executive have discretion to determine the taxable year of payment of any severance payments.

 

(b)                                  Section 409A .

 

(i)                            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, that when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”) under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the final regulations and official guidance thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.  Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

(ii)                         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s separation from service (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments, if any, that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service.  All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this Section 9(b)(ii) will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.  Each payment, installment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

(iii)                      Any severance payment that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations shall not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes herein.  Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes herein.

 

5



 

(iv)                     For purposes of this Agreement, “ Section 409A Limit ” means two (2) times the lesser of: (x) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during Executive’s taxable year preceding Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under, and with such adjustments as are set forth in, Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto, or (y) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

 

(v)                        The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to so comply or be exempt.  Executive and the Company agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

(c)                                   Confidential Information Agreement .  Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 7 will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of the Confidential Information Agreement (as defined in Section 12) and the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  No Duty to Mitigate .  Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

 

10.                                Limitation on Payments .  In the event that the severance or change in control-related benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 10, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance or change in control-related benefits under this Agreement or otherwise will be either:

 

(a)                                  delivered in full, or

 

(b)                                  delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

 

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance or change in control-related benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code.  If a reduction in severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments, which shall occur in reverse chronological order such that the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced; (ii) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards,

 

6



 

which shall occur in the reverse order of the date of grant for such stock awards (i.e., the vesting of the most recently granted stock awards will be reduced first); and (iii) reduction of employee benefits, which shall occur in reverse chronological order such that the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first benefit to be reduced. If two or more equity awards are granted on the same date, each award will be reduced on a pro-rata basis.  In no event shall the Executive have any discretion with respect to the ordering of payment reductions.

 

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 10 will be made in writing by a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Company (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes.  For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 10, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.  The Company and Executive will furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section.  The Company will bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 10.

 

11.                                Definitions .

 

(a)                                  Cause .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means: (i) Executive’s failure to perform his assigned duties responsibilities as an employee (other than a failure resulting from Executive’s Disability) after written notice thereof from the Company describing Executive’s failure to perform such duties or responsibilities; (ii) Executive engaging in any act of dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation with respect to the Company; (iii) Executive’s violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or its affiliates; (iv) Executive’s breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement (including, but not limited to, the Confidential Information Agreement) between Executive and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company); or (v) Executive being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any crime.

 

(b)                                  Change in Control .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(i)                            Change in Ownership of the Company .  A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(ii)                         Change in Effective Control of the Company .  A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board (each, a “ Director ”) is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose

 

7


 

appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.  For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)                      Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets .  A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3).  For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this definition of Change in Control, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(c)                                   Change in Control Period .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control Period ” means the period beginning upon the Closing and ending on the twelve (12)—month anniversary of the Closing.

 

(d)                                  Closing .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Closing ” means the closing of the first transaction constituting a Change in Control that occurs on or following the Effective Date.

 

(e)                                   Disability .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means Executive (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to last for a continuous period of

 

8



 

not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering Company employees.

 

(f)                                    Equity Awards .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Equity Awards ” means any stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock or restricted shares of the Company’s common stock (including unvested shares Executive has purchased through an early exercise of a stock option grant).

 

(g)                                   Good Reason .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s consent: (i) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary, excluding the substitution of substantially equivalent compensation and benefits, that is applicable to all Company senior management; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities, unless Executive is provided with a comparable position; provided, however, that a reduction in authority, duties, or responsibilities solely by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity whether as a subsidiary, business unit or otherwise (as, for example, when the Chief Executive Officer of the Company remains as such following an acquisition where the Company becomes a wholly owned subsidiary of the acquirer, but is not made the Chief Executive Officer of the acquiring corporation) will not constitute “Good Reason”; or (iii) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location; provided, that a relocation of fifty (50) miles or less from Executive’s then present location or to Executive’s home as his primary work location will not be considered a material change in geographic location.  In order for an event to qualify as Good Reason, Executive must not terminate employment with the Company without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice, and such grounds must not have been cured during such time.

 

(h)                                  Severance Period .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Severance Period ” means the period of time commencing immediately after Executive’s separation of service from the Company through the date that is six (6) months following such separation date, plus an additional two (2) months for every fully completed Year of Service; provided, however, that in all cases the Severance Period will end no later than on the twelve (12)-month anniversary of the date of Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(i)                                      Year of Service .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Year of Service ” means the twelve (12)-month period measured from Executive’s original start date with the Company (or any predecessor to the Company).

 

12.                                Confidential Information .  Executive confirms his continuing obligations under the Company’s standard At Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement dated as of January 3, 2012 (the “ Confidential Information Agreement ”).

 

9



 

13.                                Successors .

 

(a)                                  The Company’s Successors .  Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets will assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession.  For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 13(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

 

(b)                                  Executive’s Successors .  The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

 

14.                                Notices .

 

(a)                                  General .  Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or when delivered by a private courier service such as UPS, DHL or Federal Express that has tracking capability .  In the case of Executive, mailed notices will be addressed to him at the home address which he most recently communicated to the Company in writing.  In the case of the Company, mailed notices will be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices will be directed to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Notice of Termination .  Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason or as a result of a voluntary resignation will be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 14(a) of this Agreement.  Such notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and will specify the termination date (which will be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice).  The failure by Executive to include in the notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason will not waive any right of Executive hereunder or preclude Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s rights hereunder.

 

15.                                Severability .  In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

16.                                Integration .  This Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral, including but not limited to Executive’s offer letter with the Company, dated December 20, 2011.  This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the Parties by a written instrument executed by the Parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.  Further, with respect to Equity Awards outstanding as of the Effective Date (the “ Pre-Existing Equity Awards ”), the acceleration of vesting provisions contained in this Agreement

 

10



 

supersede and replace in their entirety, and act as amendments to, any acceleration of vesting provisions contained in the Pre-Existing Equity Award agreements (which agreements, to the extent not amended by this Agreement, remain in full force and effect); provided, however, for purposes of clarity, such provisions do not supersede or replace the merger, asset purchase, change in control or dissolution or liquidation provisions of the equity plan under which the applicable Pre-Existing Equity Award was granted.

 

17.                                Waiver of Breach .  No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive).  The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

 

18.                                Headings .  All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

19.                                Tax Withholding .  All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

20.                                Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

 

21.                                Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to any interpretation, construction, performance or breach of the Agreement or the Confidential Information Agreement, will be settled by arbitration pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in the Confidential Information Agreement.

 

22.                                Acknowledgment .  Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, including that Executive is waiving his right to a jury trial , and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

23.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

 

 

 

 

Title:

EVP/Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

/s/ Mike Guthrie

 

MIKE GUTHRIE

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUTHRIE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 

12




Exhibit 10.7

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

BERNIE BRENNER EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into effective as of May 1, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between TrueCar, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Bernie Brenner (the “ Executive ”).

 

1.               Duties and Scope of Employment .

 

(a)          Positions and Duties .  As of the Effective Date, Executive will serve as Executive Vice President of Business Development of the Company reporting directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”).  Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as shall reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).  The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term .”

 

(b)          Severance .  If (i) Executive’s employment with the Company terminates other than voluntarily or for “Cause” (as defined herein), or (ii) the Company Constructively Terminates (as defined herein) Executive’s employment, or (iii) if Executive voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company upon a Change of Control (as defined herein) and Executive voluntarily terminates, and in the case of (i)-(iii) Executive signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims with the Company (and such release becomes effective no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date or such earlier date required by the release agreement (“ Release Deadline ”)), then Executive shall be entitled to receive, subject to Section 1(c) herein, continuing payments of severance pay (less applicable withholding taxes) at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for a period of one (1) year from the date of such termination (the “ Severance Period ”), to be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies.

 

(c)           Timing of Payments/Section 409A .

 

(i)                            If the release does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement.  In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the release actually becomes effective.  In the event the termination occurs at a time during the calendar year where the Release Deadline is in the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive’s termination occurs, then any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Payments (as defined in Section 1(c)(ii)) will be paid on the first payroll date to occur during the calendar year following the calendar year in which such termination occurs, or, if later, (i) the Release Deadline, (ii) such time as required by the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit as set forth in Section 1(b), or (iii) such time as required by this Section 1(c).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Payments (as defined below) or other severance benefits that otherwise are exempt from Section 409A (as defined below) pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) shall become payable until you have a “separation from service” within the

 



 

meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”).

 

(ii)                         If Executive is a “specified employee” of the Company (or any successor entity thereto) within the meaning of Section 409A on the date of Executive’s termination (other than a termination due to death), and the severance payable to Executive, if any, under this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together the “ Payments ”), such Payments that are otherwise payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s termination of employment, shall be delayed until the earlier of: (i) the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the date of the termination, or (ii) the date of Executive’s death (such date, the “ Delayed Initial Payment Date ”), and the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall (A) pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the Payments that Executive would otherwise have received on or before the Delayed Initial Payment Date, without any adjustment on account of such delay, if the Payments had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 1(c), and (B) pay the balance of the Payments in accordance with any applicable payment schedules set forth herein.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his termination, then any Payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

 

(iii)                      Any amounts paid under this Agreement that satisfy the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Payments for purposes of clause (ii) above.  Any severance payment that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit shall not constitute.  Payments for purposes of this Agreement.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A Limit” will mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during his taxable year preceding his taxable year of his separation from service as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s separation from service occurs.

 

(iv)                     Each payment and benefit under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

(v)                        The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply.  The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

2



 

(d)          Obligations .  During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his business efforts and time to the Company except for ongoing service on boards of directors and advisory boards of which Executive is or becomes a member.  For the duration of the Employment Tern, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other competitive employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 1(d) or any provision of the Confidential Information Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit or restrict Executive from providing consulting or employment services on behalf of Zag.com Inc. (including its successors and current and future subsidiaries) and consulting services on behalf of Vast.com (including its successors and current and future subsidiaries), so long as such services do not interfere with Executive’s performing hereunder and with respect to any consulting services on behalf of Vast.com (including its successors and current and future subsidiaries), so long as such services do not take-up more than 5% of Executive’s time in any given year.

 

(e)           Loan .  Upon Executive’s request, the Company will loan Executive an amount sufficient to exercise all or any portion of his vested options (the “ Loan ”).  The Loan will be evidenced by a promissory note and related security agreement (together, the “ Loan Documents ”) to be executed by and between Executive and the Company.  The terms of the Loan Documents shall as provided in the Company’s standard Executive Loan Form.

 

(f)            Executive Stock Option Terms .  All of Executives current and future stock option agreements shall permit or shall be amended pursuant to this Agreement to permit, as applicable, exercise of Executive’s vested stock options by means of a “net exercise”.  Additionally, all of Executive’s current and future Stock Option Agreements with the Company shall provide that the options granted thereunder shall continue to vest so long as Executive remains a Service Provider (as such word is defined in the Option Plan) or serving as an employee, director or consultant of Zag.com Inc.  The Board shall also provide for additional acceleration of Executive’s then unvested Company options based on Executive meeting certain milestones as may be determined by the Board in its sole discretion with a target of accelerating 15% of Executive’s then unvested options on a yearly basis.

 

(g)           Right to Sell .  In any given twelve (12) month period, Executive shall have the right to sell his equity in the Company in an amount equal to 10% of the aggregate amount of his then vested Company options.

 

2.               At-Will Employment .  The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice.  Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company.

 

3.               Compensation: Stock Options .

 

(a)          Base Salary .  During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for his services a base salary at the annualized rate of $120,000 (the “ Base Salary ”).  The Base Salary will be paid twice monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and will be subject to the usual, required withholding.

 

3



 

(b)          Bonus .  Executive shall be eligible for an annual performance based bonus targeted to be $116,600 as determined by the Board in its sole discretion based on recommendation of the CEO, Company performance and significant milestones (the “ Bonus ”).  Any portion of the Bonus, if earned, shall be paid by the Company, less applicable withholdings, prior to February 28th for the prior year (in no more than three installments throughout the year with the last payment of more heavily weighted by the Board).

 

(c)           New Stock Options .  Upon the Board’s determination of the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock, the Board shall grant stock options to Executive, which will be, to the extent possible under the $1,000,000 rule of Section 422(D) of the Code of, “incentive stock option” (as defined in Section 422 of the Code), as follows:

 

(i)                            Option to purchase 1,500,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock to vest monthly over four (4) years with a vesting start date of January 1, 2010.

 

(ii)                         Option to purchase 200,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock to vest upon an event or events to be determined by the CEO upon collaboration with the Board.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, all grants under this Section 3(c) and all current and future Company option grants shall be subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company’s 2008 Stock Option Plan (the “ Option Plan”) and the standard form of Stock Option Agreement (or Agreements) under the Option Plan entered into by and between Executive and the Company.  Additionally, all grants under this Section 3(c) shall be subject to early exercise provided that to the extent Executive exercises the option to purchase any unvested shares pursuant to the early exercise provisions of Executive’s current and future option agreements, all such unvested shares shall be subject to the Company’s repurchase right (as set forth in and under the terms of the Company’s form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement).

 

4.               Effect of Termination upon Stock Options .  If, within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or Constructively Terminates, then effective immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, the vesting and exercisability of one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s unvested stock options shall fully accelerate.

 

5.               Employee Benefits .  So long as Executive remains a Zag.com Inc. employee, Executive shall only be eligible for employee benefit plans provided and maintained by Zag.com Inc. applicable to Executive, including, without limitation, group medical, dental, vision, disability, life insurance, paid time off and flexible-spending account plans.  If Executive ceases to be an employee of Zag.com Inc., then during the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company’s group medical, dental, vision, disability, life insurance, paid time off and flexible-spending account plans.  The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.  Additionally, if Executive’s employment with the Company terminates other than voluntarily or for “Cause” or the Company Constructively Terminates Executive’s employment (as defined herein), and Executive is not entitled to any reimbursement for COBRA benefits from Zag.com Inc. and Executive signs and does not revoke a

 

4



 

standard release of claims with the Company (and such release becomes effective by the Release Deadline), then the Company shall reimburse Executive for the payments Executive makes for COBRA coverage during the Severance Period (less any amount Executive would have contributed had he remained employed), or until Executive has secured other employment, whichever occurs first, provided Executive timely elects and pays for COBRA coverage.  COBRA reimbursements shall be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy, provided that Executive submits documentation to the Company substantiating his payments for COBRA coverage.

 

6.               Expenses .  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

7.               Definitions .

 

(a)          Cause ” shall mean: (i) Executive’s failure to perform his assigned duties or responsibilities as an employee (other than a failure resulting from the Executive’s disability) of the Company and/or Zag.com Inc. after written notice thereof from the Company and/or Zag.com Inc., as applicable, describing Executive’s failure to perform such duties or responsibilities; (ii) Executive engaging in any act of dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation with respect to the Company and/or Zag.com Inc.; (iii) Executive’s violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company, Zag.com Inc. and/or their respective affiliates; (iv) Executive’s breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between Executive and the Company and/or Zag.com Inc. (and/or any of their respective affiliates); or (v) Executive being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any crime.

 

(b)          Change of Control ” shall mean either: the acquisition of the Company by another entity, other than Zag.com Inc., by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation or stock transfer, but excluding any such transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company), unless the Company’s stockholders of record immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions hold, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity (provided that the sale by the Company of its securities for the purposes of raising additional funds shall not constitute a Change of Control hereunder); or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to another entity, other than Zag.com Inc.

 

(c)           Constructively Terminates ” shall mean Executive’s termination of employment with the Company as a result of the occurrence, without Executive’s consent, of any of the following: (i) a significant reduction in the Executive’s salary, excluding the substitution of substantially equivalent compensation and benefits, that is applicable to all Company senior management; or (ii) Executive’s removal from his position as outlined in Section 1(a); or (iii) Executive’s relocation to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s Los Angeles, California office location; provided, however, that in the event Executive believes that grounds exist for Executive to Constructively Terminate, then Executive agrees to provide the Board with written

 

5



 

notice specifying the purported grounds for such belief and the Company shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of such written notice to cure such purported grounds (unless such purported grounds by their nature cannot be cured, in which case notice and an opportunity to cure shall not be required).

 

8.               Confidential Information .  Executive has entered into the Company’s standard At Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement (the “ Confidential Information Agreement ”) upon commencing employment with the Company.

 

9.               Assignment .  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company.  Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes.  For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.  None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 

10.        Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (b) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (c) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

 

If to the Company:

 

TrueCar, Inc.

225 Santa Monica Blvd., 6 th  Floor

Santa Monica, California 90401

Attn :  Corporate Secretary

 

If to Executive:

 

at the last residential address known by the Company.

 

11.        Severability .  In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

12.        Arbitration .

 

(a)                                  General .  In consideration of Executive’s service to the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or

 

6



 

otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s service to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive’s service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1283.05 (the “ Rules ”) and pursuant to California law.  Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims.  Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

 

(b)                                  Procedure .  Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes.  The arbitration proceedings will allow for discovery according to the rules set forth in the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes or California Code of Civil Procedure .  Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing.  Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall issue a written decision on the merits.  Executive also agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law.  Executive understands the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive shall pay the first $200.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiates.  Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules shall take precedence.

 

(c)                                   Remedy .  Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company.  Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration.  Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

 

(d)                                  Administrative Relief .  Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board.  This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

 

(e)                                   Voluntary Nature of Agreement .  Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else.  Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand

 

7



 

the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand it, including that Executive is waiving Executive’s right to a jury trial.  Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

 

13.        Integration .  This Agreement, the Stock Option Agreements entered into by the parties, the Option Plan, the Loan Documents and the Confidential Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral.  With respect to stock options granted on or after the date hereof, the acceleration of vesting provisions, continuation of vesting based on Service Provider status or continuation of service as an employee, director or consultant of Zag.com Inc. and ability to exercise stock options through a “net exercise” provision, each as provided herein, will apply to such awards except to the extent otherwise explicitly provided in the applicable equity award agreement.  No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

 

14.        Tax Withholding .  All payments made Pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

15.        Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions.

 

16.        Acknowledgment .  Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

8



 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Bernie Brenner

 

 

 

Bernie Brenner

 

 

9




Exhibit 10.8

 

September 28, 2011

 

Larry Dominique

Via email

 

Larry:

 

I am pleased to offer you position with Truecar, Inc. (the “Company”), as Executive Vice President, Data Solutions.  In this capacity you will report directly to Steve Hansen, President & Chief Operating Officer.

 

If you decide to join us, you will be paid a base salary at a rate of $240,000 per year, less deductions and withholding required by law, on the same payroll schedule as our other employees (currently semi-monthly).  In addition, you will be eligible for an annual performance bonus of up to $240,000 pro-rated for 2011 (less deductions and withholding required by law) In accordance with the Company’s then-existing policies.  Thereafter, any bonus will be awarded, at the discretion of the Company, and your ability to meet defined, published, Board-approved goals and milestones, as determined by the Board and the Company CEO.  The bonus will not be deemed earned by you unless and until it is awarded in the discretion of the Company.  Once a bonus is awarded to you, it will be paid, less applicable taxes, as soon as practical thereafter, but in all events no later than March 15 th  of the year following the year in which it was earned.  Any such bonus is intended to be exempt from Section 409(A) of the Internal Revenue Code and any regulations or guidance thereunder, and any ambiguities will be interpreted to be exempt or to comply.

 

In addition, subject to the receipt of all applicable Company approvals, you will receive a $150,000 loan payable to you on your start date or as early as reasonably possible thereafter (the “Loan”).  The Loan shall be full recourse and all of your vested Company shares shall be held as a security.  The Loan will accrue interest at a rate no less than the applicable A.F.R. and will be subject to the terms of the Company’s standard promissory note and security agreement, which we will provide you.  The Loan must be paid back in full (inclusive of all interest earned thereon) at the earlier to occur of the five year anniversary of the date of the Loan or within 45 days of your termination with the Company for any reason.

 

Furthermore, if you decide to join us, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) following your start date that the Company grant you an option to purchase 300,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“Initial Option”).  Such stock option grant shall be at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board.

 

Beginning with the 91 st  day of your employment with the Company, the shares subject to your Initial Option grant shall vest monthly over 48 months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing eligibility and employment with the Company.  All option grants shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including vesting requirements.  No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time of vesting occurs, nor does the grant confer any right to continue vesting or employment.

 



 

The Company will also recommend to the Board that the Company grant you an option to purchase 100,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock which will fully invest upon the Company achieving $200 million annual revenue, or $40 million EBITDA run rate (on a rolling six months basis), by December 31, 2013.  Such stock option grant shall be at a price per share equal to the market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board.

 

If, during your employment, you are terminated without Cause or are Constructively Terminated, you will receive 12 months of continued salary payments as severance.  For purposes of this offer letter, the term “Cause” shall mean (i) your failure to perform your assigned duties or responsibilities as an employee (other than a failure resulting from your disability) after written notice thereof from the Company describing your failure to perform such duties or responsibilities; (ii) your engagement in any act of dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation with respect to the Company; (iii) your violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or its affiliates; (iv) your breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between you and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company); or (v) your conviction of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any crime.  For purposes of this letter, the term “Constructively Terminated” means your termination of employment of the Company as a result of the occurrence, without your consent, of any of the following: (a) a significant reduction in your salary, excluding the substitution of substantially equivalent compensation and benefits that is applicable to all Company senior management; or (b) your removal from your position as Executive Vice President of Data Solutions or similar executive position; provided, however, that in the event you believe that grounds exist for you to Constructively Terminate, you agree to provide the Company’s Board of Directors with written notice specifying the purposed grounds for such belief and the Company shall have thirty (3) days after receipt of such written notice to cure such purported grounds (unless such purported grounds by their nature cannot be cured, in which case notice and an opportunity to cure shall not be required).

 

The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and fruitful relationship.  Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specific period and constitutes at-will employment.  As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason.  Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, without or without cause, and with or without notice.  We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks’ notice.

 

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees.  Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

 

During your employee with the Company, you will be eligible to participate in the benefits plans maintained by the Company for the benefit of its employees, under the terms and conditions of those plans, so long as they remain generally applicable to the Company’s employees.  You will be provided with additional information about hose benefits when you begin employment.  You will also be asked to abide by the Companies personnel policies and procedures, which may be amended from time to time.  A copy of our policies and procedures will be provided to you when you begin your employment.  If you would like further information about any of our benefits and/or review the

 

2



 

Company’s personnel policies and procedure sooner, please contact Marla Hunter at (800) 200-2000 Ext. 8401.  The Company reserves the right to modify salaries and modify or terminate its benefit plans and programs in its discretion.

 

Pursuant to the Immigration on Reform and Control Act, the Company is required to verify the identity and employment authorization of all new hires.  In order to comply with this legal obligation, we must complete an Employment Verification Form 1-90 within three days of your start date or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.  Information about what you will need to bring to work with you to complete this form will be provided to you once you sign and return this offer letter.

 

You must also sign the enclosed At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invent Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement and return it as a condition to beginning your employment with the Company.  This Agreement requests, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosed of proprietary information.  In the event of any dispute or claim relation to or arising out of your employment relationship, you and the Company agree to an arbitration in which (i) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration,(ii) we agree that all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all the arbitration fees, except an amount equal to the filing fees you would have paid had you filed a complaint in a court of law.

 

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relation to you prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed the by Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed.  It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case.  Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting, or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company.  Similarly, you agree not to being any third-party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that you will not in any way utilize any such information in performing your duties for the Company.

 

It would be desirable if you could start on Monday, October 17, 2011 or earlier.  Although should you find this inconvenient, please contact me so that we can arrange some other mutually agreeable date.

 

If you wish to accept this offer, please sign in the space provided below and return the signed original of this letter (a duplicate Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement by mail with a copy by fax (fax: (323) 843-9961) to the attention of Marla Hunter.  This letter, along with any agreement relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior

 

3



 

representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your interviews or relocation negotiations, whether written or oral.  This letter, including but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company CEO and you.

 

This offer will expire at the close of business on Friday, September 30, 2011,  if we have not received your signed offer letter and At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement by then.

 

We are excited that you are interested in joining the firm.  I look forward to hearing from you shortly.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

/s/ Marla Hunter

 

Marla Hunter

 

Vice President, People

 

Agreed to and accepted:

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Larry Dominique

 

 

 

 

Printed Name:

Larry Dominique

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

9/29/2011

 

 

 

 

Enclosures

At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement

 

4




Exhibit 10.9

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of April 10, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between TrueCar, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and Michael S. Dunn (“ Executive ” and, together with the Company, the “ Parties ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to retain the services of Executive and Executive wishes to be employed by the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recital and the respective undertakings of the Company and Executive set forth below, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Duties and Obligations.

 

(a)                                  Duties and Scope of Employment. As of May 1, 2013 (the “ Start Date ”), Executive will serve as Chief Technology Officer of the Company reporting directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”). Executive will have the authority generally allowed to persons discharging the duties of such position. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his or her duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him or her by the CEO. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term .”

 

(b)                                  Obligations. During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his or her duties faithfully and to the best of his or her ability and will devote his or her full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the CEO or the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).

 

2.                                       At-Will Employment. Subject to the terms hereof, Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated by the Company at any time with or without cause or with or without notice. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending upon the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment.

 

3.                                       Compensation.

 

(a)                                  Base Salary. During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual base salary of $240,000 as compensation for his or her services (the “ Base Salary ”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding. Executive’s Base Salary will be subject to review and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

 



 

(b)                                  Annual Bonus. Executive will be eligible to receive a total annual performance-based bonus of up to $240,000 (the “ Annual Bonus ”) upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”), or the Board’s or Compensation Committee’s delegate, in its sole discretion. Fifty percent of the total Annual Bonus will be considered a “base bonus” calculated based upon the Company’s achievement of base performance objectives with the remaining 50% of the total Annual Bonus considered a “stretch bonus” payable upon the Company’s achievement of certain stretch goals. The amount of Annual Bonuses to be paid to Executive, if any, will be: (i) determined in the sole discretion of the Board, the Compensation Committee or their delegate; (ii) paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding; and (iii) subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the payment date.

 

(c)                                   Equity.

 

(i)                                 At the first Board meeting following the Start Date at which options are granted, the Company will recommend that Executive be granted a stock option to purchase 350,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price no less than 100% of the per share fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant (the “ Option ”). Subject to the accelerated vesting provisions set forth herein, the Option will be scheduled to vest monthly as to 1/48th of the shares subject to the Option on the same day of the month as the date of grant/employment start date (and if there is no corresponding day, the last day of the month), so that the Option will be fully vested and exercisable four (4) years from the date of grant/employment start date, subject to Executive continuing to provide services to the Company through the relevant vesting dates. The Option will be subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company’s 2005 Option Plan and a stock option agreement by and between Executive and the Company, both of which documents are incorporated herein by reference. The Option will be considered an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

(ii)                              Executive will be eligible to receive additional awards of stock options, restricted stock or other equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time. The Board or the Compensation Committee will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any such equity awards and the terms of any such award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time. All of Executive’s future stock option agreements (including the stock option agreement governing the Option) will permit exercise of Executive’s stock options by means of a “net exercise”. All of Executive’s future stock options (including the Option) that are granted prior to a Change in Control or the closing of the Company’s first bona fide, firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of the Company’s common stock, shall permit early exercise of Executive’s unvested stock options. Each early exercisable option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of an early exercise stock option agreement and related attachments that shall be approved by the Board (or authorized committee or delegate of the Board).

 

2



 

4.                                       Employee Benefits.

 

(a)                                  General. During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in executive benefit plans and programs of the Company (including vacation and/or paid-time off), if any, on the same terms and conditions as other similarly-situated employees to the extent that Executive’s position, tenure, salary, age, health and other qualifications make Executive eligible to participate in such plans or programs, subject to the rules and regulations applicable thereto. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

 

(b)                                  Relocation Benefits.

 

(i)                                 Relocation Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive’s reasonable relocation expenses (including moving expenses, house hunting trips for Executive and Executive’s family and transportation costs for Executive and Executive’s family upon the move) for Executive’s move from Stamford, Connecticut to the Santa Monica, California area, up to a maximum reimbursement of $30,000. In order to be reimbursed, relocation expenses must be incurred after the Effective Date and either prior to the Start Date (but conditioned on Executive’s actually beginning employment with the Company) or while Executive is an employee of the Company, but in all cases only relocation expenses incurred prior to December 31, 2013 will be eligible for reimbursement. In order to be reimbursed, relocation expenses must be substantiated in writing (by valid receipts or any other reasonable method of invoicing, showing proof of payment for an eligible relocation cost) within thirty (30) days any such relocation expense is incurred. Any reimbursements due to Executive under this Section 4(b)(i) will be paid to Executive via check or electronic funds transfer as soon as practicable (generally within thirty (30) days) following the date of receipt by the Company of Executive’s written substantiation, and in no event later than March 15, 2014.

 

(ii)                              Duplicate Housing Expenses. For each month Executive is employed with the Company during the period from the Start Date through the nine (9) month anniversary of the Start Date, the Company will reimburse Executive for the required monthly payments on Executive’s Existing Mortgage (as such term is defined below, and such reimbursements, the “ Monthly Reimbursements ”) if Executive is paying, for the applicable month, both the required Existing Mortgage payment and rent on a home in the Santa Monica area (or surrounding area). For purposes of this Agreement, “ Existing Mortgage ” means Executive’s (and/or Executive’s spouse’s) home mortgage that is in existence as of the Effective Date. In addition to the Monthly Reimbursements, the Company will pay to Executive each month a Monthly Reimbursement is due, a payment from the Company (each such payment, a “ Reimbursement Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount, determined by the Company, necessary to pay federal, state and local income and employment taxes incurred by Executive (i) arising from the Monthly Reimbursements, and (ii) arising from the payments made to Executive pursuant to this sentence. Each Reimbursement Gross-Up Payment shall be calculated by the Company based on the withholding rates the Company has in effect for Executive at the time the applicable Monthly Reimbursement is reimbursed to Executive. In order to receive a Monthly Reimbursement and the related Reimbursement Gross-Up Payment, Executive’s payment of the applicable required monthly Existing Mortgage payment must be substantiated in writing (by valid receipts or any other reasonable method of invoicing, showing proof of payment) within thirty (30) days following the date such Existing Mortgage payment is made. Any payments due to Executive under this Section 4(b)(ii) will be paid to Executive via check or electronic funds transfer as soon as practicable (generally within thirty (30) days) following the date of receipt by the Company of Executive’s written substantiation, and in no event later than March 15, 2014.

 

3



 

5.                                       Expenses.                                           The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

6.                                       Severance Benefits.

 

(a)                                  Termination without Cause, Termination due to Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason Prior to a Change in Control. If (x) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company for a reason other than Cause, (y) Executive’s employment with the Company terminates due to Executive’s death or Disability, or (z) Executive resigns from employment with the Company for Good Reason, and in each case, such termination occurs prior to a Change in Control, then subject to Section 8 of this Agreement, Executive will receive as severance from the Company: (i) continuing payments of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect on the date of Executive’s termination, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures during the Severance Period; and (ii) the immediate vesting of each of Executive’s then-outstanding Equity Awards as to the number of shares subject to each such Equity Award that otherwise would have vested had he or she remained an employee of the Company through the twelve (12)-month anniversary of the date of Executive’s termination of employment. With respect to Equity Awards granted on or after the Start Date, the same vesting acceleration provisions provided in the prior sentence will apply to such Equity Awards except to the extent provided in the applicable equity award agreement by explicit reference to this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Termination Without Cause, Termination due to Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason During the Change in Control Period. If (x) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company for a reason other than Cause, (y) Executive’s employment with the Company terminates due to Executive’s death or Disability, or (z) Executive resigns from employment with the Company for Good Reason, and in each case, such termination occurs during the Change in Control Period, then subject to Section 8 of this Agreement, Executive will receive as severance from the Company: (i) continuing payments of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect on the date of Executive’s termination, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures during the Severance Period; and (ii) the immediate vesting as to 100% of each of Executive’s then outstanding Equity Awards. With respect to Equity Awards granted on or after the Start Date, the same vesting acceleration provisions provided in the prior sentence will apply to such Equity Awards except to the extent provided in the applicable equity award agreement by explicit reference to this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Termination Without Cause, Termination due to Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason After the Change in Control Period. If (x) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company for a reason other than Cause, (y) Executive’s employment with the Company terminates due to Executive’s death or Disability, or (z) Executive resigns from employment with the Company for Good Reason, and in each case, such termination occurs after the expiration of the Change in Control Period, then subject to Section 8 of this Agreement, Executive will receive as severance from the Company continuing payments of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect on the date of Executive’s termination, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures during the Severance Period.

 

4



 

(d)                                  Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause. If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates (i) voluntarily by Executive (other than for Good Reason) or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then-existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

 

(e)                                   Exclusive Remedy. In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment as set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 6 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of and supersede any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company otherwise may be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract or in equity, or under this Agreement (other than the payment of accrued but unpaid wages, as required by law, and any unreimbursed reimbursable expenses). Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon a termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement.

 

7.                                       Change in Control Benefits. In the event of a Change in Control that occurs while Executive remains an employee of the Company, if Executive remains employed with the Company (or any successor of the Company or subsidiary thereof) as of immediately following the end of the Change in Control Period, then 100% of any Equity Awards held by Executive as of the Closing shall vest and become fully exercisable (to the extent applicable) at such time. With respect to Equity Awards granted on or after the Start Date, but granted prior to the Closing, the same vesting acceleration provisions provided in the prior sentence will apply to such Equity Awards except to the extent provided in the applicable equity award agreement by explicit reference to this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate .

 

(a)                                  Separation Agreement and Release of Claims. The payment of any severance set forth in Section 6(a), Section 6(b) and Section 6(c) above is contingent upon Executive signing and not revoking a release of claims agreement with the Company (which may include an agreement not to disparage the Company, non-solicit provisions and other standard terms and conditions) in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”) upon or following Executive’s separation from service and such Release becoming effective no later than sixty (60) days following Executive’s separation from service (such deadline, the “ Release Deadline ”). If the Release does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective. In the event that Executive’s separation from service occurs at a time during the calendar year where it would be possible for the Release to become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive’s separation from service occurs if Executive took the full provided period to review the Release, all severance payments will be paid on the later of: (i) the Release Deadline, (ii) such time as required by the payment schedule applicable to each severance benefit, or (iii) such time as required by Section 8(b)(ii). Except as required by Section 8(b)(ii), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive prior to the Release Deadline but for the Release Deadline payment requirement of the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments will be made as provided in this Agreement. In no event will Executive have discretion to determine the taxable year of payment of any severance payments.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Section 409A.

 

(i)                                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, that when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”) under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the final regulations and official guidance thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

(ii)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s separation from service (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments, if any, that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his or her separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this Section 8(b)(ii) will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment, installment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

(iii)                                Any severance payment that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations shall not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes herein. Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes herein.

 

(iv)                               For purposes of this Agreement, “ Section 409A Limit ” means two (2) times the lesser of: (x) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during Executive’s taxable year preceding Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under, and with such adjustments as are set forth in, Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto, or (y) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

 

6



 

(v)                             The payments that may become due to Executive under Section 4(b) of this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations. However, to the extent that such payments, or any other reimbursement or in-kind benefit under this Agreement or under any other reimbursement or in-kind benefit plan or arrangement in which Executive participates during the Employment Term or thereafter, provide for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and does not otherwise comply with Section 409A, (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefit in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefit in any other calendar year (except that a plan providing medical or health benefits may, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, impose a generally applicable limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) the right to reimbursement or an in-kind benefit is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit or payment, (iii) subject to any shorter time periods provided in this Agreement or in the applicable reimbursement arrangement, any such reimbursement of an expense or in-kind benefit must be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year of Executive in which the expense was incurred, and (iv) except as specifically provided herein or in the applicable reimbursement arrangement, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits must be for expenses incurred and benefits provided during the Employment Term.

 

(vi)                          The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to so comply or be exempt. Executive and the Company agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

(c)                                   Confidential Information Agreement/Non-Solicitation. Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 6 will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with: (i) the terms of the Confidential Information Agreement (as defined in Section 11); (ii) the non-solicitation provisions contained in Section 12; and (iii) the provisions of this Agreement. In the event Executive breaches the provisions of this Section 8(c), all continuing payments and benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled to pursuant to Section 6 will immediately cease.

 

(d)                                  No Duty to Mitigate. Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

 

9.                                       Limitation on Payments. In the event that the severance benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 9, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance benefits under Section 6 will be either:

 

(a)                                  delivered in full, or

 

(b)                                  delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

 

7



 

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments, which shall occur in reverse chronological order such that the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced; (ii) reduction of acceleration of vesting of equity awards, which shall occur in the reverse order of the date of grant for such stock awards (i.e., the vesting of the most recently granted stock awards will be reduced first); and (iii) reduction of other benefits paid or provided to the Executive, which shall occur in reverse chronological order such that the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first benefit to be reduced. If more than one equity award was made to the Executive on the same date of grant, all such awards shall have their acceleration of vesting reduced pro rata. In no event shall the Executive have any discretion with respect to the ordering of payment reductions.

 

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 9 will be made in writing by a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Company (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 9, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company will bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 9.

 

10.                                Definitions.

 

(a)                                  Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means: (i) Executive’s failure to perform his or her assigned duties responsibilities as an employee (other than a failure resulting from Executive’s Disability) after written notice thereof from the Company describing Executive’s failure to perform such duties or responsibilities; (ii) Executive engaging in any act of dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation with respect to the Company; (iii) Executive’s violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or its affiliates; (iv) Executive’s breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement (including, but not limited to, the Confidential Information Agreement) between Executive and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company); or (v) Executive being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any crime.

 

(b)                                  Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

8


 

(i)                                     Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(ii)                                  Change in Effective Control of the Company. A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board (each, a “ Director ”) is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)                               Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this definition of Change in Control, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

9



 

(c)                                  Change in Control Period. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control Period ” means the period beginning upon the Closing and ending on the twelve (12)— month anniversary of the Closing.

 

(d)                                 Closing. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Closing ” means the closing of the first transaction constituting a Change in Control that occurs on or following the Start Date.

 

(e)                                  Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means Executive (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering Company employees.

 

(f)                                   Equity Awards. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Equity Awards ” means any stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock or restricted shares of the Company’s common stock (including unvested shares Executive has purchased through an early exercise of a stock option grant).

 

(g)                                  Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s consent: (i) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary, excluding the substitution of substantially equivalent compensation and benefits, that is applicable to all Company senior management; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities, unless Executive is provided with a comparable position; provided, however, that a reduction in authority, duties, or responsibilities solely by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity whether as a subsidiary, business unit or otherwise (as, for example, when the Chief Executive Officer of the Company remains as such following an acquisition where the Company becomes a wholly owned subsidiary of the acquirer, but is not made the Chief Executive Officer of the acquiring corporation) will not constitute “Good Reason”; or (iii) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location; provided, that a relocation of fifty (50) miles or less from Executive’s then present location or to Executive’s home as his or her primary work location will not be considered a material change in geographic location. In order for an event to qualify as Good Reason, Executive must not terminate employment with the Company without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice, and such grounds must not have been cured during such time.

 

(h)                                 Severance Period. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Severance Period ” means the period of time commencing immediately after Executive’s separation of service from the Company through the date that is six (6) months following such separation date, plus an additional two (2) months for every fully completed Year of Service; provided, however, that in all cases the Severance Period will end no later than on the twelve (12)-month anniversary of the date of Executive’s termination of employment.

 

10



 

(i)                                     Year of Service. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Year of Service ” means the twelve (12)-month period measured from Executive’s original start date with the Company (or any predecessor to the Company).

 

11.                               Confidential Information. Executive agrees to enter into the Company’s standard At Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement (the “ Confidential Information Agreement ”) upon or prior to commencing employment hereunder.

 

12.                               Non-Solicitation. Until the date one (1) year after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to solicit, recruit, or encourage any employee of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) to leave his or her employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person. Executive represents that he or she (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (ii) is fully aware of his or her obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.

 

13.                               Successors.

 

(a)                                 The Company’s Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets will assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 13(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

 

(b)                                 Executive’s Successors. The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

 

14.                            Notices.

 

(a)                                 General. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or when delivered by a private courier service such as UPS, DHL or Federal Express that has tracking capability. In the case of Executive, mailed notices will be addressed to him or her at the home address which he or she most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices will be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices will be directed to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

(b)                                 Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason or as a result of a voluntary resignation will be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 14(a) of this Agreement. Such notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for

 

11



 

termination under the provision so indicated, and will specify the termination date (which will be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by Executive to include in the notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason will not waive any right of Executive hereunder or preclude Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s rights hereunder.

 

15.                               Severability. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

16.                               Integration. This Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the Parties by a written instrument executed by the Parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

17.                               Waiver of Breach. No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

 

18.                               Headings. All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

19.                               Tax Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

20.                               Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

 

21.                               Arbitration. .

 

(a)                                 The Company and Executive each agree that any and all disputes arising out of the terms of this Agreement, Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive’s service as an officer or director of the Company, or Executive’s compensation and benefits, their interpretation and any of the matters herein released, will be subject to binding arbitration under the arbitration rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1281.8 (the “ Act ”), and pursuant to California law. Disputes that the Company and Executive agree to arbitrate, and thereby agree to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under local, state, or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination, and wrongful termination, and any statutory or common law claims. The Company and Executive further understand that this agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

 

12



 

However, claims for workers’ compensation benefits and unemployment insurance (or any other claims where mandatory arbitration is prohibited by law) are not covered by this arbitration agreement, and such claims may be presented by the Executive to the appropriate court or government agency.

 

(b)                                 Procedure. The Company and Executive agree that any arbitration will be administered by Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”), pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures (the “ JAMS Rules ”). The Arbitrator will have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication, motions to dismiss and demurrers, and motions for class certification, prior to any arbitration hearing. The Arbitrator will have the power to award any remedies available under applicable law, and the Arbitrator will award attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party, except as prohibited by law. The Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the Arbitrator or JAMS except that Executive will pay any filing fees associated with any arbitration that Executive initiates, but only so much of the filing fees as Executive would have instead paid had he or she filed a complaint in a court of law. The Arbitrator will administer and conduct any arbitration in accordance with California law, including the California Code of Civil Procedure, and the Arbitrator will apply substantive and procedural California law to any dispute or claim, without reference to rules of conflict of law. To the extent that the JAMS Rules conflict with California law, California law will take precedence. The decision of the Arbitrator will be in writing. Any arbitration under this Agreement will be conducted in Los Angeles County, California.

 

(c)                                  Remedy. Except as provided by the Act and this Agreement, arbitration will be the sole, exclusive, and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Act and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration.

 

(d)                                 Administrative Relief. Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit him or her from pursuing any administrative claim with a local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, including, but not limited to, the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, or the Workers’ Compensation Board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim, except as permitted by law.

 

(e)                                  Acknowledgment. Executive acknowledges that he or she has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his or her private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, including that Executive is waiving his or her right to a jury trial , and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

22.                               Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marla Hunter

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President, People

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael S. Dunn

 

Michael S. Dunn

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO MICHAEL S. DUNN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 

14




Exhibit 10.10

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

STEWART EASTERBY EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Stewart Easterby Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into effective as of September 15, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Zag.com Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Stewart Easterby (“ Executive ”).

 

1.               Duties and Scope of Employment .

 

(a)               Positions and Duties . As of the Effective Date, Executive will continue to serve as Vice President, Sales of the Company reporting directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and/or the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as shall reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Employment Term.”

 

(b)               Severance. Executive shall receive six (6) months of continued salary payments as severance upon a termination without Cause or twelve {12) months of continued salary payments as severance if the Company Constructively Terminates Executive within twelve (12) months after a Change of Control (such six (6) or twelve (12) month period, as applicable, the “ Severance Period ”). The continued payment of salary shall be based on Executive’s Base Salary (as defined below) and, subject to Section 1(c), shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and contingent upon Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s standard release upon termination and provided that such release becomes effective no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date or such earlier date required by the release agreement (such deadline, the “ Release Deadline ”).

 

(c)                Timing of Payments/Section 409A .

 

(i)                                      If the release does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the release actually becomes effective. In the event the termination occurs at a time during the calendar year where the release could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive’s termination occurs, then any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Payments (as defined in Section 1(c)(ii)) will be paid on the first payroll date to occur during the calendar year following the calendar year in which such termination occurs, or, if later, (i) the Release Deadline, (ii) such time as required by the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit as set forth in Section 1(b), or (iii) such time as required by this Section 1(e).

 

(ii)                                   If Executive is a “specified employee” of the Company (or any successor entity thereto) within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) on the date of Executive’s termination (other than a termination due to death), then the severance

 



 

payable to Executive, if any, under this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together the “ Payments ”) that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s termination of employment, shall be delayed until the earlier of: (i) the date that is six (6) months and one (1)  day after the date of the termination, or (ii) the date of Executive’s death (such date, the “ Delayed Initial Payment Date ”), and the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall (A) pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the Payments that Executive would otherwise have received on or before the Delayed Initial Payment Date, without any adjustment on account of such delay, if the Payments had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 1(c), and (B) pay the balance of the Payments in accordance with any applicable payment schedules set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his termination, then any Payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

 

(iii)                                     Any amounts paid under this Agreement that satisfy the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Payments for purposes of clause (ii) above.

 

(iv)                                    Payments pursuant to this Section 1(c) are intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

(v)                                       The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

2.               Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his business efforts and time to the Company except for ongoing service on boards of directors and advisory boards of which Executive is or becomes a member. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other competitive employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board.

 

3.               At-Will Employment . The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company.

 

4.               Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for his services a base salary at the annualized rate of $240,000 (the “ Base Salary ”). The Base Salary will be paid twice monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding.

 

2



 

5.               Bonus . Executive shall be eligible for an annual performance based bonus as determined by the Board’s Compensation Committee in its sole discretion (the “ Bonus ”). The Bonus opportunity is targeted to be forty percent (40%) of Executive’s Base Salary in accordance with the offer letter entered into between Executive and the Company and dated August 18, 2008 (the “ Offer Letter ”). The Bonus will be paid by the Company, less applicable withholdings, no later than February 28th for the prior year.

 

6.               Effect of Termination upon Stock Options . It will be recommended at the first meeting of the Board following the Effective Date that if, within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or Constructively Terminates, then effective immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, the vesting and exercisability of fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s unvested stock options shall fully accelerate. Additionally, upon termination of Executive for any reason other than for Cause or voluntary resignation not resulting from Company’s Constructive Termination of Executive, Executive shall, subject to the terms of the relevant stock plan, have until the earlier of (a) the original expiration date of the option, (b) ten (10) years from the original grant date of the option, or (c) eighteen (18) months from the date of such termination to exercise any of his outstanding options. However, if the Board in good faith contemplates a pending Change of Control or public offering and provides Executive with notice thereof, then Executive shall, subject to the terms of the relevant stock plan, have ninety (90) days from the date of such notice to exercise any of his outstanding options (but in no event may any option be exercised beyond the original expiration date of the option).

 

7.               Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other employees of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company’s group medical, dental, vision, disability, life insurance, and flexible-spending account plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time. Additionally, the Company shall reimburse Executive for the payments Executive makes for COBRA coverage during the Severance Period (less any amount Executive would have contributed had he remained employed), or until Executive has secured other employment, whichever occurs first, provided Executive timely elects and pays for COBRA coverage. COBRA reimbursements shall be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy, provided that Executive submits documentation to the Company substantiating his payments for COBRA coverage.

 

8.               Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation of four (4) weeks per year in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto.

 

9.               Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

3



 

10.        Definitions .

 

(a)               Cause ” shall mean: (i) Executive’s failure to perform his assigned duties or responsibilities as an employee (other than a failure resulting from the Executive’s disability) after written notice thereof from the Company describing Executive’s failure to perform such duties or responsibilities; (ii) Executive engaging in any act of dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation with respect to the Company; (iii) Executive’s violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or its affiliates; (iv) Executive’s breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between Executive and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company); or (v) Executive being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any crime.

 

(b)               Change of Control ” shall mean either: the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation or stock transfer, but excluding any such transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company), unless the Company’s stockholders of record immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions hold, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity (provided that the sale by the Company of its securities for the purposes of raising additional funds shall not constitute a Change of Control hereunder); or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

(c)                Constructively Terminates ” shall mean Executive’s termination of employment with the Company as a result of the occurrence, without Executive’s consent, of any of the following: (i) a significant reduction in the Executive’s salary, excluding the substitution of substantially equivalent compensation and benefits, that is applicable to all Company senior management; or (ii) Executive’s removal from his position as outlined in Section 1(a); or (iii) Executive’s relocation to a location more than fifty {50) miles from the Company’s Los Angeles, California office location; provided, however, that in the event Executive believes that grounds exist for Executive to Constructively Terminate, then Executive agrees to provide the Board with written notice specifying the purported grounds for such belief and the Company shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of such written notice to cure such purported grounds (unless such purported grounds by their nature cannot be cured, in which case notice and an opportunity to cure shall not be required).

 

11.        Confidential Information . Executive has entered into the Company’s standard Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement (the “ Confidential Information Agreement ”) upon commencing employment with the Company.

 

12.        Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

4



 

Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 

13.        Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (b) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (c) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

 

If to the Company:

 

Zag.com Inc.

525 Broadway Avenue

Suite 300

Santa Monica, California 90401

Attn : Corporate Secretary

 

If to Executive:

 

at the last residential address known by the Company.

 

14.        Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

15.        Arbitration .

 

(a)          General . In consideration of Executive’s service to the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of; relating to, or resulting from Executive’s service to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive’s service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1283.05 (the “ Rules ”) and pursuant to California law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

 

5



 

(b)          Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitration proceedings will allow for discovery according to the rules set forth in the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes or California Code of Civil Procedure. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall issue a written decision on the merits. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. Executive understands the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive shall pay the first $200.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiates. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules shall take precedence.

 

(c)           Remedy . Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

 

(d)          Administrative Relief . Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

 

(e)           Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand it, including that Executive is waiving Executive’s right to a jury trial. Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

 

16.        Integration . This Agreement, together with the Company’s 2005 Option Plan, Option Agreements with Executive entered into by the parties and the Confidential Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral, including, but not limited to, the Offer Letter. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

 

17.        Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

6



 

18.        Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions.

 

19.        Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stewart Easterby

 

Stewart Easterby

 

 

7




Exhibit 10.11

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

JIM NGUYEN AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Jim Nguyen Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into effective as of September 15, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Zag.com Inc. (the “Company”) and Jim Nguyen (the “Executive”), and replaces and supersedes in its entirety the Employment Agreement entered into between the Company and Executive as of April 25, 2005 (the “ Original Agreement ”).

 

1.                                       Duties and Scope of Employment .

 

(a)                                  Positions and Duties . As of the Effective Date, Executive will serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company reporting directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as shall reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Employment Term.”

 

(b)                                  Severance . Executive shall receive six (6) months of continued salary payments as severance upon a termination without Cause, or twelve (12) months of continued salary payments as severance if the Company Constructively Terminates Executive within twelve (12) months after a Change of Control (such six (6) or twelve (12) month period as applicable, the “Severance Period”). The continued payment of salary shall be based on Executive’s Base Salary (as defined below) and, subject to Section 1(c), shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and contingent upon Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s standard release upon termination and provided that such release becomes effective no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date or such earlier date required by the release agreement (such deadline, the “ Release Deadline ”).

 

(c)                                   Timing of Payments/Section 409A .

 

(i)                                      If the release does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the release actually becomes effective. In the event the termination occurs at a time during the calendar year where the release could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive’s termination occurs, then any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Payments (as defined in Section 1(e)(ii)) will be paid on the first payroll date to occur during the calendar year following the calendar year in which such termination occurs, or, if later, (i) the Release Deadline, (ii) such time as required by the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit as set forth in Section 1(b), or (iii) such time as required by this Section 1(c).

 



 

(ii)                                   If Executive is a “specified employee” of the Company (or any successor entity thereto) within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) on the date of Executive’s termination (other than a termination due to death), then the severance payable to Executive, if any, under this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together the “ Payments ”) that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s termination of employment, shall be delayed until the earlier of: (i) the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the date of the termination, or (ii) the date of Executive’s death (such date, the “ Delayed Initial Payment Date ”), and the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall (A) pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the Payments that Executive would otherwise have received on or before the Delayed Initial Payment Date, without |any adjustment on account of such delay, if the Payments had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 1(c), and (B) pay the balance of the Payments in accordance with any applicable payment schedules set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his termination, then any Payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

 

(iii)                                Any amounts paid under this Agreement that satisfy the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Payments for purposes of clause (ii) above.

 

(iv)                               Payments pursuant to this Section 1(c) are intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

(v)                                  The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

(d)                                  Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his business efforts and time to the Company except for ongoing service on boards of directors and advisory boards of which Executive is or becomes a member. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other competitive employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 1(d) or any provision of the Confidential Information Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit or restrict Executive from providing consulting or employment services on behalf of Peer Steer LLC or Brighthouse LLC (including their successors and subsidiaries), so long as such services do not interfere with Executive’s full time and attention to performing hereunder.

 

2



 

(e)                                   Loan . Upon Executive’s request, the Company will loan Executive an amount sufficient to exercise all or any portion of his vested options (the “ Loan ”). The Loan will be evidenced by a promissory note and related security agreement (together, the “ Loan Documents ”) to be executed by and between Executive and the Company. The terms of the Loan Documents shall as provided in the Company’s standard Executive Loan Form.

 

(f)                                    Executive Stock Options . All of Executives current and future stock option agreements shall permit or shall be amended to permit, as applicable, exercise of Executive’s vested stock options by means of a “net exercise”.

 

2.                                       At-Will Employment . The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company.

 

3                                          Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for his services a base salary at the annualized rate of $190,000 (the “ Base Salary ”). The Base Salary will be paid twice monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding.

 

4.                                       Bonus . Executive shall be eligible for an annual performance based bonus as determined by the Board’s Compensation Committee in its sole discretion (the “ Bonus ”). The Bonus opportunity is targeted to be fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s Base Salary. The Bonus will be paid by the Company, less applicable withholdings, no later than February 28th for the prior year.

 

5.                                       Effect of Termination upon Stock Options . It will be recommended at the first meeting of the Board following the Effective Date that if, within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or Constructively Terminates, then effective immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, the vesting and exercisability of fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s unvested stock options shall fully accelerate.

 

6.                                       Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company’s group medical, dental, vision, disability, life insurance, and flexible-spending account plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time. Additionally, the Company shall reimburse Executive for the payments Executive makes for COBRA coverage during the Severance Period (less any amount Executive would have contributed had he remained employed), or until Executive has secured other employment, whichever occurs first, provided Executive timely elects and pays for COBRA coverage. COBRA reimbursements shall be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy, provided that Executive submits documentation to the Company substantiating his payments for COBRA coverage.

 

3



 

7.                                       Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation of four (4) weeks per year in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto.

 

8.                                       Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

9.                                       Definitions .

 

(a)                                  Cause ” shall mean: (1) Executive’s failure to perform his assigned duties or responsibilities as an employee (other than a failure resulting from the Executive’s disability) after written notice thereof from the Company describing Executive’s failure to perform such duties or responsibilities; (ii) Executive engaging in any act of dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation with respect to the Company; (iii) Executive’s violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or its affiliates; (iv) Executive’s breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between Executive and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company); or (v) Executive being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any crime.

 

(b)                                  Change of Control ” shall mean either: the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation or stock transfer, but excluding any such transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company), unless the Company’s stockholders of record immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions hold, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity (provided that the sale by the Company of its securities for the purposes of raising additional funds shall not constitute a Change of Control hereunder); or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Constructively Terminates ” shall mean Executive’s termination of employment with the Company as a result of the occurrence, without Executive’s consent, of any of the following: (i) a significant reduction in the Executive’s salary, excluding the substitution of substantially equivalent compensation and benefits, that is applicable to all Company senior management; or (ii) Executive’s removal from his position as outlined in Section 1(a); or (iii) Executive’s relocation to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s Los Angeles, California office location; provided, however, that in the event Executive believes that grounds exist for Executive to Constructively Terminate, then Executive agrees to provide the Board with written notice specifying the purported grounds for such belief and the Company shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of such written notice to cure such purported grounds (unless such purported grounds by their nature cannot be cured, in which case notice and an opportunity to cure shall not be required).

 

10.                                Confidential Information . Executive has entered into the Company’s standard At Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement (the “ Confidential Information Agreement ”) upon commencing employment with the Company.

 

4



 

11.                                Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 

12.                                Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (b) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (c) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

 

If to the Company:

 

Zag.com Inc.

525 Broadway Avenue

Suite 300

Santa Monica, California 90401

Attn : Corporate Secretary

 

If to Executive:

 

at the last residential address known by the Company.

 

13.                                Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

14.                                Arbitration .

 

(a)                                  General . In consideration of Executive’s service to the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s service to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive’s service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1283.05 (the “ Rules ”) and pursuant to California law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal

 

5



 

law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit’ Protection Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

 

(b)                                  Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitration proceedings will allow for discovery according to the rules set forth in the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes or California Code of Civil Procedure. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall issue a written decision on the merits. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. Executive understands the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive shall pay the first $200.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiates. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules shall take precedence.

 

(c)                                   Remedy . Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

 

(d)                                  Administrative Relief . Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

 

(e)                                   Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand it, including that Executive is waiving Executive’s right to a jury trial. Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

 

6



 

15.                                Integration . This Agreement, together with the Company’s 2005 Option Plan, Option Agreements with Executive entered into by the parties and the Confidential Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral, including without limitation, the Original Agreement. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

 

16.                                Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

17.                                Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions.

 

18.                                Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jim Nguyen

 

Jim Nguyen

 

 

7




Exhibit 10.12

 

 

November 1, 2010

 

Thomas Taira

Via email

 

Dear Thomas:

 

I am pleased to offer you a position with Zag.com Inc. (the “Company”), as Chief Product Officer . In this capacity you will report directly to Steve Hansen .

 

If you decide to join us, you will be paid a base salary at a rate of $250,000 per year, less deductions and withholding required by law, on the same payroll schedule as our other employees (currently semi-monthly). In addition, you will be eligible for an annual performance bonus of up to $125,000 pro-rated for 2010 (less deductions and withholdings required by law) in accordance with the Company’s then-existing policies. Thereafter, any bonus will be awarded, at the discretion of the Company, based on your performance and the performance of the Company, and your ability to meet defined, published, Board-approved goals and milestones, as determined by the Board and the Company CEO. The bonus will not be deemed earned by you unless and until it is awarded in the discretion of the Company. Once a bonus is awarded to you, it will be paid, less applicable taxes, as soon as practical thereafter, but in all events no later than March 15 th  of the year following the year in which it was earned. Any such bonus is intended to be exempt from Section 409(A) of the Internal Revenue Code and any regulations or guidance thereunder, and any ambiguities will be interpreted to be so exempt or to comply.

 

Furthermore, if you decide to join us, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) following your start date that the Company grant you an option to purchase 130,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. Such stock option grant shall be at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board.

 

Beginning with the 91 st  day of your employment with the Company, the shares subject to your initial option grant shall vest monthly over 48 months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing eligibility and employment with the Company. Any additional performance grant shall also vest monthly over 48 months beginning on the date of grant subject to your continuing eligibility and employment with the Company. All option grants shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including vesting requirements. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time of vesting occurs, nor does the grant confer any right to continue vesting or employment.

 

The Company will issue 150,000 options to purchase shares of TrueCar common stock which

 

525 Broadway, Third Floor / Santa Monica, CA 90401 / T (800) 584-5000 / F (800-584-5004 info@zag.com

 



 

will fully vest upon the Company achieving $100 million revenue or $20 million EBITDA run rate (on a rolling six months basis) by December 31, 2013.

 

The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and fruitful relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specific period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks’ notice.

 

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

 

During your employment with the Company, you will be eligible to participate in the benefits plans maintained by the Company for the benefit of its employees, under the terms and conditions of those plans, so long as they remain generally applicable to the Company’s employees. You will be provided with additional information about those benefits when you begin employment. You will also be asked to abide by the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, which may be amended from time to time. A copy of our policies and procedures will be provided to you when you begin your employment. If you would like further information about any of our benefits and/or review the Company’s personnel policies and procedure sooner, please contact Marla Hunter at (800) 200-2000 Ext. 841. The Company reserves the right to modify salaries and modify or terminate its benefit plans and programs in its discretion.

 

Pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act, the Company is required to verify the identity and employment authorization of all new hires. In order to comply with this legal obligation, we must complete an Employment Eligibility Verification Form 1-9 within three days of your start date or our employment relationship with you may be terminated. Information about what you will need to bring to work with you to complete this form will be provided to you once you sign and return this offer letter.

 

You must also sign the enclosed At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement and return it as a condition to beginning your employment with the Company. This Agreement requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of proprietary information. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree to an arbitration in which (i) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (ii) we agree that all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all the arbitration fees, except an amount equal to the filing fees you would have paid had you filed a complaint in a court of law.

 

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting, or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the

 



 

Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third-party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that you will not in any way utilize any such information in performing your duties for the Company.

 

It would be desirable if you could start on Monday, November 1, 2010. Although should you find this inconvenient, please contact me so that we can arrange some other mutually agreeable date.

 

If you wish to accept this offer, please sign in the space provided below and return the signed original of this letter (a duplicate original is enclosed for your records) and the enclosed At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement by mail with a copy by fax (fax: (323) 843-9961) to the attention of Marla Hunter. This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your interviews or relocation negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company CEO and you.

 

This offer will expire at the close of business on Monday, November 1 2010, if we have not received your signed offer letter and At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement by then.

 

We are excited that you are interested in joining the team. I look forward to hearing from shortly.

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Marla Hunter

 

 

Marla Hunter

 

 

Vice President, People

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agreed to and accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Thomas Taira

 

 

Printed Name: Thomas Taira

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

11-1-10

 

 

 

Enclosures

At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration, Agreement

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of January 17, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between TrueCar, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and Lucas Donat (“ Executive ” and, together with the Company, the “ Parties ”) .

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to retain the services of Executive and Executive wishes to be employed by the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recital and the respective undertakings of the Company and Executive set forth below, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Duties and Obligations .

 

(a)                                  Duties and Scope of Employment . As of October 16, 2013 (the “ Start Date ”), Executive will serve as Chief Marketing Officer of the Company reporting directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”). Executive will have the authority generally allowed to persons discharging the duties of such position. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the CEO. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term.

 

(b)                                  Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote no less than 80% of his business efforts and time to the Company. The Company acknowledges that the Executive also has responsibilities as chairman and equity founder of Donat, Wald & Haque (“ DWH ”) and, the Company and Executive agree that, for so long as Executive: (i) is employed by the Company under this Agreement; (ii) is not in violation of any of the terms of this Agreement; and (iii) devotes no more than 20% of his business efforts and time in conducting such responsibilities with DWH, the Company shall contract with DWH for the performance of marketing services for the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration, other than his responsibilities to DWH without the prior approval of the CEO or the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) .

 

2.                                       At-Will Employment:, Term of Agreement . Subject to the terms of this Section 2 below, the initial Employment Term under this Agreement is two (2) years from the Start Date (the last date of such term, the “ End Date ”). On the End Date this Agreement shall automatically terminate, provided, however, that the parties hereto may mutually agree in writing no later than

 



 

thirty (30) days prior to the End Date, or the last date of any subsequent Employment Term following an extension hereunder, to extend the Agreement for an additional Employment Term of one (1) year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and Executive shall each have the right, in its/his sole discretion, for any reason and at any time, either before or after the initial End Date, to terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the other party hereto. Without limitation to the foregoing, the CEO or the Board may terminate this Agreement with no prior notice to the Executive upon a termination for Cause. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the notice requirements contained in this Section 2, Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated by the Company at any time with or without cause.

 

3.                                       Compensation .

 

(a)                                  Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual base salary of $240,000 as compensation for his services (the “ Base Salary ”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding. Executive’s Base Salary will be subject to review and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

 

(b)                                  Annual Bonus . Executive will be eligible to receive a total annual performance-based bonus of up to $240,000 (the “ Annual Bonus ”) upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”), or the Board’s or Compensation Committee’s delegate, in its sole discretion. Fifty percent of the total Annual Bonus will be considered a “base bonus” calculated based upon the Company’s achievement of base performance objectives with the remaining 50% of the total Annual Bonus considered a “stretch bonus” payable upon the Company’s achievement of certain stretch goals. The amount of Annual Bonuses to be paid to Executive, if any, will be: (i) determined in the sole discretion of the Board, the Compensation Committee or their delegate; (ii) paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding; and (iii) subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the payment date.

 

(c)                                   Equity .

 

(i)                                      At the first Board meeting following the Start Date at which options are granted, the Company will recommend that Executive be granted a stock option to purchase 350,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price no less than 100% of the per share fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant (the “ Option ”). Subject to the accelerated vesting provisions set forth herein, the Option will be scheduled to vest monthly as to 1/24th of the shares subject to the Option on the same day of the month as the Start Date (and if there is no corresponding day, the last day of the month), so that the Option will be fully vested and exercisable two (2) years from the Start Date, subject to Executive continuing to provide services to the Company through the relevant vesting dates. The Option will be subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company’s 2005 Option Plan and a stock option agreement by and between Executive and the Company, both of which documents are incorporated herein by reference. The Option is intended to be an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

2



 

(ii)                                   Executive will be eligible to receive additional awards of stock options, restricted stock or other equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time. The Board or the Compensation Committee will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any such equity awards and the terms of any such award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time. All of Executive’s future stock option agreements (including the stock option agreement governing the Option) will permit exercise of Executive’s stock options by means of a “net exercise”. All of Executive’s future stock options (including the Option) that are granted prior to a Change in Control or the closing of the Company’s first bona fide, firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of the Company’s common stock, shall permit early exercise of Executive’s unvested stock options. Each early exercisable option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of an early exercise stock option agreement and related attachments that shall be approved by the Board (or authorized committee or delegate of the Board).

 

4.                                       Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in executive benefit plans and programs of the Company (including vacation and/or paid-time off), if any, on the same terms and conditions as other similarly-situated employees to the extent that Executive’s position, tenure, salary, age, health and other qualifications make Executive eligible to participate in such plans or programs, subject to the rules and regulations applicable thereto. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

 

5.                                       Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

6.                                       Severance Benefits .

 

(a)                                  Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason During the Change in Control Period . If (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company for a reason other than Cause, or (ii) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company for Good Reason, and, in either event, such termination occurs during the Change in Control Period, then subject to Section 8 of this Agreement, Executive will receive as severance from the Company: (1) continuing payments of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect on the date of Executive’s termination, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures during the Severance Period; and (2) 100% of any Equity Awards held by Executive as of the termination date shall vest and become fully exercisable (to the extent applicable). With respect to Equity Awards granted on or after the Start Date, but granted prior to the termination date, the same vesting acceleration provisions provided in the prior sentence will apply to such Equity Awards except to the extent provided in the applicable equity award agreement by explicit reference to this Agreement.

 

3



 

(b)                                  Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause; Termination Due to Death or Disability; Termination on End Date; Termination Outside of the Change in Control Period . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates (i) voluntarily by Executive (other than for Good Reason during the Change in Control Period), (ii) for Cause by the Company, (iii) due to Executive’s death or Disability, (iv) on the End Date pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement; or (v) for any reason outside of the Change in Control Period, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then-existing severance and benefits plans and practices, Executive’s then-vested options or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

 

(c)                                   Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment as set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 6 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of and supersede any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company otherwise may be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract or in equity, or under this Agreement (other than the payment of accrued but unpaid wages, as required by law, and any unreimbursed reimbursable expenses). Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon a termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement.

 

7.                                       Change in Control Benefits . In the event of a Change in Control that occurs while Executive remains an employee of the Company, if Executive remains employed with the Company (or any successor of the Company or subsidiary thereof) as of immediately following the end of the Change in Control Period, then 100% of any Equity Awards held by Executive as of the Closing shall vest and become fully exercisable (to the extent applicable) at such time. With respect to Equity Awards granted on or after the Start Date, but granted prior to the Closing, the same vesting acceleration provisions provided in the prior sentence will apply to such Equity Awards except to the extent provided in the applicable equity award agreement by explicit reference to this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Conditions to Receipt of Severance Benefits; No Duty to Mitigate .

 

(a)                                  Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The payment of any severance or benefits set forth in Section 6 above is contingent upon Executive signing and not revoking a release of claims agreement with the Company (which may include an agreement not to disparage the Company, non-solicit provisions and other standard terms and conditions) in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”) upon or following Executive’s separation from service and such Release becoming effective no later than sixty (60) days following Executive’s separation from service (such deadline, the “ Release Deadline ”). If the Release does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to the severance payments or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will any severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective. In the event that Executive’s separation from service occurs at a time during the calendar year where it would be possible for the Release to become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive’s separation from service occurs if Executive took the full provided period to review the Release, all severance payments or benefits will be paid or provided on the later of: (i) the Release Deadline; (ii) such time as required by the payment schedule applicable to each severance benefit; or (iii) such time as required by Section 8(b)(ii). Except as required

 

4



 

by Section 8(b)(ii), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive prior to the Release Deadline but for the Release Deadline payment requirement of the preceding sentence w ill be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments will be made as provided in this Agreement. The acceleration of vesting of options or shares purchased under options will become effective on the date the Release becomes effective. In no event will Executive have discretion to determine the taxable year of payment of any severance payments or benefit.

 

(b)                                  Section 409A .

 

(i)                                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance payments or benefits payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, that when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”) under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the final regulations and official guidance thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

(ii)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s separation from service (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments, if any, that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this Section 8(b)(ii) will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment, installment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

(iii)                                Any severance payment or benefit that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations shall not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes herein. Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes herein.

 

5



 

(iv)                               For purposes of this Agreement, “ Section 409A Limit ” means two (2) times the lesser of: (x) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during Executive’s taxable year preceding Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under, and with such adjustments as are set forth in, Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto, or (y) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

 

(v)                                  The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to so comply or be exempt. Executive and the Company agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

(c)                                   Confidential Information Agreement/Non-Solicitation . Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits under Section 6 will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with: (i) the terms of the Confidential Information Agreement (as defined in Section 11); (ii) the non-solicitation provisions contained in Section 12; and (iii) the provisions of this Agreement. In the event Executive breaches the provisions of this Section 8(c), all continuing payments or benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled to pursuant to Section 6 will immediately cease.

 

(d)                                  No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

 

9.                                       Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance or change in control-related benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 9, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance or change in control-related benefits under this Agreement or otherwise will be either:

 

(a)                                  delivered in full, or

 

(b)                                  delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

 

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance or change in control—related benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments, which shall occur in reverse chronological order such that

 

6



 

the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced; (ii) reduction of acceleration of vesting of equity awards, which shall occur in the reverse order of the date of grant for such stock awards (i.e., the vesting of the most recently granted stock awards will be reduced first); and (iii) reduction of other benefits paid or provided to the Executive, which shall occur in reverse chronological order such that the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first benefit to be reduced. If more than one equity award was made to the Executive on the same date of grant, all such awards shall have their acceleration of vesting reduced pro rata. In no event shall the Executive have any discretion with respect to the ordering of payment reductions.

 

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 9 will be made in writing by a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Company (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 9, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 2800 and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company will bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 9.

 

10.                                Definitions .

 

(a)                                       Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means: (i) Executive’s failure to perform his assigned duties responsibilities as an employee (other than a failure resulting from Executive’s Disability) after thirty (30) days written notice thereof from the Company describing Executive’s failure to perform such duties or responsibilities; (ii) Executive engaging in any act of dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation with respect to the Company; (iii) Executive’s violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or its affiliates; (iv) Executive’s breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement (including, but not limited to, the Confidential Information Agreement) between Executive and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company); or (v) Executive being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any crime.

 

(b)                                  Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(i)                                      Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i) the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

7


 

(ii)                                   Change in Effective Control of the Company . A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board (each, a “ Director ”) is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)                                Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this definition of Change in Control, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(c)                                   Change in Control Period . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control Period ” means the period beginning upon the Closing and ending on the twelve (12)—month anniversary of the Closing.

 

(d)                                  Closing. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Closing ” means the closing of the first transaction constituting a Change in Control that occurs on or following the Start Date.

 

8



 

(e)                                   Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means Executive (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering Company employees.

 

(f)                                    Equity Awards . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Equity Awards ” means any stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock or restricted shares of the Company’s common stock (including unvested shares Executive has purchased through an early exercise of a stock option grant).

 

(g)                                   Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s consent: (i) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary, excluding the substitution of substantially equivalent compensation and benefits, that is applicable to all Company senior management; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities, unless Executive is provided with a comparable position; provided, however, that a reduction in authority, duties, or responsibilities solely by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity whether as a subsidiary, business unit or otherwise (as, for example, when the Chief Executive Officer of the Company remains as such following an acquisition where the Company becomes a wholly owned subsidiary of the acquirer, but is not made the Chief Executive Officer of the acquiring corporation) will not constitute “Good Reason”; or (iii) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location; provided, that a relocation of fifty (50) miles or less from Executive’s then present location or to Executive’s home as his primary work location will not be considered a material change in geographic location. In order for an event to qualify as Good Reason, Executive must not terminate employment with the Company without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice, and such grounds must not have been cured during such time.

 

(h)                                  Severance Period . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Severance Period ” means the period of time commencing immediately after Executive’s separation of service from the Company through the date that is six (6) months following such separation date.

 

11.                                Confidential Information . Executive agrees to enter into the Company’s standard At Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement (the “ Confidential Information Agreement ”) upon or prior to commencing employment hereunder.

 

9



 

12.                                Non-Solicitation. Until the date one (1) year after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to solicit, recruit, or encourage any employee, of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) to leave his employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person. Executive represents that he (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (ii) is fully aware of his obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.

 

13.                                Successors .

 

(a)                                  The Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets will assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 13(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

 

(b)                                  Executive’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

 

14.                                Notices .

 

(a)                                  General . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or when delivered by a private courier service such as UPS, DHL or Federal Express that has tracking capability. In the case of Executive, mailed notices will be addressed to him at the home address which he most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices will be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices will be directed to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason or as a result of a voluntary resignation will be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 14(a) of this Agreement. Such notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and will specify the termination date (which will be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by Executive to include in the notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason will not waive any right of Executive hereunder or preclude Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s rights hereunder.

 

10



 

15.                                Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

16.                                Integration . This Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the Parties by a written instrument executed by the Parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

17.                                Waiver of Breach . No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

 

18.                                Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

19.                                Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

20.                                Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

 

21.                                Arbitration .

 

(a)                                  The Company and Executive each agree that any and all disputes arising out of the terms of this Agreement, Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive’s service as an officer or director of the Company, or Executive’s compensation and benefits, their interpretation and any of the matters herein released, will be subject to binding arbitration under the arbitration rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1281.8 (the “ Act ”), and pursuant to California law. Disputes that the Company and Executive agree to arbitrate, and thereby agree to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under local, state, or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination, and wrongful termination, and any statutory or common law claims. The Company and Executive further understand that this agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive. However, claims for workers’ compensation benefits and unemployment insurance (or any other claims where mandatory arbitration is prohibited by law) are not covered by this arbitration agreement, and such claims may be presented by the Executive to the appropriate court or government agency.

 

11



 

(b)                                  Procedure . The Company and Executive agree that any arbitration will be administered by Judicial Arbitration  & Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”), pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures (the “ JAMS Rules ”). The Arbitrator will have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication, motions to dismiss and demurrers, and motions for class certification, prior to any arbitration hearing. The Arbitrator will have the power to award any remedies available under applicable law, and the Arbitrator will award attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party, except as prohibited by law. The Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the Arbitrator or JAMS except that Executive will pay any filing fees associated with any arbitration that Executive initiates, but only so much of the filing fees as Executive would have instead paid had he filed a complaint in a court of law The Arbitrator will administer and conduct any arbitration in accordance with California law, including the California Code of Civil Procedure, and the Arbitrator will apply substantive and procedural California law to any dispute or claim, without reference to rules of conflict of law. To the extent that the JAMS Rules conflict with California law, California law will take precedence. The decision of the Arbitrator will be in writing. Any arbitration under this Agreement will be conducted in Los Angeles County, California.

 

(c)                                   Remedy . Except as provided by the Act and this Agreement, arbitration will be the sole, exclusive, and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Act and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration.

 

(d)                                  Administrative Relief . Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit him from pursuing any administrative claim with a local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, including, but not limited to, the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, or the Workers’ Compensation Board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim, except as permitted by law.

 

(e)                                   Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, including that Executive is waiving his right to a jury trial, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

22.                                Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the

Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

Title: CEO and Founder

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lucas Donat

 

Lucas Donat

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LUCAS DONAT EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 

13




Exhibit 10.14

 

CLOCK TOWER BUILDING
OFFICE LEASE

 

by and between

 

CLOCK TOWER, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability

company

 

as Landlord

 

and

 

TRUECAR, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

as Tenant

 

Dated: May 10, 2010

 



 

LEASE SUMMARY

 

This lease summary is attached to the within lease for convenience of reference only and shall in no way be considered a part of said lease or used in the interpretation of any of the provisions contained therein.

 

Date:

 

May 10, 2010

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

CLOCK TOWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

Tenant:

 

TRUECAR, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

Premises:

 

4,389 Rentable and 3,728 Usable square feet on the sixth (6th) floor (Suite 600); plus a portion of the twelfth (12th) floor of the Building on a month-to-month basis.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Article 1 and Exhibit “B”)

 

 

 

Term:

 

Five (5) months for 6th Floor Premises; month-to-month for 12th Floor Premises expiring not later than December 31, 2010 (for the entire Premises).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Article 3)

 

 

 

Base Rent (MG):

 

$3.53 per square foot of Rentable Area per month for 6th Floor Premises; $9,000 per month for the 12th Floor Premises.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Article 4)

 

 

 

Security Deposit:

 

$15,493.17 for the 6th Floor Premises; $9,000 for the 12th Floor Premises.

 

 

 

 

 

(Section 22.5)

 

 

 

Base Year:

 

2010.

(Article 5)

 

 

 

Tenant’s Share:

 

8.07%

 

 

 

Parking Passes:

 

None.

 

(Article 26)

 

S-1



 

GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS

 

 

 

LOCATION OF
DEFINITION

 

DEFINED TERM

 

IN OFFICE LEASE

 

 

 

 

 

501 Santa Monica Garage

 

26.1

 

Additional Rent

 

4.3

 

Affiliate

 

14.8

 

Alterations

 

8.1

 

Applicable Laws

 

31.14

 

Base Building Improvements

 

Exhibit “D” - 1.1

 

Base Year

 

5.2(a)

 

Base Year Tax Reduction

 

5.2(e)(4)

 

Base Taxes

 

5.2(e)(4)

 

Base Rent

 

4

 

Broker

 

27

 

Building

 

1

 

Building Systems

 

2.2

 

Commencement Date

 

3.1

 

Construction Contract

 

Exhibit “D” - 4.1

 

control

 

14.1(b)

 

Cost Pools

 

5.1(c)

 

Damage

 

12.1

 

Delivery Date

 

3.2

 

Event of Default

 

22.1

 

Expense Year

 

5.2

 

Fair Market Rental Rate

 

3.5(b)

 

force majeure events

 

31.13

 

HVAC

 

7.1

 

Indemnified Claims

 

16.1

 

Interest Notice

 

30.1(a)

 

Land

 

1

 

Landlord

 

Page 1, 17

 

Landlord Indemnified Parties

 

16.1

 

Lease

 

Page

 

License

 

32.1

 

License Area

 

32.1

 

Normal Working Hours

 

7.1

 

notices

 

30.6

 

Off-Site Parking Program

 

26.1

 

Operating Expenses

 

5.1(c)

 

Parking Operator

 

26.1

 

Person

 

14.1(b)

 

Premises

 

 

 

Profits

 

14.5(b) 

 

Project

 

 

 

Project Expenses

 

5.3

 

Reference Rate

 

22.2(b)

 

Renewal Notice

 

3.4(a)

 

Renewal Option

 

3.4(a)

 

Renewal Term

 

3.4(a)

 

Renewal Term Commencement Date

 

3.4(a)

 

rent

 

4.3

 

Rentable Area

 

Exhibit “B”

 

Rooftop Equipment

 

32.1

 

 

GL-1



 

Rules and Regulations

 

28

 

Service Facilities

 

2.2

 

Security Deposit

 

22.5

 

Successor

 

14.8

 

Tax Expenses

 

5.2(e)

 

Tax Reduction

 

5.2(e)(4)

 

Tenant

 

Page 1, 22.6

 

Tenant Improvements

 

Exhibit “D” - 2

 

Tenant’s Share

 

5.2(f)

 

Term

 

3.1

 

Transfer

 

14.1

 

Transferee

 

14.4

 

Underlying Mortgages

 

18.1

 

Usable Area

 

Exhibit “B”

 

 

GL-2



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Lease of Premises.

1

 

1.1

  6th Floor Premises

1

 

1.2

  12th Floor Premises

1

 

 

 

 

2.

 Purpose; Use.

2

 

 

 

 

3.

Term.

2

 

3.1

  Commencement Date

2

 

3.2

  Delivery and Acceptance of the Premises

2

 

 

 

 

4.

Base Rent.

3

 

4.1

  6th Floor Base Rent

3

 

4.2

  12th Floor Base Rent

3

 

4.3

  Other Terms

3

 

 

 

 

5.

Rent Adjustments.

3

 

5.1

  General Terms

3

 

5.2

  Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent

3

 

5.3

  Cost Pools

7

 

5.4

  Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent

7

 

5.5

  Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible

8

 

 

 

 

6.

Abatement for Untenantability.

8

 

 

 

 

7.

Utilities and Services.

8

 

7.1

  Landlord Obligations

8

 

7.2

  Excess Utility Use; Extraordinary Services

10

 

7.3

Charges

10

 

7.4

  Interruption in Utility Services

10

 

 

 

 

8.

Alterations.

11

 

8.1

  Restriction on Alterations

11

 

8.2

  Removal and Surrender of Fixtures and Alterations

11

 

 

 

 

9.

Maintenance and Repairs.

11

 

9.1

  Tenant’s Obligations

11

 

9.2

  Landlord’s Obligations

11

 

 

 

 

10.

Tax on Tenant’s Personal Property.

12

 

 

 

 

11.

Insurance; Waiver of Subrogation.

12

 

11.1

  Liability Insurance

12

 

11.2

  Property Insurance

12

 

11.3

  Business Interruption

12

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

11.4

  Policy Requirements

13

 

11.5

  Landlord’s Requirements

13

 

11.6

  Waiver of Subrogation

14

 

 

 

 

12.

Damage or Destruction.

14

 

12.1

  Agreement Governs

14

 

12.2

  Obligation to Repair

14

 

12.3

  Major Damage to Premises

14

 

12.4

  Major Damage to Building or Project

14

 

 

 

 

13.

Eminent Domain.

15

 

13.1

  Total Taking

15

 

13.2

  Partial Taking - Tenant’s Rights

15

 

13.3

  Partial Taking - Landlord’s Rights

15

 

13.4

  Temporary Taking

15

 

13.5

  Award

15

 

 

 

 

14.

Assignment and Subletting.

16

 

14.1

  Transfers

16

 

14.2

  Consent Standard

16

 

14.3

  Request for Consent

16

 

14.4

  Conditions to Consent

16

 

14.5

  Attornment by Subtenants

16

 

14.6

  Landlord’s Options

17

 

14.7

  Additional Compensation

17

 

14.8

  Permitted Transfers

17

 

14.9

  No Release of Tenant’s Obligations

17

 

 

 

 

15.

Project Coordination.

17

 

15.1

  Right of Entry

18

 

15.2

  Building and Common Areas

18

 

15,3

  Name

18

 

 

 

 

16.

Indemnification and Waiver.

18

 

16.1

  Indemnity by Tenant

18

 

16.2

  Waiver

18

 

 

 

 

17.

Definition of Landlord.

18

 

 

 

 

18.

Subordination.

19

 

18.1

  Subordination

19

 

18.2

  Attornment

19

 

18.3

  Notice from Tenant

19

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

19.

Intentionally Omitted.

19

 

 

 

20.

Surrender of Premises and Removal of Property.

19

 

20.1

  No Merger

19

 

20.2

  Surrender of Premises

19

 

20.3

  Disposal of Property

20

 

 

 

 

21.

Holding Over.

20

 

 

 

 

22.

Defaults and Remedies.

20

 

22.1

  Defaults by Tenant

20

 

22.2

  Landlord’s Remedies.

21

 

22.3

  Waiver of Consequential Damages

22

 

22.4

  Definition of Tenant

22

 

22.5

  Security Deposit

22

 

 

 

 

23.

Covenant Against Liens.

23

 

 

 

 

24,

Interest on Tenant’s Obligations; Late Charges.

23

 

24.1

  Interest

23

 

24.2

  Late Charge

23

 

 

 

 

25.

Quiet Enjoyment.

24

 

 

 

 

26.

Parking Facilities.

24

 

26.1

  Local Parking Structures

24

 

26.2

  VIP Valet-Assist

24

 

26.3

  Retained Rights

24

 

 

 

 

27.

Brokers.

25

 

 

 

 

28.

Rules and Regulations.

25

 

 

 

 

29.

Directory Board and Signage.

25

 

29.1

  Directory Board

25

 

29.2

  Signage

25

 

 

 

 

30.

General Provisions.

25

 

30.1

  No Waiver

26

 

30.2

  Landlord’s Right to Perform

26

 

30.3

  Terms; Headings

26

 

30.4

  Entire Agreement

26

 

30.5

  Successors and Assigns

26

 

30.6

  Notices

26

 

30.7

  Severability

27

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

30.8

  Time of Essence

27

 

30.9

  Governing Law

27

 

30.10

  Attorneys’ Fees

27

 

30.11

  Light and Air

27

 

30.12

  Bankruptcy Prior to Commencement

27

 

30.13

  Force Majeure

27

 

30.14

  Applicable Laws

27

 

30.15

  Estoppel Certificates

28

 

30.16

  No Discrimination

28

 

30.17

  Examination of Lease

28

 

30.18

  Partner Liability

28

 

30.19

  No Jury Trial

28

 

30.20

  Execution by Corporation

29

 

iv


 

CLOCK TOWER BUILDING
OFFICE LEASE

 

THIS OFFICE LEASE (the “ Lease ”) is made and entered into as of May10, 2010, by and between CLOCK TOWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and TRUECAR, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

1.                                  Lease of Premises.

 

1.1                                6th Floor Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, those certain premises (the “6th Floor Premises”) shown on the drawings attached hereto as Exhibit “A,” located on the entire sixth (6th) floor of an office building (the “Building”) located at 225 Santa Monica Boulevard, Santa Monica, California. The 6th Floor Premises is commonly known as Suite 600 and contains approximately 4,389 square feet of Rentable Area (as defined in Exhibit “B” attached hereto). For all purposes under this Lease, except as and to the extent otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, the 6th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises (defined in Section 1.2 below) collectively shall constitute, and be referred to herein as, the “ Premises .” The Building, the land on which the foregoing improvements are located (the “Land”), and all other improvements now or hereafter constructed on the Land, except improvements which tenants may remove therefrom pursuant to the terms of their respective leases, are collectively referred to herein as the “Project.” Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use the common areas and public areas in the Project.

 

1.2                                12th Floor Premises. In addition to Tenant’s lease of the sixth (6th) floor of the Building under Section 1.1 above, Landlord also leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, a portion of the twelfth (12th) floor of the Building (the “12th Floor Premises”) shown on the drawings attached hereto as Exhibit “A”. The 12th Floor Premises shall contain a portion of the 12th floor of the Building comprised of six (6) individual offices along the perimeter of the floor and a proportionate share of the undemised general use area within the 12th floor of the Building (including access to and from the 12th floor elevators and the core area restrooms on the 12th floor, comprising approximately 2,300 square feet of Rentable Area. All of the terms, conditions, rights, obligations and covenants of this Lease shall apply to the 12th Floor Premises, and the 12th Floor Premises shall constitute and be deemed part of the Premises for all purposes hereunder, except as and to the extent otherwise expressly provided in this Lease. Notwithstanding Tenant’s lease of the 12th Floor Premises, Landlord shall have the right from time to time to lease the remaining portions of the 12th floor of the Building not leased by Tenant hereunder to any third party, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with any such third party tenant on the 12th floor of the Building for purposes of use of common undemised portions of the floor core area restrooms and path of travel to and from the elevators. If requested by Landlord, Tenant agrees to execute a commercially reasonable shared-use agreement with any other thirty party tenant leasing a portion of the 12th floor for the purpose of memorializing certain rules, procedures and agreements between the parties and Landlord concerning the joint use of undemised space on the 12th floor.

 



 

2.                                  Purpose; Use.

 

Tenant shall use the Premises only for general office uses consistent with first-class office buildings in downtown Santa Monica. Without limiting the foregoing, permitted office uses do not include uses for a medical practice, retail sales operation, showroom, classroom, testing center or non-incidental storage. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises, in any manner or for any purpose which: (a) would violate any Applicable Laws including, without limitation, those with respect to hazardous or toxic materials, or the provisions of any applicable governmental permit or document related to the Project; (b) would adversely affect or render more expensive any fire or other insurance maintained by Landlord for the Project or any of its contents; or (c) would impair or interfere with any of the services and systems of the Building, including without limitation, the Building’s electrical, mechanical, vertical transportation, sprinkler, fire and life safety, structural, plumbing, security, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems (collectively, the “ Building Systems ”) or the janitorial, security and building maintenance services (collectively, the “ Service Facilities ”).

 

3.                                  Term.

 

3.1                           Commencement Date.

 

(a)                                       The term of this Lease (the “ Term ”) for the 6th Floor Premises shall commence on August 1, 2010 (the “ Commencement Date ”), and shall end five (5) months after the Commencement Date (on December 31, 2010), unless sooner terminated pursuant hereto. Promptly following the Commencement Date upon the request of Landlord, Landlord and Tenant shall confirm the Commencement Date and the expiration date by executing and delivering a Memorandum of Lease Commencement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “C.”

 

(b)                                       The Term of the Lease for the 12th Floor Premises shall commence on May 10, 2010 (the “ 12th Floor Commencement Date ”) and shall continue on a month-to-month basis, but in any event, not longer than (and shall expire not later than) December 31, 2010. Either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease as to the 12th Floor Premises (and only as to the 12th Floor Premises) upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other party, and all of the rights, duties and obligations under this Lease shall thereupon terminate and be of no further force of effect as of such termination, except for accrued and unpaid or unperformed obligations and duties expressly surviving the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

3.2                                Delivery and Acceptance of the Premises. Tenant currently occupies the 6th Floor Premises as a subtenant of Interior Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (as the sublandord). Accordingly, as of the Commencement Date (for the 6th Floor Premises), Landlord shall be deemed to have delivered the Premises to Tenant in is As-Is condition. Within three (3) business days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord shall deliver the 12th Floor Premises to Tenant in its As-Is condition, broom clean and free of tenancies, ready for Tenant’s use and occupancy thereof in accordance with this Lease. By remaining in possession of, or entering into possession of, as applicable, the Premises or any part thereof as of the Commencement Date (and the 12th Floor Commencement Date for the 12th Floor Premises),

 

2



 

Tenant shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Premises (as applicable) and to have agreed that Landlord has performed all of its delivery obligations hereunder with respect to the Premises and that the Premises are in satisfactory condition and in full compliance with the requirements of this Lease as of the date of such possession, except for (a) latent defects of which Landlord is notified within one year following Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, and (b) the minor details of construction, decoration and mechanical adjustments which do not materially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises for their intended purpose. Landlord shall have no responsibility to correct or liability with respect to any latent defects in any portion of the Tenant Improvements installed by a contractor of Tenant, if any, but shall be responsible for repair of or liable for latent defects in the core and shell of the Building and in the Tenant Improvements installed by Landlord or Landlord’s contractors, subject to all applicable statutes of limitation. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Project, including without limitation, any representation or warranty with respect to the suitability or fitness of the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business.

 

4.                                       Base Rent .

 

Tenant shall pay monthly Base Rent (“ Base Rent ”) to Landlord for the Premises as set forth in this Article 4. Base Rent shall be payable in monthly installments and each monthly installment of Base Rent is payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month.

 

4.1                                6th Floor Base Rent . For the period beginning on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent (“Base Rent”) for the 6th Floor Premises in the amount of Fifteen Thousand Four Hundred Ninety-Three and 17/100 Dollars ($15,493.17) per month, which is equal Three and 53/100 Dollars ($3.53) per square foot of Rentable Area in the 6th Floor Premises. Such Base Rent shall be payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month beginning on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Term of this Lease.

 

4.2                                12th Floor Base Rent . For the period beginning on the 12th Floor Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Term of this Lease for the 12th Floor Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent for the 12th Floor Premises in the amount of Nine Thousand Dollars ($9,000.00) per month. Such Base Rent for the 12th Floor Premises shall be payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month beginning on the 12th floor Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Term of this Lease for the 12th Floor Premises, as the same may be terminated by either party on thirty (30) days’ prior written notice.

 

4.3                                Other Terms . Base Rent, together with all other sums of any kind due under this Lease (individually and collectively, “ Additional Rent ”), shall be paid to the Landlord without deduction or offset of any kind, and in advance and without demand (except as otherwise herein expressly provided) in lawful money of the United States at the Office of the Building or such other location and/or to such other person as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. The Base Rent and Additional Rent may sometimes be referred to herein collectively as the “rent.”

 

3



 

5.                                       Rent Adjustments.

 

5.1                                General Terms. In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 4 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay “Tenant’s Share” of the annual “Project Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Sections 5.2(f)  and 5.2(b)  of this Lease, respectively, which are in excess of the amount of Project Expenses applicable to the “Base Year,” as that term is defined in Section 5.2(a), below; provided, however, that in no event shall any decrease in Project Expenses for any “Expense Year,” as that term is defined in Section 5.2(c)  below, below Project Expenses for the Base Year entitle Tenant to any decrease in Base Rent or any credit against sums due under this Lease. All amounts due under this Article 5 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 5 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, for avoidance of doubt, because the Base Year hereunder is calendar year 2010, unless the parties mutually agree to extend the Term of this Lease beyond the Term originally provided for hereinabove (which neither party shall have any obligation to do), Tenant shall not have any obligation for Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses for the Term of this Lease.

 

5.2                                Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent. As used in this Article 4 , the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

 

(a)                                       “Base Year” shall mean the calendar year 2010.

 

(b)                                       “Project Expenses” shall mean “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses.”

 

(c)                                        “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

 

(d)                                       “Operating Expenses” shall mean the total of all actual costs incurred by Landlord using, where applicable, generally accepted accounting and management practices in connection with the management, operation, maintenance, cleaning, protecting, servicing and repair of the Project. Operating Expenses shall include, without limitation, (i) the cost of providing, managing, operating, maintaining and repairing air conditioning, sprinkler, fire and life safety, electricity, steam, heating, mechanical, ventilation, lighting, escalator and elevator systems and all other utilities and the cost of supplies and equipment and maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of repairs, general maintenance and cleaning, trash removal, telephone service, janitorial service, light bulb and tube replacement, and supplies, security and any parking shuttle service; (iii) the cost (e.g. premiums and deductible amounts) of “all risk of physical loss”, boiler, sprinkler, apparatus, commercial general liability, property damage, rent loss, earthquake and other insurance; (iv) wages, salaries and other labor costs including taxes, insurance, retirement, medical and other employee

 

4



 

benefits, including, without limitation, such costs for a transportation system manager and/or rideshare coordinator for the Project; (v) fees, charges and other costs, including management fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all independent contractors engaged by Landlord or reasonably charged by Landlord if Landlord performs management services in connection with the Project; provided that, with respect to management services charged by Landlord, Operating Expenses may include an annual fee not in excess of three and one-half percent (3.5%) of gross revenue of the Project; (vi) the fair market rental value of the Project manager’s offices and storage areas in the Building, provided said offices and storage areas are devoted solely to the management, operation, maintenance or repair of the Project; (vii) the cost of business licenses; (viii) fees imposed by any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services or other similar services which do not constitute Tax Expenses as defined in Paragraph 5.2(e); (ix) any charges which are payable by Landlord under any special assessment district under which the Building is assessed in the future; (x) the costs of contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactment which would increase Operating Expenses; (xi) capital costs incurred in connection with any equipment, device or other improvement reasonably anticipated to achieve savings in the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project or portion thereof, or to comply with Applicable Laws not effective with respect to the Project upon Delivery Date; provided, however, the same shall be amortized (including interest on the unamortized cost) over the shorter of (A) the useful life, or (B) the cost recovery period (i.e., the anticipated period to recover the full cost of such capital item from cost savings achieved by such capital item), of the relevant capital item as reasonably determined by Landlord; and (xii) depreciation of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Building or Project. For purposes of computing rent adjustments pursuant to this Article 5, Operating Expenses for the entire Project shall be equitably allocated and charged to Tenant as an amount per square foot of Rentable Area. Operating Expenses shall be adjusted to reflect one hundred percent (100%) occupancy of the Project during any period in which the Project is not one hundred percent (100%) occupied. Said adjustment to reflect one hundred percent (100%) occupancy shall be applied only to Operating Expenses which by their nature vary based on the occupancy of the Project and not to Operating Expenses which by their nature are fixed independently of the level of occupancy of the Project, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting and management practices consistently applied. Operating Expenses shall not include the following:

 

(1)                                       The cost of repair to the Building or the Project including the Premises, to the extent the cost of the repairs is reimbursed by insurance;

 

(2)                                       Marketing costs including leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building;

 

(3)                                       Costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of other tenants’ or occupants’ improvements made for other tenants or occupants in the Building or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting

 

5



 

or redecorating vacant space for other tenants or prospective tenants or occupants of the Building;

 

(4)                                       The cost of utilities directly charged to individual tenants (including Tenant) including electric power costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company or for which any tenant is separately metered or submetered and pays Landlord directly; provided, however, that if any tenant in the Building contracts directly for electric power service or is separately metered or submetered during any portion of the relevant period, the total electric power costs for the Building shall be “grossed up” to reflect what those costs would have been had each tenant in the Building used the Building-standard amount of electric power and allocated to all of the Rentable Area of the Building in accordance with generally accepted accounting and management practices and payroll, material and contract costs of other services charged to tenants (including Tenant);

 

(5)                                       The cost of painting and decorating the Premises or premises of other tenants;

 

(6)                                       The depreciation of the Building (including the Base Building Improvements) and other real property structures in the Project;

 

(7)                                       Interest, principal, points and fees on debt or amortization payments on any real property mortgages or deeds of trust and ground lease payments or any other debt instrument encumbering the Building or the Project, and other costs and charges in connection therewith such as, without limitation, legal fees and brokerage fees;

 

(8)                                       Legal, accounting, auditing and other related expenses associated with the enforcement of leases or the securing or defense of Landlord’s title to the Land, the Building or other portions of the Project;

 

(9)                                       Advertising costs and promotional expenditures incurred directly for leasing individual space in the Building or other portions of the Project;

 

(10)                                Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general administrative expenses not related to the operation of the Project and all compensation to executives, officers or partners of Landlord or to persons who are executives or officers of partners of Landlord or to any other person at or above the level of building manager, other than the building manager of the Building or Project;

 

(11)                                Any compensation paid to clerks or attendants in commercial concessions operated by Landlord or by others;

 

(12)                                All items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Building reimburses Landlord and all items and services supplied selectively to any tenant without reimbursement, and all items and services provided to any tenant with or without reimbursement, in excess of those which Landlord is required to provide under this Lease, provided that, any item or service supplied selectively to Tenant shall be paid for by Tenant;

 

6



 

(13)                                To the extent reimbursed by parking fees, the cost of payroll for clerks and attendants, bookkeeping, garage keepers liability insurance, parking management fees, tickets and uniforms directly incurred in operating the parking facilities;

 

(14)                                Costs of capital improvements, replacements, alterations and additions to the Building and other portions of the Project which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting and management practices, should not be expensed, except as otherwise included in Operating Expenses pursuant to this Paragraph 5.2(d);

 

(15)                                Costs of repairs or modifications to the Building or Premises due to Landlord’s failure, if any, to construct the Building and Premises in full compliance with all governmental regulations, ordinances and laws effective at the time of construction;

 

(16)                                The cost of any political or charitable donations or contributions;

 

(17)                                Interest, fines or penalties assessed as a result of Landlord’s failure to make payments in a timely manner, unless such failure is reasonable under the circumstances;

 

(18)                                Costs of purchasing, installing and replacing art work or decorative features (to the extent properly capitalized under generally accepted accounting and management practices) in the Building or elsewhere in the Project, excluding repairs and maintenance thereto required as a result of normal wear and tear;

 

(19)                                Except for making repairs or keeping permanent systems in operation while repairs are being made, rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment ordinarily considered to be of a capital nature, except equipment not affixed to the Building which is used in providing janitorial or similar services;

 

(20)                                Any bad debt loss, rent loss or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;

 

(21)                                Tax penalties, interest charges and fines incurred in connection with the payment or non-payment of taxes (whether due to Landlord negligence, inability or unwillingness to make payments and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or otherwise)

 

(22)                                Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Project, costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees (if any) not engaged in Building or Project operation, disputes of Landlord with Building management, or outside fees paid in connection with disputes with other tenants; and

 

(23)                                Any expenses incurred by Landlord for use of any portions of the Project to accommodate events including, but not limited to shows, promotions, kiosks, displays, filming, photography, private events, parties or ceremonies, and advertising for such events,

 

7



 

beyond the normal expenses otherwise attributable to providing Building services, such as lighting and HVAC to such public portions of the Building or Project in normal Building operations during standard Building hours of operation, but Operating Expenses shall include the costs incurred by Landlord for events primarily intended to benefit tenants of the Project generally.

 

If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall not include market-wide labor-rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, boycotts and strikes, and utility rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances including, but not limited to, conservation surcharges, boycotts, embargoes or other shortages, or amortized costs relating to capital improvements. In no event shall the components of Operating Expenses for any Expense Year related to electrical costs be less than the components of Operating Expenses related to electrical costs in the Base Year.

 

(e)                                   Taxes Expenses,

 

(1)                                       Tax Expenses ” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof.

 

(2)                                       Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“Proposition 13”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, in further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of governmental services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13, Tax Expenses shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by

 

8



 

governmental agencies; (iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; and (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

 

(3)                                       Any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are paid. Tax refunds shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Additional Rent under this Article 5 for such Expense Year. If Tax Expenses for any Expense Year during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof, or if Tax Expenses for the Base Year are decreased after payment thereof, in either event for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand any resulting increase in the amount of Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses for any Expense Year affected by such change. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5.2(e)  (except as set forth in Section 5.2(e)(1), above), there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), unless due to a change in the method of taxation, any of such taxes are levied on or assessed against Landlord, in whole or in part, in lieu of: as a substitute for or as an addition to any other tax which would otherwise constitute a Tax Expense, (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Article 10 of this Lease.

 

(4)                                       The amount of Tax Expenses for the Base Year shall be known as “ Base Taxes ”. If in any Expense Year subsequent to the Base Year, the amount of Tax Expenses decreases below the amount of Base Taxes as a result of any reassessment or any similar governmental act or Applicable Law, including, without limitation, as the result of a Proposition 8 reduction (collectively, a “ Tax Reduction ” ), then for purposes of all subsequent Expense Years, including the Expense Year in which such Tax Reduction occurred, the Base Taxes shall be decreased by an amount equal to the Tax Reduction (a “ Base Year Tax Reduction ” ); provided, however, that if in any subsequent comparison year the amount of such Tax Reduction is decreased (other than to the extent by virtue of the application of the annual percentage increase (presently 2.0%) in Tax Expenses currently provided by statute (or any substitute therefor hereafter adopted) or the impact on Tax Expenses of a reassessment under Proposition 13), for purposes of calculation of Base Taxes for such subsequent comparison year, the Base Year Tax Reduction shall be correspondingly decreased.

 

(f)                                         Tenant’s Share ” shall mean Eight and 07/100 percent (8.07%), equal to the ratio of the total Rentable Area of the Premises to a total 54,399 square feet of Rentable Area in the Building.

 

9



 

5.3                                Cost Pools. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Project Expenses for the Project among different portions or occupants of the Building (the “ Cost Pools ”), in Landlord’s discretion. Such Cost Pools may include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of a building of the Building, and the retail space tenants of a Building. The Project Expenses within each such Cost Pool shall be allocated and charged to the tenants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner.

 

5.4                                Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent . If for any Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses applicable to the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 5.4(al, below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the excess (the “Excess”).

 

(a)                                       Statement of Actual Project Expenses and Payment by Tenant. Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “Statement”) which shall state the Project Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount of the Excess. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, the fill’ amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “Estimated Excess,” as that term is defined in Section 5.4(b), below, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Excess than the actual Excess, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of Tenant’s overpayment against Rent next due under this Lease. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 5. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess if present, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord such amount, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Excess than the actual Excess, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days, deliver a check payable to Tenant in the amount of the overpayment. The provisions of this Section 5.4(a)  shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

 

(b)                                       Statement of Estimated Project Expenses. In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Project Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated excess (the “ Estimated Excess ”) as calculated by comparing the Project Expenses for such Expense Year, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to the amount of Project Expenses for the Base Year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Excess under this Article 5, nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Excess theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the next to last sentence of this Section 5.4.(b)). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to

 

10


 

Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

 

5.5                                Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible . Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten (10) days before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures, Tenant Improvements and any other personal property located in or about the Premises in accordance with Article 10 of this Lease.

 

6.                                  Abatement for Untenantability .

 

If the Premises or any portion thereof are rendered untenantable and are not used by Tenant for a period of five (5) consecutive business days or twelve (12) business days in any twelve (12) month period (the “ Eligibility Period ”) as a result of failure in the water, sewage, air conditioning, heating, ventilating, vertical transportation or electrical systems of the Project, or as a result of any Damage (as defined in Section 12.1), Tenant’s rent shall be reduced and abated after the expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time as the Premises or such portion thereof remain untenantable and are not used by Tenant, in the proportion that the Rentable Area of the portion of the Premises rendered untenantable and not used by Tenant bears to the total Rentable Area of the Premises, provided, however, there shall be no abatement of rent: (a) if Landlord provides to Tenant other space in the Project which is reasonably suited for the temporary operation of Tenant’s business and actually used by Tenant, or (b) if the Damage or failure of Building Systems is caused in whole or in part by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees, or (c) to the extent the rent abatement is not actually covered by rental loss insurance, which Landlord agrees to carry so long as such coverage is available on commercially reasonable terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any rent abatement under this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord Additional Rent for all services and utilities provided to and used by Tenant during the period of the rent abatement. To the extent rental loss insurance carried, or required to be carried, by Landlord, the premiums for which are included in Operating Expenses, covers or would be covered, but for this provision, rent loss for any portion of the Eligibility Period, the Eligibility Period shall be reduced to the extent of such coverage.

 

7.                                  Utilities and Services.

 

7.1                           Landlord Obligations .

 

(a)                                  Services. Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish to Tenant (1) water at those points of supply provided for general use of tenants of the Building; (2) heated and refrigerated air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) as appropriate, during normal business hours, at such temperatures and in such amounts as are standard for general office use of comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building, assuming an occupancy load of the Premises by Tenant consistent with occupancy loads by office tenants of comparable office buildings (it being acknowledged and agreed that Landlord is not required to provide any additional HVAC that may be required for Tenant’s server and/or equipment rooms); (3) janitorial service to the common areas of the Project on weekdays, other than New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day (on the days

 

11



 

such holidays are generally observed) and such other holidays as are generally recognized by landlords of comparable office buildings in Santa Monica, California (collectively, “Holidays”), for Building-standard installations and such window washing as may from time to time be reasonably required; (4) elevators for ingress and egress to the floor on which the Premises are located, in common with other tenants, provided that Landlord may reasonably limit the number of operating elevators during non-business hours and Holidays; and (5) electrical current of 3.0 watts per rentable square foot at an average per outlet of 115 volts, but not for equipment that requires electrical energy consumption that exceeds normal office usage. Tenant acknowledges that each floor in the Building (including the floor on which the Premises is located) is separately metered for utilities, and the costs of any such separately metered utilities shall be paid or reimbursed to Landlord directly, and not passed through in Operating Expenses of the Building. Additionally, the cost of janitorial services provided for the Premises shall be charged directly to Tenant (as will janitorial services for all other full-floor tenants in the Building) and not passed through in Operating Expenses of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all utilities and Building services, including, without limitation electricity, HVAC, water, janitorial, and day porter services not separately metered or provided exclusively to one floor or tenant of the Building, e.g., for common areas, shall be part of Operating Expenses passed through to tenants of the Building pursuant to Section 5.2(d)  above. Landlord shall maintain the common areas of the Building in reasonably good order and condition, except for damage caused by a Tenant Party. If Tenant desires any of the services specified in this Section 7.1(a): (A) at any time other than between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on weekdays (other than Holidays) and Saturdays from 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. (“Normal Working Hours”), or (B) on Saturdays (except as provided above), Sundays or Holidays, then such services shall be supplied to Tenant upon the written request of Tenant delivered to Landlord before 3:00 p.m. on the business day preceding such extra usage, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such services (currently $60.00/hour, with a four (4) hour minimum usage) within 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor. The costs incurred by Landlord in providing after-hour HVAC service to Tenant shall include costs for electricity, water, sewage, water treatment, labor, metering, filtering, and maintenance reasonably allocated by Landlord to providing such service.

 

(b)                                  Access/Security. Landlord shall furnish to Tenant’s employees and agents access to the Premises on a seven (7) day per week, twenty-four (24) hour per day basis, subject to compliance with such reasonable and non-discriminatory security measures as shall from time to time be in effect for the Building and/or the Project, Landlord maintenance activities and subject to the reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations from time to time established by Landlord. The parties acknowledge that Landlord shall provide an exterior telephone communication system on the exterior wall of the Building for access to the Building and Premises after Normal Working Hours, by which Tenant’s guests or invitees or other persons shall be able to contact Tenant or the security personnel of the Building and provide a previously arranged password for entry into the Building and Premises; provided, however, that this current security system is subject to modification from time to time in the reasonable discretion of Landlord and/or to comply with Applicable Laws as may be in force from time to time, provided that Tenant’s access and security rights hereunder are not materially diminished. Landlord does not warrant the effectiveness of said security equipment, procedures and personnel provided by Landlord and Tenant shall have the right, subject to review and approval of Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, to provide additional security equipment or personnel in the Premises, provided that Landlord is given reasonable access to the Premises and that any such

 

12



 

security system installed by Tenant complies with all Applicable Laws and building codes and shall not create any material security risk to the Building or materially adversely affect the rights of other tenants in the Project. At Tenant’s request, elevator access to the Premises may be locked from time to time and accessible only by use of the security card reader system installed by Landlord for the Project. Landlord shall provide Tenant with twelve (12) security cards for use with Landlord’s security card reader system, each of which security cards shall require a $25.00 deposit with Landlord, returnable to Tenant upon return of the security card to Landlord. Tenant shall designate no more than two (2) persons to communicate with Landlord’s security vendor, as may be changed from time to time, currently UPS, to lock and unlock the elevator doors and access to the Premises. To the extent that it is feasible to link Tenant’s additional security equipment and system for the Premises, if any, to the security system for the Project, Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant to cause security access cards or other devices provided to Tenant for access to the Project to provide access to the Premises in connection with Tenant’s additional security system, provided that all costs associated with such linking of Landlord’s and Tenant’s security systems shall be borne solely by Tenant.

 

7.2                           Excess Utility Use; Extraordinary Services.

 

(a)                                       Landlord shall not be required to furnish electrical current for equipment that requires more than 115 volts or other equipment whose electrical energy consumption exceeds normal office usage. If Tenant’s requirements for or consumption of electricity exceed the electricity to be provided by Landlord as described in Section 7.1(a), Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make reasonable efforts to supply such service through the then-existing feeders and risers serving the Building and the Premises, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such service within 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor. Landlord may determine the amount of such additional consumption and potential consumption by any verifiable method, including installation of a separate meter in the Premises installed, maintained, and read by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall not install any electrical equipment requiring special wiring or requiring voltage in excess of 110 volts unless approved in advance by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall not install any electrical equipment requiring voltage in excess of Building capacity unless approved in advance by Landlord, which approval may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. The use of electricity in the Premises shall not exceed the capacity of existing feeders and risers to or wiring in the Premises. Any risers or wiring required to meet Tenant’s excess electrical requirements shall, upon Tenant’s written request, be installed by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, if, in Landlord’s judgment, the same are necessary and shall not cause permanent damage to the Building or the Premises, cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition, entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs, or expenses, or interfere with or disturb other tenants of the Building. If Tenant uses machines or equipment in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or otherwise overload any utility, Landlord may install supplemental air conditioning units or other supplemental equipment in the Premises, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation, use, and maintenance, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor.

 

(b)                                       Passenger elevator services, HVAC, electricity, and access to and use of the Premises will be available twenty-four (24) hours a day, subject to the provisions of this

 

13



 

Article 7. Landlord may impose a reasonable direct charge and establish reasonable rules and regulations for any of the following: (a) the use of any HVAC or electric current by Tenant at any time other than during Normal Working Hours; (b) the usage of any services provided to Tenant at any time other than during Normal Working Hours; (c) additional or unusual janitorial services required because of any non-building standard improvements in the Premises, the carelessness of Tenant, the nature of Tenant’s business (including the operation of Tenant’s business other than during Normal Working Hours); and (d) the removal of any refuse and rubbish from the Premises except for discarded material placed in wastepaper baskets and left for emptying as an incident to Landlord’s normal cleaning of the Premises. The foregoing direct charges shall be payable by Tenant as Additional Rent on the next rent payment date after submission of an invoice therefor by Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord shall have the right, at its option, to meter and charge all tenants in the Building, including Tenant, directly for their use of electricity and HVAC within their respective premises. In such event, Tenant shall pay such charges as Additional Rent on a monthly basis within five (5) days after invoice therefor, and all such charges shall be excluded from Operating Expenses under Article 5.

 

7.3                                Charges . Tenant shall pay Landlord for all light bulbs and tubes replaced within the Premises, including Landlord’s labor costs for such replacement. All janitorial work for the Premises shall be supplied by Landlord, billed to or reimbursed by Tenant. Tenant shall pay for water, gas, electricity and all other utilities used by Tenant on the Premises including connection charges, from and after the delivery of possession of the Premises by Landlord. If any such charges are not paid when due, Landlord may pay the same, and any amount so paid by Landlord shall thereupon become due to Landlord from Tenant as Additional Rent.

 

7.4                                Interruption in Utility Services . Landlord shall not be liable for damages or otherwise for failure, stoppage or interruption of any services or utilities or unavailability of access to the Project, nor shall the same be construed either as an eviction of Tenant, or result in an abatement of rent (except as provided in Article  6), when such failure is caused by acts of God, accidents, breakage, repairs, strikes, lockouts, other labor disputes, other force majeure  events, or by the making of repairs, alterations or improvements to the Premises or the Building, or the limitation, curtailment, rationing or restriction on supply of fuel, steam, water, electricity, labor or other supplies or for any other condition beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, including without limitation, any governmental energy conservation program or legal requirement.

 

8.                                       Alterations .

 

8.1                                Restriction on Alterations . Tenant shall make no alteration, repair, addition or improvement in, to or about the Premises (collectively, “ Alterations ”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and Landlord may impose as a condition to such consent such requirements as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, may deem necessary or desirable, including without limitation, (a) the right to approve the plans and specifications for any work, (b) the right to require supplemental insurance satisfactory to Landlord and covering Landlord, Landlord’s property manager and Landlord’s lender as additional insureds, (c) the right to require security for the full payment for any work and to require unconditional lien releases for all work completed, (d) requirements as

 

14



 

to the manner in which or the time or times at which work may be performed and (e) the right to approve the contractor or contractors to perform Alterations. All Alterations shall be compatible with a first class/comparable office building and completed in accordance with Landlord’s requirements and all applicable rules, regulations and requirements of governmental authorities and insurance carriers, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an administrative charge equal to three percent (3%) of the hard construction costs of any such Alterations in the Premises (other than Cosmetic Alterations), to reimburse Landlord for its (or its project manager’s) costs of reviewing plans and specifications, engineering review, and inspecting all Alterations to assure full compliance with all of Landlord’s requirements; provided that not such administrative charge shall be payable by Tenant in connection with Tenant’s initial Tenant Improvements or Alterations in the Premises. Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any loss, cost or expense, including attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Landlord as a result of any defects in design, materials or workmanship resulting from Alterations, except to the extent such defects are caused by Landlord, its agents, servants or employees. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereinabove, Tenant shall not be entitled to make or install any improvements or Alterations in the 12th Floor Premises during the Term hereof for the 12th Floor Premises.

 

8.2                                Removal and Surrender of Fixtures and Alterations , All Alterations and all Tenant Improvements installed in the Premises which are attached to, or built into, the Premises, shall become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered with the Premises, as a part thereof, at the end of the Term; provided, however, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Term, require Tenant to remove any Alterations or Tenant Improvements designated by Landlord to be removed at the time of Landlord’s approval thereof and any other improvements not generally found in a first-class office building, and to repair any damage to the Premises and the Project caused by such removal, all at Tenant’s sole expense and to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. Any articles of personal property including business and trade fixtures not attached to, or built into, the Premises, machinery and equipment, free-standing cabinet work, and movable partitions, which were installed by Tenant in the Premises at Tenant’s sole expense and which were not installed in connection with a credit or allowance granted by Landlord or in replacement for an item which Tenant would not have been entitled to remove, shall be and remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term as long as Tenant is not in default hereunder and provided that Tenant repairs to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction any damage to the Premises, the Building and any other part of the Project caused by such removal. With respect to Tenant Improvements installed in the Premises, Landlord and Tenant shall each own undivided interests in such Tenant Improvements to the extent, in the case of Landlord, paid for or provided by Landlord, and, in the case of Tenant, to the extent paid for by Tenant. For purposes of the insurance requirements of Section 11.2, Tenant shall be deemed to have an insurable interest in all of the Tenant Improvements and Alterations in the Premises, as between Landlord and Tenant, but the same shall be surrendered with the Premises on termination of this Lease, as set forth above.

 

9.                                  Maintenance and Repairs .

 

9.1                                Tenant’s Obligations . Except for Landlord’s obligations specifically set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, keep the Premises and every part thereof clean

 

15



 

and in good condition and repair and Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof.

 

9.2                                Landlord’s Obligations . Subject to Article 12, Landlord shall repair and maintain with reasonable diligence after notice thereof from Tenant, defects in, and damage to, the Building Systems installed by Landlord and serving or located on the Premises. If such maintenance and repair is required in part or in whole by the act, neglect, misuse, fault or omission of any duty of Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such maintenance and repairs except to the extent Tenant has been relieved of such liability under Section 11.6. Except as provided in Article 12, there shall be no abatement of rent with respect to, and Landlord shall not be liable for, any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from any repairs, maintenance, alteration or improvement in or to any portion of the Project or the Building, including the Premises, or in or to the fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. Further, neither Landlord nor any partner, director, officer, agent or employee of Landlord shall be liable for any damage caused by other lessees or persons in or about the Project, or for any consequential damages arising out of any loss of use of the Premises or any equipment or facilities therein by Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant. As a material inducement to Landlord entering into this Lease, Tenant waives and releases its right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under Section 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any other law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect, and Tenant waives and releases the right to terminate this Lease under Section 1932(1) of the California Civil Code or any similar or successor statute.

 

10.                           Tax on Tenant’s Personal Property .

 

At least ten (10) days prior to delinquency, Tenant shall pay all taxes levied or assessed upon Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in or about the Premises. If the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures or other personal property, Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon written demand, the taxes so levied against Landlord, or the proportion thereof resulting from said increase in assessment.

 

11.                           Insurance; Waiver of Subrogation .

 

11.1        Liability Insurance . Tenant shall at all times during the Term (and prior to the Ten with respect to any activity of Tenant hereunder at the Project) and at its own cost and expense procure and continue in force workers’ compensation insurance, Employer’s Liability Insurance and Commercial General Liability insurance adequate to protect Tenant and Landlord against liability for injury to or death of any person or damage to property in connection with the use, operation or condition of the Premises. The limits of liability under the workers’ compensation insurance policy shall be at least equal to the statutory requirements therefor, and the limits of liability under the Employer’s Liability Insurance policy shall be at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). The Commercial General Liability insurance for injuries to persons and for damage to property at all times shall be in an amount of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) per occurrence and Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) general aggregate, for injuries to non-employees and property damage. Not more frequently than once each two (2) years, if, in the opinion of Landlord’s lender or of the insurance broker retained by

 

16



 

Landlord, the amount of Employer’s Liability or Commercial General Liability coverage at that time is not adequate, Tenant shall increase the insurance coverage as required by either Landlord’s lender or Landlord’s insurance broker.

 

11.2        Property Insurance . Tenant shall at all times during the Term maintain in effect policies of insurance covering all leasehold improvements (including, but not limited to, all Tenant Improvements and Alterations) trade fixtures, merchandise and other personal property from time to time in, on or upon the Premises, in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of their full replacement cost from time to time during the Term, providing protection against any peril included within the classification “all risk coverage” or “causes of loss — special form” together with insurance against sprinkler water damage (including earthquake caused sprinkler damage), vandalism and malicious mischief. Such property insurance shall provide equivalent or greater coverage than that provided by ISO Form CP 10 30. The proceeds of such insurance, so long as this Lease remains in effect, shall be used for the repair or replacement of the property so insured. Upon termination of this Lease due to any casualty, the proceeds of insurance shall be paid to Landlord and Tenant, as their interests appear in the insured property. The full replacement value of the items to be insured under this Section 11.2 shall be determined by Tenant and acknowledged by the company issuing the insurance policy by the issuance of an agreed amount endorsement at the time the policy is initially obtained, and shall be increased from time to time in order to maintain replacement value coverage.

 

11.3        Business Interruption . Tenant shall at all times during the Term, and at its own cost and expense, procure and maintain in effect loss of income or business interruption insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct and indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises or to the Building as a result of such perils.

 

11.4        Policy Requirements .

 

(a)                                  All insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder shall be issued by responsible insurance companies, qualified to do business in the State of California and reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Insurance companies rated A VII or better by Best’s Insurance Reports shall be deemed acceptable.

 

(b)                                  Each policy shall be written on an “occurrence” basis and shall have a deductible or deductibles, if any, which do not exceed the deductible amounts) maintained by similarly situated tenants in office buildings in Santa Monica, Each policy shall cover Landlord, Landlord’s Project manager, Landlord’s lender and their respective members, managers, partners, officers, directors, agents and employees as additional insureds, as their interests may appear, and copies of all policies and endorsements thereto together with certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of such insurance and further evidencing that such insurance is in full force and effect, shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant at least five (5) business days prior to Tenant’s occupancy of any portion of the Premises, and in any event, prior to any activity of Tenant hereunder at the Project. No such policy shall be cancelable except after thirty (30) days written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall provide Landlord with originals of the endorsements to Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance and property insurance policies which include the following exact wording:

 

17



 

It is agreed that Clock Tower, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. and their respective members, managers, partners, officers, affiliates, agents, employees, successors and assignees are additional insureds. The coverage under this policy is primary insurance with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of the premises leased to TRUECAR, INC., a Delaware corporation.

 

Such endorsements must be separate from certificates of insurance. It is not acceptable to have the above-referenced language typed or written on the certificates of insurance in lieu of providing Landlord with the required endorsements. Each certificate of insurance and endorsement required hereunder must have an original signature. Rubber stamped signatures will not be accepted. Tenant shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such policy, furnish Landlord with renewals or “binders” thereof. Should Tenant at any time neglect or refuse to provide the insurance required by this Lease, or should such insurance be canceled, Landlord shall have the right, but not the duty, to procure the same and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof as Additional Rent promptly upon Landlord’s demand.

 

(c)                                        The policies of insurance required to be carried by Tenant shall be primary and non-contributing with, and not in excess of any other insurance available to Landlord. The cost of defending any claims made against any of the policies required to be carried by Tenant shall not be included in any of the limits of liability for such policies. Tenant shall immediately report to Landlord, and promptly thereafter confirm in writing, the occurrence of any injury, loss or damage incurred by Tenant, or Tenant’s receipt of notice or knowledge of any claim by a third party or any occurrence that might give rise to such claims. It shall be the responsibility of Tenant not to violate nor knowingly permit to be violated any condition of the policies required by this Lease.

 

(d)                                       If any of the liability insurance policies required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Article 11 contains aggregate limits which apply to operations of Tenant other than those operations which are the subject of this Lease, and such limits are diminished by more than Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) after any one or more incidents, occurrences, claims, settlements, or judgments against such insurance, Tenant shall take immediate steps to restore aggregate limits or shall maintain other insurance protection for such aggregate limits. Any policy of property insurance required hereunder may be in “blanket coverage” form, provided any such “blanket coverage” policy (i) specifically provides that the amount of insurance coverage required hereunder shall in no way be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy or (ii) is in an amount not less than the sum of one hundred percent (100%) of the actual replacement costs of all of the properties covered under such “blanket coverage” insurance policy. Neither the issuance of any such property insurance policy nor the minimum limits specified in this Section 11.4 shall be deemed to limit or restrict in any way Tenant’s liability arising under or out of this Lease.

 

11.5        Landlord’s Requirements. Landlord shall, at all times during the Term hereof, at its sole cost and expense (subject to reimbursement in accordance with Article 5) procure and maintain in force insurance of the type commonly referred to as an “all risk of physical loss” policy, including earthquake insurance to the extent required by any Underlying Mortgage (as defined in Section 18.1) or deemed commercially practicable by Landlord, and commercial

 

18



 

general liability insurance insuring the Land, the Building and the Project against all risks and all other hazards as are customarily insured against, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, by others similarly situated and operating like properties. Landlord shall procure and maintain in force (subject to reimbursement in accordance with Article 5) a commercially reasonable amount (or an amount as required by any Underlying Mortgage) of rental loss insurance during the Term of this Lease.

 

11.6      Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant each hereby releases the other, and waives its entire right of recovery against the other for any direct or consequential loss or damage arising out of or incident to the perils covered by the property insurance policy or policies carried by, or required to be carried by, the waiving party pursuant to this Lease (including deductible amounts thereunder), whether or not such damage or loss may be attributable to the negligence of either party or their agents, invitees, contractors, or employees. Each insurance policy carried by either Landlord or Tenant in accordance with this Lease shall include a waiver of the insurer’s rights of subrogation to the extent necessary.

 

12.                                Damage or Destruction.

 

12.1        Agreement Governs. The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 12, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Project by fire or other casualty (“Damage”) and no statute or regulation which is inconsistent with this Article 12, now or hereafter in effect, including without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, shall have any application to this Lease with respect to any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Project. This Article 12 shall not affect the provisions of Article 16  below, subject to Section 11.6.

 

12.2        Obligation to Repair. If the Premises, access thereto within the Project or Building Systems serving the Premises suffer Damage, subject to all other terms of this Article  12, Landlord shall diligently repair the Base Building Improvements (as defined in Exhibit  “D”) in a manner consistent with the provisions of any Underlying Mortgage and subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment and other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. Upon any Damage to the Premises, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or Landlord’s designee) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under insurance required pursuant to Section 11.2, and Landlord shall repair the Tenant Improvements and Alterations installed in the Premises; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, such shortfall shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s repair of the Damage. Upon termination of this Lease due to any Damage, the proceeds of insurance shall be paid to Landlord and Tenant as their interests appear in the insured property. Landlord shall not be liable for any loss of business, inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant arising from any Damage or any repair or restoration of any portion of the Premises, the Building or other portion of the Project as a result of any Damage.

 

12.3        Major Damage to Premises. If the Premises, access thereto within the Project or Building Systems serving the Premises suffer Damage so that the Premises are rendered untenantable and the repair thereof cannot in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed

 

19



 

within ninety (90) days after the date Landlord is informed of the Damage (without payment of overtime or other premium) or if insurance proceeds will not be sufficient to cover the cost of repairs, then Landlord shall have the option, to be exercised by written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date Landlord is informed of the Damage, either: (a) to terminate this Lease as of the date not less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant (although rent shall be abated until such termination in the manner and to the extent provided in Article  6); or (b) to repair the Damage in accordance with Section 12.2, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and rent shall be abated in the manner and to the extent provided in Article 6. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice stating the estimated length of time that will be required to repair the Damage as soon as reasonably possible after such Damage, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the date Landlord is informed of the Damage.

 

12.4        Major Damage to Building or Project. Without limiting the provisions of Sections 12.2 and 12.3, if the Building or the Project suffers major and material Damage which, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, cannot be repaired within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date Landlord is informed of the Damage (without payment of overtime or other premium), or if the Building or the Project is so extensively damaged as to render it economically unviable for its existing use, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, after the repair thereof, or if substantial alteration or reconstruction of the Building or the Project is required, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, as a result of the Damage, or if insurance proceeds will not be sufficient to cover the cost of repairs, then Landlord shall have the option, to be exercised by written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date Landlord is informed of the Damage, either: (a) to terminate this Lease as of the date no less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant and rent shall be abated in the manner and to the extent set forth in Article 6; or (b) subject to Section 12.2, to repair and rebuild the Building with reasonable diligence, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and rent shall be abated in the manner and to the extent provided in Article 6.

 

13.                                Eminent Domain.

 

13.1        Total Taking. If the entire Building or Premises are taken by right of eminent domain or conveyed in lieu thereof (a “Taking”), this Lease shall terminate as of the date of the Taking.

 

13.2        Partial Taking — Tenant’s Rights. If any part of the Building becomes subject to a Taking and such Taking will prevent Tenant from conducting its business on a permanent basis in the Premises in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Taking, then Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the date of such Taking by giving written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the Taking, and Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such Taking. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease, then Rent shall be abated on a reasonable basis as to that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the Taking.

 

13.3        Partial Taking — Landlord’s Rights. If any material portion, but less than all, of the Building becomes subject to a Taking, or if Landlord is required to pay any of the proceeds arising from a Taking to a Landlord’s Mortgagee, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by

 

20


 

delivering written notice thereof to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such Taking, and Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such Taking. If Landlord does not so terminate this Lease, then this Lease will continue, but if any portion of the Premises has been taken, Rent shall abate as provided in the last sentence of Section 13.2. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

 

13.4                Temporary Taking . If all or any portion of the Premises becomes subject to a Taking for a limited period of time, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Tenant shall continue to perform all of the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease, including without limitation, the payment of Base Rent and all other amounts required hereunder. Tenant shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any other temporary condemnation or other taking attributable to any period within the Term. Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award for any such temporary condemnation or other taking which relates to a period after the expiration of the Term or which is allocable to the cost of restoration of the Premises. If any such temporary condemnation or other taking terminates prior to the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall restore the Premises as nearly as possible to the condition prior to the condemnation or other taking, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; provided that, Tenant shall receive the portion of the award attributable to such restoration.

 

13.5                      Award . If any Taking occurs, then Landlord shall receive the entire award or other compensation for the Land, the Building, and other improvements taken; however, Tenant may separately pursue a claim (to the extent it will not reduce Landlord’s award) against the condemnor for the value of Tenant’s personal property which Tenant is entitled to remove under this Lease, moving costs and loss of business.

 

14.                                Assignment and Subletting .

 

14.1                      Transfers . Except as provided in Section 14.8, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord (1) assign, transfer, or encumber this Lease or any estate or interest herein, whether directly or by operation of law, (2) permit any other entity to become Tenant hereunder by merger, consolidation, or other reorganization, (3) if Tenant is an entity other than a corporation whose stock is publicly traded, permit the transfer of an ownership interest in Tenant so as to result in a change in the current control of Tenant, (4) sublet any portion of the Premises, (5) grant any license, concession, or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises, or (6) permit the use of the Premises by any parties other than Tenant (any of the events listed in this Section 14.1 being a “Transfer”).

 

14.2                     Consent Standard . Landlord may grant or withhold its consent to any assignment or subletting of the Premises (or any other Transfer) in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

14.3                      Request for Consent . If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a Transfer, then, at least fifteen (15) business days prior to the effective date of the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written description of all terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, copies of the proposed documentation, and the following information about the proposed transferee: name and address; reasonably satisfactory information about its business

 

21



 

and business history; its proposed use of the Premises; banking, financial, and other credit information; and general references sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the proposed transferee’s creditworthiness and character. Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the processing and documentation of any requested Transfer whether or not Landlord consents to the Transfer or the same is finally consummated.

 

14.4                      Conditions to Consent . If Landlord consents to a proposed Transfer, then the proposed transferee shall deliver to Landlord a written agreement whereby it expressly assumes Tenant’s obligations hereunder; however, any transferee of less than all of the space in the Premises shall be liable only for obligations under this Lease that are properly allocable to the space subject to the Transfer for the period of the Transfer. No Transfer shall release Tenant from its obligations under this Lease, but rather Tenant and its transferee shall be jointly and severally liable therefor. Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s rights as to any subsequent Transfers. If an Event of Default occurs while the Premises or any part thereof are subject to a Transfer, then Landlord, in addition to its other remedies, may collect directly from such transferee all rents becoming due to Tenant and apply such rents against Rent. Tenant authorizes its transferees to make payments of rent directly to Landlord upon receipt of notice from Landlord to do so following the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder. Tenant shall pay for the cost of any demising walls or other improvements necessitated by a proposed subletting or assignment.

 

14.5                      Attornment by Subtenants . Each sublease by Tenant hereunder shall be subject and subordinate to this Lease and to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate, and each subtenant by entering into a sublease is deemed to have agreed that in the event of termination, re-entry or dispossession by Landlord under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublandlord, under such sublease, and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not be (1) liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease, (2) subject to any counterclaim, offset or defense that such subtenant might have against Tenant, (3) bound by any previous modification of such sublease or by any rent or additional rent or advance rent which such subtenant might have paid for more than the current month to Tenant, and all such rent shall remain due and owing, notwithstanding such advance payment, (4) bound by any security or advance rental deposit made by such subtenant which is not delivered or paid over to Landlord and with respect to which such subtenant shall look solely to Tenant for refund or reimbursement, or (5) obligated to perform any work in the subleased space or to prepare it for occupancy, and in connection with such attornment, the subtenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord any instruments Landlord may reasonably request to evidence and confirm such attornment. Each subtenant or licensee of Tenant shall be deemed, automatically upon and as a condition of its occupying or using the Premises or any part thereof, to have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 14.5. This Section 14.5 shall be self-operative, and no further instrument shall be required to give effect to this provision.

 

14.6                      Landlord’s Options . Landlord may, within thirty (30) days after submission of Tenant’s written request for Landlord’s consent to an assignment or subletting, if, and only if, such requested Transfer alone or in the aggregate with all previous and then still effective

 

22



 

Transfers would result in a Transfer of 25% of more of the Rentable Area of the Premises, terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet or assigned as of the date the proposed Transfer is to be effective. If Landlord terminates this Lease as to any portion of the Premises, then this Lease shall cease for such portion of the Premises and Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Rent accrued through the effective termination date relating to the portion of the Premises covered by the proposed Transfer. Thereafter, Landlord may lease such portion of the Premises to the prospective transferee (or to any other person) without liability to Tenant.

 

14.7                      Additional Compensation , Tenant shall pay to Landlord, immediately upon receipt thereof, fifty percent (50%) of the excess of (1) all compensation received by Tenant for a Transfer less the costs reasonably incurred by Tenant with unaffiliated third parties in connection with such Transfer (i.e., brokerage commissions and tenant finish work) over (2) the Rent allocable to the portion of the Premises covered thereby.

 

14.8                      Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding Section 14.1, Tenant shall have the right, after notice thereof to Landlord, to Transfer all or a portion of the Premises, or the leasehold hereunder, to an Affiliate or Successor of Tenant. For purposes hereof, an “Affiliate” or “Successor” of Tenant is an entity controlling, under common control with or controlled by Tenant, including an entity resulting from a merger or consolidation by Tenant, but excluding, in each case, any entity formed to avoid the restrictions on Transfer by Tenant hereunder and excluding any agency or department of the United States Government. For purposes of this definition, the word “control,” as used above, means with respect to a Person that is a corporation, the right to exercise, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting rights attributable to the shares of the controlled corporation and, with respect to a Person that is not a corporation, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled Person. The word “Person” means an individual, partnership, trust, corporation, firm or other entity. Any such Affiliate or Successor of Tenant must expressly assume in writing a pro rata share of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in the proportion that the number of square feet of Rentable Area of the Premises subleased or assigned to such Affiliate or Successor of Tenant bears to the total number of square feet of Rentable Area in the Premises, without relieving Tenant of any liability hereunder. Subject to the foregoing, however, if Tenant is a corporation which under the then current guidelines published by the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California is not deemed a public corporation, or is an unincorporated association or partnership, the the transfer, assignment or hypothecation of any stock or interest in such corporation, association or partnership in the aggregate in excess of forty-nine percent (49%) shall be deemed an Assignment hereunder.

 

14.9                      No Release of Tenant’s Obligations . No Transfer shall relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay the rent and to perform all of the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or consent to any Transfer. Landlord’s consent to one Transfer shall not constitute consent to any subsequent Transfer.

 

15.                                Project Coordination.

 

15.1                      Right of Entry . Landlord and its agents and representatives shall have the right, at all reasonable times, but in such manner as to cause as little disturbance to Tenant as

 

23



 

reasonably practicable, to enter the Premises for purposes of inspection, to post notices of non-responsibility, to protect the interest of Landlord in the Premises, to supply janitorial service and any other services to be provided by Landlord hereunder, to perform all required or permitted work therein, including the erection of scaffolding, props and other mechanical devices for the purpose of making alterations, repairs or additions to the Premises or the Building which are provided for in this Lease or required by law. Locks to the Premises, including interior areas, shall be keyed consistent with the keying system for the Building. Landlord and its agents and representatives shall also have the right, at all reasonable times, to show the Premises to prospective tenants (during the last year of this Lease), lessors of superior leases, mortgagees, prospective mortgagees or prospective purchasers of the Building. No such entry shall be construed under any circumstances as a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant, and Tenant hereby waives any claim against Landlord or its agents or representatives for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with, Tenant’s business or quiet enjoyment of the Premises.

 

15.2                      Building and Common Areas. Provided Landlord does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use, Landlord may: (a) install, repair, replace or relocate pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant meters and equipment for service to other parts of the Building above the ceiling surfaces, below the floor surfaces, within the walls and in the central core areas of the Premises or the rest of the Building; (b) repair, renovate, alter, expand or improve the Project; (c) make changes to the common areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of street entrances, driveways, ramps, entrances, exits, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, halls, passages, stairways and other means of ingress and egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas and walkways; (d) close temporarily any of the common areas for maintenance purposes as long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available; (e) use the common areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Building, or any portion thereof; and (f) do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the common areas and Building and other portions of the Project as Landlord may deem appropriate.

 

15.3                      Name. Landlord may adopt any name for the Building and/or the Project and Landlord reserves the right to change the name and/or the address of the Building and/or the Project or any part thereof at any time.

 

16.                           Indemnification and Waiver.

 

16.1                      Indemnity by Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless, Landlord, its officers, directors, partners, agents, attorneys and employees, and any affiliate of Landlord, including without limitation, any corporations or any other entities controlling, controlled by or under common control with Landlord (collectively, “Landlord Indemnified Parties”), from and against any and all third party claims, suits, demands, liability, damages and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs (collectively, “Indemnified Claims”), arising from or in connection with Tenant’s use or alteration of the Premises or the conduct of its business or from any activity performed or permitted by Tenant in or about the Premises, the Building or any part of the Project during the Term or prior to the Commencement Date if Tenant has been provided access to the Premises, the Building or any part of the Project for any purpose, or arising from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on

 

24



 

Tenant’s part to be performed under the terms of this Lease, or arising from Tenant’s use of the Building Services in excess of their capacity or arising from any other act, neglect, fault or omission of Tenant or any of its officers, agents, directors, contractors, employees, subtenants, assignees, licensees or invitees. If any action or proceeding is brought against any of the Landlord Indemnified Parties in connection with any Indemnified Claims, Tenant, upon written notice from Landlord, shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense with counsel approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 16.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

16.2                      Waiver . As a material part of the consideration to the Landlord for entering into this Lease, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of and releases, discharges and holds harmless Landlord from and against any and all liability to Tenant for damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever except that which is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any injury to any person in or about the Premises or damage to the Premises or for any loss, damage or injury to any property of Tenant therein or by any malfunction of any utility or other equipment, installation or system, or by the rupture, leakage or overflow of any plumbing or other pipes, including without limitation, water, steam and refrigeration lines, sprinklers, tanks, drains, drinking fountains or similar cause in, about or upon the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Project unless such loss, damage or injury is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.

 

17.                                Definition of Landlord .

 

The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease, so far as covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord are concerned, shall be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners, at the time in question, of the fee title of the Premises or the lessees under ground leases of the Land or master leases of the Building, if any. In the event of any transfer, assignment or other conveyance of any such title, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfer or conveyance, the then grantor) shall be automatically freed and relieved from and after the date of such transfer, assignment or conveyance of all liability for the performance of any covenant or obligation on the part of Landlord contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed. Without further agreement, the transferee of such title shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any and all obligations of Landlord hereunder, during its ownership of the Premises. Landlord may transfer its interest in the Premises without the consent of Tenant and such transfer or subsequent transfer shall not be deemed a violation on Landlord’s part of any term or condition of this Lease.

 

18.                           Subordination .

 

18.1                      Subordination . This Lease is subject and subordinate to all mortgages, trust deeds, and ground and underlying leases (the “Underlying Mortgages”) which now exist or may hereafter be executed affecting the Land, Project and/or the Building and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any such Underlying Mortgages. This clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination need be required by any mortgagee, ground lessor or beneficiary, affecting any Underlying Mortgage in order to make such subordination effective. Tenant, however, shall execute promptly any certificate or

 

25



 

document that Landlord may request to effectuate, evidence or confirm such subordination, and failure to do so shall be an Event of Default under this Lease. Notwithstanding the forgoing, the mortgagee, ground lessor or beneficiary of an Underlying Mortgage may elect, at any time by notice given to Tenant, to subordinate such Underlying Mortgage to this Lease, and no further instrument of subordination shall be required to make such subordination of the Underlying Mortgage effective. Tenant, however, shall execute promptly any certificate or document requested to effectuate, evidence or confirm such subordination, and failure to do so shall be an Event of Default under this Lease.

 

18.2                      Attornment. If Landlord’s interest in the Building and/or the Land is sold or conveyed upon the exercise of any remedy provided for in any Underlying Mortgage, or otherwise by operation of law: (a) at the election of the new owner, Tenant will attorn to and recognize the new owner as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease, and upon written request, Tenant shall enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remaining term hereof, or, at the election of such new owner, this Lease shall automatically become a new lease between Tenant and such new owner, upon the terms and provisions hereof for the remaining term hereof; and Tenant will confirm such attornment and new lease in writing within ten (10) days after request (Tenant’s failure to do so will constitute an Event of Default); and (b) the new owner shall not be (i) liable for any act or omission of Landlord under this Lease occurring prior to such sale or conveyance, (ii) subject to any offset, abatement or reduction of rent because of any default of Landlord under this Lease occurring prior to such sale or conveyance, and (iii) liable for the return of any security deposit paid by Tenant except to the extent that the security deposit has actually been paid to such person or entity.

 

18.3                     Notice from Tenant. Tenant shall give written notice to the holder of any Underlying Mortgage whose name and address have been previously furnished to Tenant of any act or omission by Landlord which Tenant asserts as giving Tenant the right to terminate this Lease or to claim a partial or total eviction or any other right or remedy under this Lease or provided by law. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure any default within the time period provided for in this Lease, then the holder of any Underlying Mortgage shall have an additional sixty (60) days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if within such sixty (60) days such holder has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including, but not limited to commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure), in which event this Lease shall not be terminated while such remedies are being so diligently pursued.

 

19.                                     Intentionally Omitted.

 

20.                                     Surrender of Premises and Removal of Property.

 

20.1                      No Merger. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, a mutual cancellation or a termination hereof; shall not constitute a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all subleases affecting the Premises.

 

26



 

20.2                         Surrender of Premises . Upon the expiration of the Term, or upon any earlier termination hereof, Tenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as the Premises are now or hereafter may be improved by Landlord or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are Landlord’s obligation excepted, and shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises, all debris and rubbish, all furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitioning, computer and telecommunications cable arid wiring, and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and all similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant unless Landlord exercises its option to have any subleases or subtenancies assigned to Landlord, and Tenant shall repair all damage to the Premises and the Project resulting from such removal.

 

20.3                         Disposal of Property. In the event of the expiration of this Lease or other reentry of the Premises by Landlord as provided in this Lease, any property of Tenant not removed by Tenant upon the expiration of the Term of this Lease, or within forty-eight (48) hours after a termination by reason of Tenant’s default, shall be considered abandoned and Landlord may remove any or all of such property and dispose of the same in any manner or store the same in a public warehouse or elsewhere for the account of, and at the expense and risk of, Tenant. If Tenant shall fail to pay the costs of storing any such property after it has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more, Landlord may sell any or all of such property at public or private sale, in such manner and at such places as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem proper, without notice to or demand upon Tenant. In the event of such sale, Landlord shall apply the proceeds thereof, first, to the cost and expense of sale, including reasonable attorneys’ fees; second, to the repayment of the cost of removal and storage; third, to the repayment of any other sums which may then or thereafter be due to Landlord from Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease; and fourth, the balance, if any, to Tenant.

 

21.                      Holding Over.

 

In the event Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Term, with the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and not a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to each and every term, covenant and agreement contained herein; provided, however, that Tenant shall pay as Basic Rent during any holding over period, an amount equal to two-hundred percent (200%) of the Basic Rent payable immediately preceding the expiration of the Term. Nothing in this Article 21 shall be construed as a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises upon the expiration of the Term or upon the earlier termination hereof and to assert any remedy in law or equity to evict Tenant and/or collect damages in connection with such holding over.

 

22.                      Defaults and Remedies.

 

22.1                         Defaults by Tenant. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default under this Lease by Tenant (“Event of Default”):

 

27



 

(a)                                  The failure by Tenant to pay the rent or make any other payment required to be made by Tenant under this Lease and Exhibits hereto as and when due where such failure continues for three (3) days after notice thereof by Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that such notice shall be in lieu of and not in addition to any notice required under Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure;

 

(h)                                  The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant, or failure by Tenant to take occupancy promptly following the Delivery Date;

 

(c)                                        The vacation of the Premises by Tenant for any period in excess of sixty (60) days. In addition, if Tenant vacates the Premises and is not actively marketing the Premises for a Transfer, and Landlord requests Tenant to execute an agreement terminating this Lease, Tenant shall execute the Lease termination agreement and this Lease shall thereupon terminate. If Tenant fails to execute the Lease termination agreement within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request to do so, which request references this Section 22.1(c), Tenant shall be in default under this Lease.

 

(d)                                       The failure by Tenant to observe or perform the provisions of Articles 2  and 8 where such failure continues and is not remedied within twenty-four (24) hours after notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant;

 

(e)                                        The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision of this Lease and the Exhibits hereto, including the Rules and Regulations, to be observed or performed by Tenant, where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after notice thereof by Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall within such period commence such cure and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion. Such thirty (30) day notice shall be in lieu of and not in addition to any notice required under Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure;

 

(f)            Any action taken by or against Tenant pursuant to any statute pertaining to bankruptcy or insolvency or the reorganization of Tenant (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within thirty (30) days); the making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of all or any portion of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or the attachment, execution, or other judicial seizure of all or any portion of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days;

 

(g)                                The failure by Tenant to provide estoppel certificates as herein provided; or

 

(h)                                  Any Event of Default otherwise specified in this Lease.

 

28



 

22.2                    Landlord’s Remedies.

 

(a)                         If an Event of Default shall occur, then, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder as to either the entire Premises (including the 6th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises) or only as to either the 6th Floor Premises or the 12th Floor Premises according to that portion of the Premises (if applicable) in or to which the Event of Default occurred or relates by giving Tenant written notice of such election to terminate. In the event Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease (as to the applicable portion of the Premises or the entire Premises), Landlord may recover from Tenant:

 

(1)                                  the worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

 

(2)                                  the worth at the time of award of any amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

(3)                                  the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of the award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

 

(4)                                  any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom; and

 

(5)                                  at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

 

(b)                                  All “rent” (as defined in Section 4.4) shall be computed on the basis of the monthly amount thereof payable on the date of Tenant’s default, as the same are to be adjusted thereafter as contemplated by this Lease. As used in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest in the per annum amount equal to the prime rate of interest or other equivalent reference rate from time to time announced by the Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association (the “ Reference Rate ”) plus two percent (2%), but in no event in excess of the maximum interest rate permitted by law. As used in subparagraph (3) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

 

(c)                                   If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as a result of Tenant’s default, on the expiration of the time stated in Landlord’s notice to Tenant given under Paragraph (a)  above, this Lease and the Term hereof, as well as all of the right, title and interest of Tenant hereunder, shall wholly cease and expire and become void in the same manner and with the same force and effect (except as to Tenant’s liability) as if the date fixed in such notice were the date herein specified for expiration of the term of this Lease. Thereupon, Tenant shall immediately quit and surrender to Landlord the Premises, and Landlord may enter into and repossess the Premises by summary proceedings, detainer, ejectment or otherwise, and remove all occupants

 

29



 

thereof and, at Landlord’s option, any property thereon without being liable for any damages therefor.

 

(d)                                  If an Event of Default shall occur, in addition, Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 applicable to the entire Premises or either the 6th Floor Premises or the 12th Floor Premises, as applicable (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Therefore, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

 

(e)                                   No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other or later violation or breach of the same or any other of the terms, provisions, and covenants herein contained. Forbearance by Landlord in enforcement of one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an Event of Default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such default. The acceptance of any partial rent payment hereunder by Landlord following the occurrence of any default, whether or not known to Landlord, shall not be deemed a waiver of any such default or of any of Landlord’s rights available under this Lease or at law or equity, except only a default in the payment of the rent so accepted.

 

22.3  Waiver of Consequential Damages . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable under any circumstances for, and each hereby releases the other from all liability for, consequential damages and injury or damage to, or interference with, the other party’s business, including, but not limited to, loss of title to the Premises or any portion thereof, loss of profits, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case however occurring, other than those consequential damages incurred by Landlord in connection with a holdover in the Premises by Tenant after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or incurred by Landlord in connection with failure by Tenant to provide an estoppel certificate as required under the provisions of this Lease.

 

22.4 Definition of Tenant . The term “Tenant” shall be deemed to include all persons or entities named as Tenant under this Lease, or each and every one of them. If any of the obligations of Tenant hereunder is guaranteed by another person or entity, the term “Tenant” shall be deemed to include all of such guarantors and any one or more of such guarantors. If this Lease has been assigned, the term “Tenant” shall be deemed to include both the assignee and the assignor.

 

22.5  Security Deposit . Tenant shall pay Landlord upon execution and delivery hereof by Tenant the amount of (a) Nine Thousand Dollars ($9,000.00) for the 12th Floor Premises, and (b) Fifteen Thousand Four Hundred Ninety-Three and 17/100 Dollars ($15,493.17) (each severally, and collectively, the “ Security Deposit ”), as security for the full and faithful performance of each of the terms hereof by Tenant. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest thereon. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including but not limited to the provisions relating to the payment of rent, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, use,

 

30


 

apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default, including without limitation, costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord to recover possession of the Premises upon a default by Tenant hereunder. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, upon demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenant’s failure to do so shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer or mortgage its interest in the Building or Project and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer or mortgage, Landlord shall have the right to transfer or assign the Security Deposit to the transferee or mortgagee. Upon such transfer or assignment of the Security Deposit, Landlord shall be deemed released by Tenant from all liability or obligation for the return of the Security Deposit and Tenant shall look solely to such transferee or mortgagee for the return of the Security Deposit. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days following the later of expiration of the Term and surrender of possession of the Premises to Landlord. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in force, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant.

 

23.                                Covenant Against Liens.

 

Tenant has no authority or power to cause or permit any lien or encumbrance of any kind whatsoever, whether created by act of Tenant, operation of law or otherwise, to attach to or be placed upon the Project or Premises, and any and all liens and encumbrances created by Tenant shall attach to Tenant’s interest only. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, including, without limitation, Article 14, Tenant shall not voluntarily create or permit any lien or encumbrance on Tenant’s leasehold hereunder. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notice which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. Tenant covenants and agrees not to suffer or permit any lien of mechanics or materialmen or others to be placed against the Project, the Building or the Premises, or any portion thereof, with respect to work or services claimed to have been performed for or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or the Premises (including, without limitation, in connection with any Alterations) and, in case of any such lien attaching or notice of any lien, Tenant covenants and agrees to cause it to be immediately released and removed of record. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, in the event that such lien is not released and removed within five (5) days after notice of such lien is delivered by Landlord to Tenant, Landlord may, without waiving its rights and remedies based upon such breach by Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any of its obligations, immediately take all action necessary to release and remove such lien, without any duty to investigate the validity thereof, and all sums, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by

 

31



 

Landlord in connection with such lien shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease and shall immediately be due and payable by Tenant.

 

24.                                     Interest on Tenant’s Obligations; Late Charges.

 

24.1                    Interest . Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord which, if paid more than 5 days following the due date set forth in Section 4, shall bear interest at the lesser of two percent (2%) in excess of the Reference Rate (as defined in Paragraph 22.2(b)) or the maximum rate per annum which Landlord is permitted by law to charge, from the date such payment is due until paid, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease.

 

24.2                    Late Charge . In the event Tenant is more than five (5) days late in paying any amount of rent due under this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of each delinquent amount of rent and any subsequent delinquent amount of rent. The parties agree that the amount of such late charge represents a reasonable estimate of the cost and expense that would be incurred by Landlord in processing each delinquent payment of rent by Tenant and that such late charge shall be paid to Landlord as liquidated damages for each delinquent payment pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1671, but the payment of such late charge shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. The parties further agree that the payment of late charges and the payment of interest provided for in Section 24.1 are distinct and separate from one another in that the payment of interest is to compensate Landlord for the use of Landlord’s money by Tenant, while the payment of a late charge is to compensate Landlord for the additional administrative expense incurred by Landlord in handling and processing delinquent payments, but excluding attorneys’ fees and costs incurred with respect to such delinquent payments.

 

25.                                     Quiet Enjoyment .

 

Tenant, upon the paying of all rent hereunder and performing each of the covenants, agreements and conditions of this Lease required to be performed by Tenant, shall lawfully and quietly hold, occupy and enjoy the Premises during the Term without hindrance or molestation of anyone lawfully claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject, however, to the provisions of this Lease and to any Underlying Mortgage (to the extent this Lease is subordinate thereto, and subject to the terms of any non-disturbance agreement in favor of Tenant).

 

26.                                     Parking Facilities.

 

26.1                    Local Parking Structures. Landlord has entered into an agreement with a parking operator (“ Parking Operator ”) to provide parking for tenants in the Building in off-site parking facilities generally located within a four (4) block radius of the Building (“ Off-Site Parking Program ”), currently including, without limitation, the parking garage located at 501 Santa Monica Boulevard (the “ 501 Santa Monica Garage ”), which facilities (including without limitation, the 501 Santa Monica Garage) are subject to change from time to time in accordance with Landlord’s agreement with such Parking Operator. Landlord’s agreement with the Parking Operator is subject to change, termination or replacement from time to time; Landlord shall notify Tenant in the event that such Off-Site Parking Program is materially modified in any

 

32



 

manner that affects Tenant’s rights under this Article 26 (including, for example, if the parking garage used to park VIP Valet-Assist (defined below) automobiles is moved closer to the Building). For so long as the same are and remain available in accordance with Landlord’s Off-Site Parking Program, Tenant shall have the option, to be exercised by at least thirty (30) days written notice to Landlord, of renting available parking passes for parking automobiles in garages available in the Offsite Parking Program (as and to the extent available from time to time) for such rent as Landlord may establish from time to time, subject to availability and subject to parking rules and regulations that the Parking Operator of such off-site parking facilities may establish from time to time; provided, that upon exercising the option to rent any such parking passes, all such passes then rented shall be rented by Tenant for the remainder of the Term, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and so long as the same remain available for Landlord to provide to tenants of the Building. Landlord shall inform Tenant in writing when the designated available off-site parking facilities change in accordance herewith.

 

26.2                              VIP Valet-Assist . Subject to Section 26.3 below, Landlord has established a VIP valet-assist parking program for tenants in the Building, which valet-assist personnel are currently located at or near the northeast corner of 2nd Street and Santa Monica Boulevard. The VIP valet-assist parking program shall operate from 9:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. Valet parking assistants shall park Tenant’s automobiles in available spaces otherwise used in connection with Landlord’s Off Site Parking Program. If Tenant arrives at the VIP-valet assist drop-off and pickup location before or after the times noted above, then such VIP valet-assist parking will not be available and Tenant shall be entitled to self-park in any of the off-site parking facilities then offered to Tenant in connection with Landlord’s Off-Site Parking Program established pursuant to Section 26.1 above. Parking attendants will deliver to the Premises any car keys and location information relating to Tenant’s automobiles still parked under the VIP-valet assist program alter 6:00 p.m. If Tenant desires to rent VIP valet-assist parking passes, Tenant shall, give thirty (30) days written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s desire to rent such additional VIP valet-assist parking passes, and Landlord shall thereafter provide and Tenant shall rent such passes as are and remain available, on a month-to-month basis, during the Term of this Lease.

 

26.3                              Retained Rights .   Landlord shall have the right to change, delete or modify its Off-Site Parking Program and its VIP valet-assist parking program in its reasonable discretion; provided, that Landlord shall in any event exercise commercially reasonable efforts to provide adequate parking for Tenant during the Term of this Lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord’s ability to provide the VIP valet-assist program is subject to the discretion of the City of Santa Monica, and the City may terminate Landlord’s right to provide such program during the Term of the Lease without Landlord’s prior consent or control; provided, however that in the event that the VIP valet-assist program is terminated, then any parking passes then rented thereunder shall be converted to self parking passes under the Off-Site Parking Program set forth in Section 26.1 above, at the then-applicable parking rate for such passes. The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Article 26 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord’s Off-Site Parking Program and the VIP valet-assist parking program are offered to Tenant as an accommodation in connection with this Lease, and that Landlord does not control the parking operator nor the VIP-valet assist attendants, nor the assistants, attendants or facilities of either. Accordingly, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant in

 

33



 

any manner for, and Tenant hereby expressly releases Landlord from any and all liability relating to, any and all personal injury or property damage incurred by Tenant, its employees, invitees, agents or representatives using the parking programs provided in this Article 26, except for any such personal injury or property damage caused by the sole negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct by Landlord, its employees, agents, representatives, or anyone else under Landlord’s control. Tenant expressly waives all rights under California Civil Code Section 1542.

 

27.                                Brokers .

 

Landlord and Tenant each warrants to the other that it has not had any contact or dealings with any person or real estate broker other than The Klabin Company and Cresa Partners (collectively, “ Broker ”) which would give rise to the payment of any fee or brokerage commission in connection with this Lease, and Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the other from and against any liability with respect to any fee or brokerage commission (except one owing to Broker) arising out of any act or omission of the indemnifying party. Landlord covenants and agrees to pay all real estate commissions due in connection with this Lease to Broker in accordance with the commission agreement executed by Landlord.

 

28.                                Rules and Regulations .

 

The “ Rules and Regulations ” attached hereto as Exhibit “E” are hereby incorporated herein and made a part of this Lease. Tenant agrees to abide by and comply with each and every one of said Rules and Regulations and any amendments, modifications and/or additions thereto as may hereafter be adopted by Landlord for the safety, care, security, good order and cleanliness of the Premises and the Building, or any other portion of the Project. Provided Tenant’s rights under this Lease are not materially and adversely affected, Landlord shall have the right to amend, modify or add to the Rules and Regulations in its sole discretion. Landlord shall enforce the Rules and Regulations in a non-discriminatory manner, provided that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any violation of any of the Rules and Regulations by any other tenant, contractor or invitee or for the failure of Landlord to enforce any of the Rules and Regulations.

 

29.                                Directory Board and Signage.

 

29.1                         Directory Board . During the Term, Tenant shall have the right to designate one (1) name (a department or individual) per thousand square feet of Rentable Area in the Premises occupied by Tenant for placement on the directory board in the lobby of the Building and any other common directory board which may be available for use by office tenants of the Building. Landlord shall have the option to maintain, in place of any such directory board, a computerized directory with display screen which has the capacity to accommodate Tenant’s designation of names as set forth above.

 

29.2                         Signage . Tenant shall be permitted to install, at its own expense, Building standard signage containing Tenant’s name at entrance doors to the Premises, and, provided that at all times Tenant leases all of the Rentable Area on individual floors of the Premises, on the walls of the elevator lobbies on each floor of the Premises leased solely by Tenant. Any such signage will be designed and constructed in a manner compatible with Building standard signage and graphics criteria and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval which approval shall not

 

34



 

be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If, at any time, Tenant does not lease all of the Rentable Area on any floor of the Premises hereunder, Tenant’s rights under this Section 29.2 to install and maintain signage on the walls of the elevator lobbies within such floor shall thereupon terminate, and Tenant shall promptly remove all such signage and repair and restore the walls to their prior condition, at Tenant’s expense.

 

30.                                General Provisions,

 

30.1                         No Waiver. The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any term, provision, covenant or condition contained in this Lease, or the failure of Landlord to insist on the strict performance by Tenant, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, provision, covenant or condition as to any subsequent breach thereof or of any other term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease. The acceptance of rents hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any breach or default by Tenant of any term, provision, covenant or condition herein, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such breach or default at the time of acceptance of rent.

 

30.2                         Landlord’s Right to Perform. All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole expense and without abatement of rent. If Tenant shall fail to observe and perform any covenant, condition, provision or agreement contained in this Lease or shall fail to perform any other act required to be performed by Tenant, Landlord may, upon notice to Tenant, without obligation, and without waiving or releasing Tenant from any default or obligations of Tenant, make any such payment or perform any such obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed. All sums so paid by Landlord and all costs incurred by Landlord in making such payment or performing such obligation or enforcing this Lease, including attorneys’ fees, together with interest thereon in a per annum amount equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the Reference Rate (as defined in Paragraph 22.2(b), but not in excess of the maximum rate permitted by law, shall be payable to Landlord on demand and Tenant covenants to pay any such sums, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy hereunder) the same rights and remedies in the event of the non-payment thereof by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of rent.

 

30.3                         Terms; Headings. The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural, as well as the singular. The words used in neuter gender include the masculine and feminine and words in the masculine or feminine gender include the neuter. If there is more than one tenant, the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several. The headings or titles of this Lease shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

 

30.4                         Entire Agreement. This instrument along with any exhibits and attachments or other documents affixed hereto constitutes the entire and exclusive agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Premises and the estate and interest leased to Tenant hereunder. This instrument and said exhibits and attachments and other documents may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by an instrument in writing signed by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that all prior or contemporaneous oral and written understandings, agreements or negotiations relative to the leasing of the Premises are merged into and revoked by this instrument.

 

35



 

30.5                         Successors and Assigns. Subject to the provisions of Article 14 relating to Assignment and Sublease, this Lease is intended to and does bind the heirs, executors, administrators and assigns of any and all of the parties hereto.

 

30.6                         Notices. All notices, consents, approvals, requests, demands and other communications (collectively “notices”) which Landlord or Tenant are required or desire to serve upon, or deliver to, the other shall be in writing and mailed postage prepaid by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by personal delivery, to the appropriate address indicated below, or at such other place or places as either Landlord or Tenant may, from time to time, designate in a written notice given to the other. If the term “Tenant” in this Lease refers to more than one person or entity, Landlord shall be required to make service or delivery, as aforesaid, to any one of said persons or entities only. Notices shall be deemed sufficiently served or given at the time of personal delivery or three (3) days after the date of mailing thereof; provided, however, that any notice of default to Tenant under Article 22 shall be hand-delivered to the Premises. Any notice, request, communication or demand by Tenant to Landlord shall be addressed to the Landlord at the Office of the Building with a copy to Jonathan S. Gross, Esq., Gilchrist & Rutter Professional Corporation, 1299 Ocean Avenue, Suite 900, Santa Monica, California 90401, and if requested in writing by the Landlord, given or served simultaneously to the Landlord’s mortgagee at the address specified in such request. Any notice, request, communication or demand by Landlord to Tenant shall be addressed to the 6th Floor Premises from and after the date of this Lease.

 

with a copy to:TrueCar, Inc.

Attn: General Counsel

225 Santa Monica Blvd., 6 th  Floor

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

Rejection or other refusal to accept a notice, request, communication or demand or the inability to deliver the same because of a changed address of which no notice was given shall be deemed to be receipt of the notice, request, communication or demand sent.

 

30.7                         Severability. If any term or provision of this Lease, the deletion of which would not adversely affect the receipt of any material benefit by either party hereunder, shall be held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remaining terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease shall not be affected thereby and each of said terms, covenants and conditions shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

30.8                         Time of Essence. Time is of the essence of this Lease and each provision hereof in which time of performance is established.

 

30.9                         Governing Law. This Lease shall be governed by, interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

30.10                  Attorneys’ Fees. If Landlord retains the services of attorneys (a) for recovery of possession of the Premises, (b) for recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or (c) to defend any claim by Tenant against Landlord, whether or not suit be filed, then all such costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Landlord shall be paid by

 

36



 

Tenant. If any action or proceeding (including any appeal thereof) is brought by Landlord or Tenant (whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment) to enforce its respective rights under this Lease or to enforce a judgment (“Action”), (1) the unsuccessful party therein shall pay all costs incurred by the prevailing party therein, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs to be fixed by the court, and (2) as a separate right, severable from any other rights set forth in this Lease, the prevailing party therein shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in enforcing any judgment against the unsuccessful party therein, which right to recover post-judgment attorneys’ fees and costs shall be included in any such judgment. The parties hereto hereby waive any right to a trial by jury. The right to recover post judgment attorneys’ fees and costs shall (i) not be deemed waived if not included in any judgment, (ii) survive the final judgment in any Action, and (iii) not be deemed merged into such judgment. The rights and obligations of the parties under this Section 30.10 shall survive the termination of this Lease.

 

30.11                  Light and Air . Any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may be erected on lands adjacent to the Building or any other portion of the Project shall in no manner affect this Lease or impose any liability whatsoever on Landlord.

 

30.12                  Bankruptcy Prior to Commencement . If, at any time prior to the Commencement Date, any action is taken by or against Tenant in any court pursuant to any statute pertaining to bankruptcy or insolvency or the reorganization of Tenant, Tenant makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, a trustee or receiver is appointed to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, or there is an attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, then this Lease shall ipso facto be canceled and terminated and of no further force or effect. In such event, neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or under Tenant or by virtue of any statute or of any order of any court shall be entitled to possession of the Premises or any interest in this Lease and Landlord shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies under this Lease, be entitled to retain any rent, security deposit or other monies received by Landlord from Tenant as liquidated damages.

 

30.13                  Force Majeure . Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to comply or delay in complying with its obligations hereunder if such failure or delay is due to acts of God, inability to obtain labor, strikes, lockouts, lack of materials, governmental restrictions, enemy actions, civil commotion, riot, insurrection, war, terrorism, bioterrorism, fire, earthquake, unavoidable casualty or other similar causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (all of which events are herein referred to as force majeure events). It is expressly agreed that Landlord shall not be obliged to settle any strike to avoid a force majeure event from continuing.

 

30.14                  Applicable Laws . Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now or hereafter in effect, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disability Act of 1990 and local enactments thereof and promulgations thereunder (“ Applicable Laws ”). At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all requirements of Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, making required changes to the Premises, the access thereto and common area restrooms therefor, Base Building Improvements and Building Systems, and other areas of the Project

 

37



 

(other than making structural changes) relating to or arising out of the use, occupancy, repair, improvement or alteration of the Premises, including the construction and installation of the initial Tenant Improvements by or for Tenant and any Alterations described in Article 8. Subject to Article 5, Landlord shall be responsible for compliance with Applicable Laws with respect to areas of the Project not within the Premises where such compliance measures are required due to another tenant’s use, occupancy, repair, improvement or alteration of its premises, or where such compliance is not made the responsibility of Tenant as set forth above.

 

30.15                  Estoppel Certificates . Tenant shall at any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days prior written notice by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), the dates to which the Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges have been paid in advance, if any, stating whether or not to the best knowledge of Tenant, Landlord is in default in the performance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Lease and, if so, specifying each such default of which Tenant may have knowledge and containing any other information and certifications which reasonably may be requested by Landlord or the holder of any Underlying Mortgage. Any such statement delivered pursuant to this Section 30.15 may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser of the fee of the Building or the Project or any mortgagee, ground lessor or other like encumbrancer thereof or any assignee of any such encumbrancer upon the Building or the Project. Failure of Tenant to timely execute and deliver such a statement delivered by Landlord for execution shall constitute acceptance and acknowledgment by Tenant that all information included in the statement is true and correct.

 

30.16                  No Discrimination . Tenant covenants by and for itself, its successors, heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through Tenant, and this Lease is made and accepted upon and subject to the following conditions: that there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or group of persons, on account of age, race, color, creed, sex, sexual orientation, religion, marital status, ancestry or national origin in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use, occupancy, tenure or enjoyment of the Premises, nor shall Tenant itself, or any person claiming under or through Tenant, establish or permit such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy, of tenants, lessees, sublessees, subtenants or vendees in the Premises.

 

30.17                  Examination of Lease . The submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant, Tenant’s agents or attorneys, does not constitute a reservation of; or an option to lease, and this instrument shall not be effective or binding as a lease or otherwise until its execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

30.18                  Partner Liability . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware. Tenant agrees that, in any action arising out of or relating to the performance of this Lease, Tenant will proceed only against Landlord or its successors and assigns and not against any manager of Landlord, any member or general or limited partner in Landlord (or in any partnership or limited liability company to which Landlord may assign this Lease), or any of such manager’s, member’s or partner’s directors, officers, members, managers, employees, agents, shareholders, partners or affiliates.

 

38



 

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease or any law to the contrary, the liability of Landlord hereunder (including any successor landlord hereunder) and any recourse by Tenant against Landlord shall be limited solely to the interest of Landlord in the Project, and neither Landlord, its manager, nor any of its constituent members, partners or subpartners, nor any of their respective affiliates, partners, directors, members, managers, officers, employees, agents or shareholders shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant, for itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant, expressly waives and releases Landlord and such related persons and entities from any and all personal liability. The provisions of this Section 30.18 are enforceable by both Landlord and any manager, member or partner of Landlord, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

30.19                  No Jury Trial . To the fullest extent permitted by law from time to time, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive their respective right to trial by jury of any cause of action, claim, counterclaim or cross-complaint in any action, proceeding and/or hearing brought by either Landlord against Tenant or Tenant against Landlord on any matter whatsoever arising out of, or in any way connected with, this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, or any claim of injury or damage, or the enforcement of any remedy under any law, statute, or regulation, emergency or otherwise, now or hereafter in effect.

 

30.20                  Execution by Corporation . If Tenant is a corporation, then the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represent and warrant to Landlord that they are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on Tenant’s behalf in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the board of directors of Tenant, a copy of which is to be delivered to Landlord on execution hereof, and in accordance with the Bylaws of Tenant, and that this Lease is binding upon Tenant in accordance with its terms.

 

[Signatures on Following Page]

 

39



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the date set forth in the first paragraph above.

 

LANDLORD:

 

CLOCK TOWER, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company, qualified to do business in California under the name SMA Clock Tower, LLC

 

By:                             HAR-MANAGER, LLC,

a California limited liability company, its Manager

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph F. Ruvolo

 

 

Name:

Joseph F. Ruvolo

 

 

Title

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.,

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Taylor

 

 

Name:

Robert Taylor

 

 

Title:

COO

 

 

Date Signed:

5/11/2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

 

Name:

Scott Painter

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

Date Signed:

5/11/2010

 

 

40


 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

FLOOR PLAN

 

A-1



 

EXHIBIT “B”

 

AREA DEFINITIONS

 

1.                                            Rentable Area of Single-Tenancy Floor. The “Rentable Area” of premises on a single-tenant floor shall be determined pursuant to guidelines generally established by the Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings, ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-1996.

 

2.                                            Usable Area. The “Usable Area” of premises on a single-tenant floor and/or multi-tenant floor shall be determined pursuant to guidelines generally established by the Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings, ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-1996.

 

3.                                            Rentable Area of Multi-Tenancy Floor. The Rentable Area of premises on a multi-tenant floor shall be computed by multiplying the Rentable Area of such floor determined as if it were a single-tenancy floor (in accordance with Section 1 above) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Usable Area of such premises as determined in accordance with Section 2 above and the denominator of which is the aggregate Usable Area of all premises on said floor as determined for each of such premises in accordance with said Section 2 above.

 

4.                                            Stipulated Area. The Base Rent for the 6th Floor Premises has been calculated on the basis of 4,389 square feet of Rentable Area (Base Rent for the 12th Floor Premises is a stipulated gross rent amount), which figure has been stipulated by the parties based on the configuration of the Premises as set forth in Exhibit “A”. If the public corridor, if any, indicated on Exhibit “A” is changed in such a manner as to change the numerator or denominator of the fraction described in Section 3 above, then, on written notice to Tenant, the Rentable Area of the Premises stipulated above shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Base Rent shall be adjusted to reflect such change.

 

5.                                            Rentable Area of Building, The Rentable Area of the Building shall be computed by totaling the Rentable Areas of all premises in the Building.

 

B-1



 

EXHIBIT “C”

 

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE COMMENCEMENT

 

THIS MEMORANDUM is made and entered into as of                         2010, by and between CLOCK TOWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (“Landlord”), and TRUECAR, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) with respect to that certain Office Lease between Landlord and Tenant dated as of May 10, 2010 (the “Lease”).

 

The term of the Lease commenced on August 1, 2010, defined in Section 3.1 of the Lease as the Commencement Date (as to the 6th Floor Premises), and May 10, 2010, defined in Section 3.1 as the 12th Floor Commencement Date (as to the 12th Floor Premises). The term of the Lease shall expire on December 31, 2010 unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to the Lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Memorandum as of the date set forth in the first paragraph above.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

CLOCK TOWER, LLC,

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company, qualified to do business in California under the name SMA Clock Tower, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

HAR-MANAGER, LLC,

 

 

 

a California limited liability company, its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph F. Ruvolo

 

 

 

Name:

Joseph F. Ruvolo

 

 

 

Title

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.,

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Taylor

 

 

Name: Robert Taylor

 

 

Title: COO

 

 

Date Signed: 5/11/2010

 

 

C-1



 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

 

Name: Scott Painter

 

 

Title: CEO

 

 

Date Signed: 5/11/2010

 

 



 

EXHIBIT “D”

 

LANDLORD’S IMPROVEMENT LETTER

 

This Improvement Letter supplements the Office Lease (the “Lease”) dated May 10, 2010, by and between CLOCK TOWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and TRUECAR, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), covering certain premises described in the Lease. Terms capitalized, but not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

 

The parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Construction of the Building.

 

1.1                                Base Building Definition. Landlord has constructed the Building consisting of the following: (a) the Building shell and exterior, (b) the core area, including necessary mechanical, sprinkler, plumbing, life safety, and structural systems within the Building core, all delivered to Tenant in their as-is where-is condition, (c) one (1) electrical panel serving the floor of the Premises providing power sufficient to serve the Premises as provided in Section 7.1(a) of the Lease, at a location determined by Landlord (any movement thereof shall be at Tenant’s sole cost) (d) four 5-ton air conditioning units and related heating and ventilation system in their as-is where-is condition, (e) one finished core area unisex toilet room on each floor and one finished toilet room (alternating men’s and women’s) between each floor accessed from the common stairwell, (f) unpainted exterior dry wall or lath and plaster covering the exposed side of all exposed core walls, core and perimeter columns and the interior exposed side of all exterior building wall areas except at and under windows, (g) public stairways, (h) passenger elevators, (i) ground floor lobby with finished elevator lobby, (j) concrete slab floors in their as-is condition (collectively referred to as the “Base Building Improvements”). To the extent that the Base Building Improvements must be changed or added to in order to accommodate the special needs of Tenant in the Premises, or otherwise in connection with, such changes or additions shall be considered Tenant Improvements (as defined in Section 2.3 below). Any items provided by Landlord in the Premises in addition to the Base Building Improvements shall be paid for by Tenant, subject to Section 3 below.

 

1.2                                Exclusions From Base Building Improvements. Base Building Improvements shall include all of the items described in Section 1.1 and shall not include any Tenant Improvements (as defined herein); without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Base Building Improvements shall exclude the following:

 

(a)                             Tenant ceilings and lighting;

 

(b)                             Floor finish in the Premises (except elevator lobbies and public corridors on multi-tenant floors and core area toilet rooms);

 

(c)                              Interior finishes of any kind within the Premises (except elevator lobbies and public corridors on multi-tenant floors and core area toilet rooms);

 

(d)                             Interior partitions, doors, and hardware within the Premises;

 

S1-1



 

(e)                                   Terminal boxes and reheat coils or other HVAC or air distribution devices, including distribution duct work and controls, beyond the core of the Building;

 

(f)                                    Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment, including telephones, computers and cabling therefor;

 

(g)                                   Distribution of electrical services, plumbing services and sprinklers from the core, and domestic hot water heater and associated hot water piping;

 

(h)                                  Any and all signs for Tenant and the power therefor;

 

(i)                                      Security, fire and life-safety systems throughout the Premises, including exit signs, intercoms and extinguishers; and

 

(j)                                     Building standard window coverings, installed in each case as approved by Landlord.

 

2.                                  Tenant Improvements. All improvements in the Premises other than Base Building Improvements, whether currently existing or installed by Landlord or Tenant during the Term of the Lease shall be called “Tenant Improvements.” Any Tenant Improvements installed or constructed in the Premises during the Term of the Lease shall be performed by Tenant, at its own cost and expense, in accordance with Article 8 of the Lease.

 

S 1-2



 

EXHIBIT “E”

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1.                                            Except as otherwise provided in the Lease or any exhibits thereto, no sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be inscribed, displayed or printed or affixed on or to any part of the outside or inside of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove any such sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice, unless Landlord has given written consent, without notice to and at the expense of Tenant. Landlord shall not be liable in damages for such removal unless the written consent of Landlord had been obtained. All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls to the Premises shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by Landlord or by a person approved by Landlord in a manner and style acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall not use any blinds, shades, awnings, or screens in connection with any window or door of the Premises unless approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant shall use the Building standard window covering specified by Landlord and Landlord reserves the right to disapprove interior improvements visible from the ground level outside the Building on wholly aesthetic grounds. Such improvements must be submitted for Landlord’s written approval prior to installation, or Landlord may remove or replace such items at Tenant’s expense.

 

2.                                            Except as otherwise provided in the Lease or any exhibits thereto, Tenant shall not obtain for use upon the Premises, food and beverage services, plant maintenance, or any other services, except from persons authorized by Landlord and at the hours and under regulations fixed by Landlord. No vending machines or machines of any description shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

3.                                            The bulletin board or directory of the Building shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom and otherwise limit the number of listings thereon.

 

4.                                            The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by any tenants nor used by them for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from their respective premises. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, stairways, balconies and roof are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No tenant and no employees or invitees of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building.

 

5.                                            Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the parking and security access cards issued to Tenant and all keys of offices, rooms and toilet rooms which shall have been furnished to Tenant or which Tenant shall have made, and in the event of loss of any access cards or keys so furnished, shall pay Landlord therefor. Tenant shall not alter any

 

E-1



 

lock or install any new or additional locks or any bolts on any door of the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

 

6.                                            The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein and the expense of any breakage, stoppage, or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

 

7.                                            Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner which exceeds the floor load capacity of the floor on which the Premises are located or mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof.

 

8.                                            No furniture, packages, supplies, merchandise, freight or equipment which cannot be hand carried shall be brought into the Building without the consent of Landlord. All moving of the same into or out of the Building shall be via the Building’s elevators, unless otherwise directed by Landlord, at such time and in such manner as Landlord shall prescribe. Any hand trucks permitted in the Building must be equipped with soft rubber tires and side guards.

 

9.                                            Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy equipment brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes or other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on a platform of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be repaired by the expense of Tenant. Tenant’s business machines and mechanical equipment shall be installed, maintained and used so as to minimize vibration and noise that may be transmitted to the Building structure or beyond the Premises.

 

10.                                     Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner which would injure or annoy, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building.

 

11.                                     Tenant shall not employ any person or persons other than the janitor of Landlord for the purpose of cleaning the Premises unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord. Except with the written consent of Landlord no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning the same. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to any Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of any Tenant by the janitor or any other employee or other person. Janitor service shall include ordinary dusting and cleaning by the janitor assigned to such work and shall not include shampooing of carpets or rugs or moving of furniture or other special services. Janitor service will not be furnished on nights when rooms are occupied after 6:00 p.m. Window cleaning shall be done only by Landlord.

 

12.                                     Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in any manner

 

E-2



 

offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any animals (other than as required for handicapped persons) or birds be brought in or kept in or about the Premises or the Building.

 

13.                                     Other than heating and reheating in areas designed for such use, no cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the manufacture or storage of merchandise, for washing clothes, for lodging, or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purpose.

 

14.                                     Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable, explosive or combustible fluid or material, or use any method of heating or air-conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

 

15.                                     Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced. No boring or cutting for wires or stringing of wires will be allowed without written consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.

 

16.                                     No Tenant shall lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord. The expenses of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or removal of any floor covering shall be borne by Tenant.

 

17.                                     Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors and otherwise regulate access of all persons to the halls, corridors, elevators and stairways in the Building on Sundays and legal holidays and on other days between the hours of 5:30 p.m. and 8:30 a.m., and at such other times as Landlord may deem advisable for the adequate protection and safety of the Building, its tenants and property in the Building. Access to the Premises may be refused unless the person seeking access is known to the employee of the Building in charge, and has a pass or is otherwise properly identified. Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission or exclusion from the Building of any person.

 

18.                                     Tenant shall see that the doors of the Premises are closed and securely locked before leaving the Building and must observe strict care and caution that all water apparatus are entirely shut off before Tenant or Tenant’s employees leave the Building, and that all electricity, gas or air shall likewise be carefully shut off, so as to prevent waste or damage.

 

19.                                     Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner which would increase the amount of water typically furnished for office use, nor connect any appliance directly to the water pipes.

 

20.                                     Landlord may refuse admission to the Building outside of ordinary business hours to any person not known to the watchman in charge or not having a pass issued by Landlord or not properly identified, and may require all persons admitted to or leaving the Building outside of ordinary business hours to register. Any person whose presence in the Building at any time shall, in the sole judgment of Landlord, be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building or its tenants may be denied access to the Building or may be ejected

 

E-3



 

therefrom. Landlord may require any person leaving the Building with any package or other object to exhibit a pass from the tenant from whose premises the package or object is being removed, but the establishment and enforcement of such requirement shall not impose any responsibility on Landlord for the protection of any tenant against the removal of property from the premises of any tenant.

 

21.                                     The requirements of Tenant shall be attended to only upon application at the office of the Building. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from the Landlord.

 

22.                                     Tenants shall cooperate with Landlord in obtaining maximum effectiveness of the cooling system by closing the window coverings when the sun’s rays fall directly on windows of the Premises. Tenant shall not obstruct, alter or in any way impair the efficient operation of Landlord’s heating, ventilating and air-conditioning system and shall not place bottles, machines, parcels or other articles on the induction unit enclosure, intake or other vents so as to interfere with air flow. Tenant shall not tamper with or change the setting of any thermostats or temperature control valves.

 

23.                                     Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant, to change the name and street addresses of the buildings of which the Premises are a part.

 

24.                                     Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a location for offices, and upon written notice from Landlord, any tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

 

25.                                     Canvassing, soliciting and peddling within the entire Project is prohibited unless specifically approved by Landlord and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent such activity.

 

26.                                     All parking ramps and areas plus other public areas forming a part of the Project shall be under the sole and absolute control of Landlord with the exclusive right to regulate and control these areas. Tenant agrees to conform to the rules and regulations that may be established by Landlord for these areas from time to time.

 

27.                                     The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises for general office purposes. No tenant shall occupy nor permit any portion of its premises

 

E-4



 

to be occupied for the manufacture or sale of narcotics, liquor, or tobacco in any form, or as a barber or manicure shop. No tenant shall engage or pay any employees on its premises except those actually working for such tenant on the premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises or Project. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purposes,

 

28.                                     Tenant shall not conduct any auction, fire, bankruptcy, going out of business, liquidation or similar sales at the Project.

 

29.                                     Tenant shall not place any radio or television antennae on the roof of the Project or on any exterior part of the Premises or the Project.

 

E-5


 

AMENDMENT TO LEASE

RE ADDITIONAL SPACE AND TERM EXTENSION

 

This Amendment to Lease Re Additional Space and Term Extension (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of November 20, 2010, by and between CLOCK TOWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and TRUECAR, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

1.                                       Recitals.

 

1.1                                Lease. Landlord and Tenant have previously entered into that certain Office Lease dated May 10, 2010 (the “Lease”), for certain premises (the “Existing Premises”) containing a total of 4,389 rentable square feet located on the sixth (6th) floor and approximately 2,300 rentable square feet located on the twelfth (12th) floor of an office building located at 225 Santa Monica Boulevard, Santa Monica, California (“Building”), all as more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

1.2                                Amendment. The parties hereto desire to amend the Lease to reflect the leasing of additional space on the twelfth (12th) floor by Tenant, the extension of the Tenn of the Lease, and to reflect certain other agreements as set forth below.

 

2.                                       Lease of Additional Space.

 

2.1                                Additional Space. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, and Section 1.2 of the Lease is hereby amended to add to the Existing Premises, the remainder of the twelfth (12th) floor of the Building, containing approximately 2,089 rentable square feet (the “Additional Space”) as depicted on Exhibit “A” hereto. Following the addition of the Additional Space, the 12th Floor Premises shall be deemed to contain 4,389 rentable square feet. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Exhibit “A” to the Lease is hereby deemed revised to reflect the Premises as containing the entire 6th floor and entire 12th floor. From and after the Additional Space Commencement Date (as defined in Section 3.1 below), all references to the Premises in the Lease and this Agreement, unless otherwise expressly provided, shall be deemed to refer to  the Existing Premises together with the Additional Space (i.e., the entirety of each of the 6th floor and the 12th floor of the Building). Except as set forth in this Agreement, the Additional Space shall be leased upon all of the terms and conditions applicable to the Premises under the Lease.

 

2.2                                Rentable and Usable Area. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge, stipulate and agree that the Additional Space contains a total of 2,089 rentable square feet, and following the addition of the Additional Space to the Existing Premises, the Premises shall be deemed to contain 8,778 rentable square feet (4,389 square feet on each of the 6th and 12th floors).

 

2.3                                Additional Space Term, Delivery and Acceptance. Subject to Section 2.4 below, the Term of the Lease for the Additional Space shall commence concurrently with the Extended Term Commencement Date and shall continue for the entire Extended Term (as those

 

1



 

terms are defined in Section 3.1 below), unless sooner terminated pursuant to the Lease or this Agreement. Tenant currently occupies the Additional Space as of the date of this Agreement, and Tenant hereby accepts the Additional Space in its existing “As-Is” condition as of the date hereof, and Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to improve, repair, restore or refurbish the Additional Space, except as expressly provided in the Lease and this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, however, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall have the right to perform and install certain improvements and Alterations in the 12 th  Floor Premises, in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 8 of the Lease, including, without limitation, submission to Landlord for its review and approval, plans, specifications, building permits and the like, protection of the Project from all liens, claims and liabilities and coordination with Landlord and its property manager for all construction work in the Project. Such Alterations may include a kitchen area, shower in the restroom and installation of hardwood flooring.

 

2.4                                     Occupancy and Acceptance of Additional Space.

 

(a)                                  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it has occupied the Additional Space since August 23, 2010. Tenant shall be entitled to continue to occupy the Additional Space during the remaining initial Term of the existing Lease, and all of the teims and conditions of the Lease and this Agreement shall apply to the Additional Space during such occupancy, except that Tenant agrees to pay Base Rent for the Additional Space during such period prior to the Extended Tenn Commencement Date in an amount equal to Nine Thousand Dollars ($9,000.00) per month, from August 23, 2010 through December 31, 2010 (pro rated for the month of August 2010). All amounts of Additional Space Base Rent for all periods of occupancy prior to and including November 2010 shall be paid and delivered to Landlord together with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Agreement, based upon a factually correct written invoice to be delivered to Tenant by Landlord separately from this Agreement. Tenant shall pay Additional Space Base Rent for the month of December 2010, in the amount provided hereinabove, together with Tenant’s regular monthly rent payment under the Lease for such month.

 

(b)                                  In addition to Additional Space Base Rent payable under Paragraph 2.4(a)  above, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses in for the Additional Space in accordance with Article 5 of the Lease for the period of occupancy thereof as described in this Section 2.4; provided that for purposes of calculating Tenant’s obligations for Project Expenses for the Additional Space for such period of occupancy, Tenant’s Share for the Additional Space is 3.84% (as provided in Paragraph 5.2(f) of the Lease).

 

3.                                       Term.

 

3.1                                Extension of Lease Term. The term of the Lease is hereby extended for a period of thirty-six (36) months (“Extended Term”), commencing on January 1, 2011 (“Extended Term Commencement Date”) and expiring on December 31, 2013, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the Lease or this Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall apply during the Extended Term. Tenant shall not have any further express right to extend the Lease Term.

 

2



 

3.2                                Acceptance of Premises. Tenant currently occupies the Premises as of the date of this Agreement and Tenant hereby agrees to accept the Premises for the Extended Term in its existing “As-Is” condition as of the Extended Term Commencement Date, and Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to improve, repair, restore or refurbish the Premises for the Extended Term, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Lease and this Agreement. Neither Landlord nor its agents or representatives have made any representations or warranties whatsoever concerning the condition or suitability of the Premises except as expressly set forth herein and in the Lease.

 

4.                                       Rent.

 

4.1                                Base Rent. Commencing on the Extended Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay monthly base rent (“Extended Term Base Rent”) for the entire Premises (including the Existing Premises and the Additional Space, totaling 8,778 rentable square feet) in the amount of Thirty-Five Thousand Nine Hundred Eighty-Nine and 80/100 ($35,989.80), generally allocated to each of the 6th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises as provided below. Each monthly installment of Extended Term Base Rent shall be due and payable on the first day of each calendar month during the Extended Term, pursuant to this Article 4 and otherwise in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease.

 

(a)                                  6th Floor Extended Term Base Rent. For reference purposes only, the allocation of Extended Tenn Base Rent for the 6th Floor Premises (containing 4,389 rentable square feet) is Fourteen Thousand Nine Hundred Twenty-Two and 60/100 Dollars ($14,922.60) per month, equal to $3.40 per rentable square foot in the 6th Floor Premises in accordance with this Section 4.1, until adjusted pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 below.

 

(b)                                  12th Floor Extended Term Base Rent. For reference purposes only, the allocation of Extended Term Base Rent for the 12th Floor Premises (containing 4,389 rentable square feet) is Twenty-One Thousand Sixty-Seven and 20/100 Dollars ($21,067.20) per month, equal to $4.80 per rentable square foot in the 12th Floor Premises in accordance with this Section 4.1, until adjusted pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 below.

 

4.2                                Automatic Extended Term Base Rent Increases. Extended Term Base Rent for the Premises (including the 6th Floor Premises and the 12th Floor Premises (including the Additional Space)) shall automatically increase on each anniversary of the Extended Term Commencement Date by three percent (3%) over the amount of Extended Term Base Rent payable during the month immediately preceding the applicable anniversary of the Extended Term Commencement Date.

 

4.3                                Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses. Commencing on the Extended Term Commencement Date, and at all times thereafter during the Extended Term, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses in accordance with Article 5 of the Lease for the entire Premises (including the Existing Premises and the Additional Space); provided that for purposes of calculating Tenant’s Share for the Premises as of the Extended Term Commencement Date, the definition of Tenant’s Share as provided in Paragraph 5.2(f) of the Lease is hereby amended and restated such that Tenant’s Share for the entire Premises is 16.14%.

 

3



 

4.4                                Other Terms. Extended Term Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses shall be prorated for any partial month during the Extended Term based upon the number of days in such partial month. Extended Term Base Rent, together Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses and all other sums due hereunder (herein called “Additional Rent”), shall be paid to the Landlord without deduction or offset of any kind, and in advance and without demand (except as otherwise herein expressly provided) in lawful money of the United States at the Office of the Building or such other location and/or to such other person as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. The Extended Term Base Rent and Additional Rent of any kind whatsoever is collectively defined as and shall constitute “rent” for all purposes.

 

5.                                       Security Deposit.

 

Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Tenant has delivered a Security Deposit to Landlord under Section 22.5 of the Lease in the amount of Twenty-Four Thousand Four Hundred Ninety-Three and 17/100 Dollars ($24,493.17), which existing Security Deposit Landlord is holding pursuant to the terms and conditions of said Section 22.5 of the Lease, as security for Tenant’s full and faithful performance of the Lease. On or before the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Tenant, Tenant shall deliver an additional amount equal to Thirteen Thousand Six Hundred Eighty-Eight and 40/100 Dollars ($13,688.40), for a total Security Deposit to be held by Landlord for the Extended Term equal to Thirty-Eight Thousand One Hundred Eighty-One and 57/100 Dollars ($38,181.57) equal to the last month’s Extended Term Base Rent.

 

6.                                       Parking.

 

From and after the Extended Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall rent and Landlord shall provide twenty-six (26) parking passes for parking automobiles in the 501 Santa Monica Garage, subject to the terms and conditions of Article 26 of the Lease, including, without limitation, Landlord’s right to modify, reduce, or relocate Tenant’s parking to other off-site parking locations according to Landlord’s Off-Site Parking Program (as defined in Section 26.1 of the Lease), and otherwise subject to the terms and conditions of Article 26 of the Lease. Tenant shall pay to Landlord rent for such parking passes in the amount of Three Thousand Nine Hundred Dollars ($3,900.00) per month, equal to $150 per parking pass per month during the first year of the Extended Term. From and after the first anniversary of the Extended Term, the parking rates shall be adjusted to the then-current parking rates reasonably established for such unreserved off-site parking by Landlord or its parking operator.

 

7.                                       Brokers.

 

Landlord and Tenant each warrants to the other that it has not had any contact or dealings with any person or real estate broker other than The Klabin Company (“Broker”) which would give rise to the payment of any fee or brokerage commission in connection with this Agreement, and Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the other from and against any liability with respect to any fee or brokerage commission (except one owing to Broker) arising out of any act or omission of the indemnifying party. Landlord covenants and agrees to pay all real estate commissions due in connection with this Agreement to Broker in accordance with the commission agreement executed by Landlord.

 

4



 

8.                                       Miscellaneous.

 

8 . 1                          Lease Ratified. Except as specifically amended or modified herein, each and every WI              n, covenant, and condition of the Lease as amended is hereby ratified and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

8.’                                   Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

8.3                                Governing Law. This instrument shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the law of the State of California.

 

8.4                                Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and each set of duly delivered identical counterparts that includes all signatories shall be deemed to be one original document.

 

[Signatures on Following Page]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

CLOCK TOWER, LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company,

 

qualified to do business in California under the name SMA Clock Tower, LLC

 

 

 

By: HAR-MANAGER, LLC

 

a California limited liability company, its Manager

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Ruvolo

 

Name: Joseph Ruvolo

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

Name: Scott Painter

 

Title: CEO

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

6



 

EXHIBIT “A”
ADDITIONAL SPACE 
[Attached]

 

A-1


 

 

Execution copy

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This Second Amendment to Lease (this “Amendment”) dated as of the 19 th  day of September, 2013 between SaMo Clock Tower, LLC (successor in interest to Clock Tower, LLC), having an office c/o Sorgente Group of America, 805 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022 (“Landlord”) and Truecar Inc., having an office at 225 Santa Monica Boulevard, Santa Monica, California 90401 (“Tenant”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, by Lease dated as of May 10, 2010 and amended by Amendment to Lease Re Additional Space and Term Extension dated November 20, 2010 (together, the “Lease”), Landlord did demise and let to Tenant, and Tenant did hire and take from Landlord, 4,389 RSF on the sixth floor (“6 th  Floor”) and 4,389 RSF on the twelfth floor (the “12 th  Floor”) (the “Existing Premises”), all as more particularly described in the Lease, in the building known as 225 Santa Monica Boulevard, Santa Monica, California (the “Building”); and

 

WHEREAS, Tenant currently subleases 4,389 RSF on the 5 th  Floor of the Building from Zodiak USA (the “5 th  Floor Premises”); and

 

WHEREAS, Tenant’s sublease for the 5 th  Floor Premises is set to expire on September 29, 2013; and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant have agreed to add the 5 th  Floor Premises to the Lease on the conditions set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, the Lease expires on December 31, 2013; and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant have agreed to extend the term of the Lease for an additional year with respect to the 12 th  Floor only.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the foregoing, and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in the Lease and herein, the Lease is hereby modified and amended as set out below:

 

1.           Definitions. All capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning as defined in the Lease, unless otherwise defined in this Amendment.

 

2.           5 th  Floor Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the 5 th  Floor Premises, commencing on October 1, 2013 and expiring on October 31, 2013 (the “5 th  Floor Term”). Following the addition of the 5th Floor Premises, the Existing Premises shall be deemed to contain the 5 th  Floor Premises, the 6 th  floor and the 12 th  Floor during the 5 th  Floor Term. After the expiration of the 5th Floor Term, the Existing Premises shall be deemed to only include the 6 th  Floor and the 12 th  Floor. Except as set forth in this Amendment, the 5 th  Floor Premises shall be leased upon all the terms and conditions applicable to the Existing Premises under the Lease.

 



 

3.              Rent for the 5 th  Floor Premises. Tenant shall pay Landlord as Base Rent for the 5 th  Floor Premises the amount of $19,264.92 for the 5 th  Floor Term. Additionally, Tenant shall pay $328.00 for CAM, $400.00 for janitorial costs and actual costs for electricity during the 5 th  Floor Term.

 

4.              Acceptance of 5 th  Floor Premises. Tenant currently occupies the 5 th Floor Premises and Tenant agrees to accept the 5 th  Floor Premises in its then existing “AS-1S” condition as of October 1, 2013. Landlord shall have no obligation to repair, restore, improve, or refurbish the 5 th  Floor Premises for Tenant’s occupancy thereof. Neither Landlord nor its agents have made any representations or warranties whatsoever concerning the condition or suitability of the 5 th  Floor Premises for Tenant’s use.

 

5.              12 th  Floor Extension. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Lease with respect to the 12 th  Floor only shall be extended beginning January 1 , 2014 and expiring on December 31, 2014 (“12 th  Floor Extension Term”). The Base Rent for the 12 th  Floor Extension Term shall be $342,342.00 payable in monthly installments of $28,528.50. For purposes of the 12’ h  Floor Extension Term, the definition of Tenant’s Share as provided in Paragraph 5.2(f) of the Lease, shall be 8.07%. Tenant currently occupies the 12 th  Floor and Tenant agrees to accept the 12 th  Floor in its then existing “AS-1S” condition as of January 1 , 2014. Landlord shall have no obligation to repair, restore, improve, or refurbish the 12 th  Floor for Tenant’s occupancy thereof. Neither Landlord nor its agents have made any representations or warranties whatsoever concerning the condition or suitability of the 12 th  Floor for Tenant’s use.

 

6.              Intentionally omitted.

 

7.              Provisions Control. With the exception of those terms and conditions specifically modified and amended herein, the herein referenced Lease shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with all its terms and conditions. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall supersede and control.

 

8.              Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each warrants to the other that it has not had any contact or dealings with any person or real estate broker which would give rise to the payment of any fee or brokerage commission in connection with this Amendment other than Cushman & Wakefield and rsf LA. Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the other from and against any liability with respect to any fee or brokerage commission arising out of any act or omission of the indemnifying party.

 

9.              Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of such counterparts shall constitute one agreement. To facilitate execution of this Amendment, the parties may execute counterparts of this Amendment and exchange such counterparts via e-mail or fax, and such counterparts shall serve as originals.

 

10.           No Oral Modification. This Amendment may not be changed or terminated orally but only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement

 



 

of any waiver, change, modification or discharge is sought.

 

11.          Successors and Assigns. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

[signature page follows]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment on the date set forth above.

 

 

OWNER:

 

 

 

 

SAMO CLOCK TOWER, LLC

 

 

By Michelangelo Real Estate Corporation, its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marek Jednorowski

 

 

Name: Marek Jednorowski

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

TRUECAR, INC

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James Nguyen

 

Name: James Nguyen

 

Title: EVP, Corporate & Partner Development

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

October 20, 2010

 

Andrew Sayer

Douglas Emmett Management, LLC

808 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 200

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

Dear Andrew,

 

On behalf of TrueCar Inc., I am pleased to submit 3 fully executed lease documents.

 

Please be advised that we are requesting the following as conditions of this lease:

 

1.               Landlord and tenant agree to work together to redesign the planter in the courtyard of the 2 nd  floor. Such redesign shall be subject to approval by applicable code and to approval from Bryan, Cave.

 

2.               Landlord and tenant agree to work together to replace the existing window on the east side of the courtyard, matching the existing door/window configuration on the adjacent wall. (see photo)

 

Best Regards,

 

 

 

 

 

Steve Hansen

 

President, TrueCar Inc.

 

225 Santa Monica Blvd.

 

Suite 1200

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

 



 

Douglas

Emmett

 

 

Douglas Emmett Management, LLC
808 Wilshire Boulevard, 2nd Floor,
Santa Monica, California 90401
Telephone 310.255.7777 Facsimile 310.255.7778

 

October 20, 2010

 

VIA HAND DELIVERY

 

Mr. Steve Hansen

ZAG.COM Inc.

525 Broadway, 3 rd  Floor

Santa Monica, California 90401

 

Re:                              Office Lease
120 Broadway, Suite 200
Santa Monica, California 90401

 

Dear Mr. Hansen:

 

We are delighted Zag.com has chosen to lease office space at Palisades Promenade. Please find enclosed for your records one (1) fully executed Office Lease dated October 15, 2010 by and between Douglas Emmett 1995, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Zag.com, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Please note that we received the transmittal letter which accompanied the three (3) copies of the lease executed by Zag.Com Inc., and we will be happy to discuss your concerns regarding the courtyard planter and existing window on the east side of the courtyard.

 

If there is anything else we can do to assist you at this time, please do not hesitate to contact the property manager, Britton Rose at (310) 451-1796. We look forward to Zag’s upcoming occupancy at Palisades Promenade.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

/s/ Michael J. Means

 

 

 

Michael J. Means

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

MJM:ssc

 

 

 

Enclosure

 

 



 

cc:                                 Britton Rose

Andrew Sayer, Esq.

Bob Zelken

John Ghiselli, Jones Lang LaSalle

 



 

OFFICE LEASE

 

Between

 

DOUGLAS EMMETT 1995, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

as Landlord

 

and

 

ZAG.COM INC,

a Delaware corporation

 

as Tenant

 

Dated

 

October 15, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initial

 

Initial

 

Initial

 

Initial

 

 



 

OFFICE LEASE

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

Date:

October 15, 2010

Landlord:

DOUGLAS EMMETT 1995, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

Tenant:

ZAG.COM INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

SECTION

 

1.1                                Premises:

120 Broadway, Suite 200
Santa Monica, California 90401

1.4                                Rentable Area of Premises:

Approximately 17,260 square feet

1.4                                Usable Area of Premises:

Approximately 14,564 square feet

2.1                                Term:

Five (5) years and two (2) months (as modified by Section 2.1)

Anticipated Delivery Date:

October 15, 2010

Anticipated Commencement Date:

March 15, 2011 (as modified by Section 2.1)

Anticipated Expiration Date:

May 31, 2016 (as modified by Section 2.1)

3.1                                Fixed Monthly Rent:

$66,451.00

3.3                                Fixed Monthly Rent Increase:

Three percent (3%) per annum

Date of First Increase:

April 1, 2012 (as modified by Section 2.1)

Frequency of Increase:

Annually

3.7                                Security Deposit:

$77,034.92

4.1                                Tenant’s Share:

16.68%

4.2                                Base Year for Operating Expenses:

2011

6.1                                Use of Premises:

General office use consistent with the operation of a first-class office building in the Santa Monica area and all legal related uses

16.1                         Tenant’s Address for Notices:

 

Before the Commencement Date:

525 Broadway, 3 rd  Floor
Santa Monica, California 90401

After the Commencement Date:

120 Broadway, Suite 200
Santa Monica, California 90401

Tenant’s Billing Address

120 Broadway, Suite 200
Santa Monica, California 90401

Contact:

Mr. Steve Hansen — Chief Operating Officer

Landlord’s Address for Notices:

Douglas Emmett 1995, LLC
c/o Douglas Emmett Management, LLC
Director of Property Management
808 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 200
Santa Monica, California 90401

20.5                         Brokers:

Douglas Emmett Management, LLC
808 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 200
Santa Monica, California 90401

and

Jones Lang LaSalle, Inc.
2049 Century Park East, Suite 2750
Los Angeles, California 90067

21.1                         Parking Permits:

Ten (10) reserved parking permits and Forty-Two (42) unreserved permits on a “must-take” basis

 

Except as noted hereinbelow, the foregoing Basic Lease Information is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Lease.  The Section reference in the left margin of the Basic Lease Information exists solely to indicate where such reference initially appears in this Lease document.  Except as specified hereinbelow, each such reference in this Lease document shall incorporate the applicable Basic Lease Information. However, in the event of any conflict between any reference contained in the Basic Lease Information and the specific wording of this Lease, the wording of this Lease shall control.

 

ii


 

OFFICE LEASE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE

 

 

PAGE

ARTICLE 1

DEMISE OF PREMISES

 

1

ARTICLE 2

COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM

 

2

ARTICLE 3

PAYMENT OF RENT, LATE CHARGE

 

3

ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

 

5

ARTICLE 5

ETHICS

 

10

ARTICLE 6

USE OF PREMISES

 

10

ARTICLE 7

CONDITION UPON VACATING & REMOVAL OF PROPERTY

 

10

ARTICLE 8

UTILITIES AND SERVICES

 

11

ARTICLE 9

TENANT’S INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

 

14

ARTICLE 10

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

 

15

ARTICLE 11

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

15

ARTICLE 12

MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION, RENOVATION AND/OR ALTERATION

 

17

ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

 

21

ARTICLE 14

MORTGAGE SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT AND MODIFICATION OF LEASE

 

22

ARTICLE 15

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

 

22

ARTICLE 16

NOTICES

 

23

ARTICLE 17

DEFAULT AND LANDLORD’S OPTION TO CURE

 

23

ARTICLE 18

DAMAGES; REMEDIES; RE-ENTRY BY LANDLORD; ETC.

 

25

ARTICLE 19

INSURANCE

 

26

ARTICLE 20

MISCELLANEOUS

 

28

ARTICLE 21

PARKING

 

31

ARTICLE 22

CONCIERGE SERVICES

 

32

ARTICLE 23

OPTION TO EXTEND TERM

 

32

ARTICLE 24

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

 

33

ARTICLE 25

TERMINATION OPTION

 

34

ARTICLE 26

LETTER OF CREDIT

 

35

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

A —

Premises Plan

 

 

B —

Construction Agreement-Tenant Build

 

 

B-1 —

Construction by Tenant During Term

 

 

C —

Rules and Regulations

 

 

D —

Memorandum of Lease Term Dates and Rent

 

 

E —

Form of SNDA

 

 

F —

Asbestos Rider — Intentionally Deleted

 

 

G —

Form of Letter of Credit

 

 

 

iii



 

OFFICE LEASE

 

This Office Lease (this “Lease”), dated October 15, 2010, is by and between DOUGLAS EMMETT 1995, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), with an office at 808 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 200, Santa Monica, California 90401, and ZAG.COM INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with an office at 525 Broadway, 3 rd  Floor, Santa Monica, California 90401.

 

ARTICLE I
DEMISE OF PREMISES

 

Section 1.1. Demise . Subject to the covenants and agreements contained in this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant hires from Landlord, Suite 200 on the second (2 nd ) floor (the “Premises”) in the building located at 120 Broadway, Santa Monica, California 90401 (the “Building”). The configuration of the Premises is shown on Exhibit A, attached hereto and made a part hereof by reference.

 

Tenant acknowledges that it has made its own inspection of and inquiries regarding the Premises, which are already improved. Therefore, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Tenant accepts the Premises in their “as-is” condition, subject to those defects of which Tenant notifies Landlord within one (1) year of the Commencement Date, which shall be repaired by Landlord as soon as reasonably practicable at Landlord’s sole cost and expense and not. as an Operating Expense. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty, express or implied, except as are contained in this Lease and its Exhibits, regarding the condition, suitability or usability of the Premises or the Building for the purposes intended by Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in good, vacant, broom clean condition, with all building systems in good working order, the roof and all window seals in good, water-tight condition (the “Required Condition”).

 

The Building, the Building’s parking facilities, any outside plaza areas, land and other improvements surrounding the Building which are designated from time to time by Landlord as Common Areas appurtenant to or servicing the Building, and the land upon which any of the foregoing are situated, are herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Real Property”.

 

Section 1.2. Tenant’s Non-Exclusive Use . Subject to the contingencies contained herein, Tenant is granted the nonexclusive use of the common corridors and hallways, stairwells, elevators, restrooms, parking facilities, lobbies and other public or Common Areas located on the Real Property (collectively, “Common Areas”). Landlord shall maintain and operate such public and Common Areas in a first-class manner throughout the Term and any extensions thereof, and Tenant’s use thereof shall be subject to such reasonable and non-discriminatory rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time.

 

Section 1.3. Landlord’s Reservation of Rights . Landlord, specifically reserves to itself use, control and repair of the structural portions of all perimeter walls of the Premises, any balconies, terraces or roofs adjacent to the Premises (including any flagpoles or other installations on said walls, balconies, terraces or roofs) and any space in and/or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stairways, pipes, conduits, ducts, mail chutes, conveyors, pneumatic tubes, electric or other utilities, sinks, fan rooms or other Building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Premises. Landlord also specifically reserves to itself the following rights:

 

a)              To designate all sources furnishing sign painting or lettering (provided, however, that Tenant may select its own signage vendor for signage located within the Premises and not visible from the exterior of the Premises);

 

b)              To constantly have pass keys to the Premises;

 

c)              To grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any particular business or undertaking in the Building, so long as Landlord’s granting of the same does not prohibit Tenant’s use of the Premises for Tenant’s Specified Use, as defined in Article 6;

 

d)              To enter the Premises at any reasonable time with reasonable notice (except for emergencies) to inspect, repair, alter, improve, update or make additions to the Premises or the Building so long as Tenant’s access to and use of the Premises is not materially impaired thereby;

 

e)               During the last six (6) months of the Term, to exhibit the Premises to prospective future tenants upon not less than 24 hours prior notice;

 

f)                Subject to the provisions of Article 12, to, at any time, and from time to time, whether at Tenant’s request or pursuant to governmental requirement, repair, alter, make additions to, improve, or decorate all or any portion of the Real Property, Building or Premises at any reasonable time with reasonable notice (except for emergencies), so long as Tenant’s access to and use of the Premises is not materially impaired thereby. In connection therewith, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing rights, Landlord shall specifically have the right to remove, alter, improve or rebuild all or any part of the lobby of the Building as the same is presently or shall hereafter be constituted;

 

g)              Subject to the provisions of Article 12, Landlord reserves the right to make alterations or additions to or change the location of elements of the Real Property and any Common Areas appurtenant thereto at any reasonable time with reasonable notice (except for emergencies), so long as Tenant’s access to and use of the Premises is not Materially impaired thereby; and/or

 

h)              To take such other actions as may reasonably be necessary when the same are required to preserve, protect or improve the Premises, the Building, or Landlord’s interest therein at any reasonable time with reasonable notice (except for emergencies), so long as Tenant’s access to and use of the Premises is not materially impaired thereby.

 

1



 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, (i) except in the case of emergency and for routine janitorial and maintenance services, shall provide Tenant with one (1) business day notice prior to entry of the Premises and (ii) landlord shall not exercise its rights under this Section 1.4 and Article 12 in a manner that will unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or Tenant’s parking rights or materially increase the obligations or decrease the rights of Tenant under this Lease.

 

Section 1.4. Area . Landlord and Tenant agree that the usable area (the “Usable Area”) of the Premises has been measured using the June, 1996 standards published by the Building Owners’ and Managers’ Association (“BOMA”), as a guideline, and that Landlord is utilizing a deemed add-on factor of 18.51% to compute the rentable area (the “Rentable Area”) of the Premises. Rentable Area herein is calculated as 1.1851 times the estimated Usable Area of the Premises, regardless of what the actual square footage of the Common Areas of the Building may be, and whether or not they are more or less than 18.51% of the total estimated Usable Area of the Building, as the case may be. The purpose of this calculation is solely to provide a general basis for comparison and pricing of this space in relation to other spaces in the market area.

 

Landlord and Tenant further agree that even if the Rentable or Usable Area of the Premises and/or the total Building Area are later determined to be more or less than the figures stated herein, for all purposes of this Lease, the figures stated herein shall be conclusively deemed to be the actual Rentable or Usable Area of the Premises, as the case may be.

 

Section 1.5. Quiet Enjoyment. Contingent upon Tenant keeping, observing and performing all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease on its part to be kept, observed and performed, and subject to the limitations imposed under Article 14 of this Lease, Tenant shall lawfully and quietly hold, occupy and enjoy the Premises during the Term.

 

Section 1.6. No Light, Air or View Easement. Any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which is now or may hereafter be erected on lands adjacent to the Building shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord. Noise, dust or vibration or other ordinary incidents to new construction of improvements on lands adjacent to the Building, whether or not by Landlord, shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord.

 

Section 1.7. Relocation. Intentionally Deleted

 

ARTICLE 2
COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM

 

Section 2.1. Commencement Date and Term. The Term of this Lease shall commence on the “Commencement Date”, which shall be the earlier of (i) the date Tenant commences doing business from any portion of the Premises or (ii) one hundred fifty (150) calendar days after the Delivery Date (as defined below), and shall end, unless extended or sooner terminated as otherwise provided herein, at midnight on the last calendar day of the sixty-second (62’) full calendar month following the Commencement Date (the “Termination Date”). Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in the Required Condition (as defined in Section 1.1 above) on the first business day following the full execution of’ this Lease (such date of delivery being referred to herein as the “Delivery Date”) so that Tenant may commence the Improvements (as defined in Exhibit B), which shall be constructed by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of Exhibit B, and otherwise prepare the Premises for occupancy and/or occupy the Premises for the conduct of its business (subject to the first sentence of this Section 2.1). The anticipated Delivery Date is October 15, 2010 and the anticipated Commencement Date is March 15, 2011. Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises subsequent to the Delivery Date and prior to the Commencement Date shall be upon all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Fixed Monthly Rent or Additional Rent for the Premises until the Commencement Date, subject to the express provisions of the last paragraph of Section 3.2 of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute an amendment to this Lease (the “Memorandum”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, confirming the finalized Commencement Date and Term as soon as they are determined. Tenant shall execute the Memorandum and return it to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease or Exhibit 13 to this Lease, and provided that Tenant delivers the Delay Notice (as defined below), the Commencement Date shall be delayed by one (1) day for each day that Tenant’s construction of the Improvements. is actually delayed due to the following factors: (a) Landlord’s breach of this Lease, including, without limitation, any payment obligations under Exhibit 13 and Landlord’s failure to respond to any requests for consents or approvals within the time periods prescribed in Exhibit B, (b) Force Majeure (as defined in Section 20.5 of this Lease), (c) the presence of Hazardous Materials within the Premises, (d) the non-compliance of the restrooms and the building systems within the Premises with applicable law and (e) any renovations or other improvements which Landlord is required to make to any portion of the Building outside of the Premises, including the Common Areas, by any governmental authority having jurisdiction, which arise out of or are required in connection with Tenant’s completion of the Improvements, to the extent such renovations or improvements delay the closing of Tenant’s permits for the construction of the Improvements or the issuance of a temporary certificate of occupancy (or the equivalent thereof), it being expressly understood and agreed that Tenant shall be obligated to deliver prompt written notice to Landlord setting forth the cause of any such delay and the anticipated period of delay attributable thereto (tile “Delay Notice”).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if the Delivery Date fails to occur by the date which is five (5) business days following the full execution of this Lease, then, in addition to Tenant’s

 

2



 

other rights or remedies, Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord, whereupon any monies previously paid by Tenant to Landlord shall be returned to Tenant.

 

Section 2.2. Holding Over . If Tenant fails to deliver possession of the Premises on the Termination Date, but holds over after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease without the express prior written consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be construed as a tenancy at sufferance on the same terms and conditions as are contained herein, except that the Fixed Monthly Rent payable by Tenant during such period of holding over shall automatically increase as of the Termination Date to an amount equal to one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Fixed Monthly Rent payable by Tenant for the calendar month immediately prior to the date when Tenant commences such holding over (the “Holdover Rent”), prorated for any partial month. Tenant’s payment of such Holdover Rent, and Landlord’s acceptance thereof, shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any of Landlord’s rights or remedies with respect to such holding over, nor shall it be deemed to be a consent by Landlord to Tenant’s continued occupancy or possession of the Premises past the time period covered by Tenant’s payment of the Holdover Rent.

 

Furthermore, if Tenant fails to deliver possession of the Premises to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and Landlord has theretofore notified Tenant in writing that Landlord requires possession of the Premises for a succeeding tenant, then, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liability resulting from such failure, including without limiting the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant arising out of Tenant’s failure to so surrender, and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions contained hereinabove regarding Tenant’s liability for a continuing holdover, Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to insert into any future lease of another tenant proposing to occupy the Premises provisions similar to those contained in Section 2.1, permitting mitigation of Tenant’s damages arising out of Tenant’s temporary holdover.

 

ARTICLE 3
PAYMENT OF RENT, LATE CHARGE

 

Section 3.1. Payment of Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent . “Rent” shall mean: all payments of monies in any form whatsoever required under the terms and provisions of this Lease, and shall consist of:

 

a)         “Fixed Monthly Rent”, which shall be payable in equal monthly installments of $66,451.00; plus

 

b)         Additional Rent as provided in Article 4 and elsewhere in this Lease.

 

Section 3.2. Manner of Payment . Tenant shall pay Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent immediately upon the same becoming due and payable, without demand therefor, and without any abatement, set off or deduction whatsoever, except as may be expressly provided in this Lease. Landlord’s failure to submit statements to Tenant stating the amount of Fixed Monthly Rent or Additional Rent then due, including Landlord’s failure to provide to Tenant a calculation of the adjustment as required in Section 3.3 or the Escalation Statement referred to in Article 4, shall not constitute Landlord’s waiver of Tenant’s requirement to pay the Rent called for herein. Tenant’s failure to pay Additional Rent as provided herein, subject to applicable notice and cure periods, shall constitute a material default equal to Tenant’s failure to pay Fixed Monthly Rent when due.

 

Rent shall be payable in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month throughout the Term, in lawful money of the United States of America, to Landlord at 401 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1045, Santa Monica, California 90401, or at such other place(s) as Landlord designates in writing to Tenant. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall begin on the Commencement Date and continue throughout the Term, without abatement, setoff or deduction, except as otherwise specified hereinbelow.

 

Concurrent with Tenant’s execution and delivery to Landlord of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the first installment of Fixed Monthly Rent due for the Premises.

 

Section 3.3. Fixed Monthly Rent Increase.

 

Commencing the first calendar day of the thirteenth (13 th ) full calendar month of the Term, and continuing through the last calendar day of the twenty-fourth (24 th ) full calendar month of the Term, the Fixed Monthly Rent payable by Tenant shall increase from $66,451.00 per month to $68,444.53 per month.

 

Commencing the first calendar day of the twenty-fifth (25 th ) full calendar month of the Term, and continuing through the last calendar day of the thirty-sixth (36 th ) full calendar month of the Term, the Fixed Monthly Rent payable by Tenant shall increase from $68,444.53 per month to $70,497.87 per month.

 

Commencing the first calendar day of the thirty-seventh (37 01 ) full calendar month of the Term, and continuing through the last calendar day of the forty-eighth (48 th ) full calendar month of the Term, the Fixed Monthly Rent payable by Tenant shall increase from $70,497.87 per month to $72,612.80 per month.

 

Commencing the first calendar day of the forty-ninth (49 th ) full calendar month of the Term, and continuing through the last calendar day of the sixtieth (60 th ) full calendar month of the Term, the Fixed Monthly Rent payable by Tenant shall increase from $72,612.80 per month to $74,791.19 per month.

 

Commencing the first calendar day of the sixty-first (61 51 ) full calendar month of the Term, and continuing throughout the remainder of the initial Term, the Fixed Monthly Rent payable by Tenant for Suite 300 shall increase from $74,791.19 per month to $77,034.92 per month.

 

3



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, fifty percent (50%) of the .  Fixed Monthly Rent due for the Premises shall be abated for each of the second (2 nd ), third (3 rd ), fourth (4 th ) and fifth (5 th ) full calendar months following the Commencement Date.

 

Section 3.4. Tenant’s Payment of Certain Taxes . Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoices, reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for any and all taxes, surcharges, levies, assessments, fees and charges payable by Landlord when:

 

a)      assessed by the appropriate assessing authority on the cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in the Premises; or

 

b)      on or measured by any rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross income tax, gross receipts tax, or excise tax levied by the City of Santa Monica or County of Los Angeles or any other governmental body with respect to the receipt of such rent (computed as if such rent were the only income of Landlord), but solely when levied by the appropriate City or County agency in lieu of, or as an adjunct to, such business license(s), fees or taxes as would otherwise have been payable by Tenant directly to such taxing authority;

 

c)       If it becomes unlawful for Tenant so to reimburse Landlord, the rent payable to Landlord under this Lease shall be revised to net Landlord the same rent after imposition of any such tax as would have been payable to Landlord prior to the imposition of any such tax.

 

Said taxes shall be due and payable whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of Landlord and Tenant. Notwithstanding the above, in no event shall the provisions of this Section 3.4 serve to entitle Landlord to reimbursement from Tenant for any federal, state, county or city income tax payable by Landlord or the managing agent of Landlord.

 

Section 3.5. Certain Adjustments.

 

If the Commencement Date occurs on other than the first day of a calendar month, or this Lease expires on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant shall be appropriately apportioned on a pro-rata basis for the number of days remaining in the month of the Term for which such proration is calculated. All pro-rations in this Lease for partial calendar months shall be based on the actual number of days in the subject calendar month.

 

If the amount of Fixed Monthly Rent or Additional Rent due is modified pursuant to the terms of this Lease. such modification shall take effect the first day of the calendar month immediately following the date such modification would have been scheduled.

 

Section 3.6. Late Charge and interest . Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Fixed Monthly Rent or Additional Rent will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which are extremely difficult and impracticable to fix. Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any encumbrance and note secured by any encumbrance covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Fixed Monthly Rent or Additional Rent and other payment due from Tenant hereunder is not received by Landlord within seven (7) business days of the date it becomes due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable settlement against the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of Tenant’s late payment. Acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount, or prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord.

 

Every installment of Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent and any other payment due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord which is not paid within twenty (20) days after the same becomes due and payable shall, in addition to any Late Charge already paid by Tenant, bear interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the date that the same originally became due and payable until the date it is paid. Landlord shall bill Tenant for said interest, and Tenant shall pay the same within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s billing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be assessed any late charge for the first two (2) late payments in each twelve (12) month period of the Term so long as Tenant pays such amount within five (5) business days of Tenant’s receipt of written notice that such amount is past-due.

 

Section 3.7. Security Deposit . Concurrent with Tenant’s execution and tendering of this Lease to Landlord, Tenant shall deposit the sum of $77,034.92 (the “Security Deposit”), which amount Tenant shall thereafter at all times maintain on deposit with Landlord as security for Tenant’s full and faithful observance and performance of its obligations under this Lease (expressly including, without limitation, the payment as and when due of the Fixed Monthly Rent, Additional Rent and any other sums or damages payable by Tenant hereunder and the payment of any and all other damages for which Tenant shall be liable by reason of any act or omission contrary to any of said covenants or agreements). Landlord shall have the right to commingle the Security Deposit with its general assets and shall not be obligated to pay Tenant interest thereon.

 

If at any time Tenant defaults in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, after the expiration of notice and the opportunity to cure (if a notice and cure period is provided for under this Lease for the particular default), then, Landlord may:

 

a)      apply as much of the Security Deposit as may be necessary to cure Tenant’s non-payment of the Fixed Monthly Rent, Additional Rent and/or other sums or damages due from Tenant, including any sums due under Section 20.26 of this Lease; and/or;

 

4



 

b)      if Tenant is in default or any of the covenants or agreements of this Lease; apply so much of the Security Deposit as may be necessary to reimburse all expenses incurred by Landlord in curing such default; or

 

c)       if the Security Deposit is insufficient to pay the sums specified in Section 3.7 (a) or (b), elect to apply the entire Security Deposit in partial payment thereof, and proceed against Tenant pursuant to the provisions of Article 17 and Article 18 herein.

 

Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other laws, statutes, ordinances or other governmental rules, regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated, which (i) establish the time frame by which Landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (ii) provide that Landlord may claim from the Security Deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified in Article 18 below, and/or those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by Tenant’s breach of this Lease or the acts or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party. As used in this Lease a “Tenant Party” shall mean Tenant, any employee of Tenant, or any agent, authorized representative, design consultant or construction manager engaged by or under the control of Tenant.

 

If, as a result of Landlord’s application of any portion or all of the Security Deposit, the amount held by Landlord declines to less than $77,034.92, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, deposit with Landlord additional cash sufficient to bring the then-existing balance held as the Security Deposit to the amount specified hereinabove. Tenant’s failure to deposit said amount shall constitute a material breach of this Lease.

 

At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall deduct from the Security Deposit being held on behalf of Tenant any unpaid sums, costs, expenses or damages payable by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease; and/or any costs required to cure Tenant’s default or performance of any other covenant or agreement of this Lease, and shall, within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, return to Tenant, without interest, all or such part of the Security Deposit as then remains on deposit with Landlord.

 

ARTICLE 4
ADDITIONAL RENT

 

Section 4.1. Certain Definitions. As used in this Lease:

 

a)        “Escalation Statement” means a statement by Landlord, setting forth the amount payable by Tenant or by Landlord, as the case may be, for a specified calendar year pursuant to this Article 4.

 

b)        “Operating Expenses” means the following in a referenced calendar year, including the Base Year as hereinafter defined, calculated assuming the Building is at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied: all costs of management, operation, maintenance, and repair of the Building.

 

By way of illustration only, Operating Expenses shall include, but not be limited to: management fees, which shall not exceed those reasonable and customary in the geographic area in which the Building is located; water and sewer charges; any and all insurance premiums not otherwise directly payable by Tenant; license, permit and inspection fees; air conditioning (including repair of same); heat; light; power and other utilities; steam; labor; cleaning and janitorial services; guard services; supplies; materials; equipment and tools.

 

Operating Expenses shall also include the cost or portion thereof of those capital improvements made to the Building by Landlord during the Term:

 

i)          to the extent that such capital improvements reduce other direct expenses, when the same were made to the Building by Landlord after the Commencement Date, or

 

ii)       that are required under any governmental law or regulation that was not applicable to the Building as of the Commencement Date.

 

Said capital improvement costs, or the allocable portion thereof (as referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above), shall be amortized pursuant to generally-accepted accounting principles, together with interest on the unamortized balance at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum.

 

Operating Expenses shall also include all general and special real estate taxes, increases in assessments or special assessments and any other ad valorem taxes, rates, levies and assessments paid during a calendar year (or portion thereof) upon or with respect to the Building and the personal property used by Landlord to operate the Building, whether paid to any governmental or quasi-governmental authority, and all taxes specifically imposed in lieu of any such taxes (but excluding taxes referred to in Section 3.4 for which Tenant are liable or other tenants in the Building would be liable if similar provisions were included in their leases) including fees of counsel and experts, reasonably incurred by, or reimbursable by Landlord in connection with any application for a reduction in the assessed valuation of the Building and/or the land thereunder or for a judicial review thereof, (collectively “Appeal Fees”), but solely to the extent that the Appeal Fees result directly in a reduction of taxes otherwise payable by Tenant. However, in no event shall the portion of Operating Expenses used to calculate any billing to Tenant attributable to real estate taxes and assessments for any expense year be less than the billing for real estate taxes and assessments during the Base Year.

 

Operating Expenses shall also include, but not be limited to, the premiums for the following insurance coverage: all-risk, structural, fire, boiler and machinery, liability, earthquake and for replacement of tenant improvements, and for such other coverage(s), and at such policy limit(s) as

 

5



 

Landlord deems reasonably prudent and/or are required by any lender or ground lessor, which coverage and limits Landlord may ;  in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, change from time to time.

 

If, in any calendar year following the Base Year, as defined hereinbelow (a “Subsequent Year”), a new expense item (e.g., earthquake insurance, concierge services; entry card systems), is included in Operating Expenses which was not included in the Base Year Operating Expenses, then the cost of such new item shall be added to the Base Year Operating Expenses for purposes of determining the Additional Rent payable under this Article 4 for such Subsequent Year. During each Subsequent Year, the same amount shall continue to be included in the computation of Operating Expenses for the Base Year, resulting in each such Subsequent Year Operating Expenses only including the increase in the cost of such new item over the Base Year, as so adjusted. However, if in any Subsequent Year thereafter, such new item is not included in Operating Expenses, no such addition shall be made to Base Year Operating Expenses.

 

Conversely, as reasonably determined by Landlord, when an expense item that was originally included in the Base Year Operating Expenses is, in any Subsequent Year, no longer included in Operating Expenses, then the cost of such item shall be deleted from the Base Year Operating Expenses for purposes of determining the Additional Rent payable under this Article 4 for such Subsequent Year. The same amount shall continue to be deleted from the Base Year Operating Expenses for each Subsequent Year thereafter that the item is not included. However, if such expense item is again included in the Operating Expenses for any Subsequent Year, then the amount of said expense item originally included in the Base Year Operating Expenses shall again be added back to the Base Year Operating Expenses.

 

c) Exclusions from Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding anything contained in the definition of Operating Expenses as set forth in Subsection 4.1(b) of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not include the following:

 

i.                        The costs of repairs to the Building, if and to the extent that any such costs is actually reimbursed by the insurance carried by Landlord or subject to award under any eminent domain proceeding;

 

ii.                     Depreciation, amortization and interest payments, except as specifically permitted herein or except on materials, tools supplies and vendor-type equipment purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord might otherwise contract for with a third party where such depreciation, amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party’s services. In such a circumstance, the inclusion of all depreciation, amortization and interest payments shall be determined pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, amortized over the reasonably anticipated useful life of the capital item for which such amortization, depreciation or interest allocation was calculated;

 

iii.                  Marketing costs, including leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building;

 

iv.                 Expenses for services not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged directly, whether or not such services or other benefits are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Building;

 

v.                    Costs incurred due to Landlord’s or any tenant of the Building’s violation, other than Tenant, of the terms and conditions, of any lease or rental agreement in the Building;

 

vi.                 Interest, principal, points and fees on debts or amortization on any mortgage or mortgages or any other debt instrument encumbering the Building or the land thereunder;

 

vii.              Costs associated with operating the entity which constitutes Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Building, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Building, costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement judgments and payments in lieu thereof) arising from claims, disputes or potential disputes in connection with potential or actual claims, litigation or arbitration pertaining to Landlord’s ownership of the Building;

 

viii.           Leasing advertising and promotional expenditures, and costs of leasing signs in or on the Building identifying the owner of the Building, or other tenants signs;

 

ix.                 Electric, gas or other power costs for which (and only to the extent) Landlord has been directly reimbursed by another tenant or occupant or the Building, or for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company;

 

x.                    Costs, including attorneys’ fees and settlement judgments and/or payments in lieu thereof arising from actual or potential claims, disputes, litigation or arbitration pertaining to Landlord and/or the Building;

 

xi.                 Costs incurred with respect to the installation of Tenant’s or other occupant’s improvements or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating any portion or the Real Property not made available for Tenant’s use;

 

6



 

xii.              Tax penalties and interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s negligent or willful failure to make payments and/or to file any income tax or informational return(s) when due, unless such non-payment is due to Tenant’s nonpayment of rent;

 

xiii.           Any charitable or political contributions;

 

xiv.          The purchase or rental price of any sculpture, paintings or other object of art (except for maintenance costs associated with any common area fountains), whether or not installed, in, on or upon the Building;

 

xv.             Costs of repairs which would have been covered by casualty insurance but for Landlord’s failure to maintain casualty insurance to cover the replacement value of the Building as required by this Lease;

 

xvi.          Capital expenditures other than those set forth in Sections 4.1(b)(i) and (ii);

 

xvii.       The assessment or billing of operating expenses which results in Landlord being reimbursed more than one hundred percent (100%) of the total expenses for the calendar year in question;

 

xviii.    Costs to correct any construction defect in the Premises or the Building or to comply with any covenant, condition, restriction, underwriter’s requirement or law applicable to the Premises or the Real Property on the Commencement Date;

 

xix.          insurance costs for coverage not customarily paid by tenants of similar projects in the vicinity of the Premises, in excess of two (2) times the premiums included in the Base Year Operating Expenses, increases in insurance costs caused by the activities of another occupant of the Real Property, insurance deductibles, and co-insurance payments;

 

xx.             Costs incurred in connection with the presence of any Hazardous Material (as defined in Section 20.20 of this Lease), except to the extent caused by the release or emission of the Hazardous Material in question by Tenant;

 

xxi.          Expense reserves;

 

xxii.       Costs of structural repairs to the Building;

 

xxiii.    Wages, compensation, and labor burden for any employee not stationed on the Building on a full-time basis or employees above the level of property manager;

 

xxiv.   Any fee, profit or compensation retained by Landlord or its affiliates or paid to a property manager for management and administration of the Real Property in excess of three and one-half percent (3.5%) of gross revenues received by Landlord; and

 

xxv.      any portion of any tax or assessment expense or any increase therein (a) levied on Landlord’s rental income, unless such tax or assessment is imposed in lieu of real property taxes; (b) in excess of the amount which would be payable if such tax or assessment expense were paid in installments over the longest permitted term; (c) imposed on land and improvements other than the Real Property; (d) attributable to Landlord’s net income, inheritance, gift, transfer, estate or state taxes.

 

d)      Tenant’s Share” means 16.68%.

 

Section 4.2. Calculation of Tenant’s Share of Increases in Operating Expenses . If, commencing with the calendar year 2012; the Operating Expenses for any calendar year during the Term, or portion thereof, (including the last calendar year of the Term), have increased over the Operating Expenses for the calendar year 2011 (the “Base Year”), then within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s computation of such increase (an “Escalation Statement”), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying such increase by Tenant’s Share. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Article 4, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any portion of Tenant’s Share of increases in Operating Expenses prior to the first calendar day of the thirteenth (13 th ) full calendar month following the Commencement Date.

 

In addition, and notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Article 4, Operating Expense increases shall be limited to six percent (6%) per annum on a cumulative basis, excluding any and all insurance premiums, utilities, janitorial, and all general and special real estate taxes, it being expressly understood and agreed that should the actual percentage change in the Operating Expense increase, excluding any and all insurance premiums, utilities, janitorial, and all general and special real estate taxes, exceed six percent (6%) per annum, that excess amount shall accrue for application in any future year that the percentage change in Operating Expense increases, excluding any and all insurance premiums, utilities, janitorial, and all general and special real estate taxes, is less than six percent (6%) per annum.

 

Landlord may, at or after the start of any calendar year subsequent to the Base Year, notify Tenant of the amount which Landlord estimates will be Tenant’s monthly share of any such increase in Operating Expenses for such calendar year over the Base Year and the amount thereof shall be added to the Fixed Monthly Rent payments required to be made by Tenant in such year. If Tenant’s Share of any such increase in rent payable hereunder as shown on the Escalation Statement is greater or less than the total amounts actually billed to and paid by Tenant during the year covered by such statement, then within thirty (30) days thereafter, Tenant shall pay in cash any sums owed Landlord or, if applicable, Tenant shall either receive a credit against any Fixed Monthly Rent and/or Additional Rent next accruing for any sum owed Tenant, or if Landlord’s Escalation Statement is rendered after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and indicates that Tenant’s estimated payments have exceeded the total amount to which Tenant was obligated, then provided that Landlord is not owed any other sum by

 

7



 

Tenant, Landlord shall issue a cash refund to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s completion of such Escalation Statement.

 

Section 4.2.1 . Tenant may, within one hundred eighty (180) days after Tenant receives the subject Escalation Statement, engage an independent certified public accountant (which accountant shall be a member of a nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm and is not working on a contingency fee basis), designated and paid for by Tenant, to inspect Landlord’s records with respect to such Escalation Statement at the offices of Landlord where such records are customarily maintained or at such other location reasonably selected by Landlord provided that:

 

a)      Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods;

 

b)      Such inspection is conducted during Landlord’s customary business hours (with such inspection to be completed with reasonable promptness) at time(s) reasonably designated by Landlord;

 

c)       Tenant and Tenant’s agents shall, in a writing delivered to Landlord, agree in advance of such inspection to follow Landlord’s reasonable rules and procedures regarding inspections of Landlord’s records (including, without limitation, no photocopying);

 

d)      Prior to any inspection of Landlord’s records, Tenant and Tenant’s auditor execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement regarding such inspection and deliver an original of the same to Landlord; and

 

e)       If Tenant fails to exercise the audit right in this Section 4.2.1 within one hundred eighty (180) days after Tenant’s receipt of the applicable Escalation Statement, Landlord shall no longer be obligated under this Section 4.2.1 to allow Tenant to inspect its books and records with respect to such Escalation Statement; provided, however, that Tenant shall never be deemed to have waived its audit right hereunder with respect to Base Year operating expenses.

 

If, after such inspection, if any, Tenant still disputes such Additional Rent, a determination as to the proper amount shall be made, at Tenant’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant (the “Accountant”) selected by Landlord and subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval; provided that if such determination by the Accountant proves that the Operating Expenses (for the Building as a whole) were overstated in the applicable Escalation Statement by more than five percent (5%), then the fees and expenses of the Accountant and all other costs of such determination shall be paid for by Landlord. However, if the Operating Expenses (for the Building as a whole) were overstated in the applicable Escalation Statement by five percent (5%) or less, or was in fact understated, the Tenant shall promptly pay the fees and expenses of the Accountant and all other costs of such determination (including, without limitation, the amount of Operating Expenses owed to Landlord as evidenced by the inspection). Any reconciliation of charges set forth in the Escalation Statement, which is necessitated by the inspection, shall be paid or credited by Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, in accordance with this Section 4.2.1. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant’s sole right to inspect Landlord’s books and records and to contest the amount of Operating Expenses payable by Tenant shall be as set forth in this Section 4.2.1 and Tenant hereby waives any and all other rights pursuant to applicable law to inspect such books and records.

 

Section 4.3. Tenant’s Payment of Direct Charges as Additional Rent . Tenant shall promptly and duly pay all costs and expenses incurred for or in connection with any Tenant Change (as such term is defined in Section 12.12 of this Lease) or Tenant Service (as such term is defined in Section 8.10 of this Lease), and discharge any mechanic’s or other lien created against the Premises, Building or the Real Property arising as a result of or in connection with any Tenant Change or Tenant Service as Additional Rent by paying the same, bonding or manner otherwise provided by law.

 

Any other cost, expense, charge, amount or sum (other than Fixed Monthly Rent) payable by Tenant as provided in this Lease shall also be considered Additional Rent.

 

Certain individual items of cost or expense may, in the reasonable determination of Landlord, be separately charged and billed to Tenant by Landlord, either alone or in conjunction with another party or parties, if they are deemed in good faith by Landlord to apply solely to Tenant and/or such other party or parties and are not otherwise normally recaptured by Landlord as part of normal operating expenses. Insofar as is reasonable, Landlord shall attempt to give Tenant prior notice and the opportunity to cure any circumstance that would give rise to such separate and direct billing.

 

Said separate billing shall be paid as Additional Rent, regardless of Tenant’s Share. Such allocations by Landlord shall be binding on Tenant unless patently unreasonable, and shall be payable within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s billing therefor.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, except for increases in Operating Expenses, Tenant shall not be responsible for any item of Additional Rent (except for increases in Operating Expenses), including, without limitation, late fees, interest charges or administrative fees, first invoiced to Tenant more than ninety (90) days after such item of Additional Rent was incurred. In addition, Landlord shall not be entitled to revise an Escalation Statement to include previously unbilled Operating Expenses more than one (1) year after the initial Escalation Statement for the applicable year was issued, except with respect to any special or supplemental real estate taxes and assessments.

 

Section 4.4 Proposition 13 Protection and Repurchase.

 

4.4.1. Proposition 13 Protection . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Lease, if at any time commencing on March 1, 2011 and ending February 28, 2015 (“Protection Period”), any sale, transfer, refinancing or change of ownership of the Building and/or Real property or any portion of the same is consummated and, as a result thereof, all or part of the Building and/or Real Property is reassessed (“ Reassessment ”) for real estate tax purposes by the appropriate government authority subject to the terms of Proposition 13, the terms of this Section 4.4 shall apply to such Reassessment.  In the event

 

8



 

Proposition 13 is repealed or modified, the provisions of this Section 4.4 shall be applied as if no such repeal or modification was effective.

 

(a)  For purposes of this Section 4.4 the term “ Tax Increase ” shall mean that portion of Operating Expenses, as calculated immediately following any such the Reassessment that is attributable solely to the Reassessment. Accordingly, a Tax Increase shall not include any portion of the Operating Expenses, as calculated immediately following the Reassessment that is attributable to:

 

(i)              The assessment value of the Building and the Real Property, the base Building, or the tenant improvements located in the Building prior to the Reassessment; or

 

(ii)           Assessments pending immediately before the Reassessment that were conducted during, and included in, such Reassessment or that were otherwise rendered unnecessary following the Reassessment; or

 

(iii)        The, annual inflationary increase in real estate taxes; or

 

(iv)       Any real property taxes and assessments incurred during the Base Year as determined under the Lease which are included in the calculation of Operating Expenses for the Base Year (exclusive of the effects, if any, of any Proposition 8 reduction).

 

(b)  During the period commencing January 1, 2012 and ending December 31, 2012, Tenant shall only be obligated to pay twenty percent (20%) of the Tax-Increase allocable to any Reassessment;

 

(c)  During the period commencing January I, 2013 and ending December 31, 2013, Tenant shall only be obligated to pay forty percent (40%)of the Tax Increase allocable to any Reassessment;

 

(d)  During the period commencing January 1, 2014 and ending December 31, 2014, Tenant shall only be obligated to pay forty percent (60%) of the Tax Increase allocable to any Reassessment; and

 

(e)  During the period commencing January 1, 2015 and ending December 31, 2015, Tenant shall only be obligated to pay forty percent (80%) of the Tax increase allocable to any Reassessment.

 

4.4.2 Purchase of Proposition 13 Protection Amount . The amount of any Tax Increase which Tenant is not obligated to pay, if any, in connection with a particular Reassessment pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.1 above shall be referred to hereinafter as a “ Proposition 13 Protection Amount ”. If, in connection with a pending or anticipated sale, transfer, refinancing or change of ownership of the Building and/or Real Property by Landlord, the occurrence of a Reassessment is reasonably foreseeable by Landlord and the Proposition 13 Protection Amount attributable to such Reassessment can be reasonably quantified or estimated for each calendar year of the Term commencing with the year in which the Reassessment will occur, the terms of this Section 4.4.2 shall apply to each such Reassessment. Upon notice to Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to purchase the Proposition 13 Protection Amount relating to the applicable Reassessment (the “ Applicable Reassessment ”), within a reasonable period of time prior to the pending or anticipated sale, transfer, refinancing or change of ownership of the Building and/or Real Property by Landlord, by paying to Tenant an amount equal to the “Proposition 13 Purchase Price”, as that term is defined below. Landlord’s right to purchase the Proposition 13 Protection Amount shall expire and terminate upon the sale, transfer, refinancing or change of ownership of the Building and/or Real Property by Landlord if prior thereto Landlord did not exercise the right or purchase, or upon Landlord’s failure to pay the Proposition 13 Purchase Price to Tenant on or before the closing of such sale, transfer, refinancing or change of ownership.

 

As used herein, “ Proposition 13 Purchase Price ” shall mean the present value of the Proposition 13 Protection Amount remaining during the Extended Term, as of the date of payment of the Proposition 13 Purchase Price by Landlord. Such present value shall be calculated (i) by using the portion of the Proposition 13 Protection Amount attributable to each remaining calendar year of the Term of the Lease (as though the portion or such Proposition 13 Protection Amount benefited Tenant in the middle of each such year), as the amounts to be discounted, and (ii) by using discount rates for each amount to be discounted equal to the average rates of yield for United States Treasury Obligations with maturity dates as close as reasonably possible to the end of each year of the Term during which the portions of the Proposition 13 Protection Amount Would have benefited Tenant, which rates shall be those in effect as of Landlord’s exercise of its right hereunder Upon such payment of the Proposition 13 Purchase Price, the provisions of Section 4.4.1. above, shall not apply to any Tax Increase attributable to the Applicable Reassessment. Since Landlord, if Landlord exercises its repurchase right hereunder, will be estimating the Proposition 13 Purchase Price because a Reassessment has not yet occurred, then when such Reassessment occurs, if Landlord has underestimated the Proposition 13 Purchase Price, then upon notice by Landlord to Tenant, Tenant’s Rent next due shall be credited with the amount of such underestimation, and if Landlord overestimates the Proposition 13 Purchase Price, then upon written notice from Landlord (to be given promptly following Landlord’s receipt of notice of Reassessment) to Tenant, Rent next due following thirty (30) days after notice shall be increased by the amount of the overestimation. If in anticipation of the sale, transfer, refinancing or change of ownership of the Building and/or Real Property, Landlord has paid Tenant the Proposition 13 Purchase Price but Tenant is notified in writing by Landlord that the sale, transfer, refinancing or change of ownership was not or will not be completed, Tenant shall have the right in its sole and absolute discretion to return the Proposition 13 Purchase Price to Landlord within ten (10) business days after receipt of such written notice.

 

9


 

ARTICLE 5

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

ARTICLE

USE OF PREMISES

 

Section 6.1. Use. The Premises shall only be used for general office use consistent with the operation of a first-class office building in the Santa Monica area and all legal related uses (the “Specified Use”)  and for no other purposes, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall be in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Reasonable grounds for Landlord withholding its consent shall include, but not be limited to:

 

a)      the proposed use will place a disproportionate burden on the Building systems;

 

b)      the proposed use is for governmental or medical purposes or for a company whose primary business is that of conducting boiler-room type transactions or sales;

 

c)       the proposed use would generate excessive foot traffic to the Premises and/or Building.

 

So long as Tenant is in control of the Premises, Tenant covenants and agrees that it shall not use, suffer or permit any person(s) to use all or any portion of the Premises for any purpose in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the City of Santa Monica or County of Los Angeles, or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Building.

 

Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or unreasonably interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure them. Tenant shall not use or allow the Premises to be used for any pornographic or violent purposes, nor shall Tenant cause, commit, maintain or permit the continuance of nuisance or waste in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner that in Landlord’s reasonable judgment would adversely affect or interfere with any services Landlord is required to furnish to Tenant or to any other tenant or occupant of the Building, or that would interfere with or obstruct the proper and economical rendition of any such service.

 

Section 6.2. Exclusive Use . Landlord represents that Tenant’s Specified Use of the Premises does not conflict with exclusive use provisions granted by Landlord in other leases for the Building. Landlord further agrees that it shall, in the future, not grant all exclusive use privilege to any other tenant in the Building that will prevent Tenant from continuing to use the Premises for its Specified Use.

 

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it shall not engage in any of the uses specified hereinbelow, for which Landlord has already granted exclusive rights: None

 

Provided that Tenant has received written notice of the same from Landlord, and further provided that Landlord does not grant a future exclusive use right that prohibits Tenant from engaging in the Specified Use, then Tenant agrees that it shall not violate any exclusive use provision(s) granted by Landlord to other tenants in the Building.

 

Section 6.3. Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall observe and comply with the rules and regulations set forth in Exhibit C, and such other and further reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations as Landlord may make or adopt and communicate to Tenant in writing at any time or from time to time, when said rules, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, may be necessary or desirable to ensure the first-class operation, maintenance, reputation or appearance of the Building. However, if any conflict arises between the provisions of this Lease and any such rule or regulation, the provisions of this Lease shall control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease or the exhibits to this Lease, Tenant shall not be required to comply with any new rule or regulation or similar requirement unless the same does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or Tenant’s parking rights and does not materially increase the obligations or decrease the rights of Tenant under this Lease.

 

Provided Landlord makes commercially reasonable efforts to seek compliance by all occupants of the Building with the rules and regulations adopted by Landlord, Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the failure of any other tenants or occupants of the Building to comply with said rules and regulations.

 

ARTICLE 7

CONDITION UPON VACATING & REMOVAL OF PROPERTY

 

Section 7.1. Condition upon Vacating . At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall:

 

a)      terminate its occupancy of, quit and surrender to Landlord, all or such portion of the Premises upon which this Lease has so terminated, broom-clean and in the same condition as received except for:

 

i)            ordinary wear and tear,

 

ii)        loss or damage by fire or other casualty,

 

iii)    Hazardous Materials (other than those released or emitted by Tenant), or

 

iv)     Any alterations or other interior improvements which Tenant is permitted to surrender at the termination of this Lease.

 

b)     surrender the Premises free of any and all debris and trash and any of Tenant’s personal property, furniture, fixtures and equipment that do not otherwise become a part of the Real Property, pursuant to the provisions contained in Section 7.2 hereinbelow; and

 

10



 

c )       at Tenant’s sole expense, forthwith and with all due diligence remove any Tenant Change (as defined in Section 12.12 of this Lease) and, if requested by Landlord in Landlord’s sole and reasonable discretion, restore the Premises to its original condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted. However, Tenant shall only be obligated to remove said Tenant Change if (i) the Tenant Change was made without Landlord’s approval or (ii) the Tenant Change is an over standard improvement and Landlord notified Tenant of its obligation to do so at the time Landlord approved Tenant’s request for a Tenant Change. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or restoration and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal or restoration of any Tenant Change, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant pursuant to Section 20.26 of this Lease or deduct the cost from the Security Deposit under Section 3.7 of this Lease. Tenant shall not be obligated to remove the initial Improvements or restore the Premises to the condition existing as of the Delivery Date.

 

Section 7.2. Tenant’s Property . All fixtures, equipment, improvements and installations attached or built into the Premises at any time during the Term shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, be deemed the property of Landlord; become a permanent part of the Premises and remain therein. However, if said equipment, improvements and/or installations can be removed without causing any structural damage to the Premises, then, provided after such removal Tenant restores the Premises to the condition existing prior to installation of Tenant’s trade fixtures or equipment, Tenant shall be permitted, at Tenant’s sole expense, to remove said trade fixtures and equipment.

 

The provisions of this Article 7 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 8

UTILITIES AND SERVICES

 

Section 8.1. Normal Building Hours / Holidays. The “Normal Business Hours” of the Building, during which Landlord shall furnish the services specified in this Article 8 are defined as 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M., Monday through Friday, and 9:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. on Saturday, any one or more Holiday(s) excepted.

 

The “Holidays” which shall be observed by Landlord in the Building are defined as: New Years Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, the 4th of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day (each individually a “Holiday”). Landlord agrees that the Building shall not be closed on any such Holiday.

 

Section 8.2. Access to the Building and General Services. Subject to Force Majeure and any power outage(s) which may occur in the Building when the same are out of Landlord’s reasonable control, Landlord shall furnish the following services to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven days per week:

 

a )      during Normal Business Hours, bulb replacement for building standard lights;

 

b)      access to and use of the parking facilities for persons holding valid parking permits;

 

c)       access to and use of the elevators and Premises;

 

d)      use of electrical lighting on an as-needed basis within the Premises; and

 

e)       use of a reasonable level of water for kitchen and toilet facilities in the Premises and Common Area bathrooms.

 

Section 8.3. Janitorial Services . Landlord shall furnish the Premises with reasonable and customary janitorial services five (5) days per business week, except when the Building is closed on any Holiday. Landlord shall retain the reasonable discretion to choose and/or revise the janitorial company providing said services to the Premises and/or Building.

 

Section 8.4. Security Services . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord currently provides uniformed guard service to the Building from Sunday through Saturday, 5:30 p.m. to 1:30 a.m., solely for the purposes of providing surveillance of, and information and directional assistance to persons entering the Building.

 

Tenant acknowledges that such guard service shall not provide any measure of security or safety to the Building or the Premises, and that Tenant shall take such actions as it may deem necessary and reasonable to ensure the safety and security of Tenant’s property or person or the property or persons of Tenant’s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that, except in the case of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its directors, employees, officers, partners or shareholders, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant in any manner whatsoever arising out of the failure of Landlord’s guard service to secure any person or property from harm.

 

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, shall have the option, but not the obligation to add, decrease, revise the hours of and/or change the level of services being provided by any guard company serving the Building. Tenant further agrees that Tenant shall not engage or hire any outside guard or security company without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall be in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

Section 8.5. Utilities. During Normal Business Hours Landlord shall furnish a reasonable level of water, heat, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”), and a sufficient amount of electric current and other utilities as reasonably required for the comfortable occupancy and operation of the Premises for the Specified Use and as are reasonable and customary for tenants engaged in businesses comparable to Tenant’s business at the Premises. So long as the same remain reasonably cost competitive, Landlord

 

11



 

shall retain the reasonable discretion to choose the utility vendors to supply such services to the Premises and the Building.

 

Except with the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned and/or delayed, Tenant shall not install or use any equipment, apparatus or device in the Premises that requires the installation of a 220 voltage circuit or the aggregate use of which will in any way increase the connected load to more than live (5) watts per rentable square foot. Landlord hereby confirms that during Normal Business Hours, Landlord shall provide Tenant with five (5) watts of electricity per rentable square feet per hour.

 

Except with the prior written consent of Landlord (to the extent required under Section 12.12), Tenant shall not connect any electrical equipment to the electrical system of the Building, except through electrical outlets already existing in the Premises, nor shall Tenant pierce, revise, delete or add to the electrical, plumbing, mechanical or HVAC systems in the Premises,

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant shall have the right to install supplemental HVAC units in the Premises (each, a “Unit”). ‘Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with the purchase, installation, maintenance and repair of the Units. If Tenant installs a Unit, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, install a meter to measure the electricity consumed by the Unit (the “Meter”). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of the Meter within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s billing. In addition, Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) calendar days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s billing, for the actual amounts of the electricity consumed as shown on the Meter. Said billing shall be calculated on the usage indicated by the Meter, and shall be issued by Landlord at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility furnishing the same.

 

Section 8.6. After Hours HVAC and/or Excess Utility Usage . If Tenant requires HVAC service during other than Normal Business Hours (“Excess HVAC”), Tenant shall make its request in writing at least six (6) hours before the close of the normal business day. Tenant’s request shall be deemed conclusive evidence of its willingness to pay Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket costs for the provision of such Excess HVAC, without charge for overhead or the imposition of any administrative fee. The current charge for Excess HVAC is approximately $20.00 per hour (which represents Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket costs for Excess HVAC without charge for overhead · or the imposition of any administrative fee), it being expressly understood and agreed that the charge payable by Tenant for Excess HVAC throughout the Fees shall be limited to Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket costs for Excess HVAC and shall not include any charge for overhead or include any administrative fee.

 

If Tenant requires electric current, water or gas in excess of the amounts specified hereinabove (“Excess Utility Use”), Tenant shall first procure Landlord’s prior written consent to such Excess Utility Use, which Landlord may reasonably raise.

 

If Landlord consents to such Excess Utility Use, Landlord may cause a meter or sub-meter to be installed to measure the amount of water, gas and/or electric current consumed by Tenant in the Premises. ‘The cost of any such meter(s), and the installation, maintenance, and repair thereof, shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent.

 

After completing installation of said meter(s), and/or if Tenant requests Excess HVAC, then Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) calendar days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s billing, for the actual amounts of all water, steam, compressed air, electric current and/or Excess HVAC consumed beyond the normal levels Landlord is required herein to provide. Said billing shall be calculated on the usage indicated by such meter(s), sub-meter(s), or Tenant’s written request therefor, and shall be issued by Landlord at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility furnishing the same, plus any additional out-of-pocket expense reasonably incurred by Landlord in providing said Excess Utility Use and/or in keeping account of the water, steam, compressed air and electric current so consumed, without charge for overhead or the imposition of any administrative fee.

 

Section 8.7. Changes Affecting HVAC . Tenant shall also pay as Additional Rent for any additional costs Landlord incurs to repair any failure of the HVAC equipment and systems to perform their function when said failure arises solely out of or in connection with any change in, or alterations to, the arrangement of partitioning in the Premises after the Commencement Date for which Landlord’s consent is not obtained, or from occupancy by, on average, more than one person for every one hundred twenty-five (125) usable square feet of the Premises, or from Tenant’s to failure to keep all HVAC vents within the Premises free of obstruction.

 

Section 8.8. Damaged or Defective Systems . Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord after Tenant becomes aware of any alleged damage to, or defective condition in any part or appurtenance of the Building’s sanitary, electrical, HVAC or other systems serving, located in, or passing through, the Premises. Provided that the repair or remedy of said damage or defective condition is within the reasonable control of Landlord, it shall be remedied by Landlord with reasonable diligence. Otherwise, Landlord shall make its best efforts to effect such remedy or repair, but except in the case of Landlord’s gross negligence and/or willful misconduct or the gross negligence and/or willful misconduct of Landlord’s agents, contractors, directors, employees, officers, partners, and/or shareholders, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any failure thereof.

 

Tenant shall not be entitled to claim any damages arising from any such damage or defective condition nor shall Tenant be entitled to claim any eviction by reason of any such damage or defective condition unless:

 

a)      the same was caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct while operating or maintaining the Premises or the Building;

 

12



 

b )      the damage or defective condition has substantially prevented Tenant from conducting its normal business operations or obtaining access to at least fifty percent (50%) of the Premises; and

 

c)       Landlord shall have failed to commence the remedy thereof and proceeded with reasonable diligence to complete the same after Landlord’s receipt of notice thereof from Tenant.

 

Furthermore, if such damage or defective condition was caused by, or is attributed to Tenant’s negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease:

 

d)      the cost of the remedy thereof shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent pursuant to the provisions of Section 43;

 

e)       in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement of rent as specified above; and

 

f)        Tenant shall be estopped from making any claim for damages arising out of Landlord’s repair thereof.

 

Section 8.9. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability for Failure to Provide Utilities and/or Services . Except in the case of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord’s agents, contractors, directors, employees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any liability for damages, by abatement or rent or otherwise, for any failure or delay in furnishing any of the services or utilities specified in this Article 8 (including, but not limited to telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof.

 

Tenant’s release of Landlord’s liability shall be applicable when such failure, delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike; lockout or other labor trouble, by Landlord’s inability to secure electricity, gas, water or other fuel at the Building after Landlord’s reasonable effort to do so, by accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or parties other than Landlord, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. Such failures, delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute a constructive eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, or serve to relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease.

 

Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, any loss of profits occurring or arising through or in connection with or incidental to Landlord’s failure to furnish any of the services or utilities required by this Article 8.

 

Notwithstanding the above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy any delay, defect or insufficiency in providing the services and or utilities required hereunder.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant is prevented from using and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof as a result of Landlord’s failure to provide services or utilities as required by this Lease (an “Abatement Event”), then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such Abatement Event and if such Abatement Event continues for three (3) consecutive business days after Landlord’s receipt of any such Notice (the “Eligibility Period”), and such failure is not attributable to, or caused by, the acts of Tenant, then the Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises, or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use (“Unusable Area”), bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Unusable Area for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent for the entire Premises shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period, the Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. In addition, if the Abatement Event continues for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days, and such Abatement Event is not caused by a Casualty (as defined in Article 12), Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice delivered to Landlord within ten (10) days following the expiration of such sixty (60) consecutive day period. Such rights to abate Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent and/or terminate this Lease shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedies at law or in equity for an Abatement Event.

 

Section 8.10. Tenant Provided Services . Tenant shall make no contract or employ any labor in connection with the maintenance, cleaning or other servicing of the physical structures of the Premises or for installation of any computer, telephone or other cabling, equipment or materials provided in or to the Premises (collectively and individually a “Tenant Service”) without prior notice to Landlord. Tenant shall not permit the use of any labor, material or equipment in the performance of any Tenant Service if the use thereof, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would violate the provisions of any agreement between Landlord and any union providing work, labor or services in or about the Premises, Building and/or disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. If any violation, disturbance, interference or conflict occurs, Tenant, upon demand by Landlord, shall immediately cause all contractors or subcontractors or all materials causing the violation; disturbance, interference, difficulty or conflict, to leave or be removed from the Building or the Common Areas immediately. Tenant shall

 

13



 

indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, suits, demands, damages, judgments, costs, interest and expenses (including attorneys fees and costs incurred in the defense thereof) to which Landlord may be subject or suffer when the same arise out of or in connection with the use of, work in, construction to, or actions in, on, upon or about the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, contractors, directors, employees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders, including any actions relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any Tenant Service, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on, upon or about the Premises.

 

ARTICLE 9

TENANT’S INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

 

Section 9.1, Tenant’s Indemnification and Hold Harmless . For the purposes of this Section 9.1, “Indemnitee(s)” shall jointly and severally refer to Landlord and Landlord’s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, officers, members, partners, and/or shareholders.

 

Tenant shall indemnify and hold Indemnitees harmless from and against all claims, suits, demands, damages, judgments, costs, interest and expenses (including attorneys fees and costs incurred in the defense thereof) to which any Indemnitee may be subject or suffer to the extent the same arise out of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant’s agents, contractors, directors, employees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders in connection with the use of, work in, construction to, or actions in, on, upon or about the Premises, including any actions relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any Tenant Change, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on, upon or about the Premises.

 

Tenant’s indemnification shall extend to any and all claims and occurrences, whether for injury to or death of any person or persons, or for damage to property (including any loss of use thereof), or otherwise, occurring during the Term or prior to the Commencement Date to the extent arising from any condition of the Premises due to or resulting from any default by Tenant in the keeping, observance or performance of any covenant or provision of this Lease, or from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant’s agents, contractors, directors, employees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders.

 

Section 9.2. Nullity of Tenant’s Indemnification in Event of Negligence . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant’s indemnification shall not extend to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord’s agents, contractors, directors, employees, officers, partners or shareholders, nor to such events and occurrences for which Landlord otherwise carries insurance coverage or the breach by Landlord of this Lease.

 

Section 9.3. Tenant’s Waiver of Liability . Provided and to the extent that any injury or damage suffered by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, officers, partners, and/or shareholders did not arise out of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord’s agents, contractors, employees, officers, partners or shareholders or Landlord’s breach of this Lease, Tenant shall make no claim against Landlord and Landlord shall not be liable or responsible in any way for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord with respect to or arising out of injury or damage to any person or property in or about the Premises by or from any cause whatsoever under the reasonable control or management of Tenant.

 

Section 9.4. Limitation of Landlord’s Liability . Tenant expressly agrees that, notwithstanding anything in this Lease and/or any applicable law to the contrary, the liability of Landlord and Landlord’s agents, contractors, directors, employees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders, including any successor in interest thereto (collectively and individually the “Landlord Parties”), and any recourse by Tenant against Landlord or the Landlord Parties shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Building. Tenant specifically agrees that neither Landlord nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor. Further, Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant.

 

Section 9.5. Transfer of Landlord’s Liability . Tenant expressly agrees that, to the extent that any transferee assumes the obligations of Landlord hereunder in writing, and provided Landlord has either transferred the complete Security Deposit held pursuant to this Lease or refunded the same to Tenant as of the date of such transfer, then the covenants and agreements on the part of Landlord to be performed under this Lease which arise and/or accrue after the date of such transfer shall not be binding upon Landlord herein named from and after the date of transfer of its interest in the Building.

 

Section 9.6. Landlord’s Indemnification . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, Landlord shall indemnify, and hold Tenant and Tenant’s agents, clients, directors, officers, partners, employees, shareholders and contractors harmless from and against, any and all claims, causes of action, liabilities, losses, reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and court costs, arising from or in connection with:

 

a)      Any activity occurring, or condition existing, at or in the Building and/or the Real Property (other than in the Premises ) when such activity or condition is under the reasonable control of Landlord, except and to the extent the same is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, licensee, invitees, or contractors, or by Tenant’s breach or default in the performance of any obligation under this Lease;

 

b)      Any activity occurring, or condition existing in the Premises when and to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s employees, agents or contractors; or

 

14



 

c)       Any material breach by Landlord of any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease that extend after the expiration of any notice and cure period.

 

ARTICLE 10

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

 

Section 10.1. Tenant’s Compliance with Laws . Tenant shall not use, permit to be used, or permit anything to be done in or about all or any portion of the Premises which will in any way violate any laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, orders or regulations duly issued by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Premises, or by the Board of Fire Underwriters (or any successor thereto) (collectively “Codes”).

 

Section 10.2. Tenant to Comply at Sole Expense . Tenant shall, at its sole expense, promptly remedy any violation of such Codes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 10.2 shall require or permit Tenant to make any alterations or changes to the Premises, unless such changes are required due to either Tenant or Tenant’s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders use of the Premises for purposes other than the Specified Use, in which case any such change in use shall be subject to the restrictions specified in Section 6.1 of this Lease.

 

Section 10.3. Conclusive Evidence of Violation . The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction; Tenant’s admission; or the admission of any one or more of Tenant’s agents, contractors, directors, employees, officers, partners or shareholders in any action against Tenant, whether or not Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has so violated any one or more Codes shall be conclusive evidence of such violation as between Landlord and Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 11

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

Section 11.1. Permission Required for Assignment or Sublet. Unless Landlord’s prior written consent has been given, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned and/or delayed (subject to the express provisions of this Article 11), this Lease shall not, nor shall any interest herein, be assignable as to the interest of Tenant by operation of law; nor shall Tenant:

 

a)      assign Tenant’s interest in this Lease; or

 

b)      sublet the Premises or any part thereof or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be utilized by anyone other than Tenant, whether as by a concessionaire, franchisee, licensee, permittee or otherwise (collectively, a “sublease”).

 

In addition, except for Transfers under clauses (a) or (b), Tenant shall not mortgage, pledge, encumber or otherwise transfer this Lease, the Term and/or estate hereby granted or any interest herein without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

 

Any assignment, mortgage, Pledge, encumbrance, transfer or sublease (collectively, any “Transfer”) without Landlord’s prior written consent shall be voidable, and, in Landlord’s sole election, shall constitute a material default under this Lease.

 

Section 11.2. Intentionally Deleted

 

Section 11.2.1. Affiliated Companies/Restructuring of Business Organization . Any contrary provision of this Article 11 notwithstanding, the assignment by Tenant of all of its rights under this Lease or the subletting by Tenant of all or any portion of the Premises to (i) a parent or subsidiary of Tenant, (ii) any person or entity which controls, is controlled by or under common control with Tenant, (iii) any entity which purchases all or substantially all of the assets or stock of Tenant, (iv) any entity into which Tenant is merged or consolidated, (v) any entity which results from the merger or consolidation of entities which control, are controlled by or under common control with Tenant, or (vi) the temporary use or occupancy of portions of the Premises by a party or parties in connection with the transaction of business with Tenant or with an entity which is controlled by, controls or is under common control with Tenant (all such persons or entities described in (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) being sometimes hereinafter referred to as “Affiliates”) shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Article 11 and thus shall not be subject to Landlord’s prior consent, and Landlord shall not be entitled to any Net Rental Profit resulting therefrom, provided that:

 

a)      Any such Affiliate was not formed as a subterfuge to avoid the obligations of this Article 11;

 

b)      Tenant gives Landlord prior notice of any such assignment or sublease to an Affiliate;

 

c)       Any such assignment or sublease shall be subject and subordinate to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, and such assignee or sublessee shall be deemed to have assumed all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease with respect to that portion of the Premises which is the subject of such Transfer (other than the amount of Fixed Monthly Rent payable by Tenant with respect to a sublease); and

 

d)      Tenant and any guarantor shall remain fully liable for all obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease.

 

Section 11.3. Request to Assign or Sublease . If at any time during the Term, Tenant wishes to assign this Lease or any interest therein, or to sublet all or any portion of the Premises, then at least thirty (30) days prior to the date when Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective, Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord setting forth the name, address, and business of the proposed assignee or sublessee, business and personal credit applications completed on Landlord’s standard application

 

15



 

forms , and information (including references and such financial documentation as Landlord shall reasonably prescribe) concerning the character and financial condition of the proposed assignee or sublessee, the effective date of the assignment or sublease, and all the material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment, and with reference solely to a sublease: a detailed description of the space proposed to be sublet, together with any rights of the proposed sublessee to use Tenant’s improvements and/or ancillary services with the Premises.

 

Section  11.4. Landlord’s Consent . Landlord shall have twenty-one (21) days after Tenant’s notice of assignment and/or sublease is received with the financial information reasonably requested by Landlord to advise Tenant of Landlord’s (i) consent to such proposed assignment or sublease, (ii) withholding of consent to such proposed assignment or sublease, or (iii) election to terminate this Lease, such termination to be effective as of the date of the commencement of the proposed assignment or subletting. If Landlord shall exercise its termination right hereunder, Landlord shall have the right to enter into a lease or other occupancy agreement directly with the proposed assignee or subtenant, and Tenant shall have no right to any of the rents or other consideration payable by such proposed assignee or subtenant under such other lease or occupancy agreement, even if such rents and other consideration exceed the rent payable under this Lease by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to lease the Premises to any other tenant, or not lease the Premises, in its sole and absolute discretion. Landlord and Tenant specifically agree that Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease under clause (iii) above is a material consideration for Landlord’s agreement to enter into this Lease and such right may be exercised in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion and no test of reasonableness shall be applicable thereto; provided, however, that Landlord may exercise the termination right described in said clause (iii) only if Tenant proposes to assign this Lease or sublet the entire Premises for the balance of the Term.

 

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s consent shall be based upon the criteria listed in Sections 11.4 (a) through (e) below, and subject to Landlord’s right to reasonably disapprove of any proposed assignment and/or sublease, based on the existence of any condition contained within Section 11.5 hereinbelow. If Landlord provides its consent within the time period specified, Tenant shall be free to complete the assignment and/or sublet such space to the party contained in Tenant’s notice, subject to the following conditions:

 

a)      The assignment and/or sublease shall be on the same terms as were set forth in the notice given to Landlord;

 

b)      The assignment and/or sublease shall be documented in a written format that is reasonably acceptable to Landlord, which form shall specifically include the assignee’s and/or sublessee’s acknowledgement and acceptance of the obligation contained in this Lease, in so far as applicable;

 

c)       The assignment and/or sublease shall not be valid, nor shall the assignee or sublessee. take possession of the Premises, or subleased portion thereof, until an executed duplicate original of such sublease and/or assignment has been delivered to Landlord;

 

d)      In the event of any Transfer, Landlord shall receive as Additional Rent hereunder (and without affecting or reducing any other obligation of Tenant under this Lease) fifty percent (50%) of Tenant’s “Net Rental Profit” derived from such Transfer, If Tenant shall elect to Transfer, in no event shall Tenant’s monetary obligations to Landlord, as set forth in this Lease, be reduced. In the event of a Transfer which is a sublease, “Net Rental Profit” shall mean all rent, Additional Rent or other consideration actually paid (in lieu of or in addition to rent) by Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if, less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with such Transfer for (i) advertising costs, (ii) any improvement allowance or other economic concessions (e.g., space planning allowance and moving expenses) paid by Tenant in connection with such Transfer, (iii) any brokerage commissions incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer, (iv) reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer and (v) the unamortized costs of any alterations or made or paid for by Tenant. In the event of a Transfer other than a sublease, “Net Rental Profit” shall mean key money, bonus money or other consideration paid by the Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to the Transferee for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to the Transferee in connection with such Transfer, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with such Transfer, as described in the preceding sentence. If part of the Net Rental Profit shall be payable by the Transferee other than in cash, then Landlord’s share of such non-cash consideration shall be in such form as is reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

 

Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a statement within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar year and/or within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease in which any Transfer has occurred, specifying for each such Transfer:

 

i)         the date of its execution and delivery, the number of square feet of the Rentable Area demised thereby, and the Term thereof, and

 

ii)     a computation in reasonable detail showing the amounts (if any) paid and payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Section 11.4 with respect to such Transfer for the period covered by such statement, and the amounts (fully) paid and payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Section 11.4 with respect to any payments received lion a Transferee during such period but which relate to an earlier period.

 

Section 11.5. Reasonable Grounds for Denial of Assignment and/or Sublease . Landlord and Tenant agree that, in addition to such other reasonable grounds as Landlord may assert for withholding its

 

16



 

consent, it shall be reasonable under this Lease and any applicable law for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer, where any one or more of the following conditions exists:

 

a)      The proposed sublessee or assignee (a “Transferee”) is, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, of a character or reputation which is not consistent with those businesses customarily found in a Class A office building;

 

b)      The Transferee is engaged in a business or intends to use all or any portion of the Premises for purposes which are not consistent with those generally found in the Building or other Class A office buildings in the vicinity of the Building, provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord be permitted to decline Tenant’s request for a Transfer solely on the basis of said Transferee’s intent to change the Specified Use from that of Tenant, unless such proposed change shall violate any Exclusive Use provision already granted by Landlord;

 

c)       The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

 

d)      The Transfer will result in more than a reasonable and safe number of occupants within the Premises;

 

e)       The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities involved under the sublease, if a sublessee, or this Lease, if an assignee, on the date consent is requested, or has demonstrated a prior history of credit instability or unworthiness;

 

f)        The Transfer will cause Landlord to be in violation of another lease or agreement to which Landlord is a party, or would give another occupant of the Building a right to cancel its lease;

 

g)      The Transferee will retain any right originally granted to Tenant to exercise a right of renewal, right of expansion, right of first offer or other similar right held by Tenant;

 

h)     The proposed Transferee is either (x) a tenant in the Building at the time Tenant requests approval of the proposed Transfer, or (y) is engaged in on-going written negotiations with Landlord to lease space in the Building at the time Tenant requests approval of the proposed Transfer, and Landlord can make space available in the Building comparable to the space that is the subject of the proposed Transfer with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above; or

 

i)         The Transferee intends to use all or a portion of the Premises for medical procedures or for a primary business which is as a boiler-room type sales or marketing organization.

 

Section 11.6. Tenant’s Continued Obligation . Any consent by Landlord to an assignment of this Lease and/or sublease of the Premises shall not release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder or be deemed to be a consent by Landlord to any subsequent hypothecation, assignment, subletting, occupation or use by another person, and Tenant shall remain liable to pay the Rent and/or perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. Landlord’s acceptance of Rent or Additional Rent from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease. Landlord’s consent to one assignment or subletting shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

 

If any assignee or sublessee of Tenant or any successor of Tenant defaults in the performance of any of the provisions of this Lease, whether or not Landlord has collected Rent directly from said assignee or sublessee, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such assignee, sublessee or other successor-in-interest.

 

Provided that in no event shall any further assignment, sublease, amendment or modification to this Lease serve to either increase Tenant’s liability or expand Tenant’s duties or obligations hereunder, or relieve Tenant of its liability under this Lease, then Landlord may consent to subsequent assignments or subletting of this Lease or amendments or modifications to this Lease with any assignee, without notifying Tenant or any successor of Tenant, and without obtaining their consent thereto.

 

Section 11.7. Tenant To Pay Landlord’s Costs . If Tenant assigns or sublets the Premises or requests the consent of Landlord to any assignment, subletting or other modification of this Lease, or if Tenant requests the consent of Landlord for any act that Tenant proposes to do, whether or not Landlord shall grant consent thereto, then Tenant shall, concurrent with Tenant’s submission of any written request thereby, pay to Landlord (a) the non-refundable sum of $1,000.00 as reasonable consideration for Landlord’s considering and processing the applicable request, plus (b) the amount reasonably estimated by Landlord as its anticipated legal fees to be incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, not to exceed $500.00 except in the event Tenant requests material modifications to Landlord’s customary consent form documents (provided the same are commercially reasonable), in which case there shall be no limit on attorney fees incurred as long as such fees are reasonable.

 

Section 11.8. Successors and Assigns . Subject to the provisions contained herein, the covenants and agreements contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant, theirrespective successors and assigns and all persons claiming by, through or under them.

 

ARTICLE 12

MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION, RENOVATION
AND/OR ALTERATION

 

Section 12.1. Tenant’s Obligation to Maintain . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, maintain the Premises in good order and repair, and shall also keep clean any portion of the Premises which Landlord is not obligated to clean. Such obligation shall include the clean-out; repair and/or replacement of Tenant’s garbage disposal(s), Instant-Heat or other hot water producing equipment, any, and the cleaning and removal of any dishes and/or food prior to the same becoming unsanitary, If Tenant

 

17



 

becomes obligated to repair any non-routine items within the Premises, Tenant shall advise Landlord’s managing agent of such need.

 

Further, Tenant shall pay the cost of any injury, damage or breakage in, upon or to the Premises created by Tenant’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant’s agents, clients, contractors, directors. employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders.

 

Subject to Tenant’s obligation for reimbursement to Landlord, as specified herein, Landlord shall keep and maintain the Real Property in first class order, condition and repair, including, without limitation, making all repairs to the Premises and the “Building Structure” consisting of the exterior walls, slab, foundation and roof of the Building, the structural portions of the floors of the Building (collectively, “Building Structure”), to the “Building Systems” consisting of the systems and equipment of the Building, other than the Units (collectively, “Building Systems”), and the Tenant Improvements installed in the Premises, however, subject to Section 19.4., if such repairs, maintenance or cleaning are required due to Tenant’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant’s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders, then, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s billing therefor, reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for any expense of such repairs, cleaning and/or maintenance in excess of any insurance proceeds available for reimbursement thereof, including for any deductible anticipated in connection therewith.

 

Tenant hereby waives all right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under the provisions of Section 1932(1), 1941 and 1942 of the Civil Code of California.

 

Section 12.2. Repair Period Notice . Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of Tenant’s actual knowledge of any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or Building resulting from or arising out of any fire, earthquake, or other identifiable event of a sudden, unexpected or unusual nature (individually or collectively a “Casualty”). The time periods specified in this Section 12.2 shall commence after Landlord receives said written notice from Tenant of the occurrence of a Casualty. After receipt of Tenant’s written notice that a Casualty has occurred, Landlord shall, within ninety (90) days after the Casualty, provide written notice to Tenant indicating the anticipated time period for repairing the Casualty (the “Repair Period Notice”). The Repair Period Notice shall also state, if applicable, Landlord’s election either to repair the Premises, or to terminate this Lease, pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.3, and if Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a minimum period of ninety (90) days within which to fully vacate the Premises.

 

Section 12.3. Landlord’s Option to Terminate or Repair . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall have the option, but not the obligation to elect not to rebuild or restore the Premises and/or the Building if one or more of the following conditions is present:

 

a)      repairs to the Premises cannot reasonably be completed within two hundred twenty-live (225) days after the date of the Casualty (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums);

 

b)      repairs required cannot be made pursuant to the then-existing laws or regulations affecting the Premises or Building, or the Building cannot be restored except in a substantially different structural or architectural form than existed before the Casualty;

 

c)       the holder of any mortgage on the Building or ground or underlying lessor with-respect to the Real Property and/or the Building shall require that all or such large a portion of the insurance proceeds be used to retire the mortgage debt, so that the balance of insurance proceeds remaining available to Landlord for completion of repairs shall be insufficient to repair said damage or destruction;

 

d)      the holder of any mortgage on the Building or ground or underlying lessor with respect to the Real Property and/or the Building shall terminate the mortgage, ground or underlying lease, as the case may be;

 

e)       provided Landlord has carried the coverage Landlord is required to obtain under Section 19.1 of this Lease, the damage is not fully covered, except for deductible amounts, by Landlord’s insurance policies;

 

f)        more than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the Building is damaged or destroyed, whether or not the Premises is affected, provided that Landlord elects to terminate all other leases for offices of a similar size in the Building.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be entitled to terminate the Lease pursuant to foregoing clauses (c), (d) and (e) if Landlord intends to and actually commences repair of the damage.

 

If Landlord elects not to complete repairs to the Building or Premises, pursuant to this Section 12.3, Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease shall be stated in the Repair Period Notice, in which event this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date contained in Landlord’s Repair Period Notice.

 

If one hundred percent of the Building is damaged or destroyed, as certified by an independent building inspector, this Lease shall automatically terminate after Tenant’s receipt of written notice of such termination from Landlord, and without action beyond the giving of such notice being required by either Landlord or Tenant.

 

Upon any termination of this Lease pursuant to this Section 12.3, Tenant shall pay its pro rata share of Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent, properly apportioned up to the date of such termination, reduced by any abatement of Rent to which Tenant is entitled under Section 12,5: after which both Landlord and Tenant shall thereafter be freed and discharged or all further obligations under this Lease,

 

18



 

except for those obligations which by their provisions specifically survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

 

Section 12.4. Tenant’s Option to Terminate. If:

 

a)      the Repair Period Notice provided by Landlord indicates that the anticipated period for repairing the Casualty exceeds one hundred eighty (180) days after the Casualty (the “Repair Period”), or

 

b)      the Casualty to the Premises occurs during the first twelve (12) months of the Term;

 

c)       then Tenant shall have the option, but not the obligation, to terminate this Lease by providing written notice (“Tenant’s Termination Notice”) to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receiving the Repair Period Notice in the case of 12.4 (a); or within thirty (30) days after the Casualty, in the case of Section 12.4 (b). Furthermore, if Landlord has not completed the repairs thereafter on or before thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Repair Period, then Tenant shall also have the option, but not the obligation, to terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of its intention to so terminate, which notice shall be given not more than forty-live (45) days after expiration of the Repair Period.

 

Tenant’s failure to provide Landlord with Tenant’s Termination Notice within the time periods specified hereinabove shall be deemed conclusive evidence that Tenant has waived its option to terminate this Lease.

 

Section 12.5. Temporary Space and/or Rent Abatement During Repairs or Renovation . During the Repair Period or during any such period that Landlord completes Work (as defined hereinbelow) or Renovations (as defined in Section 12.11 hereinbelow), if available, and if requested by Tenant, Landlord shall make available to Tenant other space in the Building which, in Tenant’s reasonable opinion, is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business. However, if such temporary space is smaller than the Premises, Tenant shall pay Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent for the temporary space based upon the calculated rate per rentable square loot payable hereunder for the Premises, times the number of rentable square feet available for Tenant’s use in the temporary space.

 

If no temporary space is available that is reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, then Tenant shall be provided with an abatement of Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent based upon the extent to which Tenan t’ s use of the Premises is diminished. That abatement, if any, shall be provided during the period beginning on:

 

the date of the Casualty and shall end on the date Landlord achieves substantial completion of restoration of the Premises. Tenant’s acceptance of said abatement of Rent shall be deemed conclusive evidence of Tenant’s waiver of any further claim or right of future claim for any loss or damage asserted by Tenant arising out the Casualty Repair, Work or Renovation, as the case may be.

 

Section 12.6. Tenant’s Waiver of Consequential Damages . Subject to Section 12.4, the provisions contained in Section 12.5 are Tenant’s sole remedy arising out of any Casualty. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any other person or entity for any direct, indirect, or consequential damage (including but not limited to lost profits of Tenant or loss of or interference with Tenant’s business), unless caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord’s agents, contractors, directors, employees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders, due to, arising out of or as a result of the Casualty (including but not limited to the termination of this Lease in connection with the Casualty).

 

Section 12.7. Repair Of The Premises When Casualty Not Caused By Tenant . If neither Landlord nor Tenant terminate this lease, Landlord shall restore the Premises and the Real Property to its condition prior to the Casualty and repair and/or replace the Improvements previously installed in the Premises.

 

If Landlord has elected to complete repairs to the Premises, and has not elected to terminate this Lease, as specified in Section 12.3, then Landlord shall complete such repairs within the Repair Period, in a manner, and at times, which do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of that portion of the Premises remaining unaffected by the Casualty. Provided Landlord has elected to make the repairs required hereunder, this Lease shall not be void or voidable during the Repair Period, nor shall Landlord be deemed to have constructively evicted Tenant thereby.

 

Section 12.8. Waiver . Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) and the provisions of any successor or other law of like import.

 

Section 12.9. Repair of the Building . Except as specified hereinabove, unless Landlord terminates this Lease as permitted hereinabove, Landlord shall repair the Building, parking structure or other supporting structures and facilities within two hundred and seventy (270) days after Landlord becomes aware of such damage and/or destruction.

 

Section 12.10. Government-Required Repairs . if, during the Term, additional inspections other than those standard annual or biannual inspections to which the Building may generally be subject; testing, repairs and/or reconstruction (collectively the “Work”) are required by any governmental authority, or if, upon the recommendation of its engineers, Landlord independently elects to undertake all or any portion of the Work prior to being required to do so by such governmental authority, Landlord shall give notice thereof to Tenant and shall use its best efforts not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises while completing the Work. Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord in connection with the Work and, upon the prior written request of Landlord, shall make the Premises available for completion of the Work. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall allocate all costs associated with completion of the Work to the Building’s Operating Expenses, when permitted to under the provisions of Section 4.1 of this Lease.

 

19


 

If Landlord elects to undertake the Work during the Term, then Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of rent, pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.5 herein above. and Landlord shall be completely responsible for repair of any damage to the Premises and all costs associated with the removal, moving and/or storage of Tenant’s furniture, artwork, office equipment and files. Landlord will restore any and all areas damaged by completion of the Work to their previous quality and pay all clean-up costs. Landlord further agrees that it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to see that all construction, such as coring or power nailing that could be disruptive to Tenant’s normal business operations shall, in so far as is reasonably possible, be performed between the hours of 7:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. Monday through Friday; after 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays and/or at any time on Sundays.

 

Except in the case of Landlord’s gross negligence and/or willful misconduct or the gross negligence and/or willful misconduct of Landlord’s agents, contractors, directors, employees, officers, partners, and/or shareholders, Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease as a result of Landlord undertaking the Work, nor shall Tenant or any third party claiming under Tenant be entitled to make any claim against Landlord for any interruption, interference or disruption of Tenant’s business or loss of profits therefrom as a result of the Work, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any claim which Tenant may have against Landlord arising from or relating to, directly or indirectly, the performance of the Work by Landlord.

 

Section 12.11. Optional Landlord Renovation . It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, renovate or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that, except as expressly set forth in this Lease, and Landlord has made no representations and/or warranties to Tenant respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building, including, without limitation, any representation or warranty regarding any upgrades or other improvements to any Common Areas of the Building or Real Property.

 

However, at any time and from time to time during the Term, Landlord may elect, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to otherwise renovate, improve, alter or modify elements of the Real Property, the Building, excluding the Premises (collectively. “Renovations”) including without limitation, the parking facilities, Common Areas, systems, equipment, roof, and structural portions of the same, which Renovations may include, without limitation:

 

a)      modifying the Common Areas and tenant spaces to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including regulations relating to the physically disabled, seismic conditions and building safety and security, and

 

b)      installing new carpeting, lighting and wall covering in the Building Common Areas.

 

In connection with such Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in or about the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Building, Common Areas or parking facilities serving the Building, or perform other work in or about the Building, which work may create noise, dust or debris that remains in the Building.

 

Landlord shall have the right to access through the Premises as well as the right to take into and upon and through all or any part of the Building, all materials that may reasonably be required to make such repairs, alterations, decorating, additions or improvements pursuant to the provisions of this Section 12.11. So long as Tenant shall maintain reasonable access to the Premises, the Building and the parking facilities, Landlord shall also have the right, in the course of the Renovations, to close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators, or other building facilities, or temporarily to abate the operation of such facilities.

 

So long as Tenant is not required to vacate the Premises for any reason arising out of the Renovations, and maintains reasonable access to the Premises and the parking facilities, Tenant shall permit all of the Renovations to be done, and except in the case of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord’s contractors, directors, employees, officers, partners or shareholders, without claiming Landlord is guilty of the constructive eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession.

 

Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant in any manner (except as expressly provided otherwise in this Lease), whether for abatement of any Rent or other charge, reimbursement of any expense, injury, loss or damage to Tenant’s property, business, or any person claiming by or under Tenant, by reason of interference with the business of Tenant or inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or the customers of Tenant resulting from any Renovations done in or about the Premises or the Building or to any adjacent or nearby building, land, street or alley. However, Landlord agrees that the Renovations shall be scheduled insofar as is commercially reasonable to permit Tenant to continue its normal business operations, with advance notice thereof and in such commercially reasonable manner so as to minimize Tenant’s inconvenience.

 

Section 12.12. Optional Tenant Changes During the Term . After completion of the initial Improvements contemplated hereunder, if any, Tenant shall make no alteration, change, addition, removal, demolition, improvement, repair for replacement in, on, upon, to or about the Premises, or at any time to any portion of the Building (collectively or individually a “Tenant Change”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall be granted or withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion within twelve (12) business days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s request (provided, that, such initial consent may contain such conditions and requirements as are consistent with this Section 12,12 and Exhibit B-1). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s consent but upon ten (10) days prior notice to Landlord and in compliance with Exhibit B-1, to make non-structural alterations not in excess of the amount of $50,000 per project (“Cosmetic Alterations”) to the Premises that (i) are equal to or better than the minimum Building standards and specifications to the Premises; (ii) do not affect the exterior appearance of the Building: (iii) do not

 

20



 

materially adversely affect the Building systems and/or the Building structure; and (iv) do not interfere unreasonably with another occupant’s normal and customary business. Except as otherwise specified in Article 7, any Tenant Change shall, at the termination of this Lease, become a part of the Building and belong to Landlord, pursuant to the provisions of Article 7. Any application for Landlord’s consent to a Tenant Change, and the completion thereof, shall be in conformance with the provisions of Exhibit B-1, attached hereto and made a part hereof by reference.

 

Tenant shall not knowingly permit Tenant’s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders to deface the walls, floors and/or ceilings of the Premises, nor mark, drive nails, screws or drill holes into, paint, or in any way mar any surface in the Building. Notwithstanding the above, Tenant is hereby permitted to install such pictures, certificates, licenses, artwork, bulletin boards and similar items as are normally used in Tenant’s business, so long as such installation is carefully attached to the walls by Tenant in a manner reasonably prescribed by Landlord.

 

If Tenant desires, as a part of any Tenant Change, to make any revisions whatsoever to the electrical, HVAC, mechanical, life-safety, plumbing, or structural systems of the Building or Premises, such revisions, if approved by Landlord, must be completed by subcontractors approved by Landlord and in the manner and location(s) reasonably prescribed by Landlord.

 

If Landlord consents to any requested Tenant .  Change, Tenant shall give Landlord a minimum of fifteen (15) days written notice prior to commencement thereof. Landlord reserves the option, but not the obligation, to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of posting and maintaining such notices on the Premises as may be reasonably necessary to protect Landlord against mechanic’s liens, material man’s liens or other liens, and/or for posting any other notices that may be proper and necessary in connection with Tenant’s completion of the Tenant Change.

 

If any alterations, additions or improvements made by Tenant subsequent to the completion of the initial Improvements in the Premises result in Landlord being required to make any alterations to other portions of the Building in order to comply with any applicable statutes, ordinances or regulations (e.g., “handicap ordinances”) then Tenant shall reimburse landlord upon demand for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in making such alterations. In addition. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord (up to a .  maximum amount of’ $2,500.00) for any and all of Landlord’s out of pocket costs incurred in reviewing Tenant’s plans for any Tenant Change or for any other “peer review” work associated with Landlord’s review of Tenant’s plans for any Tenant Change, including, without limitation, Landlord’s out of pocket costs incurred in engaging any third party engineers, contractors, consultants or design specialists. Tenant shall pay such costs to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a copy of the invoice(s) for such work.

 

Section 12.13. Express Agreement . The provisions of this Lease, including those contained in this Article 12, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant that applies in the event of any Casualty to the Premises, Building or Real Property. Tenant, therefore, fully waives the provisions of any statute or regulations, including California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4), and any other law or statute which purports to govern the rights or obligations of Landlord and Tenant concerning a Casualty in the absence of express agreement. Tenant and Landlord expressly agree and accept that any successor or other law of like import shall have no application hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

 

Section 13.1. Condemnation of the Premises . If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises is lawfully condemned or taken in any manner for any public or quasi-public use, or if any portion of the Building is condemned or taken in such a manner that Tenant is reasonably prevented from obtaining access to the Building or the Premises, this Lease may, within ten (10) business days of such taking, be terminated at the option of either Landlord or Tenant by one party giving the other thirty (30) days written notice of its intent to do so. If either Landlord or Tenant provide the other party written notice of termination, the Term and estate hereby granted shall forthwith cease and terminate as of the earlier of the date of vesting of title in such condemnation or taking or the date of taking or possession by the condemning authority.

 

If less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises is so condemned or taken, then the term and estate hereby granted with respect to such part shall forthwith cease and terminate us of the earlier of the date of vesting of title in such condemnation or taking or the date of taking of possession by the condemning authority, and the Fixed Monthly Rent payable hereunder (and Additional Rent payable pursuant to Articles 3 or 4) shall be abated on a prorated basis, by dividing the total number of usable square feet so taken by the total number of usable square feet contained in the Premises, then multiplying said percentage on a monthly basis, continuing from the date of such vesting of title to the date specified in this Lease for the expiration of the Term hereof.

 

Section 13.2. Condemnation of the Building . If less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Building is so condemned or taken, then Landlord shall, to the extent of the proceeds of the condemnation payable to Landlord and with reasonable diligence, restore the remaining portion of the Building as nearly as practicable to its condition prior to such condemnation or taking; except that, such proceeds constitute less than ninety percent (90%) of Landlord’s estimate of the cost of rebuilding or restoration, then Landlord may terminate this Lease on thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant.

 

If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Building is so condemned or taken, but the Premises are unaffected thereby, then Landlord shall have the option but not the obligation, which election shall be in Landlord’s sole discretion, to terminate this Lease, effective the earlier of the date of vesting of

 

21



 

title in such condemnation or the date Landlord delivers actual possession or the Building and Premises to the condemning authority, which election by Landlord shall be provided to Tenant in writing.

 

Section 13.3. Award . If any condemnation or taking of all or a part of the Building takes place, Tenant shall be entitled to join in any action claiming compensation therefore, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive that portion of the award made for the value of the Building, Premises, leasehold improvements made or reimbursed by Landlord, or bonus value of this Lease, and Tenant shall only be entitled to receive any award made for the value of the estate vested by this Lease in Tenant, including Tenant’s proximate damages to Tenant’s business and reasonable relocation expenses. Nothing shall preclude Tenant from intervening in any such condemnation proceeding to claim or receive from the condemning authority any compensation to which Tenant may otherwise lawfully be entitled in such case in respect or Tenant’s property or for moving to a new location.

 

Section 13.4. Condemnation for a Limited Period . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1, 13.2 or 13.3, except during the final twelve (12) months of the Term, if all or any portion of the Premises are condemned or taken for governmental occupancy for a limited period (i.e., anticipated to be no longer than sixty (60) days), then this Lease shall not terminate: there shall be no abatement of Fixed Monthly Rent or Additional Rent payable hereunder; and Tenant shall be entitled to receive the entire award therefor (whether paid as damages. rent or otherwise).

 

If, during the final twelve (12) months of the Term, all or any portion of the Premises are condemned or taken for governmental occupancy for a limited period anticipated to be in excess of sixty (60) days, or for a period extended after the expiration of the initial Term, Tenant shall have the option, but not the obligation, to terminate this Lease, in which case, Landlord shall be entitled to such part of such award as shall be properly allocable to the cost of restoration of the Premises, and the balance of such award shall be apportioned between Landlord and Tenant as of the date of such termination.

 

If the termination of such governmental occupancy is prior to expiration of this Lease, and Tenant has not elected to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall, upon receipt thereof and to the extent an award has been made, restore the Premises as nearly as possible to the condition in which they were prior to the condemnation or taking.

 

ARTICLE 14

MORTGAGE SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT AND MODIFICATION OF LEASE

 

Section 14.1. Subordination . This Lease, the Term and estate hereby granted, are and shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of each mortgage which may now or at any time hereafter affect Landlord’s interest in the real property, Building, parking facilities, Common Areas or portions thereof and/or the land thereunder (an “underlying mortgage”), regardless of the interest rate, the terms of repayment, the use of the proceeds or any other provision of any such mortgage. Tenant shall from time to time execute and deliver such instruments as Landlord or the holder of any such mortgage may reasonably request to confirm the subordination provided in this Section 14.1. Notwithstanding, any contrary provision of this Section 14.1, Landlord shall obtain and deliver to Tenant, within forty-five (45) days following the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, a non-disturbance agreement from EUROHYPD AG, the holder of the existing deed of trust affecting the Building (the “Holder”) substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto (the “SNDA”). Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s billing, the reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with obtaining (or attempting to obtain) the SNDA, up to a maximum amount of $1,500.00. In addition, Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement(s) in favor of Tenant from any ground lessors, mortgage holders or lien holders of Landlord who come into existence following the date hereof but prior to the expiration of the Term (as the same may be extended pursuant to the terms of Article 23 of this Lease) shall be in consideration of, and a condition precedent to, Tenant’s agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions or this Article 14.

 

Section 14.2. Attornment . Tenant confirms that if by reason of a default under an underlying mortgage the interest of Landlord in the Premises is terminated, provided Tenant is granted in writing continued quiet enjoyment or the Premises pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall attorn to the holder of the reversionary interest in the Premises and shall recognize such holder as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease, but in no event shall such holder be bound by ally payment of Rent paid more than one month in advance of the date due under this Lease. Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after request therefor, execute and deliver, at any time and from time to time, upon the request of Landlord or of the holder of an underlying mortgage any commercially reasonable instrument which may be necessary or appropriate to evidence such attornment.

 

Section 14.3. Modification of Lease; Notice of Default . Should Landlord or any such current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor require execution of a short form of Lease for recording, containing, among other customary provisions, the names of the parties, a description of the Premises and the Term, Tenant agrees to execute and deliver to Landlord such short form of Lease within fifteen (15) days following the request therefor. Further, Tenant shall give written notice of any default by Landlord under this Lease to any mortgagee and ground lessor of the Building and shall afford such mortgagee and ground lessor a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to exercising any remedy under this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 15

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

 

Section 15.1. Estoppel Certificates . Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s written request therefor, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an Estoppel Certificate, which

 

22



 

may be conclusively relied upon by ally prospective purchaser, mortgagee or beneficiary under any deed of trust covering the Building or any part thereof. Said Estoppel Certificate shall certify the following;

 

a)      that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of each modification):

 

b)      the date, if any, to which rental and other sums payable hereunder have been paid;

 

c)       that no notice has been received by Tenant of any default which has not been cured, except as to defaults specified in the certificate;

 

d)      that, to Tenant’s actual knowledge, Landlord is not in default under this Lease or, if so, specifying such default; and

 

e)       such other actual matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord.

 

Tenant’s failure to deliver the Estoppel Certificate within five (5) days following receipt of the Landlord’s second (2nd) written request thereby shall entitle Landlord and any party relying on such certificate to conclusively presume that the facts contained in such certificate are true and correct.

 

ARTICLE 16

NOTICES

 

Section 16.1. Notices . Any notice, consent, approval, agreement, certification, request, bill, demand, statement, acceptance or other communication hereunder (a “notice”) shall be in writing and shall be considered duly given or furnished when:

 

a )      delivered personally or by messenger or overnight delivery service, with signature evidencing such delivery;

 

b)      upon the date of delivery, after being mailed in a postpaid envelope, sent certified mail, return receipt requested, when addressed to Landlord as set forth in the Basic Lease Information and to Tenant at the Premises and any other address the Tenant specified in the Basic Lease Information; or to such other address or addressee as either party may designate by a written notice given pursuant hereto; or

 

c)       upon confirmation of good transmission if sent via facsimile machine to such phone number as shall have been provided in writing by Landlord or Tenant, one to the other.

 

If Tenant fails to provide another valid address, other than the Premises, upon which service to Tenant can be perfected, then Tenant hereby appoints as its agent to receive the service of all dispossessory, or distinct proceedings and notices thereunder the person in charge of or occupying the Premises at the time, and if no person shall be in charge of or occupy the same, then such service may be made by attaching the same to the main entrance of the Premises. For the purpose of the service of any notice by Landlord under Article 17 of this Lease, the notice will be deemed served on the date of mailing by Landlord.

 

ARTICLE 17

DEFAULT AND LANDLORD’S OPTION TO CURE

 

Section 17.1. Tenant’s Default . For the purposes of this Section 17.1, if the term “Tenant”, as used in this Lease, refers to more than one person, then, such term shall be deemed to include all of such persons or any one of them; if any of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease are guaranteed, the term “Tenant”, as used in Section 17.1(e) and Section 17.10, shall be deemed to also include the guarantor or, if there is more than one guarantor, all or any one of them; and if this Lease has been assigned, the term “Tenant”, as used in Sections 17.1 (a) through (h), inclusive, shall be deemed to include the assignee and assignor, jointly and severally, unless Landlord shall have, in connection with such assignment, previously released the assignor from any further liability under this Lease, in which event the term “Tenant”, as used in said subparagraphs, shall not include the assignor that was previously released,

 

Tenant agrees that:

 

a)      if Tenant fails to make any payment or any Fixed Monthly Rent or Additional Rent within three (3) business days following Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that any such amount is overdue; or

 

b)      if Tenant abandons the Premises or vacates the Premises for more than thirty (30) days (other than in connection with a casualty, condemnation or interference with use of access outside of Tenant’s control) and concurrently discontinues the payment of Rent; or

 

c)       if Tenant defaults in the keeping, observance or performance of any covenant or agreement including any provisions of the rules and regulations established by Landlord (other than a default of the character referred to in Sections 17.1 (a) or (b) ), and if such default continues and is not cured by Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord has given to Tenant a notice specifying the same, or, in the case of such a default which for causes beyond Tenant’s reasonable control (including occupancy of a sublessee) cannot with due diligence be cured within such period of thirty (30) days, if Tenant:

 

i)              does not, promptly upon Tenant’s receipt of such notice, advise Landlord of Tenant’s intention duly to institute all steps necessary to cure such default; or

 

ii)           does not duly institute and thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps (including, if appropriate, legal proceedings against a defaulting sublessee) necessary to cure the same; or

 

23



 

d)      if Tenant:

 

i)             applies for or consents to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by a receiver, custodian, trustee or liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property;

 

ii)         admits in writing its inability, or is generally unable, to pay its debts as such debts become due:

 

iii)     makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

iv)      commences a voluntary case under federal bankruptcy laws (as now or hereafter in effect):

 

v)          files a petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up, or composition or adjustment of debts;

 

vi)      fails to controvert in a timely or appropriate manner; or acquiesces in writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under such bankruptcy laws;

 

vii) takes any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

e)       if a proceeding or case is commenced, without the application or consent of Tenant, in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking:

 

i)             the liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, winding up, or composition or readjustment of debts, of Tenant; or

 

ii)         the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or the like of Tenant or of all or a substantial part of its assets: or

 

iii)     similar relief with respect of Tenant under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or composition or adjustment of debts, and such proceeding or case shall continue undismissed, or an order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for a period of sixty (60) days, or an order for relief against Tenant shall be entered in an involuntary ease under such bankruptcy laws:

 

then, in any or each such event, Tenant shall be deemed to have committed a material default under this Lease.

 

Section 17.2. Landlord’s Option to Cure Tenant’s Default . If Tenant enters into a default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods. Landlord may cure the same at the sole expense of Tenant:

 

a)      immediately and without notice in the case of emergency: if said default is specified in Sections 17.1 (a), (b) or (c), or if such default unreasonably interferes with the use by any other tenant of the Building; with the efficient operation of the Building; or will result in a violation of law or in a cancellation of any insurance policy maintained by Landlord, and

 

b)      after the expiration of Landlord’s 3-Day Notice of Intent to Cure, in the ease of any default other than those specified in Section 17.2 (a) hereinabove.

 

Within thirty (30) business days after receiving a statement from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the expense reasonably incurred by Landlord in performing Tenant’s obligation. If Tenant fails to pay such amount to Landlord within the specified time period, Landlord may (in addition to any other remedies of Landlord under this Lease or applicable law) deduct the amount due from the Security Deposit under Section 3.7.

 

Section 17.3, Landlord’s Option to Terminate this Lease . Following Tenant’s default beyond applicable notice and cure periods, in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have at law or in equity, Landlord shall be entitled to give to Tenant a written notice of intention to terminate this Lease at the expiration of three (3) days from the date of the giving of such notice, and if such notice is given by Landlord, and Tenant fails to cure the defaults specified therein, then this Lease and the Term and estate hereby granted (whether or not the Commencement Date has already occurred) shall terminate upon the expiration of such three (3) day period (a “Default Termination’s”), with the same effect as if the last of such three (3) days were the Termination Date, except that Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided hereinbelow or pursuant to law.

 

Section 17.4. Certain Payments . Bills for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any performance by it under Section 17.2 shall be payable, as Additional Rent, pursuant to the provisions of section 4.3.

 

Section 17.5. Certain Waivers . Unless Tenant has submitted documentation that it validly disputes Landlord’s billing for Fixed Monthly Rent hereunder, or is completing an audit of Landlord’s Operating Expense Statement, if Tenant is in default in payment of Fixed Monthly Rent or Additional Rent hereunder, Tenant waives the right to designate the items against which any payments made by Tenant are to be credited. In lieu thereof, Landlord may apply any payments received from Tenant to the then-oldest billing remaining unpaid on Tenant’s rental account or to any other payment due from Tenant, as Landlord sees fit.

 

Section 17.6, Landlord Default . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease unless:

 

a)      in the event such default is with respect to the payment of money, Landlord fails to pay such unpaid amounts within five (5) business days of written notice from Tenant that the same was not paid when due, or

 

b)      in the event such default is other than the obligation to pay money, Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail

 

24



 

Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) days period and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion within a reasonable time period.

 

Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity.

 

ARTICLE 18

DAMAGES; REMEDIES; RE-ENTRY BY LANDLORD; ETC.

 

Section 18.1. Damages . If Landlord terminates this Lease, pursuant to the provisions of Section 17.3 (a “Default Termination”), then Landlord may recover from Tenant the total of:

 

a)      the worth at the time of award of the unpaid Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent earned to the date of such Default Termination; and

 

b)      the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent which would have been earned after the date of such Default Termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; and

 

c)       the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent which would have been earned for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; and

 

d)      any other amount reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for all of the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to observe or perform any of its covenants and agreements under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of events would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation (in each case only to the extent reasonably proportionate to the remaining Term of this Lease), the payment of the reasonable expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in re-entering and securing possession of the Premises and in the reletting thereof (including, without limitation, altering and preparing the Premises for new tenants and brokers’ commission); and

 

e)       at Landlord’s sole election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time under applicable California laws.

 

Section 18.2. Computations : The “worth at the time of award” is computed:

 

a)      in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, by allowing interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum (but in no event in excess of the maximum rate permitted by law); and

 

b)      in paragraph (c) above, by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank or San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

 

c)       For purposes of computing unpaid rental which would have accrued and become payable under this Lease, unpaid rental shall consist of the sum of:

 

i)             the total Fixed Monthly Rent for the balance of the Term, plus

 

ii)         a computation of Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent due under this Lease including, without limitation, Tenant’s Share of any increase in Operating Expenses (including real estate taxes) for the balance of the Term. For purposes of computing any increases due Landlord hereunder, Additional Rent for the calendar year of the default and for each future calendar year in the Term shall be assumed to be equal to the Additional Rent for the calendar year prior to the year in which default occurs, compounded at a rate equal to the mean average rate of inflation for the preceding five calendar years as determined by the United States Department of Labor, Bureau or Labor Statistics Consumer Price Index (All Urban Consumers, all items, 1982-84 equals 100) for the metropolitan area or region of which Los Angeles, California is a part. if such index is discontinued or revised, the average rate of inflation shall be determined by reference to the index designated as the successor or substitute index by the government of the United States.

 

Section 18.3. Re-Entry by Landlord.

 

a)      If any default specified in Sections 17.1 (a) through (e) occurs and continues beyond the period of grace (if any) therefor, then if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease Landlord may, from time to time and without terminating this Lease, enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent as the same becomes payable by Tenant hereunder.

 

i)             if Landlord consents thereto, Tenant may sublet the Premises or any part thereof (which consent Landlord agrees will not be unreasonably withheld), subject to Tenant’s compliance with the requirements of Article 11 of this Lease. So long as Landlord is exercising this remedy it will not terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, but it may engage in the acts permitted by Section 1931.4(c) of the California Civil Code.

 

b)      If Tenant abandons the Premises in breach of this Lease and Landlord properly terminates this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to let the Premises or any part thereof on such terms and conditions and at such rentals as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem advisable, with the right to make alterations and repairs in mud to the Premises necessary to reletting. If Landlord so elects to relet, then gross rentals received by Landlord from the reletting shall be applied:

 

i)             first , to the payment of the reasonable expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in re-entering and securing possession of the Premises and in the reletting thereof (including, without limitation, altering and preparing the Premises for new tenants and brokers’ commissions);

 

25



 

ii)         second , to the payment of the Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant hereunder; and

 

iii)     third , the remainder, if any, to be retained by Landlord and applied to the payment of future Fixed Monthly Rent and Additional Rent as the same become due.

 

Should the gross rentals received by Landlord from the reletting be insufficient to pay in full the sums stated in Section 18.3 (a) and (b) hereinabove. Tenant shall, upon demand, pay the deficiency to Landlord.

 

Section 18.4. Certain Waivers . After Landlord has actually obtained possession of the Premises pursuant to any lawful order of possession granted in a valid court of law. Tenant thereafter waives and surrenders for Tenant, and for all claiming under Tenant, all rights and privileges now or hereafter existing to redeem the Premises (whether by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ): to assert Tenant’s continued right to occupancy of the Premises; or to have a continuance of this Lease for the Term hereof. Tenant also waives the provisions of any law relating to notice and/or delay in levy of execution in ease of an eviction or dispossession for nonpayment of rent, and of any successor or other law of like import.

 

Section 18.5. Cumulative Remedies . The remedies of Landlord provided for in this Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies to which Landlord may be lawfully entitled. The exercise by Landlord of any remedy to which it is entitled shall not preclude or hinder the exercise of any other such remedy.

 

ARTICLE 19

INSURANCE

 

Section 19.1. Landlord Obligations:

 

a)      Landlord shall secure and maintain during the Term of this Lease the following insurance:

 

i)             Commercial General Liability and Umbrella Liability insurance relating to Landlord’s operation of the Building, for personal and bodily injury and death, and damage to other’s property.

 

ii)         100% full replacement value all risk of standard fire insurance and extended coverage including vandalism and malicious mischief and sprinkler leakage endorsements relating to the Building, the parking facilities, the Common Area improvements and any and all improvements installed in, on or upon the Premises and affixed thereto (but excluding Tenant’s fixtures, furnishings, equipment, personal property or other elements or Tenant’s Property);

 

iii)     Such other insurance (including, without limitation, boiler and machinery, rental loss, earthquake and/or flood insurance) as Landlord reasonably elects to obtain or any Lender requires.

 

b)      Except as otherwise provided herein, insurance effected by Landlord under this Section 19.1 will be:

 

i)             In amounts which Landlord from time to time determines sufficient or which any Lender requires; and

 

ii)         Subject to such deductibles and exclusions as Landlord deems appropriate.

 

c)       Notwithstanding any contribution by Tenant to the cost of insurance premiums as provided herein, Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has no right to receive any proceeds from any insurance policies carried by Landlord.

 

Section 19.2. Tenant Obligations.

 

a)      Prior to the earlier of the Commencement Date or Tenant’s anticipated early access date of the Premises and thereafter during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall secure and maintain, at its own expense throughout the Term of this Lease the following minimum types and amounts of insurance. in form and in companies acceptable to Landlord, insuring Tenant, its employees, agents and designees:

 

i)             Workers’ Compensation Insurance, the amount and scope of which shall be the amount and scope required by statute or other. governing law;

 

ii)         Employer’s Liability insurance in amounts equal to the greater of (1) the insurance currently maintained by Tenant, or (2) the following: Bodily Injury by accident - $1,000,000 each accident; Bodily Injury by disease - $1,000,000 policy limit; and Bodily Injury by disease $1,000,000 each employee;

 

iii)     Commercial General Liability and Umbrella Liability Insurance on an occurrence basis, without claims-made features with bodily injury and property damage coverage in an amount equal to a combined single limit of not less than $2,000,000: and such insurance shall include the following coverages: (A) Premises and Operations coverage with X, C, and U exclusions for explosion, collapse, and underground property damage deleted under both premises/operations and contractual liability coverage parts, if applicable; (B) Owner and Contractor Protective coverage; (C) Products and Completed Operations coverage; (D) Blanket Contractual coverage, including both oral and written contracts; (B) Personal Injury coverage; (F) Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability, coverage (or its equivalent); and (0) Broad Form Property Damage coverage, including completed operations;

 

iv)      All risk of standard fire insurance and extended coverage with vandalism and malicious mischief and sprinkler leakage endorsements, insuring fixtures, glass, equipment, merchandise, inventory and other elements of Tenant’s Property in and all other contents of the Premises. Such insurance shall be in an amount equal to 100% or the replacement value thereof (and Tenant shall re-determine the same as frequently as necessary in order to comply herewith): and

 

26



 

v)          A commercially reasonable and customary policy of business interruption insurance with respect to the operation or Tenant’s business.

 

b)      All insurance policies maintained to provide the coverages required herein shall:

 

i)             Be issued by insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the leased premises are located, and with companies rated, at a minimum “A- VII” by A.M. Best;

 

ii)         Provide for a deductible only so long as Tenant shall remain liable for payment of any such deductible in the event of any loss;

 

iii)     Contain appropriate cross-liability endorsements denying Tenant’s insurers the right of subrogation against Landlord as to risks covered by such insurance, without prejudice to any waiver of indemnity provisions applicable to Tenant and any limitation of liability provisions applicable to Landlord hereunder, of which provisions Tenant shall notify all insurance carriers;

 

iv)      Contain provisions for at least ten (10) days advance written notice to Landlord of cancellation due to non-payment and thirty (30) days advance written notice to Landlord of material modification or cancellation for any reason other than non-payment; and

 

v)          Stipulate that coverages afforded under such policies are primary insurance as respects Landlord and that any other insurance maintained by Landlord are excess and non-contributing with the insurance required hereunder.

 

c)       Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to the start of construction of the Improvements, written evidence of insurance coverages required herein. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord no less than fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration of any required coverage, written evidence of the renewal or replacement of such coverage. Landlord’s failure at any time to object to Tenant’s failure to provide the specified insurance or written evidence thereof (either as to the type or amount of such insurance) shall not lie deemed as a waiver or Tenant’s obligations under this Section.

 

d)      Landlord shall be named as an additional insured on the Tenant’s policies of General Liability and Umbrella Liability insurance. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the appropriate endorsements evidencing additional insured. Any claim for loss under said property insurance policies shall be payable notwithstanding any act, omission, negligence, representation, misrepresentation or other conduct or misconduct of Tenant which might otherwise cause cancellation, forfeiture or reduction of such insurance.

 

e)       The insurance requirements in this Section shall not in any way limit, in either scope or amount, the indemnity obligations separately owed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease.

 

f)        Nothing herein shall in any manner limit the liability or Tenant for non-performance of its obligations or for loss or damage for which Tenant is responsible. The aforementioned minimum limits of policies shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant hereunder.

 

g)      Tenant may, at its option, satisfy its insurance obligations hereunder by policies or so-called blanket insurance carried by Tenant provided that the same shall, in all respects, comply with the provisions hereof. In such event, Tenant shall not be deemed to have complied with its obligations hereunder until Tenant shall have obtained and delivered to Landlord a copy or each such policy together with an appropriate endorsement or certificate applicable to and evidencing full compliance with the specific requirements of this Lease (irrespective of any claim which may be made with respect to any other property or liability covered under such policy), and until the same shall have been approved by Landlord in writing.

 

Section 19.3. Compliance with Building Insurance Requirements . After Tenant takes occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall not violate or permit in, on or upon the Premises the violation of any condition imposed by such standard fire insurance policies as are normally issued for office buildings in the City or County in which the Building is located. Tenant shall not do, surfer or permit anything to be done, or keep, suffer or permit anything to be kept, in the Premises which would increase the risk ratings or premium calculation factors on the Building or property therein (collectively an “Increased Risk”), or which would result in insurance companies of good standing refusing to insure the Building or any property appurtenant thereto in such amounts and against such risks as Landlord may reasonably determine from time to time are appropriate.

 

Notwithstanding the above, if additional insurance is available to cover such Increased Risk, Tenant shall not be in default hereunder if:

 

a)      Tenant authorizes Landlord in writing to obtain such additional insurance: and

 

b)      prepays the annual cost thereof to Landlord for such additional coverage, as well as the additional costs, if any, of any increase in Landlord’s other insurance premiums resulting from the existence or continuance of such Increased Risk.

 

Section 19.4. Mutual Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant agree to have their respective insurance companies issuing property damage insurance waive any rights or subrogation that such companies may have against Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be. Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and release each other or and from any and all rights of recovery, claims, actions or causes of actions against each other, their respective agents, officers and employees, for any loss or damage that may occur to the Premises, Building or Project, or personal property within the Building, regardless of cause or origin, including the negligence of Landlord and Tenant and their respective agents, officers, employees and contractors. Each party agrees to give immediately to its respective insurance company which has issued policies of insurance covering any risk of direct physical loss, written notice of the terms or the mutual waivers contained in this

 

27



 

Section 19.4, and to have such insurance policies properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of said insurance coverage by reason at’ said waivers.

 

Section 19.5. Failure to Secure . If at any time during the Term, and after expiration of ten (10) business days’ prior written demand therefore from Landlord, Tenant fails to provide documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord that Tenant has secured and maintained the insurance coverage required hereunder, then such failure shall be considered a material default under this Lease, and Landlord shall have the option, but not the obligation, without further notice or demand to obtain such insurance on behalf of or as the agent of Tenant and in Tenant’s name.

 

Tenant shall pay Landlord’s billing for the premiums associated with such insurance policy or policies within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s billing, as well as such other reasonable costs and fees arising out of such default, together with interest on the entire amount so advanced by Landlord, at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, computed from the date of such advance. Such advances, if made by Landlord, shall be construed as and considered Additional Rent under this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 20

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 20.1. Entire Agreement . This Lease, including the exhibits and guaranty of lease, if any, annexed hereto, contains all of the agreements and understandings relating to the leasing of the Premises and the obligations of Landlord and Tenant in connection therewith and neither party and no agent or representative thereof has made or is making, and neither party in executing and delivering this Lease is relying upon, any warranties or representations, except to the extent set forth in this Lease. All understandings and agreements heretofore had between Landlord and Tenant relating to the leasing of the Premises are merged in this Lease, which alone fully and completely expresses their agreement. The Riders (if any) and Exhibits annexed to this Lease and the Construction Agreement are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

 

Section 20.2. No Waiver or Modification . The failure of Landlord or Tenant to insist in any instance upon the strict keeping, observance or performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Lease or to exercise any election herein contained shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of such covenant or agreement, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. No waiver or modification by either Landlord or Tenant of any covenant or agreement contained in this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless the same is in writing executed by the party whose rights are being waived or modified. No surrender of possession of any part of the Premises shall release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder unless accepted in writing by Landlord. The receipt and retention by Landlord, and the payment by Tenant, of Fixed Monthly Rent or Additional Rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant or agreement contained in this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach by either Landlord or Tenant.

 

Section 20.3. Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease and of all provisions hereof.

 

Section 20.4. Force Majeure . For the purposes of this Lease, “Force Majeure” shall be defined as any or all prevention, delays or stoppages and/or the inability to obtain services, labor, materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, when such prevention, delay, stoppage or failure is due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, terrorist acts, acts of God, governmental actions, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, and/or other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except that Force Majeure may not be raised as a defense for Tenant’s non-performance of any obligations imposed by this Lease with regard to the payment of Fixed Monthly Rent and/or Additional Rent.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Force Majeure shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay, stoppage or inability. Therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation by either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

 

Section 20.5. Broker . Landlord and Tenant represent to one another that each has dealt with no broker or agent in connection with this Lease or its negotiations other than Douglas Emmett Management, LLC and Jones Lang LaSalle, Inc. Landlord and Tenant shall hold one another harmless from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, expense, claim, action, demand, suit or obligation arising out of or relating to a breach by the indemnifying party of such representation. Landlord agrees to pay all commissions due to the brokers listed above created by Tenant’s execution of this Lease.

 

Section 20.6. Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws or the State of California.

 

Section 20.7. Submission of Lease . Whether or not rental deposits have been received by Landlord from Tenant, and whether or not Landlord has delivered to Tenant an unexecuted draft version of this Lease for Tenant’s review and/or signature, no contractual or other rights shall exist between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Premises, nor shall this Lease be valid and/or in effect until this Lease has been fully executed and a duplicate original of said fully-executed Lease has been delivered to both Landlord and Tenant.

 

The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall be for examination purposes only, and does not and shall not constitute a reservation of or an option for Tenant to lease, or otherwise create any interest by Tenant in the Premises or any other offices or space situated in the Building. Execution or this Lease by Tenant and its return to Landlord shall not be binding upon Landlord, notwithstanding any time interval, until Landlord has in fact executed and delivered a fully-executed duplicate original of this Lease to Tenant. Landlord and Tenant agree hereby to authorize transmission of all or portions of documents,

 

28



 

including signature lines thereon, by facsimile machines, and further authorize the other party to rely conclusively upon such facsimile transmissions as if the original had been received.

 

Section 20.8. Captions . The captions in this Lease are for convenience only and shall not in any way limit or be deemed to construe or interpret the terms and provisions hereof.

 

Section 20.9. Singular and Plural, Etc . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant”, as used herein, shall include the plural as well as the, singular. Words used in the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter. If there be more than one Landlord or Tenant the obligations hereunder imposed upon Landlord and Tenant shall be joint and several.

 

Section 20.10. Independent Covenants . Except where the covenants contained in one Article of this Lease are clearly affected by or contingent upon fulfillment by either party of another Article or paragraph of this Lease, this Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any actions hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any set-off of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord; provided, however, that the foregoing shall in no way impair the right of Tenant to commence a separate action against Landlord for the violation by Landlord of the provisions hereof so long as notice is first given to Landlord and any holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Building, Real Property or any portion thereof, of whose address Tenant has theretofore been notified; and an opportunity is granted to Landlord and such holder to correct such violations as provided above.

 

Section 20.11. Severability . If any covenant or agreement of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, then and in each such event the remainder of this Lease or the application of such covenant or agreement to any other person or any other circumstance shall not be thereby affected, and each covenant and agreement hereof shall remain valid and enforceable to the littlest extent permitted by law.

 

Section 20.12. Warranty of Authority . If Landlord or Tenant signs as a corporation, limited liability company or a partnership, Landlord and Tenant hereby covenant and warrant that each is a duly authorized and existing entity, that each has and is qualified to do business in California, that the persons signing on behalf of Landlord or Tenant have full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that each and every person signing on behalf of either Landlord or Tenant are authorized to do so.

 

Section 20.13. No Representations or Warranties . Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents or attorneys have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building or this Lease, except as expressly set forth herein, and no rights, easements or licenses are or shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise.

 

Section 20.14. No Joint Venture or Partnership . This Lease shall not be deemed or construed to create or establish any relationship of partnership or joint venture or similar relationship or arrangement between Landlord and Tenant hereunder.

 

Section 20.15. Tenant’s Obligations At Its Sole Expense . Notwithstanding the fact that certain references in this Lease to acts required to be performed by Tenant hereunder, or to breaches or defaults of this Lease by Tenant, omit to state that such acts shall be performed at Tenant’s sole expense, or omit to state that such breaches or defaults by Tenant are material, unless the context clearly implies to the contrary each and every act to be performed or obligation to be fulfilled by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be performed or fulfilled at Tenant’s sole expense, and all breaches or defaults by Tenant hereunder shall be deemed material.

 

Section 20.16. Attorneys’ Fees . If litigation is instituted between Landlord and Tenant, the cause for which arises out of or in relation to this Lease, the prevailing party in such litigation shall be entitled to receive its costs (not limited to court costs), expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees from the non-prevailing party as the same may be awarded by the court.

 

Section 20.17. Waiver of Trial by Jury. In the interest of saving time and expense, Landlord and Tenant hereby consent to trial without a jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other or their successor-in-interest in respect to any matters arising out of or relating to this Lease.

 

Section 20.18. No Merger . The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all such subleases or subtenancies.

 

Section 20.19. Prohibition Against Recording . Except as provided in Section 14.3 of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant, and the recording thereof in violation of this provision shall make this Lease null and void at Landlord’s election.

 

Section 20.20. Hazardous Waste . Tenant specifically agrees that, except for such limited quantities or office materials and supplies as are customarily used in Tenant’s normal business operations, Tenant shall not engage or permit at any time, any operations or activities upon, or any use or occupancy of the Premises, or any portion thereof, for the purpose of or in any way involving the handling, manufacturing, treatment, storage, use, transportation, spillage, leakage, dumping, discharge or disposal (whether legal or illegal, accidental or intentional) of any hazardous substances, materials or wastes, or any wastes regulated under any local, state or federal law (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”).

 

29


 

Tenant shall, during the Term, remain in full compliance with all applicable laws governing its use and occupancy of the Premises, including, without limitation, the handling, manufacturing, treatment, storage, disposal, discharge, use, and transportation of hazardous substances, materials or wastes, and any wastes regulated under any local, state or federal law. Tenant will remain in full compliance with the terms and conditions of all permits and licenses issued to it by any governmental authority on account of any or all of its activities on the Premises.

 

To the best knowledge of Landlord, (a) except as expressly set forth in this Lease (including its exhibits), no Hazardous Material is present on the Real Property or the soil, surface water or groundwater thereof, (b) no underground storage tanks are present on the Real Property, and (c) no action, proceeding or claim is pending or threatened regarding the Real Property concerning any Hazardous Material or pursuant to any environmental law. Under no circumstance shall Tenant be liable for, and Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Tenant, its agents, contractors, stockholders, directors, successors, representatives, and assigns from and against, all losses, costs, claims, liabilities and damages (including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) of every type and nature, directly or indirectly arising out of or in connection with any Hazardous Material present at any time on or about the Real Property, or the soil, air, improvements, groundwater or surface water thereof, or the violation any laws, orders or regulations, relating to any such Hazardous Material, except to the extent that any of the foregoing actually results from the release or emission of Hazardous Material by Tenant or its agents or employees in violation of applicable environmental laws.

 

Section 20.21. Transportation Management . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, fully comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Building, when the same have been mandated by an outside governmental authority having jurisdiction therefor and not when required for the convenience of Landlord.

 

In connection therewith, Tenant shall be responsible for the transportation planning and management for all of Tenant’s employees while located at the Premises, by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities reasonably designated by Landlord. Such programs may include, without limitation:

 

a)      restrictions on the number of peak-hour vehicle trips generated by Tenant;

 

b)      requirements for increased vehicle occupancy;

 

c)       implementing an in-house ride-sharing program and/or appointing an employee transportation coordinator;

 

d)      working with employees of any Building (or area-wide) ridesharing program manager;

 

e)       instituting employer-sponsored incentives (financial or in-kind) to encourage employees to ridesharing; and

 

f)        utilizing flexible work shills for employees.

 

Section 20.22. Signage . Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Lease, Tenant may not install, inscribe, paint or affix any awning, shade, sign, advertisement or notice on or to any part of the outside or inside of the Building, or in any portion of the Premises visible to the outside of the Building or Common Areas without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

 

All signage and/or directory listings installed on behalf of Tenant , whether installed in, on or upon the public corridors, doorways, Building directory and/or parking directory (if any), or in any other location whatsoever visible outside of the Premises, shall be installed by Landlord, at Tenant’s sole expense.

 

Tenant’s identification on or in any Common Area of the Building shall be limited to Tenant’s name and suite designation, it being expressly understood and agreed that Tenant shall be entitled to such suite identification signage at the entry to the Premises and in the elevator lobby on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building, and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to the installation of Tenant’s logo in any portion of the Building or Common Areas other than the interior of the Premises. Furthermore, the size, style, and placement of letters to be used in any of Tenant’s signage shall be approved by Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, in full conformance with the previously established signage program for the Building.

 

Except as specified hereinbelow, Tenant shall only be entitled to one (1) listing on the Building directory, or any parking directory ancillary thereto, which shall only show Tenant’s business name and suite designation. Tenant shall also be entitled to a maximum of eighteen (18) additional listings on said Building and/or parking directory (subject to availability), which listings shall be limited solely to Tenant’s officers, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates and/or sublessees, if any. All of said listings shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

Section 20.22.1 Auto-Dealer Sign . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, Tenant shall be permitted to install and maintain a sign identifying Tenant (but not containing Tenant’s logo) in a location reasonably designated by Landlord and visible from the exterior of the Building (the “Auto-Dealer Sign”). The style, color, size and format and all other design elements and materials of the Auto-Dealer Sign shall be acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, but consistent with applicable licensing criteria.

 

In addition, Tenant shall bear all expenses relating to the Auto-Dealer Sign, including, without limitation:

 

a)      The cost of obtaining permits and approvals for the Auto-Dealer Sign, if any; and

 

30



 

b)      The cost of maintaining, repairing, and replacing the Auto-Dealer Sign.

 

Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within tell (10) business days after receipt of Landlord’s demand, any expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the Auto-Dealer Sign, except for those payable directly by Tenant to any third party. Tenant’s payment obligation under this Section 20.22.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

 

Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove the Auto-Dealer Sign and repair any damage to the Building resulting from such removal.

 

The signage right granted hereunder is personal to the Tenant signing this Lease and shall be null, void and of no further force or effect (i) as of the date Tenant assigns this Lease to an entity other than an Affiliate (as defined in Section 11.2.1 above), or (ii) at any time Tenant is in default of its obligations under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and/or cure period.

 

Section 20.23. Intentionally Deleted

 

Section 20.24. Confidentiality . Landlord and Tenant agree that the covenants and provisions of this Lease shall not be divulged to anyone not directly involved in the management, administration, ownership, lending against, or subleasing of the Premises, which permitted disclosure shall include, but not be limited to, the board members, legal counsel and/or accountants of either Landlord or Tenant. In addition, Tenant shall be entitled to disclose this Lease as required by law or in connection with any dispute or litigation and to any contractors, investors, acquirers or merger partners of Tenant. The provisions of this Section 20.24 shall expire on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

Section 20.25. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

Section 20.26. Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Obligations . All obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s expense (unless this Lease expressly provides otherwise) without any reduction of or offset against Rent. Except to the extent set forth in Section 17.2 herein, in the event of a default beyond applicable notice and cure periods by Tenant of any obligation under this Lease, Landlord may, after delivering notice to Tenant and allowing Tenant ten (10) business days to cure such default, perform the obligation on Tenant’s behalf, without waiving any of Landlord’s rights, remedies, claims or defenses with respect to Tenant’s failure to perform any obligations and without releasing Tenant from such obligations. If Landlord determines that such default reasonably requires additional time for cure, then Landlord’s notice may state such other time period, provided that Tenant commences its cure within ten (10) business days after notice and thereafter continuously prosecutes such cure to completion. Within fifteen (15) business days after receiving a statement from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the expense reasonably incurred by Landlord in performing Tenant’s obligation. If Tenant fails to pay such amount to Landlord within the specified time period, Landlord may (in addition to any other remedies of Landlord under this Lease or applicable law) deduct the amount due from the Security Deposit under Section 3.7. The terms of this Section 20.26 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Section 20.27. Approvals. Whenever this Lease requires an approval, consent, determination, selection or judgment by either Landlord or Tenant, unless another standard is expressly set forth, such approval, consent, determination, selection or judgment and any conditions imposed thereby shall be reasonable and shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and, in exercising any right or remedy hereunder, each party shall at all times act reasonably and in good faith.

 

Section 20.28. Reasonable Expenditures. Any expenditure by a party permitted or required under this Lease, for which such party demands reimbursement from the other party, shall be limited to the fair market value of the goods and services involved, shall be reasonably incurred, and shall be substantiated by documentary evidence available for inspection and review by the other party.

 

Section 20.29. Contemplated Name Change. Landlord acknowledges and agrees that (i) Tenant advised Landlord that Tenant is contemplating changing its name to “TrueCar, Inc.” or a similar name and (ii) Tenant does elect to change its name, such name change shall not constitute a Transfer (as defined in Article 11).

 

ARTICLE 21
PARKING

 

Section 21.1. Parking. Throughout the Term, Tenant shall be obligated to purchase ten (10) reserved parking permits and forty-two (42) unreserved parking permits during each month of the Term on a “must-take” basis. Except as otherwise permitted by Landlord’s management agent in its reasonable discretion, and based on the availability thereof, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to purchase more than the number of parking permits listed in the BLI. If additional parking permits are available on a month-to-month basis, which determination shall be in the reasonable discretion of Landlord’s parking agent, Tenant shall be permitted to purchase one or more of said permits on a first-come, first-served basis.

 

Said parking permits shall allow Tenant to park in the Building parking facility at the posted monthly parking rates and charges then in effect, plus any and all applicable taxes, provided that such rates may be changed from time to time, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to a ten percent (10%) discount on all parking permits and validations purchased by Tenant during the first eighteen (18) months of the Term. Landlord shall retain sole discretion to designate the location of each parking space, and whether it shall be assigned, or unassigned, unless specifically agreed to otherwise in writing between Landlord and Tenant.

 

31



 

Guests and invitees of Tenant shall have the right to use, in common with guests and invitees of other tenants of the Building, the transient parking facilities of the Building at the then-posted parking rates and charges , or at such other rate or rates and charges as may be agreed upon from time to time between Landlord and Tenant in writing. Such rate(s) or charges may be changed by Landlord from time to time in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, and shall include, without limitation, any and all fees or taxes relating to parking assessed to Landlord for such parking facilities.

 

Tenant or Tenant’s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders continued use of said transient, as well as monthly parking, shall be contingent upon Tenant and Tenant’s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders continued compliance with the reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations adopted by Landlord, which rules and regulations may change at any time or from time to time during the Term hereof in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

ARTICLE 22

CONCIERGE SERVICES

 

Section 22.1. Provision of Services . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and understand that Landlord, through one or more of its affiliates, may, from time to time, make it possible for Tenant to use or purchase a variety of personal services which may include, but not be limited to, personal shopping, assistance with choosing or obtaining travel reservations, accommodations and/or tickets; tickets to performances, recommendations to eating establishments; and the like, as well as construction administration services (collectively “Concierge Services”).

 

Tenant acknowledges that said Concierge Services are provided by Landlord’s affiliate solely as an accommodation to and for the convenience of Tenant and Tenant’s agents, contractors, directors, employees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders, and Landlord does not make any representation, warranty or guarantee, express or implied, as to the quality, value, accuracy, or completeness of said Concierge Services, or whether or not Tenant shall be satisfied with the services and/or goods so provided and/or recommended. Landlord hereby disclaims any control over the variety or sufficiency of such services to be provided.

 

Tenant acknowledges that Tenant is not required to use such Concierge Services as a condition precedent to compliance with this Lease; that Tenant’s use of such Concierge Services is strictly voluntary, and at the sole discretion and control of Tenant. Tenant shall independently make such financial arrangements for payment or the services provided as Tenant deems reasonable and of value.

 

Section 22.2. Indemnification and Release by Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, any city, county, state or federal ordinance, statute, regulation or law, Tenant’s signature hereon indicates Tenant’s agreement that solely as it relates to the purchase or use of Concierge Services by Tenant or the agents, contractors, employees, officers, partners, and/or shareholders of Tenant, Tenant, on behalf of itself and its agents, contractors, directors, employees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders, does and shall hereby forever hold Landlord and Landlord’s affiliates, agents, assigns, contractors, directors, employees, officers, parent organization, partners, representatives, shareholders, and subsidiaries (collectively the “Indemnitees”) harmless from and forever release, remise, discharge, acquit and relieve the Indemnitees from and against any and all claims, demands, causes of action, obligations, liabilities, agreements, damages, cost (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees), loss, or liability of any kind or nature, whether asserted, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, in any way connected with, which any one or more of the Indemnitees may sustain or incur by reason of, related to, associated with, or arising out of the provision, use or the rendering of any such Concierge Services or the delivery of such Concierge Services to Tenant or Tenant’s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders.

 

Solely as it relates to the purchase or use of Concierge Services by Tenant or the agents, contractors, employees, officers, partners, and/or shareholders of Tenant, Tenant hereby expressly waives all rights and benefits conferred by the provisions of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California, which reads as follows:

 

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release and which, if known by him, must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.”

 

In so doing, Tenant acknowledges that it will be unable to make any claim against Landlord or any other Indemnitees for damages that may exist as of the date or after the date of this release, but which Tenant does not know to exist, and which, if known, would materially have affected Tenant’s decision to execute this document, regardless of whether Tenant’s lack of knowledge, if any, is the result of ignorance, oversight, error, negligence or other cause.

 

ARTICLE 23

OPTION TO EXTEND TERM

 

Section 23.1. Notice. Provided Tenant is not in default after the expiration of notice and the opportunity to cure on the date after Tenant gives notice to Landlord of Tenant’s intent to exercise its rights pursuant to this Article 23, Tenant is given the option to extend the term for an additional five (5) year period (the “Extended Term”), commencing the next calendar day after the expiration of the Term (the “Option”). The Option shall apply only to the entirety of the Premises, and Tenant shall have no right to exercise the Option as to only a portion of the Premises.

 

32



 

Tenant’s exercise or this Option is contingent upon Tenant by giving written notice to Landlord (the “Option Notice ”) of Tenant’s election to exercise its rights pursuant to this Option by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, or by overnight courier, no more than twelve (12) and no less than nine (9) months prior to the Termination Date.

 

Section 23.2. Fixed Monthly Rent Payable . The Rent payable by Tenant during the Extended Term (“Option Rent”) shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Premises as of the commencement date of the Extended Term. The term “Fair Market Value” shall be defined as the effective rent reasonably achievable by Landlord, and shall include but not be limited to, all economic benefits obtainable by Landlord, such as Fixed Monthly Rent (including periodic adjustments), Additional Rent in the form of Operating Expense reimbursements, and any and all other monetary or non-monetary consideration that may be given in the market place to a non-renewal tenant, as is chargeable for a similar use of comparable space in the downtown Santa Monica area of the Premises.

 

Said computation shall specifically be based on the Premises in its “as-is” condition, without payment of any brokerage commission to any broker and in consideration of the fact that there shall be no period of vacancy.

 

Landlord and Tenant shall have thirty (30) days (the “Negotiation Period”) after Landlord receives the Option Notice in which to agree on the Fair Market Value. If Landlord and Tenant agree on the Fair Market Value during the Negotiation Period, they shall immediately execute an amendment to the Lease extending the Term and stating the Fair Market Value.

 

Section 23.3. Appraisers to Set Fair Market Value . If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the Fair Market Value during the Negotiation Period, then:

 

a)     Landlord and Tenant, each at its own cost, shall select an independent real estate appraiser with at least ten (10) years full-time commercial appraisal experience in the area in which the Premises are located, and shall provide written notice to the other party of the identity and address of the appraiser so appointed. Landlord and Tenant shall make such selection within ten (10) days after the expiration of the Negotiation Period.

 

b)      Within thirty (30) days of having been appointed to do so (the “Appraisal Period”), the two (2) appraisers so appointed shall meet and set the Fair Market Value for the Extended Term. In setting the Fair Market Value, the appraisers shall solely consider the use of the Premises for general office purposes.

 

Section 23.4. Failure by Appraisers to Set Fair Market Value . If the two (2) appointed appraisers are unable to agree on the Fair Market Value within ten (10) days after expiration of the Appraisal Period, they shall elect a third appraiser of like or better qualifications, and who has not previously acted in any capacity for either Landlord or Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall each hear one half of the costs of the third appraiser’s fee.

 

Within thirty (30) days after the selection of the third appraiser (the “Second Appraisal Period”) the Fair Market Value for the Extended Term shall be set by a majority of the appraisers now appointed.

 

If a majority of the appraisers are unable to set the Fair Market Value within the Second Appraisal Period, the three (3) appraisers shall individually render separate appraisals of the Fair Market Value, and their three (3) appraisals shall be added together, then divided by three (3); resulting in an average of the appraisals, which shall be the Fair Market Value during the Extended Term.

 

However, if the low appraisal or’ high appraisal varies by more than ten percent (10%) from the middle appraisal, then one (I) or both shall be disregarded, If only one (I) appraisal is disregarded, the remaining two (2) appraisals shall be added together and their total divided by two (2), and the resulting average shall be the Fair Market Value. If both the low and high appraisals are disregarded, the middle appraisal shall be the Fair Market Value for the Premises during the Extended Term. The appraisers shall immediately notify Landlord and Tenant of the Fair Market Value so established, and Landlord and Tenant shall immediately execute an amendment to the Lease, extending the Term and revising the Fixed Monthly, Rent payable pursuant to the Fair Market Value so established.

 

Tenant’s failure to execute such amendment establishing the Fair Market Value within fifteen (15) days after the other party’s request therefor shall constitute a material default under the Lease.

 

Section 23.5. No Right of Reinstatement or Further Extension . Once Tenant has failed to exercise its rights to extend the term pursuant to this Article 23, it shall have no right of reinstatement of its Option to Extend the Term, nor shall Tenant have any right to a further or second extension of the Term beyond the period stated in Section 23.1 hereinabove.

 

Section 23.6. No Assignment of Option . This Option may be exercised only by the original-named tenant signing this Lease or an Affiliate (as defined in Lease Section 11.2.1), and shall be null, void and of no further force or effect as of the date that Tenant assigns this Lease to an entity other than an Affiliate.

 

ARTICLE 24

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

 

Section 24.1. First Offer Space . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant an ongoing right of first offer with respect to each portion of the ground floor of the Building (except for that portion of the ground floor of the Building currently occupied by I. Cugini) which Landlord reasonably determines will become vacant and available following the Commencement Date (each such portion of the Building being hereinafter referred to as the “First Offer Space”). The term of the Lease with respect to the First Offer Space shall (x) commence only following the expiration or earlier termination of the existing lease (including

 

33



 

renewals) of the First Offer Space and after the First Offer Space is actually vacated and becomes available for lease, and (y) expire on the Termination Date. The right of first offer granted to Tenant herein shall be subordinate to the existing rights of expansion, rights of refusal or rights of first offer (collectively, the “Superior Right Holders”) with respect to the First Offer Space. Tenant’s right of first offer shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 24.

 

Section 24.2. Procedure for Offer . Landlord shall notify Tenant (the “First Offer Notice”) when Landlord reasonably anticipates that the First Offer Space will become available for lease to third parties. The First Offer Notice shall specify the terms and conditions upon which Landlord is willing to lease the First Offer Space to Tenant, provided that no Superior Right Holder wishes to lease the First Offer Space in accordance with their superior rights.

 

Section 24.3. Procedure for Acceptance . If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant’s right of first offer with respect to the First Offer Space, then within ten (10) business days of delivery of the First Offer Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver notice to Landlord of Tenant’s intention to exercise its right of first offer with respect to the First Offer Space on the terms set forth in the First Offer Notice (the “Acceptance Notice”). If Tenant does not elect to exercise its right to lease the First Offer Space within such ten (10) business day period (the “Exercise Period”), then Landlord may lease the First Offer Space to any third party on terms that are not Substantially More Favorable Terms (as defined below), provided, however, if Landlord does not execute a binding lease document (on terms that are not Substantially More Favorable Terms) within one hundred eighty (180) days from expiration of the Exercise Period, then Landlord must deliver a new First Offer Notice to Tenant prior to entering into a lease agreement with respect to the space described in original First Offer Notice and the procedures set forth in this Section 24.3 shall apply to such new First Offer Notice. “Substantially More Favorable Terms” shall mean that the average “net effective rent” (defined below) offered to the potential tenant is less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the average net effective rent set forth in the First Offer Notice. The term “net effective rent” shall mean the net rental amount to be paid to Landlord, taking into account any tenant improvement expenses and allowances to be incurred by Landlord and any free rent or other monetary concessions granted by Landlord (amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term proposed under the First Offer Notice or the terms to the potential tenant, as applicable). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to exercise its right of first offer, if at all, with respect to all of the applicable First Offer Space, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof.

 

Section 24.4. Amendment to Lease . If Tenant timely exercises Tenant’s right to lease the applicable First Offer Space, Landlord and Tenant shall within fifteen (15) days thereafter execute an amendment to the Lease for the First Offer Space upon the terms and conditions as set forth in the First Offer Notice and this Article 24.

 

Section 24.5. Termination of Right of First Offer . The rights Contained in this Article 24 may only be exercised by Tenant and any Affiliate. Tenant shall not have the right to lease the First Offer Space, as provided in this Article 24 if, as of the date of the attempted exercise of such right of first offer by Tenant, Tenant is in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and/or cure period. Tenant’s right of first offer shall be continuous during the Term of this Lease and any extension thereof. Tenant’s rejection of any particular offer shall not relieve Landlord of its obligation to again offer such First Offer Space and any other First Offer Space to Tenant at any time that any First Offer Space subsequently becomes available.

 

ARTICLE 25

TERMINATION OPTION

 

Section 25.1 Early Termination Date . Tenant may elect to terminate the Lease effective as of the last calendar day of the thirty-sixth (36 th ) full calendar month of the Term (the “Early Termination Date”) by giving Landlord written notice (the “Termination Notice”) during the period commencing on the first calendar day of the twenty-third (23 rd ) full calendar month and ending on the last calendar day of the twenty-fourth (24 th ) full calendar month of the Term (the “Notice Period”), with the Termination Notice being sent to Landlord in accordance with Article 16 of this Lease.

 

Section 25.2. Contingencies to Early Termination . Provided that the termination Notice and the Termination Fee (as defined below) are duly received by Landlord, then, as of the Early Termination Date, this Lease shall terminate and Tenant is released from liability for any of its obligations hereunder, except for such obligations as specifically herein continue after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and except for any outstanding amounts of Rent owed to Landlord for the time period on and prior to the Early Termination Date.

 

Section 25.3. Termination Fee . If Tenant exercises its early termination option pursuant to this Article 25, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a Termination Fee of $430,828.76 (the “Termination Fee”) in two (2) equal parts, with fifty percent (50%) of such Termination Fee payable within fifteen (15) days following Landlord’s receipt of the Termination Notice and the remaining fifty percent (50%) payable not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Early Termination Date. If Tenant fails to pay the Termination Fee within the time periods set forth in this Section 25.3, the provisions of this Article 25 shall be deemed null and void.

 

34



 

Section 25.4. Expiration of Termination Option . Provided that Tenant has not already delivered the Termination Notice specified hereinabove, then, effective as of the first calendar day of the twenty-fifth (25 th ) full calendar month of the Term, the provisions of this Article 25 shall be deemed null, void and of no further force or effect.

 

ARTICLE 26

LETTER OF CREDIT

 

Within forty-live (45) days after the full execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as collateral for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease, an irrevocable and unconditional negotiable letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”), substantially in the form attached as Exhibit G hereto and made a part hereof, and containing the terms required herein, running in favor of Landlord, issued by a solvent bank reasonably approved by Landlord under the supervision of the Superintendent of Banks of the State of California, or a National Banking Association, in the amount of $495,001.35 (“LC Amount”), Landlord hereby approves Silicon Valley Bank as an acceptable issuer of the Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit shall be:

 

a)      at sight and irrevocable

 

b)      maintained in effect for the entire Lease Term through the date that is thirty (30) days following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (the “Outside Date”), provide that the expiration date of the Letter of Credit shall be no earlier than the Outside Date or provide for automatic renewal thereof at least through the Outside Date, unless the issuing bank provides at least sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to Landlord of such non-renewal by certified mail, return receipt requested at the address set forth on the form of Letter of Credit attached as Exhibit G, and Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord;

 

c)       subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993-Rev) International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500; and

 

d)      fully assignable by Landlord in connection with any number of transfers of Landlord’s interest in this Lease (with Tenant bearing any fees, costs or expenses in connection with any such transfer), and permit partial draws.

 

In addition to the foregoing, the form and terms of the Letter of Credit (and the bank issuing the same) shall be acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, and shall provide, among other things, in effect that:

 

i)             Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit upon the presentation to the issuing bank of Landlord’s written statement that Landlord is entitled to make such drawing under this Lease, it being understood that if Landlord is a corporation, partnership or other entity, then such statement shall be signed by an officer (if a corporation), a general partner (if a partnership), or any authorized party (if another entity);

 

ii)         the Letter of Credit will be honored by the issuing bank without inquiry as to the accuracy thereof and regardless of whether the Tenant disputes the content of such statement; and

 

iii)     in the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit, in whole or in part (or cause a substitute letter of credit to be delivered, as applicable) to the transferee and the transferee shall assume this Lease in writing, and thereupon the Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said Letter of Credit to a new landlord.

 

If, as a result of any application or use by Landlord of all or any part of the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be less than the LC Amount, Tenant shall, within five (5) days thereafter , pr o vide Landlord with an additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement letter of credit in the total amount of the LC Amount) and any such additional (or replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 26, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, the same shall constitute a default by Tenant.

 

Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit, or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Letter of Credit expires earlier than the Termination Date, Landlord will accept a renewal letter or credit or substitute letter of credit (such renewal or substitute letter of credit to be in effect and delivered to Landlord, as applicable, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit), which shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the Lease Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion. However, if the Letter of Credit is not timely renewed or a substitute letter of credit is not timely received, or if Tenant fails to maintain the Letter of Credit in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Article 26, Tenant shall not be in default but Landlord shall have the right to present the letter of Credit to the issuing bank in accordance with the terms of this Article 26, and the entire sum evidenced thereby shall be paid to and held by Landlord as cash (the “Cash Collateral”) to be held as collateral for performance of all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of any default by Tenant under this Lease pending Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of the required

 

35



 

replacement letter of credit in the LC Amount and otherwise complying with all of the provisions of this Article 26.  Upon delivery of such replacement letter of credit, any Cash Collateral held by Landlord shall be returned to Tenant.  Landlord shall have the right to hold Cash Collateral in a deposit account in the name of Landlord and commingle the Cash Collateral with its general assets and Tenant hereby grants Landlord a security interest in the Cash Collateral.  Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest earned on the Cash Collateral.

 

If there shall occur a default under the Lease beyond any applicable grace period, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, draw upon the Letter of Credit and/or utilize the Cash Collateral, in part or in whole, to cure any default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which may be sustained by Landlord resulting from Tenant’s default. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw from the Letter of Credit. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner.

 

Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or Cash Collateral be:

 

a)      deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7:

 

b)     subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7; or

 

c)       intended to serve as a “security deposit” within the meaning of such Section 1950.7.

 

The parties hereto:

 

i)          recite that the Letter or Credit and/or Cash Collateral, as the case may be, is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“Security Deposit Laws”) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto; and

 

ii)      waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may note or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

 

Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Article 26 and subject to the conditions set forth in the last sentence of this paragraph, the LC Amount shall decrease to (i) $371,251.01 as of the last calendar day of the thirty-sixth (36 th ) full calendar month of the Term, (ii) $247,500.67 as of the last calendar day of the forty-eighth (48 th ) full calendar month of the Term, (iii) $123,750.33 as of the Termination Date, and (iv) $0.00 as of the Outside Date (it being expressly understood and agreed that ,  each such reduction may be accomplished by delivery to Landlord of an amendment to the Letter o f Credit or a replacement letter of credit). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the LC Amount shall be decreased only if (a) there does not then exist a default or breach by Tenant of its obligations or liabilities under this Lease which continues after the expiration of any applicable cure period, and (b) neither this Lease nor Tenant’s tight to possession of the Premises has been terminated.

 

Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that unless and until Landlord receives the Letter of Credit. Landlord shall not be obligated to pay any portion of the brokerage commission payable to Jones Lang LaSalle pursuant to Section 20.5 of this Lease or disburse any portion of the Allowance (as such term is defined in Exhibit 13 attached hereto and made a part hereof).

 

[REST OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

36



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Lease, effective the later of the date(s) written below.

 

LANDLORD:

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

DOUGLAS EMMETT 1995, LLC,

 

ZAG.COM INC.

a Delaware limited liability company

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

Douglas Emmett Management, LLC

 

By:

/s/ Stephen Hansen

 

a Delaware limited liability company,

 

Name:

Stephen Hansen

 

its Agent

 

Title:

President/COO

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Douglas Emmett Management, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

a Delaware corporation, its Manager

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael J. Means

 

 

 

 

Michael J. Means,

 

 

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Dated:

10-20-10

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

37



 

EXHIBIT A — PREMISES PLAN

 

Suite 200 at 120 Broadway, Santa Monica, California 90401
Rentable Area; approximately 17,260 square feet
Usable Area; approximately 14,564 square feet
(Measured pursuant to the provisions of Section 1.4 of the Lease)

 

 

A-1



 

EXHIBIT B

CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT
CONSTRUCTION PERFORMED BY TENANT

 

Section 1. Selection of Contractor . The contractor constructing the Improvements shall be selected by Tenant and subject to Landlord’s reasonable prior approval.

 

Section 2. Tenant to Complete Construction . Tenant’s general contractor (“Contractor”) shall furnish and install within the Premises those items of general construction (the “Improvements”), shown on the Approved Construction Drawings (as defined by below). The definition of the “Improvements” shall include all costs associated with completing the Improvements, including but not limited to, space planning, design, architectural, and engineering fees, contracting, labor and material costs, municipal fees, plan check and permit costs, and document development and/or reproduction costs. The Improvements shall comply in all respects with the following: (i) all state, federal, city or quasi-governmental laws, codes, ordinances and regulations, as each may apply according to the rulings of the controlling public official, agent or other person; (ii) applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and the National Electrical Code; (iii) building material manufacturer’s specifications and (iv) the Final Plans and Specifications.

 

All Tenant selections of finishes shall be indicated in the Approved Construction Drawings and shall be equal to or better than the minimum Building standards and specifications.

 

Any work not shown in the Approved Construction Drawings or included in the Improvements such as, but not limited to, telephone service, furnishings, or cabinetry, for which Tenant contracts separately shall be subject to Landlord’s policies set forth herein.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant shall, have no obligation to perform the Improvements and may reduce the scope of the Improvements, provided, however, that any Improvements actually constructed shall comply with the provisions hereof,

 

Section 3. Tenant’s Payment of Costs . Subject to Landlord’s payment of the Allowance, Tenant shall bear all costs of the Improvements. and shall timely pay said costs directly to the Contractor. From time to time, Tenant shall provide Landlord with such evidence as Landlord may reasonably request that the Contractor has been paid in full for the work completed to date.

 

In addition, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord (up to a maximum amount of $2,500.00) for any and all of Landlord’s actual and reasonable out of pocket costs incurred in reviewing Tenant’s Plans and Specifications (as defined below) or for any other “peer review” work associated with Landlord’s review of Tenant’s Plans and Specifications (the “Peer Review Costs”), including, without limitation, Landlord’s actual and reasonable out of pocket costs incurred in engaging any third party engineers, contractors, consultants or design specialists. Tenant shall pay such actual and reasonable costs to Landlord within five (5) business days after Landlord’s delivery to ‘Tenant of a copy of the invoice(s) for such work.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the cost of the Improvements to be provided at Tenant’s sole expense shall not include, Tenant shall have no responsibility for and the Allowance shall not be used for, and, where applicable, Landlord shall promptly reimburse Tenant for the following costs: (a) costs incurred due to the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises or the Real Property; (b) penalties and late charges attributable to Landlord’s breach of this Exhibit B; and (c) subject to the express provisions of this Exhibit B, any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the Improvements other than the Administrative Fee (defined below).

 

In addition, Landlord shall perform, construct and pay for any renovations or other improvements which Landlord is required (by any governmental authority having jurisdiction) to make to any portion of the Building outside of the Premises, including the Common Areas, which arise out of or are required in connection with Tenant’s completion of the Improvements.

 

The failure by Tenant to timely pay such amounts as required under this Paragraph 2 prior to the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure periods shall be a material default under the Lease.

 

Section 4. Lien Waiver and Releases . During the course of construction Contractor shall provide Landlord with executed lien waiver and release forms as reasonably requested by Landlord (including any conditional or unconditional waiver and release forms in the form required under California Civil Code Sections 3262(d), 3262(d)(3) or Section 3262(d)(4)) and confirmation that no liens have been filed against the Premises or the Building. If any liens arise against the Premises or the Building as a result of the Improvements, Tenant shall promptly, at Tenant’s sole expense, remove such liens and provide Landlord evidence that the title to the Building and Premises have been cleared of such liens.

 

Section 5. Performance Bonds. Intentionally Deleted

 

Section 6. Landlord’s Reimbursement for Costs . Landlord shall pay to Tenant for the Improvements, an allowance, not to exceed the sum of $10.00 multiplied by the Usable Area of the Premises (which is equal to $145,640.00 and shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Allowance”) to be disbursed in accordance with Section 6.1 below. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to disburse any unused portion of the Allowance after the date which is six (6) months after the Commencement Date.

 

B-1


 

Section 6.1. Disbursement of the Allowance.

 

a)        Tenant Improvement Allowance Items . Except as otherwise set forth in this Exhibit B, the Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord only for the following items and costs (collectively, the “Allowance Items”):

 

i)                 Payment of any space planning, project management, engineering or architectural fees, and payment of the fees incurred by, and the cost of documents and materials supplied by, Tenant and Tenant’s consultants in connection with the preparation and review of the Plans and Specifications;

 

ii)             the costs of any electric, telecommunications and data cabling and related equipment installed by Tenant, up to a maximum amount of $14,564.00 in the aggregate;

 

iii)         The payment of plan check permit and license fees relating to construction of the Improvements;

 

iv)          The cost of construction of the Improvements, including without limitation, testing and inspection costs, floor loading reinforcement costs, and contractors’ fees and general conditions;

 

v)              The Administrative Fee (as defined below);

 

vi)          The cost of any changes in the base building when such changes are required by the Approved Construction Drawings, such cost to include all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith;

 

vii)      Sales and use taxes and Title 24 fees; and

 

viii)        All other permitted costs to be expended by Tenant in connection with the construction of the Improvements.

 

b)        Disbursement of the Allowance . During the construction of the Improvements, Landlord shall make no more than six (6) disbursements (and not more than once per calendar month) of the Allowance (and the Excess Improvements, if applicable) for the Allowance Items for the benefit of Tenant and shall authorize the release of monies for the benefit of Tenant as follows:

 

i)                 Disbursements . On or before the 25th day of the subject calendar month in which Tenant desires to request a disbursement during the construction of the Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) invoices marked “Paid”, together with a request for payment of the Contractor approved by Tenant, in a form to be provided by Landlord, showing the schedule, by trade, of percentage of completion of the Improvements, detailing the portion of the work completed and paid for and the portion not completed; (ii) invoices from Tenant’s Agents (as defined below) for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises; (iii) executed mechanic’s lien releases from all of Tenant’s Agents which shall comply with the appropriate provisions of California Civil Code Section 3262(d); and (iv) all other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Within thirty (30) days thereafter, Landlord shall deliver a check to Tenant in payment of the lesser of; (A) the amount of the Allowance requested less a ten percent (10%) retention (the aggregate amount of such retentions to be known as the “Final Retention” — it being agreed that if the contract for construction of the Improvements provides for a 10% retention, such retention by Landlord shall be applied in conjunction with such contract retention and not in addition to such retention), and (B) the balance of any remaining available portion of the Allowance, not including the Final Retention, provided that Landlord does not dispute any request for payment based on non-compliance of any work with the Approved Construction Drawings, or due to any substandard work (i.e., work which does not comply with Codes or is not materially consistent with the approved plans). Landlord’s payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request.

 

ii)             Final Retention . Subject to the provisions of this Exhibit B, a check for the Final Retention payable, at Landlord’s option, either to Tenant or jointly to Tenant and Contractor, shall be delivered by Landlord to Tenant following the completion of construction of the Improvements, provided that (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord properly executed mechanics lien releases in compliance with both California Civil Code Section 3262(d)(2) and either Section 3262(d)(3) or Section 3262(d)(4), (ii) evidence of governmental approval of the completion of the Improvements; and (iii) Tenant delivers to Landlord a certificate from Tenant’s architect, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the construction of the Improvements has been completed.

 

iii)         Other Terms . Landlord shall only be obligated to make disbursements from the Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant for the Allowance Items.

 

iv)          Failure to Disburse Allowance . If Landlord fails to make any disbursement of the Allowance for bona fide Allowance Items within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of all of the items in the clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 6.1 (b) (1) above (and if one or more items required in said clauses (i) through (iv) is not delivered to Landlord with Tenant’s request, the thirty (30) day time period shall not be deemed to commence until all such items have been delivered in complete form), then Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord in writing that Tenant has not received any such disbursements (the “ Failure to Disburse Notice ”). Tenant shall deliver the Failure to Disburse Notice in the manner required under Article 17 of the Lease to the property manager at the property management office of the Building and to Landlord at 808 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 200, Santa Monica, California 90401 Attn: Portfolio Manager. If

 

B-2



 

Landlord fails to make such disbursement (the “ Withheld Amount ”) within fifteen (15) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Failure to Disburse Notice, then Tenant shall be entitled to treat such Withheld Amount as a credit against the Fixed Monthly Rent next becoming due under the Lease (which amount shall thereafter be deducted from available amounts of the Allowance). Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s delivery of the Failure to Disburse Notice to Landlord and the fifteen (15) business day period provided hereinabove for Landlord to pay the Withheld Amount following Landlord’s receipt of such Failure to Disburse Notice is in lieu of (and not in addition to) any notice requirements or cure periods otherwise required to be given to Landlord under the Lease.

 

Section 7. Retention of Professionals; Pre-Construction Requirements and Approvals . Prior to Tenant or Contractor commencing any work:

 

a)        Tenant shall retain an architect/space planner, subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld (the “Architect”) to prepare the space plan (“Space Plan”). Landlord hereby approves Shubin & Donaldson, Inc. as an acceptable Architect. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect shall be known collectively as the “Plans and Specifications.”

 

b)        Contractor and the fire-life safety, heating, venting, air-conditioning, plumbing, and electrical subcontractors shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Contractor shall provide Landlord with a true, complete and correct copy of the construction contract between Contractor and Tenant. All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers, and the Contractor, Architect and Engineers shall be known collectively as “Tenant’s Agents”. During completion of the Improvements, neither Tenant or Contractor shall permit any sub-contractors, workmen, laborers, material or equipment to come into or upon the Building if the use thereof, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would violate Landlord’s agreement with any union providing work, labor or services in or about the Building or disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. If any violation, disturbance, interference or conflict occurs, Tenant, upon demand by Landlord, shall immediately cause all contractors or subcontractors or all materials causing the violation, disturbance, interference, difficulty or conflict, to leave or be removed from the Building or the Common Areas immediately.

 

c)         All Plans and .  Specifications shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable prior approval. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Exhibit B to the contrary, and without limiting Landlord’s discretion to withhold its approval, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to deny its consent to any aspect of the Plans and Specifications that (i) adversely affect Building systems, the structure of the Building or the safety of the Building and/or its occupants, (ii) would violate any governmental laws, rules or ordinances; and/or (iii) would require any changes to the base, shell and core of the Building. Tenant and Architect shall verify, in the field, the dimensions and conditions as shown on the relevant portions or the base building plans, and Tenant and Architect shall be solely responsible for the same, and Landlord shall have no responsibility in connection therewith. Landlord’s review of the Plans and Specifications as set forth in this Section 7 shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s approval of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, Code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Plans and Specifications are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Plans and Specifications.

 

Tenant or Architect shall supply Landlord with two (2) copies signed by Tenant of its final space plan for the Improvements before any architectural working drawings or engineering drawings have been commenced. The Space Plan shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein. Landlord may request clarification or more specific drawings for special use items not included in the Space Plan. Landlord shall advise Tenant within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Space Plan for the Improvements if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall promptly cause the Space Plan to be revised to correct any deficiencies or other matters Landlord may reasonably require.

 

Upon approval of the Space Plan by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall promptly cause the Architect to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Improvements, and Architect shall compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “Construction Drawings”) and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Tenant shall supply Landlord with two (2) copies certified by the Architect of such Construction Drawings. Landlord shall advise Tenant within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Construction Drawings if the same are unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall immediately revise the Construction Drawings in accordance with such review and any disapproval of Landlord in connection therewith. The Construction Drawings must be approved by Landlord prior to the commencement of construction of the improvements by Tenant. Concurrently with Tenant’s submittal of the Construction Drawings to Landlord for its approval, Tenant may submit the same to

 

B-3



 

the appropriate municipal authorities for all applicable building permits (provided that such submission shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and shall not alter or modify Landlord’s right to approve the Construction Drawings in accordance with the terms hereof). Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any building permit or certificate of occupancy (or their substantial equivalent) for the Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such permit or certificate of occupancy at no cost to Landlord. The final Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and Tenant shall be herein referred to as the “Approved Construction Drawings”. No material changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Construction Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld and shall be granted or denied within three (3) business days following submission by Tenant. If Tenant desires changes to the Plans and Specifications, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of such changes and the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the Plans and Specifications and any changes thereto. In no event shall Landlord withhold its consent or approval to any elements of the Plans and Specifications that are consistent with or represent a logical evolution of the approved Space Plan.

 

d)        Prior to the commencement of the construction of the Improvements, and after Tenant has accepted all bids for the Improvements, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the final costs to be incurred or which have been incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or the Contractor, which costs form a basis for the amount of the construction contract with Contractor. Such breakdown shall include Contractor’s overhead, profit, and fees, and an administrative fee equal to $20,000.00 (the “Administrative Fee”), which shall be deducted from the Allowance and disbursed to Landlord’s managing agent to defray said agent’s costs for supervision of the construction of the Improvements.

 

e)         Contractor shall submit to Landlord verification of public liability and workmen’s compensation insurance.

 

f)          Landlord and Tenant agree that if the Improvements are actually constructed by Tenant’s Contractor at a cost which is less than the Allowance, there shall be no monetary adjustment between Landlord and Tenant or offset against Rent or other sums owed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease and the entire cost savings shall be retained by Landlord and relinquished by Tenant, subject to the express provisions of this Exhibit B.

 

g)        In the event Landlord fails to provide and consent or approval hereunder within the prescribed time period (or, if no time period is stated, within five (5) business days after Tenant’s request), then such consent or approval shall be deemed to have been given by Landlord.

 

Section 8. Landlord’s Administration of Construction . Tenant’s Contractor and its subcontractors and suppliers shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable administrative control and supervision. Landlord shall provide the Contractor and its subcontractors reasonable access to the Leased Premises so as to timely complete the Improvements; reasonable use of the freight elevators and loading docks for the movement of Contractor’s and its subcontractor’s materials and laborers.

 

Tenant’s subcontractors shall submit schedules of all work relating to the Improvements to Contractor and Contractor shall, within five (5) business days of receipt thereof, inform Tenant’s subcontractors of any changes which are necessary thereto, and Tenant’s subcontractors shall adhere to such corrected schedule. Tenant shall abide by all rules made by Landlord’s Building manager with respect to the storage of materials, coordination of work with the contractors of other tenants, and any other matter in connection with this Exhibit B. Parking for Tenant’s Agents shall be provided without charge. Landlord shall not charge Tenant or Tenant’s Agents for use of the elevators and shall permit the elevators to be reserved for stocking as necessary.

 

From time to time during the construction of the Improvements Tenant shall, upon request from Landlord, provide reasonable progress reports to Landlord regarding the progress of the preparation of plans and specifications and the construction of the Improvements. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to inquire of Tenant from time to time regarding meetings to be held between Tenant, the Architect and the Contractor, and shall have the right to attend any such meetings. Further, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant, Architect and the Contractor to meet with Landlord to discuss the progress of the preparation of plans and specifications and the construction of the Improvements, as deemed reasonably necessary by Landlord.

 

Section 9. Commencement Date . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that whether or not Tenant has completed construction of the Improvements, the Commencement Date shall occur in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1 of the Lease.

 

Section 10. Compliance with Construction Policies . During construction of the improvements, Tenant’s Contractor shall adhere to the Construction Policies specified hereinbelow, which represent Landlord’s minimum requirements for completion of the Improvements.

 

CONSTRUCTION POLICIES

 

The following policies outlined are the construction procedures for the Building. As a material consideration to Landlord for granting Landlord’s Permission to Tenant to complete the construction

 

B-4



 

c)         All electrical outlets and lighting circuits are to be properly identified. Outlets shall be labeled on back side of each cover plate.

 

d)        All electrical and phone closets being used must have panels closed and doors shut at the end of each day’s work. Any electrical closet that is opened with the panel exposed must have a work person present,

 

e)         All electricians, telephone personnel, etc. will, upon completion of their respective projects, pick up and discard their trash leaving the telephone and electrical rooms clean. If this is not complied with, a clean-up will be conducted by the building janitors and the general contractor will be back-charged for this service.

 

f)          Welding or burning with an open flame will not be done without prior approval of the Building Manager. Fire extinguishers must be on hand at all times.

 

g)        All “anchoring’’ of walls or supports to the concrete are not to be done during normal working hours (7:30 AM - 6:00 PM, Monday through Friday). This work must be scheduled before or after these hours during the week or on the weekend.

 

h)        All core drilling is not to be done during normal working hours (7:30 AM - 6:00 PM, Monday through Friday). This work must be scheduled before or after these hours during the week or on the weekend.

 

i)           All HVAC work must be inspected by the Building Engineer. The following procedures will be followed by the general contractor:

 

i)            A preliminary inspection of the HVAC work in progress will be scheduled through the Building Office prior to the reinstallation of the ceiling grid.

 

ii)        A second inspection of the HVAC operation will also be scheduled through the Building Office and will take place with the attendance of the HVAC contractor’s Air Balance Engineer. This inspection will take place when the suite in question is ready to be air-balanced.

 

iii)    The Building Engineer will inspect the construction on a periodic basis as well.

 

j)           All existing thermostats, ceiling tiles, lighting fixtures and air conditioning grilles shall be saved and turned over to the Building Engineer.

 

Good housekeeping rules and regulations will be strictly enforced. The building office and engineering department. will do everything possible to make your job easier. However, contractors who do not observe the construction policy will not be allowed to perform within this building. The cost of repairing any damages that are caused by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor during the course of construction shall be deducted from the Allowance.

 

 

LANDLORD:

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

DOUGLAS EMMETT 1995, LLC,

ZAG.COM INC.

a Delaware limited liability company

a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

Douglas Emmett Management, LLC

 

By:

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company,

 

Name:

 

 

its Agent

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Douglas Emmett Management, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

a Delaware corporation, its Manager

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael J. Means,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

B-5



 

EXHIBIT B-I

CONSTRUCTION BY TENANT DURING TERM

 

1.               If Tenant wishes to make a Tenant Change, as specified in Section 12.12 of the Lease, such Tenant Change shall be completed pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.12 of the Lease and this Exhibit B-1. Tenant shall hear all costs of said Tenant Change, which shall be paid directly to Tenant’s general contractor (“Contractor”);

 

2.               Contractor shall complete construction to the Premises pursuant to the final Plans and Specifications approved in writing by Landlord and Tenant (the “Tenant Change”), in compliance with all applicable codes and regulations. Tenant’s selections of finishes and materials shall be indicated on the Plans and Specifications, and shall be equal to or better than the minimum Building standards and specifications. All work not shown on the final Plans and Specifications, but which is to be included in the Tenant Change, including but not limited to, telephone service installation, furnishings or cabinetry, shall be installed pursuant to Landlord’s reasonable directives.

 

3.               Prior to commencing any work:

 

a)              Tenant’s proposed Contractor and the Contractor’s proposed Heating, Venting, and Air-conditioning, plumbing, and electrical subcontractors shall be approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

b)              During completion of any Tenant Change, neither Tenant or Contractor shall permit any subcontractors, workmen, laborers, material or equipment to come into or upon the Building if the use thereof, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would violate Landlord’s agreement with any union providing work, labor or services in or about the Building or disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. If any violation, disturbance, interference or conflict occurs, Tenant, upon demand by Landlord, shall immediately cause all contractors or subcontractors or all materials causing the violation, disturbance, interference, difficulty or conflict, to leave or be removed from the Building or the Common Areas immediately.

 

c)               Contractor shall submit to Landlord and Tenant a written bid for completion of the Tenant Change. Said bid shall include Contractor’s overhead, profit, and fees, and, if the proposed Tenant Change is for cosmetic work in excess of $50,000.00 in aggregate value per occurrence or for structural work of any kind, upon completion of said Tenant Change, Tenant shall pay an administration fee for supervision of said Tenant Change equal to three percent (3.0%) of the total cost of the Tenant Change, to defray said agent’s costs for supervision of the construction.

 

4.               Tenant or Contractor shall submit all Plans and Specifications to Landlord, and no work on the Premises shall be commenced before Tenant has received Landlord’s final written approval thereof, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, In addition, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord (up to a maximum amount of $2,500.00 for any and all of Landlord’s out of pocket costs incurred in reviewing Tenant’s plans for any Tenant Change or for any other “peer review” work associated with Landlord’s review of Tenant’s plans for any Tenant Change, including, without limitation, Landlord’s out of pocket costs incurred in engaging any third party engineers, contractors, consultants or design specialists. Tenant shall pay such costs to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a copy of the invoice(s) for such work.

 

5.               Contractor shall complete all architectural and planning review and obtain all permits, including signage, required by the city, state or county in which the Premises are located.

 

6.               Contractor shall submit to Landlord verification of public liability and worker’s compensation insurance adequate to fully protect Landlord and Tenant from and against any and all liability for death or injury to persons or damage to properly caused in or about or by reason of the construction of any work done by Contractor or Contractor’s subcontractors or suppliers.

 

7.               Contractor and Contractor’s subcontractors and suppliers shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable administrative control and supervision. Landlord shall provide Contractor and Contractor’s subcontractors and suppliers with reasonable access to the Premises.

 

8.               During construction of the Tenant Change, Contractor shall adhere to the procedures contained hereinbelow, which represent Landlord’s minimum requirements for completion of the Tenant Change.

 

9.               Upon completion of the Tenant Change, Tenant shall provide Landlord with such evidence as Landlord may reasonably request that the Contractor has been paid in full, and Contractor shall provide Landlord with lien releases as requested by Landlord, confirmation that no liens have been filed against the Premises or the Building. If any liens arise against the Premises or the Building as a result of the Tenant Change, Tenant shall immediately, at Tenant’s sole expense, remove such liens and provide Landlord evidence that the title to the Building and Premises have been cleared of such liens.

 

10.        Whether or not Tenant or Contractor timely complete the Tenant Change, unless the Lease is otherwise terminated pursuant to the provisions contained therein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s obligations under the Lease to pay Fixed Monthly Rent and/or Additional Rent shall continue unabated.

 

11.        In the event Landlord fails to provide and consent or approval with respect to a Tenant Change within the prescribed time period (or, if no time period is stated, within five (5) business days after Tenant’s request), then such consent or approval shall be deemed to have been given by Landlord

 

BI-1



 

CONSTRUCTION POLICY

 

The following policies outlined are the construction procedures for the Building. As a material consideration to Landlord for granting Landlord’s permission to Tenant to complete the construction contemplated hereunder, Tenant agrees to be found by and follow the provisions contained hereinbelow:

 

1.               Administration

 

a)              Contractors to notify the management office for the Building prior to starting any work. All jobs must be scheduled by the general contractor or sub-contractor when no general contractor is being used.

 

b)              The general contractor is to provide the Building Manager with a copy of the projected work schedule for the suite, prior to the start of construction.

 

c)               Contractor will make sure that at least one set of drawings will have the Building Manager’s initials approving the plans and a copy delivered to the Building Office.

 

d)              As-built construction, including mechanical drawings and air balancing reports will be submitted at the end of each project.

 

e)               The HVAC contractor is to provide the following items to the Building Manager upon being awarded the contract from the general contractor:

 

i)                 A plan showing the new ducting layout, all supply and return air grille locations and all thermostat locations. The plan sheet should also include the location of any fire dampers.

 

ii)             An Air Balance Report reflecting the supply air capacity throughout the suite, which is to be given to the Chief Building Engineer at the finish or the HVAC installation,

 

f)                All paint bids should reflect a one-time touch-up paint on all suites. This is to be completed approximately five (5) days prior to move-in date.

 

g)              The general contractor must provide for the removal of all trash and debris arising during the course of construction. At no time are the building’s trash compactors and/or dumpsters to be used by the general contractor’s clean-up crews for the disposal of any trash or debris accumulated during construction. The Building Office assumes no responsibility for bins. Contractor is to monitor and resolve any problems with bin usage without involving the Building Office. Bins are to be emptied on a regular basis and never allowed to overflow. Trash is to be placed in the bin.

 

h)              Contractor will include in their proposals all costs to include additional security (if required), restoration of carpets, etc. During the construction of a Tenant Change, parking and elevator services will be provided to Contractor and its subcontractors and suppliers at no charge.

 

i)                 Any problems with construction per the plan, will be brought to the attention and documented to the Building Manager. Any changes that need additional work not described in the bid will be approved in writing by the Building Manager. All contractors doing work on this project should first verify, the scope of work (as stated on the plans) before submitting bids; not after the job has started.

 

2.               Building Facilities Coordination

 

a)             All deliveries or material will be made through the parking lot entrance.

 

b)              Construction materials and equipment will not be stored in any area without prior approval of the Building Manager.

 

c)               Only the freight elevator is to be used by construction personnel and equipment. Under no circumstances are construction personnel with materials and/or tools to use the “passenger” elevators.

 

3.               Housekeeping

 

a)              Suite entrance doors are to remain closed at all times, except when hauling or delivering construction materials.

 

b)              All construction done on the property that requires the use of lobbies or Common Area corridors will have carpet or other floor protection. The following are the only prescribed methods allowed:

 

i)                 Mylar: Extra heavy-duty to be taped from the freight elevator to the suite under construction.

 

ii)             Masonite: 1/4 inch Panel, Taped to floor and adjoining areas. All corners, edges and joints to have adequate anchoring to provide safe and “trip-free” transitions. Materials to be extra heavy-duty and installed from freight elevator to the suite under construction.

 

c)               Restroom wash basins will not be used to fill buckets, make pastes, wash brushes, etc. If facilities are required, arrangements for utility closets will be made with the Building Office.

 

d)              Food and related lunch debris are not to be left in the suite under construction.

 

e)               All areas the general contractor or their sub-contractors work in must be kept clean. All suites the general contractor works in will have construction debris removed prior to completion inspection. This includes dusting of all window sills, light diffusers, cleaning of cabinets and sinks. All Common Areas are to be kept clean of building materials at all times so as to allow tenants access to their suites or the building.

 

BI-2



 

4.               Construction Requirements

 

a)              All Life and Safety and applicable Building Codes will be strictly enforced (i.e., tempered glass, fire dampers, exit signs, smoke detectors, alarms, etc.). Prior coordination with the Building Manager is required.

 

b)              Electric panel schedules must be brought up to date identifying all new circuits added.

 

c)               All electrical outlets and lighting circuits are to be properly identified. Outlets will be labeled on back side of each cover plate.

 

d)              All electrical and phone closets being used must have panels replaced and doors shut at the end of each day’s work. Any electrical closet that is opened with the panel exposed must have a work person present.

 

e)               All electricians, telephone personnel, etc. will, upon completion of their respective projects, pick up and discard their trash leaving the telephone and electrical rooms clean. If this is not complied with, a clean-up will be conducted by the building janitors and the general contractor will be back-charged for this service.

 

f)                Welding or burning with an open flame will not be done without prior approval of the Building Manager. Fire extinguishers must be on hand at all times,

 

g)              All “anchoring” of walls or supports to the concrete are not to be done during normal working hours (7:30 AM - 6:00 PM, Monday through Friday). This work must be scheduled before or after these hours during the week or on the weekend.

 

h)              All core drilling is not to be done during normal working hours (7:30 AM - 6:00 PM, Monday through Friday). This work must be scheduled before or after these bouts during the week or on the weekend.

 

i)                 All HVAC work must be inspected by the Building Engineer. The following procedures will be followed by the general contractor:

 

i)                 A preliminary inspection of the HVAC work in progress will be scheduled through the Building Office prior to the reinstallation of the ceiling grid.

 

ii)             A second inspection of the HVAC operation will also. be scheduled through the Building Office and will take place with the attendance of the HVAC contractor’s Air Balance Engineer. This inspection will take place when the suite in question is ready to be air-balanced.

 

iii)         The Building Engineer will inspect the construction on a periodic basis as well.

 

j)                 All existing thermostats, ceiling tiles, lighting fixtures and air conditioning grilles shall be saved and turned over to the Building Engineer.

 

Good housekeeping rules and regulations will be strictly enforced. The building office and engineering department will do everything possible to make your job easier. However, contractors who do not observe the construction policy will not be allowed to perform within this building. The cost of repairing any damages that are caused by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor during the course of construction shall be deducted from Tenant’s Allowance or Tenant’s Security Deposit, as appropriate.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DOUGLAS EMMETT 1995, LLC,

 

ZAG.COM INC.

a Delaware limited liability company

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

Douglas Emmett Management, LLC

 

By:

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company,

 

Name:

 

 

its Agent

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Douglas Emmett Management, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

a Delaware corporation, its Manager

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael J. Means,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

BI-3



 

EXHIBIT C

RULES AND REGULATIONS

BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1.               Access . Tenant and/or Tenant’s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders shall only use the sidewalks, entrances, lobby(ies), garage(s), elevators, stairways, and public corridors as a means of ingress and egress, and shall take such actions as may reasonably be necessary to ensure that the same remain unobstructed at all times.

 

The entrance and exit doors to the Premises are to be kept closed at all times except as required for orderly passage to and from the Premises. Except on balconies available for the joint or exclusive use of Tenant as otherwise specified hereinabove, Tenant shall not permit its agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders to loiter in any part of the Building or obstruct any means of ingress or egress. Tenant shall not cover any doors, and shall not cover any window, other than with vertical or mini-blinds pre-approved in writing by Landlord. Landlord specifically disapproves the installation of any film or foil covering whatsoever on the windows on the Premises.

 

Neither Tenant, nor its agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders shall go up on the roof or onto any balcony serving the Building, except upon such roof, portion thereof, or balcony as may be contiguous to the Premises and is designated in writing by Landlord as a roof-deck, roof-garden area, or exclusive use balcony area.

 

2.               Restroom Facilities . The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus (the “Restroom Facilities”), whether contained in the Common Areas of the Building and/or the interior of the Premises, shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were designed, Tenant shall not permit its agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders to throw foreign substances of any kind whatsoever or papers not specifically designated for use in the Restroom facilities down any toilet, or to dispose of the same in any way not in keeping with the instructions provided to Tenant by the management of the Building regarding same, and Tenant hereby specifically agrees to reimburse Landlord directly for the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from Tenant’s violation of this rule.

 

3.               Heavy Equipment . Landlord reserves the right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to decline, limit or designate the location for installation of any safes, other unusually heavy, or unusually large objects to be used or brought into the Premises or the Building. In each case where Tenant requests installation of one or more such unusually heavy item(s), which request shall be conclusively evidenced by Tenant’s effort to bring such item(s) into the Building or Premises, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs of any engineering or structural analysis required by Landlord in connection therewith. In all cases, each such heavy object shall be placed on a metal stand or metal plates or such other mounting detail of such size as shall be prescribed by Landlord.

 

Tenant hereby indemnifies Landlord against any damage or injury done to persons, places, things or the Building or its Common Areas when such damage or injury primarily arises out of Tenant’s installation or use of one or more unusually heavy objects. Tenant further agrees to reimburse Landlord for the costs of repair of any damage done to the Building or property therein by putting in, taking out, or maintaining such safes or other unusually heavy objects.

 

4.               Transportation of Freight . Except as otherwise agreed to by Landlord in writing, Tenant or Tenant’s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders shall only carry freight, furniture or bulky materials in or out of the Building before or after Normal Business hours, (as that term is defined in Section 8.1 of the Lease). Tenant may only install and/or move such freight, furniture or bulky material after previous written notice of its intention to complete such a move, given to the Office of the Building. The persons and/or company employed by Tenant for such work must be professional movers, reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and said movers must provide Landlord with a certificate of insurance evidencing the existence of worker’s compensation and all risk liability coverage in a minimum amount of $2,000,000.

 

Tenant may, subject to the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph, move freight, furniture, bulky matter and other material in or out of the Premises on Saturdays between the hours of 8:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M., provided that Tenant pays in advance for Landlord’s reasonably anticipated additional costs, if any, for elevator operators, security guards and other expenses arising by reason of such move by Tenant.

 

5.               Flammable Materials . Except for such limited quantities of office materials and supplies as are customarily utilized in Tenant’s normal business operations, Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline, flammable or combustible fluid or material, other than those limited quantities of normal business operating materials as may reasonably be necessary for the operation or maintenance of office equipment. Nor shall Tenant keep or bring into the Premises or the Building any other toxic or hazardous material specifically disallowed pursuant to California state law.

 

6.               Cooking / Odors / Nuisances . Tenant shall not permit its agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders to engage in the preparation and/or serving of foods unless the Premises includes a self-contained kitchen area. Nor shall Ten a nt permit the odors arising from such cooking, or any other improper noises, vibrations, or odors to be emanate from the Premises. Tenant shall not obtain for use in the Premises, ice, drinking water, food, beverage, towel or other similar services except at such reasonable hours and under such reasonable regulations as may be specified by Landlord.

 

C-1



 

Tenant hereby agrees to instruct all persons entering the Premises to comply with the requirements of the Building, by advising all persons entering the Premises that smoking of any tobacco or other substance is prohibited at all times, except in such Common Areas located outside the Building as may be designated by the Building management.

 

Tenant shall not permit Tenant’s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees. licensees, officers, partners or shareholders to interfere in any way with other tenants the Building or with those having business with them.

 

Tenant shall not permit its agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners. or shareholders to bring or keep within the Building any animal, bird or bicycle, except such seeing-eye dog or other disability assistance type animal as may comply with the requirements of any handicapped ordinances having jurisdiction therefor.

 

Tenant shall store its trash and garbage within the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is a hazardous waste or toxic substance or is or such a nature that its disposal in Landlord’s ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage would be a violation of any law, ordinance or company regulation governing such disposal. All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry ways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord shall designate. As and when directed by Landlord and/or if required by any governmental agency having jurisdiction therefor, Tenant shall comply with all directives for recycling and separation of trash.

 

Tenant shall not employ any person to do janitorial work in any part of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who in Landlord’s sole discretion is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who, in any manner, engages in any act in violation of the Rules and Regulations of the Building.

 

Tenant shall not conduct any public or private auction, tire sale or other sale of Tenant’s personal property, furniture, fixtures or equipment or any other property located in or upon the Premises, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall be in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

7.               Storage . Tenant may only store goods, wares, or merchandise on or in the Premises in areas specifically designated by Landlord for such storage.

 

8.               Directives to Management . Tenant’s requirements, other than those Landlord specifically agrees to perform elsewhere in this Lease, shall only be attended to upon the Building management’s receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor. Landlord’s employees shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instruction from the Building management. No security guard, janitor or engineer or other employee of the Building management shall admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to the Premises without specific instructions from the Office of the Building and written authorization for such admittance from Tenant.

 

9.               Keys and Locks . Landlord shall furnish Tenant with two keys to each door lock existing in the Premises. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord a reasonable charge for these and any additional keys. Tenant shall not be permitted to have keys made, nor shall Tenant alter any lock or install a new or additional lock or bolts on any door of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall, in each case, furnish Landlord with a key for any additional lock installed or changed by Tenant or Tenant’s agent(s). Tenant, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, shall deliver to Landlord all keys in the possession of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders for doors in the Building, whether or not furnished to Tenant by Landlord. If Tenant, or Tenant’s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders, lose or misplace any key(s) to the Building, Landlord shall, in Landlord’s sole discretion, either replace said key(s) or re-key such locks as may be affected thereby, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all such costs of such re-keying and/or replacement.

 

10.        Solicitation . Tenant and/or its agents, clients, contractors, directors, employees, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders shall not permit any canvassing, peddling, soliciting and/or distribution or handbills or any other written materials to occur in the Premises and/or the Building, nor shall Tenant or Tenant’s agents, clients, contractors, directors, employee, invitees, licensees, officers, partners or shareholders engage in such solicitation or distribution activities.

 

11.        Retail Sales, Services and Manufacturing Prohibited . Except with the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not sell, or permit the retail sale of, newspapers, magazines, periodicals, theater tickets or any other goods or merchandise to the general public in or on the Premises, nor shall Tenant carry on or permit or allow any employee or other person to carry on the independent business of stenography, typewriting or any similar business in or from the Premises for the service or accommodation of other occupants or any other portion of the Building. Tenant shall not permit the Premises to be used for manufacturing or for any illegal activity of any kind, or for any business or activity other than for Tenant’s specific use.

 

12. Change in Name or Address . Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant, to change the name and street address of the Building.

 

C-2



 

13.        Projections from Premises . Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or the exterior walls of the Building or in any area projecting outside the interior walls of the Premises. Tenant shall not install or permit to be installed any awnings, air conditioning units or other projections, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

14.        Superiority of Lease . These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the covenants, agreements or provisions of this Lease. If a conflict or disagreement between the Lease and these Rules becomes apparent, this Lease shall prevail.

 

15.        Changes to Rules and Regulations . Provided such changes do not materially harm Tenant’s ability to conduct its normal business operations, Landlord shall retain the right to change, add or rescind any rule or regulation contained herein, or to make such other and further reasonable and nondiscriminatory Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s sole judgment may, from time to time, become necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, the Building or the Parking Facilities, or for the preservation of good order therein, or for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein, so long as such rescission, addition, deletion or change is thereafter reasonably applied to all occupants or the Building affected thereby.

 

PARKING RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

A.             Tenant shall strictly comply with all posted speed limits, directional signs, yield signs, stops signs and all other signs within or about the parking facilities.

 

B.             Tenant shall register all vehicle license plate numbers with the Building management.

 

C.             Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of repairing any damage to the parking facilities or cleaning any debris created or left by Tenant, including, without limitation, oil leakage from motor vehicles parked in the parking facilities under its auspices.

 

D.             Landlord, in addition to reserving the right to designate one or more areas solely for visitor parking, which areas may be changed by Landlord from time to time with or without prior notice to Tenant, reserves the right to allocate additional visitor spaces on any floor of the parking facilities. Tenant shall not park any vehicles in any spaces designated as visitor only spaces or customer spaces within the parking facilities.

 

E.             Tenant shall strictly comply with all rules, regulations, ordinances, speed limits, and statutes affecting handicapped parking and/or access, and shall not park any vehicles within the fire lanes, along parking curbs or in striped areas.

 

F.              Tenant shall only use the number of parking permits allocated to it and shall not permit more than one of its employees to utilize the same parking permit. Landlord reserves the right to assign or re-assign parking spaces within the Parking facilities to Tenant from time to time, and provided Landlord is required to do so by reason of any action arising out of a governmental mandate imposed on Landlord, Landlord further reserves the right at any time to substitute an equivalent number of parking spaces in a parking facilities or subterranean or surface parking facility within a reasonable distance of the Premises.

 

G.            Except with Landlord’s managing agent(s)’ prior written consent, Tenant shall not leave vehicles in the parking facilities overnight, nor park any vehicles in the parking facilities other than automobiles, motorcycles, motor-driven or non-motor-driven bicycles or four-wheeled trucks or vans. Landlord may, in its sole discretion, designate separate areas for bicycles and motorcycles. Tenant shall ensure that vehicles parking in the parking facilities by using the parking permits assigned to Tenant shall be parked entirely within the striped lines designating a single space and are not so situated or on such a width or length as to impede access to or egress from vehicles parked in adjacent areas or doors or loading docks. Further, all vehicles utilizing Tenant’s parking permits shall not be higher than any height limitation that may be posted, or of such a size, weight or dimension so that entry of such vehicle into the parking facilities would cause any damage or injury thereto.

 

H.            Tenant shall not allow any of the vehicles parked using Tenant’s permits, or the vehicles of any of Tenant’s suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be loaded or unloaded in any area other than those specifically designated by Landlord for loading.

 

I.                 Tenant shall not use or occupy the parking facilities in any manner which will unreasonably interfere with the use of the parking facilities by other tenants or occupants of the Building. Without limitation, Tenant agrees to promptly turn off any vehicle alarm system activated and sounding an alarm in the parking facilities. In the event said alarm system fails to turn off and no longer sound an intruder alert fifteen (15) minutes after commencing such an alarm, Landlord shall reserve the right to remove the vehicle from the parking facilities at Tenant’s sole expense.

 

J.               Tenant acknowledges that the Rules and Regulations as posted herein shall be in effect twenty-four hours per day, seven days per week, without exception.

 

K.            Tenant acknowledges that the uniformed guard officers and parking attendants serving the parking facilities are authorized to issue verbal and written warnings of Tenant’s violations of any of the rules and regulations contained herein. Except in the case of a car alarm continuing to sound in excess of a maximum of fifteen (15) minutes, in which case no further notice by Landlord shall be required. If Tenant or Tenant’s agents, contractors, directors, employees, officers, partners or

 

C-3


 

 

EXHIBIT D

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE TERM DATES AND RENT

 

To:      ZAG.COM INC.
120 Broadway, Suite 200
Santa Monica, California 90401

 

Re: Lease dated October 15, 2010 between DOUGLAS EMMETT 1995, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord’’), and ZAG.COM INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) concerning Suite 200 on the second (2 nd ) floor of the office building located at 120 Broadway, Santa Monica, California 90401

 

1.               The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on                          (“Commencement Date”) for a term of                          ending on                          .

 

2.               Tenant acknowledges and agrees commencing , and continuing through                          , Tenant shall pay the initial Fixed Monthly Rent of $                          per month. Furthermore, as of the Commencement Date, the provisions of Section 3.3 are hereby deleted in their entirety, and replaced in lieu thereof, with the following:

 

“Commencing                          , and continuing through                          , the Fixed Monthly Rent payable by Tenant shall increase from $                        per month to $                          per month;

 

Commencing                          , and continuing through                          the Fixed Monthly Rent payable by Tenant shall increase from $                        per month to $                        per month;

 

Commencing                          , and continuing through                          , the Fixed Monthly Rent payable by Tenant shall increase from $                          per month to $                          per month; and

 

Commencing                          , and continuing throughout the remainder of the initial Term, the Fixed Monthly Rent payable by Tenant shall increase from $                          per month to $                          per month.”

 

3.               If the Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter, with the exception of the final billing, shall be for the full amount of the Fixed Monthly Rent as provided for in the Lease.

 

4.               Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Memorandum and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

 

 

LANDLORD:

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

DOUGLAS EMMETT 1995, LLC,

ZAG.COM INC.

a Delaware limited liability company

a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

Douglas Emmett Management, LLC

By:

Exhibit Copy

 

a Delaware limited liability company,

Name:

Do Not Sign

 

its Agent

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Douglas Emmett Management, Inc.

 

 

 

 

a Delaware corporation, its Manager

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael J. Means,

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Vice President

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

D-1



 

EXHIBIT E

 

RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND
WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP

555 West Fifth Street, Suite 3500

Los Angeles, CA 90013

Attention: Thomas R. Filch, Esq.

 

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE

AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

(Lease)

 

THIS AGREEMENT made October 15, 2010. between EUROHYPO AG, New York Branch, as Administrative Agent on behalf of a syndicate of lenders (collectively, the “ Lenders ), having an office at 1114 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036 (the Mortgagee ), and ZAG.COM INC., having an office at 525 Broadway, Third Floor, Santa Monica, California 90401 (the “ Tenant ”);

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS the Mortgagee (on behalf of the Lenders) is the present owner and holder of a certain mortgage, mortgages, deed of trust or deeds of trust dated                      , and recorded on                      in the Official Records of, Los Angeles County, California, as Instrument No.                         (the Mortgage ”) encumbering the premises located in the County of Los Angeles, Slate of California, known as 120 Broadway, Santa Monica, California 90401(the Premises ”) which Premises are more fully described in the attached Exhibit A ;

 

WHEREAS the Tenant is the holder of a leasehold estate in a portion of the Premises under and pursuant to the provisions of a certain lease (the Lease ”) dated October 15, 2010 by and between ZAG.COM INC., a Delaware corporation, and DOUGLAS EMMETT 1995, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Landlord ”); and

 

WHEREAS the Tenant has agreed to subordinate the Lease to the Mortgage and to the lien thereof and the Mortgagee has agreed to grant non-disturbance to the Tenant under the Lease on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Mortgagee and the Tenant hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.                           The Tenant agrees that the Lease and all of the terms, covenants and provisions thereof and all rights, remedies and options of the Tenant thereunder are and shall at all times continue to be subject and subordinate in all respects to the Mortgage and all of the terms, covenants and provisions thereof and to the lien thereof and to any and all increases, renewals, modifications, spreaders, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof, and to any and all sums secured thereby, with the same force and effect as if the Mortgage had been executed, delivered and recorded prior to the execution and delivery of the Lease.

 

2.                           The Mortgagee agrees that if any action or proceeding is commenced by the Mortgagee to foreclose the Mortgage or to sell the Premises, the Tenant shall not be named as a party in any such action nor shall the Tenant be named a party in connection with any sale of the Premises, provided that at the time of the commencement of any such action or proceeding or at the time of any such sale (i) the term of the Lease shall have commenced pursuant to the provisions thereof, (ii) the Lease shall be in full force and effect, and (iii) the Tenant shall not be in default under any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease or of this Agreement on the part of the Tenant to be observed or performed thereunder or hereunder after the expiration of any applicable notice or cure period, unless applicable law requires the Tenant to be made a party thereto as a condition to proceeding against the Landlord or protecting such rights and remedies. In the latter case, the Mortgagee may join the Tenant as a defendant in such action only for such purposes and not to terminate the Lease.

 

E-1



 

3.                           The Tenant agrees that if the Mortgagee or any successors in interest to the Mortgagee shall become the owner of the Premises by reason of the foreclosure of the Mortgage or the acceptance of a deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, the Lease shall not be terminated or affected thereby but shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the Mortgagee and the Tenant upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Lease and in that event the Tenant agrees to attorn to the Mortgagee and the Mortgagee agrees to accept such adornment, provided, however, that the Mortgagee shall not be (i) liable for any accrued obligation of the Landlord, or for any act or omission of the Landlord, (ii) subject to any offsets, claims or counterclaims which shall have accrued to the Tenant against the Landlord prior to the date on which the Mortgagee or its successor in interest shall become the owner of the Premises or (iii) liable for any security deposit or other monies not actually received by the Mortgagee.

 

4.                           Without the prior written consent of Mortgagee, Mortgagee shall not be bound by (i) any agreement amending, or modifying, or terminating the Lease or (ii) by any prepayment of the rents, additional rents or other sums due under the Lease for more than one (1) month in advance of the due date thereof.

 

5.                           The Tenant hereby represents and warrants to the Mortgagee that as of the date hereof (i) the Tenant is the owner and holder of the tenant’s interest under the Lease, (ii) the Lease has not been modified or amended, (iii) the Lease is in full force and effect and the term thereof is due to commence on February 15, 2011 pursuant to the provisions thereof, (iv) neither the Tenant nor the Landlord is in default under any of the terms, covenants or provisions of the Lease and the Tenant to the best of its knowledge knows of no event which but for the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute an event of default by the Tenant or the Landlord under the Lease, (v) neither the Tenant nor the Landlord has commenced any action or given or received any notice for the purpose of terminating the Lease, (vi) all rents, additional rents and other sums due and payable under the Lease have been paid in full and no rents, additional rents or other sums payable under the Lease have been paid for more than one (1) month in advance of the due dates thereof’, (vii) there are no offsets or defenses to the payment of the rents, additional rents, or other sums payable under the Lease and (viii) Tenant has received no notice of a prior assignment, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or the rents, income, deposits or profits arising thereunder, other than in connection with the Mortgage.

 

6.                           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall not commence any action against Landlord or otherwise pursue any right or remedy against Landlord in consequence of a default by Landlord under the terms and provisions of the Lease unless written notice by Tenant specifying such default is delivered to Mortgagee at its address set forth below. Tenant further agrees that Mortgagee shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to cure such default on behalf of Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, or if such default cannot reasonably be cured in such 30-day period, Mortgagee shall have the right to commence the cure of such default in such 30-day period and thereafter diligently pursue such cure until completed. Tenant further agrees not to invoke any of its remedies either express or implied, under the Lease (except in the ease of emergency repairs) unless such default shall remain uncured at the expiration of the 30-day period after receipt of such notice of default, or if such default cannot reasonably be cured in such 30-day period, unless the cure of such default shall not be commenced within such 30-day period and thereafter prosecuted diligently to completion.

 

7.                           Anything herein or in the Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the Mortgagee shall acquire title to the Premises, or shall otherwise become liable for any obligations of the Landlord under the Lease, the Mortgagee shall have no obligation, nor incur any liability, beyond the Mortgagee’s then interest, if any, in the Premises and the Tenant shall look exclusively to such interest of the Mortgagee, if any, in the Premises for the payment and discharge or any obligations imposed upon the Mortgagee hereunder or under the Lease and the Mortgagee is hereby released or relieved of any other liability hereunder and under the Lease. The Tenant agrees that with respect to any money judgment which may be obtained or secured by the Tenant against the Mortgagee, the Tenant shall look solely to the estate or interest owned by the Mortgagee in the Premises and the Tenant will not collect or attempt to collect any such judgment out of any other assets of the Mortgagee.

 

8.                           Tenant shall neither suffer nor itself manufacture, store, handle, transport, dispose of, spill, leak or dump any toxic or hazardous waste, waste products or substance (as they may be defined in any federal or state statute, rule or regulation pertaining to or governing such wastes, waste products or substances) on the Premises at any time during the term, or extended term, of the Lease, except as are

 

E-2



 

used in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business as conducted on the Premises and in full compliance with environmental laws.

 

9.                           In connection with the assignment to Mortgagee pursuant to the Mortgage and/or the loan documents referred to therein of Landlord’s interest in the Lease, Tenant agrees that after receipt of written notice from Mortgagee that Mortgagee is exercising its right under such assignment to have all rents and other sums due under the Lease paid directly to Mortgagee, Tenant shall pay to Mortgagee all rent and other sums due to Landlord under the Lease. By its signature below, the Landlord under the Lease hereby authorizes and directs Tenant to so pay such rents and other sums due under the Lease directly to Mortgagee and agrees that the Tenant shall be fully protected in doing so.

 

10.                    Any notice, request, demand, statement, authorization, approval or consent made hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by Federal Express, or other reputable courier service, or by postage pre-paid registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed given when received or refused (as indicated on the receipt) and addressed as follows:

 

If to the Mortgagee:

 

Eurohypo AG, New York Branch,

as Administrative Agent

1114 Avenue of the Americas, 29th Floor

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Legal Director

Facsimile: (866) 267-7680

 

With a copy to:

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP

555 West Fifth Street, Suite 3500

Los Angeles, California 90013

Attention: Thomas R. Fileti, Esq.

Facsimile: (213) 892-5454

 

If to the Tenant:

 

Zag.Com Inc.

120 Broadway, Suite 200

Santa Monica, California 90401

 

it being understood and agreed that each party will use reasonable efforts to send copies of any notices to the addresses marked “With a copy to” hereinabove set forth; provided, however, that failure to deliver such copy or copies shall have no consequence whatsoever to the effectiveness of any notice made to the Tenant or the Mortgagee. Each party may designate a change of address by notice given, as hereinabove provided, to the other party, at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date such change of address is to become effective.

 

11.                    This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Mortgagee and the Tenant and their respective successors and assigns.

 

12.                    The term “Mortgagee” as used herein shall include the successors and assigns of the Mortgagee and any person, party or entity which shall become the owner of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of the Mortgage or the acceptance of a deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise. The term “Landlord” as used herein shall mean and include the present landlord under the Lease and such landlord’s predecessors and successors in interest under the Lease. The term “Premises” as used herein shall mean the Premises, the improvements now or hereafter located thereon and the estates therein encumbered by the Mortgage.

 

13.                    This Agreement may not be modified in any manner or terminated except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

 

E-3



 

14.                    This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State in which the Premises are located.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mortgagee and the Tenant have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

Mortgagee:

 

 

 

 

 

EUROHYPO AG,

 

New York Branch,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant:

 

 

 

 

 

ZAG.COM INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

[SIGNATURES FOLLOWING ON NEXT PAGE]

 

E-4



 

 

Agreed to:

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

 

DOUGLAS EMMETT 1995, LLC,

 

A Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

Douglas Emmett Management, LLC

 

 

A Delaware limited liability company

 

 

Its Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Douglas Emmett Management, Inc.,

 

 

 

A Delaware corporation

 

 

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Michael J. Means

 

 

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

E-5



 

EXHIBIT A

DESCRIPTION OF THE PREMISES:

 

E-6



 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

)

COUNTY OF

 

)

 

On                                                                                                                          , before me,                                                                                                                                                                                            ,                                                                                                 Here insert Name and Title of the Officer (e.g., “Jane Doe,Notary Public”)

 

personally appeared                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Notary Public

 

(Seal)

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

)

COUNTY OF

)

 

On                                                                                                                          , before me,                                                                                                                                                                                            ,                                                                                          Here insert Name and Title of the Officer (e.g., “Jane Doe, Notary Public”)

 

personally appeared                                                                                                                                                       , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Notary Public

 

(Seal)

 



 

EXHIBIT F

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

F-1



 

EXHIBIT G

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

[BANK LETTERHEAD]

 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

DOUGLAS EMMETT 1995, LLC

c/o Douglas Emmett Management, LLC

808 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 200

Santa Monica, California 90401

 

Letter of Credit No.                                 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We hereby establish our Irrevocable Letter of Credit and authorize you to draw on us at sight for the                          [TENANT], a                          (“Applicant”) the aggregate amount of                          ($                          ).

 

Funds under this Letter of Credit are available to the beneficiary hereof as follows:

 

Any and all of the sums hereunder may be drawn down at any time and from time to time from and after the date hereof by                          (“Beneficiary”) when accompanied by this Letter of Credit and a written statement signed by an authorized signatory of Beneficiary, certifying that Beneficiary is entitled to make such drawing pursuant to the Lease, together with a notarized certification by any such individual representing that such individual is authorized by Beneficiary to take such action on behalf of Beneficiary, and a sight draft executed and endorsed by such individual. The sums drawn by Beneficiary under this Letter of Credit shall be payable upon demand without necessity of notice.

 

This Letter of Credit is transferable in its entirety, without any limitation on the number of such transfers. Should a transfer be desired, such transfer will be subject to the return to use of this advice, together with written instructions.

 

The amount of each draft must be endorsed on the reverse hereof by the negotiating bank. We hereby agree that this Letter of Credit shall be duly honored upon presentation and delivery of the certification specified above.

 

This Letter of Credit is effective immediately and shall expire at 5:00 P.M., Pacific Standard Time on                          (the “Expiration Date”).

 

Notwithstanding the above expiration of this Letter of Credit, the term of this Letter of Credit shall be automatically renewed for successive, additional one (1) year periods (with the last such one (1) year period expiring no earlier than sixty (60) days after the expiration date of that certain Lease dated                          , (the “Lease”) by and between Applicant, as Tenant, and Beneficiary, as Landlord), unless, at least thirty (30) days prior to any such date of expiration, the undersigned shall give written notice to Beneficiary, by certified mail, return receipt requested and at the address set forth above or at such other address as may be given to the undersigned by Beneficiary, that this Letter of Credit will not be renewed; it being understood that if the Applicant fails to maintain the Letter of Credit in the amount and in accordance with the terms of the Lease, Beneficiary shall have the right to present the Letter of Credit to us for payment.

 

Our obligation under this Letter of Credit shall not be affected by any circumstances, claim or defense, real or personal, of any party as to the enforceability of the Lease between Beneficiary and Applicant or the validity of Beneficiary’s claim, it being understood that our obligation shall be that of a primary obligor and not that of a surety, guarantor or accommodation maker.

 

Applicant shall pay all costs of, or in connection with, this Letter of Credit, including without limitation, any fees associated with the transfer or assignment of this Letter of Credit by the Beneficiary.

 

This Letter of Credit is governed by the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993) Revision), International Chamber of Commerce publication 500.

 

This Letter of Credit sets forth in full the terms of our undertaking, and such terms shall not in any way be modified, amended, limited, discharged, or terminated except by a writing signed by authorized representatives of Beneficiary and the undersigned on or before the Expiration Date.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

G-1




Exhibit 10.16

 

1540 SECOND STREET

 

OFFICE LEASE

 

This Office Lease (the “ Lease ”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “ Summary ”), below, is made by and between RBE 1540 SECOND STREET LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and TRUECAR, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

 

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

TERMS OF LEASE

 

DESCRIPTION

 

 

 

1.                                       Effective Date:

 

September 30, 2013.

 

 

 

2.                                       Building, Premises and Project:

 

 

 

 

 

2.1                                Building:

 

1540 Second Street, Santa Monica, California 90401 (consisting of approximately 66,556 rentable square feet of space).

 

 

 

2.2                                Premises:

 

25,757 rentable square feet of space, commonly known as Suite 300 and located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building, consisting of (i) a portion of Suite 300 which is being subleased by Tenant, as subtenant, as of the date of this Lease, pursuant to the “TrueCar Sublease,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.1 of this Lease, containing approximately 15,458 rentable square feet (the “ Sublease Premises ”), and (ii) the remainder of Suite 300 containing approximately 10,299 rentable square feet (the “ Expansion Premises ”), as further set forth below and in Exhibit A to this Lease.

 

 

 

2.3                                Project:

 

The Building is part of an office project as further set forth in Section 1.1.2 of this Lease.

 

 

 

3.                                       Lease Term
( Article 2 ).

 

 

 

 

 

3.1                                Length of Term:

 

Approximately sixty (60) full calendar months.

 

 

 

3.2                                Lease Commencement Date:

 

September 1, 2015 (subject to Section 2.3 of this Lease).

 

RBE 1540 SECOND STREET LLC
1540 Second Street

 



 

3.3                                Lease Expiration Date:

 

August 31, 2020

 

 

 

4.                                       Base Rent ( Article 3 ):

 

 

 

Months During
Lease Term

 

Annual
Base Rent

 

Monthly Installment
of Base Rent

 

Approximate Monthly
Rental Rate per
Rentable Square Foot

 

**September 1, 2015-August 31, 2016

 

$

1,653,599.40

 

$

137,799.95

 

$

5.35

 

September 1, 2016-August 31, 2017

 

$

1,711,475.20

 

$

142,622.94

 

$

5.54

 

September 1, 2017-August 31, 2018

 

$

1,771,137.80

 

$

147,614.74

 

$

5.73

 

September 1, 2018-August 31, 2019

 

$

1,833,375.00

 

$

152,781.25

 

$

5.93

 

September 1, 2019-August 31, 2020

 

$

1,897,543.00

 

$

158,128.59

 

$

6.14

 

 


**See abatement right set forth in Section 3.2 of the Lease.

 

5.                                       Base Year
( Article 4 ):

 

Calendar year 2015.

 

 

 

6.                                       Tenant’s Share of the Building
( Article 4 ):

 

38.70%

 

 

 

7.                                       Permitted Use
( Article 5 ):

 

General office use consistent with the character of a first-class office building.

 

 

 

8.                                       Security Deposit
( Article 21 ):

 

$413,399.85.

 

 

 

9.                                       Parking Pass Ratio
( Article 28 ):

 

Subject to Article 28 of this Lease, a total of up to 116 parking permits.

 

 

 

10.                                Notice Address of Tenant
( Section 29.18 ):

 

TrueCar, Inc.
120 Broadway, Suite 200
Santa Monica, CA 90401
Attn: Jim Nguyen
(Prior to Lease Commencement Date)

 

TrueCar, Inc.
The Premises
Attn: Jim Nguyen

 

 

2



 

 

 

(After Lease Commencement Date)

 

 

 

11.                                Notice Address of Landlord
( Section 29.18 ):

 


RBE 1540 Santa Monica, LLC
21800 Burbank Blvd.
Suite 330
Woodland Hills, California 91367
Attention: Mr. Norman Kravetz

 

with a copy to:

 

Advisors LLP
11911 San Vicente Blvd.
Suite 265
Los Angeles, California 90049
Attention: Robert Plotkowski, Esq.

 

 

 

12.                                Broker(s)
( Section 29.24 ):

 

None.

 

 

 

13.                                Tenant Improvement Allowance
( Section 2 of Exhibit B ):

 

$100,000.00

 

 

 

14.                                Guarantor:

 

None.

 

3



 

ARTICLE 1

 

PREMISES , BUILDING , PROJECT , COMMON AREAS , AND RIGHT OF FIRST
OFFER

 

1.1                                     Premises , Building , Project and Common Areas .

 

1.1.1                      The Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary and the “Third Floor Balconies,” as that term is defined in Section 1.4 , below (collectively, the “ Premises ”). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and has the number of rentable square feet as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth, and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A is to show the approximate location of the Premises in the “Building,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2. below, only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3 , below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the Project as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2 , below. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Work Letter ”), Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as specifically set forth in this Lease and the Work Letter. The operations of Tenant’s business from the Sublease Premises by Tenant (pursuant to the terms of that certain sublease between Tenant, as sublessee and Virtu Financial Services, LLC, as sublessor (the “ TrueCar Sublease ”)) shall presumptively establish that the Sublease Premises and the Building were at such time in good and sanitary order, condition and repair, subject to (i) Landlord’s obligations set forth in Article 7 of this Lease, (ii) any defects with respect to the Expansion Premises and the “Building Systems,” as that term is defined in Article 7 of this Lease, serving the Expansion Premises which Tenant notifies (“ Expansion Repair Notice ”) Landlord of within sixty (60) days after the Lease Commencement Date (in which event, Landlord shall repair any such defect at its sole cost and expense) and (iii) Landlord’s delivery obligations with respect to the Expansion Premises as provided in the next sentence. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant on the Lease Commencement Date (I) with all Building Systems serving the Expansion Premises in good working order, and in compliance with all “Applicable Laws,” as that term is defined in Article 24 of this Lease and (II) with the “Demising Work,” as that term is defined in Section 2.3.1 of this Lease, substantially completed (the foregoing items (I)-(II) shall collectively be referred to as the “ Required Expansion Premises Condition ”) and otherwise in vacant, broom clean condition.

 

4



 

1.1.2                      The Building and the Project . The Premises are a part of the building set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary (the “ Building ”). The Building is part of the “Project,” defined below. The term “ Project, ” as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building (including, the Project parking facility) and the Common Areas and (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping, subterranean parking facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building and the Common Areas are located.

 

1.1.3                      Common Areas . Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the Rules and Regulations referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Common Areas ”). The Common Areas shall consist of the “Project Common Areas” and the “Building Common Areas.” The term “ Project Common Areas, ” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portion of the Project designated as such by Landlord. The term “ Building Common Areas, ” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portions of the Common Areas located within the Building designated as such by Landlord. The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the sole discretion of Landlord (but shall at least be consistent with the manner in which the common areas of the “Comparable Buildings,” as that term is defined below, are maintained) and the use thereof shall be subject to such reasonable rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time. Subject to Section 6.7 , below, Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas; provided that in connection therewith, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not interfere with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises or Tenant’s parking rights. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, Landlord shall maintain and operate the Project in a manner materially consistent with that of other comparable, low-rise, first-class office buildings located west of Lincoln Boulevard in Santa Monica, California, which are comparable in terms of size, age, quality of construction, appearance, and quality of common area improvements (the “ Comparable Buildings ”). Except when and where Tenant’s right of access is specifically excluded as the result of (i) an emergency, (ii) a requirement by Applicable Laws, or (iii) a specific provision set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall provide and Tenant shall have the right of access to the Premises, the Building, and the Project parking facility twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week during the “Lease Term,” as that term is defined in Section 2.1 of this Lease.

 

1.2                                Rentable Square Feet of Premises , Building and Project . For purposes of this Lease, the “ rentable square feet ” in the Premises and the Building, as the case may be, shall be calculated pursuant to the Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Building, ANSI Z65.1 — 2010 and its accompanying guidelines (“ BOMA ”). Landlord and Tenant hereby stipulate and agree that the square footages set forth in the Summary and all percentages based thereupon shall be deemed accurate and neither the Premises, Building or Project shall be subject to remeasurement.

 

5



 

1.3                                     Right of First Offer .

 

1.3.1                      Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 1.3 , Landlord hereby grants to the Tenant originally named in this Lease (“ Original Tenant ”) and any “Non-Transferee Assignee,” as that term is defined in Section 14.8 , below, a one-time right of first offer with respect to any space located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building which becomes available for lease to third parties (the “ First Offer Space ”) at any time on or after the Lease Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) such first offer right for the First Offer Space shall commence only following the expiration or earlier termination of any existing leases (including renewals and irrespective of whether such renewals are pursuant to an express written provision in such lease and/or whether such renewals are effectuated pursuant to a lease amendment or a new lease with any such existing tenant) pertaining to such First Offer Space and (ii) such right of first offer for the First Offer Space, or any portion thereof, shall be subordinate and secondary to all rights of expansion, first refusal, first offer or similar rights granted to any other tenant of the Project (the rights described in items (i) and (ii), above to be known collectively as the “ Superior Right Holders ” and such identified rights, the “ Superior Rights ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a subtenant of the First Offer Space shall not be considered a Superior Right Holder and the exercise of a Superior Right by a Superior Right Holder with respect to the First Offer Space for the benefit of a subtenant or an assignee (unless the terms of the existing lease expressly permits a transfer of such right to an assignee) of such First Offer Space of any such Superior Right Holder shall not be a Superior Right for purposes of this Section 1.3. Tenant’s right of first offer shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.3.

 

1.3.2                      Procedure for Offer . During the initial Lease Term, Landlord shall notify Tenant (the “First Offer Notice”) when Landlord determines that Landlord shall commence the marketing of the First Offer Space because such space shall become available for lease to third parties, where no Superior Right Holders desires to lease such space. The First Offer Notice shall describe the space so offered to Tenant and shall set forth Landlord’s proposed economic terms and conditions applicable to Tenant’s lease of such space (collectively, the “ Economic Terms ”), including, without limitation (i) the anticipated date upon which the First Offer Space will be available for lease by Tenant and the commencement date and/or proposed delivery date therefor, (ii) Landlord’s reasonable determination of the rent payable for First Offer Space (“ First Offer Rent ”) and such First Offer Rent for the First Offer Space shall thereafter be subject to the same escalations [made at the same time] as the rent then payable under this Lease for the Premises (“ Agreed Upon Minimum First Offer Rent Escalations ”), (iii) any tenant improvement allowance or other monetary concessions for such First Offer Space determined as a component of the First Offer Rent (provided, however, if the term of the lease for the First Offer Space is for less than five (5) years, Tenant shall not be entitled to any tenant improvement allowance or any other monetary or financial concessions for such First Offer Space), (iv) the term of the lease for such space (which shall be a minimum of three (3) years and which shall expire co-terminously with Tenant’s lease of the initial Premises) and (v) such other economic terms Landlord reasonably deems appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s obligation to deliver the First Offer Notice shall not apply during the last thirty-six (36) months of the initial Lease Term unless Tenant, concurrently with its delivery of “Tenant’s Acceptance Notice,” as defined below, Tenant delivers the “Option Exercise Notice,” as defined in Section

 

6



 

2.2.3 , below, to Landlord irrevocably exercising its option to extend the initial Lease Term pursuant to Section 2.2.3 , below (“ Tenant’s Early Renewal Notice ”).

 

1.3.3                      Procedure for Acceptance . If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant’s right of first offer with respect to the space described in the First Offer Notice upon the terms set forth in the First Offer Notice, then within five (5) business days after the First Offer Notice (the “ Election Period ”) is delivered to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver notice (“ Tenant’s Acceptance Notice ”) to Landlord of Tenant’s exercise of its right of first offer with respect to the entire First Offer Space described in the First Offer Notice. If concurrently with Tenant’s exercise of the first offer right, Tenant notifies Landlord that it does not accept the Economic Terms set forth in the First Offer Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall, for a period of fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s exercise, negotiate in good faith to reach agreement as to such Economic Terms (provided, however, in no event shall Tenant have the right to object to the Economic Terms with respect to the Agreed Upon Minimum First Offer Rent Escalations). If Tenant does not so notify Landlord that it does not accept the Economic Terms set forth in the First Offer Notice concurrently with Tenant’s exercise of the first offer right, the Economic Terms shall be as set forth in the First Offer Notice. In addition, if Tenant does not exercise its right of first offer within the five (5) business day period, or, if Tenant exercises its first offer right but timely objects to Landlord’s determination of the Economic Terms and if Landlord and Tenant are unable to reach agreement on such Economic Terms within said fifteen (15) day period, then (A) Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to lease such First Offer Space, (B) Landlord shall thereafter be free to lease all or any portion of the space described in the First Offer Notice to anyone to whom Landlord desires on any terms Landlord desires and Tenant’s right of first offer shall terminate as to the First Offer Space described in the First Office Notice; provided, however, that if (i) Tenant timely delivers notification to Landlord within the Election Period that Tenant elects not to lease the First Offer Space pursuant to the terms set forth in such First Offer Notice, or, if Tenant exercises its first offer right but timely objects to Landlord’s determination of the Economic Terms and if Landlord and Tenant are unable to reach agreement on such Economic Terms within said fifteen (15) day period (“ Tenant Pass Notice ”) and (ii) Landlord thereafter intends to enter into a lease with respect to the First Offer Space offered to Tenant in such First Offer Notice and for which Tenant has delivered a Tenant Pass Notice with a monthly rental rate and other fundamental economic terms, which taken as a whole, are more than ten percent (10%) or more favorable to a third party than the monthly rental rate and other fundamental economic terms proposed by Landlord to Tenant in the initial First Offer Notice delivered to Tenant and for which Tenant timely delivered a Tenant Pass Notice, then Landlord shall be required to deliver a second (2 nd ) written notice to Tenant (“ Second Chance Notice ”) providing Tenant with a one-time second opportunity to lease the First Offer Space described in the initial First Offer Notice at the more favorable monthly rental rate and other fundamental economic terms. Tenant’s failure to timely deliver the Acceptance Notice to Landlord exercising its right to lease the First Offer Space upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Second Chance Notice within two (2) business days after Landlord’s delivery of such Second Chance Notice shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s election not to lease the First Offer Space, in which case, Landlord shall be entitled to enter into a lease with any third party for all or any portion of the First Offer Space on any terms that Landlord desires. In no event shall Landlord be required to deliver a Second Chance Notice to Tenant if Tenant fails to timely deliver the Tenant Pass Notice or otherwise fails to comply with the other terms and conditions of this Section 1.3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to exercise its right of first offer, if

 

7



 

at all, with respect to all of the First Offer Space offered by Landlord to Tenant at any particular time, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof.

 

1.3.4                      Construction of First Offer Space . Tenant shall take the First Offer Space in its “as-is” condition, and Tenant shall be entitled to construct improvements in the First Offer Space in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall deliver possession of the First Offer Space to Tenant in good, vacant, broom clean condition, with all Building systems in good working order, and in compliance with all laws.

 

1.3.5                      Amendment to Lease . If Tenant timely exercises Tenant’s right of first offer to lease First Offer Space as set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment adding such First Offer Space to this Lease upon the same non-economic terms and conditions as applicable to the initial Premises, and the economic terms and conditions as provided in this Section 1.3. Tenant shall commence payment of rent for the First Offer Space and the lease term of the First Offer Space shall commence upon the date of delivery of possession of such First Offer Space to Tenant in the condition required in Section 1.3.4 above. The lease term for the First Offer Space shall expire co-terminously with Tenant’s lease of the initial Premises.

 

1.3.6                      Termination of First Offer Right . The rights contained in this Section 1.3 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and any Non-Transferee Assignee (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s or Non-Transferee’s, as the case may be, interest in this Lease) and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or a Non-Transferee Assignee if the Original Tenant or a Non-Transferee Assignee occupies not less than eighty percent (80%) of the entire Premises at the time the First Offer Space becomes available for lease to third parties and as of the commencement of the lease term for the First Offer Space. Tenant shall not have the right to lease First Offer Space pursuant to the terms of this Section 1.3 and Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to offer to lease the space to Tenant if (i) Tenant is in monetary default and/or material non-monetary default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period) as of the date when the First Offer Space becomes available for lease to third parties or Tenant has previously been in monetary default and/or material non-monetary under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods) more than twice during the immediately preceding twelve (12) calendar month period or (ii) less than thirty-six (36) months remain prior to the initial Lease Expiration Date. In addition, the right to lease the First Offer Space as provided in this Section 1.3 may not be exercised if, as of the date of the attempted exercise of the expansion option by Tenant, or as of the scheduled date of delivery of such First Offer Space to Tenant, Tenant is in monetary default and/or material non-monetary default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods) or Tenant has previously been in monetary default and/or material non-monetary default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods) more than twice during the previous twelve (12) month period.

 

1.4                                Balconies . Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that balconies exclusively serving the Premises (the “ Third Floor Balconies ”) shall be deemed for all purposes in this Lease (including, without limitation, the insurance and indemnification obligations set forth in Article

 

8



 

10 of this Lease) to be a part of the “Premises” except that all amounts and percentages have been calculated without regard to the square footage of any such balconies and Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any Rent for use of any such balconies.

 

1.5                                Second Floor Balconies. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the patio area located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building (“ 2 nd  Floor Patio Area ”) has been designated for the exclusive use of another tenant at the Building and therefore, Tenant shall not have any rights to use such 2 nd  Floor Patio Area.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

INITIAL LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM AND DELAY IN DELIVERY OF
POSSESSION OF THE EXPANSION PREMISES

 

2.1                                Initial Lease Term. The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date this Lease is mutually executed and delivered (“ Effective Date ”). The term of this Lease (the “ Lease Term ”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the “ Lease Commencement Date ”), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the “ Lease Expiration Date ”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) calendar month period during the Lease Term; provided, however, that the first Lease Year shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and end on (i) the last day of the eleventh (11 th ) calendar month after the calendar month in which the Lease Commencement Date occurs if the Lease Commencement Date occurs on the first (1 st ) day of any calendar month (i.e., a period equal to exactly twelve (12) calendar months), or (ii) the last day of the twelfth (12 th ) calendar month after the calendar month in which the Lease Commencement Date occurs if the Lease Commencement Date occurs on other than the first (1 st ) day of any calendar month (i.e., a period equal to exactly twelve (12) calendar months, plus the partial month during which the Lease Commencement Date occurs), and, in either case, the second and each succeeding Lease Year shall commence on the first day of the next calendar month; and further provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C , attached hereto, or such other reasonably comparable form used by Landlord from time to time, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) days of receipt thereof.

 

2.2                                Option Term .

 

2.2.1                      Option Right. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant or any Non-Transferee Assignee one (1) option to extend the Lease Term for a period of three (3) years (the “ Option Term ”), which option shall be exercisable only by written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below, provided that, as of the date of delivery of such notice, Tenant is not in monetary and/or material non-monetary default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period) and Tenant has not previously been in monetary and/or material non-monetary default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period) more than twice during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period. Upon the proper exercise of each such option to extend, and provided that, at Landlord’s option,

 

9



 

as of the end of the initial Lease Term, Tenant is not in monetary and/or material non-monetary default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period) and Tenant has not previously been in monetary and/or material non-monetary default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period) more than twice during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period, the Lease Term, as it applies to the Premises, shall be extended for a period of five (5) years. The rights contained in this Section 2.2 may only be exercised by Original Tenant or any Non-Transferee Assignee, which leases at least eighty percent (80%) of the Premises.

 

2.2.2                      Option Rent . Subject to the terms of Section 2.2.2.1 , below, the rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the “Option Rent”) shall be equal to the “Fair Market Rent Rate,” as that term is defined in Section 2.2.2.2 , below.

 

2.2.2.1            Minimum Rent Rate . When calculating the Fair Market Rent Rate (as determined on an average annual per rentable square foot net effective basis, spreading all monetary concessions equally throughout the Option Term) over the Option Term, the Fair Market Rent Rate shall in no event be less than the “Existing Rent” (as defined herein). The “ Existing Rent ” shall be the average annual “Rent Payments” (as defined below) calculated per rentable square foot on a net effective basis for the Premises. The “ Rent Payments ” shall be the sum of (i) the Base Rent as of the last day of the initial Lease Term, and (ii) the amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant on an annual, per rentable square foot basis for the Premises immediately prior to the commencement of the Option Term, which Rent Payments shall be deemed to be increased by three and one-half percent (3.5%) on the first day of each Lease Year of the Option Term commencing on the first (1 st ) day of thirteenth (13 th ) month of the Option Term.

 

2.2.2.2            Fair Market Rent Rate . The “ Fair Market Rent Rate ” shall be equal to the rent (including additional rent and considering any “base year” or “expense stop” applicable thereto), including all escalations, at which tenants, as of the commencement of the Option Term pursuant to transactions completed within the six (6) month period prior to the commencement of the Option Term (provided that if there are not sufficient Comparable Transactions during the six (6) month period prior to the commencement of the Option Term, then such period shall be twelve (12) months prior to the commencement of the Option Term), leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-equity, non-renewal, non-expansion space comparable in size, location and quality to the Premises for a similar lease term, in an arms-length transaction, which comparable space is located in the Project or in Comparable Buildings in the same rental market in Santa Monica, California (the “ Comparable Transactions ”), in either case taking into consideration the following concessions: (a) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space, and (b) improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such comparable space, taking into account, and deducting the value of, the existing improvements (except for improvements paid for out of Tenant’s own funds and which would be reasonably likely to be of value to a general office user) in the Premises, such value to be based upon the age, design, quality of finishes, and layout of the improvements and the extent to which the same would be reasonably likely to be of value to a general office user; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no consideration shall be given to (x) the fact that Landlord is or is not required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with the applicable term or the fact that the

 

10


 

comparable transactions do or do not involve the payment of real estate brokerage commissions, and (y) any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in Comparable Transactions in connection with the design, permitting and construction of improvements in such comparable spaces. In addition, the base year during the Option Term shall be the calendar year in which the Option Term commences, and the Fair Market Rent Rate shall be adjusted to reflect that Tenant will receive a current base year. If, in determining the Fair Market Rent Rate for an Option Term, Tenant is deemed to be entitled to an improvement or comparable allowance for the improvement of the Premises (the total dollar value of such allowance, the “ Option Term Allowance ”), Landlord may, at Landlord’s sole option, elect any or a portion of the following: (A) to grant some or all of the Option Term Allowance to Tenant as a lump sum payment to Tenant, and/or (B) in lieu of making a lump sum payment (or portion thereof) to Tenant, to reduce the rental rate component of the Fair Market Rent Rate to be an effective rental rate which takes into consideration that Tenant will not receive a payment of such Option Term Allowance, or portion thereof (in which case the Option Term Allowance, or portion thereof, evidenced in the effective rental rate shall not be paid to Tenant).

 

2.2.3                      Exercise of Option . The option contained in this Section 2.2 shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, and only in the following manner: (i) Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord not more than thirteen (13) months nor less than eleven (11) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, stating that Tenant is interested in exercising its option (the “ Interest Notice ”); (ii) Landlord, after receipt of the Interest Notice, shall deliver notice (the “ Option Rent Notice ”) to Tenant not less than ten (10) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, setting forth the Option Rent; and (iii) if Tenant wishes to exercise such option, Tenant shall, on or before the earlier of (A) the date occurring nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, and (B) the date occurring thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Option Rent Notice, irrevocably exercise the option by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord (an “ Option Exercise Notice ”), and upon, and concurrent with, such exercise, Tenant may, at its option, object to the Option Rent contained in the Option Rent Notice, in which case the parties shall follow the procedure, and the Option Rent shall be determined, as set forth in Section 2.2.4 , below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to deliver Tenant’s Early Renewal Notice irrevocably exercising its option to renew as permitted in Section 1.3 , above in connection with Tenant’s exercise of its right of first offer during the last thirty-six (36) months of the initial Lease Term, in which event, (I) Landlord shall deliver the Option Rent Notice to Tenant not less than ten (10) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term and (II) Tenant may after its receipt of the Option Rent Notice, at its option, object to the Option Rent contained in the Option Rent Notice, in which case the parties shall follow the procedure, and the Option Rent shall be determined, as set forth in Section 2.2.4 , below.

 

2.2.4                      Determination of Option Rent . In the event Tenant timely objects to the Option Rent, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Option Rent using their best good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within ten (10) business days following Tenant’s objection to the Option Rent (the “ Outside Agreement Date ”), then each party shall make a separate determination of the Option Rent within five (5) business days, and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Sections 2.2.4.1  through 2.2.4.7 , below.

 

11



 

2.2.4.1            Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker or appraiser who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing (or appraisal, as the case may be) of commercial low and mid-rise properties in the Santa Monica, California area. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date.

 

2.2.4.2            The two arbitrators so appointed shall within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed arbitrator agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two arbitrators.

 

2.2.4.3            The three arbitrators shall within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent is the closest to the actual Option Rent as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 2.2.2 of this Lease.

 

2.2.4.4            The decision of the majority of the three (3) arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

 

2.2.4.5            If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date, the arbitrator appointed by one of them shall reach a decision, notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such arbitrator’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

 

2.2.4.6            If the two arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator, or both parties fail to appoint an arbitrator, then the appointment of the third arbitrator or any arbitrator shall be dismissed and the matter to be decided shall be forthwith submitted to arbitration under the provisions of the American Arbitration Association, but subject to the instruction set forth in this Section 2.2.4 .

 

2.2.4.7            The cost of arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

 

2.3                                Delay in Delivering Possession of the Expansion Premises .

 

2.3.1                      In General . If (I) Landlord does not deliver exclusive possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant by September 1, 2015 or (II) Landlord does not deliver exclusive possession of the Expansion Premises materially in the Required Expansion Premises Condition by September 1, 2015 and with respect to the foregoing item (II), (a) Tenant timely delivers the Expansion Repair Notice with respect to the Required Expansion Premises Condition, (b) the defect or non-completion of the Required Expansion Premises Condition item as identified in the Expansion Repair Notice unreasonably and materially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Expansion Premises, (c) the condition of disrepair with respect to the Building Systems was not caused by Tenant or any “Tenant Parties,” as that term is defined in Section 10.1 of this Lease, or the delay in the substantial completion of the Demising Work was not caused by any acts or omissions of Tenant

 

12



 

or any Tenant Parties (“ Tenant Delay ”) or Force Majeure (which shall exclude for purposes of this Section 2.3 , any holdover of the Expansion Premises by an existing tenant), and (d) Tenant does not actually use the Expansion Premises as a result of such condition of disrepair of the Building System or delay in the substantial completion of the Demising Work (the foregoing (a)-(d) shall collectively be referred to as the “ Rent Credit Conditions ”), then the sole and exclusive remedy of Tenant at law or in equity with respect to the foregoing item (I) or with respect to the foregoing item (II) for such state of disrepair of the Building Systems or delayed completion of the Demising Work (other than requiring Landlord to correct such condition of disrepair or complete such Demising Work as required by this Lease) shall be the right to receive a Base Rent credit for the Base Rent due under this Lease for the Expansion Premises only for each day of delay after September 1, 2015 through the date actual possession of the Expansion Premises has been delivered to Tenant, with respect to the foregoing item (I) or the date actual possession of the Expansion Premises has been delivered materially in the Required Expansion Premises Condition with respect to the foregoing item (II). The foregoing credit shall not apply in the event any condition of disrepair of the Building Systems or delay in the substantial completion of the Demising Work is caused by any Tenant Delay or Force Majeure, in which event the Lease Commencement Date shall occur on September 1, 2015 without any delay or extension. In addition, if Landlord does not deliver possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant or if Landlord does not deliver possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant materially in the Required Expansion Premises Condition by March 31, 2016 (“ Outside Delivery Date ”) and such delay is not caused by any Tenant Delay or Force Majeure (not to exceed sixty (60) days), then the sole and exclusive remedy of Tenant at law or in equity for such failure shall be the right of Tenant to deliver notice to Landlord (“ Delay Termination Notice ”) of Tenant’s election to terminate this Lease with respect to the Expansion Premises only effective upon the date occurring ten (10) days following Landlord’s receipt of the Delay Termination Notice (“ Delay Notice Termination Date ”). The Outside Delivery Date shall be extended to the extent of any Tenant Delays or delays caused by Force Majeure (not to exceed sixty (60) days). Subject to the terms of this Section 2.3 , Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding the occurrence of the Lease Commencement Date, if Landlord has not delivered possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant or if Landlord has not delivered possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant materially in the Required Expansion Premises Condition by September 1, 2015 and such delay is not due to any Tenant Delays, then Tenant’s rights and obligations under this Lease (including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to commence paying Rent, obtain insurance, repair and maintain the Expansion Premises (unless damage caused by Tenant) with respect to the Expansion Premises and Tenant’s right to lease parking spaces allocated to the Expansion Premises or assign or sublease the Expansion Premises) shall not commence until the earlier to occur of the (i) date of such delivery of the Expansion Premises materially in the Required Expansion Premises Condition and (ii) date Tenant commences to conduct business from the Expansion Premises.

 

2.3.2                      Extension of Outside Delivery Date . Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Delay Notice Termination Date for a period of thirty (30) days after the Delay Notice Termination Date by delivering written notice to Tenant, prior to the Delay Notice Termination Date, notifying Tenant that Landlord, in good faith, believes that it shall deliver exclusive possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant in the condition required pursuant to Section 1.1.3 of this Lease within thirty (30) days of the Delay Notice Termination Date (“ Extension Notice ”). If Landlord delivers exclusive possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant within such thirty (30) day period, then the Delay Termination Notice shall

 

13



 

be of no force or effect, but if Landlord does not deliver possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant within such thirty (30) day period (subject to any Tenant Delay and delay caused by Force Majeure (not to exceed sixty (60) days)), this Lease with respect to the Expansion Premises only shall terminate upon the expiration of such thirty (30) day period (in which event, Landlord and Tenant shall be relieved from any further liability to each other related to the Expansion Premises and resulting under this Lease except that Landlord shall return any portion of the Security Deposit calculated based upon Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Premises or prepaid rent deposited by Tenant to Landlord for the Expansion Premises in connection with this Lease). If such Delay Termination Notice is not delivered by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after the Outside Delivery Date, Tenant shall have no further right to terminate this Lease as provided in this Section 2.3 and this Lease shall thereafter continue in full force and effect.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

BASE RENT; BASE RENT ABATEMENT

 

3.1                                In General . Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by wire transfer or by a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“ Base Rent ”) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease). The Base Rent for the first (1 st ) full calendar month of the Lease Term shall be paid at the time of Tenant’s execution of this Lease. If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any such fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis during such fractional month and shall total an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining in such fractional month and the denominator of which is the actual number of days occurring in such calendar month, and (ii) the then-applicable monthly installment of Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

 

3.2                                Base Rent Abatement . Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1 above to the contrary, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent in the amount of $55,099.65 for the first full calendar month of the Lease Term (the “ Base Rent Abatement Period ”). The total amount of Base Rent abated during the Base Rent Abatement Period shall equal $55,099.65. During the Base Rent Abatement Period, only Base Rent shall be abated, and all “Additional Rent” (as defined in Section 4.1 , below) and any other costs and charges specified in this Lease shall remain due and payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

 

14



 

ARTICLE 4

 

ADDITIONAL RENT

 

4.1                                General Terms . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay “Tenant’s Share” of the annual “Direct Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.2 of this Lease, respectively, which are in excess of the amount of Direct Expenses applicable to the “Base Year,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.1 , below; provided, however, that in no event shall any decrease in Direct Expenses for any Expense Year below Direct Expenses for the Base Year entitle Tenant to any decrease in Base Rent or any credit against sums due under this Lease. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Additional Rent ”, and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “ Rent .” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

 

4.2                                Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent . As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

 

4.2.1                      Base Year ” shall mean the period set forth in Section 5 of the Summary.

 

4.2.2                      Direct Expenses ” shall mean “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses.”

 

4.2.3                      Expense Year ” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time, but not more than once per year, to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

 

4.2.4                      Operating Expenses ” shall mean, to the extent provided herein, all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof.

 

4.2.4.1            Operating Expenses: Inclusions . Without limiting the generality of Article 4 and/or Landlord’s right to include other items therein (and subject to Section 4.2.4.3 , below), Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of supplying sewer and water, the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining, and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which are

 

15



 

included in Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a governmentally mandated transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) costs incurred in connection with the parking areas in the Building (including costs of painting, restriping and resurfacing such parking areas); (vi) fees and other costs, including management fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space not to exceed 2% of the total rentable square footage of the office space in the Building; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project (including, but not limited to, all fringe benefits, workers’ compensation, insurance premiums and payroll taxes); (ix) intentionally omitted; (x) operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment and components of the Building; (xi) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in Common Areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing, repairs to the floors slabs and all paved areas; (xii) amortization in accordance with sound real estate accounting and management principles consistent with the practices of Comparable Buildings (including interest on the unamortized cost) of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof; (xiii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project (A) which are intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof, (B) that are required to comply with governmentally mandated conservation programs, (C) which are replacements or modifications of nonstructural items located in the Common Areas required to keep the Common Areas in good order or condition, or (D) that are required under any governmental law or regulation that was not in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date; provided, however, that any capital expenditure shall be amortized with interest over its useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with sound real estate accounting and management principles consistent with the practices of Comparable Buildings; (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.5 , below; (xv) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building in effect on the date hereof; (xvi) window cleaning; (xvii) services and amenities of the Project which are available to all tenants of the Project at the same charge or at no charge; and (xviii) costs of any additional services not provided to the Building as of the Lease Commencement Date but which are thereafter provided by Landlord in the prudent management of the Building or the Project. Any of the services which may be included in the computation of the Operating Expenses of the Building may be performed by divisions, subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord, provided that the contracts for the performance of such services shall be competitive with similar contracts and transactions with unaffiliated entities for the performance of such services in comparable office buildings within the greater Los Angeles metropolitan area.

 

16



 

4.2.4.2            If the Project is not at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during all or a portion of the Base Year or any Expense Year, Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Expenses for such year to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year. Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall not include market-wide labor-rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, boycotts and strikes, and utility rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances including, but not limited to, conservation surcharges, boycotts, embargoes or other shortages.

 

4.2.4.3            Operating Expenses: Exclusions . The following shall be excluded from Operating Expenses:

 

(i)                                      Costs incurred in connection with the original construction of the Building or in connection with any major change in the Building, such as adding or deleting floors;

 

(ii)                                   Costs of alterations or improvements to the Premises or the premises of other tenants as a part of any lease to Tenant or other tenants;

 

(iii)                                Depreciation, charges, fees, or interest on debt or amortization payments on any mortgage or mortgages, and rental under any ground or underlying leases or lease (except to the extent the same may be made to pay or reimburse, or may be measured by, ad valorem taxes);

 

(iv)                               Costs of correcting defects in or inadequacy of the initial design or construction of the Building or the Project or to comply with any covenant, condition or restriction, underwriter’s requirement or law applicable to the Premises or the Project prior to the Lease Commencement Date;

 

(v)                                  Expenses directly resulting from the negligence of or violation of any Applicable Laws by Landlord, its agents, servants or employees;

 

(vi)                               Costs and expenses incurred in connection with the original development or original leasing or future leasing of the Building or the Project, including, without limitation legal fees, design and construction costs, real estate brokers’ leasing commissions, and advertising and promotional expenses;

 

(vii)                            Costs for which Landlord is entitled to be reimbursed by tenants, by insurance from its insurance carrier or any insurance carrier of any tenant or any third party or pursuant to any warranty or guaranty less any out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in enforcing Landlord’s rights to any such reimbursement;

 

(viii)                         Any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss, or any other expense reserves (except for reserves for Tax Expenses);

 

(ix)                               Expenses in connection with services (including sub-metered utilities) or other benefits of a type which are not standard for the Building or the

 

17



 

Project, and which are not available to Tenant without specific charge therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Building or the Project whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord;

 

(x)                                  Landlord’s and Landlord’s managing agent’s general corporate or partnership overhead and general administrative expenses, and costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or any entity which constitutes Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Building or the Project, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Project, costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees (if any), disputes of Landlord with Building or the Project management in connection with disputes with other tenants or prospective tenants or other occupants, including, without limitation outside fees paid to attorneys or accountants in connection therewith;

 

(xi)                               The wages, salaries and benefits of any employee who works only part time at the Building or the Project shall be allocated as a part of Operating Expenses only to the extent fairly apportioned to the time worked at the Building or the Project; provided, that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Project manager;

 

(xii)                            Fines, penalties or interest on delinquent payments with respect to Operating Expenses and/or Tax Expenses (interest included on real property taxes as a part of a bonded assessment included in real property taxes shall be included as a part of Tax Expenses);

 

(xiii)                         Costs incurred due to the violation by Landlord of the terms and conditions of any lease pertaining to the Building or the Project;

 

(xiv)                        Any damage or loss resulting from any casualty (excluding any commercially reasonable deductibles paid by Landlord, provided that Tenant’s Share of any such deductibles shall not exceed one (I) of the monthly Base Rent then due under this Lease); or condemnation;

 

(xv)                           All costs in connection with the ownership, operation and maintenance of any garage facilities not located within and as a part of and available for use by
the tenants of the Building or the Project;

 

(xvi)                        Fees payable by or to Landlord for management of the Project in excess of the product of (A) three and one-half percent (3.5%) and (B) the amount of Landlord’s annual gross rental revenues for the Building;

 

(xvii)                     Payments in respect to overhead or profit to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord, for management or other services in or to the Project, or for supplies or other materials which would otherwise be included in Operating Expenses hereunder to the extent that the costs of such services, supplies, or materials exceed the costs that would have been paid had the services, supplies or materials been provided by parties unaffiliated with the Landlord on a competitive basis;

 

18



 

(xviii)                  Costs relating to the removal of hazardous substances (as defined under Applicable Law) except to the extent caused by the release or emission or disturbance of the hazardous substance in question by Tenant;

 

(xix)                        Costs (including permit, license and inspection fees) incurred in renovating or otherwise improving or decorating, painting or redecorating space for tenants or other occupants or in renovating or redecorating vacant space, including the cost of alterations or improvements to Tenant’s Premises or to the premises of any other tenant or occupant of the Project and any cash or other consideration paid by Landlord on account of, with respect to, or in lieu of the improvement or alteration work described herein;

 

(xx)                           Costs, fees, dues, contributions or similar expenses for political or charitable organizations;

 

(xxi)                        Costs of all items and services for which Tenant reimburses Landlord or pays to third parties or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants or occupants of the Building (other than Tenant) without reimbursement;

 

(xxii)                     Costs for utilities paid for by Tenant as provided in Section 6.5 , below;

 

(xxiii)                  Costs and expenses related to the maintenance and repair of the balconies of the Building (other than any costs incurred for structural maintenance, repair or improvements of any such balconies, which shall be included in Operating Expenses); and

 

(xxiv)                 All capital expenditures except as expressly permitted in Section 4.2.4.1 , above.

 

If Landlord does not carry earthquake or terrorism insurance for the Building during the Base Year but subsequently obtains earthquake or terrorism insurance for the Building during the Lease Term, then from and after the date upon which Landlord obtains such earthquake or terrorism insurance and continuing throughout the period during which Landlord maintains such insurance, Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall be deemed to be increased by the amount of the premium Landlord would have incurred had Landlord maintained such insurance for the same period of time during the Base Year as such insurance is maintained by Landlord during such subsequent Expense Year.

 

4.2.4.4            It is understood that Operating Expenses shall be reduced by all cash discounts, trade discounts, or quantity discounts taken by Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent in the purchase of any goods, utilities, or services in connection with the operation of the Building or the Project. If capital items which are customarily purchased by landlords of first-class office buildings in Santa Monica, California are leased by Landlord, rather than purchased, the decision by Landlord to lease the item in question shall not serve to increase Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses beyond that which would have applied had the item in question been purchased. In the calculation of any expenses hereunder, it is understood that no specific expense shall be charged more than once. Landlord shall use its reasonable efforts to effect an equitable proration of bills for services rendered to the Building or the Project and to any other property owned or managed by Landlord. Landlord agrees to keep reasonably detailed books

 

19



 

and records showing the Operating Expenses in accordance with a system of accounts and accounting practices consistently maintained by Landlord on a year-to-year basis in compliance with such provisions of this Lease as may affect such accounts.

 

4.2.4.5            Adjustments to Tenant’s Share; Cost Pools . In the event that one tenant occupying all or a substantial portion of the Building should be required or elect (for example, in instances where governmental security clearances are required), with Landlord’s permission, to perform all of its own janitorial and/or interior maintenance services, and/or pay directly its own utility consumption, then there may be two (2) or more separate Tenant’s Shares applicable to Tenant, which Landlord shall determine at Landlord’s reasonable discretion from time to time based upon all facts then existing, so that all tenants shall be obligated on an equitable basis for their respective tenant’s shares of all Operating Expenses for the Building, and the portion of the Operating Expenses for the Common Areas allocated to the Building. For example, one of such Tenant’s Shares could relate to the rentable square feet of all tenants who receive janitorial, maintenance and other similar services, and/or who pay directly their own utilities, and one of which could relate to the balance of interior services and all Building common area services (landscaping, window washing, exterior maintenance, etc.) and insurance costs and real property taxes. Landlord shall give notice to Tenant and other affected tenants of Landlord’s election to use either one or more Tenant’s Shares applicable to Tenant from time to time for the Building or the Project, or both, promptly after any such election, and the resultant change in Tenant’s Share thereafter shall be binding upon Tenant, provided, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no such change shall have the net effect of increasing Tenant’s overall share of Operating Expenses. Further, Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Operating Expenses for the Project among different portions or occupants of the Project (the “ Cost Pools ”), in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, which may include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of the Project, and the retail space tenants of the Project. The Operating Expenses allocable to each such Cost Pool shall be allocated to such Cost Pool and charged to the tenants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner. The allocation of Operating Expenses and Common Areas may be adjusted from time to time by Landlord, as the facts and circumstances reasonably require, upon prior notice to Tenant.

 

4.2.4.6            Proration of Operating Expenses . Should this Lease commence or terminate at any time other than the first or last day of the calendar year, respectively, the amounts due as Additional Rent pursuant to Article 4 for the commencement or termination year only shall be prorated pursuant to the method provided in Article 3 of this Lease.

 

4.2.5                      Taxes .

 

4.2.5.1            Tax Expenses ” shall mean, to the extent provided herein, all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes, business license taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the

 

20


 

Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during the Base Year and any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof.

 

4.2.5.2            Subject to any exclusions for Tax Expenses set forth in this Lease, Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“ Proposition 13 ”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, in further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of governmental services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13, Tax Expenses shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies; (iii) any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; and (iv) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

 

4.2.5.3            Any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses (including, all out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in securing any Proposition 8 reduction as set forth in Section 4.2.5.4 , below) shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are paid. Refunds of Tax Expenses shall be credited against Tax Expenses based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable. In connection with the foregoing, any amount of Tax Expenses to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year shall not exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Additional Rent under this Article 4 for such Expense Year. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses included by Landlord as Tax Expenses pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5 , there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease and (iv) any portion of any tax assessment or any increase therein

 

21



 

resulting from Landlord’s failure to timely pay Tax Expenses. Landlord shall pay any assessment of Tax Expenses in installments over the longest period to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and the amount of such installment of Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses.

 

4.2.5.4            Tenant hereby acknowledges that the amount of Tax Expenses for the Base Year and any Expense Year shall be calculated taking into account any decreases in real estate taxes obtained in connection with Proposition 8. Accordingly, Tax Expenses for the Base Year and each Expense Year shall be subject to reduction to the extent any Proposition 8 reduction is obtained by Landlord. Any out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in securing any Proposition 8 reduction shall be included in Direct Expenses for purposes of this Lease for the Expense Year to which such Proposition 8 reduction relates.

 

4.2.6                      Tenant’s Share ” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 6 of the Summary.

 

4.3                                          Intentionally Omitted .

 

4.4                                Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent . If for any Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses applicable to the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1 , below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to such excess (the “Excess”).

 

4.4.1                      Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant . Landlord shall give to Tenant following the end of each Expense Year, but on or before April 15 of each Expense Year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall state the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount of the Excess. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of the Statement, the full amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “Estimated Excess,” as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2 , below. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess if present, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of a Statement pay to Landlord such amount, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Excess than the actual Excess, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days, deliver a check payable to Tenant in the amount of the overpayment. The provisions of this Section 4.4 survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant’s Share of any Building Direct Expenses attributable to any Expense Year which are first billed to Tenant more than two (2) calendar years after the Expense Year to which such bill applies, provided that in any event Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility at any time following the Lease Expiration Date which are attributable to any Expense Year.

 

22



 

4.4.2                      Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses . In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated excess (the “ Estimated Excess ”) as calculated by comparing the Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to the amount of Direct Expenses for the Base Year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Excess under this Article 4 , nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Excess theretofore delivered to the extent necessary; provided, however, that Landlord shall not revise the Estimate Statement delivered for an Expense Year more than once during an Expense Year. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the Estimate Statement, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the next to last sentence of this Section 4.4.2). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

 

4.5                                Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible .

 

4.5.1                      Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten (10) days before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

 

4.5.2                      If the improvements in the Premises, whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord on Tenant’s behalf or Tenant are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than $60.00 per rentable square foot, then the Tax Expenses levied against Landlord or the property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 4.5.1 , above, provided that Tenant shall only be responsible for the foregoing taxes to the extent Landlord charges all other office tenants of the Building for taxes on their overstandard tenant improvements (to the extent such charges are applicable).

 

4.5.3                      Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any (i) rent tax or sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other applicable tax on the rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease, (ii) taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project, including the

 

23



 

Project parking facility; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

 

4.6                                Tenant’s Payment of Certain Tax Expenses . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease and provided that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, in the event that, at any time from September 1, 2015-August 31, 2017, any sale of the Project is consummated (specifically excluding, however, a change in ownership due to a “Portfolio Sale,” as that term is defined below, and a change in ownership to a lender resulting from a foreclosure or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure), and as a result thereof, and to the extent that in connection therewith, the Project is reassessed (the “ Reassessment ”) for real estate tax purposes by the appropriate governmental authority pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13 and such Reassessement results in a “Tax Increase,” as that term is defined below, then the terms of this Section 4.6 shall apply to such Reassessment of the Project. For purposes of this Section 4.6 , a “ Portfolio Sale ” shall mean a sale or other transfer of all or any portion of the Project, together with one or more other buildings.

 

4.6.1                      The Tax Increase . For purposes of this Article 4 , the term “ Tax Increase ” shall mean that portion of the Tax Expenses, as calculated immediately following the Reassessment, which is attributable solely to the Reassessment. Accordingly, the term Tax Increase shall not include any portion of the Tax Expenses, as calculated immediately following the Reassessment, which (i) is attributable to the initial assessment of the value of the Project, the base, shall and core of the Building or the tenant improvements located in the Project; (ii) is attributable to assessments which were pending immediately prior to the Reassessment which assessments were conducted during, and included in, such Reassessment, or which assessments were otherwise rendered unnecessary following the Reassessment; or (iii) is attributable to the annual inflationary increase of real estate taxes, but not in excess of two percent (2.0%) per annum.

 

4.6.2                      Protection . Provided that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease, beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, from September 1, 2015-August 31, 2017 (the “ Proposition 13 Protection Period ”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay a portion of the Tax Increase relating to any Reassessment of the Project. The rights contained in this Section 4.6 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant (and not any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant is in occupancy of the entire Premises and is not then in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period.

 

4.6.3                      Landlord’s Right to Purchase the Proposition 13 Protection Amount Attributable to a Particular Reassessment . The amount of Tax Increase which Tenant is not obligated to pay or will not be obligated to pay during the Proposition 13 Protection Period in connection with a particular Reassessment pursuant to the terms of this Section 4.6 , shall be sometimes referred to hereafter as a “ Proposition 13 Protection Amount. ” If the occurrence of a Reassessment is reasonably foreseeable by Landlord and the Proposition 13 Protection Amount attributable to such Reassessment can be reasonably quantified or estimated for each Lease Year commencing with the Lease Year in which the Reassessment will occur, the terms of this Section 4.6.3 shall apply to each such Reassessment. Upon Notice to Tenant, Landlord shall

 

24



 

have the right to purchase the Proposition 13 Protection Amount relating to the applicable Reassessment (the “ Applicable Reassessment ”), at any time during the Lease Term, by paying to Tenant an amount equal to the “Proposition 13 Purchase Price,” as that term is defined in this Section 4.6.3. As used herein, “ Proposition 13 Purchase Price ” shall mean the present value of the Proposition 13 Protection Amount remaining during the Lease Term, as of the date of payment of the Proposition 13 Purchase Price by Landlord. Such present value shall be calculated (i) by using the portion of the Proposition 13 Protection Amount attributable to each remaining Lease Year (as though the portion of such Proposition 13 Protection Amount benefited Tenant at the end of each Lease Year), as the amounts to be discounted, and (ii) by using discount rates for each amount to be discounted equal to (A) the average rates of yield for United States Treasury Obligations with maturity dates as close as reasonably possible to the end of each Lease Year during which the portions of the Proposition 13 Protection Amount would have benefited Tenant, which rates shall be those in effect as of Landlord’s exercise of its right to purchase, as set forth in this Section 4.6.3 , plus (B) two percent (2%) per annum. Upon such payment of the Proposition 13 Purchase Price, the provisions of Section 4.6 of this Lease shall not apply to any Tax Increase attributable to the applicable Reassessment. Since Landlord is estimating the Proposition 13 Purchase Price because a Reassessment has not yet occurred, then when such Reassessment occurs, if Landlord has underestimated the Proposition 13 Purchase Price, then upon notice by Landlord to Tenant, Landlord shall promptly pay to Tenant the amount of such underestimation, and if Landlord overestimates the Proposition 13 Purchase Price, then upon notice by Landlord to Tenant, Rent next due shall be increased by the amount of such overestimation.

 

4.7                                Landlord’s Books and Records . Within twenty-four (24) calendar months after receiving any Statement (the “ Review Notice Period ”), Tenant may give Landlord notice (“ Review Notice ”) stating that Tenant elects to review Landlord’s calculation of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year to which such Statement applies and identifying with reasonable specificity the records of Landlord reasonably relating to such matters that Tenant desires to review. Within a reasonable time after receiving a timely Review Notice (and, at Landlord’s option, an executed confidentiality agreement as described below), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, or make available for inspection at a location reasonably designated by Landlord, copies of such records. Within 60 days after such records are made available to Tenant (the “ Objection Period ”), Tenant may deliver to Landlord notice (an “ Objection Notice ”) stating with reasonable specificity any objections to the Statement, in which event Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to resolve Tenant’s objections. If Tenant fails to give Landlord a Review Notice before the expiration of the Review Notice Period or fails to give Landlord an Objection Notice before the expiration of the Objection Period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Statement. If Tenant retains an agent to review Landlord’s records, the agent must be with a certified public accounting firm licensed to do business in the State of California and its fees shall not be contingent, in whole or in part, upon the outcome of the review. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs of such review. The records and any related information obtained from Landlord shall be treated as confidential, and as applicable only to the Premises, by Tenant, its auditors, consultants, and any other parties reviewing the same on behalf of Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant’s Auditors ”). Before making any records available for review, Landlord may require Tenant and Tenant’s Auditors to execute a reasonable confidentiality agreement, in which event Tenant shall cause the same to be executed and delivered to Landlord within 30 days after receiving it from Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, the Objection Period shall be reduced by

 

25



 

one day for each day by which such execution and delivery follows the expiration of such 30-day period. If after such inspection, Tenant still disputes such Direct Expenses, a determination as to the proper amount shall be made, at Tenant’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant (the “ Accountant ”) selected by Landlord and subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval; provided that if such determination by the Accountant proves that Direct Expenses were overstated by more than five percent (5%), then the cost of the Accountant and the cost of such determination shall be paid for by Landlord. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Tenant must timely pay all of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (whether or not such amounts are in dispute) which are due under this Lease prior to exercising any right to audit hereunder. If, for any Expense Year, Landlord and Tenant determine that the sum of Tenant’s Share of the actual Direct Expenses is less or more than the amount paid by Tenant, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of its overpayment, or pay Landlord the amount of its underpayment, against or with the Rent next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of its overpayment (less any Rent due), or Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of its underpayment, within 30 days after such determination.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

USE OF PREMISES

 

5.1                                Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary and only in accordance with the uses permitted under applicable zoning and other municipal regulations, and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

5.2                                Prohibited Uses . The uses prohibited under this Lease shall include, without limitation, use of the Premises or a portion thereof for (i) offices of any agency or bureau of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; (iii) offices of any health care professionals or service organization; (iv) schools or other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use; (v) retail, restaurant uses, food service establishment, drive-in or walk-up eating facility (provided that the foregoing item (v) shall not be deemed to prohibit Tenant from catering meals in the Premises for consumption by Tenant’s employees in the ordinary course and practice of Tenant’s business, which shall be permitted); or (vi) communications firms such as radio and/or television stations. Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit D , attached hereto, or in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project) including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous substances (as defined in Section 29.40.1 , below). Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper,

 

26



 

unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

 

6.1                                Standard Tenant Services . Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term.

 

6.1.1                      Subject to limitations imposed by all governmental rules and regulations applicable thereto, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense pursuant to Section 6.5 , below, provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use in the Premises.

 

6.1.2                      Subject to the other terms of this Lease, Landlord has provided electrical wiring and facilities for connection to Tenant’s lighting fixtures and incidental use equipment. For incidental use equipment, Landlord has provided four (4) 225 ampere electrical panels which service the floor on which the Premises are located (including the Premises and Common Areas located on such floor). For overhead lighting, Landlord has provided one (1) high voltage 225 ampere 408/277 panel which services the floor on which the Premises are located (including the Premises and Common Areas located on such floor). Tenant shall not exceed the capacity of such facilities unless Tenant increases such capacity as provided in Section 6.2 , below, and Tenant’s electrical usage shall otherwise be subject to Applicable Laws and regulations, including Title 24. Tenant will design Tenant’s electrical system serving any equipment producing nonlinear electrical loads to accommodate such nonlinear electrical loads, including, but not limited to, oversizing neutral conductors, derating transformers and/or providing power-line filters. Engineering plans shall include a calculation of Tenant’s fully connected electrical design load with and without demand factors and shall indicate the number of watts of unmetered and submetered loads. Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises.

 

6.1.3                      Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes in the Building Common Areas and the Premises (including the kitchen in the Premises).

 

6.1.4                      Landlord shall provide nonexclusive, non-attended automatic passenger elevator service from 7:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M., Monday through Friday, and on Saturdays from 7:00 A.M. to 2:00 P.M., except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and, at Landlord’s reasonable discretion, other locally or nationally recognized holidays (collectively, the “Holidays”) and shall have one elevator available at all other times.

 

6.1.5                      Landlord shall provide Building security, equipment, personnel, procedures and systems during days and hours as determined by Landlord from time to time; but otherwise in a manner consistent with the security services provided by landlords of Comparable

 

27



 

Buildings; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord be liable for personal injury or property damage for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building or Project of any person.

 

6.1.6                      Landlord shall permit Tenant to utilize the existing Building risers, raceways, shafts and conduit as reasonably required by Tenant for the Permitted Use to the extent there is available space in the Building risers, raceways, shafts and/or conduit for Tenant’s use, which availability shall be determined by Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Tenant may only use vendors reasonably approved by Landlord to provide services to Tenant through the use of the Building risers, raceways, shafts and conduit.

 

6.2                                Overstandard Tenant Use . Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation (provided that if Tenant’s use of electricity in the Premises requires facilities greater than the capacity available at the Building, as provided in Section 6.1.2 , above, Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense, coordinate with the local utility provider to attempt to bring additional electricity to the Building and thereby increase the capacity for the Premises). In addition, Tenant’s electrical usage shall be subject to Applicable Laws and regulations, including Title 24. Subject to satisfying Tenant’s reasonable requirements for the Permitted Use, Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord at all times and abide by all reasonable rules and regulations and requirements that Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems. Tenant has informed Landlord that Tenant intends to operate its business from the Premises on a daily basis and to utilize the HVAC during hours other than “Building Hours” (as defined herein) on a daily basis. For purposes herein, “ Building Hours ” shall mean from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M., Monday through Friday, and on Saturdays from 8:00 A.M. to 2:00 P.M., except for Holidays.

 

6.3                                Interruption of Use . Tenant agrees that, except to the extent of Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct or failure to fulfill its obligations under this Lease, and except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause or the installation, use or interruption of use of any equipment in connection with the furnishing of any of the foregoing utilities or services, or the limitation, curtailment, rationing or restriction by governmental authority or utility company action on use of water, electricity, gas or any other form of energy or any other service or utility whatsoever serving the Premises, the Building or the Project; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Landlord may comply with voluntary controls or guidelines promulgated by any governmental entity relating to the use or conservation of energy, water, gas, light or electricity or the reduction of automobile or other emissions with the prior consent of Tenant, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

28



 

6.4                                Metered Utilities; Maintenance and Repair of HVAC . The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that, as of the date of this Lease, separate meters or submeters have been installed for the Premises to measure the consumption by Tenant of all the utilities (including without limitation, electricity, gas, if any, and HVAC (but excluding sewer and water, which costs shall be included in Operating Expenses)) serving the Premises. The cost of maintenance and repair of any such separate meters shall be paid for by Tenant, and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord (or the local public utility provider, as applicable) as Additional Rent for all such utilities, as shown by said meters, at the rates charged by the local public utility furnishing the same. Landlord shall bill Tenant periodically for utility usage upon or with respect to the Premises, and the amount of the bill shall be payable on the later to occur of ten (10) days after receipt of such bill or the first (1st) day of the following month. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, at all times during the Lease Term, for the maintenance and operation, repair and replacement of the HVAC system (including, the components thereof and all wiring and equipment related thereto) exclusively serving the Premises and Tenant shall keep the same in good operating condition and order throughout the Lease Term, ordinary wear and tear excepted. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost, maintain and provide to Landlord a copy of a current service maintenance contract for such HVAC facilities at all times during the Lease Term.

 

6.5                                Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant shall pay promptly upon billing thereof for all utilities as provided in Section 6.4 above, and for any other materials and services requested by Tenant during the term of this Lease. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, provide its own janitorial service for the Premises (any such third-party janitorial services provider shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld). All utilities for which Tenant is responsible for paying directly hereunder, materials and services charges and janitorial payments shall be paid by Tenant in addition to Tenant’s Share of the Operating Expenses.

 

6.6                                Tenant’s Security System . Tenant shall have the right, at its own expense, to install its own key-card entry system (“ Tenant’s Security System ”) in the Premises, and for providing access thereto, including, without limitation, for use of the elevators during non-Building Hours, subject to the terms of Article 8 of this Lease, and provided that Tenant’s Security System is coordinated and compatible with, the security system of the Building. Tenant shall coordinate the installation and operation of Tenant’s Security System with Landlord to assure that Tenant’s Security System is compatible with the Building systems and equipment. Tenant shall be solely responsible for monitoring and operating Tenant’s Security System. Tenant shall cooperate and comply with, and cause its employees, representatives and visitors to cooperate and comply with, the Building’s access control measures, if any.

 

6.7                                Abatement Event . In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof as a result of any failure to provide essential services, or access to the Premises as expressly required by this Lease to be provided by Landlord (and provided that such services or access are within the control of Landlord to provide) or due to the presence of hazardous substances not brought onto the Premises by Tenant or any “Tenant Parties,” as that term is defined in Section 10.1 , below (an “ Abatement Event ”), then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for five (5) consecutive business days after Landlord’s receipt of any such notice (the “ Eligibility

 

29



 

Period ”), then the Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses and all parking charges shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use the Premises (and/or the parking spaces) or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the portion of the Premises (and/or the parking spaces) that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable square footage of the Premises (or, with respect to the parking spaces, the parking charges shall be reduced by the amount due on a daily basis for each parking space that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, as a result of the Abatement Event); provided, however, if the portion of the Premises available for use is inadequate for the conduct of Tenant’s business and Tenant does not use such portion, then Tenant shall be entitled to a total abatement of the Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses and the parking charges due under this Lease. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period (or uses any parking spaces), the Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion (or parking charge allocable to such parking space(s)), based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises (or based upon the monthly parking charges applicable to the parking spaces used), shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises (or uses the parking spaces). To the extent an Abatement Event is caused by an event covered by Articles 11 or 13 of this Lease, then the terms of such Article 11 or 13 , as the case may be, shall govern Tenant’s right to abate Rent and the terms of this Section 6.7 shall not be applicable thereto. Such right to abate Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses and parking charges shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for an Abatement Event. Except as provided in this Section 6.7 , nothing contained in this Section 6.7 shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

REPAIRS

 

Landlord shall at all times during the Lease Term maintain in good condition and operating order the structural portions of the Building (including, the structural portions of the Third Floor Balconies), including, without limitation, the foundation, floor slabs, ceilings, roof, columns, beams, shafts, stairs, stairwells, escalators, elevators, base building restrooms and all Common Areas (collectively, the “ Building Structure ”), and the base building mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler and HVAC facilities installed or furnished by Landlord (but specifically excluding therefrom any HVAC facilities which exclusively serve the Premises which shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant) (collectively, the “ Building Systems ”). Except as specifically set forth in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to repair the Building Structure and/or the Building Systems except to the extent required because of (i) Tenant’s use of the Premises in violation of this Lease, (ii) any Alterations constructed by or for Tenant’s benefit or (iii) subject to Article 11 , due to damage caused by Tenant. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, including without limitation Article 8 hereof, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures and furnishings therein, all systems and equipment therein and any HVAC facilities which exclusively serve the Premises (collectively, the “ Maintenance Items ”), in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term. Tenant shall be permitted access to the roof of the Building in order to repair and maintain the existing HVAC facilities exclusively serving the Premises, provided that Tenant shall be solely responsible for any damage caused to the roof in connection therewith.

 

30


 

In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, and subject to the prior approval and satisfaction of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, including without limitation Article 8 hereof, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises, Building or Project caused by or in connection with Tenant’s use thereof, the use of Tenant’s agents or employees, or the removal of any articles of personal property, business or trade fixtures, machinery, equipment, cabinetwork, furniture, movable partitions or permanent improvements or additions, including repairing the floor and patching and painting the walls where required by Landlord to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction and to replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances and/or Maintenance Items, except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear or beyond the reasonable control of Tenant or damage resulting from casualty, which shall be governed by Article 11 of this Lease. In addition, Tenant covenants and agrees that Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost, maintain all Maintenance Items in accordance with specifications set forth in their respective then currently updated operating manuals and shall, upon request from Landlord, provide certifications or other documentation acceptable to Landlord that the such Maintenance Items have been and are being maintained to such operating manual specifications; provided however, that, at Landlord’s option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs and/or maintain any Maintenance Items as required herein, beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods expressly set forth in this Lease, Landlord may (subject to Article 27) , but need not, exercise its rights in accordance with Article 26 , below, and Tenant shall pay Landlord a percentage of the cost thereof sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses in connection therewith (in addition to Tenant’s reimbursement obligation under Section 26.1). Tenant hereby waives the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under the provisions of any laws permitting repairs by a tenant at the expense of Landlord to the extent allowed by law, in that Landlord and Tenant have by this Lease made specific provision for such repairs and have defined their respective obligations relating thereto and Tenant expressly waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section  1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

 

8.1                                Landlord’s Consent to Alterations . Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions, changes or repairs to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the “ Alterations ”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than twenty (20) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations following one (1) business day’s notice to Landlord, but without Landlord’s prior consent, to the extent that such Alterations do not (i) adversely affect the systems and equipment of the Building, exterior appearance of the Building, or structural aspects of the Building, (ii) adversely affect the value of the Premises or Building or (iii) cost in excess of $20,000, in the aggregate,

 

31



 

for any single Alteration project (the “ Cosmetic Alterations ”). Promptly following completion of any Alteration, Tenant delivers to Landlord updated as-built plans for the Premises showing the Alteration which has been made. Except for Section 8.5 and Section 8.6 , below, the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8.

 

8.2                                Manner of Construction . Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors and subcontractors, reasonably approved by Landlord and the requirement that upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove such Alterations upon the expiration or any early termination of the Lease Term. If Landlord shall give its consent, the consent shall be deemed conditioned upon (i) Tenant acquiring in advance all licenses and/or permits required to do the work from appropriate governmental agencies (including, if applicable, the City of Santa Monica), (ii) Tenant furnishing of a copy of such licenses and/or permits (as applicable)to Landlord prior to the commencement of the work, and (iii) the compliance by Tenant with all conditions of said licenses and/or permits in a prompt and expeditious manner. If such Alterations will involve the use of or disturb hazardous substances existing in the Premises, Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations concerning such hazardous substances. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit (if applicable), issued by the City of Santa Monica, all in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations. In the event Tenant performs any Alterations in the Premises which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the “Base Building,” as that term is defined below, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make such changes to the Base Building. The “ Base Building ” shall include the structural portions of the Building, and the public restrooms (if any) and the systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to unreasonably obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project. Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, if the total cost of the Alteration exceeds $20,000, in the aggregate, then upon completion thereof, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of Los Angeles in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and as a condition precedent to the enforceability and validity of Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall deliver to the management office for the Project a reproducible copy of the “as built” drawings of the Alterations (for which drawings were prepared) as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

 

32



 

8.3                                Payment for Improvements . If payment is made directly to contractors, Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s requirements for final lien releases and waivers in connection with Tenant’s payment for work to contractors. Except in connection with the initial “Tenant Improvements,” as that term is defined in the Work Letter, if Tenant orders any work directly from Landlord, there shall be included within the cost of such work and Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee for Tenant’s use of Landlord’s personnel involved with the supervision, coordination, inspection and the like pertaining to such Alterations to the extent such a fee is customarily being charged by landlords of the Comparable Buildings. Any such fee shall be paid by Tenant within ten (10) days after rendition of an invoice therefor. If Tenant does not order any work directly from Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with Landlord’s review of such work.

 

8.4                                Construction Insurance . In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations for which insurance is customarily maintained, then prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant or Tenant’s contractor carries “ Builder’s All Risk ” insurance in an amount reasonably approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee (provided, however the foregoing lien and completion bond requirement shall not be required of the Original Tenant and/or any Non-Transferee Assignee).

 

8.5                                Landlord’s Property . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that (i) all Alterations, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become the property of Landlord, except as more particularly set forth below, and (ii) the Tenant Improvements to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to the terms, covenants and conditions of the Work Letter shall, upon completion of the same, be and become a part of the Premises and the property of Landlord, except that Tenant may remove any Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment which Tenant can substantiate to Landlord have not been paid for with any improvement allowance funds provided to Tenant by Landlord, provided Tenant repairs any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and returns the affected portion of the Premises to the condition existing immediately prior to the installation of any such Alteration (ordinary wear and tear and damage from casualty excepted). Furthermore, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any Alterations in the Premises (including, without limitation, any “Specialty Tenant Improvements,” as defined in the Work Letter), and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to the condition existing immediately prior to the installation of any such Alteration (ordinary wear and tear and damage from casualty excepted). If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations or Specialty Tenant Improvements in the Premises, and return the affected portion of the Premises to the condition existing immediately prior to the installation of any such

 

33



 

Alteration and/or Specialty Tenant Improvements (ordinary wear and tear and damage from casualty excepted), then at Landlord’s option, either (A) Tenant shall be deemed to be holding over in the Premises and Rent shall continue to accrue in accordance with the terms of Article  16 , below, until such work shall be completed, and/or (B) Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Notwithstanding the above, in the event that, at the time Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to any Alterations, if Tenant also requests in writing a determination of whether Landlord will require restoration and/or removal of the particular Alterations or portions thereof for which consent is being requested upon expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall so notify Tenant along with Landlord’s consent (if such consent is given).

 

8.6                                Recognition of Landlord’s Notice of Nonresponsibility . Before commencing any Alteration (other than a Cosmetic Alteration) in or about the Premises (provided Tenant has theretofore obtained Landlord’s consent to the particular Alteration), Tenant shall notify Landlord at least twenty (20) days in advance in writing of the expected date of commencement thereof. Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time to post and maintain on the Premises such notices as Landlord deems necessary to protect the Premises and Landlord from the liens of mechanics, laborers, materialmen, suppliers or vendors. In the event that any liens are filed against the Premises by any mechanics, laborers, materialmen, suppliers or vendors, Tenant shall execute and/or cause the necessary parties to execute such lien releases as may be reasonably requested by Landlord to clear such liens from the Premises. In addition, Tenant covenants and agrees that it shall cause any and all contractors or other parties engaged by Tenant in connection with the construction of any Alterations, improvements, maintenance, repairs or other items to timely execute and deliver to Landlord a written acknowledgment in Landlord’s standard form waiving, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any rights granted under any applicable owner’s participation doctrine or related doctrines, rules, laws, ordinances, etc. and to further acknowledge that Landlord’s Notice of Nonresponsibility (in Landlord’s standard form) in connection therewith has been verified, has been properly posted, is valid and enforceable against such party. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord in connection with any failure of Tenant to comply, or failure to cause any such contractors or other parties to comply, with the terms of this Article 8 of this Lease.

 

8.7                                Tenant’s Supplemental Air-Conditioning . Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install supplemental air-conditioning units selected by Tenant (“ Tenant’s Supplemental Air-Conditioning ”) in the Premises pursuant to plans and drawings which shall be prepared by Tenant’s “Architect” and the “Engineers” (as those terms are defined in the Work Letter) and the applicable subcontractor, to provide additional air conditioning to the Premises.  In connection with the foregoing, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost, separately meter Tenant’s Supplemental Air-Conditioning for electricity and water. Tenant’s Supplemental Air- Conditioning, the installation of the equipment for separate metering, and all wiring and equipment related thereto shall be collectively referred to herein as the “ HVAC Improvements ”. Tenant shall construct the HVAC Improvements in accordance with the terms of the Work Letter and this Section 8.7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Tenant’s Supplemental Air-Conditioning interferes with the operation of the Building, then Tenant shall not be entitled to install or operate Tenant’s Supplemental Air-Conditioning in the Premises. All aspects of the HVAC Improvements shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval pursuant to the terms of the Work Letter with respect to the installation of the initial HVAC Improvements and

 

34



 

thereafter pursuant to the terms of Article 8 of this Lease, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, at all times during the Lease Term, for the monitoring, maintenance, operation, repair and replacement of the HVAC Improvements and Tenant shall keep the HVAC Improvements in good operating condition and order throughout the Lease Term, ordinary wear and tear excepted. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost, maintain and provide to Landlord a copy of a current service maintenance contract for the HVAC Improvements at all times during the Lease Term. For purposes of operating Tenant’s Supplemental Air-Conditioning, Tenant shall have the right to use the Building’s condensed water on a 365 day per year, 24 hour per day basis, in such quantity to support Tenant’s Supplemental Air-Conditioning as necessary. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days of demand therefor, as Additional Rent, the amount of any electrical and water usage charges relating to Tenant’s use of Tenant’s Supplemental Air-Conditioning. Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to remove the HVAC Improvements at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; provided that (i) if Tenant elects to remove the HVAC Improvements, Tenant shall repair all damage resulting from such removal, at Tenant’s sole cost, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and (ii)  if Tenant elects to surrender the HVAC Improvements to Landlord, then the HVAC Improvements must be in good working condition and order at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If the HVAC Improvements are not in good working condition and order and Tenant fails to remove the HVAC Improvements at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant removes the HVAC Improvements and fails to promptly repair any damage resulting from such removal as required herein, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to remove the same and/or repair any damage resulting from such removal, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and in such event Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) days of written demand therefor all out of pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

 

Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Except for Cosmetic Alterations as described in Section 8.1 above, Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises requiring Landlord’s consent hereunder (or such additional time as may be necessary under Applicable Laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Landlord shall have the right at all reasonable times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within ten (10) business days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease

 

35



 

shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Building or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Building or Premises arising in connection with any such work or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord’s option shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Project, Building and Premises.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

INSURANCE

 

10.1                         Indemnification and Waiver . Subject to Section 10.3.3 , below and except to the extent of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, its partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from: (a) any causes in, on or about the Premises; (b) the use or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant; (c) any activity, work, or thing done, or permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises; (d) any acts, omission, or negligence of Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant, or the contractors, agents, employees, invitees, or visitors of Tenant or any such person; (e) any breach, violation, or non-performance by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant or the employees, agents, contractors, invitees, or visitors of Tenant or any such person of any term, covenant, or provision of this Lease or any law, ordinance, or governmental requirement of any kind; (f) any injury or damage to the person, property, or business of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, invitees, visitors, or any other person entering upon the Premises under the express or implied invitation of Tenant; or (g) the placement of any personal property or other items within the Premises, provided that the terms of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the negligence or willful misconduct of the Landlord Parties. Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless Tenant, its members, and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”) from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Landlord Parties in, on or about the Project or Landlord’s breach of this Lease, provided that the terms of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the negligence or willful misconduct of the Tenant Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, either party’s agreement to indemnify the other party as set forth in this Section 10.1 shall be ineffective to the extent the matters for which such party agreed to indemnify the other party are covered by insurance required to be carried by the non-indemnifying party pursuant to this Lease. Further, Tenant’s agreement to indemnify Landlord and Landlord’s agreement to indemnify Tenant pursuant to this Section 10.1 are not intended to and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried pursuant to the provisions

 

36



 

of this Lease, to the extent such policies cover, or if carried, would have covered the matters, subject to the parties’ respective indemnification obligations; nor shall they supersede any inconsistent agreement of the parties set forth in any other provision of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

 

10.2                         Tenant’s Compliance With Landlord’s Fire and Casualty Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

 

10.3                         Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts. The required evidence of coverage must be delivered to Landlord on or before the date required under Section 10.4(1) sub-sections (x)  and (y) , or Section 10.4(II)  below (as applicable). Such policies shall be for a term of at least one (1) year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less.

 

10.3.1               Commercial General Liability Insurance, including Broad Form  contractual liability covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) based upon or arising out of Tenant’s operations, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be written on an “occurrence” basis. Landlord and any other party the Landlord so specifies that has a material financial interest in the Project, including Landlord’s managing agent, ground lessor and/or lender, if any, shall be named as additional insureds as their interests may appear using Insurance Service Organization’s form CG2011 or a comparable form approved by Landlord. Tenant shall provide an endorsement or policy excerpt showing that Tenant’s coverage is primary and any insurance carried by Landlord shall be excess and noncontributing. The coverage shall also be extended to include damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations. This policy shall include coverage for all liabilities assumed under this Lease as an insured contract for the performance of all of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease up to the limits of such policies (provided that such policy limitation shall not limit Tenant’s liability under this Lease). The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant nor relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder. Limits of liability insurance shall not be less than the following; provided, however, such limits may be achieved through the use of an Umbrella/Excess Policy:

 

37



 

Bodily Injury and                                                                                                                                                $5,000,000 each occurrence

Property Damage Liability

 

Personal Injury and Advertising                                                                      $5,000,000 each occurrence

Liability

 

Tenant Legal Liability/Damage to                                                         $1,000,000

Rented Premises Liability

 

10.3.2               Property Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, personal property, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s business personal property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the Tenant Improvements, and any other improvements which exist in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date (excluding the Base Building) (the “ Original Improvements ”), and (iii) all Alterations performed in the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on a Special Form basis, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts), without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include coverage for (a) all perils included in the CP 10 30 04 02 Coverage Special Form, (b) water damage from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, backup or overflow from sprinkler leakage, bursting, leaking or stoppage of any pipes, explosion, and backup of sewers and drainage, and (c) terrorism (to the extent such terrorism insurance is available as a result of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-297, 116 Stat. 2322), the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2005 (Pub. 1. 109-144), and the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007 (Pub. L. 110-160, 121 Stat. 183), any successor statute or regulation, or is otherwise available at commercially reasonable rates).

 

10.3.2.1                                                     Intentionally Omitted .

 

10.3.2.2                                                     Intentionally Omitted .

 

10.3.2.3                                                     No Representation of Adequate Coverage . Landlord makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Tenant’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

 

10.3.3               Property Insurance Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by insurance carriers to the extent above provided (and, in the case of Tenant, by an insurance carrier satisfying the requirements of Section 10.4(i)  below), and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses due to risks covered by the property loss risk insurance required to be maintained under this Lease, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers. Landlord and Tenant hereby represent and warrant that their respective “all risk” property insurance policies include a waiver of (i) subrogation by the insurers, and (ii) all rights based

 

38



 

upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord and/or any of the Landlord Parties or Tenant and/or any of the Tenant Parties (as the case may be) in connection with any property loss risk thereby insured against. Tenant will cause all other occupants of the Premises claiming by, under, or through Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord a waiver of claims similar to the waiver in this Section 10.3.3 and to obtain such waiver of subrogation rights endorsements. If either party hereto fails to maintain the waivers set forth in items (i) and (ii) above, the party not maintaining the requisite waivers shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the other party for, from and against any and all claims, losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of, resulting from, or relating to, such failure.

 

10.3.4               Business Income Interruption for one year (1) plus Extra Expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for actual direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to the risks outlined in Section 10.3.2 above.

 

10.3.5            Worker’s Compensation or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations, and Employer’s Liability with minimum limits of not less than $1,000,000 each accident/employee/disease.

 

10.4                         Form of Policies . The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) be issued by an insurance company having an AM Best rating of not less than A-X, or which is otherwise reasonably acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California, (ii) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord and complying with the requirements of Section 10.3 (including, Sections 10.3.1  through 10.3.5) , (iii) Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies, and (iv) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord, the identity of whom has been provided to Tenant in writing. Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof and applicable endorsements which meet the requirements of this Article 10 to Landlord on or before (I) the earlier to occur of: (x) the Lease Commencement Date, and (y) the date Tenant and/or its employees, contractors and/or agents first enter the Premises for occupancy, construction of improvements, alterations, or any other move-in activities, and (II) five (5) business days after the renewal of such policies. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificates and applicable endorsements, Landlord may, at its option, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant’s failure to obtain such insurance within five (5) days thereafter, procure such policies for the account of Tenant and the sole benefit of Landlord, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

 

10.5                         Additional Insurance Obligations . Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord.

 

39



 

10.6                         Third-Party Contractors . Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance and applicable endorsements at least three (3) business days prior to the commencement of work in or about the Premises by any vendor or any other third-party contractor. All such insurance shall (a) name Landlord as an additional insured under such party’s liability policies as required by Section 10.3.1 above and this Section 10.6 , (b) be primary and any insurance carried by Landlord shall be excess and non-contributing, and (c) be commercially reasonable in scope and amount in relation to the work to be performed in the Premises.

 

10.7                         Landlord Insurance . At all times during the Lease Term, Landlord shall pay for all premiums for and maintain in effect policies of insurance consistent with owners of Comparable Buildings (which policy of insurance shall include replacement value property insurance consistent with Landlord’s past practices at the Building and Landlord’s lender requirements), and upon request of Tenant, shall provide to Tenant reasonable evidence that such insurance has been procured and is in effect. The cost of insurance premiums shall be included in Operating Expenses provided in Article 4 of this Lease. All insurance required under this Lease shall be placed with a reputable and solvent insurance companies authorized to do business in the State of California.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

 

11.1                         Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord . Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11 , restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, provided that access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be impaired in a material way. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, upon notice (the “Landlord Repair Notice”) to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.3 of this Lease which pertain to work to be performed by Landlord in the Premises to the extent Tenant does not perform such restoration work as permitted herein, in which event, Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition; provided that if (a) the cost of such repair allocable to the Tenant Improvements and Alterations (including, any modifications thereto) exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repair of the damage, (b) Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant should Tenant desire to modify the Tenant Improvements and/or Alterations so long as Tenant pays any incremental increase in the

 

40


 

costs thereof in excess of the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier; and (c) Tenant elects to perform the restoration work in the Premises as permitted herein, then Tenant will not be obligated to assign Tenant’s insurance proceeds to Landlord, in which event, Tenant shall pay for any such restoration work (including applying any insurance proceeds received by Tenant in connection therewith) in the Premises. Prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work (provided, however, Original Tenant and/or any Non-Transferee Assignee shall have the right to perform the restoration work with respect to the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, in which case, (x) Landlord’s restoration work shall be limited to the repair of the Base Building originally provided by Landlord prior to Tenant’s construction of the Tenant improvements and (y) Original Tenant or a Non-Transferee Assignee shall have the right to retain a general contractor to repair the Tenant Improvement, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval and coordination by Landlord of the Base Building work to be performed by Landlord’s contractor and the work to be performed by Tenant’s contractor). Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, Landlord shall allow Tenant a proportionate abatement of Rent during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease, and not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof. Landlord shall have no obligation to carry insurance of any kind on Tenant’s Alterations or upon Tenant’s goods, furniture or furnishings or on Tenant’s property, and Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or to replace the same. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any California law which is in conflict with the provisions of this Article 11. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall not be required to reimburse Landlord for any insurance deductibles resulting from the occurrence of a casualty if this Lease is terminated as a result of such casualty and such casualty was not due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant.

 

11.2                         Landlord’s Option to Repair . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or a material portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) the damage is not at least 95% covered by Landlord’s insurance policies (excluding any deductibles or co-insurance); or (iv) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the initial Lease Term; provided, however, that if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and (A) the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the

 

41



 

date of discovery of the damage or (B) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term (subject to the terms of this Section 11.2 , below), Tenant may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date of the damage and not later than ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant. Furthermore, if neither Landlord nor Tenant has terminated this Lease, and the repairs are not actually completed within such 180-day period, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease during the first five (5) business days of each calendar month following the end of such period until such time as the repairs are complete, by notice to Landlord (the “ Damage Termination Notice ”), effective as of a date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice (the “ Damage Termination Date ”), which Damage Termination Date shall not be less than ten (10) business days following the end of each such month. If Tenant delivers the Option Exercise Notice, then Landlord shall not have the right to terminate this Lease under subsection (iv) above. If Landlord terminates this Lease under subsection (iv) above, then Tenant shall have the right to nullify such termination if Tenant subsequently delivers the Option Exercise Notice in accordance with the terms of Section 2.2.3 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant delivers a Damage Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Damage Termination Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice by delivering to Tenant, within five (5) business days of Landlord’s receipt of the Damage Termination Notice, a certificate of Landlord’s contractor responsible for the repair of the damage certifying that it is such contractor’s good faith judgment that the repairs shall be substantially completed within thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date. If repairs shall be substantially completed prior to the expiration of such thirty-day period, then the Damage Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the repairs shall not be substantially completed within such thirty-day period, then this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of such thirty-day period. At any time, from time to time, after the date occurring sixty (60) days after the date of the damage, Tenant may request that Landlord inform Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable opinion of the date of completion of the repairs and Landlord shall respond to such request within five (5) business days. It is hereby understood that if Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair or restore as herein provided, Landlord shall be obligated to make repairs or restoration only of those portions of the Building and the Premises which were originally provided at Landlord’s expense, and the repair and restoration of items not provided at Landlord’s expense shall be the obligation of Tenant. In the event this Lease is terminated in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 , Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under items (ii) and (iii) of Section 10.3.2 of this Lease to the extent of the Tenant Improvements paid for by Landlord.

 

11.3                         Mutual Release . Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Article 11 , the parties shall be released thereby without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord, except for items which have theretofore accrued and are then unpaid or for the return of any Security Deposit or prepaid Rent.

 

11.4                         Delay in Restoration . Tenant shall not be released from any of its obligations under this Lease by reason of fire or other casualty, except to the extent and upon the conditions expressly stated in this Article 11. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, should

 

42



 

Landlord be delayed or prevented from repairing or restoring the damaged Premises by reason of fire or other casualty (other than the original casualty event which necessitated the initial repair and restoration work), Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration for a period equal to such delay or prevention, provided that, if the such delay causes the completion of the repair and restoration work to exceed a total of three hundred sixty (360) days after the date of discovery of the damage, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days after the date such notice is given to Landlord.

 

11.5                         Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

NONWAIVER

 

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

 

43



 

ARTICLE 13

 

CONDEMNATION

 

If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, in each case for a period in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. No taking of a portion of the Building not including the Premises, no taking of another building within the Project, no taking of Project common area and no taking of Building common area shall permit Tenant to terminate this Lease, unless Tenant is thereby prevented on a permanent basis from obtaining access to the Premises. If any material part of the Building other than the Premises shall be so taken or appropriated, Landlord shall have the right at its option to terminate this Lease. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, for moving expenses and for the unamortized value of any improvements paid for by Tenant, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13 , in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

 

ARTICLE 14

 

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

14.1                         Transfers . Except as otherwise provided herein, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or

 

44



 

any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and any “Approved Users,” as defined below, and their respective employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “ Transfers ” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “ Transferee ”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “ Subject Space ”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the “Transfer Premium”, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, provided that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to incorporate the reasonable terms of Landlord’s standard Transfer documents in the documentation of such Transfer, (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space, and (v) an executed estoppel certificate from Tenant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E . Any Transfer (excluding any Permitted Transfers set forth in Section 14.8 below) made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. In the event that Tenant shall request to assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber this Lease or any interest therein, or shall sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, whether or not Landlord consents to any such proposed action and/or Transfer by Tenant, a non-refundable fee for Landlord’s time and processing efforts, and for expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with reviewing such transaction (including any administrative expenses for Landlord’s property manager), which fees shall not exceed a total of $1,500 for a Transfer in the ordinary course of business. In addition to such fee, Tenant shall pay to Landlord in the event Landlord retains the services of an attorney to review the transaction, all reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. Tenant shall pay such non-reimbursable fee and such reasonable attorneys’ fees to Landlord within five (5) days after written request therefor and such payment shall be a condition to any approval by Landlord.

 

14.2                         Landlord’s Consent . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice and such consent shall be granted or withheld within fifteen (15) days of Landlord’s receipt of a complete Transfer Notice from Tenant (i.e., a Transfer Notice that includes all documents and information required pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, above). Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any Applicable Law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

 

45



 

14.2.1               The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project;

 

14.2.2               The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

 

14.2.3               The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

 

14.2.4               The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested;

 

14.2.5               The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of any lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease; or

 

14.2.6               Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Building at the time of the request for consent and Landlord has or will have available space in the Building comparable in size to the space being transferred to the proposed Transferee as described in the Transfer Notice and sublease or assignment document, as applicable, or (ii) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Project at such time, or (iii) has negotiated with Landlord during the 7.5-month period immediately preceding the Transfer Notice.

 

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six (6)-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2 , or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be materially more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant’s original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). In the event Landlord fails to timely respond to Tenant after Landlord’s receipt of a complete Transfer Notice from Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to send Landlord a second notice to Landlord, and if Landlord fails to respond within five (5) business days of Landlord’s receipt of the second notice, Landlord’s consent shall be deemed given and thereafter Landlord shall not have the right to recapture such space.

 

14.3                         Transfer Premium . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3 , received by Tenant from such Transferee. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration

 

46



 

payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any monetary concession provided to the Transferee in connection with the Transfer, including any moving, improvement or other allowance or payment paid by Tenant in order to facilitate such Transfer and/or any free base rent reasonably provided to the Transferee, (iii) any brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer, (iv) reasonable marketing and advertising fees incurred in connection with the Transfer, (v) legal fees reasonably incurred in connection with the Transfer and (vi) the Base Rent, Direct Expenses and parking charges paid to Landlord by Tenant for any period of vacancy up until the Transferee occupies the Premises (collectively, the “ Subleasing Costs ”). “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer.

 

14.4                         Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 and subject to the last sentence of Section 14.2 , above, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after receipt of any Transfer Notice, to recapture the Subject Space; provided, however, such recapture right shall not apply to (A) any assignment or sublease of the Premises to a “Permitted Transferee,” as that term is defined in Section 14.8 , below or (B) any sublease of less than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises for less than all or substantially all of the remaining Lease Term. Such recapture notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space as of the date stated in the Transfer Notice as the effective date of the proposed Transfer. If Landlord elects to recapture the Subject Space, Tenant shall have the right by delivering written notice to Landlord within five (5) business days of Landlord’s notice of recapture, to withdraw the applicable Transfer Notice, in which case, the applicable Transfer Notice shall be deemed null and void. In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner to recapture the Subject Space under this Section 14.4 , then, provided Landlord has consented to the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall be entitled to proceed to transfer the Subject Space to the proposed Transferee, subject to provisions of this Article 14.

 

14.5                         Effect of Transfer . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an executed copy of the Transfer document in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether

 

47



 

with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Subject to Article 27 , below, Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof.

 

14.6                         Additional Transfers . For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Transfer ” shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or (B) the sale or other transfer of an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period. The terms of this Section 14.6 shall not apply to the Original Tenant and/or any Non-Transferee Assignee (including, any sale, transfer or issuance of stock in connection with an equity financing or initial public offering by the Original Tenant and/or any Non-Transferee Assignee).

 

14.7                         Occurrence of Default . Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) with respect to a sublease only, treat such Transfer as canceled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in monetary and/or material non-monetary default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period), Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all payments of Rent due under such Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been guaranteed, Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

 

14.8                         Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 , (i) a Transfer by Tenant to a Transferee which is an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant (an “ Affiliate ”), (ii) a Transfer to an entity which acquires all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, (iii) a Transfer to an entity which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant during the Lease Term or (iv) a sublease of a portion of the Premises to Burstly, Inc. (a subtenant occupying space in the

 

48



 

Premises as of the date of this Lease) (“ Existing Subtenant ”) (any such Transfer or sublessee described in the foregoing items (i) through (iv) of this Section 14.8 hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee ”), while subject to all other provisions of this Article 14 , such Transfer to a Permitted Transferee shall not require Landlord’s consent under Sections 14.1 and 14.2 , above, and shall not be subject to Sections 14.3 or 14.4 , above, provided that (a) Tenant notifies Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of any such Transfer to any such Permitted Transferee (or within thirty (30) days after such Transfer if confidentiality requirements of the underlying transaction prevent such prior notice to Landlord) and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such Transfer or Permitted Transferee as set forth above (it being understood that Tenant is under no obligation to disclose the economic terms of any Transfer to a Permitted Transferee), (b) Tenant is not in default, beyond any applicable notice and cure period, (c) such Permitted Transferee shall be of a character and reputation consistent with the quality of the Building, (d) with respect to assignment of this Lease, such Non-Transferee Assignee’s overall creditworthiness and tangible net worth (not including goodwill as an asset) computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ Net Worth ”) shall (I) be sufficient to meet all of the remaining obligations of Tenant under this Lease and (II) not be materially less than the overall creditworthiness and Net Worth of the Original Tenant as of the date immediately preceding the effective date of such assignment, (e) such Transfer is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease and (1) no assignment relating to this Lease, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease, and, in the event of an assignment of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease, the liability of Tenant and such transferee shall be joint and several. An assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease who qualifies as a Permitted Transferee may also be referred to herein as a “ Non-Transferee Assignee. ” “ Control ,” as used in this Section 14.8 , shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity.

 

14.9                         Assumption by Trustee in Bankruptcy . In the event that Tenant files any type of petition in bankruptcy or has such petition filed against it, and Landlord cannot elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to law, and in the event that the trustee or receiver appointed by the bankruptcy court assumes or adopts or fails to disaffirm this Lease and fails or refuses to give Landlord adequate assurance of compliance with this Lease pursuant to law, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease within thirty (30) days after gaining knowledge of such failure to give such adequate assurances, or within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from said trustee or receiver of refusal to give such adequate assurances, whichever is earlier.

 

14.10                  Approved Users . Notwithstanding anything in this Article 14 to the contrary, Tenant shall be permitted from time to time to permit Affiliates of Tenant (in each case, an “ Approved User ”) to occupy space within the Premises, provided that (a) Tenant does not separately demise such space and the Approved User utilizes, in common with Tenant, common entries to the Premises as well as certain shared central services, such as reception, photocopying and the like and (b) the Approved User occupies space in the Premises for the Permitted Use and for no other purpose. No consent from Landlord shall be required with respect to such usage by an Approved User nor shall any Transfer Premium or recapture provisions described in this Article 14 apply thereto. If an Approved User occupies any portion of the Premises as described herein, it is

 

49



 

agreed that (i) the Approved User must comply with all provisions of this Lease, and a default by an Approved User shall be deemed a default by Tenant under this Lease; (ii) all notices required of Landlord under this Lease shall be forwarded only to Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Lease and in no event shall Landlord be required to send any notices to an Approved User; (iii) in no event shall any use or occupancy of any portion of the Premises by an Approved User release or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease; (iv) the Approved User and its employees, contractors and invitees visiting or occupying space in the Premises shall be deemed employees of Tenant for purposes of Tenant’s indemnification obligations in Section 10.1 of this Lease; and (v) in no event shall the occupancy of any portion of the Premises by Approved User be deemed to create a landlord/tenant relationship between Landlord and such Approved User, and, in all instances, Tenant shall be considered the sole tenant under the Lease, notwithstanding the occupancy of any portion of the Premises by the Approved User.

 

ARTICLE 15

 

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND
REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

 

15.1                         Surrender of Premises . No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

 

15.2                         Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant . Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article  15 , quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder and damage from casualty or condemnation excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, freestanding cabinet work, movable partitions, all signs and placards, and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal. Repair of damage shall not include any obligation to repaint or recarpet the Premises to the extent the need for such repainting and/or re-carpeting results from ordinary wear and tear. Landlord may elect to retain or dispose of, in any manner, any Alterations or Tenant’s personal property that Tenant does not remove (and was not directed by Landlord to remove) from the Premises on the expiration or termination of the Term.

 

50


 

Title to any such Alterations or Tenant’s personal property that Landlord elects to retain or dispose of on expiration of the Term shall vest in Landlord. Tenant hereby waives any rights it may have to notice under Civil Code sections 1980 et seq. with respect to such Alterations or Tenant’s personal property. Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damage to Tenant resulting from Landlord’s retention or disposition of any such Alterations or Tenant’s personal property. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for Landlord’s costs for storing, removing and disposing of any Alterations or Tenant’s personal property and shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from the claim of any third party to an interest in said personal property. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any improvements existing in the Sublease Premises or Expansion Premises as of the date the Sublease Premises and/or the Expansion Premises, as the case, were delivered to Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 16

 

HOLDING OVER

 

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to 150% of the Rent applicable during the last monthly rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. For purposes of this Article 16 , a holding over shall include, without limitation, (a) Tenant’s remaining in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, as required pursuant to the terms of Section 8.5 , above, to remove any Alterations or Specialty Tenant Improvements located within the Premises to the extent required pursuant to this Lease, or (b) Tenant’s failure to remove items and restore the Premises as required in Article 15 , above. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

 

ARTICLE 17

 

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

 

Within ten (10) days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E , attached hereto (or such other form as may be

 

51



 

reasonably required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. At any time during the Lease Term (but not more than twice in any calendar year), Landlord may require Tenant and Guarantor to provide (not more than twice in any calendar year) Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. In addition, within sixty (60) days of each calendar year, Tenant shall provide Landlord with current financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Any such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. This Article 17 shall be self-operative and no further instrument shall be required in order to effect it. Within ten (10) days after Tenant’s request, Landlord shall execute and deliver to Tenant a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate in favor of such parties as Tenant may reasonably designate, including current and prospective lenders and prospective purchasers.

 

ARTICLE 18

 

SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

 

18.1                                   Subordination . This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto (collectively, the “ Superior Holders ”); provided, however, that in consideration of and a condition precedent to Tenant’s agreement to subordinate this Lease to any future Superior Holders, shall be the receipt by Tenant of a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“ SNDA ”) in the lender’s standard form with such modifications, if any, as Tenant and any such future Superior Holder may negotiate and agree upon, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, pursuant to negotiations directly between Tenant and Superior Holder, which requires such future Superior Holder to accept this Lease, and not to disturb tenant’s possession, so long as Tenant is not in default under the terms of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever (except as expressly permitted by this Lease), to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and to assume Landlord’s obligations and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the terms, covenants and

 

52



 

conditions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale. Within sixty (60) following the Effective Date, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant for execution a commercial non-disturbance agreement from Bank of America, N.A. (the “ Lender ”) which is the beneficiary under a first-lien deed of trust encumbering the Building (“ SNDA ”). Tenant shall pay for any and all costs associated with Lender’s processing (and, if revisions are requested by Tenant, negotiating any modifications to such instrument) of such SNDA, including any legal fees and costs charged by Lender with respect thereto. This Section 18.1 shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required in order to effect it.

 

18.2                         Attornment by Tenant . If any holder of any mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, or other similar instrument succeeds to Landlord’s interest in the Premises, Tenant will pay to such successor all Rent subsequently payable under this Lease. Tenant will, upon request of any one so succeeding to the interest of Landlord, automatically become the tenant of, and attorn to, such successor in interest without change in this Lease. Such successor in interest will not be bound by: (a) any payment of Rent for more than one (1) month in advance (other than payment upon execution of the Base Rent due under this Lease for the fourth (4 th ) full calendar month of the Lease Term); or (b) any amendment or modification of this Lease made without its written consent; or (c) any claim against Landlord arising prior to the date on which such successor succeeded to Landlord’s interest except to the extent such claim is continuing after the date such successor succeeds to Landlord’s interest; or (d) any claim or offset of Rent against the Landlord (except as otherwise expressly permitted under this Lease). Upon request by such successor in interest and without cost to Landlord or such successor in interest, Tenant will execute, acknowledge, and deliver an instrument or instruments confirming the attornment. The instrument of attornment will also provide that such successor in interest will not disturb Tenant in its use of the Premises in accordance with this Lease and shall otherwise be on terms reasonably acceptable to Tenant.

 

18.3                         Conditions for Tenant’s Termination . No act or failure to act on the part of Landlord which would entitle Tenant under the terms of this Lease, or by law, to be relieved of Tenant’s obligations hereunder or to terminate this Lease, shall result in a release or termination of such obligations or a termination of this Lease unless: (a) Tenant shall have first given written notice of Landlord’s act or failure to act to Landlord’s mortgagees of record, if any, specifying the act or failure to act on the part of Landlord which could or would give basis to Tenant’s rights; and (b) such mortgagees, after receipt of such notice, have failed or refused to correct or cure the condition complained of within a “reasonable time” thereafter; but nothing contained in this Section 18.3 shall be deemed to impose any obligation on any such mortgagee to correct or cure any condition.

 

18.4                         Non-merger of Fee and Leasehold Estate . If both Landlord’s and Tenant’s estates in the real property, or the improvements or the Premises become vested in the same owner, this

 

53



 

Lease shall nevertheless not be destroyed by application of the doctrine of merger except at the express election of the Landlord and the consent of each and every lender whose loan is secured in whole or in part by all or any portions of the Premises.

 

18.5                         Non-merger of Subleases . The surrender of this Lease by Tenant or the cancellation of this Lease by agreement of Tenant and Landlord or the termination of this Lease on account of Tenant’s default will not work a merger, and will, at Landlord’s option, terminate any subleases or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any subleases. Landlord’s option under this paragraph will be exercised by notice to Tenant and all known subtenants in the Premises.

 

ARTICLE 19

 

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

 

19.1                         Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

 

19.1.1               Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due unless such failure is cured within five (5) business days after written notice; however, Tenant will not be entitled to more than one (1) notice for default in payment of Rent during any twelve (12) month period, and if, within twelve (12) months after any such notice, any Rent is not paid when due, an event of default will have occurred without further notice; or

 

19.1.2               Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease, in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a default by Tenant under this Section 19.1.2 , any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default; or

 

19.1.3               To the extent permitted by law, a general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease for the benefit of creditors, or the taking of any corporate action in furtherance of bankruptcy or dissolution whether or not there exists any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, or the filing by or against Tenant or any guarantor of any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, unless in the case of a proceeding filed against Tenant or any guarantor the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days, or the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant or any guarantor, unless possession is restored to Tenant or such guarantor within thirty (30) days, or any execution or other judicially authorized seizure of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets located upon the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, unless such seizure is discharged within thirty (30) days; or

 

54



 

19.1.4               The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Section 5.1 , Articles 17 or 18 of this Lease where such failure continues for more than three (3) business days after notice from Landlord; or

 

19.1.5               Any default by Tenant, as the subtenant, under the TrueCar Sublease.

 

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

 

19.2                         Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

 

19.2.1               Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

 

(i)                                      The worth at the time of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

 

(ii)                                   The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

(iii)                                The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

(iv)                               Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

 

(v)                                  At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

 

The term “rent” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Section 19.2.1(i)  and (ii) , above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Article 25 of this Lease, but

 

55



 

in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in Section 19.2.1(iii)  above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

 

19.2.2               To the extent that Tenant was permitted to occupy the Premises without the payment of Rent or at a reduced Rent at the beginning of the Lease Term (“reduced rent period”), Landlord shall be entitled to an amount equal to what the Rent would have been during the reduced rent period to be determined at the Rent rate per month established for the last month of the first year of the Lease Term of this Lease (including any renewal or extension of this Lease).

 

19.2.3               Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

 

19.2.4               Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 through 19.2.3 , above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

 

19.3                         Subleases of Tenant . Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19 , Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

 

19.4                         Form of Payment After Default . Following the occurrence of an event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to require that any or all subsequent amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, whether to cure the default in question or otherwise, be paid in the form of cash, money order, cashier’s or certified check drawn on an institution acceptable to Landlord, or by other means approved by Landlord, notwithstanding any prior practice of accepting payments in any different form.

 

19.5                         Efforts to Relet . No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor

 

56



 

shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

 

19.6                         Default by Landlord . Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the performance of any obligation required by it under this Lease, or under any agreement executed in connection herewith, unless and until it has failed to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice by Tenant to Landlord, specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligation; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion. Nothing in this Article 19 shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease or that Tenant is excused from paying any Rent due hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord fails to comply with the terms of Article 7 of this Lease after thirty (30) days’ notice from Tenant, then Tenant shall have the right, after delivering a second notice to Landlord and Landlord’s failure, within five (5) days of Landlord’s receipt of the second notice, to commence to perform any such maintenance or repair items for which Landlord is expressly obligated to perform in the Premises, and to prosecute such maintenance or repair to completion. In such event, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant, within ten (10) business days of a bill therefor, for the actual out of pocket costs incurred by Tenant in performing any such maintenance or repair. If, in connection with the foregoing, Landlord fails to timely reimburse Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to deduct and offset such amounts owed by Landlord against the Rent due under this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 20

 

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

 

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

 

ARTICLE 21

 

SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

21.1                         In General . On or before the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”) in the amount set forth in Section 8 of the Summary, as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and any renewals or extensions of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to deposit the Security Deposit if Virtu Financial Services, LLC assigns to

 

57



 

Landlord all of its rights and interest in the security deposit deposited by Tenant, as subtenant, to Virtu Financial Services, LLC, as sublandlord, pursuant to the term of the TrueCar Sublease and delivers such security deposit to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date, in which event, such security deposit shall be held by Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Article 21 as the Security Deposit under this Lease. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provisions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, the removal of property and the repair of resultant damage, Landlord may, without notice to Tenant, but shall not be required to apply all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default and Tenant shall, upon demand therefor, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount within five (5) business days after written notice from Landlord. Any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within forty-five (45) days following the expiration of the Lease Term so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes any and all rights, benefits, or protections, if any, Tenant now has, or in the future may have, under Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, any successor statute, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, including, but not limited to, any provision of law which (i) establishes the time frame by which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, or (ii) provides that a landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant, or to clean the subject premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (A) any statutory time frames for the return of a security deposit are superseded by the express period identified in this Article 21 , above, and (B) rather than be so limited, Landlord may claim from the Security Deposit (i) any and all sums expressly identified in this Article 21 , above, and (ii) any additional sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any and all losses or damages caused by Tenant’s default of this Lease, including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

 

21.2                         Conditional Reduction of a Portion of the Security Deposit . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the Security Deposit amount set forth in Section 8 of the Summary is subject to reduction to $275,600.00, provided that all of the conditions are satisfied as of the date of reduction: (i) no default has occurred by Tenant under this Lease at any time prior to the date of reduction, (ii) such reduction shall be conditioned upon a determination by Landlord that Tenant’s financial condition has not changed adversely, (iii) Tenant has provided evidence reasonably acceptable to Landlord that Tenant has raised at least $15,000,000.00 in new equity in addition to the its current valuation (and no such equity shall be utilized for the purpose of refinancing existing indebtedness) (“ Required Threshold ”) and (iv) Tenant has delivered to Landlord a current financial statement and financial statements of the calendar year prior to the current financial statement calendar year, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant (the foregoing items (i)-(iv) shall be referred to herein as the “ Reduction Conditions ”). Subject to Tenant’s timely satisfaction of all of the Reduction Conditions, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days following the date all of the Required Conditions have been satisfied (“ Reduction Date ”), reduce the Security Deposit amount set forth in Section 8 of the Summary by amount equal to $137,799.85 (the “ Reduction Amount ”), which amount shall be applied as a credit against the Monthly Base Rent due and owing under this Lease immediately following the Reduction Date. Tenant’s right to have the

 

58



 

Security Deposit reduced as provided in this Section 21.2 has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for agreeing to pay the rent and performing the terms and conditions otherwise required under this Lease. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease and shall fail to cure such default within any applicable notice and cure period permitted for cure pursuant to this Lease or if, Tenants has failed to satisfy any of the Reduction Conditions, then Landlord may, at its option, by notice to Tenant, elect, in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have under this Lease, require Tenant to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount as set forth in Section 8 of the Summary (to the extent any such reduction has been applied) within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of notice from Landlord (the “ Reestablishment Notice ”). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 21.2 , the total Security Deposit to be held by Landlord until the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease after reducing the initial Security Deposit by the Reduction Amount on the Reduction Date as set forth above shall be equal to $275,600.00 (the “ Remaining Security Deposit ”).

 

ARTICLE 22

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE 23

 

SIGNS

 

23.1                         Full Floors . Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in its sole discretion, and provided all signs are in keeping with the quality, design and style of the Building and Project, Tenant, if the Premises comprise an entire floor of the Building, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, may install identification signage anywhere in the Premises including in the elevator lobby of the Premises, provided that such signs must not be visible from the exterior of the Building.

 

23.2                         Multi-Tenant Floors . If other tenants occupy space on the floor on which the Premises is located, Tenant’s identifying signage shall be provided by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, and such signage shall be comparable to that used by Landlord for other similar floors in the Building and shall comply with Landlord’s Building standard signage program.

 

23.3                         Prohibited Signage and Other Items . Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Project or the Common Areas. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord.

 

59



 

ARTICLE 24

 

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

 

Tenant shall not do anything in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated (collectively, “ Applicable Laws ”). At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all such Applicable Laws which relate to (i) Tenant’s use of the Premises for non-general office use, (ii) the Alterations or Tenant Improvements in the Premises, or (iii) the Base Building, but, as to the Base Building, only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Tenant’s Alterations, the Tenant Improvements, or use of the Premises for non-general office use. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant with respect to the use of the Premises by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. Nothing herein is intended to require Tenant to pay for the cost of compliance with Applicable Laws within the Premises which are triggered by improvements made to the Building outside of the Premises and not triggered as result of (a) Tenant’s use of the Premises for non-general office use and/or (b) Tenant’s Alterations or Tenant Improvements in the Premises. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Landlord shall comply with all Applicable Laws relating to the Base Building and Common Areas, provided that compliance with such Applicable Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, and provided further that Landlord shall not be required to make any modifications to the Project in order to comply with such Applicable Laws unless so directed by applicable governmental authorities. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Article 24 to the extent consistent with the terms of Section 4.2.4.1 , above. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, to make all alterations to the Premises as are required to comply with Applicable Laws. In accordance with California Civil Code Section 1938, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant and Tenant hereby acknowledges Landlord’s disclosure that the Building has not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist.

 

ARTICLE 25

 

LATE CHARGES

 

Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent or Additional Rent due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing, administration and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any encumbrance covering the Premises. Accordingly, if any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) business days after written notice that the same was not paid when due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to the greater of (i) five percent

 

60


 

(5%) of the overdue amount or (ii) Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250.00). The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within ten (10) days after the date they are due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “ Bank Prime Loan ” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication H.15(519), published on the first Tuesday of each calendar month (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published) plus two (2) percentage points (the “ Reference Interest Rate ”), and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

 

ARTICLE 26

 

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

 

26.1                         Landlord’s Cure . All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to pay when due amounts payable under this Lease or to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2 , above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder. All amounts so paid by Landlord and all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the performance of any such obligations will be payable by Tenant to Landlord on demand.

 

26.2                         Tenant’s Reimbursement . Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1; and (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 of this Lease. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

 

ARTICLE 27

 

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

 

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers, or during the last nine (9) months to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems and equipment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27 , Landlord may

 

61



 

enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform services required of Landlord, including janitorial service; (B) take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby, all claims for such damage being hereby released. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to clean the Premises and shall only maintain or repair the Premises to the extent Landlord is expressly required to maintain or repair such items under this Lease. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord herein. No reentry into or taking of possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Article 27 shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention be given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. No notice from Landlord under this Lease or under a forcible entry and detainer statute or similar law will constitute an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless such notice specifically says so. Subject to Article 19 , Landlord reserves the right following any such reentry or re-letting, or both, to exercise its right to terminate this Lease by giving Tenant such written notice, and, in that event the Lease will terminate as specified in such notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27 , Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to take possession due to any default of this Lease by Tenant (which continues beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period) in the manner permitted under Applicable Law.

 

ARTICLE 28

 

TENANT PARKING

 

Tenant shall rent from Landlord not less than 103 parking permits (“ Must-Take Parking ”), 100 of which will be for the use of unreserved parking in the Project parking facility at all times and three (3) of which will be for the use of reserved parking (which reserved parking spaces shall be initially located in spaces marked as “R” on the parking plan attached hereto as Exhibit G . In addition, Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to rent from Landlord, commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, up to fourteen (14) parking permits as set forth in Section 9 of the Summary (“ Additional Parking ”), on a monthly basis throughout the Lease Term, which parking permits shall pertain to the Project parking facility. Upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord, Tenant may increase or decrease the number of Additional Parking permits rented by Tenant, provided that in no event shall Tenant be entitled

 

62



 

to rent more than the amount of the parking permits set forth in Section 9 of the Summary. Subject to availability, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, Tenant shall have the right, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord, commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, to convert up to ten (10) of the unreserved parking permits to ten (10) reserved parking permits, and such additional reserved parking permits shall be in a location to be designated by Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord for automobile parking permits on a monthly basis the prevailing rate charged from time to time at the location of such parking permits. In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of any taxes, fees or any other charges imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking permits by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. At Landlord’s option, up to 2/3 of Tenant’s unreserved parking permits, or any portion thereof, shall be for the use of unreserved tandem parking spaces in the Project parking facility. Similarly, at Landlord’s option all or any portion of any visitor parking which may be provided in the Project parking facility, may be unreserved tandem parking spaces so long as a parking attendant is present during Building Hours. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking permits is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by the “Parking Rules and Regulations” attached hereto as Exhibit F , as the same may be reasonably modified from time to time by Landlord, and all other rules and regulations prescribed by Landlord for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking permits are located, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord, Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with the foregoing, and Tenant not being in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements so long as with respect to all of the foregoing, reasonable alternative parking is provided at no additional cost to Tenant. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant’s right to use any parking spaces rented by Tenant pursuant to this Article 28 shall be made available for Tenant’s use Monday-Friday, 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M., excluding Holidays (“ Parking Hours ”). However, after the Parking Hours, Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, without notice or any liability whatsoever to Tenant, to relocate any parking spaces then rented by Tenant, to a different location in the Building, as determined by Landlord (provided that at least twenty percent (20%) of Tenant’s parking spaces shall be relocated to a designated area within the parking facility after Parking Hours, as more particularly shown on Exhibit G ). In addition, Tenant hereby acknowledges that the parking license privileges provided for herein are personal to Tenant and for the exclusive use of Tenant and the Approved Users and their respective officers and employees; and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall not assign or sublease any parking license privileges or permits provided to Tenant herein or by a separate license or other agreement, and any attempted assignment of parking privileges and/or parking permits by Tenant shall be null and void and without effect, unless done pursuant to a Transfer complying with the provisions of Article 14 , above. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has no obligation to provide visitor parking for Tenant’s customers, invitees or licensees other than parking spaces in those parking areas located in the Project at the

 

63



 

validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking. Landlord will maintain an automated parking system which will accept Tenant’s validations for visitor parking. Landlord assumes no responsibility whatsoever for loss or damage due to fire, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief or otherwise to any automobiles parked in the parking areas of the Project, or any personal property therein, and Tenant agrees, upon request from Landlord from time to time, to notify Tenant’s officers, employees and agents then using any of the parking privileges provided for in this Lease of such limitation of liability. It is the intention of the parties hereto that a license only is hereby granted to Tenant for the parking permit privileges provided herein and no bailment is intended or shall be created hereby. Tenant hereby covenants that it shall not at any time park in the parking facility serving McDonald’s or otherwise permit any of its employees and visitors to park in such parking facility.

 

ARTICLE 29

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

29.1                         Terms; Captions . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

 

29.2                         Binding Effect . Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

 

29.3                         No Air Rights . No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, in performing any of the foregoing work in or about the Project, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any such temporary darkening of the windows or obstruction of light therefrom which would materially and unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

 

29.4                         Modification of Lease . Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other material way change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following a request therefor.

 

64



 

29.5                         Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer and the written assumption of this Lease by such transferee, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and such transferee shall have fully assumed in writing and agreed to be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit it received from Landlord, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that such an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and that Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

29.6                         Prohibition Against Recording . Except as provided in Section 29.4 of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

 

29.7                         Landlord’s Title . Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

 

29.8                         Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

 

29.9                         Intentionally Deleted .

 

29.10                  Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

 

29.11                  Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

 

29.12                  No Warranty . In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations not provided herein, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto. Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty as to the suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, that any specific tenant or number of tenants shall occupy any space in the Project, nor has Landlord agreed to undertake any modification, alteration or improvement to the Premises except as provided in this Lease. Tenant further

 

65



 

agrees that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the physical condition of the Building, the Project, the land upon which the Building or the Project are located, or the Premises, or the expenses of operation of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the Premises, except as herein expressly set forth in the provisions of this Lease.

 

29.13                  Exculpation . The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Building. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, (A) neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring and (B) subject to Article 16 , neither Tenant nor the Tenant Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Landlord’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

 

29.14                  Entire Agreement . It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

29.15                  Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

 

29.16                  Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations

 

66



 

imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (collectively, a “ Force Majeure ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure. Tenant acknowledges that the Tenant Improvements will be subject to the energy conservation, sustainability and “green building” requirements of the City of Santa Monica and neither such requirements nor the time required for Tenant to cause the Tenant Improvements to comply therewith shall constitute a Force Majeure delay under this Lease or the Work Letter.

 

29.17                  Waiver of Redemption by Tenant . Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

 

29.18                  Notices . All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (“ Mail ”), (B) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (C) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the addresses set forth in Section 11 of the Summary, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given (i) three (3) business days after the date it is posted if sent by Mail, (ii) the date the overnight courier delivery is made, or (iii) the date personal delivery is made or attempted to be made. If Notice is tendered under the provisions of this Lease and is refused by the intended recipient of the Notice, the Notice shall nonetheless be considered to have been given and shall be effective as of the date provided in this Lease. The contrary notwithstanding, any Notice given to Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, in a manner other than that provided in this Lease, that is actually received by Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, shall be effective with respect to Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, on receipt of such Notice. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant’s exercising any remedy available to Tenant.

 

29.19                  Joint and Several . If there is more than one Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, the obligations imposed upon Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, under this Lease shall be joint and several.

 

29.20                  Authority . If Tenant signs this Lease as a corporation, Tenant warrants to Landlord that Tenant is a duly authorized and existing corporation, that Tenant is qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises are located, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that each person signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant has full authority to do

 

67



 

so. Within thirty (30) days after this Lease is signed, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of a secretary’s certificate authorizing the execution of this Lease by Tenant or other evidence of such authority reasonably acceptable to Landlord. If Tenant is a partnership, each person signing this Lease for Tenant represents and warrants that he is a general partner of the partnership, that he has full authority to sign for the partnership and that this Lease binds the partnership and all general partners of the partnership. Within thirty (30) days after this Lease is signed, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of Tenant’s recorded statement of partnership or certificate of limited partnership.

 

29.21                  Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that either Landlord or Tenant brings any action arising under this Lease, then the “prevailing party,” as defined under California Civil Procedure Code Section 1032, to this Lease in any such proceeding shall be paid by the other party to this Lease in any such proceeding reasonable attorneys’ fees and all costs of such action or proceeding which shall be enforceable.

 

29.22                  Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING NOT SUBMITTED TO ARBITRATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 29.34 ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY.

 

29.23                  Submission of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

29.24                  Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the “ Brokers ”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall pay the Brokers pursuant to the terms of separate commission agreements. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

 

29.25                  Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary (subject to Tenant’s rights set forth in Section 19.6 , above) and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

 

68



 

29.26                  Project or Building Name and Signage . Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire, except that Landlord shall not install any Tenant identifying signage or use Tenant’s or Approved User’s names in advertising or for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Tenant (provided that no such consent shall be required to the extent Landlord’s use is for the identification of tenants at the Building). Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

29.27                  Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

 

29.28                  Confidentiality . Tenant and Landlord acknowledge that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Landlord and Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s or Landlord’s, as applicable, financial, legal, space planning consultants, Tenant’s prospective subtenants and assignees and as required by Applicable Law. The provisions of this Section 29.28 shall expire and be void from and after the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

29.29                  Transportation Management . Tenant shall fully comply with all governmentally mandated or operated, present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Building, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities.

 

29.30                  Building Renovations . It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant and has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein or in the Work Letter. However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is currently renovating or may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “ Renovations ”) the Project, the Building and/or the Premises including without limitation the parking structure, Common Areas, systems and equipment, roof, and structural portions of the same, which Renovations may include, without limitation, (i) installing sprinklers in the Building Common Areas and tenant spaces, (ii) modifying the Common Areas and tenant spaces to comply with Applicable Laws and regulations, including regulations relating to the physically disabled, seismic conditions, and building safety and security, and (iii) installing new floor covering, lighting, and wall coverings in the Building Common Areas, and in connection with any Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the Common Areas, or perform work in the Building, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building. Landlord shall

 

69



 

provide Tenant with prior notice of any such Renovations which may affect the Premises and in connection therewith Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform any such Renovations in a manner that does not unreasonably and materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use or Tenant’s parking rights or materially increase the obligations or materially reduce the rights of Tenant under this Lease.

 

29.31                  No Violation . Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Tenant’s breach of this warranty and representation. Landlord hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Landlord to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Landlord is bound, and Landlord shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Landlord’s breach of this warranty and representation.

 

29.32                  Communications and Computer Lines . Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables (collectively, the “ Lines ”) at the Project in or serving the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant shall with respect to the installation of any vertical cabling obtain Landlord’s prior written consent (but the installation of horizontal cabling may be installed by Tenant, upon prior notice to Landlord but without the prior written consent of Landlord), use an experienced and qualified contractor approved in writing by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease, (ii) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (iii) the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, and shall be surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) any new or existing Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all Applicable Laws, and (v) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises prior to the expiration or any earlier termination of the Lease Term or, at any time, any Lines which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time in violation of any laws or represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not have the obligation to remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises prior to the expiration or any earlier termination of the Lease Term to the extent the subsequent tenant leasing the Premises wants to utilize the Lines in or serving the Premises.

 

29.33                  Intentionally Deleted .

 

29.34                  Arbitration .

 

29.34.1                                General Submittals to Arbitration. The submittal of all matters to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of this Section 29.34 is the sole and exclusive method, means and procedure to resolve any and all claims, disputes or disagreements arising

 

70


 

under this Lease, including, but not limited to any matter relating to Landlord’s failure to approve an assignment, sublease or other transfer of Tenant’s interest in the Lease under Article 14 of this Lease, any other defaults by Landlord, or any Tenant default, except for (i) all claims by either party which (A) seek anything other than enforcement of rights under this Lease, or (B) are primarily founded upon matters of fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or any other allegations of tortious action, and seek the award of punitive or exemplary damages, (ii) all claims by either party arising from the determination of Fair Market Rental Rate, and (iii) claims relating to Landlord’s exercise of any unlawful detainer rights pursuant to California law or rights or remedies used by Landlord to gain possession of the Premises or terminate Tenant’s right of possession to the Premises, which disputes shall be resolved by suit filed in the Superior Court of Los Angeles County, California, the decision of which court shall be subject to appeal pursuant to Applicable Laws.

 

29.34.2                                JAMS . Any dispute to be arbitrated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 29.34 shall be determined by binding arbitration before a retired judge of the Superior Court of the State of California (the “Arbitrator”) under the auspices of Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”). Such arbitration shall be initiated by the parties, or either of them, within ten (10) days after either party sends Notice (the “Arbitration Notice”) of a demand to arbitrate to the other party and to JAMS. The Arbitration Notice shall contain a description of the subject matter of the arbitration, the dispute with respect thereto, the amount involved, if any, and the remedy or determination sought. The parties shall in good faith agree on an arbitrator from the JAMS panel. In the event that JAMS shall no longer exist or if JAMS fails or refuses to accept submission of such dispute, then the dispute shall be resolved by binding arbitration before the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under the AAA’s commercial arbitration rules then in effect and in that event the parties shall, in good faith, agree on an arbitrator from the AAA panel.

 

29.34.3                                Arbitration Procedure .

 

29.34.3.1                                              Pre-Decision Actions . The Arbitrator shall schedule a pre-hearing conference to resolve procedural matters, arrange for the exchange of information, obtain stipulations, and narrow the issues. The parties will submit proposed discovery schedules to the Arbitrator at the pre-hearing conference. The scope and duration of discovery will be within the sole discretion of the Arbitrator. The Arbitrator shall have the discretion to order a pre-hearing exchange of information by the parties, including, without limitation, production of requested documents, exchange of summaries of testimony of proposed witnesses, and examination by deposition of parties and third-party witnesses. This discretion shall be exercised in favor of discovery reasonable under the circumstances.

 

29.34.3.2                                              The Decision . The arbitration shall be conducted in Los Angeles, California.  Any party may be represented by counsel or other authorized representative. In rendering a decision(s), the Arbitrator shall determine the rights and obligations of the parties according to the substantive and procedural laws of the State of California and the provisions of this Lease. The Arbitrator’s decision shall be based on the evidence introduced at the hearing, including all logical and reasonable inferences therefrom.  The Arbitrator may make any determination, and/or grant any remedy or relief according to the laws of the State of California and the provisions of this Lease. The decision must be based on,

 

71



 

and accompanied by, a written statement of decision explaining the factual and legal basis for the decision as to each of the principal controverted issues. The decision shall be conclusive and binding, and it may thereafter be confirmed as a judgment by the Superior Court of the State of California, subject only to challenge on the grounds set forth in the California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1286.2. The Arbitrator shall award costs, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, and expert and witness costs and the Arbitrator’s fees and costs, to the prevailing party as defined in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1032.

 

29.35                  Office and Communications Services .

 

29.35.1                                The Provider . Landlord has advised Tenant that certain office and communications services may be offered to tenants of the Building by a concessionaire under contract to Landlord (“ Provider ”). Tenant shall be permitted to contract with Provider for the provision of any or all of such services on such terms and conditions as Tenant and Provider may agree.

 

29.35.2                                Other Terms . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) Landlord has made no warranty or representation to Tenant with respect to the availability of any such services, or the quality, reliability or suitability thereof; (ii) the Provider is not acting as the agent or representative of Landlord in the provision of such services, and Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility for any failure or inadequacy of such services, or any equipment or facilities used in the furnishing thereof, or any act or omission of Provider, or its agents, employees, representatives, officers or contractors; (iii) Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for the installation, alteration, repair, maintenance, furnishing, operation, adjustment or removal of any such services, equipment or facilities; and (iv) any contract or other agreement between Tenant and Provider shall be independent of this Lease, the obligations of Tenant hereunder, and the rights of Landlord hereunder, and, without limiting the foregoing, no default or failure of Provider with respect to any such services, equipment or facilities, or under any contract or agreement relating thereto, shall have any effect on this Lease or give to Tenant any offset or defense to the full and timely performance of its obligations hereunder, or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or additional rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, or constitute any accrual or constructive eviction of Tenant, or otherwise give rise to any other claim of any nature against Landlord except to the extent of Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct.

 

29.36                  Landlord’s Reserved Rights . Landlord reserves to itself and shall at any and all times have the right to:

 

29.36.1                                Change of Name . Change the name of the Premises or the Building or any other portion of the Project.

 

29.36.2                                Intentionally Omitted .

 

29.36.3                                Intentionally Omitted .

 

29.36.4                                Intentionally Omitted .

 

72



 

29.36.5                                Grant Right to Conduct Business . Grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in the Building or the Project, provided such exclusive right shall not operate to exclude Tenant from the use of the Premises expressly permitted by this Lease or interfere with the operation of Tenant’s business.

 

29.37                  Intentionally Deleted .

 

29.38                  Rules and Regulations . The “Rules and Regulations” attached to this Lease as Exhibit D , as well as such reasonable rules and regulations as may be hereafter adopted by Landlord for the safety, care, utilization and cleanliness of the Premises, the Building and the Project and the preservation of good order thereon, are hereby expressly made a part hereof, and Tenant agrees to comply with such rules and regulations and the violation of any of them shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. If there is a conflict between the rules and regulations and any of the provisions of this Lease, the provisions of this Lease shall prevail. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause other tenants or occupants of the Building or the Project to comply with any of said rules and regulations.

 

29.39                  Intentionally Omitted

 

29.40                  Hazardous Substances .

 

29.40.1                                Definitions . For purposes of this Lease, the following definitions shall apply: “hazardous substance(s)” shall mean any solid, liquid or gaseous substance or material that is described or characterized as a toxic or hazardous substance, waste, material, pollutant, contaminant or infectious waste, or any matter that in certain specified quantities would be injurious to the public health or welfare, or words of similar import, in any of the “Environmental Laws,” as that term is defined below, or any other words which are intended to define, list or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, toxicity or reproductive toxicity and includes, without limitation, asbestos, petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel, or any mixture thereof), petroleum products, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde, radon gas, nuclear or radioactive matter, medical waste, soot, vapors, fumes, acids, alkalis, chemicals, microbial matters (such as molds, fungi or other bacterial matters), biological agents and chemicals which may cause adverse health effects, including but not limited to, cancers and /or toxicity. “ Environmental Laws ” shall mean any and all federal, state, local or quasi-governmental laws (whether under common law, statute or otherwise), ordinances, decrees, codes, rulings, awards, rules, regulations or guidance or policy documents now or hereafter enacted or promulgated and as amended from time to time, in any way relating to (a) the protection of the environment, the health and safety of persons (including employees), property or the public welfare from actual or potential release, discharge, escape or emission (whether past or present) of any hazardous substances or (b) the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of any hazardous substances.

 

29.40.2                                Compliance with Environmental Laws . Tenant represents and warrants that, except as herein set forth, it will not use, store or dispose of any hazardous substances in or on the Premises. However, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Landlord

 

73



 

agrees that Tenant may use, store and properly dispose of commonly available household cleaners and chemicals to maintain the Premises and Tenant’s routine office operations (such as printer toner and copier toner) and substances (such as diesel fuel) used for Tenant’s Generator (hereinafter the “ Permitted Chemicals ”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that any or all of the Permitted Chemicals described in this paragraph may constitute hazardous substances. However, Tenant may use, store and dispose of same, provided that in doing so, Tenant fully complies with all Environmental Laws.

 

29.40.3                                Landlord’s Right of Environmental Audit . Subject to Article 27 , Landlord may be granted access to and enter the Premises no more than once annually to perform or cause to have performed an environmental inspection, site assessment or audit. Such environmental inspector or auditor may be chosen by Landlord, in its sole discretion, and be performed at Landlord’s sole expense. To the extent that the report prepared upon such inspection, assessment or audit, indicates the presence of hazardous substances in violation of Environmental Laws, or provides recommendations or suggestions to prohibit the release, discharge, escape or emission of any hazardous substances at, upon, under or within the Premises, or to comply with any Environmental Laws, Tenant shall promptly, at Tenant’s sole expense, comply with such recommendations or suggestions, including, but not limited to performing such additional investigations or remediation(s) as recommended by such inspector or auditor. Notwithstanding the above, if at any time, Landlord has actual notice or reasonable cause to believe that Tenant has violated, or permitted any violations of any Environmental Law, then Landlord will be entitled to perform its environmental inspection, assessment or audit at any time, subject to Article 27 , notwithstanding the above mentioned annual limitation, and Tenant must reimburse Landlord for the cost or fees incurred for such as Additional Rent.

 

29.40.4                                Indemnification . Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from and against any liability, obligation, damage or costs, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs, resulting directly or indirectly from any use, presence, removal or disposal of any hazardous substances or breach of any provision of this Section, to the extent such liability, obligation, damage or costs was a result of actions caused or permitted by Tenant, its partners, subpartners, members, managers and their respective officers, directors, agents, servants, employees, independent contractor, invitees and guests. Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless the Tenant Parties from and against any liability, obligation, damage or costs, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs, resulting directly or indirectly from any use, presence, removal or disposal of any hazardous substances to the extent such liability, obligation, damage or costs was a result of any hazardous substances existing at the Building except if the presence of any such hazardous substances was caused or permitted by any act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Parties.

 

29.41                  Intentionally Omitted .

 

29.42                  Intentionally Deleted .

 

29.43                  Intentionally Omitted .

 

29.44                  Intentionally Omitted .

 

74



 

29.45                  Intentionally Omitted .

 

29.46                  Intentionally Omitted .

 

29.47                  Rooftop Rights .

 

29.47.1                                In General . Provided that Tenant is then in occupancy of the entire Premises, then in accordance with this Section 29.47 , during the Lease Term, Tenant shall have the right to use (A) a generator existing as of the date of this Lease and serving the Premises (“ Existing Generator ”) and (B) two (2) existing satellite dishes/antennas installed on the roof of the Building as of the date of this Lease (and existing equipment and cabling related thereto), for sending and receiving of signals or broadcasts servicing the business conducted by Tenant from within the Premises (all such existing equipment in the foregoing item (B) is defined collectively as the “ Telecommunications Equipment ”). In connection with the foregoing, Tenant shall maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, but without the payment of any Base Rent or a license or similar fee or charge, the Existing Generator and Telecommunication Equipment. Landlord makes no representations or warranties whatsoever with respect to (i) the permissibility, under Applicable Laws, of maintaining and/or operating the Existing Generator and/or the Telecommunications Equipment, (ii) the condition of any such Existing Generator and/or Telecommunications Equipment or the fitness of the same for Tenant’s business or use or (iii) the condition of the roof of the Building, or the fitness or suitability of the roof of the Building for the continued maintenance and operation of the Existing Generator or the Telecommunications Equipment, including, without limitation, with respect to the quality and clarity of any receptions and transmissions to or from the Telecommunications Equipment and the presence of any interference with such signals whether emanating from the Building or otherwise. Tenant shall accept the Existing Generator and Telecommunications Equipment in their “as-is” condition existing as of the Lease Commencement Date. Landlord may require Tenant to install screening around the Existing Generator and such Telecommunications Equipment, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, as reasonably designated by Landlord. Tenant shall maintain Existing Generator and such Telecommunications Equipment, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall remain solely liable for any damage to any portion of the roof or roof membrane (it being understood that Tenant may, at Tenant’s sole cost, contract with Landlord’s roofing contractor in order to maintain the validity of any roof warranties and Landlord shall, at no cost to Landlord, reasonably cooperate with same), specifically including any penetrations, in connection with Tenant’s use, maintenance and/or repair of such Existing Generator and Telecommunications Equipment, and Landlord shall have no liability therewith. Such Existing Generator and Telecommunications Equipment shall, in all instances, comply with (a) Applicable Laws, (b) Landlord’s reasonable requirements from time to time, including any relocation requirements of the Telecommunications Equipment (so long as there is no adverse affect on the operation of the Telecommunications Equipment) and (c) the conditions of any bond or warranty maintained by Landlord on the roof. Tenant shall not be entitled to license the Existing Generator and/or its Telecommunications Equipment to any third party, nor shall Tenant be permitted to receive any revenues, fees or any other consideration for the use of such Existing Generator and/or Telecommunications Equipment by any third party. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant, at Landlord’s sole cost, to relocate all or any part of the Telecommunications Equipment from time to time, provided that such relocation does not (i) render Tenant’s use of the

 

75



 

Telecommunications Equipment impracticable and (ii) have an adverse affect on the operation of the Telecommunications Equipment. If the Telecommunications Equipment is not relocated as requested by Landlord, Landlord shall have the right to relocate the Telecommunications Equipment, at Landlord’s sole cost. Tenant’s right to maintain and use such Existing Generator and Telecommunication Equipment shall be non-exclusive, and Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges Landlord’s continued right (I) to itself utilize any other rooftop space, and (II) to re-sell, license or lease any other rooftop space to any other third party. In addition, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, upon prior notice to Tenant, to use the Existing Generator in common with Tenant, in which event, all costs required to cause the Existing Generator to serve Landlord and prepare the same for such joint use of the Existing Generator shall be borne by Landlord.

 

29.47.2                                Maintenance and Repair of Existing Generator and Telecommunications Equipment . At all times during the Lease Term, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (i) keep the Existing Generator and the Telecommunications Equipment in good order, repair and condition, and in compliance with Applicable Laws, (ii) promptly and adequately repair any damage to the Building caused by the installation, use, maintenance, repair of Existing Generator and the Telecommunications Equipment and (iii) maintain and provide to Landlord a copy of a current service maintenance contract for the Existing Generator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord elects to use the Existing Generator in common with Tenant as provided above, then all costs to keep the Existing Generator in good order, repair and condition, and in compliance with Applicable Laws and the cost to maintain any service contract for the Existing Generator shall be split equally between Landlord and Tenant. In no event shall Tenant permit the Existing Generator and the Telecommunications Equipment to interfere with the (A) the Building Structure or Building Systems or (B) any other communications equipment that is located on or in the Building

 

29.47.3                                Surrender of Tenant’s Generator and the Telecommunications Equipment . Tenant shall not have the right remove the Existing Generator and/or the Telecommunications Equipment at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. . The Existing Generator and Telecommunications Equipment shall remain the sole property of Landlord and Tenant shall surrender the same to Landlord at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, in good order, condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted).

 

29.47.4                                Insurance and Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees, or costs incurred by Landlord for abnormal wear and tear to the roof caused by the Existing Generator and/or the Telecommunications Equipment or Tenant’s access thereto) which are incurred in connection with or arise from any cause related to Tenant’s use, repair, operation, maintenance or any other matter relating to or in connection with the Existing Generator or the Telecommunications Equipment or Tenant’s use of or access to the roof of the Building. In addition, the insurance obligations of Tenant as set forth in Article 10 of this Lease shall apply to the Existing Generator and the Telecommunications Equipment. Prior to Tenant’s use of the Tenant’s Generator and Telecommunications Equipment, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a revised certificate of insurance showing that Tenant’s liability coverage as required under Article 10 of this Lease includes the Existing Generator and

 

76



 

Telecommunications Equipment use on the roof of the Building and shall secure from any Existing Generator and Telecommunications Equipment contractors a certificate of insurance in the same form and with the same requirements as Tenant’s certificate of insurance. The provisions of this Section 29.47.4 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

29.47.5                                Access to Tenant’s Generator and Telecommunications Equipment . Tenant shall be permitted access to the roof of the Building in order to install, repair, maintain and/or operate the Existing Generator and/or the Telecommunications Equipment, as the case may be.

 

29.48                  Storage Space . Tenant shall have the right to lease up to (a) approximately 2,000 square feet of storage space (the “ Storage Space ”) and (b) approximately 300 square feet of additional storage space for storage of Tenant’s bicycles only (“ Bike Storage ”) in the Project parking facility; provided, however, if, after the first twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, Tenant has not commenced leasing or ceases to lease the Storage Space or Bike Storage, as applicable, any subsequent leasing of the Storage Space or Bike Storage by Tenant shall be subject to availability. The exact size of the Storage Space and the location thereof shall be reasonably determined by Landlord. The location of the Bike Storage shall be reasonably and mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall pay rent equal to (i) $2.50 per square foot of the Storage Space per month and (ii) $2.50 per square foot of the Bike Storage, all along with Tenant’s payments of Base Rent for the Premises, which Storage Space and Bike Storage rental rate shall be increased by three and one-half percent (3.5%) annually during the term of the Tenant’s lease of the Storage Space and/or Bike Storage. In addition, Tenant shall pay for, or reimburse Landlord for, any Landlord-provided utilities used in connection with the Storage Space and/or Bike Storage. Tenant shall comply with such rules and regulations as promulgated by Landlord from time to time pertaining to the use of such Storage Space and Bike Storage and, in connection therewith, Tenant agrees that Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, including, but without limitation thereof, Article 10 will specifically apply to the Storage Space and Bike Storage as if the Storage Space and Bike Storage were a part of the Premises. Tenant agrees not to store any flammable, combustible or other materials in the Storage Space and Bike Storage that would increase the cost of Landlord’s insurance, and not to store any toxic, hazardous or odorous materials or waste in the Storage Space and Bike Storage. Tenant also agrees not to store excess or highly concentrated weight in the Storage Space. Further, Tenant agrees not to store anything else in the Bike Storage except for bicycles. Tenant agrees to use the Storage Space solely for storage purposes of dry goods and not as office or other space and that the Bike Storage shall be used solely for storage of bicycles. Subject to Article 27 , Tenant agrees that Landlord and its agents may enter and inspect the Storage Space and/or Bike Storage during normal Building Hours, on not less than one (1) business day’s prior notice (except in an emergency in which case no prior notice shall be required). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a key for any locks installed by Tenant for Landlord’s emergency entry purposes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant accepts the Storage Space and Bike Storage in their presently existing “as is”, “with all faults”, “without any warranties or representations” condition and Landlord shall not be obligated perform any improvement or other work in connection with the Storage Space or Bike Storage. No obligations of Landlord under this Lease with respect to the Premises or Base Building shall apply to the Storage Space or Bike Storage. Tenant may make interior, non-structural modifications to the Storage Space

 

77



 

and/or Bike Storage only in accordance with the terms of Article 8 of this Lease. Landlord shall have the right, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant, to substitute for the Storage Space and/or Bike Storage comparable storage area within the Project having reasonably comparable access to and reasonably equivalent usable area as the Storage Space or Bike Storage, as applicable, provided that Landlord shall pay all expenses reasonably incurred in moving and installing Tenant’s property to such new location; and upon the expiration of such 30-day written notice, the new Storage Space or Bike Storage, as applicable, shall be deemed to be the Storage Space or Bike Storage, as applicable, covered by this terms of this Section 29.48. Tenant agrees to, at all times, maintain the Storage Space and Bike Storage in neat and orderly condition and repair. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any security, services, maintenance, work or improvements whatsoever for the Storage Space or Bike Storage.

 

29.49                  Termination of TrueCar Sublease . In the event the TrueCar Sublease is terminated due to a default of Tenant, as the subtenant thereunder and the dispute between Tenant, as subtenant and Virtu Financial Services, LLC, as sublandlord under the TrueCar Sublease, giving rise to such termination is adjudicated to finality, then this Lease shall, at Landlord’s election, in its sole discretion, terminate and be of no further force or effect, in which event, Landlord shall have the right to recover any damages from Tenant resulting from the termination of this Lease due to such termination of the TrueCar Sublease (including, without limitation, all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the consummation of this Lease, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and brokers’ commission paid by Landlord). In connection with the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to drawdown on the “L-C Amount” (as defined below) or any cash security deposit to recover such amounts from Tenant. In the event the TrueCar Sublease is terminated due to a Casualty Event or the TrueCar Sublease is terminated by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the TrueCar Sublease due to the failure of the sublandlord thereunder to initially deliver the Sublease Premises to Tenant as required under the TrueCar Sublease, then this Lease shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect as of the termination date of the TrueCar Sublease. In the event the TrueCar Sublease is terminated due to a default of Virtu Financial Services, LLC, as the sublandlord and master tenant under the TrueCar Sublease (as opposed to a termination of the TrueCar Sublease by Tenant due to sublandlord’s failure to deliver the Sublease Premises as described in the immediately preceding sentence), then this Lease will not be terminated as a result thereof and the TrueCar Sublease shall continue on the terms of the master lease (“ Master Lease ”) between Landlord and Virtu Financial Services, LLC, as more particularly set forth in that certain Landlord consent to the TrueCar Sublease.

 

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

 

78



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

 

LANDLORD :

 

 

 

RBE 1540 SECOND STREET LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

By:

PIERPOINT MGT LLC,

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company,

 

 

its manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Norman J. Kravetz

 

 

Norman J. Kravetz, Manager

 

 

 

 

“TENANT”:

 

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

 

 

Its:

EVP, Corporate & Partner Development

 

79



 

EXHIBIT A

 

1540 SECOND STREET

 

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

 

 

1


 

EXHIBIT B

 

1540 SECOND STREET

 

WORK LETTER

 

This Work Letter sets forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the improvements in the Premises. This Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Work Letter to Articles or Sections of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portion of Articles 1 through 29 of the Office Lease to which this Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B and of which this Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Work Letter to Sections of “this Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portion of Sections 1 through 6 of this Work Letter.

 

SECTION 1

 

BASE BUILDING

 

Upon the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord shall deliver the Expansion Premises and “Base Building,” as that term is defined in Section 8.2 of the Lease, to Tenant, and Tenant shall accept the Expansion Premises and Base Building from Landlord in their presently existing, “as-is” condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant with all demising walls and related improvements currently separating the Sublease Premises from the Expansion Premises removed, such that the Sublease Premises and the Expansion Premises become one unified Premises set up to accommodate a single tenant. Further, notwithstanding anything in to the contrary herein, Landlord shall, at its sole cost (not to be deducted from the Tenant Improvement Allowance) be solely responsible for causing any areas located outside of the Premises to comply with Applicable Laws to the extent such requirements are due to the construction of standard office Tenant Improvements in the Premises; provided however, Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost, for causing any areas located outside of the Premises to comply with Applicable Laws to the extent such requirements are due to the construction of any non-standard office Tenant Improvements and/or Tenant’s use of the Premises for purposes other than general office use.

 

SECTION 2

 

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

2.1                                Tenant Improvement Allowance . Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time tenant improvement allowance (the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”) in the amount set forth in Section 13 of the Summary for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of Tenant’s improvements, which are permanently affixed to the Premises (the “ Tenant Improvements ”). No portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, if any, remaining after August 31, 2016 shall be available for use by Tenant and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect to such Tenant Improvement Allowance.  In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Work Letter in a total amount which exceeds the Tenant

 

1



 

Improvement Allowance for the Tenant Improvements. All the Tenant Improvements and/or Tenant Improvement Allowance Items for which the Tenant Improvement Allowance has been made available shall be deemed Landlord’s property under the terms of the Lease.

 

2.2                                Disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance .

 

2.2.1                      Tenant Improvement Allowance Items . Except as otherwise set forth in this Work Letter, the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord only for the following items and costs (collectively the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance Items ”):

 

2.2.1.1            Payment of the fees of the “Architect” and the “Engineers,” as those terms are defined in Section 3.1 of this Work Letter, and payment of the fees incurred by, and the cost of documents and materials supplied by Landlord’s consultants in connection with the preparation and review of the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.1  of this Work Letter;

 

2.2.1.2            The payment of plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Tenant Improvements;

 

2.2.1.3            The cost of construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, testing and inspection costs, hoisting and trash removal costs, and contractors’ fees and general conditions;

 

2.2.1.4            The cost of any changes in the Base Building (other than the Duct Work) when such changes are required by the Construction Drawings (including if such changes are due to the fact that such work is prepared on an unoccupied basis), such cost to include all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith;

 

2.2.1.5            The cost of any changes to the Construction Drawings or Tenant Improvements required by all applicable building codes (the “ Code ”);

 

2.2.1.6            Sales and use taxes; and

 

2.2.1.7            All other costs to be expended by Tenant in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

 

2.2.2                      Disbursement of Tenant Improvement Allowance . During the construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall make monthly disbursements of the Tenant Improvement Allowance for Tenant Improvement Allowance Items for the benefit of Tenant and shall authorize the release of monies for the benefit of Tenant as follows.

 

2.2.2.1            Monthly Disbursements . On or before the 10 th  day of each calendar month, during the construction of the Tenant Improvements (or such other date as Landlord may designate), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) a request for payment of the “Contractor,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1 of this Work Letter, approved by Tenant, in a form to be provided by Landlord, showing the schedule, by trade, of percentage of completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, detailing the portion of the work completed and the portion not completed; (ii) invoices from all of “Tenant’s Agents,” as that term is defined in

 

2



 

Section 4.1.2 of this Work Letter, and other laborers, materialmen and suppliers for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises; (iii) executed conditional mechanic’s lien releases (and unconditional, as and when applicable) from all of Tenant’s Agents which shall comply with the appropriate provisions, as reasonably determined by Landlord, of California Civil Code Section 8122 et seq (provided that Tenant shall not be required to deliver such mechanic’s lien releases for any materials or supplies which Tenant orders directly or for any invoices from Tenant’s Agents which do have lien rights under Applicable Laws); and (iv) all other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Tenant’s request for payment shall be deemed Tenant’s acceptance and approval of the work furnished and/or the materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request. No later than twenty (20) calendar days thereafter, Landlord shall deliver a check to Tenant made payable to Tenant in the amount of “Landlord’s Share,” as defined below, provided that Landlord does not dispute any request for payment based on non-compliance of any work with the “Approved Working Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.4 below, or due to any substandard work. Landlord’s payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request. As used in this Work Letter, “ Landlord’s Share ” shall refer to a fraction, the numerator of which is the Tenant Improvement Allowance and denominator of which is the Final Cost.

 

2.2.2.2            Final Retention. Subject to the provisions of this Work Letter, a check for the Final Retention (if any) payable to Tenant shall be delivered by Landlord to Tenant following the completion of construction of the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord properly executed mechanic’s lien releases in compliance with both California Civil Code Section 8134 and either Section 8136 or Section 8138 to the extent required hereunder, (ii) Landlord has determined that (other than customary punch list items) no substandard work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, life-safety or other systems of the Building, the curtain wall of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building, or any other tenant’s use of such other tenant’s leased premises in the Building and (iii) Architect delivers to Landlord a certificate, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises has been substantially completed.

 

2.2.2.3            Intentionally Deleted .

 

2.3                                Standard Tenant Improvement Package . Landlord has established specifications (the “ Building Standard Tenant Improvements ”) for the Building standard components to be used in the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises. The quality of Tenant Improvements shall be equal to or of greater quality than the quality of the Building Standard Tenant Improvements.

 

2.4                                Removal of Specialty Tenant Improvements . “ Specialty Tenant Improvements ” shall mean a configuration of the Tenant Improvements which is not usual and customary for normal occupancy and/or in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, not be readily usable for typical general office use by another tenant as a result of the unique configuration (such as showers and raised flooring). Tenant shall, if so directed by Landlord prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove from the Premises any Specialty Tenant Improvements designated by Landlord, and shall replace such designated

 

3



 

Specialty Tenant Improvements to be removed with shell condition standard improvements (i.e., the condition of the Premises existing as of the Effective Date); provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, upon request by Tenant at the time of Tenant’s request for Landlord’s approval of the “Final Working Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.3 of this Work Letter, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether any Specialty Tenant Improvements will be required to be removed pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.4 . Such removal and replacement of Specialty Tenant Improvements shall be performed promptly and shall be completed by Tenant on or before the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term if notice of removal is given at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration or earlier termination thereof, and if Tenant fails to remove and/or replace any Specialty Tenant Improvements, Landlord may do so and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such removal and/or replacement.

 

2.5                                Failure to Disburse the Tenant Improvement Allowance . If Landlord fails to make any disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance for bona fide Tenant Improvement Allowance Items within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of all of the items in the clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 2.2.2.1  above (and if one or more items required in said clauses (i) through (iv) is not delivered to Landlord with Tenant’s request, the thirty (30) day time period shall not be deemed to commence until all such items have been delivered in complete form and Tenant shall not be entitled to deliver the “Reminder Notice,” as defined below, until the expiration of such extended thirty (30) day period) and provided Tenant has not been in default under the Lease and is not in default at the time of Tenant’s delivery of the “Failure to Disburse Notice,” or “Reminder Notice,” as those terms are defined below, then Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord in writing that Tenant has not received any such disbursements (the “ Failure to Disburse Notice ”). Tenant shall deliver the Failure to Disburse Notice to the Landlord’s addresses for notice under the Lease as set forth in Section 11 of the Summary of the Lease and in the manner required under the Lease. If Landlord fails to make such disbursement (the “ Withheld Amount ”) within such thirty (30) day period, then Tenant shall deliver a second notice to Landlord (the “ Reminder Notice ”). If Landlord thereafter fails to disburse the Withheld Amount within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Reminder Notice, then Tenant shall be entitled to treat such Withheld Amount as a credit against the Monthly Installment of Base Rent next becoming due under the Lease (which amount shall thereafter be deducted from available amounts of the Tenant Improvement Allowance).

 

SECTION 3

 

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

 

3.1                                Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings . Tenant shall retain an architect/space planner selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord (the “ Architect ”) to prepare the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in this Section 3.1. Tenant may select another architect instead of the Architect, subject to Landlord’s approval. Tenant shall retain the engineering consultants reasonably approved by Landlord (the “ Engineers ”) to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, lifesafety, and sprinkler work in the Premises, which work is not part of the Base Building; provided, however, at Landlord’s option, if Tenant does not retain an engineer designated by Landlord, Landlord may submit any plans and engineering working drawings to a

 

4



 

 

third-party engineer, selected by Landlord, for its review, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect and the Engineers hereunder shall be known collectively as the “ Construction Drawings .” All Construction Drawings shall comply with the drawing format and specifications determined by Landlord, and shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. Tenant and Architect shall verify, in the field, the dimensions and conditions as shown on the relevant portions of the Base Building plans, and Tenant and Architect shall be solely responsible for the same, and Landlord shall have no responsibility in connection therewith. Landlord’s review of the Construction Drawings as set forth in this Section 3 , shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, Code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Construction Drawings are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Construction Drawings, and Tenant’s waiver and indemnity set forth in this Lease shall specifically apply to the Construction Drawings.

 

3.2                                Final Space Plan . Tenant shall supply Landlord with four (4) copies signed by the Architect (and approved by Tenant) of its final space plan for the Premises for Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The final space plan (the “ Final Space Plan ”) shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning. Landlord may request clarification or more specific drawings for special use items not included in the Final Space Plan. Landlord shall advise Tenant within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Space Plan for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall promptly cause the Final Space Plan to be revised to correct any deficiencies or other matters Landlord may reasonably require, in which case, Landlord shall thereafter respond to any revised Final Space Plan within three (3) business days of Tenant’s submission of the same to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its approval of the Final Space Plan if a “Design Problem” exists. A “ Design Problem ” shall mean and refer to any design criteria which would (a) adversely affect the Building Structure or Building Systems; (b) be in non-compliance with Codes or other Applicable Laws; (c) be seen from the exterior of the Premises; (d) cause material interference with the normal and customary operations of Landlord or other tenants of the Building, (e) not meet the minimum quality required for the Building Standard Tenant Improvements; or (f) affect the certificate of occupancy or its legal equivalent for the Building or any portion thereof.

 

3.3                                Final Working Drawings . Upon the approval of the Final Space Plan by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall promptly cause the Architect and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and Architect shall compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “ Final Working Drawings ”) and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its approval of the Final Working Drawings if a Design Problem exists. Tenant shall supply Landlord with four (4) copies signed by Tenant of such Final Working Drawings.

 

5



 

Landlord shall advise Tenant within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Working Drawings for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall immediately revise the Final Working Drawings in accordance with such review and any disapproval of Landlord in connection therewith, in which case, Landlord shall thereafter respond to any revised Final Space Plan within three (3) business days of Tenant’s submission of the same to Landlord. In addition, if the Final Working Drawings or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto shall require alterations in the Base Building (as contrasted with the Tenant Improvements), and if Landlord in its sole and exclusive discretion agrees to any such alterations, and notifies Tenant of the need and cost for such alterations, then Tenant shall pay the cost of such required changes upon receipt of bills therefor.

 

3.4                                Approved Working Drawings . The Final Working Drawings shall be approved by Landlord (the “ Approved Working Drawings ”) prior to the commencement of construction of the Premises by Tenant. After approval by Landlord of the Final Working Drawings, Tenant may submit the same to the appropriate municipal authorities for all applicable building permits. Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such permit or certificate of occupancy. No material changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

SECTION 4

 

CONSTRUCTION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

4.1                                Tenant’s Selection of Contractors .

 

4.1.1                      The Contractor . A general contractor (the “ Contractor ”) shall be retained by Tenant to construct the Tenant Improvements.

 

4.1.2                      Tenant’s Agents . As used in this Work Letter, “Tenant’s Agents” shall mean the Contractor, and all subcontractors used by Contractor in connection with the Tenant Improvements who shall be approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

4.2                                Construction of Tenant Improvements by Tenant’s Agents .

 

4.2.1                      Construction Contract; Cost Budget; Over-Allowance Amount . Prior to Tenant’s execution of the construction contract and general conditions with Contractor (the “ Contract ”), Tenant shall provide the Contract to Landlord. The Contract shall include a customary ten percent (10%) retention provision. Prior to the commencement of the construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the final costs to be incurred or which have been incurred, as set forth more particularly in Sections 2.2.1.1 through 2.2.1.7 , above, in connection with the design and construction of the

 

6



 

Tenant Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or the Contractor, which costs form a basis for the amount of the Contract (the “ Final Costs ”). Tenant shall be responsible for paying, directly to the Contractor, a percentage of each amount disbursed by Landlord to the Contractor or otherwise disbursed under this Work Letter, which percentage shall be equal to the amount of the “Over-Allowance Amount,” as such term is defined below, divided by the amount of the Final Cost. The “ Over-Allowance Amount ” shall be equal to the difference between the amount of the Final Costs and the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (less any portion thereof already disbursed by Landlord, or in the process of being disbursed by Landlord, on or before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements).

 

4.2.2                      Tenant’s Agents .

 

4.2.2.1            Landlord’s General Conditions for Tenant’s Agents and Tenant Improvement . Tenant shall comply with the following in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements: (i) the Tenant Improvements shall be constructed in strict accordance with the Approved Working Drawings; (ii) Tenant’s Agents shall submit schedules of all work relating to the Tenant’s Improvements to Contractor and Contractor shall, within five (5) business days of receipt thereof, inform Tenant’s Agents of any changes which are necessary thereto, and Tenant’s Agents shall adhere to such corrected schedule; and (iii) Tenant shall abide by all reasonable rules made by Landlord’s Building manager with respect to the use of elevators, storage of materials, coordination of work with the contractors of other tenants, and any other matter in connection with this Work Letter, including, without limitation, the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

 

4.2.2.2            Intentionally Omitted .

 

4.2.2.3            Requirements of Tenant’s Agents . Each of Tenant’s Agents shall guarantee to Tenant and for the benefit of Landlord that the portion of the Tenant Improvements for which it is responsible shall be free from any defects in workmanship and materials for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of completion thereof. Each of Tenant’s Agents shall be responsible for the replacement or repair, without additional charge, of all work done or furnished in accordance with its contract that shall become defective within one (1) year after the later to occur of (i) completion of the work performed by such contractor or subcontractors and (ii) the Lease Commencement Date. The correction of such work shall include, without additional charge, all additional expenses and damages incurred in connection with such removal or replacement of all or any part of the Tenant Improvements, and/or the Building and/or Common Areas that may be damaged or disturbed thereby. All such warranties or guarantees as to materials or workmanship of or with respect to the Tenant Improvements shall be contained in the Contract or subcontract and shall be written such that such guarantees or warranties shall inure to the benefit of both Landlord and Tenant, as their respective interests may appear, and can be directly enforced by either party. Tenant covenants to give to Landlord any assignment or other assurances which may be necessary to effect such right of direct enforcement.

 

7



 

4.2.2.4            Insurance Requirements .

 

4.2.2.4.1                          General Coverages . Contractor and all of Tenant’s subcontractors shall carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry public liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits of at least $1,000,000 for each occurrence and $1,000,000 in the aggregate and otherwise in a form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in this Lease.

 

4.2.2.4.2                          Special Coverages . Tenant shall carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that the Tenant Improvements shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Such insurance shall be in amounts and shall include such extended coverage endorsements as may be reasonably required by Landlord including, but not limited to, the requirement that the Contractor shall carry excess liability and Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance, each in amounts not less than $500,000 per incident, $1,000,000 in aggregate, and in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in this Lease. Contractor shall maintain all of the foregoing insurance coverage in force until the Tenant Improvements are fully completed and accepted by Landlord, except for the Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance required by Landlord, which is to be maintained for ten (10) years following completion of the work and acceptance by Landlord and Tenant.

 

4.2.2.4.3                          General Terms . Certificates for all insurance carried pursuant to this Section 4.2.2.4 shall be delivered to Landlord before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements and before the Contractor’s equipment is moved onto the site. All such policies of insurance must contain a provision that the company writing said policy will give Landlord thirty (30) days prior written notice of any cancellation or lapse of the effective date or any reduction in the amounts of such insurance. In the event that the Tenant Improvements are damaged by any cause during the course of the construction thereof, Tenant shall (except as otherwise expressly provided in the Lease) promptly repair the same at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. All policies carried under this Section 4.2.2.4 shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests may appear, as well as Contractor and Tenant’s Agents. All insurance, except Workers’ Compensation, maintained by Tenant’s Agents shall preclude subrogation claims by the insurer against anyone insured thereunder. Such insurance shall provide that it is primary insurance as respects the owner and that any other insurance maintained by owner is excess and noncontributing with the insurance required hereunder.

 

4.2.3                      Governmental Compliance . The Tenant Improvements shall comply in all respects with the following: (i) the Code and other state, federal, city or quasi-governmental laws, codes, ordinances and regulations, as each may apply according to the rulings of the controlling public official, agent or other person; (ii) applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and the National Electrical Code; and (iii) building material manufacturer’s specifications.

 

4.2.4                      Inspection by Landlord . Subject to Article 27 of the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to inspect the Tenant Improvements at all times, provided however, that Landlord’s failure to inspect the Tenant Improvements shall in no event constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder nor shall Landlord’s inspection of the Tenant Improvements

 

8



 

constitute Landlord’s approval of the same. Should Landlord disapprove any portion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such disapproval and shall specify the items disapproved. Any defects or deviations in, and/or disapproval by Landlord of, the Tenant Improvements shall be rectified by Tenant at no expense to Landlord.

 

4.2.5                      Meetings . Commencing upon the Effective Date, Tenant shall hold monthly meetings with Landlord at a reasonable time either at the Building or at Tenant’s current offices.

 

4.3                                Notice of Completion; Copy of Record Set of Plans. Within ten (10) days after substantial completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the county in which the Building is located in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and shall furnish a copy thereof to Landlord upon such recordation. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may execute and file the same on behalf of Tenant as Tenant’s Agent for such purpose, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. At the conclusion of construction, (i) Tenant shall cause the Architect and Contractor (A) to update the Approved Working Drawings as necessary to reflect all changes made to the Approved Working Drawings during the course of construction, (B) to certify to the best of their knowledge that the “record-set” of as-built drawings are true and correct, which certification shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease, and (C) to deliver to Landlord two (2) sets of copies of such record set of drawings within ninety (90) days following issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, and (ii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of all warranties, guaranties, and operating manuals and information relating to the improvements, equipment, and systems in the Premises.

 

SECTION 5

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

5.1                                Tenant’s Representative . Tenant has designated Jim Nguyen as its sole representatives with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter, who shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Work Letter.

 

5.2                                Landlord’s Representative . Landlord has designated Jeff Rega and Len Kristensen as its sole representatives with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall each have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Work Letter.

 

5.3                                Time of the Essence in This Work Letter . Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. If any item requiring approval is timely disapproved by Landlord, the procedure for preparation of the document and approval thereof shall be repeated until the document is approved by Landlord.

 

5.4                                Tenant’s Lease Default . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, if an event of default beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period as described in the Lease or this Work Letter has occurred at any time on or before the substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, then (i) in addition to all

 

9



 

other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance and/or Landlord may cause Contractor to cease the construction of the Premises (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the substantial completion of the Premises caused by such work stoppage), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Work Letter shall be suspended until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of this Lease (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the substantial completion of the Premises caused by such inaction by Landlord).

 

10


 

EXHIBIT C

 

1540 SECOND STREET

 

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

To:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Re:                              Office Lease dated                          , 20     between                                              , a                                               (“ Landlord ”), and                                              , a                                              (“ Tenant ”) concerning Suite                   on floor(s)                      of the office building located at                                              Santa Monica, California.

 

Gentlemen:

 

In accordance with the Office Lease (the “ Lease ”), we wish to advise you and/or confirm as follows:

 

1.                                       The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on                          for a term of                          ending on                          .

 

2.                                       Rent commenced to accrue on                          , in the amount of                          .

 

3.                                       If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter, with the exception of the final billing, shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

 

4.                                       Your rent checks should be made payable to                          at                           

 

5.                                       The exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is                          square feet.

 

6.                                       Tenant’s Share as adjusted based upon the exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is                          %.

 

11



 

 

“Landlord”:

 

 

 

 

,

 

a                                                    

 

 

By:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Its:

 

 

Agreed to and Accepted

as of                          , 20      .

 

“Tenant”:

 

                                          

A                                       

 

By:

 

 

 

Its:

EVP, Corporate & Partner Development

 

 

12



 

EXHIBIT D

 

1540 SECOND STREET

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause other tenants of the Project to comply with said Rules and Regulations. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

 

1.                                  Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of any access cards or keys which are necessary to gain entry to the Premises.

 

2.                                  All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

 

3.                                  Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the Santa Monica, California area. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

 

4.                                  No furniture, large or bulky freight or large or bulky equipment shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord or without prior approved scheduling with Landlord (provided that normal size deliveries such as computer servers typically delivered to Tenant in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business may be brought into the Building or carried up or down the elevators, without prior notice to Landlord or scheduling with Landlord). All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord reasonably designates. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

 

1



 

5.                                       Intentionally Omitted.

 

6.                                       The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location reasonably designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

 

7.                                       No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same. Landlord shall have the right to remove any sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name, or notice placed or maintained by Tenant in violation of these Rules and Regulations or of the Lease, without notice, at Tenant’s expense and Landlord shall not be liable in damages for such removal. Standard interior signs, such as on doors, shall be affixed for Tenant by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and all such signs shall be of a type, size and kind approved by Landlord. If Landlord shall have given its consent with respect to any sign at any time, whether before or after the Effective Date, such consent shall in no way operate as a waiver or release of any of the provisions hereof or of the Lease and shall be deemed to relate only to the particular sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice so consented to by Landlord and shall not be construed as dispensing with the necessity of obtaining the specific written consent of Landlord with respect to each and every such sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice other than the particular sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice, as the case may be, so consented to by Landlord.

 

8.                                       The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused same.

 

9.                                       Intentionally Omitted.

 

10.                                Intentionally Omitted.

 

11.                                Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline, explosive material, corrosive material, material capable of emitting toxic fumes, or other inflammable or combustible fluid chemical, substitute or material. Tenant shall provide material safety data sheets for any hazardous substances used or kept on the Premises.

 

12.                                Intentionally Omitted.

 

13.                                Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere with other tenants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

 

2



 

14.                           Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any firearm, animals, birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles. Tenant and its employees may walk their bicycles to the parking garage of the Building and may lock such bicycles in any storage area used by Tenant at the Building and Tenant and its employees may carry their bicycles in the elevator designated by Landlord for such purpose and carry such bicycles to the Premises; provided that, (i) in no event shall Landlord be liable for any damage or loss of any such bicycles (ii) Landlord may prohibit Tenant and its employees from bringing their bicycles in the designated elevator and through the Building if any tenant of the Building complains and/or Tenant otherwise fails to comply with the terms hereof.

 

15.                           No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises (except for catering meals to Tenant’s employees in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business), nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for refrigeration and heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

 

16.                           The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises provided for in the Summary. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau without the express prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises. Except with the prior written consent of the Landlord, no tenant of the Project shall sell or permit the sale (at retail or wholesale) of newspapers, magazines, periodicals, theatre tickets, liquor, narcotics or tobacco, in any form, or any other goods or merchandise to the general public in or from their premises or from anywhere in the Project.

 

17.                           Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

 

18.                           Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

 

19.                           Intentionally Omitted.

 

20.                           Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash

 

3



 

and garbage in Santa Monica, California without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate. If the Premises is or becomes infested with vermin as a result of the use or any misuse or neglect of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall forthwith, at Tenant’s expense, cause the Premises to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such licensed exterminators as shall be approved in writing in advance by Landlord.

 

21.                           Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency. All tenants and their authorized representatives shall observe and participate in scheduled fire prevention and other calamitous drills and observances, whether required by Landlord or any law or public official or agency. Tenant agrees that it shall comply with all fire and security regulations that may be issued from time to time by Landlord and Tenant also shall provide Landlord with the name of a designated responsible employee to represent Tenant in all matters pertaining to such fire or security regulations.

 

22.                           Intentionally Omitted.

 

23.                           All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance in writing by Landlord and otherwise comply with any “green building” requirements of the City of Santa Monica (such as use of energy efficient electrical lighting fixtures).

 

24.                           Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

 

25.                           Tenant must comply with applicable “ NO-SMOKING ” ordinances and all related, similar or successor ordinances, rules, regulations or codes. If Tenant is required under the ordinance to adopt a written smoking policy, a copy of said policy shall be on file in the office of the Building. In addition, no smoking of any substance shall be permitted within the Project except in specifically designated outdoor areas. Within such designated outdoor areas, all remnants of consumed cigarettes and related paraphernalia shall be deposited in ash trays and/or waste receptacles. No cigarettes shall be extinguished and/or left on the ground or any other surface of the Project. Cigarettes shall be extinguished only in ashtrays. Furthermore, in no event shall Tenant, its employees or agents smoke tobacco products or other substances within any interior areas of the Project or within seventy-five feet (75’) of any entrance into the Building or into any other Project building.

 

26.                           Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord provides security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.

 

4



 

27.                                All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature and any gym equipment used in the Premises shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings reasonably approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise and annoyance.

 

28.                                No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

29.                                No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.

 

30.                                Intentionally Omitted.

 

31.                                Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s reasonable judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

32.                                Intentionally Omitted.

 

33.                                The sashes, sash doors, glass doors, windows, glass lights, and any glass, plastic material, lights or skylights that reflect or admit light into the halls or other places of a Building or the Premises shall not be covered or obstructed in any way, partially or in full.

 

34.                                Tenant shall not use any curtains, blinds, shades, screens, window ventilator or other form of window covering in connection with any window or door of the Premises unless approved in writing by Landlord. No awnings shall be permitted on any part of the Premises.

 

35.                                Intentionally Omitted.

 

36.                                Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any Tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Project or its desirability as a first-class office building project, and upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from and discontinue such advertising.

 

37.                                The Building in which the Premises are located and the Project is and it shall remain private property (except for any dedicated streets or sidewalks). No part of the Project is maintained for nor is it open to the general public. At any time and from time to time Landlord may establish perimeter restraints around the entire Project or portions of the Project, or around any one or more of the Buildings comprising the Project, and admit only those persons who have identification as tenants or as authorized representatives of tenants of the Building and/or the Project. All facilities and common areas forming a part of a Building and the Project shall be

 

5


 

 

under the sole and absolute control of Landlord with the exclusive right to regulate and control these areas and to exclude therefrom anyone who is not a Tenant or an employee or authorized representative of a Tenant.

 

38.                                Any consent, approval, request, agreement or other communication to be given or made under these Rules and Regulations shall be in writing.

 

All Rules and Regulations contained in this Exhibit D shall be enforced by Landlord in a nondiscriminatory manner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Landlord’s failure to enforce any rule or regulation set forth in this Exhibit D constitute a waiver of Landlord’s future rights of enforcement with respect to the same as contained herein.

 

6



 

EXHIBIT E

 

1540 SECOND STREET

 

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Office Lease (the “Lease”) made and entered into as of                         , 20     by and between                          as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises on the                          floor(s) of the office building located at                          , Santa Monica, California                          , certifies as follows:

 

1.                                       Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

 

2.                                       The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on                   , and the Lease Term expires on                      , and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project except as follows:                                                                                    .

 

3.                                       Base Rent became payable on                          .

 

4.                                       The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A .

 

5.                                       Other than with respect to the Approved Users, Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

 

6.                                       Intentionally deleted.

 

7.                                       All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through                          . The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $                          .

 

8.                                       To Tenant’s actual knowledge, all conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any written notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder.

 

9.                                       No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

 

10.                                As of the date hereof and to Tenant’s actual knowledge, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned’s knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

 

1



 

11.                                If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

 

12.                                There are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

 

13.                                Other than in compliance with all Applicable Laws and incidental to the ordinary course of the use of the Premises, the undersigned has not used or stored any hazardous substances in the Premises.

 

14.                                To the undersigned’s actual knowledge, all improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and all reimbursements and allowances due to the undersigned under the Lease in connection with any improvement work have been paid in full.

 

The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

 

Executed at                          on the              day of                          , 201      .

 

 

“Tenant”:

 

 

 

                                                                       ,

 

a

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Its:

EVP, Corporate & Partner Development

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

2



 

EXHIBIT F

 

1540 SECOND STREET

 

PARKING RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1.                                       No vehicle shall be permitted to park in any portion of the Project unless the driver is a guest, invitee or customer of a tenant of the Project and is issued a parking ticket or a currently validated parking decal (or such other parking permit identification as may then be employed by Landlord) is affixed to and/or displayed on the vehicle in the manner prescribed by Landlord, or unless the vehicle’s driver is in possession of a valid temporary parking permit.

 

2.                                       All items issued for such identification purposes shall be returned to Landlord upon the expiration or any earlier termination of the Lease. Landlord reserves the right to make a reasonable charge for the costs of reserved parking signs.

 

3.                                       Subject to the terms of Article 28 of the Lease, Landlord reserves the right to restrict access to the parking areas of the Project, or to have removed from the parking areas, at the expense of the defaulting tenant or the vehicle owner, any vehicle which, in the opinion of Landlord: (a) presents a hazard to the health and welfare of the tenants or the general public; (b) is not in operable condition; (c) contains explosive cargo or any toxic materials other than gasoline or fuel in the vehicle tanks; (d) leaks fluids of any kind, including water; (e) is without proper licenses attached; (f) contains illegal goods or contraband; or (g) is excessive in width, length or height or has attachments thereto making it excessive in width, length or height.

 

4.                                       All persons shall observe all speed and traffic controls established by Landlord, and shall park only in such areas or spaces as are authorized by Landlord. In the event an area or areas are marked or identified for parking for only a specific tenant (“ Special Identified Parking Area ”), then no unauthorized persons shall park in such Special Identified Parking Area.

 

5.                                       No tenant shall operate any motor vehicle of any kind in any parking garage or other parking area faster than five (5) miles per hour.

 

6.                                       No tenant shall leave or permit its employees or agents to leave vehicles in the parking areas other than automobiles or trucks that fit into regular size parking space, motorcycles, motor-driven or non-motor driven bicycles or four-wheeled light trucks without Landlord’s prior consent.

 

7.                                       The vehicles of persons who violate the provisions of the Lease or the Parking Rules and Regulations may be impounded and/or removed from the parking facilities at the option of Landlord and at the expense of the particular tenant involved or the owner of such vehicle.

 

8.                                       Landlord shall not be liable nor responsible for fire, theft, or any damage to or loss of any vehicle or contents therein, from any cause or circumstance whatsoever, nor for the failure of any vehicle owner or operator to observe these Parking Rules and Regulations.

 

1



 

9.                                       Subject to the terms of Article 28 of the Lease, Landlord reserves the right from time to time to amend, modify, expand or change in any reasonable way these Parking Rules and Regulations and agrees to notify Tenant in writing upon any parking or other rule changes.

 

10.                                All Parking Rules and Regulations contained in this Exhibit F shall be enforced by Landlord in a nondiscriminatory manner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Landlord’s failure to enforce any rule or regulation set forth in this Exhibit F constitute a waiver of Landlord’s future rights of enforcement with respect to the same as contained herein.

 

2



 

EXHIBIT G

 

1540 SECOND STREET

 

LOCATION OF PARKING SPACES

 

 

1



 

 

2


 

 

3



 

OFFICE LEASE

 

RBE 1540 SANTA MONICA, LLC

 

1540 Second Street

 

RBE 1540 SANTA MONICA, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,

 

as Landlord,

 

and

 

TRUECAR, INC.,
a Delaware corporation,

 

as Tenant.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, COMMON AREAS; AND RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

INITIAL LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM

9

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT; BASE RENTABATEMENT

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

24

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

25

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

30

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

34

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

INSURANCE

34

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

38

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12

NON WAIVER

41

 

 

 

ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

48

 

 

 

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

49

 

 

 

ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

49

 

 

 

ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

50

 

 

 

ARTICLE 18

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

52

 

 

 

ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

55

 

 

 

ARTICLE 21

SECURITY DEPOSIT

55

 

 

 

ARTICLE 22

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

56

 

i



 

ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

56

 

 

 

ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

57

 

 

 

ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

57

 

 

 

ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

58

 

 

 

ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

58

 

 

 

ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

59

 

 

 

ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

61

 

 

 

ARTICLE 30

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

73

 

EXHIBITS :

 

EXHIBIT A                               OUTLINE OF PREMISES

 

EXHIBIT B                               WORK LETTER

 

EXHIBIT C                               NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

EXHIBIT D                               RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

EXHIBIT E                                FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

EXHIBIT F                                 PARKING RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

EXHIBIT G                               LOCATION OF PARKING SPACES

 

EXHIBIT H                              FORM OF RECOGNITION AGREEMENT

 

ii



 

INDEX

 

 

Page

 

 

AAA

68

Abatement Event

27

Abatement Event Termination Date

28

Abatement Event Termination Notice

28

Accountant

23

Additional Parking

59

Additional Rent

14

Affiliate

46

Alterations

30

Applicable Laws

57

Approved User

47

Arbitration Notice

68

Arbitrator

67

Bank Prime Loan

58

Base Building

30

Base Rent

13

Base Rent Abatement Period

14

Base Year

14

Bike Storage

74

BOMA

6

Bona-fide third-party offer

7

Brokers

65

Builder’s All Risk

31

Building

5

Building Common Areas

6

Building Hours

26

Building Structure

28

Building Systems

29

Common Areas

6

Comparable Buildings

6

Comparable Transactions

10

Control

47

Cosmetic Alterations

30

Damage Termination Date

40

Damage Termination Notice

40

Demising Obligation

12

Direct Expenses

14

Effective Date

6

Eligibility Period

28

Environmental Laws

70

Estimate

22

Estimate Statement

22

Estimated Excess

22

 

iii



 

INDEX

 

 

Page

 

 

Excess

21

Existing Rent

10

Expense Year

14

Extension Premises

12

Fair Market Rent Rate

10

First Offer Notice

7

First Offer Space

6

First Offer Space Amendment

8

Force Majeure

63

Guarantor

75

Guaranty

75

hazardous substance(s)

70

Holidays

25

HVAC

25

HVAC Improvements

33

Interest Notice

11

Interim Lease

7

JAMS

68

Landlord

1

Landlord Parties

34

Landlord Repair Notice

38

Lease

1

Lease Commencement Date

9

Lease Expiration Date

9

Lease Term

9

Lease Year

9

Lender

51

Lines

67

Mail

64

Maintenance Items

29

Must-Take Parking

59

Net Worth

47

Non-Renewed Space

12

Non-Transferee Assignee

47

Notices

64

Objection Notice

23

Objection Period

23

Operating Expenses

15

Option Exercise Notice

11

Option Rent

10

Option Rent Notice

11

Option Term

9

Option Term Allowance

11

 

iv



 

INDEX

 

 

Page

 

 

Original Improvements

36

Original Tenant

6

Outside Agreement Date

12

Partial Renewal Right

11

Permitted Chemicals

70

Permitted Transferee

46

Premises

5

Prevailing Party

64

Project

5

Project Common Areas

6

Proposition 13

20

Provider

68

Reduced Rent Period

54

Reference Interest Rate

58

Renovations

66

Rent

14

Rentable square feet

6

Rent Payments

10

Review Notice

23

Review Notice Period

23

Rules and Regulations

69

Security Deposit

55

SNDA

51

Statement

21

Storage Space

74

Subject Space

43

Subleasing Costs

45

Summary

1

Superior Holders

50

Superior Right Holders

6

Tax Expenses

20

Telecommunications Equipment

71

Tenant

1

Tenant Parties

35

Tenant’s Acceptance Notice

7

Tenant’s Auditors

23

Tenant’s Early Renewal Notice

7

Tenant’s Generator

71

Tenant’s Security System

27

Tenant’s Share

21

Tenant’s Supplemental Air-Conditioning

33

Termination Date

39

Third Floor Balconies

8

 

v



 

INDEX

 

 

Page

 

 

Third Party Lease

8

Transfer

46

Transferee

43

Transfer Notice

43

Transfer Premium

44

Transfers

43

Work Letter

5

 

vi




Exhibit 10.17

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of May 15, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“ Bank ”), and ZAG.COM INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank.  The parties agree as follows:

 

1                                          ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

 

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP.  Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13.  All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

2                                          LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

2.1                                Promise to Pay .  Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.1.1                      Revolving Advances .

 

(a)                                  Availability .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount.  Amounts borrowed hereunder may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

 

(b)                                  Termination; Repayment .  The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

 

2.2                                Intentionally Omitted .

 

2.3                                Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .

 

(a)                                  Interest Rate for Advances .  Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one percentage point (1.00%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.

 

(b)                                  Default Rate .  Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase.  Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations.  Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

 

(c)                                   Adjustment to Interest Rate .  Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

 

(d)                                  Computation; 360-Day Year .  In computing interest, the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided , however , that if any Credit

 

1



 

Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

(e)                                   Debit of Accounts .  Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due.  These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

 

(f)                                    Interest Payment Date .  Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the first (1st) calendar day of each month.

 

2.4                                Fees .  Borrower shall pay to Bank:

 

(a)                                  Commitment Fee .  A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) on the Effective Date; and

 

(b)                                  Bank Expenses .  All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.  Borrower has already paid to Bank a good faith deposit of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000), which shall be applied to Bank Expenses.

 

2.5                                Payments; Application of Payments .

 

(a)                                  All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due.  Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day.  When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

 

(b)                                  Bank shall apply the whole or any part of collected funds against the Revolving Line or credit such collected funds to a depository account of Borrower with Bank (or an account maintained by an Affiliate of Bank) as specified by Borrower; provided that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

3                                          CONDITIONS OF LOANS

 

3.1                                Conditions Precedent to Initial Advance .  Bank’s obligation to make the initial Advance is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

 

(a)                                  duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

 

(b)                                  Borrower’s Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

 

(c)                                   duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

 

(d)                                  certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Advance, will be terminated or released;

 

2



 

(e)                                   the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

 

(f)                                    executed copies of all documents entered into by Borrower in connection with the Permitted Loans;

 

(g)                                   evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank; and

 

(h)                                  payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

 

3.2                                Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions .  Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                  timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

 

(b)                                  the Pledged Account shall have a balance of unrestricted cash equal to or greater than the Minimum Collateral Value; and

 

(c)                                   the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension.  Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, complete in all material respects as of such date.

 

3.3                                Covenant to Deliver .  Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension.  Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

 

3.4                                Procedures for Borrowing .

 

(a)                                  Advances .  Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance.  Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee.  Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank reasonably believes is a Responsible Officer or designee.  Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account.  Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

 

3



 

4                                          CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

4.1                                Grant of Security Interest .  Borrower hereby assigns, pledges, delivers, and transfers to Bank, and hereby grants to Bank, a continuing first priority security interest in and against all right, title and interest of the following, whether now or hereafter existing or acquired by Borrower:

 

(i)                                      the Pledged Account and general intangibles arising therefrom or relating thereto; and all documents, instruments and agreements evidencing the same; and all extensions, renewals, modifications and replacements of the foregoing; and any interest or other amounts payable in connection therewith;

 

(ii)                                   all proceeds of the foregoing (including whatever is receivable or received when the Pledged Account or proceeds is invested, sold, collected, exchanged, returned, substituted or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, including rights to payment and return premiums and insurance proceeds under insurance with respect to the Pledged Account,

 

(iii)                                all rights to payment with respect to any cause of action affecting or relating to the Pledged Account); and

 

(iv)                               and all renewals, replacements and substitutions of items of the Pledged Account.

 

The parties to this Agreement do not intend that Borrower’s delivery of the Pledged Account to Bank as herein provided will constitute an advance payment of any Obligations or liquidated damages, nor do the parties intend that the Pledged Account increase the dollar amount of the Obligations.

 

4.2                                Priority of Security Interest .  Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral.

 

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash.  Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and ail rights therein shall revert to Borrower and Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, deliver such documents and make such filings as Borrower shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

 

4.3                                Authorization to File Financing Statements .  Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder.

 

5                                          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

 

5.1                                Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority .  Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.  In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”.  Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its

 

4



 

chief executive office); (e) except as set forth on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement).  If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

 

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect, or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound.  Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

5.2                                Collateral .  Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens.  Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts with Bank, and the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith.

 

5.3                                Intentionally Omitted .

 

5.4                                Litigation .  Except as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate or as Borrower has given Bank notice pursuant to Section 6.2(g), there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to involve an amount more than, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

 

5.5                                Financial Statements; Financial Condition .  All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations as of the dates and periods presented.  There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

 

5.6                                Solvency .  The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

 

5.7                                Regulatory Compliance .  Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors).  Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005.  To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business.  None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

 

5



 

5.8                                Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions .  Borrower has timely filed all required material tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower; provided that, Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, so long as Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, and (b) with respect to contested amounts in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), (i) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (ii) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”.  Except as disclosed in writing to Bank, Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower.  Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

5.9                                Use of Proceeds .  Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements (including for Permitted Loans) and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

 

5.10                         Full Disclosure .  No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

 

5.11                         Definition of “Knowledge .   For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge of the Responsible Officers, and when made to the “best of Borrower’s knowledge, means such knowledge or awareness after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

 

6                                          AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrower shall do all of the following:

 

6.1                                Government Compliance .

 

(a)                                  Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations.  Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

(b)                                  Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property.  Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

 

6.2                                Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates, Deliver to Bank:

 

(a)                                  Monthly Financial Statements .  As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

 

6



 

(b)                                  Monthly Compliance Certificate .  Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   Annual Audited Financial Statements .  As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion;

 

(d)                                  Board Approved Financial Projections .  As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days prior to the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, board of director approved financial projections and any interim revisions thereto within fifteen (15) days of approval by Borrower’s board of directors;

 

(e)                                   Other Statements .  Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

 

(f)                                    SEC Filings .  In the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be.  Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address;

 

(g)                                   Legal Action Notice .  A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or more; and

 

(h)                                  Other Financial Information .  Budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

 

6.3                                Intentionally Omitted .

 

6.4                                Taxes; Pensions .  Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required material tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

 

6.5                                Insurance .  Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request.  Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank.  All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured.  All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Bank at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy.  At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments.  If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and lake any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

 

7



 

6.6                                Operating Accounts .

 

(a)                                  No later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date and at all times thereafter, maintain its primary and its Subsidiaries’ primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates, which accounts shall represent at least eighty five percent (85%) of the dollar value of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries accounts at all financial institutions.

 

(b)                                  Maintain at least Four Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,500,000) in non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank at all times, up to One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) of which may be maintained in the Pledged Account.

 

6.7                                Value of Pledged Account .  At all times, maintain an amount of cash in the Pledged Account in an amount equal to or greater than the Minimum Collateral Value.

 

6.8                                Litigation Cooperation .  From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, on reasonable prior notice and at reasonable intervals, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

 

6.9                                Further Assurances .  Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.  Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

7                                          NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

 

7.1                                Dispositions .  Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of the Collateral.

 

7.2                                Changes in Business, Management, Control, or Business Locations .  (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) Borrower’s CEO ceases to hold such office with Borrower and a replacement satisfactory to Borrower’s Board of Directors is not made within thirty (30) days after his departure from Borrower; or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty percent (40%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the investors prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).  Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) change its jurisdiction of organization, (2) change its corporate organizational structure or type, (3) change its legal name, or (4) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

 

7.3                                Mergers or Acquisitions .  Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person; provided that, a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

 

7.4                                Indebtedness .  Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

8



 

7.5                                Encumbrance .  Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of the Collateral, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

 

7.6                                Subordinated Debt .  (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

 

7.7                                Compliance .  Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

8                                          EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

 

8.1                                Payment Default .  Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date).  During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

8.2                                Covenant Default .

 

(a)                                  Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6 or 6.7 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

 

(b)                                  Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period).  Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

 

8.3                                Intentionally Omitted ;

 

9



 

8.4                                Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .

 

(a)                                  (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

 

(b)                                  (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its business; and, if there are then no Obligations outstanding, the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof removed or stayed; provided, however, no Credit Extensions are outstanding during any ten (10) day cure period;

 

8.5                                Insolvency (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or Borrower fails to be solvent as described under Section 5.6 hereof; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

 

8.6                                Other Agreements .  There is, under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000); or (b) any default by Borrower, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business;

 

8.7                                Judgments .  One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree);

 

8.8                                Misrepresentations .  Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made; and

 

8.9                                Subordinated Debt .  Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person (other than Bank) shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement.

 

9                                          BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

9.1                                Rights and Remedies .  While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

 

(a)                                  declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

10


 

(b)                                  stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

 

(c)                                   settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

 

(d)                                  make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral.  Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates.  Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred.  Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

 

(e)                                   apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

 

(f)                                    ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral.  Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

 

(g)                                   place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

 

(h)                                  demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

 

(i)                                      exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

 

9.2                                Power of Attorney .  Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (b) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits.  Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder.  Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

 

9.3                                Protective Payments .  If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral.  Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter.  No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 

11



 

9.4                                Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default .  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion.  Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency.  If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

 

9.5                                Bank’s Liability for Collateral .  So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices and the Code regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person.  Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

 

9.6                                No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative .  Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith.  No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given.  Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative.  Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity.  Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver.  Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

9.7                                Demand Waiver .  Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

10                                   NOTICES

 

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below.  Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower prior to June 30, 2009:

 

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

525 Broadway, 3rd Floor

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

Fax: 800.584.5004

 

Email: JNguyen@zag.com

 

If to Borrower beginning on July 1, 2009:

 

12



 

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

1546 7th Street

 

Santa Monica, CA 90401

 

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

Fax: 800.584.5004

 

Email: JNguyen@zag.com

 

If to Bank:

Silicon Valley Bank

 

Canoga Avenue, Suite 210

 

Woodland Hills, CA 91367

 

Attn: Tim Barnes

 

Fax: (818) 340-0397

 

Email: TBarnes@SVBank.com

 

11                                   CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

 

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law.  Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank.  Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court.  Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

 

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS.  THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.  EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL .

 

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court.  The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive.  The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers.  All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed.  If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief.  The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings.  The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings.  The private judge shall oversee discovery and may

 

13



 

enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge.  The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a).  Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies.  The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 

12                                   GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

12.1                         Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party.  Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion).  Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

12.2                         Indemnification .  Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

12.3                         Time of Essence .  Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

 

12.4                         Severability of Provisions .  Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

 

12.5                         Correction of Loan Documents .  Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction.  In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.

 

12.6                         Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration .  No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document.  Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver.  The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements.  All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

 

12.7                         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

 

12.8                         Survival .  All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have

 

14



 

been paid in full and satisfied.  The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

 

12.9                         Confidentiality .  In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (provided that such Subsidiaries and Affiliates are bound by the same confidentiality obligation herein); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein.  Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank’s; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

 

Bank may use confidential information for the development of databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower.  The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

12.10                  Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses .  In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

 

12.11                  Electronic Execution of Documents .  The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

12.12                  Captions .  The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

12.13                  Construction of Agreement .  The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement.  In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

 

12.14                  Relationship .  The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement.  The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

 

12.15                  Third Parties .  Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

 

13                                   DEFINITIONS

 

13.1                         Definitions .  As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative.  As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

15



 

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

 

Advance ” or “ Advances ” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.

 

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Availability Amount ” is the Revolving Line minus the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

 

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

 

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

 

Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

 

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

 

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

 

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

 

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable,

 

16



 

the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

Credit Extension ” is any Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

 

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

 

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Designated Deposit Account ” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number 3300661754, maintained with Bank.

 

Dollars ,” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “s” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

 

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

 

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

 

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

 

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

 

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

 

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

 

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.2.

 

17



 

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

 

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower any Guarantor and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

 

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

 

Minimum Collateral Value ” means an aggregate principal amount equal to all Obligations owing from Borrower to Bank.

 

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

 

Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.

 

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

 

Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

 

(a)                                  Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)                                  Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

 

(c)                                   Subordinated Debt;

 

(d)                                  unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)                                   Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)                                    Indebtedness with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

18


 

(g)                                   Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

 

(h)                                  extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (g) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be; and

 

(i)                                      other Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time;

 

Permitted Liens ” are:

 

(a)                                  Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate (other than Liens in favor of Key Equipment Finance, Inc.) or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)                                  Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

 

(c)                                   purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment; provided however that any such Liens in favor of Key Equipment Finance, Inc. shall not secure Indebtedness in excess of Twenty Six Thousand Dollars ($26,000);

 

(d)                                  Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

 

(e)                                   Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

 

(f)                                    Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

 

(g)                                   leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

 

(h)                                  exclusive and/or non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)                                      Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7; and

 

19



 

(j)                                     Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts.

 

Permitted Loans ” are (a) loans from Borrower to Scott Painter, Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Two Million Three Hundred Thirty Four Thousand Forty One Dollars and Thirty Four Cents ($2,334,041.34); and (b) a loan from Borrower to TrueCar, Inc. in a principal amount not to exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000).

 

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

 

Pledged Account ” shall mean Borrower’s restricted non-interest bearing deposit account number 3300673516 held at Bank.

 

Prime Rate ” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.

 

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

 

Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000).

 

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is May     , 2010.

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

 

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

 

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.  Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Person shall not be deemed to be a Subsidiary of another Person solely because both such Persons share a common management team

 

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

20



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ James Nguyen

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

BANK:

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Jack Garza

 

Name:

Jack Garza

 

Title:

Relationship Manager

 

 

1



 

EXHIBIT A — COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

 

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

 

(i)                                      Account number 3300673516 held at Silicon Valley Bank in the name of Borrower (the “Pledged Account”) and general intangibles arising therefrom or relating thereto; and all documents, instruments and agreements evidencing the same; and all extensions, renewals, modifications and replacements of the foregoing; and any interest or other amounts payable in connection therewith;

 

(ii)                                   all proceeds of the foregoing (including whatever is receivable or received when the Pledged Account or proceeds is invested, sold, collected, exchanged, returned, substituted or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, including rights to payment and return premiums and insurance proceeds under insurance with respect to the Pledged Account,

 

(iii)                                all rights to payment with respect to any cause of action affecting or relating to the Pledged Account); and

 

(iv)                               and all renewals, replacements and substitutions of items of the Pledged Account.

 

2



 

EXHIBIT B — LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

 

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON PACIFIC TIME *

 

Fax To:

Date:

 

 

 

LOAN PAYMENT :

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

From Account #

 

 

To Account #

 

 

 

(Deposit Account #)

 

 

(Loan Account #)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal $

 

 

and/or Interest $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

 

Phone Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOAN ADVANCE :

 

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance arc for an outgoing wire.

 

From Account #

Line of Credit

 

To Account #

3300673516

 

 

(Loan Account #)

 

 

(Deposit Account #)

 

Amount of Advance

$1,500,000

 

 

 

 

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement arc true, correct and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

Authorized Signature:

/s/ James Nguyen

 

 

Phone Number:

800.584.5000 x267

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name/Title:

James Nguyen, CFO

 

 

 

 

 

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST :

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired .

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

 

Beneficiary Name:

 

 

 

Amount of Wire: $

 

 

Beneficiary Bank:

 

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

City and State:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:

 

 

Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):

 

 

 

 

(For International Wire Only)

 

 

Intermediary Bank:

 

 

Transit (ABA) #:

 

 

For Further Credit to:

 

 

 

 

 

Special Instruction:

 

 

 

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us) .

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

2 nd  Signature (if required):

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

Telephone

 

 

Telephone #:

 

 

 


* Unless otherwise provided for an Advance bearing interest at LIBOR.

 

1


 

EXHIBIT C

 

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

 

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER:

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

DATE : May 15, 2009

BANK:

 

Silicon Valley Bank

 

 

 

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1.     I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of Borrower.  My title is as set forth below.

 

2.     Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above.  Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of

 

Delaware

 

 

[print name of state]

 

 

 

3.     Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above.  Such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

4.     The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action).  Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

 

RESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

Authorized to
Add or
Remove
Signatories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scott Painter

 

CEO

 

/s/ Scott Painter

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chris Porch

 

President/COO

 

/s/ Chris Porch

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James Nguyen

 

CFO

 

/s/ James Nguyen

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Moujan Kazerani

 

General Counsel

 

/s/ Moujan Kazerani

 

x

 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

 

Borrow Money .  Borrow money from Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”).

Execute Loan Documents .  Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security .  Grant Bank a security interest in any pledged accounts and any proceeds, rights to payment or substitutions thereof.

Negotiate Items .  Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

 

1



 

Further Acts .  Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

 

5.     The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

Title:

CFO

 

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower .

 

I, the Moujan Kazerani of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as

[print title]

of the date set forth above.

 

 

By:

/s/ Moujan Kazerani

 

Name:

Moujan Kazerani

 

Title:

General Counsel

 

2



 

EXHIBIT D

 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

Date:

 

FROM:

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

The undersigned authorized officer of ZAG.COM INC. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

 

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                                with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required material tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

 

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification.  The undersigned certifies that the attached financial statements arc prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, with respect to unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments.  The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column .

 

Reporting Covenant

 

Required

 

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes  No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC

 

FYE within 180 days

 

Yes  No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

 

Within 5 days after filing with SEC

 

Yes  No

Annual Projections

 

30 days prior to FYE and interim revisions within 15 days of board approval

 

Yes  No

Accounts at Bank or Bank’s Affiliates

 

85% of all Accounts

 

Yes  No

 

The following accounts are maintained outside of Bank/Bank’s Affiliates (please list account numbers and account balances):

 

 

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

1



 

 

ZAG.COM INC.

BANK USE ONLY

 

 

 

 

 

Received by:

 

 

By:

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

Name:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Verified:

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compliance Status:        Yes   No

 

2


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of November 12, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“ Bank ”), and ZAG.COM INC., a Delaware corporation and TRUECAR, INC., a Delaware corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively “Borrowers”), amends and restates the terms of that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between Bank and Borrowers dated as of May 15, 2009, as amended from time to time (the “Existing Loan Agreement”, the Existing Loan Agreement and all other “Loan Documents (as such term is defined in the Existing Loan Agreement) are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Existing Loan Documents”), and provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrowers and Borrowers shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

 

1                                          ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

 

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

2                                          LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

2.1                                Promise to Pay .  Borrowers hereby unconditionally promise to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.1.1                      Formula Advances .

 

(a)                                  Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Formula Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed hereunder may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Formula Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent here in.

 

(b)                                  Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Formula Line terminates on the Revolving Formula Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Formula Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Formula Line shall be immediately due and payable.

 

2.1.2                      Letters of Credit Sublimit .

 

(a)                                  As part of the Revolving Formula Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or a Foreign Currency for a Borrower’s account. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount utilized for the issuance of Letters of Credit shall at all times reduce the amount otherwise available for Formula Advances under the Revolving Formula Line. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) may not exceed the lesser of (A) Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000), minus (i) the sum of all amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount, or (B) the lesser of Revolving Formula Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the’ sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Formula Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount.

 

(b)                                  If, on the Revolving Formula Line Maturity Date (or the effective date of any termination of this Agreement), there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrowers shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the

 

1



 

terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the “ Letter of Credit Application ”). Borrowers agree to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrowers further agree to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guarantied by Bank and opened for a Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for a Borrower’s account, and each Borrower understands and agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following a Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto, except as may result from Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(c)                                   The obligation of Borrowers to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.

 

(d)                                  Borrowers may request that Bank issue a Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency. If a demand for payment is made under any such Letter of Credit, Bank shall treat such demand as a Formula Advance to Borrowers of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount thereof (plus fees and charges in connection therewith such as wire, cable, SWIFT or similar charges).

 

(e)                                   To guard against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency, Bank shall create a reserve (the “ Letter of Credit Reserve ”) under the Revolving Formula Line in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of the Letter of Credit Reserve may be adjusted by Bank from time to time to account for fluctuations in the exchange rate. The availability of funds under the Revolving Formula Line shall be reduced by the amount of such Letter of Credit Reserve for as long as such Letter of Credit remains outstanding.

 

2.1.3                      Foreign Exchange Sublimit . As part of the Revolving Formula Line, Borrowers may enter into foreign exchange contracts with Bank under which a Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency (each, a “ FX Forward Contract ”) on a specified date (the “ Settlement Date ”). FX Forward Contracts shall have a Settlement Date of at least one (1) FX Business Day after the contract date and shall be subject to a reserve of ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract (the “ FX Reserve ”). The aggregate amount of FX Forward Contracts at any one time may not exceed ten (10) times the lesser of (A) Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000), minus (i) the sum of all amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), or (B) the lesser of Revolving Formula Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Formula Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), and minus (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve). The amount otherwise available for Credit Extensions under the Revolving Formula Line shall be reduced by an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract (the “ FX Reduction Amount ”). Any amounts needed to fully reimburse Bank for any amounts not paid by Borrowers in connection with FX Forward Contracts will be treated as Formula Advances under the Revolving Formula Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Formula Advances.

 

2.1.4                      Cash Management Services Sublimit . Borrowers may use the Revolving Formula Line for Bank’s cash management services, which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in Bank’s various cash management services agreements (collectively, the “ Cash Management Services ”), in an aggregate amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000), minus (i) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount, or (B) the lesser of Revolving Formula Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Formula Advances, minus (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), and minus (iii) the FX Reduction Amount. Any amounts Bank pays on behalf of a Borrower for any Cash Management Services will be treated as Formula Advances under the Revolving Formula Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Formula Advances.

 

2



 

2.1.5                      Non-Formula Advances .

 

(a)                                  Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Non-Formula Advances not exceeding the Revolving Non-Formula Line. Non-Formula Advances may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Non-Formula Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

 

(b)                                  Termination; Repayment .  The Revolving Non-Formula Line terminates on the Revolving Non-Formula Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Non-Formula Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Non-Formula Line shall be immediately due and payable.

 

2.1.6                      Equipment Advances .

 

(a)                                  Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Draw Period, Bank shall make advances (each, an “ Equipment Advance ” and, collectively, “ Equipment Advances ”) not exceeding the Equipment Line. Equipment Advances may only be used to finance Eligible Equipment purchased within ninety (90) days (determined based upon the applicable invoice date of such Eligible Equipment) before the date of each Equipment Advance. All Eligible Equipment must have been new when purchased by Borrowers, except for such Eligible Equipment that is disclosed in writing to Bank by Borrowers, and that Bank in its sole discretion has agreed to finance, prior to being financed by Bank. No Equipment Advance may exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the total invoice for Eligible Equipment, including Other Equipment. After repayment, no Equipment Advance may be reborrowed.

 

(b)                                  Repayment . Equipment Advances outstanding on the last day of the Draw Period are payable in (i) thirty six (36) consecutive equal monthly installments of principal plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest, beginning on April I, 2011 and ending on the Equipment Maturity Date.

 

2.2                                Overadvances . If, at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of any Formula Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), plus (b) the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), plus (c) the FX Reduction Amount exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Formula Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrowers shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such excess.

 

2.3                                Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .

 

(a)                                  Interest Rate .

 

(i)                        Formula Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Formula Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.

 

(ii)                     Non-Formula Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Formula Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one and one quarter percent (1.25%) below the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.

 

(iii)                  Equipment Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding for each Equipment Advance shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one quarter of one percentage point (0.25%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly.

 

(b)                                  Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrowers pursuant to

 

3



 

the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

 

(c)                                   Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

 

(d)                                  Computation: 360-Day Year . In computing interest, the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

(e)                                   Debit of Accounts . Bank may debit any of Borrowers’ deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrowers owe Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

 

(f)                                    Interest Payment Date .  Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the first calendar day of each month.

 

2.4                                Fees. Borrowers shall pay to Bank :

 

(a)                                  Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) on the Effective Date; and

 

(b)                                  Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

 

2.5                                Payments; Application of Payments .

 

(a)                                  All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrowers under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available fluids in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due.  Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day.  When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

 

(b)                                  Bank shall apply the whole or any part of collected funds against the Revolving Formula Line or the Revolving Non-Formula Line or credit such collected funds to a depository account of a Borrower with Bank (or an account maintained by an Affiliate of Bank), as specified by Borrower, provided that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrowers shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrowers to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

3                                          CONDITIONS OF LOANS

 

3.1                                Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

 

(a)                                  duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

 

4



 

(b)                                  duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreements, if any;

 

(c)                                   each Borrower’s Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of each Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

 

(d)                                  duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for each Borrower;

 

(e)                                   certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

 

(f)                                    executed copies of all documents entered into by Borrower in connection with the Permitted Loans;

 

(g)                                   the Perfection Certificates of Borrowers, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

 

(h)                                  evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank;

 

(i)                                      payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

 

3.2                                Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                  except as otherwise provided in Section 3.5(a), timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

 

(b)                                  the Pledged Account shall have a balance of unrestricted cash equal to or greater than the Minimum Collateral Value;

 

(c)                                   the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and to the best of Borrowers’ knowledge, complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and to the best of Borrowers’ knowledge, complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrowers’ representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and to the best of Borrowers’ knowledge, complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and to the best of Borrowers’ knowledge, complete in all material respects as of such date; and

 

(d)                                  in Bank’s sole discretion, there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

 

3.3                                Intentionally Omitted .

 

3.4                                Covenant to Deliver . Borrowers agree to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrowers expressly agree that a

 

5



 

Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrowers’ obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion,

 

3.5                                Procedures for Borrowing .

 

(a)                                  Formula Advances; Non-Formula Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Formula Advance or a Non-Formula Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Formula Advance or a Non-Formula Advance (other than Formula Advances under Sections 2.1.2 or 2.1.4), a Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00  p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Formula Advance or the Non-Formula Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, a Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank reasonably believes is a Responsible Officer or designee.  Bank shall credit Formula Advances and Non-Formula Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Formula Advances and Non-Formula Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Formula Advances or Non-Formula Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

 

(b)                                  Equipment Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Equipment Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Equipment Advance, a Borrower must notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail or facsimile no later than 12:00 p.m. Pacific time one (1) Business Day before the proposed Funding Date. The notice shall be a Payment/Advance Form, must be signed by a Responsible Officer or designee, and shall include a copy of the invoice for the Equipment being financed. If Borrowers satisfy the conditions of each Equipment Advance, Bank shall disburse such Equipment Advance by transfer to the Designated Deposit Account.

 

4                                          CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

4.1                                Grant of Security Interest . Each Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

 

In addition, Borrowers hereby assign, pledge, deliver, and transfer to Bank, and hereby grant to Bank, a continuing first priority security interest in and against all right, title and interest of the following, whether now or hereafter existing or acquired by Borrowers:

 

(i)                        the Pledged Account and general intangibles arising therefrom or relating thereto; and all documents, instruments and agreements evidencing the same; and all extensions, renewals, modifications and replacements of the foregoing; and any interest or other amounts payable in connection therewith;

 

(ii)                     all proceeds of the foregoing (including whatever is receivable or received when the Pledged Account or proceeds is invested, sold, collected, exchanged, returned, substituted or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, including rights to payment and return premiums and insurance proceeds under insurance with respect to the Pledged Account,

 

(iii)                  all rights to payment with respect to any cause of action affecting or relating to the Pledged Account); and

 

(iv)                 and all renewals, replacements and substitutions of items of the Pledged Account.

 

The parties to this Agreement do not intend that Borrowers’ delivery of the Pledged Account to Bank as herein provided will constitute an advance payment of any Obligations or liquidated damages, nor do the parties intend that the Pledged Account increase the dollar amount of the Obligations.

 

6



 

4.2                                Priority of Security Interest .  Each Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If a Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, such Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by such Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

 

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at Borrowers’ sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrowers and Bank shall, at Borrowers’ sole cost and expense, deliver such documents and make such filings as Borrowers shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

 

4.3                                Authorization to File Financing Statements . Each Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrowers, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.

 

5                                          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Each Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

 

5.1                                Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority .  Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank completed certificates signed by each Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Except as set forth in the Perfection Certificate, Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (D all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement).  If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

 

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

7



 

5.2                                Collateral . Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

 

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

 

All Financed Equipment is new, except for such Financed Equipment that has been disclosed in writing to Bank by Borrower as “used” and that Bank, in its sole discretion, has agreed to finance.

 

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public and other non-material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made in writing that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

 

5.3                                Accounts Receivable .  For any Eligible Account in any Borrowing Base Certificate, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct in all material respects and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all material respects what they purport to be. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Borrowing Base Certificate. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

5.4                                Litigation . Except as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate or as Borrower has given Bank notice pursuant to Section 6.2(h), there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to involve an amount more than, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

 

5.5                                Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations as of the dates and periods presented. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

 

8



 

5.6                                Solvency .  The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

 

5.7                                Regulatory Compliance . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

 

5.8                                Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

 

5.9                                Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower has timely filed all required material tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower; provided that, Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, so long as Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, and (b) with respect to contested amounts in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), (i) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (ii) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Except as disclosed in writing to Bank, Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

5.10                         Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital, to purchase Eligible Equipment, and to fund its general business requirements (including for Permitted Loans) and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

 

5.11                         Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

 

5.12                         Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge of the Responsible Officers and when made to the “best of Borrower’s knowledge,” means such knowledge or awareness after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

 

9


 

6              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrowers shall do all of the following:

 

6.1          Government Compliance .

 

(a)           Maintain their and all their Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on a Borrower’s business or operations. Each Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on a Borrower’s business.

 

(b)           Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by a Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. At Bank’s request, Borrowers shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

 

6.2          Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Deliver to Bank :

 

(a)           Borrowing Base Reports . Within twenty (20) days after the last day of each month when Formula Advances are outstanding, aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date) (the “ Borrowing Base Reports ”);

 

(b)           Borrowing Base Certificate . Within twenty (20) days after the last day of each month when Formula Advances are outstanding and together with the Borrowing Base Reports, a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer;

 

(c)           Monthly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering Borrowers’ and each of their Subsidiary’s operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

 

(d)           Monthly Compliance Certificate . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrowers were in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank shall reasonably request;

 

(e)           Annual Audited Financial Statements .  As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrowers’ fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion; provided however for the 2009 fiscal year such audited financial statements shall be delivered to Bank no later than August 31, 2010;

 

(f)            Other Statements . Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to each Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

 

(g)           SEC Filings . In the event that a Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by such Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on such Borrower’s website on the Internet at such Borrower’s website address;

 

10



 

(h)           Legal Action Notice . A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or more;

 

(i)            Board Approved Financial Projections . As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days prior to the last day of each Borrower’s fiscal year, board of director approved financial projections and any interim revisions thereto within fifteen (15) days of approval by such Borrower’s board of directors; and

 

(j)            Milestone Reporting . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, “milestone” reporting of the type that is normally shared with each Borrower’s board of directors.

 

(k)           Other Financial Information . Budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

 

6.3          Intentionally Omitted .

 

6.4          Taxes; Pensions . Timely file, and require each of their Subsidiaries to timely file, all material required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of their Subsidiaries to timely pay, all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by a Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

 

6.5          Insurance . Keep their businesses and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrowers’ industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Bank at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Bank’s request, each Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. If a Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

 

6.6          Operating Accounts .

 

(a)           Within ninety (90) days after the Effective Date and at all times thereafter, maintain their primary and their Subsidiaries’ primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank which accounts shall represent at least eighty five percent (85%) of the dollar value of Borrowers’ and such Subsidiaries accounts at all financial institutions.

 

(b)           Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that a Borrower at any time maintains, such Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of a Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by such Borrower as such.

 

6.7          Financial Covenants . Maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidating basis with respect to Borrowers and their Subsidiaries:

 

11



 

(a)           Quick Ratio . A ratio of Quick Assets to Current Liabilities (determined in accordance with GAAP) of at least 1.15 to 1.0.

 

6.8          Protection of Intellectual Property Rights .

 

(a)           (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its material Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to a Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

 

(b)           Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrowers shall take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

6.9          Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, on reasonable prior notice and at reasonable intervals, Borrowers and their officers, employees and agents and each Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrowers.

 

6.10        Value of Pledged Account .  At all times, maintain an amount of cash in the Pledged Account in an amount equal to or greater than the Minimum Collateral Value.

 

6.11        Access to Collateral; Books and Records .  Allow Bank, or its agents, at reasonable times, on five (5) Business Days’ notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy any Borrower’s Books. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrowers’ expense, and the charge therefor shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($850) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event a Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and such Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), such Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling. Bank and Borrower hereby agree that the first such audit shall, any case, be conducted once Borrower has requested at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) of Formula Advances.

 

6.12        Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries .  At the time that a Borrower forms any majority-owned direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any majority-owned direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date, such Borrower shall, upon Bank’s reasonable request (a) cause such new Subsidiary (other than any Foreign Subsidiary) to provide to Bank a joinder to the Loan Agreement to cause such Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, provided that, Borrower shall pledge sixty-five percent (65%) of the direct or beneficial ownership interest of any new Foreign Subsidiary, and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.12 shall be a Loan Document.

 

6.13        Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to

 

12



 

Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

7              NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

No Borrower shall do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

 

7.1          Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment that does not constitute Financed Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States; and (e) of property not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.1, having an aggregate book value not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in any fiscal year.

 

7.2          Changes in Business, Management, Control, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) Borrower’s CEO ceases to hold such office with Borrower and a replacement satisfactory to Borrower’s Board of Directors is not made within thirty (30) days after his departure from Borrower; or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty percent (40%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the investors prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

 

Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) to a bailee (other than Collateral held at co-location sites with a value not in excess of Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000)), and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.

 

7.3          Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, provided that a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

 

7.4          Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

7.5          Encumbrance . (a) Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, (b) permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, except for Permitted Liens, or (iii) enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of

 

13



 

prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except pursuant to transactions that are otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

 

7.6          Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b) hereof.

 

7.7          Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided such repurchase does not exceed in the aggregate of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per fiscal year; (iv) Borrower may make payments in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares; and (v) Borrower may repurchase stock that is intended to be sold to United Services Automobile Association provided such repurchase does not exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

 

7.8          Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person; (ii) transactions between or among Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (iii) equity and bridge financings with Borrower’s existing investors, provided that any bridge financing shall constitute Subordinated Debt; (iv) Permitted Loans; and (v) transactions permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 7.2 hereof.

 

7.9          Subordinated Debt .  (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

 

7.10        Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

8              EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

 

8.1          Payment Default . Borrowers fail to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Formula Line Maturity Date, the Revolving Non-Formula Line Maturity Date and/or the Equipment Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

14



 

8.2          Covenant Default .

 

(a)           Borrowers fail or neglect to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7 or 6.10 or violate any covenant in Section 7; or

 

(b)           Borrowers fail or neglect to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, have failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrowers be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrowers shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

 

8.3          Material Adverse Change . A Material Adverse Change occurs;

 

8.4          Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .

 

(a)           (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of a Borrower or of any entity under the control of a Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of a Borrower’s assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

 

(b)           (i) any material portion of a Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents a Borrower from conducting any material part of its business;

 

8.5          Insolvency   (a) A Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) A Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against a Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

 

8.6          Other Agreements . There is, under any agreement to which a Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000); or (b) any default by a Borrower or Guarantor , the result of which could have a material adverse effect on a Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s business;

 

8.7          Judgments . One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against a Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree);

 

8.8          Misrepresentations . A Borrower or any Person acting for a Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect ill any material respect when made;

 

15



 

8.9          Subordinated Debt . Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or the Subordination Agreement.

 

9              BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

9.1          Rights and Remedies . While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

 

(a)           declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

(b)           stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrowers’ benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrowers and Bank;

 

(c)           demand that Borrowers (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrowers shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

 

(d)           terminate any FX Forward Contracts;

 

(e)           settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing a Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

 

(f)            make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrowers shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Each Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

 

(g)           apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of a Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of a Borrower;

 

(h)           ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, a Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrowers’ rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

 

(i)            place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

 

(j)            demand and receive possession of a Borrower’s Books; and

 

16



 

(k)           exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

 

9.2          Power of Attorney . Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Each Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have .been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as each Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

 

9.3          Protective Payments . If a Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which such Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral.  Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrowers with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 

9.4          Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrowers or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrowers shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

 

9.5          Bank’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person.  Borrowers bear all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

 

9.6          No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver.  Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

17



 

9.7          Demand Waiver . Each Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which such Borrower is liable.

 

9.8          Borrower Liability . Either Borrower may, acting singly, request Credit Extensions hereunder. Each Borrower hereby appoints the other as agent for the other for all purposes hereunder, including with respect to requesting Advances hereunder. Each Borrower hereunder shall be jointly and severally obligated to repay all Advances made hereunder, regardless of which Borrower actually receives said Advance, as if each Borrower hereunder directly received all Advances.  Each Borrower waives (a) any suretyship defenses available to it under the Code or any other applicable law, including, without limitation,  the benefit of California Civil Code Section 2815 permitting revocation as to future transactions and the benefit of California Civil Code Sections 1432, 2809, 2810, 2819, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, and 2899 and 3433, and (b) any right to require Bank to: (i) proceed against any Borrower or any other person; (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security; or (iii) pursue any other remedy. Bank may exercise or not exercise any right or remedy it has against any Borrower or any security it holds (including the right to foreclose by judicial or non-judicial sale) without affecting any Borrower’s liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or other related document, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating Borrower to the rights of Bank under this Agreement) to seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Section, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Bank and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Bank for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

 

10           NOTICES

 

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (I) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrowers may change their mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrowers

ZAG.COM INC.

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

525 Broadway, 3rd Floor

 

Santa Monica, CA, 90401

 

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

Fax: 800.584.5004

 

Email: JNguyen@zag.com

 

 

If to Bank:

Silicon Valley Bank

 

15260 Ventura Blvd., Suite 980

 

Sherman Oaks, CA 91403

 

Attn: Jack Garza

 

Fax: (818) 783-7984

 

Email: jgarza@svb.com

 

 

18



 

11           CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

 

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law.  Borrowers and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Each Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and each Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Each Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to such Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by such Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of such Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

 

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

 

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings.  The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shalt also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 

12           GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

12.1        Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. No Borrower may assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrowers, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any

 

19


 

part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

12.2        Indemnification . Borrowers agree to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrowers (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

12.3        Time of Essence .  Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

 

12.4        Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

 

12.5        Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrowers with written notice of such correction and allows Borrowers at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrowers.

 

12.6        Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration .  No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

 

12.7        Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

 

12.8        Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after (i) written notice of termination is given to Bank and (ii) repayment in full of all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations). Notwithstanding any such termination, Bank’s lien and security interest in the Collateral shall continue until Borrower fully satisfies its Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations).

 

12.9        Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and satisfied.  The obligation of Boriowers in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

 

12.10      Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (provided that such Subsidiaries and Affiliates are bound by the same confidentiality obligation herein); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms

 

20



 

of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (0 to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank’s; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

 

Bank may use confidential information for the development of databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated and  anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrowers. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

12.11      Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Borrowers and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

 

12.12      Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

12.13      Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

12.14      Construction of Agreement .  The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

 

12.15      Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

 

12.16      Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

 

12.17      Waiver . Bank hereby waives the Event of Default under the Existing Loan Agreement due to Borrowers’ failure to timely deliver their 2009 audited financial statements.

 

12.18      Effect of Amendment and Restatement . This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Existing Loan Agreement. Except for the Existing Loan Agreement (which is being amended and restated in its entirety by this Agreement), all other Existing Loan Documents shall continue in full force and effect and constitute Loan Documents, including without limitation, all documents entered into by Borrowers and Bank in connection with Letters of Credit, FX Forward Contracts, or Cash Management Services, all security agreements (which shall continue to secure all present and future indebtedness, liabilities, guarantees and other Obligations), all lockbox agreements and blocked account agreements, all control agreements relating to deposit accounts, securities accounts or other accounts, all warrants to purchase stock or other securities or interests, all investor rights and other agreements relating to stock or securities, and all UCC-1 financing statements and other documents filed with governmental offices which perfect liens or security interests in favor of Bank. References in any such surviving Loan Documents to “Loan Agreement” shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement instead of the Existing Loan

 

21



 

Agreement. Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Agreement is intended to and does completely amend and restate, without novation, the Existing Loan Agreement. All security interests granted under the Existing Loan Agreement are hereby confirmed and ratified and shall continue to secure all Obligations under this Agreement.

 

13           DEFINITIONS

 

13.1        Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to a Borrower.

 

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (1) the Revolving Formula Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the Dollar Equivalent amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, minus (c) the FX Reduction Amount, minus (d) any amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (e) the outstanding principal balance of any Formula Advances.

 

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrowers.

 

Borrower(s) ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Borrower’s Books ” are all of a Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding such Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

 

Borrowing Base ” is (a) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts plus (b) Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) as determined by Bank from Borrowers’ most recent Borrowing Base Certificate; provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing amounts and/or percentages in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.

 

Borrowing Base Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

Borrowing Base Report ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

 

Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

 

22



 

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

 

Cash Management Services ” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

 

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrowers described on Exhibit A .

 

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .

 

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which a Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which a Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, such Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

 

Credit Extension ” is any Formula Advance, Non-Formula Advance, Letter of Credit, FX Forward Contract, amount utilized for Cash Management Services, Equipment Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrowers’ benefit.

 

23



 

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

 

Deferred Revenue ” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

 

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Designated Deposit Account ” is a Borrower’s deposit account, account number 3300661754, maintained with Bank.

 

Dollars ,” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

 

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

Draw Period ” is the period of time from the Effective Date through March 31, 2011.

 

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Eligible Accounts ” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of a Borrower’s business that meet all Borrowers’ representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right upon prior written notice to Borrowers at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below based on the results of periodic field exams and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

 

(a)           Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

 

(b)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, fifty percent (50%) or more of whose Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

 

(c)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States;

 

(d)           Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States;

 

(e)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that a Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts), with the exception of customary credits, adjustments and/or discounts given to an Account Debtor by a Borrower in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(f)            Accounts for which the Account Debtor is a Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

 

(g)           Account with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

 

24



 

(h)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless the relevant Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

 

(i)            Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

 

(j)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

 

(k)           Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between a Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of such Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

 

(l)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of a Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

 

(m)          Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

 

(n)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, the relevant Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from such Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

 

(o)           Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

 

(p)           Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of a Borrower’s business;

 

(q)           Accounts for which a Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond 90 days;

 

(r)            Accounts subject to chargebacks or others payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

 

(s)            Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

 

(t)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Deferred Revenue (but only to the extent of such Deferred Revenue);

 

(u)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to a Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and

 

(v)           Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment after inquiry and consultation with Borrowers determines collection to be doubtful.

 

25



 

Eligible Equipment ” is the following to the extent it complies with all of Borrowers’ representations and warranties to Bank, is acceptable to Bank in all respects, is located at Borrowers’ address listed in Section 10 or such other location of which Bank has approved in writing, and is subject to a first priority Lien in favor of Bank: (a) general purpose equipment and (b) Other Equipment.

 

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing. ,

 

Equipment Advance ” is defined in Section 2.1.6(a).

 

Equipment Line ” is an Equipment Advance or Equipment Advances in an aggregate amount of up to Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000).

 

Equipment Maturity Date ” is March 1, 2014.

 

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

 

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

 

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Financed Equipment ” is all present and future Eligible Equipment in which a Borrower has any interest which is financed by an Equipment Advance.

 

Formula Advance ” or “ Formula Advances ” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Formula Line.

 

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrowers which shall be a Business Day.

 

FX Business Day ” is any day when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by a Borrower is available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency.

 

FX Forward Contract ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

 

FX Reduction Amount ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

 

FX Reserve ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

 

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract,

 

26



 

tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

 

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

 

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

 

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.2.

 

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

Intellectual Property ” means all of a Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

 

(a)           its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

 

(b)           any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

 

(c)           any and all source code;

 

(d)           any and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower;

 

(e)           any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

 

(f)            all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of a Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

 

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

 

Letter of Credit ” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.1.2.

 

Letter of Credit Application ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b).

 

Letter of Credit Reserve ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2(e).

 

27



 

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

 

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by a Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement between a Borrower any Guarantor and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

 

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of a Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

 

Minimum Collateral Value ” means an aggregate principal amount equal to all Obligations owing from Borrower to Bank under the Revolving Non-Formula Line.

 

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(c).

 

Non-Formula Advance ” or “ Non-Formula Advances ” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Non-Formula Line.

 

Obligations ” are a Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts such Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of such Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform such Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.

 

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

 

Other Equipment ” is leasehold improvements, intangible property such as computer software and software licenses, equipment specifically designed or manufactured for a Borrower, other intangible property, limited use property and other similar property and soft costs approved by Bank, including taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses.

 

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

 

Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

 

(a)           Borrowers’ Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)           Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

 

(c)           Subordinated Debt;

 

28



 

(d)           unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)           Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)            Indebtedness with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)           Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

 

(h)           intercompany Indebtedness that otherwise constitutes an Investment allowed under the definition of Permitted Investments;

 

(i)            unsecured Indebtedness incurred with Borrower’s corporate credit cards in an amount not exceeding Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($450,000) in the aggregate;

 

(j)            extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (Ii) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be; and

 

(k)           other Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time;

 

Permitted Investments ” are:

 

(a)           Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate and;

 

(b)           (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by a Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

 

(c)           Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of a Borrower;

 

(d)           Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest;

 

(e)           Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

 

(f)            Investments by one Borrower in another Borrower;

 

(g)           Permitted Loans;

 

(h)           Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of a Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by such Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

(i)            Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; and

 

29


 

(j)                                     Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of a Borrower in any Subsidiary.

 

Permitted Liens ” are:

 

(a)                                  Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)                                  Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

 

(c)                                   purchase money Liens (1) on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

 

(d)                                  Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

 

(e)                                   Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinal), course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

 

(f)                                    Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

 

(g)                                   leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

 

(h)                                  non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;

 

(i)                                      Liens on insurance proceeds granted solely as security for financed premiums;

 

(j)                                     Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7; and

 

(k)                                  Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts.

 

30



 

Permitted Loans ” are (i) loans from ZAG.COM INC. to Borrower’s officers as listed in the Perfection Certificate and (ii) loans from ZAG.COM INC. to Borrowers’ officers for the purpose of purchasing equity securities of Borrowers in an amount not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).

 

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

 

Pledged Account ” shall mean Borrowers’ restricted non-interest bearing deposit account number 3300673516 held at Bank.

 

Prime Rate ” means the Prime Rate published in the Money Rates section of the Western Edition of The Wall Street Journal, or such other rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by Bank as its Prime Rate. Bank may price loans to its customers at, above or below the Prime Rate. Any change in the Prime Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of a change in Prime Rate.

 

Quick Assets ” is, on any date, Borrowers’ cash and Cash Equivalents maintained with Bank, plus Accounts receivable.

 

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Controller of each Borrower.

 

Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which a Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts a Borrower from granting a security interest in such Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

 

Revolving Formula Line ” is a Formula Advance or Formula Advances in an amount equal to Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000).

 

Revolving Formula Line Maturity Date ” is the date three hundred sixty four (364) days from the Effective Date.

 

Revolving Non- Formula Line ” is a Non-Formula Advance or Non-Formula Advances in an amount equal to Eleven Million Dollars ($11,000,000).

 

Revolving Formula Line Maturity Date ” is the date three hundred sixty four (364) days from the Effective Date.

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

 

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Settlement Date ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

 

31



 

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by a Borrower subordinated to all of such Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

 

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of a Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Person shall not be deemed to be a Subsidiary of another Person solely because both such Persons share a common management team

 

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of a Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

32



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWERS:

 

 

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

By

/s/ James Nguyen

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

By

/s/ James Nguyen

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

BANK:

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

By

/s/ Jack Garza

 

Name:

Jack Garza

 

Title:

Relationship Manager

 

 

1



 

EXHIBIT A — COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

 

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

 

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, the Pledged Account, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

 

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) property (and all substitutions, accessions, additions, attachments, accessories, improvements, replacements, products and proceeds thereto) subject to a lien described in clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens in which the granting of a security interest in such property or equipment is prohibited by or would constitute a default under any agreement or document governing such property, provided that upon the termination or lapsing of any such prohibition, such property shall automatically be part of the Collateral; (ii) property that constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) in excess of sixty-five percent (65%) of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporation entitled to vote; and (iii) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

2



 

EXHIBIT B — LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

 

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON PACIFIC TIME

 

Fax To:

Date:

 

 

 

LOAN PAYMENT :

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

From Account #

 

 

To Account #

 

 

(Deposit Account #)

 

(Loan Account #)

Principal $

 

 

and/or Interest $

 

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

Phone Number:

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

 

 

LOAN ADVANCE :

 

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance arc for an outgoing wire.

 

From Account #

 

 

To Account #

 

 

(Loan Account #)

 

(Deposit Account #)

Amount of Advance $

 

 

 

 

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement arc true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

Phone Number:

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST :

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired .

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

 

Beneficiary Name:

 

 

Amount of Wire: $

 

 

Beneficiary Bank:

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

City and State:

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:

 

 

Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):

 

 

 

 

 

(For International Wire Only)

 

 

Intermediary Bank:

 

 

Transit (ABA) #:

 

 

For Further Credit to:

 

 

 

Special Instruction:

 

 

 

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us) .

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

2 nd  Signature (if required):

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

Telephone

 

 

Telephone #:

 

 

 

1


 

EXHIBIT C - BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

Borrowers: ZAG.COM INC. and TRUECAR, INC.
Lender: Silicon Valley Bank
Commitment Amount:       $8,000,000

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

1.

Accounts Receivable (invoiced) Book Value as of

$

 

2.

Additions (please explain on reverse)

$

 

3.

TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

$

 

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

 

4.

90 Days Past Invoice Date

$

 

5.

Balance of 50% over 90 Day Accounts

$

 

6.

Foreign Account Debtor Accounts

$

 

7.

Foreign Invoiced Accounts

$

 

8.

Contra/Customer Deposit Accounts

$

 

9.

Intercompany/Employee Accounts

$

 

10.

Credit Balances over 90 Days

$

 

11.

U.S. Governmental Accounts

$

 

12.

Promotion or Demo Accounts; Guaranteed Sale or Consignment Sale Accounts

$

 

13.

Accounts with Progress/Milestone/Pre-billings; Contract Accounts

$

 

14.

Accounts for Retainage Billings

$

 

15.

Trust Accounts

$

 

16.

Bill and Hold Accounts

$

 

17.

Unbilled Accounts

$

 

18.

Non-Trade Accounts

$

 

19.

Accounts with Extended Term Invoices

$

 

20.

Accounts Subject to Chargebacks

$

 

21.

Disputed Accounts

$

 

22.

Deferred Revenue, if applicable/Other (please explain on reverse)

$

 

23.

Concentration Limits

$

 

24.

TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS

$

 

25.

Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #24)

$

 

26.

ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #25)

$

 

 

 

 

BALANCES

 

27.

Maximum Loan Amount

$

8,000,000

28.

Total Funds Available [Lesser of #27 or (#26 plus $3,000,000)]

$

 

29.

Present balance owing on Line of Credit

$

 

30.

Outstanding under Sublimits

$

 

31.

RESERVE POSITION (#28 minus #29 and #30)

$

 

 

[Continued on following page.]

 

1



 

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

COMMENTS:

 

BANK USE ONLY

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Received by:

 

Authorized Signer

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Verified:

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compliance Status:

Yes

No

 

2



 

EXHIBIT D

 

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

 

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER:

ZAG.COM INC.

DATE : November     , 2010

BANK:

Silicon Valley Bank

 

 

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1.               I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

 

2.               Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3.               Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above.  Such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

4.               The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action).  Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

 

RESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

Authorized to
Add or Remove
Signatories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

 

Borrow Money . Borrow money froth Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”).

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit . Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Foreign Exchange Contracts . Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts.

 

1



 

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

 

5.               The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

 

ZAG.COM INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

 

I, the                                                 of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as

[print title]

of the date set forth above.

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

2



 

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

 

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER:

TRUECAR, INC.

DATE : November 12, 2010

BANK:

Silicon Valley Bank

 

 

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1.               I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

 

2.               Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3.               Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

4.               The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

 

RESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

Authorized to
Add or Remove
Signatories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scott Painter

 

Chairman & CEO

 

/s/ Scott Painter

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen Hansen

 

President & COO

 

/s/ Stephen Hansen

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jim Nguyen

 

CFO

 

/s/ Jim Nguyen

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

 

Borrow Money . Borrow money froth Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”).

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit . Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Foreign Exchange Contracts . Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

 

1



 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

 

5.               The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

 

TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

Title:

CFO

 

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

 

I, the CEO of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as of the date set forth above.

[print title]

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

Name:

Scott Painter

 

Title:

CEO

 

2



 

 

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER:

Zag.com Inc

 

DATE :

11/12/10

BANK:

S ilicon Valley Bank

 

 

 

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1.               I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

 

2.               Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of

 

Delaware.

 

[Print name of state]

 

 

3.               Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above.  Such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

4.               The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action).  Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

 

RESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

Authorized to
Add or Remove

Signatories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scott Painter

 

Chairman and CEO

 

/s/ Scott Painter

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen Hansen

 

President and COO

 

/s/ Stephen Hansen

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James Nguyen

 

CFO

 

/s/ James Nguyen

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above ‘list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

 

Borrow Money . Borrow money from Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”).

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

 

1



 

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit . Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Foreign Exchange Contracts . Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts.

Issue Warrants . Issue warrants for Borrower’s capital stock.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

 

5.                                       The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

 

 

 

Name:

Scott Painter

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorised officer or director of Borrower.

 

I, the CFO of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs I through 5 above, as of the date set forth above

[print title]

 

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

 

 

 

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

 

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

2


 

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 31 day of December, 2010, by and between Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) and TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.), a Delaware corporation and TRUECAR.COM, INC. (F/K/A TRUECAR, INC.), a Delaware corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively, “Borrowers”) whose address is 525 Broadway, 3rd Floor, Santa Monica, CA 90401.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Bank and Borrowers have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 12, 2010 (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

 

B.                                     Bank has extended credit to Borrowers for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

 

C.                                     Borrowers have requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to acknowledge and consent to both Borrowers changing their corporate names.

 

D.                                     Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.                                       Amendments to Loan Agreement.

 

2.1                                All references in the Loan Documents to Borrower “ZAG.COM INC.” shall hereafter mean and refer to “Truecar, Inc.”.

 

2.2                                All references in the Loan Documents to Borrower “Truecar, Inc.” shall hereafter mean and refer to “Truecar.com, Inc.”.

 

2.3                                Bank hereby consents to each Borrower changing its corporate name and waives the violation of Section 7.2 of the Loan Agreement that has occurred due to Borrowers’ failure to provide Bank with thirty (30) days prior written notice of such name changes.

 



 

3.                                       Limitation of Amendments.

 

3.1                                The amendments set forth in Section 2, above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

 

3.2                                This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

4.                                       Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

 

4.1                                Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) except as explicitly waived hereby, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

4.2                                Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

 

4.3                                The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank in connection with this Amendment remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

 

4.4                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

 

4.5                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

 

4.6                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental

 

2



 

or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

 

4.7                                This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

 

5.                                       Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.                                       Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (i) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (ii) the due execution and delivery to Bank of Borrowing Resolutions for each Borrower, and (iii) the delivery of each Borrower’s current Operating Documents reflecting each Borrower’s updated corporate name.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK

BORROWERS

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.)

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jack Garza

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

Name:

Jack Garza

 

Name:

James Nguyen

Title:

Relationship Manager

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

 

TRUECAR.COM, INC. (F/K/A TRUECAR, INC.)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

Title:

CFO

 


 

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

 

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER:  TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.)

DATE:  December 31, 2010

BANK: Silicon Valley Bank

 

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1.               I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower.  My title is as set forth below.

 

2.               Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3.               Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 1 above. Such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

4.               The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

 

RESOLVED, that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

Authorized to
Add or
Remove
Signatories

Scott Painter

 

Chairman, CEO

 

/s/ Scott Painter

 

x

Stephen Hansen

 

President, COO

 

/s/ Stephen Hansen

 

x

James Nguyen

 

CFO

 

/s/ James Nguyen

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

 

Borrow Money . Borrow money from Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”).

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any pledged accounts and any proceeds, rights to payment or substitutions thereof.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

 

5.               The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

Name:

Scott Painter

 

Title:

CEO

 

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

 

I, the CFO of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as of the date set forth above.

 

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

Title:

CFO

 



 

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

 

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER:  TRUECAR.COM, INC. (F/K/A TRUECAR, INC.)

DATE:  December 31, 2010

BANK: Silicon Valley Bank

 

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1.               I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower.  My title is as set forth below.

 

2.               Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3.               Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 1 above. Such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

4.               The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

 

RESOLVED, that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

Authorized to
Add or
Remove
Signatories

Scott Painter

 

Chairman, CEO

 

/s/ Scott Painter

 

x

Stephen Hansen

 

President, COO

 

/s/ Stephen Hansen

 

x

James Nguyen

 

CFO

 

/s/ James Nguyen

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

 

Borrow Money . Borrow money from Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”).

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any pledged accounts and any proceeds, rights to payment or substitutions thereof.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

 

5.               The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Painter

 

Name:

Scott Painter

 

Title:

CEO

 

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

 

I, the CFO of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as of the date set forth above.

 

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

Title:

CFO

 


 

SECOND AMENDMENT
TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 11th day of November, 2011, by and between Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) and TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.), a Delaware corporation and TRUECAR.COM, INC. (F/K/A TRUECAR, INC.), a Delaware corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively, “Borrowers”) whose address is 225 Santa Monica Blvd., 12th Floor, Santa Monica, CA 90401.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Bank and Borrowers have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 12, 2010, as amended from time to time, including by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 31, 2010 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

 

B.                                     Bank has extended credit to Borrowers for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

 

C.                                     Borrowers have requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to extend the maturity date and consent to TrueCar, Inc. acquiring all of the issued and outstanding equity securities of Automotive Lease Guide (alg), Inc. (the “Acquisition”).

 

D.                                     Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .  Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.                                       Amendments to Loan Agreement .

 

2.1                                Section 13 (Definitions) .  The following term and its definition set forth in Section 13.1 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“Revolving Formula Line Maturity Date” is February 9, 2012 .

 



 

2.2                                Bank hereby consents to TrueCar, Inc. consummating the Acquisition and provided that, no later than February 9, 2012, Borrower complies with the provisions of Section 6.12 of the Loan Agreement with respect to Automotive Lease Guide (alg), Inc., Bank waives the violations of Sections 6.12 and Section 7.3 of the Loan Agreement that occurred in connection with consummating the Acquisition without the prior written consent of Bank.

 

3.                                       Limitation of Amendments .

 

3.1                                The amendments set forth in Section 2 , above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

 

3.2                                This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

4.                                       Representations and Warranties .  To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

 

4.1                                Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) except as explicitly waived hereby, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

4.2                                Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

 

4.3                                The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank prior to the date of this Amendment remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

 

4.4                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

 

4.5                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or

 

2



 

authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

 

4.6                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

 

4.7                                This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

 

5.                                       Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.                                       Effectiveness .  This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (i) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto and (ii) payment by Borrowers’ of a facility fee in the amount of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000).

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK

BORROWERS

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.)

 

 

By:

/s/ Jack Garza

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

Name:

Jack Garza

 

Name:

James Nguyen

Title:

Relationship Manager

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

TRUECAR.COM, INC. (F/K/A/ TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

Title:

CFO

 



 

THIRD AMENDMENT
TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 9th day of February, 2012, by and between Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) and TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.), a Delaware corporation and TRUECAR.COM, INC. (F/K/A TRUECAR, INC.), a Delaware corporation (each an “Existing Borrower” and collectively “Existing Borrowers”) and ALG, INC., a Delaware corporation (“New Borrower” and together with Existing Borrowers, each a “Borrower” and collectively, “Borrowers”) whose address is 225 Santa Monica Blvd., 12th Floor, Santa Monica, CA 90401.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Bank and Existing Borrowers have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 12, 2010, as amended from time to time, including by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 31, 2010 and that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of November 11, 2011 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

 

B.                                     Bank has extended credit to Existing Borrowers for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

 

C.                                     Existing Borrowers have requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to extend the maturity date and add New Borrower as a Borrower under the Loan Documents.

 

D.                                     Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .  Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.                                       Amendments to Loan Agreement .

 

2.1                                New Borrower is hereby added as a “Borrower” under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall have all rights and obligations of a Borrower thereunder. New Borrower hereby agrees to be bound by all the terms and

 



 

conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and hereby makes to Bank all representations, warranties, grants of security interest and covenants contained in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as of the date hereof.

 

2.2                                Borrowers and Bank hereby agree that Borrowers may not request and Bank shall not make any additional Credit Extensions to Borrowers.

 

2.3                                Section 13 (Definitions) . The following term and its definition set forth in Section 13.1 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Revolving Formula Line Maturity Date ” is March 31, 2012.

 

3.                                       Limitation of Amendments .

 

3.1                                The amendments set forth in Section 2 , above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

 

3.2                                This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

4.                                       Representations and Warranties .  To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

 

4.1                                Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) except as explicitly waived hereby, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

4.2                                Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

 

4.3                                The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank prior to the date of this Amendment remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

 

4.4                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

 

2



 

4.5                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

 

4.6                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

 

4.7                                This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

 

5.                                       Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.                                       Effectiveness .  This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (i) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto (ii) the due execution and delivery to Bank of Borrowing Resolutions for New Borrower and (ii) payment by Borrowers’ of a facility fee in the amount of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000).

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK

BORROWERS

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.)

 

 

By:

/s/ Jack Garza

 

 

Name:

Jack Garza

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

Title:

Relationship Manager

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

Title:

EVP, Corporate Development

 

 

 

TRUECAR.COM, INC. (F/K/A/ TRUECAR, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

Title:

EVP, Corporate Development

 

 

 

ALG, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

Title:

EVP, Corporate Development

 


 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of June 13, 2012 (the “Effective Date”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), and TRUECAR,  INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.), a Delaware corporation, TRUECAR.COM, INC. (F/K/A TRUECAR, INC.), a Delaware corporation and ALG, INC., a Delaware corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively “Borrowers”), amends and restates the terms of that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between Bank and Borrowers dated as of November 12, 2010, as amended from time to time (the “Existing Loan Agreement”, the Existing Loan Agreement and all other “Loan Documents (as such term is defined in the Existing Loan Agreement) are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Existing Loan Documents”), and provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrowers and Borrowers shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

 

1                                          ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

 

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

2                                          LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

2.1                                Promise to Pay. Borrowers hereby unconditionally promise to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.1.1                      Revolving Advances .

 

(a)                                  Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed hereunder may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

 

(b)                                  Termination; Repayment. The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

 

(c)                                   Verification. Bank may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose, provided that if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall notify Borrower prior to making any direct contact with Borrower’s Account Debtors.

 

(d)                                  No Liability. Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

2.2                           Overadvances. If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrowers shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such excess.

 

1



 

2.3                           Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

 

(a)                                       Interest Rate for Advances, Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest (I) at all times until May 31, 2012, at a fixed per annum rate equal to eight percent (8.00%) and (II) at all times beginning on June  1, 2012, at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin, which interest shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.

 

(b)                                       Default Rate. Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “Default Rate”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrowers pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

 

(c)                                        Adjustment to Interest Rate. Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

 

(d)                                       Computation; 360-Day Year. In computing interest, the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

(e)                                        Debit of Accounts. Bank may debit any of Borrowers’ deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrowers owe Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

 

(1)                                  Interest Payment Date. Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the first calendar day of each month.

 

2.4                           Fees . Borrowers shall pay to Bank:

 

(a)                                       Commitment Fee. A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) on the Effective Date;

 

(b)                                       Termination Fee. Subject to the terms of Section 12 . 1 , a termination fee; and

 

(c)                                        Bank Expenses. All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

 

2.5                           Payments; Application of Payments.

 

(a)                                       All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrowers under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

 

(b)                                       Borrowers shall direct each Account Debtor (and each depository institution where proceeds of Accounts are on deposit) to remit payments with respect to the Accounts to either a lockbox account established with Bank or with Wells Fargo Bank or to wire transfer payments to a cash collateral account that Bank

 

2



 

controls (the “Cash Collateral Account”). Any amounts received in the lockbox account referenced above shall be swept no less than weekly to the Cash Collateral Account.

 

(c)                                        Upon receipt by Borrowers of any proceeds of Accounts not in accordance with Section 2.5(b) above, Borrowers shall immediately transfer and deliver same to Bank, along with a detailed cash receipts journal.

 

(d)                                       Provided that a Streamline Period is in effect and no Event of Default exists or an event that with notice or lapse of time will be an Event of Default, within one (1) day of receipt of any proceeds of the Accounts by Bank (whether received by Bank to the Cash Collateral Account or directly from Borrowers, or otherwise), Bank will turn over to Borrowers such proceeds to Borrower. If a Streamline Period is not in effect, an Event of Default exists or an event that with notice or lapse of time will be an Event of Default exists, Bank shall apply any proceeds of the Accounts received by Bank (whether received by Bank to the Cash Collateral Account or directly from Borrowers, or otherwise) to immediately reduce the outstanding Obligations, with any excess remitted to Borrowers within one (1) Business Day.

 

(e)                                        This Section 2.5 does not impose any affirmative duty on Bank to perform any act other than as specifically set forth herein. All Accounts and the proceeds thereof are Collateral, and if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, Bank may, without notice, apply the proceeds of such Accounts to the Obligations.

 

3                                          CONDITIONS OF LOANS

 

3.1                                Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

 

(a)               duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

 

(b)               duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreements, if any;

 

(c)                duly executed original signatures to the Warrant;

 

(d)                                       each Borrower’s Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of each Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

 

(e)                                        duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for each Borrower;

 

certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

 

(g)                                        executed copies of all documents entered into by Borrower in connection with the Permitted Loans;

 

(h)                                       the Perfection Certificates of Borrowers, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

 

(i)                                           evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank;

 

3



 

(j)                                          payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

 

3.2                                Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                  except as otherwise provided in Section 3.5, timely receipt of an executed Transaction Report;

 

(b)                                  the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and to the best of Borrowers’ knowledge, complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and to the best of Borrowers’ knowledge, complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrowers’ representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and to the best of Borrowers’ knowledge, complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and to the best of Borrowers’ knowledge, complete in all material respects as of such date; and

 

(c)                                   in Bank’s sole discretion, there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

 

3.3                                Intentionally Omitted.

 

3.4                             Covenant to Deliver. Borrowers agree to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrowers expressly agree that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrowers’ obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

 

3.5                                Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, the applicable Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Together with such notification, such Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Transaction Report executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee.

 

4                                          CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

4.1                                Grant of Security Interest. Each Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Each Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, each Borrower agrees that any amounts a Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrowers and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

 

4



 

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and cash collateralized Bank Services) are satisfied in full, and at such time, Bank shall, at Borrowers’ sole cost and expense, terminate its security interest in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrowers providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment, consistent with Bank’s then current practice for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrowers shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (i) one hundred five percent (105%) if the Letter of Credit is denominated in U.S. Dollars or (ii) one hundred ten percent (110%) if the Letter of Credit is denominated in a Foreign Currency, of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

 

4.2                                Priority of Security Interest. Each Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If a Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, such Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by such Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

 

4.3                                Authorization to File Financing Statements. Each Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrowers, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.

 

5                                          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Each Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

 

5.1                                Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank completed certificates signed by each Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Except as set forth in the Perfection Certificate, Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (0 all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

 

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any

 

5



 

Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

5.2                                Collateral. Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

 

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

 

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) nonexclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public and other non-material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made in writing that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

 

5.3                                Intentionally Omitted..

 

5.4                                Litigation. Except as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate or as Borrower has given Bank notice pursuant to Section 6.2(h), there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to involve an amount more than, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

 

5.5                                Financial Statements; Financial Condition. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations as of the dates and periods presented. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

 

5.6                                Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

 

5.7                                Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company”

 

6



 

or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

 

5.8                                Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

 

5.9                                Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower has timely filed all required material tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower; provided that, Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, so long as Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, and (b) with respect to contested amounts in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), (i) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (ii) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Except as disclosed in writing to Bank, Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

5.10                         Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements (including for Permitted Loans) and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

 

5.11                         Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

 

5.12                         Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge of the Responsible Officers and when made to the “best of Borrower’s knowledge,” means such knowledge or awareness after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

 

6                                     AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrowers shall do all of the following:

 

6.1                           Government Compliance.

 

(a)                             Maintain their and all their Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on a Borrower’s business or operations. Each

 

7



 

Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on a Borrower’s business.

 

(b)                             Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by a Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. At Bank’s request, Borrowers shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

 

6.2                           Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Deliver to Bank:

 

(a)                                  Transaction Report. A Transaction Report (and any schedules related thereto) (i) no later than Friday of each week when a Streamline Period is not in effect, (ii) no later than twenty (20) days after the end of each month when a Streamline Period is in effect and (iii) with each request for an Advance;

 

(b)                                  A/R and A/P Reports. Within twenty (20) days after the end of each month, (A) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (B) monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any, and (C) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports and general ledger.

 

(c)                                   Monthly Financial Statements. As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering Borrowers’ and each of their Subsidiary’s operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “Monthly Financial Statements”);

 

(d)                                  Monthly Compliance Certificate. Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrowers were in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank shall reasonably request;

 

(e)                                   Annual Audited Financial Statements. As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrowers’ fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion;

 

(f)                                    Other Statements. Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to each Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

 

(g)                                   SEC Filings. In the event that a Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by such Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on such Borrower’s website on the Internet at such Borrower’s website address;

 

(h)                                  Legal Action Notice. A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or more;

 

(i)                                      Board Approved Financial Projections. As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days prior to the last day of each Borrower’s fiscal year, board of director approved financial projections and any interim revisions thereto within fifteen (15) days of approval by such Borrower’s board of directors;

 

8



 

(j)                                          IP Reporting Prompt written notice of (i) any material change in the composition of the Intellectual Property, (ii) the registration of any Copyright, including any subsequent ownership right of a Borrower in or to any Copyright, Patent or Trademark not shown in the IP Security Agreements, and (iii) a Borrower’s knowledge of an event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Intellectual Property;

 

(k)                                       Milestone Reporting. Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, “milestone” reporting of the type that is normally shared with each Borrower’s board of directors; and

 

(1)                                  Other Financial Information. Budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

 

6.3                           Intentionally Omitted.

 

6.4                           Taxes; Pensions. Timely file, and require each of their Subsidiaries to timely file, all material required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of their Subsidiaries to timely pay, all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by a Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

 

6.5                           Insurance. Keep their businesses and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrowers’ industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Bank at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Bank’s request, each Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. If a Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

 

6.6                           Operating Accounts.

 

(a)                                       Maintain their primary and their Subsidiaries’ primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank which accounts shall represent at least eighty five percent (85%) of the dollar value of Borrowers’ and such Subsidiaries accounts at all financial institutions.

 

(b)                                       Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that a Borrower at any time maintains, such Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of a Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by such Borrower as such.

 

6.7                           Financial Covenants.

 

(a)                                  Tangible Net Worth. Maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidating basis with respect to Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, a Tangible Net Worth of at least Thirty Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000) at all times starting on May 31, 2012, increasing (i) as

 

9



 

the last day of each calendar quarter (starting with the calendar quarter ending June 30, 2012) by fifty percent (50%) of quarterly net income and (ii) immediately by an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of any proceeds received by Borrowers from the sale of their equity securities or the incurrence of Subordinated Debt in excess of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000).

 

(b)                                  Negative Free Cash Flow. To be tested as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidating basis with respect to Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, if during any month (starting with the month ending May 31, 2012), a Streamline Period is not in effect, and Borrower’s Free Cash Flow is negative, then the absolute value of the Free Cash Flow shall be no greater than Borrowers’ unrestricted cash divided by six (6).

 

6.8                             Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(a)                                       (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its material Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to a Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

 

(b)                                       If a Borrower (i) obtains any Patent, registered Trademark, registered Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (ii) applies for any Patent or the registration of any Trademark, then such Borrower shall immediately provide written notice thereof to Bank and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Bank shall request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest, subject to Permitted Liens, in favor of Bank in such property. If a Borrower decides to register any Copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, such Borrower shall: (x) provide Bank with at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice of such Borrower’s intent to register such Copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an intellectual property security agreement and such other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest, subject to Permitted Liens, in favor of Bank in the Copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (z) record such intellectual property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the Copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Each Borrower shall promptly provide to Bank copies of all applications that it files for Patents or for the registration of Trademarks, Copyrights or mask works, together with evidence of the recording of the intellectual property security agreement necessary for Bank to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in such property, subject to Permitted Liens.

 

(c)                                        Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrowers shall take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

6.9                             Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this

 

Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, on reasonable prior notice and at reasonable intervals, Borrowers and their officers, employees and agents and each Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrowers.

 

6.10                      Accounts.

 

(a)                                  Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts. Borrower shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided,

 

10


 

however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Eligible Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

 

(b)                                  Disputes. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts that are turned over to third party collection agencies. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base.

 

(c)                                   Returns. Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any material Inventory to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

 

6.11                    Access to Collateral; Books and Records. Allow Bank, or its agents, at reasonable times, on five (5) Business Days’ notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy any Borrower’s Books. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrowers’ expense, and the charge therefor shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($850) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event a Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and such Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), such Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

 

6.12                    Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries. At the time that a Borrower forms any majority-owned direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any majority-owned direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date, such Borrower shall, upon Bank’s reasonable request (a) cause such new Subsidiary (other than any Foreign Subsidiary) to provide to Bank a joinder to the Loan Agreement to cause such Subsidiary to become a Borrower hereunder together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, provided that, Borrower shall pledge sixty-five percent (65%) of the direct or beneficial ownership interest of any new Foreign Subsidiary, and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.12 shall be a Loan Document.

 

6.13                    Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

11



 

7                                          NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

No Borrower shall do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

 

7.1                                Dispositions.                          Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out, obsolete or unneeded Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States; and (e) of property not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.1, having an aggregate book value not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in any fiscal year.

 

7.2                                Changes in Business, Management, Control, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) Borrower’s CEO ceases to hold such office with Borrower and a replacement satisfactory to Borrower’s Board of Directors is not made within thirty (30) days after his departure from Borrower; or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty percent (40%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the investors prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

 

Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) to a bailee (other than Collateral held at co-location sites with a value not in excess of Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000)), and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.

 

7.3                                Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, provided that a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

 

7.4                                Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

7.5                                Encumbrance. (a) Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, (b) permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, except for Permitted Liens, or (iii) enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except pursuant to transactions that are otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

 

12



 

7.6                                Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b) hereof.

 

7.7                                Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii)  Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided such repurchase does not exceed in the aggregate of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per fiscal year; and (iv) Borrower may make payments in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

 

7.8                                Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person; (ii) transactions between or among Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (iii)      equity and bridge financings with Borrower’s existing investors, provided that any bridge financing shall constitute Subordinated Debt; (iv) Permitted Loans; and (v) transactions permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 7.2 hereof.

 

7.9                                Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

 

7.10                         Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

8                                          EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

 

8.1                                Payment Default. Borrowers fail to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

8.2                                Covenant Default.

 

(a)                                  Borrowers fail or neglect to perform any obligation in Sections 2.5, 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7 or 6.10 or violate any covenant in Section 7; or

 

13



 

(b)                                  Borrowers fail or neglect to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, have failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrowers be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrowers shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

 

8.3                                Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs;

 

8.4                                Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

 

(a)                                  (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of a Borrower or of any entity under the control of a Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Affiliate of Bank, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of a Borrower’s assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten ( 10 day cure period; or

 

(b)                                  (i) any material portion of a Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents a Borrower from conducting any material part of its business;

 

8.5                                Insolvency (a) A Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) A Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against a Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

 

8.6                           Other Agreements. There is, under any agreement to which a Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000); or (b) any default by a Borrower, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on a Borrower’s business;

 

8.7                                Judgments. One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against a Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree);

 

8.8                                Misrepresentations. A Borrower or any Person acting for a Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

 

8.9                                Subordinated Debt. Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability

 

14



 

or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or the Subordination Agreement.

 

9                                          BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

9.1                                Rights and Remedies. While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

 

(a)                                  declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

(b)                                  stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrowers’ benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrowers and Bank;

 

(c)                                   demand that Borrowers (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrowers shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

 

(d)                                  terminate any FX Contracts;

 

(e)                                   settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing a Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

 

(f)                                    make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrowers shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Each Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

 

(g)                                   apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of a Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of a Borrower;

 

(h)                                  ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, a Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrowers’ rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

 

(i)                                      place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

 

(j)                                     demand and receive possession of a Borrower’s Books; and

 

(k)                                  exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

 

15



 

9.2                           Power of Attorney. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in- fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (0 transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Each Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as each Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

 

9.3                           Protective Payments. If a Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which such Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrowers with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 

9.4                           Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrowers or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrowers shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

 

9.5                           Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrowers bear all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

 

9.6                           No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

9.7                           Demand Waiver. Each Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which such Borrower is liable.

 

16



 

9.8                           Borrower Liability. Either Borrower may, acting singly, request Credit Extensions hereunder. Each Borrower hereby appoints the other as agent for the other for all purposes hereunder, including with respect to requesting Advances hereunder. Each Borrower hereunder shall be jointly and severally obligated to repay all Advances made hereunder, regardless of which Borrower actually receives said Advance, as if each Borrower hereunder directly received all Advances. Each Borrower waives (a) any suretyship defenses available to it under the Code or any other applicable law, including, without limitation, the benefit of California Civil Code Section 2815 permitting revocation as to future transactions and the benefit of California Civil Code Sections 1432, 2809, 2810, 2819, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, and 2899 and 3433, and (b) any right to require Bank to: (i) proceed against any Borrower or any other person; (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security; or (iii) pursue any other remedy. Bank may exercise or not exercise any right or remedy it has against any Borrower or any security it holds (including the right to foreclose by judicial or non-judicial sale) without affecting any Borrower’s liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or other related document, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating Borrower to the rights of Bank under this Agreement) to seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Section, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Bank and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Bank for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

 

10                              NOTICES

 

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrowers may change their mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrowers

 

TRUECAR, INC., on behalf of all Borrowers

225 Santa Monica Blvd, 6th Floor

Santa Monica, CA, 90401

Attn: EVP, Corporate Development

Fax: 800.584.5004

Email: jim@truecar.com

 

 

 

If to Bank:

 

Silicon Valley Bank

15260 Ventura Blvd., Suite 980

Sherman Oaks, CA 91403 Attn: Jack Garza

Fax: (818) 783-7984
Email: jgarza@svb.com

 

11                              CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

 

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrowers and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the

 

17



 

Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Each Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and each Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Each Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to such Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by such Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of such Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

 

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

 

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 

12                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

12.1                    Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date. This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrowers, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Notwithstanding any such termination and subject to Sections 4.1 and 12.10, Bank’s lien and security interest in the Collateral shall continue until Borrowers fully satisfy their Obligations. If such termination is at Borrowers’ election or at Bank’s election due to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Borrowers shall pay to Bank, in addition to the payment of any other expenses or fees then-owing, a termination fee in an amount equal to one percent (1.00%) of the Revolving Line, provided that no termination fee shall be charged if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from another division of Bank.

 

12.2                    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. No Borrower may assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it

 

18



 

without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrowers, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

12.3                    Indemnification. Borrowers agree to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrowers (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

12.4                    Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

 

12.5                    Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

 

12.6                    Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrowers with written notice of such correction and allows Borrowers at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrowers.

 

12.7                    Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

 

12.8                    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

 

12.9                    Intentionally Omitted.

 

12.10 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and obligations in respect of Bank Services that have been cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1) have been paid in full and satisfied. Without limiting the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1, the grant of security interest by Borrowers in Section 4.1 shall survive until the termination of all Bank Services Agreements. The obligation of Borrowers in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

 

12.11 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (provided that such Subsidiaries and Affiliates are bound by the same confidentiality obligation herein); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided,

 

19



 

however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (1) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank’s; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

 

Bank may use confidential information for the development of databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrowers. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

12.12 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses. In any action or proceeding between Borrowers and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

 

12.13 Electronic Execution of Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

12.14 Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

12.15 Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

 

12.16 Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

 

12.17 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

 

12.18 Effect of Amendment and Restatement. This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Existing Loan Agreement. Except for the Existing Loan Agreement (which is being amended and restated in its entirety by this Agreement), all other Existing Loan Documents shall continue in full force and effect and constitute Loan Documents, all security agreements (which shall continue to secure all present and future indebtedness, liabilities, guarantees and other Obligations), all lockbox agreements and blocked account agreements, all control agreements relating to deposit accounts, securities accounts or other accounts, all warrants to purchase stock or other securities or interests, all investor rights and other agreements relating to stock or securities, and all UCC-1 financing statements and other documents filed with governmental offices which perfect liens or security interests in favor of Bank. References in any such surviving Loan Documents to “Loan Agreement” shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement instead of the Existing Loan Agreement. Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Agreement is intended to and does completely amend and restate, without novation, the Existing Loan Agreement. All security interests granted under the Existing Loan Agreement are hereby confirmed and ratified and shall continue to secure all Obligations under this Agreement.

 

20


 

13           DEFINITIONS

 

13.1        Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

“Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to a Borrower.

 

“Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

“Adjusted EBITDA” shall mean (a) Net Income, plus (b) Interest Expense, plus (c) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, depreciation expense and amortization expense, plus (d) income tax expense plus (e) stock based compensation expense, plus (f) non-cash warrant expenses and other one time non-cash expenses.

 

“Advance” or “Advances” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.

 

“Affiliate” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

 

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

“Applicable Margin” means (i) one half of one percent (0.50%) at all times when a Streamline Period is in effect and (ii) two percent (2.00%) at all times when a Streamline Period is not in effect.

 

“Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

 

“Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

“Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrowers.

 

“Bank Services” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Affiliate of Bank, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).

 

“Borrower(s)” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

“Borrower’s Books” are all of a Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding such Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

 

“Borrowing Base” is eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts as determined by Bank from Borrowers’ most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing amounts and/or

 

21



 

percentages in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.

 

“Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

 

“Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

 

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

 

“Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

“Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrowers described on Exhibit A.

 

“Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

“Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

“Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

 

“Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

“Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which a Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which a Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, such Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

“Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

 

22



 

“Credit Extension” is any Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrowers’ benefit.

 

“Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

 

“Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

 

“Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

“Designated Deposit Account” is a Borrower’s deposit account, account number 3300661754, maintained with Bank.

 

“Dollars,” “dollars” or use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

 

“Dollar Equivalent” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

“Effective Date” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

“Eligible Accounts” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of a Borrower’s business that meet all Borrowers’ representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right upon prior written notice to Borrowers at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below based on the results of periodic field exams and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

 

(a)         Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

 

(b)         Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, fifty percent (50%) or more of whose Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

 

(c)          Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States;

 

(d)         Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States;

 

(e)          Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that a Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts), with the exception of customary credits, adjustments and/or discounts given to an Account Debtor by a Borrower in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(f)          Accounts for which the Account Debtor is a Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

 

(g)          Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

 

23



 

(h)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless the relevant Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

 

(i)            Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

 

(j)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

 

(k)           Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between a Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of such Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

 

(I)          Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of a Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

 

(m)          Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

 

(n)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, the relevant Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from such Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

 

(o)           Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

 

(p)           Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of a Borrower’s business;

 

(q)           Accounts for which a Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond 90 days;

 

(r)            Accounts subject to chargebacks or others payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

 

(s)            Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

 

(t)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Deferred Revenue (but only to the extent of such Deferred Revenue);

 

(u)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to a Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and

 

(v)           Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment after inquiry and consultation with Borrowers determines collection to be doubtful.

 

24



 

“Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

 

“ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

 

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

 

“Exchange Act” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Free Cash Flow” is defined as Adjusted EBITDA minus capex and cash taxes, calculated on a monthly basis.

 

“Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

“Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrowers which shall be a Business Day.

 

“FX Contract” is any foreign exchange contract by and between a Borrower and Bank under which a Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

 

“GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

“General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

 

“Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

 

“Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

“Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

 

“Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 12.2.

 

“Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

25


 

“Intellectual Property” means all of a Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

 

(a)           its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

 

(b)           any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

 

(c)           any and all source code;

 

(d)           any and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower;

 

(e)           any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

 

(f)            all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

“IP Agreements” are those certain Intellectual Property Security Agreements executed by Borrowers in favor of Bank dated as of the Effective Date

 

“Interest Expense” means for any fiscal period, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ending on such date, including, in any event, interest expense with respect to any Credit Extension and other Indebtedness of a Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation or duplication, all commissions, discounts, or related amortization and other fees and charges with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and the net costs associated with interest rate swap, cap, and similar arrangements, and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation (including leases of all types).

 

“Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of a Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

 

“Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

 

“Letter of Credit” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement.

 

“Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

 

“Liquidity” is unrestricted cash of Borrowers’ held at Bank plus the Availability Amount.

 

“Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, the IP Agreements, any Bank Services Agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by a Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between a Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

 

“Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or financial condition of a Borrower since the Effective Date; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

 

26



 

“Monthly Financial Statements” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

 

“Net Income” means, as calculated on a consolidated basis for Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for any period as at any date of determination, the net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for such period taken as a single accounting period.

 

“Obligations” are a Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts such Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, or any other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of such Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform such Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).

 

“Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

 

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

 

“Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

“Permitted Indebtedness” is:

 

(a)         Borrowers’ Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)         Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

 

(c)          Subordinated Debt in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000) provided that the maturity of such Subordinated Debt is no earlier than June 13, 2013;

 

(d)         unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)          Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)             Indebtedness with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)          Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

 

(h)         intercompany Indebtedness that otherwise constitutes an Investment allowed under the definition of Permitted Investments;

 

(i)           unsecured Indebtedness incurred with Borrower’s corporate credit cards in an amount not exceeding Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($450,000) in the aggregate;

 

(j)          extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (h) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the

 

27



 

terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be; and

 

(k)         other Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time;

 

“Permitted Investments” are:

 

(a)         Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate and;

 

(b)         (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by a Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

 

(c)          Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of a Borrower;

 

(d)         Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest;

 

(e)          Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

 

(1)             Investments by one Borrower in another Borrower;

 

(g)             Permitted Loans;

 

(h)         Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of a Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by such Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

(i)           Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(j)          Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of a Borrower in any Subsidiary.

 

“Permitted Liens” are:

 

(a)         Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)         Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

 

(c)          purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

 

28



 

(d)         Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

 

(e)          Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

 

(f)          Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

 

(g)          leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, nonexclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

 

(h)         non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;

 

(i)           Liens securing Subordinated Debt;

 

(i)         Liens on insurance proceeds granted solely as security for financed premiums;

 

(k)        Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7; and

 

Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts.

 

“Permitted Loans” are (i) loans from TRUECAR, INC to Borrowers’ officers as listed in the Perfection Certificate and (ii) loans from TRUECAR, INC. to Borrowers’ officers for the purpose of purchasing equity securities of Borrowers in an amount not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).

 

“Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

 

“Prime Rate” means the Prime Rate published in the Money Rates section of the Western Edition of The Wall Street Journal, or such other rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by Bank as its Prime Rate. Bank may price loans to its customers at, above or below the Prime Rate. Any change in the Prime Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of a change in Prime Rate.

 

“Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

“Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other

 

29



 

Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

“Reserves” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its reasonable business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrowers (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its reasonable business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets or business of a Borrower, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s reasonable belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of a Borrower or any Guarantor to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank reasonably determines constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

 

“Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Controller of each Borrower.

 

“Restricted License” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which a Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts a Borrower from granting a security interest in such Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

 

“Revolving Line” is a Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000).

 

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is March 30, 2013.

 

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

 

“Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

“Streamline Period” means any period of time where Borrowers’ maintained Liquidity of at least Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) at all times during the prior calendar month. If, after the Effective Date, Borrower falls below the foregoing, it must maintain Liquidity of at least Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) at all times for three consecutive months before a new Streamline Period will begin. Changes in the interest rate or reporting requirements based on Streamline Period eligibility shall take place on the first day of the month following the required delivery of the transaction report for the previous month. For example, the transaction report for May 2012 shall be delivered to Bank no later than June 20, 2012 and any changes based on Streamline Period eligibility for such month shall take effect on July 1, 2012.

 

“Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by a Borrower subordinated to all of such Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

 

“Subsidiary” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of a Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Person shall not be deemed to be a Subsidiary of another Person solely because both such Persons share a common management team

 

30


 

“Tangible Net Worth” is, on any date, the consolidated total assets of Borrowers minus (a) any amounts attributable to goodwill and intangible items including unamortized debt discount and expense, Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, and research and development expenses except prepaid expenses minus (b) Total Liabilities plus (c) Subordinated Debt.

 

“Total Liabilities” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP be classified as liabilities on Borrowers’ consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness.

 

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of a Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

“Transaction Report” is that certain report of transactions and schedule of collections in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

“Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.

 

“Warrant” means that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock executed by Truecar, Inc. in favor of Bank as of the Effective Date.

 

(Signature page follows.]

 

31



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK

BORROWERS

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.)

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jack Garza

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

Name:

Jack Garza

Name:

James Nguyen

Title:

Relationship Manager

Title:

EVP, Corporate Development

 

 

 

TRUECAR.COM, INC. (F/K/A TRUECAR, INC.)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Nguyen

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

Title:

EVP, Corporate Development

 

 

 

 

 

ALG, INC.

 



 

EXHIBIT A — COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

 

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

 

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

 

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) property (and all substitutions, accessions, additions, attachments, accessories, improvements, replacements, products and proceeds thereto) subject to a lien described in clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens in which the granting of a security interest in such property or equipment is prohibited by or would constitute a default under any agreement or document governing such property, provided that upon the termination or lapsing of any such prohibition, such property shall automatically be part of the Collateral; (ii) property that constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) in excess of sixty-five percent (65%) of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporation entitled to vote.

 

2



 

EXHIBIT B — TRANSACTION REPORT

 

[Bank to provide directly]

 

1



 

EXHIBIT C

 

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

SVB> Silicon Valley Bank

 

A Member of SVB Financial Group

 

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER: TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.)

DATE: June 13, 2012

 

 

BANK:

Silicon Valley Bank

 

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1.  I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

 

2.  Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3.  Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

4.  The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

 

RESOLVED, that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

Authorized to Add or Remove
Signatures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scott Painter

 

CEO

 

/s/ Scott painter

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Guthrie

 

CFO

 

/s/ Michael Guthrie

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James Nguyen

 

EVP Corp. Dev.

 

/s/ James Nguyen

 

X

 

RESOLVED  FURTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

 

Borrow Money . Borrow money from Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”).

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which

Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Warrants . Issue a warrant to purchase Borrower’s common stock.

 

1


 

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified. 5.

 

The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

 

TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/James Nguyen

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

Title:

EVP Corp Development

 

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certib)ing officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower,

 

I, the CFO of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, asof the date set forth above.

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Guthrie

 

 

 

 

Name:

Michael Guthrie

 

 

 

 

Title:

CFO

 



 

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

SVB)SiliconValleyBank

A Member of SVB Financial Group

 

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER: TRUECAR.COM, INC. (F/K/A TRUECAR, INC.)

DATE: June 13, 2012

 

BANK:

Silicon Valley Bank

 

 

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1.     I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

 

2.     Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3.     Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

4.     The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

 

RESOLVED, that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

Authorized to Add or Remove 
Signatures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scott Painter

 

CEO

 

/s/ Scott painter

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Guthrie

 

CFO

 

/s/ Michael Guthrie

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James Nguyen

 

EVP Corp. Dev.

 

/s/ James Nguyen

 

X

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

 

Borrow Money. Borrow money from Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”).

Execute Loan Documents. Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security. Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items. Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds. Further Acts. Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

RESOLVED FURTHER, that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements

 



 

The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

 

TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/James Nguyen

 

Name:

James Nguyen

 

Title:

EVP Corp Development

 

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certib)ing officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower,

 

I, the CFO of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, asof the date set forth above.

 

By:

/s/ Michael Guthrie

 

Name:

Michael Guthrie

 

Title:

CFO

 



 

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

SVB)SiliconValleyBank

A Member of SVB Financial Group

 

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER: ALG, INC.

DATE: June 13, 2012

 

BANK:

Silicon Valley Bank

 

 

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1.     I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

 

2.     Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3.     Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof,

 

4.     The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

 

RESOLVED, that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

Authorized to Add or Remove 
Signatures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scott Painter

 

CEO

 

/s/ Scott painter

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Guthrie

 

CFO

 

/s/ Michael Guthrie

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James Nguyen

 

EVP Corp. Dev.

 

/s/ James Nguyen

 

X

 

RESOLVED  FURTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

 

Borrow Money . Borrow money from Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”).

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Warrants . Issue a warrant to purchase Borrower’s common stock.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

 


 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified. 5.

 

The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

 

TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.)

 

 

 

By:

/s/James Nguyen

 

Name: James Nguyen

 

Title: EVP Corp Development

 

 

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certib)ing officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower,

 

I, the CFO of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, asof the date set forth above.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Guthrie

 

 

 

Name: Michael Guthrie

 

 

 

Title: CFO

 



 

EXHIBITD

 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

Date:

 

FROM:

TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC., on behalf of all Borrowers

 

The undersigned authorized officer of TRUECAR, INC. (F/KJA ZAG.COM INC.) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrowers and Bank (the “Agreement”):

 

(1) Borrowers are in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and to the best of Borrowers’ knowledge, complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) each Borrower, and each of their Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required material tax returns and reports, and each Borrower has timely paid all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by such Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against a Borrower relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which such Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

 

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the cases of unaudited financial statements for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrowers are not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Renortinit Covenant

 

Required

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes No

Transaction Report

 

Weekly when not on Streamline, Monthly within 20 days when on Streamline and with each request for an Advance

 

Yes No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)

 

FYE within 180 days

 

Yes No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

 

Within 5 days after filing with SEC

 

Yes No

AIR & A/P Agings

 

Monthly within 20 days when Advances outstanding

 

Yes No

Annual Projections

 

30 days prior to FYE and interim revisions within 15 days of board approval

 

Yes No

Milestone Reporting

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes No

Accounts at Bank or Bank’s Affiliates

 

85% of all Accounts

 

Yes No

 

3



 

Financial Covenant

 

Required

 

Actual

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintain on a Monthly Basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Tangible Net Worth

 

See attached Schedule 1

 

$

 

 

Yes No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Negative Free Cash Flow

 

See attached Schedule 1

 

$

 

 

Yes No

 

Streamline Calculation

 

Required

 

Actual

 

Streamline in Effect

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lowest Liquidity during prior calendar month

 

$

15,000,000

 

$

 

 

Yes No

 

The following financial covenant analysis and information set forth in Schedule I attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

 

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.) on behalf of BANK USE ONLY itself and the other Borrowers

 

 

Received by:

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

By:

 

 

Date:

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Verified:

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

Date:

 

 

 

Compliance Status:

Yes No

 

4



 

Schedule 11 to Compliance Certificate
Financial Covenants of Borrowers

 

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

 

Dated:                           

 

I.                                         Tangible Net Worth (Section 6.7(a))

 

Required:                                  (Thirty Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000) at all times starting on May 31, 2012, increasing (1) as the last day of each calendar quarter (starting with the calendar quarter ending June 30, 2012) by fifty percent (50%) of quarterly net income and (ii) immediately by an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of any cash proceeds received by Borrowers from the sale of their equity securities or the incurrence of Subordinated Debt in excess of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000).)

 

Actual:

 

A.

Total Assets of Borrowers

 

 

 

 

B.

Intangible Assets of Borrowers

 

 

 

 

C.

Total Liabilities of Borrowers

 

 

 

 

D.

Subordinated Debt

 

 

 

 

E.

Tangible Net Worth (Line A minus Line B minus line C plus line D)

 

 

 Is line E equal to or greater than the amount required above?

 

                   No, not in compliance          Yes, in compliance

 

5



 

I.

Negative Free Cash Flow (Section 6.7(b))

$

 

 

 

 

 

Required: Not greater than $                           (Borrowers’ unrestricted cash divided by 6)

$

 

 

 

 

Actual:

 

$

 

 

A.

Net Income

 

 

 

 

B.

Interest Expense

 

 

 

 

C.

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

D.

Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

E.

Income Tax Expense

$

 

 

 

 

 

F.

Stock Based Compensation Expense

$

 

 

 

 

 

G.

Non-Cash Warrant Expense and other one time Non-Cash Expenses

$

 

 

 

 

 

H.

Adjusted EBITDA (Line A plus line B plus the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income lines C, and D plus fine E plus line F plus line G

 

 

 

 

 

 

I.

Capex

$

 

 

 

 

 

J.

Cash Taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

K.

Free Cash Flow (Line H minus Line I minus line J)

 

 

 

Is line K equal to or greater than the amount required above?

 

                   No, not in compliance           Yes, in compliance

 

6


 

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 11th day of October, 2012, by and between Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) and TRUECAR, INC. (F/KIA ZAG.COM INC.), a Delaware corporation, TRUECAR.COM, INC. (F/KIA TRUECAR, INC.), a Delaware corporation and ALG, INC., a Delaware corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively, “Borrowers”) whose address is 120 Broadway, Santa Monica, CA 90401.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Bank and Borrowers have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 13, 2012 (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

 

B.                                     Bank has extended credit to Borrowers for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

 

C.                                     Borrowers are currently in default of the Loan Agreement for failing to comply with the reporting covenants set forth in (i) Sections 6.2(a), 6.2(b), 6.2(c), and 6.2(d) of the Loan Agreement for the June 2012 through August 2012 reporting periods for failing to timely deliver Borrower’s Transaction Report, accounts receivable agings, accounts payable agings, monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings, Monthly Financial Statements, and Compliance Certificates, and (ii) Section 6.2(e) for the 2011 fiscal year for failing to timely deliver annual audited financial statements by the date required thereunder (the “Existing Defaults”).

 

D.                                     Borrowers have requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to revise the lockbox provisions of the Loan Agreement, and waive the Existing Defaults as more fully set forth below.

 

E.                                     Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

 

AGREEMENT

 

Now, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                  Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.                                  Waiver . Bank hereby waives the Existing Defaults.

 



 

3.                                       Amendments to Loan Agreement.

 

3.1                                Section 2.5 (Payments; Application of Payments). Sections 2.5(b) and 2.5(c) of the Loan Agreement hereby are amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

 

“(b) Borrowers shall direct each Account Debtor (and each depository institution where proceeds of Accounts are on deposit) to remit payments with respect to the Accounts to either a lockbox account established with Bank or with Wells Fargo Bank or to wire transfer payments to a cash collateral account that Bank controls (the “Cash Collateral Account”). Any amounts received in the lockbox account referenced above shall be swept no less than once every two (2) weeks to the Cash Collateral Account.

 

(c)                                   Upon receipt by Borrowers of any proceeds of Accounts not in accordance with Section 2.5(b) above, Borrowers shall immediately transfer and deliver same to the lockbox account referenced in Section 2.5(b) above”.

 

3.1                                Section 10 (NOTICES). The contact information for the Borrowers as set forth in Section 10 of the Loan Agreement hereby is deleted and replaced with the following:

 

“If to Borrowers:

 

TRUECAR, INC., on behalf of all Borrowers

120 Broadway

Santa Monica, CA 90401

Attn: EVP, Corporate Development

Fax: 800.584.5004

Email: jim@truecar.com”

 

4.                                       Limitation of Amendments.

 

4.1                                The amendments set forth in Section 3 , above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

 

4.2                                This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

5.                                       Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

 



 

5.1                                Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) except as explicitly waived hereby, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

5.2                                Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

 

5.3                                The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank prior to the date of this Amendment remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

 

5.4                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

 

5.5                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

 

5.6                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

 

5.7                                This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

 

6.                                       Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7.                                       Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (i) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto and (ii) the due execution and delivery to Bank of Borrowing Resolutions for each Borrower.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK

 

BORROWERS

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

TRUECAR, INC. (F/K/A ZAG.COM INC.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Le

 

By:

/s/ Michael Guthrie

Name:

Victor Le

 

Name:

Michael Guthrie

Title:

Relationship Manager

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

TRUECAR.CO, INC. (F/K/A TRUECAR, INC.)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Guthrie

 

 

Name:

Michael Guthrie

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

 

ALG, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Guthrie

 

 

Name:

Michael Guthrie

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

(Signature Page to First Amendment to

Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]

 


 

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of June 13, 2013, to be effective as of June 13, 2013, by and between Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) and TrueCar, Inc., a Delaware corporation, TrueCar.com, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and ALG, Inc., a Delaware corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively, “Borrowers”) whose address is 225 Santa Monica Boulevard, 6 th  Floor, Santa Monica, CA 90401.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Bank and Borrowers have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 13, 2012 (as the same has been and may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

 

B.                                     Bank has extended credit to Borrowers for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

 

C.                                     Borrowers have requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) increase the amount available to be borrowed under the Revolving Line, (ii) extend the maturity date, (iii) lower the interest rate payable on the Advances, and (iv) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

 

D.                                     Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions.   Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.                                       Amendments to Loan Agreement.

 

2.1                                Section 2.3 ( Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions ).  Section 2.3(a) is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

(a)                                  Interest Rate for Advances .  Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin, which interest shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.

 

1



 

2.2                                Section 2.5 ( Payments; Application of Payments ).  Sections 2.5(b) and (c) are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

 

(a)                                  Borrowers shall direct each Account Debtor (and each depository institution where proceeds of Accounts are on deposit) to remit payments with respect to the Accounts to a lockbox account established with Bank or to wire transfer payments to a cash collateral account that Bank controls (collectively, the “ Lockbox ”).  It will be considered an immediate Event of Default if the Lockbox is not established and operational within one hundred twenty (120) days from the Second Amendment Date and at all times thereafter.

 

(b)                                  Until such Lockbox is established, the proceeds of the Accounts shall continue to be paid by the Account Debtors to Borrowers’ lockbox account maintained with Wells Fargo Bank.  Any amounts received in the Wells Fargo lockbox account shall be swept no less than once every two (2) weeks to Borrowers’ cash collateral account maintained with Bank.  Upon receipt by Borrowers of any proceeds of Accounts not in accordance with Section 2.5(b) above or this Section 2.5(c), Borrowers shall immediately transfer and deliver same to Bank, along with a detailed cash receipts journal.

 

2.3                                Section 2.5 ( Payments; Application of Payments ).  Section 2.5(d) is amended by deleting the parentheticals in their entirety and replacing each with the following:

 

(whether received by Bank in the Lockbox, the lockbox account of Borrowers at Wells Fargo (which lockbox account is being transitioned to Bank pursuant to Section 2.5(b) above), directly from Borrowers, or otherwise)

 

2.4                                Section 6.2 ( Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates ).  Sections 6.2(a) and (b) are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

 

(a)                                  Transaction Report and A/R Agings .  A Transaction Report (and any schedules related thereto) and accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (i) no later than Friday of each week when a Streamline Period is not in effect, (ii) no later than twenty (20) days after the end of each month when a Streamline Period is in effect, and (iii) with each request for an Advance;

 

(b)                                  A/R and A/P Reports .  Within twenty (20) days after the end of each month, (A) monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any, and (B) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports and general ledger;

 

2.5                                Section 6.7 ( Financial Covenants ).  Section 6.7 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

6.7                                Financial Covenants .  Maintain at all times, subject to periodic reporting as of the last day of each month:

 

(a)                                  Adjusted Quick Ratio .  A ratio of Borrowers’ Quick Assets to all Obligations of Borrowers to Bank of not less than 1.50 to 1.00.

 

2



 

2.6                                Section 13 ( Definitions ).  The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Applicable Margin ” means (i) if Borrowers’ Liquidity is less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), one and three-quarters percent (1.75%), (ii) if Borrowers’ Liquidity is equal to or greater than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), but less than Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000), one-half of one percent (0.50%), and (iii) if Borrowers’ Liquidity is equal to or greater than Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000), zero percent (0.00%).

 

Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an aggregate amount of up to Twelve Million Dollars ($12,000,000).

 

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is June 13, 2014.

 

2.7                                Section 13 ( Definitions ).  The following terms and their respective definitions are added to Section 13.1, in appropriate alphabetical order, as follows:

 

Second Amendment ” is that certain Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and between Bank and Borrowers dated as of June ___, 2013 (the “ Second Amendment Date ”).

 

Lockbox ” is defined in Section 2.5(b) of this Agreement.

 

Quick Assets ” is, on any date, Borrowers’ unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents maintained with Bank plus Eligible Accounts.

 

2.8                                Section 13 ( Definitions ).  The references to “Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000)” in the definition of “Streamline Period” in Section 13.1 are replaced with “Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000)”.

 

2.9                                Section 13 ( Definitions ).  The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 are deleted in their entirety: “ Adjusted EBITDA ,” “ Free Cash Flow ,” “ Interest Expense ,” “ Net Income ,” “ Tangible Net Worth ,” and “ Total Liabilities .”

 

2.10                         Exhibit D ( Compliance Certificate ).  Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

3.                                       Limitation of Amendments.

 

3.1                                The amendments set forth in Section 2, above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

 

3



 

3.2                                This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

4.                                       Representations and Warranties.   To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to Bank as follows:

 

4.1                                Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

4.2                                Borrowers have the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

 

4.3                                The organizational documents of Borrowers most recently delivered to Bank remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

 

4.4                                The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

 

4.5                                The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any material law or regulation binding on or affecting any Borrower, (b) any material contractual restriction with a Person binding on any Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on any Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of any Borrower;

 

4.6                                The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on any Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

 

4.7                                This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrowers and is the binding obligation of Borrowers, enforceable against Borrowers in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

 

4



 

5.                                       Integration .  This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements.  All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

 

6.                                       Counterparts.   This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7.                                       Effectiveness .  This Amendment shall be deemed effective as of June 13, 2013, upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) the due execution and delivery to Bank of an amendment to the Warrant in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , (c) Borrowers’ payment of an amendment and renewal fee in an amount equal to Twenty-Four Thousand Dollars ($24,000) and (d) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

 

BANK

BORROWERS

 

 

Silicon Valley Bank

TrueCar, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Le

 

By:

/s/ Michael Guthrie

Name:

Victor Le

 

Name:

Michael Guthrie

Title:

Vice President

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

TrueCar.com, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Guthrie

 

Name:

Michael Guthrie

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

ALG, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Guthrie

 

Name:

Michael Guthrie

 

Title:

CFO

 

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to
Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

AMENDMENT TO WARRANT

 

[See attached.]

 


 

EXHIBIT D

 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

Date: _________________

FROM:

TRUECAR, INC., on behalf of all Borrowers

 

 

The undersigned authorized officer of TrueCar, Inc., on behalf of itself, TrueCar.com, Inc. and ALG, Inc. (collectively, “Borrowers”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrowers and Bank (the “Agreement”):

 

(1) Borrowers are in complete compliance for the period ending _______________ with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and, to the best of Borrowers’ knowledge, complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) each Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required material tax returns and reports, and each Borrower has timely paid all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by such Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against a Borrower relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which such Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

 

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification.  The undersigned certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the cases of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments.  The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrowers are not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenants

 

Required

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes  No

Transaction Report, A/R Agings

 

Weekly when not on Streamline, Monthly within 20 days when on Streamline and with each request for an Advance

 

Yes  No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC

 

FYE within 180 days

 

Yes  No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

 

Within 5 days after filing with SEC

 

Yes  No

A/P Agings

 

Monthly within 20 days

 

Yes  No

Annual Projections

 

30 days prior to FYE and interim revisions within 15 days of board approval

 

Yes  No

Milestone Reporting

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes  No

Accounts at Bank or Bank’s Affiliates

 

85% of all Accounts

 

Yes  No

 

The following Intellectual Property was registered (or a registration application submitted) after the Effective Date (if no registrations, state “None”)

 

 



 

Financial Covenants

 

Required

 

Actual

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintain on a Monthly Basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Adjusted Quick Ratio

 

1.50:1.00

 

___ :1.00

 

Yes  No

 

Performance Pricing

 

 

 

Applies

Liquidity < $10,000,000

 

Prime + 1.75%

 

Yes No

$10,000,000 < Liquidity < $20,000,000

 

Prime + 0.50%

 

Yes No

Liquidity > $20,000,000

 

Prime + 0.00%

 

Yes No

 

Streamline Calculation

 

Required

 

Actual

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lowest Liquidity during prior calendar month

 

$8,000,000

 

$____

 

Yes  No

 

The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

 

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above:  (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

TRUECAR, INC., on behalf of itself and the other Borrowers

 

BANK USE ONLY

 

 

 

 

 

 

Received by:

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

By:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Verified:

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compliance Status:

Yes   No

 



 

Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

 

Financial Covenants/Calculations of Borrowers

 

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

 

Dated: _______________________

 

I.                                         Adjusted Quick Ratio (Section 6.7(a))

 

Required:

1.50:1.00

 

 

Actual:

____ :1.00

 

A.

 

Aggregate value of the unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrowers maintained at Bank

 

$______

 

 

 

 

 

B.

 

Aggregate value of the Eligible Accounts

 

$______

 

 

 

 

 

C.

 

Quick Assets (the sum of lines A and B)

 

$______

 

 

 

 

 

D.

 

Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank

 

$______

 

 

 

 

 

E.

 

Adjusted Quick Ratio (line C divided by line D)

 

___:1.00

 

Is line E equal to or greater than 1.50:1.00?

 

 

______ 

No, not in compliance

______

Yes, in compliance

 

II.                                    Liquidity (This is not a financial covenant but is used to determine pricing and Streamline Period eligibility.)

 

Required:

$8,000,000 — at all times during prior month for Streamline Period

 

$10,000,000 and $20,000,000 for pricing changes

 

 

 

 

Actual:

$________________________

 

A.

 

Lowest balance of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrowers maintained at Bank during the past month

 

$______

 

 

 

 

 

B.

 

Availability Amount per most recent Transaction Report

 

$______

 

 

 

 

 

C.

 

Liquidity (Line A plus line B)

 

$______

 

Was line C equal to or greater than $8,000,000 at all times during the prior month?

 

_______  No, Streamline Period not in effect

_______  Yes, Streamline Period in effect

 

Is line C equal to or greater than $10,000,000 but less than $20,000,000?

 

_______  No, Prime + 1.75%

_______  Yes, Prime + 0.50%

 

Is line C equal to or greater than $20,000,000?

 

_______  No, see above

_______  Yes, Prime + 0.00%

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

TrueCar, Inc. — Subsidiaries

 

1.               TrueCar.com, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

2.               ALG, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We he reby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of TrueCar, Inc. of our report dated April 3, 2014 relating to the consolidated financial statements of TrueCar, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

 

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California

April 3, 2014